As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2018

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

x REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

¨ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ________________ to ________________

OR

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report

 

 

Commission file number:

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

(Jurisdiction of incorporation)

2, Rue du Fort Bourbon,

L-1249 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

(Address of principal executive offices)

Mauricio Ramos

President and Chief Executive Officer

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

2, Rue du Fort Bourbon,

L-1249 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Phone: +352-277-59094

Email: investors@millicom.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Copies to:

John Meade, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

Phone: (212) 450-4000

Fax: (212) 701-5800

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $1.50 per share   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

None
(Title of Class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

 

None
(Title of Class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital stock or common stock as of the close of business covered by the annual report.

101,739,217 shares of Common Stock as of September 30, 2018

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

¨ Yes       x  No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  

¨  Yes       ¨  No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

¨  Yes       x  No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

¨   Yes       ¨  No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer x Emerging growth company ¨

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its
Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

US GAAP ¨ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board   x Other ¨

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

¨ Item 17       ¨  Item 18

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

¨ Yes       ¨  No

 

 

 

 

 

 

table of contents

 

 

    Page
     
Presentation of Financial and Other Information 1
Forward-Looking Statements 2
     
PART I
     
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers 4
A. Directors and Senior Management 4
B. Advisers 4
C. Auditors 5
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable 5
A. Offer Statistics 5
B. Method and Expected Timetable 5
Item 3. Key Information 5
A. Selected Financial Data 5
B. Capitalization and Indebtedness 7
C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds 8
D. Risk Factors 8
Item 4. Information on the Company 32
A. History and Development of the Company 32
B. Business Overview 32
C. Organizational Structure 46
D. Property, Plant and Equipment 46
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments 47
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 48
A. Operating Results 48
B. Liquidity and Capital Resources 64
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc. 69
D. Trend Information 69
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 69
F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations 69
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees 69
A. Directors and Senior Management 69
B. Compensation 73
C. Board Practices 78
D. Employees 80
E. Share Ownership 80
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions 81
A. Major Shareholders 81
B. Related Party Transactions 82
C. Interests of Experts and Counsel 84
Item 8. Financial Information 84
A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information 84
B. Significant Changes 85
Item 9. The Offer and Listing 86
A. Offer and Listing Details 86
B. Plan of Distribution 86
C. Markets 86
D. Selling Shareholders 86
E. Dilution 86
F. Expenses of the Issue 87
Item 10. Additional Information 87
A. Share Capital 87
B. Memorandum and Articles of Association 87
C. Material Contracts 89

 

i  

 

 

D. Exchange Controls 90
E. Taxation 90
F. Dividends and Paying Agents 96
G. Statement by Experts 97
H. Documents on Display 97
I. Subsidiary Information 97
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk 97
Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities 100
A. Debt Securities 100
B. Warrants and Rights 100
C. Other Securities 100
D. American Depositary Shares 100
     
PART II
     
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies 101
A. Defaults 101
B. Arrears and Delinquencies 101
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds 101
Item 15. Controls and Procedures 101
Item 16. [Reserved] 101
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert 101
Item 16B. Code of Ethics 101
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 101
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees 101
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 101
Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant 101
Item 16G. Corporate Governance 101
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure 101
     
PART III
     
Item 17. Financial Statements 102
Item 18. Financial Statements 102
Item 19. Exhibits 102

 

ii  

 

 

Presentation of Financial and Other Information

 

Financial statement information

 

We have included in this registration statement the Millicom Group’s (as defined below) audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2018 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017. The Millicom Group’s financial statements included herein and the accompanying notes thereto have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”). We end our fiscal year on December 31. References to fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 refer to the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Our principal Guatemala joint venture company, Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A. (“Comcel”) (in which we hold a 55% ownership interest, but which we do not control), met the income threshold as a significant investee accounted for by the equity method for purposes of Rule 3-09(a) of Regulation S-X for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. Financial statements for Comcel are therefore separately provided in Exhibit 99.1 to this registration statement.

 

Our management determines operating and reportable segments based on the reports that are used by the chief operating decision maker to make strategic and operational decisions from both a business and geographic perspective. The Millicom Group’s risks and rates of return for its operations are predominantly affected by operating in different geographical regions. The Millicom Group has businesses in two main regions, Latin America and Africa, which constitute our two segments. Our Latin America segment includes our Honduras and Guatemala joint ventures as if they were fully consolidated, as this reflects the way our management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating matters and to provide increased transparency to investors on those operations. Our Africa segment does not include our joint venture in Ghana because our management does not consider it a strategic part of our group.

 

Presentation of data

 

We present operational and financial data in this registration statement. Operational data, such as the number of customers, unless otherwise indicated, are presented for the Millicom Group, including our subsidiaries and Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures but excluding our Ghana joint venture. We exclude operational data from our Ghana joint venture because, unlike our other joint ventures, we do not consider it a strategic part of our group.  Financial data is presented either at a consolidated level or at a segmental level, as derived from our financial statements, including the notes thereto.

 

We have made rounding adjustments to reach some of the figures included in this registration statement. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them and percentage calculations using these adjusted figures may not result in the same percentage values as are shown in this registration statement.

 

Certain references

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company” or “MIC S.A.” refer only to Millicom International Cellular S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized and established under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, and the terms “Millicom,” “Millicom Group,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Millicom International Cellular S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries and, where applicable, its joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “U.S. dollars,” “dollars” or “$” are to the lawful currency of the United States of America; all references to “Euro” or “€” are to the lawful currency of the participating Member States in the Third Stage of European Economic and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time; and all references to “Swedish Krona” or “SEK” are to the lawful currency of the Kingdom of Sweden. For a list of the functional currency names and abbreviations in the markets in which we operate, see the introduction to the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This registration statement contains statements that constitute “ forward-looking ” statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. This registration statement contains certain forward-looking statements concerning our intentions, beliefs or current expectations regarding our future financial results, plans, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategy and profitability, as well as the general economic conditions of the industries and countries in which we operate. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future sales or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs, plans or intentions relating to acquisitions, our competitive strengths and weaknesses, our business strategy and the trends we anticipate in the industries and the economic, political and legal environments in which we operate and other information that is not historical information.

 

Many of the forward-looking statements contained in this registration statement can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “ anticipate ,” “ believe ,” “ could ,” “ expect ,” “ should ,” “ plan ,” “ intend ,” “ estimate ” and “ potential ,” among others. These statements appear in a number of places in this registration statement and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations with respect to:

 

· global economic conditions and foreign exchange rate fluctuations as well as local economic conditions in the markets we serve;

 

· telecommunications usage levels, including traffic and customer growth;

 

· competitive forces, including pricing pressures, the ability to connect to other operators’ networks and our ability to retain market share in the face of competition from existing and new market entrants as well as industry consolidation;

 

· legal or regulatory developments and changes, or changes in governmental policy, including with respect to the availability of spectrum and licenses, the level of tariffs, tax matters, the terms of interconnection, customer access and international settlement arrangements;

 

· adverse legal or regulatory disputes or proceedings;

 

· the success of our business, operating and financing initiatives and strategies, including partnerships and capital expenditure plans;

 

· the level and timing of the growth and profitability of new initiatives, start-up costs associated with entering new markets, the successful deployment of new systems and applications to support new initiatives;

 

· relationships with key suppliers and costs of handsets and other equipment;

 

· our ability to successfully pursue acquisitions, investments or merger opportunities, integrate any acquired businesses in a timely and cost-effective manner and achieve the expected benefits of such transactions;

 

· the availability, terms and use of capital, the impact of regulatory and competitive developments on capital outlays, the ability to achieve cost savings and realize productivity  improvements;

 

· technological development and evolving industry standards, including challenges in meeting customer demand for new technology and the cost of upgrading existing infrastructure;

 

· the capacity to upstream cash generated in operations through dividends, royalties, management fees and repayment of shareholder loans;

 

· other factors or trends affecting our financial condition or results of operations; and

 

· various other factors, including without limitation those described under “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors.”

 

  2  

 

 

This list of important factors is not exhaustive. You should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events, especially in light of the political, economic, social and legal environments in which we operate. Forward-looking statements are only our current expectations and are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those identified under the section of this registration statement entitled “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors.” These risks and uncertainties include factors relating to the markets in which we operate and global economies, securities and foreign exchange markets, which exhibit volatility and can be adversely affected by developments in other countries, factors relating to the telecommunications industry in the markets in which we operate and changes in its regulatory environment and factors relating to the competitive markets in which we operate.

 

  3  

 

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

A.       Directors and Senior Management

 

Directors

 

The following table sets forth the names and positions of the members of our Board of Directors as of the date of this registration statement. The business address of all directors is: c/o Millicom International Cellular S.A., 2, Rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

Name

 

Position

Mr. Tom Boardman   Chairman
Mr. Odilon Almeida   Member
Ms. Janet Davidson   Member
Mr. Tomas Eliasson   Member
Mr. Anders Jensen   Member
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling   Member
Mr. José Antonio Ríos García   Member
Mr. Roger Solé Rafols   Member

 

Executive Committee

 

The following table sets forth the names and positions of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Executive Vice Presidents (“EVPs”) (collectively, the “Executive Committee”) as of the date of this registration statement. The business address for all members of senior management is: c/o Millicom International Cellular S.A., 2, Rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

Name

 

Position

Mr. Mauricio Ramos   President and Chief Executive Officer
Mr. Tim Pennington   Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Esteban Iriarte   Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Latin America
Mr. Mohamed Dabbour   Executive Vice President, Head of Africa Division
Mr. Xavier Rocoplan   Executive Vice President, Chief Technology and Information Officer
Ms. Rachel Samrén   Executive Vice President, Chief External Affairs Officer
Mr. Salvador Escalón   Executive Vice President, General Counsel
Ms. Susy Bobenrieth   Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
Mr. HL Rogers   Executive Vice President, Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer
Mr. Rodrigo Diehl   Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer

 

For more information about our Board of Directors and Executive Committee, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—A. Directors and Senior Management.”

 

B. Advisers

 

Our external legal advisers are Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Hogan Lovells (Luxembourg) LLP and Nord Advokater KB.

 

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP’s address is 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

 

Hogan Lovells (Luxembourg) LLP’s address is 52, Boulevard Marcel Cahen, L-1311 Luxembourg Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

Nord Advokater KB’s address is Katarinavägen 17, P.O. Box 17012, SE-104 62 Stockholm.

 

  4  

 

 

C. Auditors

 

The Company’s auditors are Ernst & Young S.A., Luxembourg (“E&Y”), with registered office at 35E Avenue John F. Kennedy, L-1855 Luxembourg. E&Y is an independent registered public accounting firm, registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

A. Offer Statistics

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Method and Expected Timetable

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information

 

A. Selected Financial Data

 

Historical financial information

 

The following tables present selected historical financial data for the Millicom Group. The statement of income data for the Millicom Group set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the statements of financial position data set forth below as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are derived from the Millicom Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. The statement of financial position data set forth below as of December 31, 2015 is derived from the Millicom Group’s audited consolidated financial statements not included in this registration statement. The statement of income data for the Millicom Group set forth below for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and the statements of financial position data set forth below as of September 30, 2018 are derived from the Millicom Group’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. We have not included financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, as such information is not available on a basis that is consistent with the consolidated financial information included in this registration statement without unreasonable effort or expense.

 

The Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures were fully consolidated in our financial statements for fiscal 2015, as we had a path to full control as a result of our governance arrangements and certain put and call options. The put and call options expired unexercised on December 31, 2015 and the Guatemala and Honduras operations were deconsolidated in our financial statements from that date. Although our ownership interests remain unchanged, our interests in the Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures are now accounted for under the equity method of accounting in our financial statements and results of operations for fiscal 2016 and subsequent periods (see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Factors Affecting Comparability of Prior Periods”).

 

Our management determines operating and reportable segments based on the reports that are used by the chief operating decision maker to make strategic and operational decisions from both a business and geographic perspective. The Millicom Group’s risks and rates of return for its operations are predominantly affected by operating in different geographical regions. The Millicom Group has businesses in two main regions, Latin America and Africa, which constitute our two segments. Our Latin America segment includes our Honduras and Guatemala joint ventures as if they were fully consolidated, as this reflects the way our management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating matters and to provide increased transparency to investors on those operations. Our Africa segment does not include our joint venture in Ghana because our management does not consider it a strategic part of our group.

 

You should read this selected financial data together with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and the financial statements and accompanying notes included in this registration statement. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the Millicom Group’s future results of operations or financial condition.

 

  5  

 

 

Selected statement of income data

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
    2018(1)     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (U.S. dollars in millions)  
Revenue     3,064       3,020       4,076       4,043       6,264  
Cost of sales     (864 )     (883 )     (1,205 )     (1,175 )     (1,688 )
Gross profit     2,200       2,137       2,871       2,868       4,576  
Operating expenses     (1,214 )     (1,190 )     (1,594 )     (1,627 )     (2,418 )
Depreciation     (516 )     (518 )     (695 )     (678 )     (974 )
Amortization     (103 )     (115 )     (146 )     (175 )     (226 )
Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras     109       115       141       115        
Other operating income (expenses), net     66       24       68       (14 )     (12 )
Operating profit     542       453       645       490       946  
Interest and other financial expenses     (271 )     (310 )     (396 )     (372 )     (403 )
Interest and other financial income     13       11       16       21       21  
Other non-operating (expenses) income, net     7       (5 )     (4 )     20       (600 )
Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net     (100 )     (54 )     (85 )     (49 )     100  
Profit before taxes from continuing operations     191       95       176       109       64  
Charge for taxes, net     (71 )     (125 )     (158 )     (179 )     (269 )
Profit (loss) for the period from continuing operations     120       (30 )     18       (70 )     (205 )
Profit (loss) for the period from discontinued operations, net of tax     (35 )     17       51       (20 )     (239 )
Net profit (loss) for the period     86       (12 )     69       (90 )     (444 )
Attributable to:                                        
The owners of Millicom     84       17     86       (32 )     (559 )
Non-controlling interests     1     (30 )     (17 )     (58 )     115  
Net profit (loss) for the period per share attributable to the owners of the Company     0.84       0.17     0.85       (0.32 )     (5.59 )
Profit (loss) for the period from continuing operations per share attributable to the owners of the Company     1.18           0.34       (0.12 )     (3.20 )

 

 

(1) IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 were adopted as of January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method. See note 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement for additional details regarding the impact of the adoptions.

 

Selected statement of financial position data

 

   

September 30,

    December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
    (U.S. dollars in millions)  
Assets                                
Total non-current assets    

7,335

      7,646       7,961       8,512  
Total current assets     1,744       1,585       1,661       1,871  
Assets held for sale     5       233       5       12  
Total assets     9,085       9,464       9,627       10,395  
Equity and Liabilities                                
Total non-current liabilities     3,979       4,116       4,361       4,210  
Total current liabilities     2,007       1,989       1,898       2,457  
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale     1       79              
Total liabilities     5,987       6,183       6,258       6,667  
Equity attributable to owners of the Company     2,916       3,096       3,167       3,477  
Non-controlling interests     182       185       201       251  
Total equity     3,098       3,281       3,368       3,728  
Total equity and liabilities     9,085       9,464       9,627       10,395  

 

  6  

 

   

    As of and for the nine
months ended September 30,
    As of and for the year ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
Share capital     153       153       153       153       153  
Number of shares (in thousands)     101,739       101,739       101,739       101,739       101,739  
Dividend declared per share (over the period)     2.64       2.64       2.64       2.64       2.64  
Diluted net income (loss) per share (over the period) attributable to the owners of the Company     0.84       0.17     0.85       (0.32 )     (5.59 )

 

Other revenue data

 

In addition to consolidated revenue data, the following table sets forth for the periods indicated certain segment revenue data, which has been extracted from notes 5 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and B.3 to our audited consolidated financial statements, where segment data is reconciled to consolidated data:

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
Consolidated:                                        
Mobile revenue    

1,689

     

1,694

      2,281       2,343       4,094  
Fixed revenue    

1,185

      1,150       1,553       1,437       1,626  
Other revenue     34       30       41       39       39  
Service revenue     2,908       2,874       3,876       3,820       5,759  
Telephone and equipment     156       145       200       223       505  
Total Consolidated Revenue     3,064       3,020       4,076       4,043       6,264  
                                         
Latin America segment:                                        
Mobile revenue     2,411       2,444       3,283       3,318       3,580  
Fixed revenue    

1,362

      1,299       1,755       1,611       1,621  
Other revenue     35       29       40       37       37  
Service revenue     3,807       3,772       5,078       4,966       5,237  
Telephone and equipment     297       262       363       386       502  
Latin America Segment Revenue     4,104       4,034       5,441       5,352       5,740  
                                         
Africa segment:                                        
Mobile revenue     381       375       509       541       514  
Fixed revenue     9       8       12       15       6  
Other revenue     3       4       5       6       3  
Service revenue     393       387       524       562       522  
Telephone and equipment     -       1       2       2       2  
Africa Segment Revenue     394       388       526       565       525  

 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

The following table presents our consolidated capitalization as of September 30, 2018. The table should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes and with “Item 3. Key Information —A. Selected Financial Data” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

  7  

 

 

    As of September 30,
2018
 
Cash and cash equivalents     758  
Debt:        
Bonds(1)     1,846  
Banks(2)     1,265  
Development Financial Institutions     180  
Financial leases     353  
Total debt     3,645  
Total equity     3,098  
Total capitalization(3)     6,743  

 

 

(1) Represents current and non-current portions of our bond financing as presented in our statement of financial position as of September 30, 2018. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

(2) Represents current and non-current portions of our bank financing as presented in our statement of financial position as of September 30, 2018. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

(3) Capitalization refers to total debt plus total equity.

 

There have been no material changes to the capitalization since September 30, 2018.

 

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

D. Risk Factors

 

In addition to the other information contained in this registration statement, you should carefully consider the following risk factors before investing in our shares. The risks and uncertainties we describe below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are not aware or that we currently believe are immaterial may also adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Millicom Group. If any of the possible events described below were to occur, the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Millicom Group could be materially and adversely affected. If that happens, the market price of our shares could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

This registration statement also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward looking statements as a result of various factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this registration statement.

 

Risks relating to our business and the telecommunications and cable industries

 

We face intense competition from other telecommunications and cable and broadband providers.

 

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. Our main mobile, cable and broadband competitors include major international and regional telecommunication providers such as America Movil, Telefonica, AT&T and Liberty Latin America, as well as smaller local operators and mobile virtual network operators (“MVNOs”). Some of our competitors are state-owned entities. Many of our main mobile competitors have substantially greater resources than we do in terms of access to capital. In some of our markets, our mobile competitors may have greater area coverage and fewer regulatory burdens than we do.

 

Within our markets, mobile telecommunications operators compete for customers principally on the basis of price, promotions, services offered, advertising and brand image, quality and reliability of service and area coverage. Price competition is especially significant on mobile services, which represented more than half of our revenue from continuing operations in 2017. Mobile voice and SMS are largely commoditized services, as the ability to differentiate these services among operators is limited, and penetration is high. Competition has resulted in pricing pressure, reduced margins and profitability, increased customer churn, and in some markets, the loss of revenue and market share.

 

  8  

 

 

Competition in our markets is also impacted by the following:

 

· There may be more mobile operators than the market is able to sustain, and additional licenses may be awarded in already competitive markets. Regulators may also encourage new entrants by offering them favorable conditions, such as holding spectrum auctions in which certain blocks of spectrum are reserved for new entrants, as was the case in the 2013 auction in Colombia.

 

· If new competitors enter into our markets or existing competitors offer more competitively priced products or services, such as eliminating installation fees, subsidizing handsets, modems, wireless routers or set-top boxes or offering content, channels or applications that we do not offer, our customers may move to another operator. Most of our mobile customers are prepaid, which allows them to switch operators at any time without monetary penalty, and some of our cable operator competitors incentivize customers to accept longer contracts, making it difficult to subsequently switch operators.

 

· Mobile number portability in our markets removes a disincentive to changing providers and increases completion and churn. As devices with eSIMs are introduced in our markets, allowing customers to change providers without changing their SIM cards, churn and pricing competition among providers may increase, as well.

 

· Some of our customers use devices with dual SIM card capability, allowing them to also utilize our competitor’s services, which may negatively affect our mobile voice revenue. If we are unable to develop strategies to encourage customers to retain us as their primary or sole provider, we could lose a larger percentage of our revenue to our competitors.

 

· The proliferation of Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) offerings for both voice and instant messaging, and the convergence of social media and search products or other services delivered over the internet (referred to as “Over-The-Top” or “OTT” services) further increase competitive risks, as do MVNOs and resellers in Latin America.

 

· Our pay-TV services compete with other pay-TV services that may offer a greater range of channels to a larger audience, reaching a wider area distribution (especially in rural areas) for a lower price than we charge for our pay-TV services. We also compete with satellite distribution of free-to-air television programming, which viewers can receive by purchasing a satellite dish and a set-top box without any physical cabling.

 

· Our cable TV services are subject to the risk of overbuild and the possibility of wireless substitution.

 

If we are unable to compete effectively and match or mitigate our competitors’ strategies, or aggressive competitive behavior by our competitors, in pricing our services or acquiring new and preferred customers, or we are unable to develop strategies to encourage customers to retain us as their primary or sole provider, we could suffer adverse revenue impacts or higher costs for customer retention, which could, individually or together, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our industry is experiencing consolidation that may intensify competition.

 

The telecommunications industry has been characterized by increasing consolidation and a proliferation of strategic transactions. As a result, we are increasingly competing with larger competitors that may have substantially greater resources than we do. We expect this consolidation and strategic partnering to continue. Acquisitions or strategic relationships could harm us in a number of ways. For example:

 

· competitors could acquire or enter into relationships with companies with which we have strategic relationships and discontinue our relationship, resulting in the loss of distribution opportunities for our services or the loss of certain enhancements or value-added features to our services;

 

  9  

 

 

· a competitor could be acquired by a party with significant resources and experience that could increase the ability of the competitor to compete with our services; and

 

· other companies with related interests could combine to form new, formidable competition, which could preclude us from obtaining access to certain markets or content, or which could dramatically change the market for our services.

 

Any of these results could put us at a competitive disadvantage that could cause us to lose customers, revenue and market share. They could also force us to expend greater resources to meet the competitive threat, which could also harm our operating results.

 

A significant proportion of our mobile revenue sources are short-term in nature.

 

Prepaid customers, who are customers who pay for service in advance through the purchase of wireless airtime or data access, represented 89% of our mobile customers as of September 30, 2018 and generated approximately 60% of our mobile service revenue and 33% of our total service revenue in the first nine months of 2018 on a consolidated basis. For our Latin America segment, prepaid represented 87% of our mobile customers as of September 30, 2018 and generated approximately 63% of our mobile service revenue and 40% of our total service revenue in the first nine months of 2018. As prepaid customers do not sign service contracts, our prepaid customer base is more likely than postpaid customers, who sign service contracts, to switch mobile operators and take advantage of promotional offers by other operators. Many of our mobile customers also subscribe to short-term data packages with lengths of one-day to one-week. As a result, we cannot be certain that prepaid customers or short-term data package customers will continue to use our services in the future, which makes our future revenue expectations harder to predict.

 

Transition to more subscription-based businesses creates new challenges.

 

Our transition toward an increasingly subscription-based revenue model has implications for our personnel, systems, and business procedures, as we must dedicate increasing levels of management attention and resources toward managing and mitigating risks related to accounts receivables and collections, as well as billing and customer care. If we are unable to implement and manage the information systems and to properly train our employees, we could experience elevated levels of customer churn and bad debt, which would negatively impact our financial results.

 

The telecommunications industry is characterized by rapid technological change and continually evolving industry standards, which could harm our competitive position, render our products obsolete and cause us to incur substantial costs to replace our products or implement new technologies.

 

The telecommunications industry is characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards. The technology we use is increasingly complex, which leads to higher risks of implementation failure or service disruption. Our success depends on our ability to adapt to the changing technological landscape. The technologies we utilize today may become obsolete or subject to competition from new technologies in the future. For example, our 3G services may become obsolete when appropriate devices become available and affordable for our customers, and those customers upgrade from 3G to 4G services.

 

Implementing new technologies requires substantial investment. For example, developing a 4G LTE network requires significant financial investments, and in the nine months ended September 30, 2018, fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, we spent $60 million, $53 million and $39 million, respectively, on operational licenses, spectrum acquisitions and renewals (including 4G). However, there can be no guarantee that we will experience our expected return on such investment. For example, as our customers reduce their use of mobile voice and SMS services, we may not see a corresponding increase in their data use, as data transfer rates continue to increase and become more efficient, which could adversely affect our revenue and impede our mobile revenue growth. We also face competition from other networks that provide data transfer and streaming capability on 4G and LTE networks. Additionally, we may require additional or supplemental licenses to implement 5G technology in order to remain competitive, and we may be unable to acquire such licenses on reasonable terms or at all. We may need to incur significant capital expenditures in order to acquire licenses or infrastructure to offer new services to our customers or improve our current services.

 

  10  

 

 

Our customers expect that we will continue to regularly introduce more sophisticated telecommunications, media and internet services, such as VoIP, LTE, premium content and high-speed data services, including audio and video streaming, mobile gaming, video conferencing, web hosting, cyber-security and other applications. In particular, the introduction of 5G services into our Latin American markets may draw additional entrants and require infrastructure capital expenditures for providers seeking to gain or maintain competitive advantage. Our ability to attract and retain customers is dependent on our ability to meet customer demand for new technology at the same, or at a quicker rate, than our competitors are able to do.

 

The growth in internet connectivity has led to the proliferation of entrants offering VOIP services or audio or video content services delivered over the internet. Such operators could displace the services we provide by using our customers’ internet access (which may or may not be provided by us) to enable the provision of voice calls and instant messaging services directly to our customers. Failure to continue to successfully transform business models toward such data-driven products to account for this industry shift could have a negative impact on our legacy services and impact on our results from operations.

 

Accordingly, our future growth and success will depend, in part, on sourcing new content, new technologies and innovative services and utilizing these technologies, allowing us to generate revenue proportionate to traffic volumes across our networks.

 

We may not be able to successfully implement our strategic priorities.

 

Our strategic priorities include, among others, expansion of our high speed data networks (4G and HFC cable), facilitation of growth in our mobile data and cable segments and implementation of technology transformation projects to improve our operating performance and efficiency. However, there can be no assurance that our strategy will be successfully implemented and will not cause changes in our operational efficiencies or structure. A failure to obtain the anticipated benefits of our strategy including increased revenue and cost optimization, or a delay in the implementation of our strategic priorities, could significantly affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

 

In addition, the implementation of our strategic priorities could result in increased costs, conflicts with employees and other stakeholders, business interruptions and difficulty in recruiting and retaining key personnel, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may pursue acquisitions, investments or merger opportunities, or divestitures of existing operations, which may subject us to significant risks and there is no assurance that we will be successful or that we will derive the expected benefits from these transactions.

 

We may pursue acquisitions of, investments in or mergers with businesses, technologies, services and/or products that complement or expand our business, including as part of our growth and rollout strategy to compete with larger competitors in some of our markets or maintain our competitive position in other markets. Some of these potential transactions could be significant relative to the size of our business and operations. Any such transaction would involve a number of risks and could present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including: diverting management attention from running our existing business or from other viable acquisition or investment opportunities; incurring significant transaction expenses; increased costs to integrate financial and operational reporting systems, technology, personnel, customer base and business practices of the businesses involved in any such transaction with our business; not being able to integrate our businesses in a timely fashion or at all; potential exposure to material liabilities not discovered in the due diligence process or as a result of any litigation arising in connection with any such transaction; and failure to retain key management and other critical employees. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete acquisitions, in light of challenges such as strong competition from our competitors and other prospective acquirers who may have substantially greater resources than we do in terms of access to capital and may be able to pay more than we can with respect to merger or acquisition opportunities, and regulatory approvals required.

 

We may also seek to divest existing operations and/or investments in associates, particularly in our Africa segment which has historically produced lower returns on capital than our Latin America segment and where we have already made a number of divestitures. Any such divestiture would involve a number of risks and could present financial, managerial and operational challenges including: diverting management attention from running our existing business or from pursuing other strategic opportunities; incurring significant transaction expenses; and the possibility of failing to properly manage or time the exit to achieve an optimal return.

 

  11  

 

 

We may not realize the benefits anticipated from the acquisition of shares of Cable Onda S.A., which could adversely affect our business.

 

On October 7, 2018, Millicom LIH S.A. (“MIC LIH”), a wholly owned subsidiary of MIC S.A., MIC S.A., Medios de Comunicacion LTD (“Medcom”) and Telecarrier International Limited (“Telecarrier”) entered into a stock purchase agreement, which was amended and restated on December 12, 2018 by MIC LIH, MIC S.A., Medcom, Telecarrier, IGP Trading Corp. (“IGP”) and Tenedora Activa, S.A. (“TA” and together with Medcom, Telecarrier and IGP, the “Sellers”), with an effective date of October 7, 2018 (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, Millicom agreed to purchase 80% of the shares (the “Shares”) of Cable Onda S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Panama (“Cable Onda,” and together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the “Cable Onda Group”), from Sellers for $1,002 million in cash (the “Acquisition”), subject to customary purchase price adjustments (the “Purchase Price”). The Acquisition closed on December 13, 2018. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Recent developments—The Acquisition.” 

  

The anticipated benefits for Millicom from the Acquisition are, necessarily, based on projections and assumptions about the performance of Cable Onda as part of the Millicom group, which may not materialize as expected or which may prove to be inaccurate. We cannot ensure that the Acquisition will achieve the business growth, profits, cost savings and other benefits we anticipate, or those benefits may take longer to realize than expected. While we believe that the Acquisition is justified by the contemplated benefits, expected benefits may not be obtained, and the assumptions under which we determined to carry out the Acquisition could be incorrect. In addition, we may become liable for unforeseen financial, business, legal, environmental or other liabilities as a result of the Acquisition. In that regard, Cable Onda may have liabilities that we failed, or were unable, to discover in the course of performing our due diligence investigations of Cable Onda that we assumed upon consummation of the Acquisition and that may not be fully offset by the indemnification available to us under the Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

Moreover, we may encounter significant challenges with successfully integrating and recognizing the anticipated benefits of the Acquisition, including the following:

 

· potential disruption of, or reduced growth in, our other businesses, due to diversion of management attention;

 

· transaction costs in addition to those already incurred which could reduce the benefits of the Acquisition;

 

· challenges arising from operating a business in Panama, a market where we do not currently operate;

 

· consolidating and integrating corporate, information technology, finance and administrative infrastructures, and integrating and harmonizing business systems;

 

· difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings, synergies, business opportunities and growth prospects from acquiring Cable Onda; and

 

· retaining key employees, suppliers and other partners of Cable Onda.

 

The failure to obtain the expected results and synergies from the integration of Cable Onda, as well as the incurrence of additional costs or achievement of lower benefits or profits (including lower than expected cost savings), could have a material adverse effect on our activities, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

 

We have incurred and assumed additional indebtedness in connection with the Acquisition, which will increase interest expense.

 

We funded the $1,002 million purchase price for the Acquisition by incurring additional indebtedness, including $250 million under the Bridge Facility and $500 million aggregate principal amount of the 6.625% Notes (each as subsequently defined). See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Recent developments—Bridge Facility” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Recent developments—6.625% Notes.” In addition, Cable Onda will retain indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Corporate Bonds, which was $185 million as of June 30, 2018, as well as other indebtedness. The Corporate Bonds impose certain restrictions and obligations on Cable Onda. For example, pursuant the Corporate Bonds, Cable Onda is required to retain at all times a Net Debt to EBITDA below 3.0x and dividend payments are only permitted if all required financial ratios are complied with. Cable Onda’s net debt was $207 million at June 30, 2018 (being $241 million of debt less $34 million of cash and cash equivalents). Our increased indebtedness following consummation of the Acquisition could have the effect, among other things, of reducing our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions as well as reducing funds available for capital expenditures, acquisitions, and creating competitive disadvantages for us relative to other companies with lower indebtedness levels.

 

  12  

 

 

For any or all of these reasons, a pursuit of an acquisition, investment in or merger with businesses, technologies, services and/or products, or failure to properly execute the divestiture of an existing business, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we cannot successfully develop and operate our mobile, cable and broadband networks and distribution systems, we will be unable to expand our customer base and will lose market share and revenue.

 

Our ability to increase or maintain our market share and revenue is partly dependent on the success of our efforts to expand our business, the quality of our services and the management of our networks and distribution systems. As new technologies are developed or upgraded, such as advanced 4G systems, including 4G LTE, and fiber optic cable networks, our equipment may need to be replaced or upgraded or we may need to rebuild our mobile, cable or broadband network, in whole or in part. The initial build-out of our networks and distribution systems and sustaining sufficient network performance and reliability is a capital-intensive process that is subject to risks and uncertainties which may delay the introduction of services and increase the cost of network construction or upgrade. Such uncertainties include constraints on our ability to fund additional capital expenditures, as well as external forces, such as obtaining necessary permits and spectrum from regulatory and other local authorities. Unforeseeable technological developments may also render our services unpopular with customers or obsolete. If our equipment or systems become obsolete, we may be required to recognize an impairment charge on such assets, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. To the extent we fail to expand and upgrade our networks and distribution systems on a timely basis relative to our competitors, we may not be able to expand our customer base and we may lose customers to competitors, which may hinder recovery of our significant capital investments and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, we depend upon our ability to deploy sufficient resources to manage our active infrastructure and to effectively manage third parties to operate and maintain the networks we use, including the towers and network infrastructures that are subject to passive infrastructure and tower sharing agreements. Key components of our networks, including hardware and software, may breakdown, and the risk of such breakdown is higher for some of our emerging services as the equipment for them is not yet standardized. We have sold and leased back a significant number of our towers, including in El Salvador, Colombia, Tanzania and Paraguay, as further discussed under “Item 4. Information on the Company—D. Property, Plant and Equipment—Tower infrastructure,” and we may engage in similar transactions in the future in our other markets. We have also entered into managed services agreements in certain of our African and Latin American markets to outsource the maintenance and replacement of our network equipment. Although the contracts impose performance obligations on the operators and tower management companies, we cannot guarantee that they will meet these obligations or implement remedial action in a timely manner, which may result in these towers not being properly operated. If our managed services agreements terminate, we may be unable to find a cost-effective, suitable alternative provider and we may no longer have the necessary expertise in-house to perform comparable services, which may negatively impact the quality of the services we provide to our customers.

 

We are increasingly dependent on key suppliers to provide us with products and services.

 

We rely on our ability to develop relationships with handset manufacturers and application developers, so that we are able to provide the advanced handsets and services demanded by our customers. The key suppliers of our handsets, both in terms of volume of sales and importance to our operations, are Samsung, Huawei, Apple, Motorola and BMobile. We import directly, or we source our handsets through resellers in our markets such as Brightstar Corporation. We source our SIM cards from two main suppliers. We have limited influence over our key suppliers and cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain required products or services on favorable terms or at all.

 

We also seek to standardize our network equipment to ease equipment replacement and reduce downtime of our network and to contract with a limited number of international suppliers to achieve economies of scale, which means that we rely on a limited number of manufacturers to provide network and telecommunications equipment and technical support. The key suppliers of equipment and software for our existing networks are Huawei, Ericsson, Arris, Kaon, Hitron and Microsoft. There are a number of alternative suppliers available to us; however, if we are unable to obtain adequate alternative supplies of equipment or technical support in a timely manner, on acceptable commercial and pricing terms, our ability to maintain and expand our networks and business may be materially and adversely affected.

 

  13  

 

 

As our operations are dependent upon access to networks not controlled by us, we rely on interconnect agreements, the terms of which could be made less favorable due to market participants or regulatory changes.

 

Our ability to provide telecommunications services would be hampered if our access to local and long distance line capacity was limited or if the commercial terms or costs of our interconnect agreements with other wireless and local, domestic and international fixed-line operators were significantly altered. Interconnection is required to complete calls that originate on our respective networks but terminate outside of our respective networks, or that originate from outside our networks and terminate on our respective networks. Costs may increase significantly as a result of new regulations or commercial decisions by other fixed-line operators or a lack of available line capacity for interconnection.

 

Many of the mobile telecommunications markets in which we operate have high mobile penetration levels, inhibiting growth opportunities.

 

The Latin American markets in which we operate have mobile phone service penetration levels that typically exceed 100% of the population. Although there are some opportunities for further growth, our efforts to develop additional sources of revenue may not be successful. Therefore, high mobile penetration rates could constrain future growth and produce an intensification of pricing pressures on all of our mobile services, which could adversely affect our future profitability and return on investments.

 

Our mobile applications and cable content may not be accepted or widely used by our customers.

 

We acquire rights to certain services for use by our mobile and cable customers, such as Tigo Music and Tigo Sports, and we have strategic partnerships with major digital players, such as Netflix, Amazon, Deezer and Microsoft. We make long-term commitments in advance even though we cannot predict the popularity of the services or ratings the programming will generate. License fees are negotiated for a number of years and include “per user” billing, which means that we must still pay part of the fees even if the service supplied is no longer popular. The commercial success of applications or content also depends on the quality and acceptance of other competing applications or content released into the marketplace at or near the same time, the availability of alternative forms of entertainment and leisure time results from mobile data use and our cable business fluctuate primarily with the acceptance of such services by the public, which is difficult to predict. A shortfall, now or in the future, in the expected popularity of the various services for which we have acquired rights could lead to a fluctuation in our results of operations.

 

The success of our pay-TV services depends on our ability to access an attractive selection of television programming from content providers. The ability to provide movie, sports and other popular programming is a major factor that attracts customers to pay-TV services. We may not be able to obtain sufficient high quality programming from third-party producers for our cable TV services on satisfactory terms or at all in order to offer compelling cable TV services which could result in reduced demand for, and lower revenue and profitability from, our cable services.

 

Equipment and network systems failures, including as a result of a natural disaster, sabotage or terrorist attack, could result in reduced user traffic and revenue, require unanticipated capital expenditures or harm our reputation.

 

Our business is dependent on certain sophisticated critical systems, including exchanges, switches, fiber, cable headends, data centers and other key network elements, physical infrastructure and our billing and customer service systems. Our technological infrastructure is vulnerable to damage and disruptions from numerous events, including fire, flood, windstorms and other natural disasters, power outages, terrorist acts, equipment and system failures, human errors and intentional wrongdoings, including breaches of our network and information technology security. Risks to our network include state sponsored censorship, sabotage, theft and poor equipment maintenance, which are ongoing risks, especially in Chad. Unanticipated problems at our facilities, network or systems or at the facilities, network or systems of third parties on which we rely could harm our reputation and impair our ability to retain current customers or attract new customers, and could result in reduced user traffic and revenue, regulatory penalties or penal sanctions, unanticipated capital expenditures, or substantial uninsured losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  14  

 

 

Cyber attacks impacting our networks or systems could have an adverse effect on our business and result in data loss or other security breaches.

 

Cyber attacks, including through the use of malware, computer viruses, dedicated denial of services attacks, credential harvesting, social engineering and other means for obtaining unauthorized access to or disrupting the operation of our networks and systems and those of our suppliers, vendors and other service providers, could have an adverse effect on our business. Cyber attacks may cause equipment failures as well as disruptions to our or our customers’ operations. Cyber attacks against companies, including Millicom, have increased in frequency, scope and potential harm in recent years. Other businesses have been victims of ransomware attacks in which the business becomes unable to access its own information and is presented with a demand to pay a ransom in order to once again have access to its information. Further, the perpetrators of cyber attacks are not restricted to particular groups or persons. These attacks may be committed by company employees or external actors operating in any geography, including jurisdictions where law enforcement measures to address such attacks are unavailable or ineffective, and may even be launched by or at the behest of nation states. Cyber attacks may occur alone or in conjunction with physical attacks, especially where disruption of service is an objective of the attacker.

 

The inability to operate or use our networks and systems or those of our suppliers, vendors and other service providers as a result of cyber attacks, even for a limited period of time, may result in significant expenses to Millicom and/or a loss of market share to other communications providers. The costs associated with a major cyber attack on Millicom could include expensive incentives offered to existing customers and business partners to retain their business, increased expenditures on cybersecurity measures and the use of alternate resources, lost revenues from business interruption and litigation.

 

Additionally, our business, like that of most retailers and wireless companies, involves the receipt, storage, and transmission of confidential information, including sensitive personal information and payment card information, confidential information about our employees and suppliers, and other sensitive information about Millicom, such as our business plans, transactions and intellectual property. Unauthorized access to confidential information may be difficult to anticipate, detect, or prevent, particularly given that the methods of unauthorized access constantly change and evolve. We may experience unauthorized access or distribution of confidential information by third parties or employees, errors or breaches by third party suppliers, or other breaches of security that compromise the integrity of confidential information, and such breaches can have a materially adverse effect on our business or damage our reputation. See “We collect and process sensitive customer data,” below.

 

There can be no guarantee that we will not be subject to cyber attacks which, individually or in the aggregate, may be material to our operations or financial condition.

 

We may incur significant costs from fraud, which could adversely affect us.

 

Our high profile and the nature of the products and services that we offer make us a target for fraud. Many of the markets in which we operate lack fully developed legal and regulatory frameworks and have low conviction rates for fraudulent activities, decreasing deterrence for such schemes. We have been in the past and may in the future be susceptible to fraudulent activity by our employees or third party contractors despite having robust internal control systems in place across our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We also incur costs and revenue losses associated with the unauthorized or unintended use of our networks, including administrative and capital costs associated with the unpaid use of our networks as well as with detecting, monitoring and reducing the incidences of fraud. Fraud also impacts interconnection costs, capacity costs, administrative costs and payments to other carriers for unbillable fraudulent roaming charges. For example, in 2017, our most significant impact from fraudulent activity was caused by data charging bypass, where customers were able to use data without paying the appropriate charges through unauthorized use of free offers, voucher or rebate codes or through other means. Any continued or new fraudulent schemes could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  15  

 

   

Some of our mobile products and services, such as MFS, are complex and increase our exposure to fraud, money laundering, and reputational risk.

 

Some of our products and services, such as MFS, have been developed through different distribution channels. Technical or administrative errors could result in customer losses for which we could be responsible, and we may be liable for online fraud and problems related to inadequately securing our payment systems. These services involve cash handling, exposing us to risk of fraud and money laundering and potential reputational damage. We must also keep our customers’ MFS cash in local currency demand deposits in local banks in each market and ensure customers’ access to MFS cash, exposing us to local banking risk. MFS may also be subject to new legislation and regulation. In most markets in which we have launched MFS, the regulations governing our MFS are new and evolving, and, as they develop, regulations could become more onerous, imposing additional reporting or controls or limiting our flexibility to design new products, which may limit our ability to provide our services efficiently or at all. We may not be able to modify our service provision in time to comply with any new regulatory requirements, or new regulation may be applied retroactively. Our failure to respond appropriately to these risks and uncertainties could reduce our revenue, as well as damage our reputation.

 

Our operations with strategic partners are accompanied by inherent business risks.

 

We have local shareholding partners in various markets, including subsidiaries that are fully controlled and consolidated in our financial statements (e.g., Colombia and Zanzibar) as well as joint-ventures with local entities in which we exercise joint-control (e.g., Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana). Furthermore, we are minority investors in the tower company Helios Towers, Ltd., Africa Internet Holding GmbH and MKC Brilliant Holding GmbH. In these and other similar operations, our ability to receive dividends or other distributions may depend in part upon the consent of independent shareholders. Our ability to make significant strategic decisions in these operations may depend on consent of the other participants, and our operations may be negatively affected in the event of disagreements with our partners. Further, emerging market investments with local partners are often accompanied by risks, including in relation to:

 

· our local partner becoming subject to an investigation, sanctions or liability that adversely affects us and our operations;

 

· the possibility that a local partner will breach or terminate the applicable investment or shareholders’ agreement;

 

· the possibility that a local partner will hinder development by exercising shareholder rights to block capital increases or other strategic decisions if that partner disagrees with our views on developing the business or loses interest in pursuing the projects; and

 

· the loss of a local partner and the associated benefits, such as local insight on operating a business in that market.

 

Allegations of health risks related to the use of mobile telecommunication devices and base stations could harm our business.

 

There have been allegations that the use of certain mobile telecommunication devices and equipment may cause serious health risks. The actual or perceived health risks of mobile devices or equipment could diminish customer growth, reduce network usage per customer, spark product liability lawsuits or limit available financing. In addition, the actual or perceived health risks may result in increased regulation of network equipment and restrictions on the construction of towers or other infrastructure. Each of these possibilities has the potential to seriously harm our business.

 

A significant portion of our workforce is represented by labor unions, and we could incur additional costs or experience work stoppages as a result of the renegotiation of our labor contracts.

 

As of December 31, 2017, approximately 23% of our direct workforce was represented by labor unions. While we have collective bargaining agreements in place, with subsequent negotiations we could incur significant additional labor costs and/or experience work stoppages, which could adversely affect our business operations. In addition, we cannot predict what level of success labor unions or other groups representing employees may have in further organizing our workforce or the potentially negative impact it would have on our operations. Furthermore, our strategic objectives may include divestitures of certain business lines, internal restructurings and other activities that impact employees. Such activities could result in strikes, unrest, or work stoppages, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  16  

 

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain a good relationship with our labor unions and works council. Any deterioration in our relationship with our unions and works council could result in work stoppages, strikes or threats to take such an action, which could disrupt our business and operations, materially and adversely affect the quality of our services and harm our reputation.

 

Rapid growth and expansion may make it difficult to obtain adequate managerial and operational resources and could restrict our ability to successfully expand our operations, and any loss of key management and technical personnel could adversely affect our business.

 

Our operating results depend, in significant part, upon the continued contributions and capacity of key senior management and technical personnel. Management of profitable growth will require, among other things:

 

· stringent control of network build-out and other costs;

 

· excellence in sales, marketing and distribution;

 

· continued innovative product development and deployment;

 

· excellence in customer experience management;

 

· continued development of financial and management controls and information technology systems;

 

· successful integration of new operations;

 

· transformation, digitalization and convergence of operating models;

 

· implementation and operation of adequate and effective internal controls;

 

· hiring and training of new personnel;

 

· ensuring the health and safety of our personnel and compliance with related risk management practices; and

 

· coordination among our logistical, technical, accounting, legal and finance personnel.

 

Our success will depend on our ability to continue to attract, develop, motivate and retain qualified personnel. Certain of our key employees possess substantial knowledge of our business and operations. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining their services or that we would be successful in hiring and training suitable replacements without undue costs or delays. Competition for personnel in our markets is intense due to scarcity of qualified individuals. We put a high priority on training and developing local expertise in-house but it may take time for them to develop capacity, and retaining qualified staff can be challenging, as well. Furthermore, integration of new management would require additional time and resources, which could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy. We also need new competencies for the new businesses and services we launch, including in the digital field where there is heightened competition for talent. Our failure to successfully manage our growth and personnel needs would have a material negative effect on our business and results of operations.

 

An economic downturn, a substantial slowdown in economic growth or deterioration in consumer spending could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

Deterioration in the economic environment could have an adverse effect on the level of demand for our products and services. This could also impact our growth in mobile telecommunications and broadband products and services. We are particularly susceptible to any deterioration in the economic environment in the countries in which we have our largest operations, namely Colombia, Guatemala, Paraguay, Honduras and Bolivia.

 

  17  

 

 

Telecommunications in emerging markets in general and in our markets in particular, account for a significant part of gross domestic product (“GDP”) and of disposable income. As such, any change in economic activity level may impact our business. General inflation could affect our business as consumers’ acceptance of potential price increases of our products is uncertain. Food price inflation may affect low income customers and may lead to a redistribution of income within the countries where we operate.

 

Furthermore, changes in economic, political and regulatory conditions in the United States or in U.S. laws and policies governing foreign trade and foreign relations could have an impact on the economies in which we operate, particularly in Latin America. Any decision taken by the U.S. government that has an impact on the Latin American economy, such as by reducing the levels of remittances, reducing commercial activity between the countries in which we operate and the United States, or slowing direct foreign investment, could adversely affect the disposable income of consumers.

 

Lack of sufficient information or poor quality of available information regarding our industry, operations or markets may lead to missed opportunities or inefficient capital allocation.

 

As the factors we consider in formulating our strategy change (including information, such as customer data insights, on new markets into which we may consider expanding), we face the risk of not having access to sufficient industry, operational or market data inputs to properly inform our decision-making or needing to rely on poor quality information. There is also a risk that the data to which we have access will be analyzed improperly, if the relevant personnel lack appropriate experience, oversight, or relevant skill sets in data analysis, including through insufficient consideration of interrelationships of key variables such as market dynamics, trends, availability of cash and resources, agility, opportunities and risk factors affecting our business. If we are forced to make assumptions regarding key variables and are unable to consider alternatives to, and consequences of, strategic decisions on a fully informed basis, it may lead to missed opportunities or inefficient capital allocation that could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

The inability to manage a crisis could harm our brand and lead to increased government obligations in the future.

 

Telecommunications networks provide essential support to first responders and government authorities in the event of natural disasters, terrorist attacks and other similar crises. If we fail to develop and implement detailed business continuity and crisis management plans, we may be unable to provide service at the level that is required or perceived to be required by the government, the regulator, our customers and by the public at large, and this could harm our brand image, lead to increased customer churn and lead to new and burdensome regulatory obligations in the future.

 

Legal and Regulatory Risks

 

The telecommunications and broadcasting market is heavily regulated.

 

The licensing, construction, ownership and operation of mobile telephone, broadband and cable TV networks, and the grant, maintenance and renewal of the required licenses or permits, as well as radio frequency allocations and interconnection arrangements, are regulated by national, state, regional or local governmental authorities in the markets in which we operate, which can lead to disputes with government regulators. For example, the Colombian regulator has challenged Colombia Móvil’s license fee, stating that it should be a significantly higher amount than we had recorded. The regulator has sought to nullify an arbitral award in our favor in this matter. In addition, certain other aspects of mobile telephone operations, including rates charged to customers and resale of mobile telephone services, and user registrations may be subject to public utility regulation in each market. For example, interconnect fees, which represented 7% of our revenue in fiscal 2017, are subject to reduction by regulators. Regulators in certain of our markets have reduced interconnect fees and if rates are reduced further or regulators in other markets reduce interconnect fees, these measures could have a material adverse effect on our overall results of operation. Additionally, because of our market share, regulators could impose asymmetric interconnection or termination rates, which could undermine our competitive position in the markets in which we operate and adversely affect our business.

 

  18  

 

 

Changes in regulations may subject us to legal proceedings and regulatory actions, and may disrupt our business activities, such as affecting prices or requirements for increased capital investments, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. For example, since 2014, mobile operators in El Salvador and Honduras have been required to shut down services or reduce signal capacity in and around prisons, where authorities suspect criminal gangs are smuggling mobile phones into prisons for criminal purposes. Similar laws have been considered or proposed in Guatemala. Further, regulations which make it commercially unviable to subsidize our mobile customers’ handsets, or set an expiry date on when our customers must use their prepaid minutes, data or SMS bundles, could reduce revenue and margins for mobile services. For example, in 2015, the regulator in Colombia determined that handsets and telecommunication services cannot be bundled and must be invoiced separately, significantly limiting our ability to attract new mobile customers by offering handsets at subsidized prices. This had a direct impact on handset affordability and caused a sharp decline in our handset sales. In 2016, the regulator in Paraguay extended the unused prepaid data allowance from 30 to 90 days, which impacted the frequency at which a portion of our prepaid customers purchase additional data allowances from us. Such types of regulatory changes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

For more information on the regulatory environment in the markets in which we operate, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation.”

 

The availability of spectrum is limited, closely regulated and increasingly expensive, and our licenses are granted for finite periods.

 

The availability of spectrum is limited, closely regulated and can be expensive, and we may not be able to obtain it from the regulator or third parties at all or at a price that we deem to be commercially acceptable given competitive conditions. If we acquire spectrum through acquisition, regulators may require us to surrender spectrum to secure regulatory approval. Most of our licenses are granted for specified terms, and we can have no assurance that any license will be renewed upon expiration. Licenses due to expire in the medium-to-near term include our mobile telecommunications licenses in Paraguay (2021, 2022 and 2023), Colombia (2019, 2021 and 2023), and Ghana (2021 and 2024), and our pay TV license in Colombia (2019) and our fixed line license in Ghana (2019). If renewed, our licenses may contain additional obligations, including payment obligations, or may cover reduced service areas or permit a more limited scope of service. For more information, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation.”

 

Our licenses may be suspended or revoked and we may be fined or penalized for alleged violations of law or regulations.

 

Our telecommunications licenses and legislation regulating the telecommunications industry in the countries in which we operate impose standards and conditions on our operations. If we fail to comply with the conditions of our licenses or with the requirements established by the legislation or if we do not obtain permits for the operation of our networks and equipment, use of frequencies or additional licenses for broadcasting directly or through agreements with broadcasting companies, we may not have sufficient opportunity to cure any non-compliance. In the event that we do not cure any non-compliance, the applicable regulator may levy fines, suspend or terminate our licenses, frequency permissions, or other governmental permissions or refuse to renew licenses that are up for renewal. The occurrence of any of these events could materially adversely affect our ability to build out our networks in accordance with our plans, could harm our reputation and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, the Tanzanian government implemented legislation requiring telecommunications companies to list their shares on the Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange and offer 25% of their shares in a Tanzanian public offering by December 31, 2016. As we have not yet complied with this requirement, the maximum penalty for non-compliance could include a revocation of our telecommunications licenses in Tanzania.

 

We collect and process sensitive customer data.

 

We increasingly collect, store and use customer data that is protected by data protection laws in the ordinary course of our operations and through our mobile applications and MFS. Data privacy laws and regulations apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of personal information that identifies or may be used to identify an individual, such as names and contact information. Many countries have additional laws that regulate the processing, retention and use of communications data (both content and metadata), and in some countries, authorities can intercept communications, sometimes directly or without our knowledge. These laws and regulations are subject to frequent revisions and differing interpretations, and have generally become more stringent over time. Since certain services we offer are accessed by, or provided to customers within, the European Union, we are subject to the European Union data protection regulation known as the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which imposes significant penalties for non-compliance.  In addition, some of the countries in which we operate are considering or have passed legislation imposing data privacy requirements that could increase the cost and complexity of providing our services. Although we take precautions to protect data, we may fail to do so and certain data may be leaked or otherwise used inappropriately. Violation of data protection laws may result in fines, damage to our reputation and customer churn and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  19  

 

 

Our intellectual property rights are costly and difficult to protect, and failing to maintain the historical reputation of our brands or impairment of our intellectual property rights would adversely affect our business.

 

Our intellectual property rights, including our key trademarks and domain names, which are well known in the markets in which we operate, are important to our business. The brand name Tigo and currently used figurative trademark are extremely important assets and contribute to our success in our markets. If we are unable to maintain the reputation of and value associated with our Tigo or UNE brand names, we may not be able to successfully retain and attract customers.

 

We rely upon a combination of trademark and copyright laws, database protections and contractual arrangements, where appropriate, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. However, intellectual property rights are especially difficult to protect in many of the markets in which we operate. In these markets, the regulatory agencies charged to protect intellectual property rights are inadequately funded, legislation is underdeveloped, piracy is commonplace and enforcement of court decisions is difficult. The diversion of our management’s time and resources along with potentially significant expenses that could be involved in protecting our intellectual property rights in our markets, or losing any intellectual property rights, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our reputation may be harmed if any of the risks described in this “Risk Factors” section materialize. Any damage to our reputation or to the value associated with our Tigo or UNE brands could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws.

 

We are subject to a number of anti-corruption laws in the countries in which we operate and are located, in addition to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) in the United States and the Bribery Act in the United Kingdom. Our failure to comply with anti-corruption laws applicable to us could result in penalties, which could harm our reputation and harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. The FCPA generally prohibits covered companies, their officers, directors and employees and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business and/or other benefits.

 

On October 21, 2015, we reported to law enforcement authorities in the United States and Sweden potential improper payments made on behalf of our joint venture in Guatemala. On May 4, 2016, we received notification from the Swedish Public Prosecutor that its preliminary investigation has been discontinued on jurisdictional grounds. On April 23, 2018, the U.S. Justice Department informed us that it is closing its investigation into this matter. Although we understand that this matter is no longer under active investigation, if any governmental investigation into this matter were to be reopened, or a similar matter or investigation were to arise in the future, an adverse outcome, including remedial actions that may need to be taken as a result of the investigations or penalties that may be imposed by law enforcement authorities, could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

 

We regularly review and update our policies and procedures and internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that we, our employees, joint ventures, distributors and other intermediaries comply with the anti-corruption laws to which we are subject. However, anti-corruption policies, procedures and internal controls are not always effective against this risk. We cannot assure you that such policies or procedures or internal controls work effectively at all times or protect us against liability under these or other laws for actions taken by our employees, joint ventures, distributors and other intermediaries with respect to our business or any businesses that we may acquire.

 

  20  

 

 

We operate in countries which pose elevated risks of corruption violations. For example, on July 14, 2017, the International Commission Against Impunity in Guatemala (“CICIG”), disclosed an ongoing investigation into alleged illegal campaign financing that includes a competitor of Comcel, our Guatemalan joint venture. The CICIG further indicated that the investigation would include Comcel. On November 23 and 24, 2017, Guatemala’s attorney general and CICIG executed search warrants on the offices of Comcel and this matter remains under investigation. If we are not in compliance with anti-corruption laws and other laws governing the conduct of business with government entities and/or officials (including local laws), we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties and other remedial measures, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

 

Investigations of any actual or alleged violations of such laws or policies related to us could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

 

Our risk management and internal controls may not prevent or detect violations of law.

 

Our existing compliance controls may not be sufficient in order to prevent or detect inadequate practices, fraud or violations of law by our intermediaries, sales agents or employees. If any of these individuals or entities receive or grant inappropriate benefits or use corrupt, fraudulent or other unfair business practices, we could be confronted with legal sanctions, penalties and harm to our reputation. Given our international operations, group structure, and size, our internal controls, policies and our risk management may not be adequate, which could have a material negative impact on our reputation, business activities, financial position and results of operations.

 

New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business.

 

We are subject to a variety of national and local laws and regulations in the countries in which we do business. These laws and regulations apply to many aspects of our business. Violations of applicable laws or regulations could damage our reputation or result in regulatory or private actions with substantial penalties or damages. In addition, any significant changes in such laws or regulations or their interpretation, or the introduction of higher standards or more stringent laws or regulations, could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For example, in Colombia in 2017, the regulator introduced caps to wholesale rates on mobile services, which forced us to lower our prices for both voice and data services, and it also cut interconnection rates. In 2016, the regulator in Paraguay required that mobile service providers extend to 90 days, from 30 days previously, the minimum expiration of prepaid mobile data allowances; and in El Salvador, the government required us to shut down certain parts of our network near the country’s incarceration facilities.

 

We may be subject to legal liability associated with providing online services or media content.

 

We host and provide a wide variety of services and products that enable our customers to conduct business, and engage in various online activities. The law relating to the liability of providers of these online services and products for the activities of their customers is still unsettled in some jurisdictions. Claims may be threatened or brought against us for defamation, negligence, breaches of contract, copyright or trademark infringement, unfair competition, tort, including personal injury, fraud, or other theories based on the nature and content of information that we use and store. In addition, we may be subject to domestic or international actions alleging that certain content we have generated or third-party content that we have made available within our services violates applicable law or third-party rights.

 

We also offer third-party products, services and content. We may be subject to claims concerning these products, services or content by virtue of our involvement in marketing, branding, broadcasting, or providing access to them, even if we do not ourselves host, operate, provide, or provide access to these products, services or content. Defense of any such actions could be costly and involve significant time and attention of our management and other resources, may result in monetary liabilities or penalties, and may require us to change our business in an adverse manner.

 

  21  

 

 

Risks relating to the markets in which we operate

 

Some of the countries in which we operate have a history of political instability and any current or future instability may negatively affect our revenue or ability to conduct business.

 

We offer telecommunication services in 10 markets in Latin America and Africa. The Latin American markets in which we operate are Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Nicaragua, Paraguay and, through our joint ventures, Guatemala and Honduras. The African markets in which we operate are Chad and Tanzania. Our joint venture with Bharti Airtel operates in Ghana. Many of the countries in which we operate are considered to be emerging economies and can therefore be subject to greater political and economic risk than developed countries. The governments of these countries differ widely with respect to type of government, constitution, and stability and many of these countries lack mature legal and regulatory systems. Some of the countries in which we operate suffer from political instability, civil unrest, or war-like actions by anti-government insurgent groups. These problems may continue or worsen, potentially resulting in significant social unrest or civil war. For example, El Salvador has one of the highest murder rates in the world due to violent crime gangs, and Nicaragua and Chad have recently experienced civil unrest. Such events can pose additional risks to the health and safety of our employees and in some cases this may impede or delay our ability to provide service to our customers or potential customers. Any political instability or hostilities in the markets in which we operate can hinder economic growth and reduce discretionary consumer spending on our services and may result in damage to our networks or prevent us from selling our products and services.

 

We face a number of risks as a result of such political instability, ranging from the risk of network disruption, sometimes resulting from government requests to shut down our network in areas experiencing hostilities or crime, as well as forced and illegal abuse of our network by political forces. We also face the risk that we may have to evacuate some or all of our key staff from certain countries, in which case there is no guarantee that we would be able to continue to operate our business as previously conducted in such countries. Any of these events would adversely affect our results of operations.

 

The countries in which we operate have political regimes that may not view foreign business interests favorably and may attempt to expropriate all or part of our local assets or impose controls on our operations.

 

The governments of the jurisdictions in which we operate may, at times, attempt to nationalize telecommunications operations or take other action that is unfavorable to foreign business interests. For example, in 2008 the Bolivian government nationalized the telecommunications company Entel, which had been privatized under previous presidential regimes, and in September 2013, the Bolivian president threatened to nationalize private mobile operators in Bolivia, including our Bolivian operations, if they did not adequately support the government in investigating crime. Other such actions might take place to limit foreign investment or regain more control over national economies or industries considered to be of strategic national importance in the countries in which we operate.

 

Governments of the countries in which we operate may also impose measures to lower tariffs offered to customers or increase taxes on private foreign owned businesses such as ours to increase government revenue. Measures like these may have the effect of increasing our network operation or roll-out costs and reducing the profitability of our operations and threaten our return on investment.

 

Most of the countries in which we operate have underdeveloped economies with low GDP per capita and therefore any increased inflationary pressures and downturns could significantly impact our revenue.

 

Consumption of mobile telephone and fixed-line services in the markets in which we operate is driven by a country’s GDP, inflation, the level of consumer discretionary income, and consumers’ willingness to accept potential price increases. Most of these economies have large populations living on a paycheck to paycheck basis and primarily spending income on basic items such as food, housing and clothing, with less income to spend on discretionary items like mobile, cable or broadband services. Downturns in the economies of any particular country or region in which we operate may adversely affect demand for our services, which would negatively impact our revenue. Some countries in which we operate have historically experienced high inflation rates, although in recent years the rates have been more stable. Periods of significant inflation in any of our markets could adversely affect our costs and financial condition as well as reducing the discretionary income of our less affluent customers, and therefore their purchasing power for telecommunications services. The loss of customers following a significant economic downturn could result in loss of a significant amount of expected revenue. As we incur costs based on our expectations of future revenue, our failure to accurately predict revenue could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.

 

  22  

 

 

Fluctuations or devaluations in local currencies in the markets in which we operate against our U.S. dollar reporting as well as our ability to convert these local currencies into U.S. dollars to make payments, including on our indebtedness, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

A significant amount of our costs, expenditures and liabilities are denominated in U.S. dollars, including capital expenditures and borrowings. In the markets in which we operate, we collect revenue from our customers and from other telecommunications operators for interconnect charges in mostly local currencies, and there may be limits to our ability to convert these local currencies into U.S. dollars. We hold most of our readily available cash in U.S. dollars in order to mitigate the risk of local currency devaluation. However, local currency exchange rate fluctuations in relation to the U.S. dollar may have an adverse effect on our earnings, assets and cash flows when translating or converting local currency into U.S. dollars. For example, the devaluation of the Columbian peso in 2015 had an approximately $250 million impact on consolidated revenues for fiscal year 2015. For each of our operations that report their results in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, a decrease in the value of that currency against the U.S. dollar reduces our profits while also reducing our assets and liabilities. To the extent that our operations retain earnings or distribute dividends in local currencies, the amount of U.S. dollars ultimately received by MIC S.A. is affected by fluctuations in exchange rates against the U.S. dollar. In addition, exchange rates impact the Millicom Group’s earnings, assets and cash flows as many of our operating subsidiaries have U.S. dollar denominated debt, due to unavailability of, or lack of commercially acceptable long-term financing in local currencies.

 

Due to lack of available financial instruments in many of the countries or currencies in which we operate, we may not be able to hedge against foreign currency exposures. We had net foreign exchange gains of $18 million in fiscal 2017 compared to net foreign exchange gains of $25 million in fiscal 2016. At the operational level we seek to reduce our foreign exchange exposure through a policy of matching, as far as possible, cash inflows and outflows. Where possible and where financially viable, we borrow in local currency to mitigate the risk of exposure to foreign currency exchange. Our ability to reduce our foreign currency exchange exposure may be limited by lack of long-term financing in local currency or derivative instruments in the currencies in which we operate. As such, there is a risk that we may not be able to finance local capital expenditure needs or reduce our foreign exchange exposure by borrowing in local currency. For more information, see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk—Foreign currency risk.”

 

Investors in emerging markets, where most of our operations are located, are subject to greater risks than investors in more developed markets, including significant political, legal and economic risks and risks related to fluctuations in the global economy.

 

Most of our operations are in emerging markets. Investors in emerging markets should be aware that these markets are subject to greater risks than more developed markets, including in some cases significant political, legal and economic risks. Emerging market governments and judiciaries often exercise broad, unchecked discretion and are susceptible to abuse and corruption and rapid reversal of political and economic policies on which we depend. Political and economic relations among the countries in which we operate are often complex and have resulted, and may in the future result, in conflicts, which could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. The economies of emerging markets are vulnerable to market downturns and economic slowdowns elsewhere in the world. As has happened in the past, financial problems or an increase in the perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies could dampen foreign investment in these markets and materially adversely affect their economies. Turnover of political leaders or parties in emerging markets as a result of a scheduled election upon the end of a term of service or in other circumstances may also affect the legal and regulatory regime in those markets to a great extent than turnover in established countries. Some of the emerging markets in which we operate are susceptible to social unrest, which may lead to military conflict in some cases. These developments could severely limit our access to capital and could materially harm the purchasing power of our customers and, consequently, our business.

 

  23  

 

 

Further, the nature of much of the legislation in emerging markets, the lack of consensus about the scope, content and pace of economic and political reform and the rapid evolution of the legal systems in emerging markets, place the enforceability and, possibly, the constitutionality of, laws and regulations in doubt and result in ambiguities, inconsistencies and anomalies. The legislation often contemplates implementing regulations that have not yet been promulgated, leaving substantial gaps in the regulatory infrastructure. Any of these factors could affect our ability to enforce our rights under our licenses or our contracts, or to defend our company against claims by other parties.

 

Investors should fully appreciate the significance of the risks involved in investing in a company with significant operations in emerging markets and are urged to consult with their own legal, financial and tax advisors.

 

Most of the countries where we operate lack reliable nationwide infrastructure or have infrastructure in poor condition and, particularly in Africa, have an insufficient supply of electricity.

 

Most of the countries in which we operate often lack modern or reliable infrastructure or have infrastructure in poor or very poor condition, including in particular roads and power networks. In general, the rural areas in each of the countries in which we operate often lack the most basic infrastructure. In some cases, we must build our cell sites without the benefit of roads and other infrastructure, which increases our network development and maintenance costs. Governments in emerging markets have been known to address the lack of telecommunications infrastructure by implementing universal service funds, which are taxes levied on revenue from telecommunications services. The purpose of universal service funds is to subsidize the expansion of basic communication services throughout a country, even in remote areas, at affordable prices. Of the markets in which we operate, only Bolivia imposes a universal service fund levy on telecommunications providers, in the amount of 1.0% to 2.0% of revenue. If the governments of the other markets in which we operate were to impose similar levies it would negatively impact the profitability of our operations.

 

The electricity supply is insufficient in certain of the African countries in which we operate due to underdevelopment of electricity sectors compared to the pace of economic growth in such countries. In certain countries, we must rely on diesel-powered generators or solar panels to power our radio sites and some of our towers have solar back-up power or hybrid deep cycle backup batteries. These measures increase our costs and impact the profitability and reliability of our network in our African operations.

 

Unpredictable tax systems give rise to significant uncertainties and risks that could complicate our tax planning and business decisions.

 

The tax systems in the markets in which we operate are unpredictable, which gives rise to significant uncertainties and complicates our tax planning and business decisions. For example, in Colombia, a net wealth tax was introduced in 2015, which applies to both residents and non-residents of Colombia whose net worth exceeds COP 1 billion (approximately $700,000), and El Salvador approved the introduction of a 5% tax on telecommunication services to finance government security plans in 2015. Additionally, on January 1, 2017, an 18% excise tax on revenues was introduced in Chad. These new taxes impact the profitability of our operations.

 

The tax laws and regulations in the markets in which we operate are complex and subject to varying interpretations. The tax authorities in the markets in which we operate are often arbitrary in their interpretation of tax laws, as well as in their enforcement and tax collection activities. We cannot be sure that our interpretations are accurate or that the responsible tax authority agrees with our views. Tax declarations are subject to review and investigation by a number of authorities, which are empowered to impose fines and penalties on taxpayers. Tax audits may result in additional costs to our group if the relevant tax authorities conclude that entities of the group did not satisfy their tax obligations in any given year. Such audits may also impose additional burdens on our group by diverting the attention of management resources. The outcome of these audits could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. Many of our operating companies are often forced to negotiate their tax bills with tax inspectors who may assess additional taxes. We are currently addressing tax disputes with the local tax authorities in several jurisdictions, further described under “Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal Proceedings—Tax disputes.”

 

Adverse decisions of tax authorities or changes in tax treaties, laws, rules or interpretations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial conditions or cash flows.

 

  24  

 

 

Developing legal systems in the countries in which we operate create a number of uncertainties for our businesses.

 

The nature of much of the legislation in emerging markets, the lack of consensus about the scope, content and pace of economic and political reform and the rapid evolution of emerging markets legal systems, place the enforceability and, possibly, the constitutionality of, laws and regulations in doubt and result in ambiguities, inconsistencies and anomalies. The legislation often contemplates implementing regulations that have not yet been promulgated, leaving substantial gaps in the regulatory infrastructure. All of these factors could affect our ability to enforce our rights under our licenses and under our contracts, or to defend ourselves against claims by others.

 

Further, the legal systems in many of the emerging market countries in which we operate are less developed than those in more established markets, which creates uncertainties with respect to many of the legal and business decisions that we make. Such uncertainties include, among others, potential for negative changes in laws, gaps and inconsistencies between the laws and regulatory structure, difficulties in enforcement, broad regulatory authority held by telecommunications regulators, inconsistency and lack of transparency in the judicial interpretation of legislation and corruption in judicial or administrative processes or systems. We may not always have access to efficient avenues for appeal and may have to accept the decisions imposed upon us. This could adversely affect our business and our revenue. For more information concerning the legal proceedings to which we are subject, see “Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal Proceedings.”

 

We have a weaker market position and face a challenging competitive and regulatory environment in Colombia, our largest Latin American market, relative to our other markets.

 

Relative to our other markets, the telecommunications sector in Colombia is characterized by having a larger number of competitors, including America Movil and Telefonica, which are larger than us and have greater access to capital and other resources than we do, and by having more stringent regulatory conditions. For example, regulation implemented in 2015 impedes our ability to bundle service contracts with handset subsidies, and in 2017 new regulation was implemented to cap the rates that we are allowed to charge on services sold on a wholesale basis. Relative to our other markets, our competitive position is also weaker in Colombia, where we are the third-largest mobile operator and the second-largest provider of fixed services, as measured by subscribers. This contrasts with our competitive position in our other markets, where we are either the largest or second-largest mobile operator, and where we face more benign competition for our fixed services. Among the countries where we compete, Colombia is the largest, as measured by the size of its population and GDP, and the country is the largest contributor to our revenues. Given the importance of Colombia to our results, if we are unable to sustain or improve our position in that market, or if we are faced with new regulation, this could have a material impact on our consolidated financial results.

 

Most of our operations generate revenue in the local currency of the country in which they operate. The governments of the countries in which our operations are located may impose foreign exchange controls that could restrict our ability to receive funds from the operations.

 

As substantially all our revenue is generated by our local operations, MIC S.A. is reliant on its subsidiaries’ and joint ventures’ ability to transfer funds to it. Although foreign exchange controls exist in some of the countries in which our companies operate, none of these controls significantly restricts the ability of our operating companies to pay interest, dividends, technical service fees, and royalty fees or repay loans by exporting cash, instruments of credit or securities in foreign currencies. However, foreign exchange controls may be strengthened, or introduced in the countries where we operate, which could restrict MIC S.A.’s ability to receive funds from those operations. In addition, in some countries it may be difficult to convert local currency into foreign currency due to limited liquidity in foreign exchange markets. These restrictions may constrain the frequency for possible upstreaming of cash from our subsidiaries to MIC S.A. in the future. These and any similar controls enacted in the future may cause delays in accumulating significant amounts of foreign currency, and cause exchange risk, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar; however, our headquarters are located in Luxembourg and our operations are in various countries with different currencies. We are exposed to the potential impact of any alteration to, or abolition of, foreign exchange which is “pegged” at a fixed rate against the U.S. dollar. Any “unpegging,” particularly if the currency weakens against the U.S. dollar, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

  25  

 

 

Risks relating to the Company and the Millicom Group

 

Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control and we may need to resort to additional external financing

 

Our ability to generate cash is dependent on our future operating and financial performance. This will be impacted by our ability to successfully implement our business strategy, as well as general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory, and technical elements and other factors beyond our control. If we cannot generate sufficient cash, we may, among other things, need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, obtain additional financing, delay capital expenditure or sell assets.

 

We require a significant amount of capital to operate and grow our business. We fund our capital needs in part through borrowings in the public and private credit markets. Adverse changes in the credit markets, including increases in interest rates, could increase our cost of borrowing and/or make it more difficult for us to obtain financing for our operations or refinance existing indebtedness. In addition, our borrowing costs can be affected by short- and long-term debt ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, which are based, in significant part, on our performance as measured by customary credit metrics. A decrease in these ratings would likely increase our cost of borrowing and/or make it more difficult for us to obtain financing. A severe disruption in the global financial markets could impact some of the financial institutions with which we do business, and such instability could also affect our access to financing.

 

In particular, periods of industry consolidation require businesses to raise debt and equity capital to remain competitive. An inability to access capital during such periods could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

The amount, structure and obligations connected with our debt could impair our liquidity and our ability to expand or finance our future operations.

 

As of December 31, 2017, our consolidated indebtedness was $3,785 million, of which MIC S.A. incurred $1,255 million directly, and MIC S.A. guaranteed $671 million of indebtedness incurred by its subsidiaries. In addition, our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures had indebtedness of $1,383 million as of December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, MIC S.A. also had $56 million of carrying value of foreign currency hedges on the SEK Bonds. As of December 31, 2017, our share of pledged deposits was $1 million.

 

We may incur additional debt in the future. Although certain of our outstanding debt instruments contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. The incurrence of additional debt could, among other things, require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to payments on our debt, thus reducing availability of cash to fund organic growth or corporate purposes, omit our flexibility to plan for or react to changes in our business or the industry or markets in which we operate, increase our vulnerability to a downturn in our business or general economic conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors who might have less debt, or restrict us from pursuing strategic acquisitions or exploiting certain business opportunities. If we substantially increase our level of debt we may experience other negative consequences, including reducing our ability to pay dividends and preventing us from complying with our dividend policy, and find it more difficult to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt.

 

MIC S.A. is a holding company, and as a result, it is dependent on cash flow from its operating subsidiaries and joint ventures to service its indebtedness, which may be limited by local law.

 

MIC S.A. is a holding company and its primary assets consist of shares in its subsidiaries and joint ventures and cash in its bank accounts.

 

As a holding company, MIC S.A. has no significant revenue generating operations of its own, and therefore its cash flow and ability to service its indebtedness will depend primarily on the operating performance and financial condition of its operating subsidiaries and its receipt of funds from such subsidiaries in the form of dividends or otherwise. There are legal limits on dividends that some of MIC S.A.’s subsidiaries are permitted to pay. Further, some of our indebtedness imposes restrictions on dividends and other restricted payments, which are described under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing.” MIC S.A.’s operating subsidiaries may not generate income and cash flow sufficient to enable MIC S.A. to fund its payment obligations on its debt obligations, because its ability to provide funds will depend, to some extent, on general economic, financial, competitive, market and other factors, many of which are beyond its control.

 

  26  

 

 

The cash flow we generate and our ability to sustain dividend payments near current levels are highly-dependent on the dividends we receive from our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras.

 

Our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras are the largest providers of mobile services in their respective markets, as measured by subscribers. As a result mostly of this market leadership, both joint ventures enjoy healthy profit margins that are higher than the Millicom Group’s margins, and our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures have historically generated healthy cash flows and paid dividends. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Millicom Group received dividends from these joint ventures totaling $203 million, representing our share of the total dividends paid by our joint ventures; and the Millicom Group paid $265 million in dividends to its own shareholders during the same year. If the financial condition of our joint ventures deteriorates or if they choose to reduce future dividend payments, or if we fail to diversify our sources of cash flow, our liquidity could suffer, and we may not be able to sustain dividend payments to our shareholders.

 

MIC S.A. provides essential support and services to our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures which would be detrimental if discontinued or might be challenged as not being on an arm’s-length basis.

 

MIC S.A. provides our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures with services that substantially benefit them and would be detrimental to our future operations and growth if they were to be discontinued. These services include:

 

· financing;

 

· increased bargaining power with its suppliers;

 

· technical and management services, such as business support services (including a shared services center in El Salvador, digital transformation, customer experience, procurement, human resources support and legal, IT and marketing services) and advisory services related to the construction, installation, operation, management and maintenance of its networks; and

 

· trademark licensing agreement for use of the Tigo trademark and/or Millicom name, which are non-transferable and continue for an indefinite period unless terminated pursuant to the terms of the agreement.

 

If MIC S.A. were unable to provide these services to our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures on a timely basis and at a level that meets our needs, or if these trademark license agreements were terminated, our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures may be disrupted and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, tax authorities could argue that some of these services are on terms more favorable than those that could be obtained from independent third parties and assess higher taxes or fines in respect of the service MIC S.A. provides.

 

Kinnevik AB owns a significant amount of MIC S.A.’s shares, giving it substantial management influence that may not align with the interests of our other shareholders.

 

As of December 31, 2017, Kinnevik AB, MIC S.A.’s largest shareholder, owned 37,835,438 shares in MIC S.A., representing 37.2% of the voting shares on that date. As a result, Kinnevik AB could exert significant influence over the strategic, operating and financial policies of the Millicom Group. MIC S.A.’s nomination committee nominates members to MIC S.A.’s board of directors and is comprised of some of our largest shareholders, including Kinnevik AB. One of our eight directors is a director of Kinnevik AB and another of our directors is an executive officer of a company in which Kinnevik AB holds 20% of the share capital and 47% of the voting rights. Kinnevik’s interests could potentially conflict with the Millicom Group’s interests and/or the interests of our other shareholders. Although we currently are not considered to be a “controlled company” under Nasdaq corporate governance rules, we could in the future become a controlled company if Kinnevik AB were to acquire more of MIC S.A.’s shares.

 

A “controlled company” pursuant to Nasdaq corporate governance rules is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group, or another company. As of December 31, 2017, Kinnevik AB, MIC S.A.’s largest shareholder, owned 37,835,438 shares in MIC S.A., representing 37.2% of the voting shares on that date. We could in the future become a controlled company under Nasdaq corporate governance rules if Kinnevik AB were to acquire additional shares and hold more than 50% of the voting shares in MIC S.A.

 

If this were to occur, we may in the future elect to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions under the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, in particular in the event that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer and therefore cease to be eligible for the exemptions separately provided by such status. As a controlled company, we would be eligible to and could elect not to comply with certain of the Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Such standards include the requirement that a majority of directors on our board of directors are independent directors and the requirement that we have a compensation committee consisting entirely of independent directors. In such a case, our shareholders would not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance standards.

  

  27  

 

 

The Company is incorporated in Luxembourg, and Luxembourg law differs from U.S. law and may afford less protection to holders of our shares.

 

Holders of our shares may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would shareholders of a company incorporated in a jurisdiction of the United States. The Company is incorporated under and subject to Luxembourg laws. Luxembourg laws may differ in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including the provisions relating to interested directors, mergers, amalgamations and acquisitions, takeovers, shareholder lawsuits and indemnification of directors. Luxembourg laws governing the shares of Luxembourg companies may not be as extensive as those in effect in the United States, and Luxembourg law and regulations in respect of corporate governance matters might not be as protective of minority shareholders as state corporation laws in the United States. Therefore, our shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by our directors and officers or our principal shareholders than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States. For example, neither our Articles of Association nor Luxembourg law provides for appraisal rights for dissenting shareholders in certain extraordinary corporate transactions that may otherwise be available to shareholders under certain U.S. state laws.

 

In addition, under Luxembourg law, by contrast to the laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations, the duties of directors of a company are in principle owed to the company only, rather than to its shareholders. It is possible that a company may have interests that are different from the interests of its shareholders. Shareholders of Luxembourg companies generally do not have rights to take action themselves against directors or officers of the company. Directors or officers of a Luxembourg company must, in exercising their powers and performing their duties, act in good faith and in the interests of the company as a whole and must exercise due care, skill and diligence. Directors have a duty to disclose any personal interest in any contract or arrangement with the company in case such interest would constitute a conflict of interest. If any director has a direct or indirect financial interest in a matter which has to be considered by the board of directors which conflicts with the interests of the company, Luxembourg law provides that such director will not be entitled to take part in the relevant deliberations or exercise his vote with respect to the approval of such transaction. If the interest of such director does not conflict with the interests of the company, then the applicable director with such interest may participate in deliberations on, and vote on the approval of, that transaction. If a director of a Luxembourg company is found to have breached his or her duties to that company, he or she may be held personally liable to the company in respect of that breach of duty. A director may, in addition, be jointly and severally liable with other directors implicated in the same breach of duty.

 

Risks relating to our Registration with the SEC and Ownership of our Shares

 

The obligations associated with being a public company in the United States will require significant resources and management attention.

 

As a public company in the United States, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a U.S. public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems in order to meet our reporting obligations as a U.S. public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy these obligations. In addition, compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for U.S. public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from turnover-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected.

 

  28  

 

 

We have not yet completed our evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

We currently anticipate that we will be required to comply with the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by the end of our 2019 fiscal year. We have not yet completed our evaluation as to whether our current internal control over financial reporting is broadly compliant with Section 404. We may not be compliant and may not be able to meet the Section 404 requirements in a timely manner. If it is determined that we are not in compliance with Section 404, we may be required to implement new internal control procedures and re-evaluate our financial reporting. We may also experience higher than anticipated operating expenses during the implementation of these changes and thereafter, should we need to hire additional qualified personnel to help us become compliant with Section 404. If we fail, for any reason, to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, such failure could harm our reputation, operations, financial reporting or financial results and could result in our conclusion that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective.

 

The ability of investors to enforce civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws may be limited.

 

MIC S.A. is a Luxembourg public limited liability company (société anonyme) and some of its directors and executive officers are residents of countries other than the United States. Most of the Company’s assets and the assets of some of its directors and executive officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in our securities to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or the Company or to enforce in U.S. courts or outside the United States judgments obtained against such persons or the Company. In addition, it may be difficult for investors to enforce, in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States, liabilities predicated upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws. We have been advised by our Luxembourg counsel, Hogan Lovells (Luxembourg) LLP that the United States and Luxembourg do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by a federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability which is not subject to appeal or any other means of contestation, and is enforceable in the relevant state will be recognized and enforced against MIC S.A. by a court of competent jurisdiction of Luxembourg, without re-examination of the merits of the case, subject to compliance with the applicable enforcement procedure (exequatur). Under articles 678 et seq. of the New Luxembourg Code of Civil Procedure, exequatur will be granted if the Luxembourg court is satisfied that all of the following conditions are met: (i) the foreign court awarding the judgment has jurisdiction to adjudicate the respective matter under applicable foreign rules, and such jurisdiction is recognized by Luxembourg private international and local law; (ii) the foreign judgment is enforceable in the foreign jurisdiction; (iii) the foreign court has applied the substantive law as designated by the Luxembourg conflict of laws rules, or, at least, the order must not contravene the principles underlying these rules; (iv) the foreign court has acted in accordance with its own procedural laws; (v) the judgment was granted following proceedings where the counterparty had the opportunity to appear, and if appeared, to present a defense; and (vi) the foreign judgment does not contravene public policy (ordre public) as understood under the laws of Luxembourg or has been given in proceedings of a criminal nature.

 

The price of our common shares might fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Volatility in the market price of our common shares may prevent you from being able to sell our common shares at or above the price at which you purchased such shares. The trading price of our common shares may be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

 

· market conditions in the broader stock market in general, or in our industry in particular;

 

· actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

· introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors;

 

· entry to new markets or exit from existing markets;

 

· issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

· sales of large blocks of our shares;

 

  29  

 

 

· additions or departures of key personnel;

 

· regulatory developments; and

 

· litigation and governmental investigations or actions.

 

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our common shares to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling common shares and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have often instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our shareholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business.

 

There is no existing market for our common shares on a national securities exchange in the United States, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

 

Since the delisting of our shares from NASDAQ in the United States in May 2011, there has been no public market for our common shares on a national securities exchange in the United States. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our common shares will lead to the development of an active trading market on the U.S. national securities exchange on which we list our common shares or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling the common shares that you purchase, and the value of such shares might be materially impaired.

 

Future sales of our common shares, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our share price and future sales of our common shares may be dilutive.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of shares. In the future, we may issue our shares, among other reasons, if we need to raise capital or in connection with merger or acquisition activity. The amount of our common shares issued in connection with a capital raise or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding share capital. Sales of shares in the future may be at prices below prevailing market prices, thereby having a dilutive impact on existing holders and depressing the trading price of our common stock.

 

Our ability to pay dividends is subject to our results of operations, distributable reserves, solvency requirements and on our ability to upstream cash; we are not required to pay dividends on our common shares and holders of our common shares have no recourse if dividends are not paid.

 

Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors (as to interim dividends) and at the discretion of the shareholders at the annual general meeting upon recommendation of the board of directors (as to annual dividends) and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, distributable reserves, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors and the shareholders at the annual general meeting, respectively, deem relevant. We are not required to pay dividends on our common shares, and holders of our common shares have no recourse if dividends are not declared. Our ability to pay dividends may be further restricted by the terms of any of our existing and future debt or preferred securities. Additionally, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our common shares is limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, including restrictions on our ability to repatriate funds and under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness.

 

If securities or industry analysts in the United States do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research about our business, the price and trading volume of our common shares could decline.

 

The trading market for our common shares in the United States will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business or our industry. We may not have significant research coverage by securities and industry analysts in the United States. If no additional securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, or if we fail to adequately engage with analysts or the investor community, the trading price for our shares could be negatively affected. In the event we obtain additional securities or industry analyst coverage in the United States, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our common shares, their price will likely decline. If one or more of these analysts, or those who currently cover us, ceases to cover us or fails to publish regular reports on us, interest in the purchase of our shares could decrease, which could cause the price or trading volume of our common shares to decline.

 

  30  

 

 

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, are not subject to U.S. proxy rules but are subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. issuer.

 

We will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with “foreign private issuer” status, as such term is defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act and although we follow Luxembourg laws and regulations with regard to such matters, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. public companies, including: (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events. Foreign private issuers are required to file their annual report on Form 20-F by 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from the Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, even though we are contractually obligated and intend to make interim reports available to our stockholders, copies of which we are required to furnish to the SEC on a Form 6-K, and even though we are required to file reports on Form 6-K disclosing whatever information we have made or are required to make public pursuant to Luxembourg law or distribute to our stockholders and that is material to our company, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

 

As a foreign private issuer and as permitted by the listing requirements of Nasdaq, we may rely on certain home country governance practices rather than the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

 

We are a foreign private issuer. As a result, in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5615(a)(3), we may comply with home country governance requirements and certain exemptions thereunder rather than complying with certain of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. For more information regarding the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements in lieu of which we intend to follow home country corporate governance practices, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—NASDAQ corporate governance exemptions.”

 

Luxembourg law does not require that a majority of our board of directors consists of independent directors. While we currently have a board of directors that is independent of the Company (i.e., the board members are not members of management or employees of the Company), our board of directors may in the future include fewer independent directors than would be required if we were subject to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(b)(1). In addition, we are not subject to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(b)(2), which requires that independent directors regularly have scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

 

Similarly, we have adopted a compensation committee, but Luxembourg law does not require that we adopt a compensation committee or that such committee be fully independent. As a result, our practice may vary from the requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(d), which sets forth certain requirements as to the responsibilities, composition and independence of compensation committees. Luxembourg law does not require that we disclose information regarding third-party compensation of our directors or director nominees. As a result, our practice varies from the third-party compensation disclosure requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5250(b)(3).

 

In addition, as permitted by home country practice, our nomination committee is appointed by the major shareholders of MIC S.A. and is not a committee of the MIC S.A. board of directors. Our practice therefore may vary from the independent director oversight of director nominations requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(e).

 

Furthermore, our articles of association do not provide any quorum requirement that is generally applicable to general meetings of our shareholders (other than in respect of general meetings convened for the first time in relation to amendments to the articles of association). This absence of a quorum requirement is in accordance with Luxembourg law and generally accepted business practice in Luxembourg. This practice differs from the requirement of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5620(c), which requires an issuer to provide in its bylaws for a generally applicable quorum, and that such quorum may not be less than one-third of the outstanding voting stock. In addition, we may opt out of shareholder approval requirements for the issuance of securities in connection with certain events such as the acquisition of stock or assets of another company, the establishment of or amendments to equity-based compensation plans for employees, a change of control of us and certain private placements. To this extent, our practice will vary from the requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635, which generally requires an issuer to obtain shareholder approval for the issuance of securities in connection with such events.

 

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

 

We are a foreign private issuer and, therefore, are not required to comply with the same periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and related rules and regulations, that apply to U.S. domestic issuers. Under Rule 3b-4 of the Exchange Act, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, we will make the next determination with respect to our foreign private issuer status based on information as of June 30, 2019.

 

In the future, we could lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example, a majority of our voting power were held by U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also be required to comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and controlling shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

 

  31  

 

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

 

A.       History and Development of the Company

 

The Company’s legal name is Millicom International Cellular S.A.. The Company uses the Tigo brand in the countries in which we do business. MIC S.A. is a public limited liability company (société anonyme), organized and established under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg on June 16, 1992. The Company’s address is: Millicom International Cellular S.A., 2, Rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. The Company’s telephone number is: +352 27 759 021. The Company’s U.S. agent is: CT Corporation, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10011, United States.

 

The Millicom Group was formed in December 1990 when Kinnevik, formerly named Industriförvaltnings AB Kinnevik, a company established in Sweden, and Millicom Incorporated, a corporation established in the United States, contributed their respective interests in international mobile joint ventures to form the Millicom Group.

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview” for historical information regarding the development of our principal business segments in our geographic markets. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Capital expenditures” for a description of our capital expenditures.

 

B. Business Overview

 

Introduction

 

We are a leading provider of cable and mobile services dedicated to emerging markets. Through our Tigo and Tigo Business™ brands, we provide a wide range of digital services in eight countries in Latin America and two countries in Africa, including high-speed data, cable TV, direct-to-home satellite TV (“DTH” and when we refer to DTH together with cable TV, we use the term “pay-TV”), mobile voice, mobile data, short message service (“SMS”), Mobile Financial Services (“MFS”), fixed voice, and business solutions including value-added services (“VAS”). We provide services on both a business-to-consumer (“B2C”) and a business-to-business (“B2B”) basis.

 

We offer the following principal categories of services:

 

· B2C mobile services (“B2C Mobile”) : mobile data, mobile voice, SMS and MFS (collectively, “mobile services”) to consumers;

 

· B2C home services (“B2C Home”) : broadband, fixed voice and pay-TV to consumers; and

 

· B2B services (“B2B”) : broadband, fixed voice, pay-TV and VAS (collectively, together with pay-TV, “fixed services”) and mobile services to corporate and government customers.

 

In Latin America, our principal region, we provide both mobile and fixed services in six countries – Bolivia, Colombia, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras and Paraguay. In addition, we provide fixed services in Costa Rica and Nicaragua. In Africa, we provide mobile services in Tanzania and Chad. Our joint venture with Bharti Airtel provides mobile services in Ghana. In 2018, we completed the divestiture of our operations in Rwanda and Senegal, as these were less profitable businesses that lacked scale and would have required significant amounts of additional capital investment over the medium to long term to improve profitability meaningfully on a sustainable basis. These divestitures are part of a broader effort by us in recent years to improve our financial performance and better invest capital, including by selling underperforming businesses in our Africa segment, which has historically produced lower returns on capital than our Latin America segment.

 

We conduct our operations through local holding and operating entities in various countries, which are either our subsidiaries (in which we are the sole shareholder or the controlling shareholder) or joint ventures with our local partners. For further details, see note A to our consolidated financial statements. In this registration statement, our description of our operations includes the operations of all of these subsidiaries and joint ventures.

 

As of September 30, 2018, we provided services to 47.2 million B2C mobile customers, including 9.0 million 4G customers, which we define as customers who have a data plan and use a smartphone to access our 4G network. As of that date, we also had 3.6 million residential cable households who subscribe to at least one of our fixed services. This includes 2.6 million households connected to our HFC networks and 0.5 million DTH subscribers. The majority of the remaining residential customers are served by our legacy copper network.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, our revenue was $4,076 million and our net profit was $69 million. We have approximately 19,000 employees. 

 

  32  

 

 

Recent developments

 

The Acquisition

 

The Stock Purchase Agreement

 

On October 7, 2018, MIC LIH, MIC S.A., Medcom and Telecarrier entered into a stock purchase agreement, which was amended and restated on December 12, 2018 by MIC LIH, MIC S.A. and the Sellers, with an effective date of October 7, 2018, pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, Millicom purchased 80% of the shares of Cable Onda from Sellers for $1,002 million in cash on December 13, 2018, subject to customary purchase price adjustments. All of the shares of Cable Onda are held in trust as collateral for the Corporate Bonds. Accordingly, at closing, Millicom obtained a beneficial interest in, and the collateral trustee continued to hold legal title of, the Shares.

 

The Stock Purchase Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and termination provisions.

 

Cable Onda

 

Founded in 1990, Cable Onda is one of the leading providers of residential pay-tv, fixed broadband internet and fixed telephony and the leading provider of fixed telecommunications services to business customers in Panama. Over the years, Cable Onda has invested consistently to maintain, expand and upgrade its network capabilities to allow the company to offer advanced communications and entertainment services with a high degree of reliability and customer satisfaction. As a result of these investments, Cable Onda’s network today is 100% digital and employs the DOCSIS 3.0 standard, and 95% of the network has been upgraded to 1 Ghz of capacity. The network also includes more than 10,000 km of HFC and almost 4,000 km of fiber, and it passes more than 700,000 HFC homes in Panama. We believe that the Acquisition is consistent with our strategy of investing to accelerate the deployment of high-speed data networks in Central and South America. With the addition of Panama, we will have contiguous country operations from Guatemala to Colombia, which we expect will enhance our B2B capabilities.

 

  33  

 

 

The services that Cable Onda provides to residential and small-to-medium sized enterprises include:

 

· Pay-TV : Cable Onda is the leading provider of pay-tv in Panama based on the number of subscribers. Cable Onda also provides its customers with value-added services such as video on demand, pay-per-view, digital music, next generation TV (Tivo) and an on-the-go platform (Cable Onda Go). In addition, Cable Onda offers a wide variety of exclusive content and channels, including in high definition (Cable Onda Sports and Eco TV).

 

· Fixed Broadband Internet : Cable Onda was the first company to offer fixed internet in Panama and today is the leading provider based on the number of subscribers. Cable Onda was recognized as the fastest internet provider in Panama by Netflix and Ookla.

 

· Fixed Telephony : Cable Onda began offering fixed telephony services in 2003, and the company is now the largest provider by number of subscribers.

 

Cable Onda offers bundled packages of these services, including triple-play offerings, aiming to fit various socio-economic segments and customer needs.

 

Through its brand Telecarrier , Cable Onda also offers B2B services to corporate and governmental customers of all sizes. Its services include voice data, fixed internet, cloud solutions, backup solutions, outsourcing of IT department management and operations, personalized IT projects and cybersecurity.

 

Many of these B2B services are offered by Cable Onda through its three ISO 27001 certified data centers, built to offer heightened security standards, service continuity and resistance to adverse conditions.

 

The Panama market

 

Panama is a dollarized economy and one of the fastest growing economies of Latin America with a GDP per capita in 2017 of  $15,087 and an expected real GDP growth of 5.7% for the years 2018 to 2020, according to World Bank data. This is significantly higher than other Latin America countries. Despite Panama’s above-average GDP per capita, pay-tv and broadband penetration rates are relatively low when compared to many other countries in Latin America. In Panama, the telecommunications industry is regulated and supervised by Autoridad Nacional de los Servicios Publicos —ASEP.

 

Risks related to the Acquisition

 

The Acquisition presents various risks and uncertainties. For a description of certain important risks and uncertainties, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks relating to our business and the telecommunications and cable industries—We may not realize the benefits anticipated from the Acquisition, which could adversely affect our business” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks relating to our business and the telecommunications and cable industries—We have incurred and assumed additional indebtedness in connection with the Acquisition, which will increase interest expense.”

 

Bridge Facility

 

On October 7, 2018, MIC S.A. entered into a US$1,000,000,000 term loan facility agreement with a consortium of banks (the “Bridge Facility”). The Bridge Facility is available to be drawn from the date of the Bridge Facility to and including the date falling six months after the date of the Bridge Facility. The Bridge Facility matures on the date following twelve months after the date of the Bridge Facility (unless extended for a period not exceeding six months). Interest on amounts drawn under the Bridge Facility is payable at LIBOR plus a variable margin.

 

  34  

 

  

Amounts drawn under the Bridge Facility may be used by MIC S.A. to (i) pay the Purchase Price, (ii) refinance the debts of any member of the Cable Onda Group and/or (iii) pay any costs, fees, interests or other expenses in connection with the Acquisition or the Bridge Facility.

 

Loans outstanding under the Bridge Facility may be declared immediately repayable if, among other things, MIC S.A. is not the surviving entity in a merger; upon the occurrence of a change of control of MIC S.A. or if an event of default (other than a payment default) occurs with respect to other indebtedness and the amount of the affected indebtedness, together with any indebtedness that is the subject of a payment default or the due date of which is accelerated following any other event of default, is equal to or greater than $50 million. In addition, the due date of all loans outstanding under the Bridge Facility may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Bridge Facility agreement.

 

Under the terms of the Bridge Facility, MIC S.A. is required to apply the net proceeds of  (i) any issuance of debt securities or bonds or loans (subject to certain exceptions) by any obligor, including MIC S.A., Cable Onda and/or the Cable Onda Group and (ii) any disposal of all or a material part of the Shares or the Cable Onda Group’s assets (subject to certain exceptions) to prepay loans drawn under the Bridge Facility and to cancel the available commitments thereunder.

 

MIC S.A. is required to retain, at all times (i) a net leverage ratio below 3.0x, tested on a pro forma basis to include all applicable financial indebtedness and calculated as if such financial indebtedness had been outstanding at the beginning of the period consisting of the four full fiscal quarters prior to the relevant incurrence date and (ii) an interest coverage ratio of at least 4.0x, tested quarterly. The Bridge Facility agreement includes additional covenants which, among other things, restrict MIC S.A.’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, dispose of assets and (if any amounts are outstanding under the facility) pay dividends while an event of default is continuing.

 

6.625% Notes

 

On October 16, 2018, MIC S.A. issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% senior notes due 2026 at an issue price of 100% (the “6.625% Notes”) pursuant to an indenture dated as of the same date, to finance in part the Acquisition and associated costs. The 6.625% Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

  

If MIC S.A. were to undergo certain events constituting a change of control and an accompanying credit ratings decline, MIC S.A. will be required to make an offer to repurchase all outstanding 6.625% Notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

  35  

 

 

Prior to October 15, 2021, MIC S.A. may redeem all or a portion of the 6.625% Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus the applicable make whole premium and all accrued but unpaid interest. On or after October 15, 2021, MIC S.A. may redeem all or a portion of the 6.625% Notes at specified redemption prices, ranging from 104.969% of the principal amount of the Notes during the 12-month period commencing on October 15, 2021 to 100.000% of the principal amount of the Notes during the 12-month period commencing on October 15, 2024 and thereafter, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Prior to October 15, 2021, MIC S.A. may redeem up to 40% of the 6.625% Notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings or the sale of certain specified assets at a redemption price equal to 106.625% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

During any 12-month period until October 15, 2021, MIC S.A. may redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the 6.625% Notes on an annual basis at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Upon the occurrence of certain changes in applicable tax law, MIC S.A. may redeem all of the 6.625% Notes at a price equal to the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

The 6.625% of Notes contain certain restrictions on the incurrence of new financial indebtedness.

 

  36  

 

 

Our strategy

 

Monetizing Mobile Data

 

Our mobile networks continue to experience rapid data traffic growth, and we are very focused on making sure that incremental traffic translates into additional revenues. Our mobile data monetization strategy is built around several key drivers:

 

· 4G/LTE network expansion : Our 4G networks enable us to deliver high volumes of data at faster speeds in a more cost-efficient manner than with 3G networks.

 

· Smartphone adoption : More data-capable smartphone devices, particularly 4G/LTE, with a strong device portfolio and strategy to enable our customers to use data services on the move.

 

· Stimulating data usage : More compelling data-centric products and services to encourage our consumers to consume more data, while maintaining price discipline.

 

Building Cable

 

We are moving quickly to meet the growing demand for high-speed data from residential and business customers alike in our Latin American markets. We are doing this by:

 

· Accelerating our hybrid fiber-coaxial (“HFC”) network expansion : We are rapidly deploying our high-speed HFC fixed network, and we are complementing our organic network build-out with small, targeted acquisitions. In 2016, we expanded our HFC network to pass an additional 777,000 homes. In 2017, we significantly increased the pace of our network expansion, adding 1.3 million homes-passed.

 

· Increasing our commercial efforts to fill the HFC network : As we expand the network, we also deploy commercial resources necessary to begin monetizing our investment by marketing our services to new potential customers. In addition, the HFC network allows us to sell additional services to existing customers that drive ARPU growth over time.

 

· Product innovation : We drive customer adoption by expanding our range of digital services and aggregating third-party content, as well as some exclusive local and international content, enabling us to differentiate ourselves from our competitors. For example, we have agreements with local soccer teams, leagues and sports channels in Bolivia, El Salvador, Colombia, Guatemala and Paraguay to air matches exclusively on our pay-TV channels. We are committed to bringing the best content to our customers, and for that we partner with various players in the ecosystem, from studios to Over-the-Top providers (“OTTs”) and sports industry players.

 

Expanding B2B

 

The expansion of our HFC network as well as the development of state-of-the-art datacenters, analytics and Cloud services is also creating new opportunities for us to target business customers by offering a more complete suite of Information and Communications Technology (“ICT”) services.

 

Our strategy is to selectively evolve our portfolio into ICT-managed services to avoid excessive fragmentation and operational risk, while building the Tigo Business brand and differentiating ourselves through our service model and frontline execution. We believe that the small and medium-size business (“SMB”) segment represents a particularly attractive opportunity for growth, as SMBs digitize their business and operations using digital communications, and implement Cloud and datacenter solutions in line with what we see in more developed markets.

 

Digital innovation and customer-centricity

 

We are focusing our digital innovation on products and customer-facing developments that drive user adoption of high-speed data services such as: Tigo Shop, Mi Tigo, Tigo Play and Tigo ONEtv.

 

  37  

 

 

Through Tigo ONEtv, our next-generation user experience platform, we bring a cutting-edge pay-TV entertainment experience for our customers, with advanced personalization and recommendations, seamless integration of content across linear and on-demand offerings, and robust multiscreen capabilities. We also provide a superior digital user experience through our Tigo Shop App for prepaid, Mi Tigo App for post-paid, and MFS. Our focus remains firmly set on driving the adoption and enjoyment of these digital channels by our customers.

 

We are evolving our strong commercial distribution network to operate digitally, which we believe will improve both customer experience and operational efficiency. To enable a seamless and integrated experience across sales and care touchpoints, we are implementing a business transformation that interlinks user experience, digital innovation, business processes, and our back-end Information and Communications Technology systems.

 

We have also adopted and deployed a net promoter score (“NPS”) program, designed to strengthen our customer-centric culture, and we have incorporated NPS into our incentive compensation plan beginning in 2018.

 

Our services

 

Our services are organized into three principal categories: B2C Mobile (mobile services to consumers), B2C Home (fixed services to residential customers) and B2B (mobile and fixed services to corporate and government customers). In addition, we sell telephone and other equipment, comprised mostly of mobile handsets.

 

B2C Mobile

 

In our B2C Mobile category, we provide mobile services, including mobile data, mobile voice, SMS and MFS, to consumers. B2C Mobile is the largest part of our business and generated 53.7% of our consolidated service revenue (and 57.9% of our Latin America segment service revenue) for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 54.3% of our consolidated service revenue (and 58.6% of our Latin America segment service revenue) for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

In Latin America, we provide B2C Mobile in Bolivia, Colombia, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras and Paraguay. In Africa, we provide B2C Mobile in Tanzania and Chad. As of September 30, 2018, we had a total of 47.2 million B2C Mobile customers across our eight mobile markets.

 

Mobile data, mobile voice and SMS

 

We provide our mobile data, mobile voice and SMS services through 2G, 3G and 4G networks in all our mobile markets. 4G is the fourth generation of mobile technology, succeeding 3G, and it is based on Internet Protocol (IP) technology, as opposed to prior generations of mobile communications which were based on and supported circuit-switched telephone service. Our 4G networks enable us to offer new services to our customers such as video calls and mobile broadband data with richer mobile content, such as live video streaming.

 

The mobile market has been evolving, with consumption gradually shifting from voice and SMS to data. Our ongoing deployment of 4G networks further supports this evolution to more data-centric usage.

 

We provide our mobile data, mobile voice and SMS services on both prepaid and postpaid bases. In prepaid, customers pay for service in advance through the purchase of wireless airtime and data access, and they do not sign service contracts. Among various options that our customers can choose from, we offer packages that typically include a combination and voice minutes, SMS and a data allowance, with expiration dates varying in length from a few days up to a few weeks or months. In postpaid, customers pay recurring monthly fees for the right to consume up to a pre-determined maximum amount of airtime, SMS and data. In most cases, new postpaid customers sign a service contract with a typical length of one year.

 

MFS

 

We provide a broad range of mobile financial services such as payments, money transfers, international remittances, savings, real-time loans and microinsurance for critical needs. MFS allows our customers to send and receive money, without the need for a bank account. As of September 30, 2018, we provided MFS to 10.2 million customers, representing 21.4% of our mobile customer handset base. As of September 30, 2018, 65.4% of our total MFS customers were in Tanzania (including Zantel), where more than one customer out of two uses our MFS services. MFS remains a growing business in our markets, which complements our product offering and increases customers’ satisfaction and loyalty, reducing our customer churn.

 

  38  

 

 

B2C Home

 

In our B2C Home category, we provide fixed services, including broadband, fixed voice and pay-TV, to residential consumers in our Latin American markets. B2C Home generated 28.1% of our consolidated service revenue (and 24.7% of our Latin America segment service revenue) for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 25.5% of our consolidated service revenue (and 22.2% of our Latin America segment service revenue) for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Our fixed services residential customers (a “home connected”) generate revenue for us by purchasing one or more of our three fixed services, pay-TV, fixed broadband, and fixed telephony. We refer to each service that a customer purchases as a revenue generating unit (“RGU”), such that a single home connected can have up to three RGUs.

 

In Latin America, we provide B2C Home in Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras and Paraguay. We do not provide B2C Home in Africa. As of September 30, 2018, we had 3.6 million connected homes, of which 2.6 million were connected to our HFC network, and we had 6.7 million RGUs, including 5.0 million RGUs on our HFC network.

 

We provide B2C Home mainly over our HFC network, but we also offer pay-TV services to rural areas via our DTH platform and broadband services using WiMAX and copper-based technologies in some markets. Although most of our customers currently choose to receive broadband speeds of less than 10 Mbps, the HFC networks we are rolling out are based on DOCSIS 3.0 and allow us to offer speeds of up to 150 Mbps on our current infrastructure, which gives us scope to significantly raise our customers’ broadband speeds over time. As we retire analog channels over time, our HFC network infrastructure will eventually allow us to offer speeds of up to 600 Mbps. In the future, we may decide to introduce DOCSIS 3.1, which could enable even higher levels of throughput on our HFC networks.

 

We provide our B2C Home services on a postpaid basis, with customers paying recurring monthly subscription fees. In most markets, we offer bundled fixed services, such as our triple-play offering of cable TV, internet and fixed telephone. On average, our B2C Home customers typically contract more than one fixed service from us. In some markets, we also provide convergent services, which bundle both fixed and mobile services, to a very small portion of our total customer base.

 

B2B

 

In our B2B category, we provide mobile services, fixed services and VAS to large, small and medium businesses and governmental entities. B2B generated 17.0% of our consolidated service revenue (and 16.5% of our Latin America segment revenue) for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 19.1% of our consolidated service revenue (and 18.4% of our Latin America segment service revenue) for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

We provide B2B in all of the markets in which we operate. Specifically, in Latin America, we provide B2B in Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua and Paraguay. In Africa, we provide B2B in Tanzania and Chad.

 

We believe that B2B is under-represented in our current revenue mix given our overall mobile market share, strong market position and advanced networks, and B2B therefore represents a significant growth opportunity for us. We expect that the ongoing expansion of our HFC networks in Latin America will help to make us more competitive and increase our share of the B2B market. In addition, as we expand our fixed networks throughout our markets, we can better compete for large enterprise and government contracts that typically require a national presence, and we will be better placed to offer fixed, mobile and other value-added services, such as cloud-based services and data center capacity. We already see evidence of this in Colombia, where we have a more extensive fixed network than in our other markets, and where the proportion of revenue we generate from B2B is significant larger than in our other Latin America countries.

 

  39  

 

 

We have already deployed 110,000 kilometers of fiber in our Latin American markets, and we are expanding our product portfolio to deliver more VAS and business solutions, such as cloud-based services and ICT managed services. In 2016, we inaugurated new data centers in Paraguay, Bolivia and Colombia that will allow us to better serve small and midsize businesses (“SMB”) and large enterprise customers that require robust infrastructure and redundancy to achieve their own operational efficiency goals and meet business continuity needs. We have also established partnerships, such as our partnership with Jasper (Cisco), that we believe can open new possibilities in machine-to-machine (“M2M”) and Internet of Things (“IoT”), such as smart cities, telematics, smart metering, and smart vending machines.

 

Our markets

 

Overview

 

The Millicom Group’s risks and rates of return for its operations are predominantly affected by operating in different geographical regions. We have businesses in two regions: Latin America and Africa, which constitute our two segments. Our Latin America segment includes our Honduras and Guatemala joint ventures as if they were fully consolidated, as this reflects the way our management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating matters. Our Africa segment does not include our joint venture in Ghana because our management does not consider it a strategic part of our group. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Our Segments.”

 

· Latin America. The Latin American markets we serve are Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua and Paraguay. We provide B2C Mobile in each of our Latin American markets except for Costa Rica and Nicaragua and B2C Home in each of our Latin American markets except for Nicaragua. We provide B2B in all of our Latin American markets.

 

· Africa . The African markets we serve are Chad and Tanzania, in each of which we provide B2C Mobile and B2B. Our joint venture with Bharti Airtel provides mobile services in Ghana. We do not provide B2C Home in any of our African markets.

 

Latin America

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, the revenues generated by our Latin America segment were $4,104 million and $5,441 million, respectively.

 

As of September 30, 2018, our B2C Home business had a network that passed 9.9 million homes and was connected to 3.6 million homes in Latin America.

 

An important recent trend in the Latin American telecommunications market has been the growth in fixed broadband penetration. We have significantly increased the coverage of our HFC network largely in response to demand for high-speed fixed broadband services. As of September 30, 2018, our HFC network passed 9.4 million homes, a 15.8% increase from September 30, 2017, and had connected to 2.6 million homes, a 16.0% increase from September 30, 2017.

 

  40  

 

 

The following chart shows the relative revenue generation of each country in our Latin America segment for 2017:

 

 

Bolivia

 

We provide B2C Mobile, B2C Home and B2B in Bolivia through Telefonica Celular de Bolivia S.A. (“Telecel Bolivia”), which is wholly owned by the Millicom Group. We have operated in Bolivia since 1991.

 

B2C Mobile : As of September 30, 2018, we served 3.4 million subscribers and were the second largest provider of mobile services in Bolivia, as measured by total subscribers.

 

B2C Home : As of September 30, 2018, we were the largest provider of broadband and pay-TV services in Bolivia, as measured by subscribers, and we had 353,000 homes connected. We offer broadband services through HFC, and we provide pay-TV primarily through HFC and DTH in Bolivia. We also offer pay-TV services through Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Service (“MMDS”), but we have been gradually migrating our MMDS customers to HFC, which allows us to provide a better customer experience and to generate additional revenue from each customer we upgrade to HFC.

 

B2B : Our B2B revenue in Bolivia comes primarily from mobile services, but B2B revenues from fixed services have been growing more rapidly than for mobile, as a result of the rapid expansion of our fixed network infrastructure in recent years. Small and mid-sized businesses represent the largest customer group as measured by revenue for our B2B services in Bolivia.

 

Colombia

 

We provide B2C Mobile, B2C Home and B2B in Colombia through Colombia Móvil S.A., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of UNE, in which we own a 50% plus one voting share interest. We have operated in Colombia through Colombia Móvil S.A. since 2006 and acquired our interest in UNE, with which we had previously co-owned Colombia Móvil S.A., via a merger in 2014. Since the merger, we have been marketing our services using the Tigo and Tigo-UNE brands.

 

B2C Mobile : As of September 30, 2018, we served 7.8 million subscribers and were the third largest provider of mobile services in Colombia, as measured by subscribers.

 

B2C Home : Tigo-UNE is one of the principal digital cable operators in Colombia. As of September 30, 2018, we were the second largest provider of pay-TV and broadband internet services in Colombia, as measured by subscribers, with 1.7 million homes connected. We have been investing heavily to expand the reach of our HFC network and to upgrade our copper network to HFC. By extending the reach of our HFC network in areas historically served by our copper network, we can gradually migrate our copper customers onto our HFC network, thus significantly enhancing the customer experience by expanding the range of products and services they can choose from, including the availability of faster broadband speeds. In Colombia, we also use DTH to provide pay-TV services to customers located outside of our HFC network coverage area.

 

  41  

 

 

B2B : Given the extensive reach of our fixed network, we generate significantly more B2B revenue in Colombia than in the other countries where we operate, and our B2B revenue in Colombia comes principally from fixed services, such as telephone, corporate solutions, broadband connectivity and business solutions. We provide B2B in Colombia to SMBs, large enterprises, multinationals, government entities, and wholesale customers. As in other countries, the SMB customer group is the largest contributor to our B2B revenue in Colombia.

 

Costa Rica

 

We provide B2C Home and B2B in Costa Rica through Amnet Telecommunications Holding Limited (“Tigo Costa Rica”), which is wholly owned by the Millicom Group. We have operated in Costa Rica since our acquisition of Amnet in 2008. Amnet and its predecessor companies began operating in Costa Rica in 1982, and the company was the first to provide pay-TV services in the country.

 

B2C Home : As of September 30, 2018, we were the largest provider of pay-TV and the second largest provider of broadband internet services in Costa Rica, as measured by subscribers, and we had 255,000 homes connected.

 

B2B : Our B2B revenue in Costa Rica comes entirely from fixed services. A majority of our B2B revenue in Costa Rica is derived from large enterprises and multinational companies.

 

El Salvador

 

We provide B2C Mobile, B2C Home and B2B in El Salvador through Telemóvil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V. (“Telemóvil”), which is wholly-owned by the Millicom Group. We have operated in El Salvador since 1993.

 

B2C Mobile : As of September 30, 2018, we served 2.5 million subscribers and were the largest provider of mobile services in El Salvador as measured by subscribers.

 

B2C Home : Telemóvil is a leading cable operator in El Salvador. As of September 30, 2018, we were the largest provider of pay-TV and the second largest provider of broadband internet services, as measured by subscribers, with a total of 275,000 homes connected.

 

B2B : Our B2B revenue in El Salvador comes predominately from fixed services. SMBs represent our largest customer segment for B2B in El Salvador, as measured by revenue.

 

Guatemala

 

We provide fixed and mobile services in Guatemala, principally through Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A. (“Comcel”), a joint venture in which Millicom holds a 55% equity interest. The remaining 45% of Comcel is owned by our local partner. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Factors affecting comparability of prior periods— Deconsolidation of Guatemala and Honduras operations” for details regarding the deconsolidation of our Guatemala operations. We have operated in Guatemala since 1990.

 

B2C Mobile : As of September 30, 2018, we provided B2C mobile services to 10.6 million customers and were the largest provider of mobile services in Guatemala, as measured by subscribers.

 

B2C Home : As of September 30, 2018, our joint venture was the second largest provider of pay-TV and broadband internet services in Guatemala, as measured by subscribers, and it served 476,000 homes with both its HFC network and DTH services.

 

B2B : Our B2B revenue in Guatemala comes from both mobile and fixed services. We provide B2B in Guatemala to customers of all sizes, but SMBs represent our largest customer group by revenue.

 

  42  

 

 

Honduras

 

We provide services in Honduras through Telefonica Celular S.A. de C.V. (“Celtel”), a joint venture in which the Millicom Group holds a 66.67% equity interest. The remaining 33.33% of Celtel is owned by our local partner. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Factors affecting comparability of prior periods— Deconsolidation of Guatemala and Honduras operations” for details regarding the deconsolidation of our Honduras operations. We have operated in Honduras since 1996.

 

B2C Mobile : As of September 30, 2018, we served 4.5 million B2C mobile subscribers, and we were the largest provider of mobile services, as measured by subscribers.

 

B2C Home : As of September 30, 2018, we were the second largest provider of pay-TV and the third largest provider of broadband internet services, as measured by subscribers, with 163,000 homes connected. We offer triple-play services (cable TV, internet and fixed telephone) using our HFC network in Honduras, and we also offer DTH, expanding the reach of our pay-TV offering to areas not covered by our HFC network. We continue to invest to expand and upgrade the capacity of our HFC network in Honduras.

 

B2B : A majority of our B2B revenue in Honduras comes from mobile services, SMBs represent our largest customer group as measured by revenues.

 

Nicaragua

 

We currently have a very small presence in Nicaragua, where we provide only fixed B2B services. In 2017, we generated less than $20 million in revenue from the country.

 

Paraguay

 

We provide B2C Mobile, B2C Home and B2B in Paraguay through various subsidiaries which are all wholly owned by the Millicom Group. Our largest subsidiary in Paraguay is Telefonica Celular del Paraguay S.A. (“Telecel Paraguay”). We have operated in Paraguay since 1992.

 

B2C Mobile : As of September 30, 2018, we had 3.0 million B2C mobile subscribers, and we were the largest provider of mobile services in Paraguay, as measured by total mobile subscribers.

 

B2C Home : We are the largest provider of pay-TV and broadband internet services in Paraguay as measured by subscribers. As of September 30, 2018, we served 409,000 households with our HFC network, DTH, and, to a much lesser extent, other technologies. We offer pay-TV services primarily using our HFC network, and we use our DTH license to offer pay-TV in areas not reached by our HFC. We offer residential broadband internet services mostly using our HFC network, but we also employ fixed wireless technology to provide service beyond the reach of our HFC network. We have exclusive rights to broadcast Paraguay’s soccer championship games through 2020, and we have exclusive sponsorship rights in telecommunications for the Paraguayan National Soccer Team through 2022.

 

B2B : We derive more than half of our B2B revenue in Paraguay from mobile services. From a customer standpoint, our B2B revenue is split relatively evenly between SMB on the one hand, and large enterprises and multinational corporations, on the other. We do not provide service to the government in Paraguay.

 

Africa

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, the revenues generated by our Africa segment were $394 million and $526 million, respectively.

 

As of September 30, 2018, we had 15.6 million B2C Mobile customers in Africa. In addition to the African markets described below, we own a 50% interest in a joint venture with Bharti Airtel that provides mobile services in Ghana. We do not consider our Ghana joint venture to be a strategic part of our group.

 

  43  

 

 

Chad

 

We provide mostly B2C Mobile services in Chad through Millicom Tchad S.A. (“Millicom Tchad”), which is wholly owned by the Millicom Group. We also offer B2B services in Chad, but revenue from these services has historically been minimal. We have operated in Chad since 2005.

 

B2C Mobile : As of September 30, 2018, we had 3.2 million subscribers and were the largest provider of mobile services in Chad, based on total mobile subscribers. We hold licenses for 2x10 MHz of spectrum in the 900 MHz band, 2x25 MHz of spectrum in the 1800 MHz band and 2x10 MHz of spectrum in the 2100 MHz band. Our licenses expire in 2024.

 

Tanzania

 

We provide mostly B2C Mobile services in Tanzania primarily through Millicom Tanzania Limited (“Millicom Tanzania”), which is wholly owned by the Millicom Group. We also offer B2B services in Tanzania, but revenue from these services has historically been minimal. We have operated in Tanzania since 1994.

 

On October 22, 2015, we acquired 85% of Zantel, a telecommunications provider operating mainly in Zanzibar, a semi-autonomous region of Tanzania.

 

B2C Mobile : As of September 30, 2018, Millicom Tanzania had 11.5 million and Zantel had 936,000 B2C mobile subscribers. On a combined basis, we were the second largest mobile provider in Tanzania, as measured by total subscribers.

 

Regulation

 

The licensing, construction, ownership and operation of cable TV and mobile telecommunications networks and the grant, maintenance and renewal of cable TV and mobile telecommunications licenses, as well as radio frequency allocations and interconnection arrangements, are regulated by different governmental authorities in each of the markets that Millicom serves. The regulatory regimes in the markets in which Millicom operates are less developed than in other countries such as the United States and countries in the European Union, and can therefore change quickly. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Markets in Which We Operate—Developing legal systems in the countries in which we operate create a number of uncertainties for our businesses.”

 

Typically, Millicom’s cable TV and mobile operations are regulated by the government (e.g., a ministry of communications), an independent regulatory body or a combination of both. In all of the markets in which Millicom operates, there are ongoing discussions and consultation processes involving other operators and the governing authorities regarding issues such as mobile termination rates and other interconnection rates, universal service obligations, interconnection obligations, spectrum allocations, universal service funds and other industry levies and number portability. This list is not exhaustive; such ongoing discussions are a typical part of operating in a regulated environment.

 

Changes in regulation can sometimes impose new burdens on the telecommunications industry and have a material impact on our business and on our financial results. For example, beginning in 2014, the government of El Salvador introduced new restrictions on our ability to provide mobile services in specific geographic areas within the country, requesting specifically that our mobile signal not reach inside the country’s incarceration facilities scattered throughout the country. In order to adequately comply with this requirement, we eventually resorted to shutting down more than 10% of our network infrastructure, which significantly reduced traffic on our network and negatively impacted our revenue, profitability, and service quality in the country. Similar laws have been adopted in Honduras and considered or proposed in Guatemala. In 2015, the Colombian regulator introduced new rules that impede the industry’s ability to bundle a subsidized handset with a mobile service contract, thus significantly limiting our ability to attract new mobile customers by offering handsets at subsidized prices, directly impacting handset affordability and causing a sharp decline in our handset sales. In 2016, the regulator in Paraguay introduced new rules that forced us to extend the maturity of unused prepaid data allowances from 30 to 90 days, which had an immediate negative impact on the frequency of top-ups data purchases and a consequent negative impact on our revenue. In 2017, the Colombian regulator lowered mobile interconnection rates and introduced new caps for tariffs on wholesale services. These changes negatively impacted both our revenue and our profitability in Colombia in 2017. The Colombian regulator has also challenged Colombia Móvil’s license fee, stating that it should be a significantly higher amount than we had paid. The regulator has sought to nullify an arbitral award in our favor in this matter. In addition, regulators in certain of our markets have reduced interconnect fees, which represented 7% of our revenue in fiscal 2017, and if rates are reduced further or regulators in other markets reduce interconnect fees, these measures could have a material adverse effect on our overall results of operation.

 

The mobile services we provide require the use of spectrum, for which we have various licenses in each country where we provide mobile services. Spectrum licenses have expiration dates that typically range from 10 to 20 years. Historically, we have been able to renew our licenses upon expiration by agreeing to pay additional fees. We expect to continue to renew our current licenses as they expire, and we expect to acquire new spectrum licenses as they become available in the future. The table below summarizes our most important current spectrum holdings by country for the Latin America region.

 

Country

 

Spectrum

 

Blocks

 

Expiration date

Bolivia   850MHz   2x12.5MHz   2030
Bolivia   700MHz   2x12MHz   2028
Bolivia   AWS   2x15MHz   2028
Bolivia   1900MHz   2x10MHz   2028
Colombia   1900MHz   2x5MHz   2026
Colombia   1900MHz   2x5MHz   2019
Colombia   1900MHz   2x2.5MHz   2021
Colombia   AWS   2x20MHz   2023

 

  44  

 

 

Country

 

Spectrum

 

Blocks

 

Expiration date

El Salvador   850MHz   2x12.5MHz   2038
El Salvador   1900MHz   2x5MHz   2041
El Salvador   1900MHz   2x5MHz   2028
Guatemala   850MHz   2x24MHz   2032
Guatemala   2600MHz   2x10MHz   2032
Honduras   850MHz   2x24MHz   2028
Honduras   AWS   2x20MHz   2028
Paraguay   850MHz   2x12.5MHz   2021
Paraguay   1900MHz   2x15MHz   2022
Paraguay   AWS   2x15Mz   2021
Paraguay   700MHz   2x12.5MHz   2023

 

Below, we provide further regulatory details in respect of certain of our countries of operation in Latin America.

 

Bolivia : We hold a license to provide telecommunication services in Bolivia until 2051, mobile service authorization and spectrum licenses until 2030, and cable and VOIP and internet authorizations until 2028.

 

Colombia : Colombia Móvil has three separate nationwide spectrum licenses in the 1900 MHz band. In June 2013, Colombia Móvil, acquired spectrum in the AWS (1700/2100 MHz) band, which we use to offer 4G services. In order to reduce the cost and accelerate the deployment of the 4G network, we entered into a network sharing agreement with our competitor, Telefónica Colombia. Colombia Móvil also has an indefinite license ( Habilitación General ) that allows the company to offer several nationwide telecommunication services. In March 2017, the regulator announced that it was planning an auction of spectrum in the 700 MHz and 1900 MHz bands, but the terms and timing of the auction are still uncertain. Our cable TV license is currently set to expire in December 2019, though we currently foresee no material difficulty in renewing the license.

 

Costa Rica : We hold two cable licenses which expire in 2029 and a license to operate telecommunications services which expires in 2019.

 

El Salvador : In 2017, Telemóvil successfully renewed all of its spectrum licenses, and the regulator has announced plans to conduct auctions for additional spectrum in the near future.

 

Guatemala : Comcel operates a nationwide mobile network, and it holds spectrum licenses that expire in 2032. In recent years, the regulator has discussed the possibility of auctioning additional spectrum, but formal plans have not yet been announced.

 

Honduras : Celtel owns spectrum licenses in the 850 MHz and AWS bands, and these expire in 2028. In June 2016, the Honduran government approved a multi-band spectrum auction of frequencies in the 700 MHz, 900 MHz and 2500 MHz bands. The auction was initially planned to be conducted by the end of 2017, but the exact terms and timing are still uncertain.

 

Paraguay : We own licenses for four blocks of spectrum in Paraguay, and these give us access to low, mid, and high frequencies, which provide an optimal mix to allow us to offer high-quality network coverage and give us with the ability to increase network capacity to meet growing traffic demand needs.

 

Below, we provide further regulatory details in respect of our countries of operation in Africa.

 

Chad : We hold licenses for 2x10 MHz of spectrum in the 900 MHz band, 2x25 MHz of spectrum in the 1800 MHz band and 2x10 MHz of spectrum in the 2100 MHz band. Our licenses expire in 2024.

 

Tanzania : Millicom Tanzania has licenses for network facilities services and network services that expire in 2032 and a license for application services that expires in 2022. Zantel has a National Application Services license that expires in 2026 and a license to use radio frequency spectrum resources, which will expire in 2031. One of our Tanzania subsidiaries, Telesis Tanzania Ltd. (“Telesis”), holds 4G spectrum in Tanzania with 2x10 MHz of spectrum in the 700/800 MHz band. Telesis has licenses for network facilities services, network services and to use radio frequency spectrum resources that expire in 2037.

 

  45  

 

 

Trademarks and licenses

 

We own or have rights to some registered trademarks in our business, including Tigo®, Tigo Business®; Tigo Sports®, Tigo Music®, Tigo Money®, Tigo OneTv ®, Millicom® and The Digital Lifestyle®, among others. Under a number of trademark license agreements and letters of consent, certain operating subsidiaries are authorized to use the Tigo and Millicom trademarks under the applicable terms and conditions.

 

C. Organizational Structure

 

The parent company, MIC S.A., is a Luxembourg public limited liability company (société anonyme). The following table identifies MIC S.A.’s main subsidiaries as of September 30, 2018:

 

Name   Country   Ownership Interest
(%)
    Voting Interest
(%)
 
Latin America:                    
Telemovil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.   El Salvador     100.0       100.0  
Navega.com SA, Sucursal El Salvador   El Salvador     100.0       100.0  
Millicom Cable Costa Rica, S.A.   Costa Rica     100.0       100.0  
Newcom Nicaragua S.A.   Nicaragua     100.0       100.0  
Telefónica Celular de Bolivia S.A.   Bolivia     100.0       100.0  
Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.   Paraguay     100.0       100.0  
Colombia Móvil S.A. E.S.P.   Colombia     50.0-1 share       50.0+1 share  
UNE EPM Telecomunicaciones S.A.   Colombia     50.0-1 share       50.0+1 share  
Edatel S.A. E.S.P   Colombia     50.0-1 share       50.0+1 share  
Africa:                    
MIC Tanzania Public Limited Company   Tanzania     100.0          
Millicom Tchad S.A.   Chad     100.0          
Zanzibar Telecom Limited   Tanzania     85.0          
Unallocated:                    
Millicom International Operations S.A   Luxembourg     100.0       100.0  
Millicom International Operations B.V   Netherlands     100.0       100.0  
MIC Latin America B.V   Netherlands     100.0       100.0  
Millicom Africa B.V   Netherlands     100.0       100.0  
Millicom Holding B.V   Netherlands     100.0       100.0  
Millicom Spain S.L.   Spain     100.0       100.0  

 

In addition, we provide services in Guatemala primarily through Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A. (“Comcel”), a joint venture in which MIC S.A. indirectly holds a 55% equity interest. In Honduras, we provide services through Telefonica Celular S.A. de C.V. (“Celtel”), a joint venture in which MIC S.A. indirectly holds a 66.67% equity interest. In both Guatemala and Honduras, we entered into our joint ventures at inception of these businesses in the 1990s. At that time, Millicom had limited sources of capital and was investing heavily to deploy mobile operations in many countries around the world; these partners provided local market expertise and reduced Millicom’s overall capital needs. Despite the fact that Millicom owns more than 50% of the shares of these entities and has the right to nominate a majority of the directors of each of these entities, all decisions taken by the boards or the shareholders of these companies must be taken by a supermajority vote. This effectively gives either shareholder the ability to veto any decision and therefore neither shareholder has sole control over the entity.

 

We also own a 50% interest in Bharti Airtel Ghana Holdings B.V, a joint venture with Bharti Airtel to provide mobile services in Ghana. We entered into our joint venture in Ghana in 2017, when we agreed to combine our operations with those of Bharti Airtel, with the objective of gaining scale and to improve both our competitiveness and the profitability of our business in that country. Millicom has the right to nominate half of the directors of this joint venture, but as with the other joint ventures all decisions taken by the board or the shareholders must be taken by a supermajority vote.

 

D. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Overview

 

We own, or have the right to access and use through long-term leases, telecommunications sites and related infrastructure and equipment in all of our markets. In addition, we own, or have the right to access and use through long-term finance leases, tower space, warehouses, office buildings and related telecommunications facilities in all of our markets. We are also party to several site sharing agreements whereby we share our owned telecommunications sites and related infrastructure and equipment, or lease such property from our counterparties in an effort to maximize the use of telecommunications sites globally. Our leased properties are owned by private individuals, corporations and sovereign states.

 

Assets used for the provision of cable TV and mobile telephone services include, without limitation:

 

· switching, transmission and receiving equipment;

 

  46  

 

 

· connecting lines (cables, wires, poles and other support structures, conduits and similar items);

 

· diesel generator sets and air conditioners;

 

· real property and infrastructure, including telecommunications towers, office buildings and warehouses;

 

· easements and other rights to use or access real property;

 

· access roads; and

 

· other miscellaneous assets (work equipment, furniture, etc.).

 

Tower infrastructure

 

In some of our markets, we have determined that owning passive infrastructure, such as mobile telecommunications towers, no longer confers a competitive advantage. As a result, we have completed a number of sale and lease-back transactions involving some of our tower assets in recent years. These transactions have allowed us to focus our capital investment on other fixed assets, such as network equipment, thereby increasing our network coverage, capacity and the overall quality of our service, while also improving our return on invested capital.

 

We continue to own a significant number of towers in some of our markets, especially in Central America, and we continuously assess the merits of entering into new sale and lease-back agreements, based in part on the competitive dynamics in our markets, but also on demand and investment appetite by tower companies. Our most recent lease-back agreements typically have (i) an initial 12-year term, with a right for us to renew for up to 10 or 20 years, and (ii) rent expressed and payable in local currency.

 

In 2017 and 2018, Millicom announced agreements to sell and leaseback wireless communications towers in Paraguay, Colombia and El Salvador to subsidiaries of American Tower Corporation and SBA Communications whereby Millicom agreed to the cash sale of tower assets and to lease back a dedicated portion of each tower to locate its network equipment.

 

The table below summarises certain key terms of these transactions and their impact on the Millicom Group:

 

    Paraguay     Colombia     El Salvador  
Signature date     April 26, 2017       July 18, 2017       February 6, 2018  
Total number of towers expected to be sold     1,410       1,207       811  
Total number of towers transferred to September 30, 2018     1,276       833       463  
Expected total cash proceeds ($ millions)     125       147       145  
Cash proceeds for the year 2017 ($ millions)     75       86        
Cash proceeds for the year 2018 ($ millions) – as of September 30     41       18       70  
Upfront gain on sale recognized for the year 2017 ($ millions)     26       37        
Upfront gain on sale recognized for the year 2018 ($ millions) – as of September 30     15       9       31  

 

For additional information, see note C.3.4 to our consolidated financial statements and note 4 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. 

 

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not applicable.

 

  47  

 

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the unaudited financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this registration statement.

 

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors.”

 

A. Operating Results

 

Factors affecting our results of operations

 

Our performance and results of operations have been and will continue to be affected by a number of factors and trends, including principally:

 

· Macro and socio-demographic factors that affect demand for and affordability of our services, such as consumer confidence and expansion of the middle class, as well as foreign currency exchange volatility and inflation which can impact our cost structure and profitability. Growth in GDP per capita and expansion of the middle class makes our services affordable to a larger pool of consumers. The emerging markets we serve tend to have younger populations and faster household formation, and produce more children per family, than developed markets, driving demand for our residential services, such as broadband internet and pay-TV. Digitalization of societies leads to more devices connected per household and more data needs. Exposure to inflationary pressures and foreign currency exchange volatility may negatively impact our profitability or make our services more expensive for our customers; in this respect, see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk—Foreign currency risk.”

 

· Competitive intensity, which largely reflects the number of market participants and the financial strength of each . Competitive intensity varies over time and from market to market. Markets tend to be more price competitive and less profitable for us when there are more market participants, and thus any future increase in the number of market participants in any of our markets would likely have a negative effect on our business.

 

· Changes in regulation . Our business is highly-dependent on a variety of licenses granted by regulators in the countries where we operate. Any changes in how regulators award and renew these licenses could impact our business. In particular, our mobile services business requires access to licensed spectrum, and we expect our business and the mobile industry in general will require more spectrum in the future to meet future mobile data traffic needs. In addition, regulators can impose certain constraints and obligations that can have an impact on how we operate the business and on our profitability. For example, in Colombia in 2017, the regulator introduced caps to wholesale rates on mobile services, which forced us to lower our prices for both voice and data services, and it also cut interconnection rates. In 2016, the regulator in Paraguay required that mobile service providers extend to 90 days, from 30 days previously, the minimum expiration of prepaid mobile data allowances; and in El Salvador, the government required us to shut down certain parts of our network near the country’s incarceration facilities.

 

· Technological change . Our business relies on technology that continues to evolve rapidly, forcing us to adapt and deploy new innovations that can impact our investment needs and our cost structure, as well as create new revenue opportunities. This is true for both our mobile and fixed services. With respect to our mobile services, while we are still deploying 4G networks, the industry is already well advanced in planning for the future deployment of 5G, which we expect will drive continued demand for data in the future. With respect to our fixed services, the cable infrastructure we are deploying, largely based on the DOCSIS 3.0 standard, continues to evolve, and we are continuously evaluating alternatives such as DOCSIS 3.1 and fiber-to-the-home (“FTTH”). Over time, 5G and other mobile technologies may also be considered as viable alternatives for fixed services. In the meantime, an important recent trend in the Latin American telecommunications market has been the growth in fixed broadband penetration. We have significantly increased the coverage of our HFC network largely in response to demand for high-speed fixed broadband services. Technological change is also impacting the capabilities of the equipment our customers use, such as mobile handsets and set-top boxes, and potential change in this area may impact demand for our services in the future.

 

  48  

 

 

· Changes in consumer behavior and needs . In recent years, consumption of mobile services has shifted from voice and SMS to data services due largely to changes in consumer patterns, including for example the adoption and growth of social media, made possible by new smartphones on 4G networks capable of high quality live video streaming.

 

· Political changes. The countries where we operate are characterized as having a high degree of political uncertainty, and electoral cycles can sometimes impact business investment, consumer confidence, and broader economic activity as well as inflation and foreign exchange rates. Moreover, changes in government can sometimes produce significant changes in taxation and regulation of the telecommunications industry that can have a material impact on our business and financial results.

 

 

Factors affecting comparability of prior periods

 

Deconsolidation of Guatemala and Honduras operations

 

Developments with our Guatemala operations (in which we hold a 55% ownership interest in each of the 12 entities that conduct operations) and Honduras operations (in which we hold a 66.7% ownership interest in the entity that conducts operations) have resulted in our application of significantly different accounting treatments for these operations in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 and thereafter.

 

With effect from July 1, 2010 (Honduras) and January 1, 2014 (Guatemala), we reached agreements with our respective local partners whereby the local partners granted us an unconditional call option for a duration of five years (Honduras) and two years (Guatemala) for their respective stakes in the entities that operate our Guatemala and Honduras operations. At the same time, and as consideration for the call options, we granted put options for the same duration to our local partners. The put options were exercisable on a change of control of MIC S.A. or its subsidiaries that hold the interests in the entities that operate the Guatemala and Honduras operations. Accordingly, we concluded that we had a path to full control over the operations, requiring us to fully consolidate Honduras in the year ended December 31, 2010 and Guatemala in the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

The put and call options expired unexercised on December 31, 2015. As a consequence, the Guatemala and Honduras operations were deconsolidated from that date and our investments in Guatemala and Honduras have since been accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Guatemala and Honduras operations were not classified as discontinued operations for fiscal 2015 because Millicom does not consider the loss of path to control the operations by the termination of a contractual arrangement (e.g., the termination without exercise of an unconditional call option agreement that provided a path to control) to require presentation as a discontinued operation for fiscal 2015. On December 31, 2015, the operations were initially accounted for at fair value ($2.2 billion for Guatemala and $1.0 billion for Honduras), resulting in a $391 million loss in 2015 on the deconsolidation of these operations, including a $192 million recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity, which was recorded under “Other non-operating (expenses) income, net.” The fair values of the Guatemala and Honduras operations were determined based on a discounted cash flow calculation. When the put options expired, $2,135 million of put option liabilities terminated as of December 31, 2015. The carrying values of both put option liabilities were settled against the put option reserve within equity for $2,512 million (which was the amount recognized at inception) and against retained profits for the residual difference of $(377) million as of December 31, 2015.

 

Though we hold majority ownership interests in the entities that conduct each of our Guatemala and Honduras operations, the boards of directors are composed of equal numbers of directors from Millicom and from our respective partners, and the shareholders’ agreements for each entity require unanimous board approval for key decisions relating to the activities of these entities. As such, we have determined that neither party controls the entities, and we have therefore accounted for our investments in these entities as equity method investments since the date of the expiration of the options.

 

Since January 1, 2016, we have reported our share of the net income of the Guatemala and Honduras operations in our consolidated statement of income under the caption “Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras.”

 

For additional details on our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras, see note A.2 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

Our principal Guatemala joint venture company, Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A. (“Comcel”) (in which we hold a 55% ownership interest, but which we do not control, as described above), met the income threshold as a significant investee accounted for by the equity method for purposes of Rule 3-09(a) of Regulation S-X for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. Financial statements for Comcel are therefore separately provided in Exhibit 99.1 to this registration statement. Comcel represents a significant portion, but not all, of our Guatemala operations. As such, the Guatemala contribution to our Latin America segment is not solely that of Comcel.

 

  49  

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

As a result of the merger of our business in Ghana with another business, and the resulting change in ownership, as well as the sale of our businesses in Senegal, Rwanda and the DRC, those businesses have each been classified as assets held for sale (respectively on September 28, 2017, February 2, 2017, January 23, 2018 and February 8, 2016), and their results have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented in our consolidated financial statements included herein. For additional details on our discontinued operations, see notes A.4 and E.3 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

Ghana

 

On March 3, 2017, we and Bharti Airtel Limited (“Airtel”) announced that we had entered into an agreement for MIC S.A.’s subsidiary Tigo Ghana Limited and Airtel’s subsidiary Airtel Ghana Limited to combine their operations in Ghana. As per the agreement, we and Airtel have equal ownership and governance rights in the combined entity. Necessary regulatory approvals were received in September 2017, and the merger was completed on October 12, 2017.

 

Senegal

 

On July 28, 2017, we announced that we had agreed to sell our Senegal business to a consortium consisting of NJJ, Sofima (managed by the Axian Group) and the Teylium Group, subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals. On April 19, 2018, the President of Senegal issued an approval decree in respect of the proposed sale. The sale was completed on April 27, 2018.

 

Rwanda

 

On December 19, 2017, we announced that we had signed an agreement for the sale of our Rwanda operations to subsidiaries of Airtel. We received regulatory approvals on January 23, 2018 and the sale was subsequently completed on January 31, 2018.

 

DRC

 

On February 8, 2016, Millicom announced that it had signed an agreement for the sale of its businesses in the Democratic Republic of Congo (“DRC”) to Orange S.A. The transaction was completed in respect of the mobile business (Oasis S.A.) on April 20, 2016. The separate disposal of the mobile financial services business (DRC Mobile Cash) was completed in September 2016.

 

IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 adoption

 

IFRS 15 “Revenue from contracts with customers” and IFRS 9 “Financial instruments” were effective for annual periods starting on January 1, 2018 and have been adopted by the Millicom Group as of that date using the modified retrospective approach. For a description of the standards and their impact on the Millicom Group, see note 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.

 

Our segments

 

Our management determines operating and reportable segments based on the reports that are used by the chief operating decision maker to make strategic and operational decisions from both a business and geographic perspective. The Millicom Group’s risks and rates of return for its operations are predominantly affected by operating in different geographical regions. The Millicom Group has businesses in two main regions, Latin America and Africa, which constitute our two segments. Our Latin America segment includes our Honduras and Guatemala joint ventures as if they were fully consolidated, as this reflects the way our management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating matters and to provide increased transparency to investors on those operations. Our Africa segment does not include our joint venture in Ghana because our management does not consider it a strategic part of our group.

 

  50  

 

 

Our customer base

 

We generate revenue mainly from the mobile and fixed services that we provide and, to a lesser extent, from the sale of telephone and other equipment. For a description of our services, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Our services.” Our results of operations are therefore dependent on both the size of our customer base and on the amount that customers spend on our services.

 

We measure the amount that customers spend on our services using a telecommunications industry metric known as ARPU, or average revenue per user per month. We define ARPU for our B2C Mobile customers as (x) the total mobile and mobile financial services revenue (excluding revenue earned from tower rentals, call center, data and mobile virtual network operator, visitor roaming, national third parties roaming and mobile telephone equipment sales revenue) for the period, divided by (y) the average number of B2C mobile subscribers for the period, divided by (z) the number of months in the period. We define ARPU for our B2C Home customers in our Latin America segment as (x) the total B2C Home revenue (excluding equipment sales, TV advertising and equipment rental) for the period, divided by (y) the average number of homes connected for the period, divided by (z) the number of months in the period. ARPU is not subject to a standard industry definition and our definition of ARPU may be different to other industry participants.

 

We provide certain customer data below that we believe will assist investors in understanding our performance and to which we refer later in this section in discussing our results of operations.

 

B2C Mobile customers by segment

 

    As of nine months,     As of December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (in thousands, except where noted)  
Latin America     31,625       31,687       31,911       30,882       31,441  
of which are B2C Mobile data subscribers     15,196       13,914       15,093       13,085       11,437  
of which are 4G customers     8,570       5,622       6,902       3,432        
B2C Mobile customer ARPU (in U.S. dollars)   $ 7.6     $ 7.7     $ 7.7     $ 7.9     $ 8.8  
Africa     15,584       14,207       14,631       14,737       14,753  
of which are B2C Mobile data subscribers     4,461       4,305       4,473       4,258       3,335  
of which are 4G customers     396       245       258              
B2C Mobile customer ARPU (in U.S. dollars)   $ 2.7     $ 2.8     $ 2.8     $ 2.9     $ 3.3  

 

B2C Mobile customers by country in our Latin America segment

 

    As of nine months,     As of December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (in thousands)  
Bolivia     3,399       3,138       3,303       2,951       3,005  
Colombia     7,753       7,778       7,851       7,530       8,683  
El Salvador     2,491       3,135       2,796       3,111       2,857  
Guatemala     10,574       9,875       10,169       9,272       8,612  
Honduras     4,454       4,600       4,625       4,660       4,641  
Paraguay     2,955       3,161       3,167       3,357       3,643  

 

B2C Mobile customers by country in our Africa segment

 

    As of nine months,     As of December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (in thousands)  
Chad     3,186       3,189       3,320       3,124       2,976  
Tanzania     12,398       11,018       11,311       11,612       11,777  

 

  51  

 

 

B2B Mobile customers by segment

 

    As of nine months,     As of December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (in thousands)  
Latin America     1,284       1,196       1,230       1,122       1,144  
Africa     109       123       129       126       29  

 

B2C Home customers in our Latin America segment

 

    As of nine months,     As of December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (in thousands, except where noted)  
Total homes passed     9,908       8,759       9,076       8,119       7,632  
Total homes connected     3,592       3,249       3,303       3,100       3,020  
HFC homes passed     9,387       8,107       8,446       7,152       6,375  
HFC homes connected     2,642       2,277       2,329       2,075       1,922  
HFC RGUs     5,046       4,204       4,367       3,694       3,244  
B2C Home ARPU (in U.S. dollars)   $ 29.2     $ 28.3     $ 28.3     $ 26.9     $ 27.2  

 

Results of operations

 

We have based the following discussion on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. You should read it along with these financial statements, and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to them. Our results of operations in periods subsequent to September 30, 2018 will be affected by, among other things, certain recent developments. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Recent developments.”

 

Consolidated results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017

 

The following table sets forth certain consolidated statement of income data for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine months ended September 30,     Percentage  
    2018     2017     Change  
    (U.S. dollars in millions, except percentages)  
Revenue     3,064       3,020       1.5 %
Cost of sales     (864 )     (883 )     (2.1 )%
Gross profit     2,200       2,137       3.0 %
Operating expenses     (1,214 )     (1,190 )     2.0 %
Depreciation     (516 )     (518 )     (0.4 )%
Amortization     (103 )     (115 )     (10.5 )%
Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras     109       115       (5.1 )%
Other operating income (expenses), net     66       24       176.8 %
Operating profit     542       453       19.8 %
Interest and other financial expenses     (271 )     (310 )     (12.5 )%
Interest and other financial income     13       11       16.6 %
Other non-operating (expenses) income, net     7       (5 )     (220.2 )%
Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net     (100 )     (54 )     86.7 %
Profit before taxes from continuing operations     191       95       100.8 %
Charge for taxes, net     (71 )     (125 )     (43.4 )%
Profit (loss) for the period from continuing operations     120       (30 )     (505.2 )%
Profit (loss) for the period from discontinued operations, net of tax     (35 )     17       (300.5 )%
Net profit (loss) for the period     86       (12 )     (790.3 )%

 

Revenue

 

Revenue increased by 1.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $3,064 million from $3,020 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase in revenue was due to an increase in both our service revenue and our telephone and equipment revenue. The increase in our service revenue was mainly due to an increase in our fixed revenue, driven by growth in B2C Home, which has benefited from the network rollout and the net additions of homes connected, and by growth in B2B, which benefited from an elections communications contract in Colombia. B2C Mobile recorded a slight decline where mobile data growth did not entirely offset the attrition from voice and SMS.

 

Colombia represented over 40%, Paraguay and Bolivia each represented between 10% and 20%, El Salvador represented approximately 10%, and no other country represented more than 10% of our revenue in each of the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017. Bolivia experienced the highest relative increase in revenue of $46 million, or 11%, as a result of growth in B2C Home with strong net home additions, while B2C Mobile benefited from mobile data growth. Paraguay experienced the second highest relative increase in revenue, which expanded by 5% driven by both mobile data and residential cable. Colombia had a revenue decrease of 2%, or $24 million, mostly due to lower wholesale international long distance revenue, which is recorded on a net basis in 2018 due to the implementation of IFRS 15. Excluding this effect, Colombia revenue growth was positive and reflected revenue increases in B2C Home and B2B, the latter benefiting from a large government contract to implement the communications systems to support elections in Colombia. Revenue declined 3% in El Salvador, where overall market conditions are somewhat more challenging than in our other markets. In addition, we have experienced higher than usual levels of customer churn and bad debt provisions.

 

Cost of sales

 

Cost of sales decreased by 2.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $864 million from $883 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The decrease was mainly due to lower cost from wholesale international long distance that is recorded on a net basis in 2018 as a result of our implementation of IFRS 15.

 

  52  

 

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses increased by 2.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $1,214 million from $1,190 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to additional marketing expenses and increased site and network maintenance costs, partially offset by lower expenses for external services.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation was almost flat for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 at $516 million and $518 million respectively.

 

Amortization

 

Amortization decreased by 10.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $103 million from $115 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The decrease was mainly due to lower amortization of intangibles related to our 2008 acquisition of Amnet and to our 2014 merger with UNE, as the related intangibles have now been fully amortized.

 

Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras

 

Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras decreased by 5.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $109 million from $115 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, due to changes in foreign exchange rates. As of September 30, 2018, each of the Guatemalan Quetzal and the Honduran Lempira weakened 3.4% and 2.6%, respectively, year-on-year relative to the US Dollar, which generated foreign exchange losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. As of September 30, 2017, the Guatemalan Quetzal had strengthened 3.4% year-on-year, and the Honduran Lempira had weakened 2.2%, both relative to the US Dollar. These currency movements generated foreign exchange gains for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

Other operating income (expenses), net

 

Other operating income (expenses), net increased by $42 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $66 million from $24 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to profit from tower sale and lease back transactions in Paraguay, Colombia and El Salvador. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—D. Property, Plant and Equipment—Tower infrastructure.”

 

Interest and other financial expenses

 

Interest and other financial expenses decreased by 12.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $271 million from $310 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The decrease was mainly due to the refinancing activities carried out in 2017, principally the issuance of new 5.125% Senior Notes due 2028 and the redemption of our 6.625% Senior Notes due 2021, as well as lower gross debt and the absence of refinancing charges in 2018.

 

Interest and other financial income

 

Interest and other financial income increased by 16.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $13 million from $11 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to higher average cash and cash equivalents balances during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

Other non-operating (expenses) income, net

 

Other non-operating (expenses) income, net increased by $12 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to an income of $7 million from an expense of $5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to foreign exchange gains during the nine-month period in 2018, while in the corresponding period in 2017 we had the negative impact of the change in fair value of derivatives.

 

  53  

 

 

Loss from other joint ventures and associates, net

 

Loss from other joint ventures and associates, net increased by 86.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to a loss of $100 million from a loss of $54 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase in the loss was mainly due to losses of $50 million in Ghana. Ghana was only accounted for as a joint venture in the comparative third quarter period ended September 30, 2017.

 

Charges for taxes, net

 

Charges for taxes, net decreased by 43.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $71 million from $125 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The decrease was mainly due to lower withholding tax due to lower upstreaming of cash from our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures during the first nine months of 2018 compared to the same period in 2017.

 

The main components of charges for taxes, net are the income tax generated by most of the operations in our Latin America segment and the withholding tax we pay when cash is upstreamed from our local operations to MIC S.A. We also have net losses in our Africa segment and associates, as well as in our corporate entities that, in the aggregate, reduce our profit before taxes and for which no deferred tax asset is recognized due to the history of losses in such entities. As a result, our effective tax rate is generally above our average statutory tax rate. Moreover, due to the jurisdictional differences and mix, we do not have the opportunity to offset tax expense with accumulated tax loss carryforwards.

 

Net profit (loss) for the period

 

Net profit (loss) for the period increased by $98 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to a profit of $86 million from a loss of $12 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Profit (loss) for the period from continuing operations increased by $150 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to a profit of $120 million from a loss of $30 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 for the reasons stated above. Profit (loss) for the period from discontinued operations decreased by $52 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to a loss of $35 million from a profit of $17 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The decline in profit (loss) for the period from discontinued operations, net of tax was mainly due to a loss on disposal of the Group’s operations in Rwanda of $32 million, partly offset by a gain on disposal of the Group’s operations in Senegal of $6 million in the nine-month period in 2018, compared to a profit in Senegal during the comparable period in 2017.

 

Segment results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017

 

Our Latin America segment includes our Honduras and Guatemala joint ventures as if they were fully consolidated, as this reflects the way our management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating matters. Our Africa segment does not include our joint venture in Ghana because our management does not consider it a strategic part of our group. See “—Our segments” above.

 

  54  

 

 

The following table sets forth certain segment data, which has been extracted from note 5 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, where segment data is reconciled to consolidated data, for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine months ended September 30,              
    2018     2017     Percentage Change  
    Latin
America
    Africa     Latin
America
    Africa     Latin
America
    Africa  
   

(U.S. dollars in millions, except percentages) 

 
       
Mobile revenue     2,411       381       2,444       375       (1.4 )%     1.6 %
Fixed revenue     1,362       9       1,299       8       4.8 %     12.5 %
Other revenue     35       3       29       4       20.7 %     (25.0 )%
Service revenue     3,807       393       3,772       387       0.9 %     1.6 %
Telephone and equipment revenue     297       -       262       1       13.4 %     NA  
Revenue     4,104       394       4,034       388       1.7 %     1.5 %
Operating profit     747       29       639       17       16.9 %     70.6 %
Add back:                                                
Depreciation and amortization     850       81       885       81       (4.0 )%     0.0 %
Other operating income (expenses), net     (45 )     (3 )     (21 )     3       114.3 %     (200 )%
EBITDA     1,553       107       1,502       101       3.4 %     5.9 %

 

The following table sets forth revenue from continuing operations by country for certain of the countries in our Latin America segment:

 

    Nine months ended
September 30,
     
    2018     2017      Percentage
Change  
 
    (U.S. dollars in millions, except
percentages)
 
Colombia     1,268       1,292       (1.9 )%
Guatemala     1,015       979       3.6 %
Paraguay     516       492       4.9 %
Honduras     435       438       (0.8 )%
Bolivia     454       407       11.4 %
El Salvador     304       313       (2.6 )%

 

Segment revenue

 

Revenue of our Latin America segment increased by 1.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $4,104 million from $4,034 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase in revenue was due to an increase in our service revenue as well as in telephone and equipment revenue. The increase in our service revenue was mainly due to growth of revenue from fixed services, with B2C Home, particularly in Bolivia, Guatemala and Paraguay, benefitting from more homes connected. B2B revenues also improved, benefitting from a large government contract to implement the communications systems to support elections in Colombia. Mobile service revenue declined by 1.4% and declined as a percentage of our Latin America segment revenue from 60% to 59%. B2C Mobile, which represented around 58% of revenue for our Latin America segment in each period, remained relatively flat with reduced revenues from voice and SMS being offset by growth of revenues from data in all of our mobile markets.

 

Revenue of our Africa segment increased by 1.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $394 million from $388 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to healthy growth in Tanzania, which more than offset a decline in Chad, where operating conditions have been challenging due to a weak macro-economic environment and a higher tax burden imposed on the telecommunications sector.

 

  55  

 

 

Segment operating profit

 

Operating profit of our Latin America segment increased by 16.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $747 million from $639 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to both revenue growth and lower amortization.

 

Operating profit of our Africa segment increased by 70.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $29 million from $17 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to revenue growth.

 

Segment EBITDA

 

Segment EBITDA is segment operating profit excluding, depreciation and amortization and other operating income (expenses), net which includes impairment losses and gains/losses on the disposal of fixed assets attributable to the segment. Segment EBITDA is used by the management to monitor the segmental performance and for capital management.

 

Segment EBITDA of our Latin America segment increased by 3.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $1,553 million from $1,502 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to fixed service revenue growth, partially offset because of higher revenues from services with higher associated costs such as B2C Home and B2B.

 

Segment EBITDA of our Africa segment increased by 5.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $107 million from $101 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to revenue growth in Tanzania.

 

Consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

The following table sets forth certain consolidated statement of income data for the periods indicated:

 

    Year ended December 31,     Percentage  
    2017     2016     Change  
    (U.S. dollars in millions, except percentages)  
Revenue     4,076       4,043       0.8 %
Cost of sales     (1,205 )     (1,175 )     2.6 %
Gross profit     2,871       2,868       0.1 %
Operating expenses     (1,594 )     (1,627 )     (2.1 )%
Depreciation     (695 )     (678 )     2.5 %
Amortization     (146 )     (175 )     (16.2 )%
Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras     141       115       22.0 %
Other operating income (expenses), net     68       (14 )     (587.5 )%
Operating profit     645       490       31.6 %
Interest and other financial expenses     (396 )     (372 )     6.5 %
Interest and other financial income     16       21       (22.5 )%
Other non-operating (expenses) income, net     (4 )     20       (120.5 )%
Loss from other joint ventures and associates, net     (85 )     (49 )     74.0 %
Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations     176       109       61.0 %
Charge for taxes, net     (158 )     (179 )     (11.9 )%
Profit (loss) for the year from continuing operations     18       (70 )     (126.2 )%
Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax     51       (20 )     (355.0 )%
Net profit (loss) for the year     69       (90 )     (176.7 )%

 

  56  

 

 

Revenue

 

Revenue increased by 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $4,076 million from $4,043 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in revenue was due to an increase in our service revenue, partially offset by a decrease in our telephone and equipment revenue. The increase in our service revenue was mainly due to an increase in our fixed revenue, driven by growth in B2C Home and B2B, as well as increased revenue from mobile data, offset by the impact of lower mobile voice and SMS consumption.

 

Colombia represented over 40%, Paraguay, Bolivia and El Salvador each represented between 10% and 20%, and no other country represented more than 10% of our consolidated revenue in 2017 and 2016. Paraguay experienced the highest relative increase in revenues of $39.0 million, or 6.3%, as a result of robust growth in B2C Home and B2B, which benefited from the continued expansion of our HFC network reach and from strong demand especially for residential broadband services. Revenue in Bolivia grew 2.5% with strong performance of 4G and mobile data adoption. Revenue in Colombia grew just 1.3% due to regulatory headwinds from mobile termination rate cuts as well as MVNO and national roaming price caps implemented in the first half of 2017, while delivering growth particularly in B2B. El Salvador recorded negative revenue growth of 0.8% as our operations there continue to be more exposed than the rest of our Latin America markets to voice and SMS revenues that continue to decline.

 

Cost of sales

 

Cost of sales increased by 2.6% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1,205 million from $1,175 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was mainly due to higher costs associated with our increasing fixed service revenue such as pay-TV which incurs programming costs and B2B services that traditionally have lower gross margins.

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses decreased by 2.1% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1,594 million from $1,627 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was mainly due to lower expenses for external services partially offset by additional marketing expenses and increased site and network maintenance costs.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation increased by 2.5% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $695 million from $678 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was mainly due to the growth of the fixed and mobile networks.

 

Amortization

 

Amortization decreased by 16.2% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $146 million from $175 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was mainly due to the impact of the decommissioning of our fixed wireless network in Colombia at the end of 2016, which caused us to accelerate and complete the amortization of related spectrum assets during 2016.

 

Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras

 

Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras increased by 22% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $141 million from $115 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was mainly due to growth of the net profits generated in both Guatemala and Honduras. In Guatemala, the increase in net profits came mostly from lower interest expense, net, due to lower net debt held on average during the period, as well as lower operating costs stemming largely from a reduction in headcount year-over-year. In Honduras, the increase in net profit was mainly due to lower levels of FX losses in the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Other operating income (expenses), net

 

Other operating income (expenses), net increased by $ 82 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to an income of $68 million from a loss of $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was mainly due to gain registered from the sale of towers in Paraguay and Colombia. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—D. Property, Plant and Equipment—Tower infrastructure.”

 

Interest and other financial expenses

 

Interest and other financial expenses increased by 6.5% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $396 million from $372 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was mainly due to the additional finance leases expenses associated to the tower sale and lease back transactions in Colombia and Paraguay as well as the costs associated with refinancing during the year.

 

  57  

 

 

Interest and other financial income

 

Interest and other financial income decreased by 22.5% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $16 million from $21 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was mainly due to lower average cash and cash equivalents balances during 2017 as compared to 2016.

 

Other non-operating (expenses) income, net

 

Other non-operating (expenses) income, net decreased by $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to an expense of $4 million from an income of $20 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was mainly due to the change in the fair value of derivatives associated with the SEK and Euro denominated debt.

 

Loss from other joint ventures and associates, net

 

Loss from other joint ventures and associates, net increased by 74.0% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to a loss of $85 million from a loss of $49 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was mainly due to the impairment of our interest in MKC Brilliant Holding GmbH (“LIH”) of $48 million as a result of the annual impairment test conducted in 2017, partially offset by the gain related to the sale of part of our ownership of Milvik (Bima) of $21 million.

 

Charges for taxes, net

 

Charges for taxes, net decreased by 11.9% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $158 million from $179 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was mainly due to the lower increase in unrecognized deferred tax assets in 2017 compared to 2016.

 

The main components of charges for taxes, net are the income tax generated by most of the operations in our Latin America segment and the withholding tax we pay when cash is upstreamed from our local operations to MIC S.A. We also have net losses in our Africa segment and associates, as well as in our corporate entities that, in the aggregate, reduce our profit before taxes and for which no deferred tax asset is recognized due to the history of losses in such entities. As a result, our effective tax rate is generally above our average statutory tax rate. Moreover, due to the jurisdictional differences and mix, we do not have the opportunity to offset tax expense with accumulated tax loss carryforwards.

 

Net profit (loss) for the year

 

Net profit (loss) for the year increased by $159 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to a profit of $69 million from a loss of $90 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Profit (loss) for the year from continuing operations increased by $88 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to a profit of $18 million from a loss of $70 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 for the reasons stated above. Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax increased by $71 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to a profit of $51 million from a loss of $20 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax was mainly due to the improved performance of the Senegal and Ghana operations in 2017.

 

Segment results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

Our Latin America segment includes our Honduras and Guatemala joint ventures as if they were fully consolidated, as this reflects the way our management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating matters. Our Africa segment does not include our joint venture in Ghana because our management does not consider it a strategic part of our group. See “—Our segments” above.

 

The following table sets forth certain segment data, which has been extracted from note B.3 to our audited consolidated financial statements, where segment data is reconciled to consolidated data, for the periods indicated:

 

  58  

 

 

    Year ended December 31,        
    2017     2016     Percentage Change  
    Latin
America
    Africa     Latin
America
    Africa     Latin
America
    Africa  
    (U.S. dollars in millions, except percentages)  
Mobile revenue     3,283       509       3,318       541       (1.1 )%     (5.9 )%
Fixed revenue     1,755       12       1,611       15       8.9 %     (28.9 )%
Other revenue     40       5       37       6       8.8 %     (25.7 )%
Service revenue     5,078       524       4,966       562       2.3 %     (6.8 )%
Telephone and equipment revenue     363       2       386       2       (5.9 )%     (29.1 )%
Revenue     5,441       526       5,352       565       1.7 %     (6.8 )%
Operating profit (loss)     899       41       721       43       24.7 %     (5.5 )%
Add back:                                                
Depreciation and amortization     1,174       110       1,173       113       0.1 %     (2.6 )%
Other operating income (expenses), net     (49 )     (11 )     42       2       (218.1 )%     (787.5 )%
EBITDA     2,024       140       1,935       158       4.6 %     (11.3 )%

 

The following table sets forth revenue from continuing operations by country for certain of the countries in our Latin America segment:

 

    Year ended December 31,     Percentage  
    2017     2016     Change  
    (U.S. dollars in millions, except percentages)  
Colombia     1,739       1,717       1.3 %
Guatemala     1,328       1,284       3.4 %
Paraguay     662       623       6.3 %
Honduras     585       609       (3.9 )%
Bolivia     555       542       2.5 %
El Salvador     422       425       (0.8 )%

 

Segment revenue

 

Revenue of our Latin America segment increased by 1.7% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $5,441 million from $5,352 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in revenue was due to an increase in our service revenue, partially offset by a decrease in our telephone and equipment revenue. The increase in our service revenue was primarily attributable to growth of revenue from fixed services, with B2C Home increasing as a result of an increased number of homes connected, particularly in Paraguay, Guatemala and Bolivia, and B2B increasing as a result of higher voice and data traffic, particularly in Colombia. However, mobile service revenue continued to represent over 60% of our Latin America segment revenue. B2C Mobile declined slightly, with mobile data almost offsetting the decline in mobile voice and SMS, and as a relative proportion of our Latin America segment revenue, falling from over 55% in 2016 to under 55%, but over 50%, in 2017. In particular, the Colombian regulator implemented a mobile termination rate cut as well as national roaming and MVNO price caps implemented in the first half of the year 2017, all of which negatively impacted our revenue.

 

Revenue of our Africa segment decreased by 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $526 million from $565 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was mainly due to increased excise taxes in Chad that impact subscribers’ disposable income and continued competition in Tanzania that decreased revenue.

 

Segment operating profit

 

Operating profit of our Latin America segment increased by 24.7% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $899 million from $721 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily attributable to revenue growth coupled with a reduction in operating expenses, as a decline in general and administrative expenses more than offset an increase in selling and marketing expenses year-on-year.

 

  59  

 

 

Operating profit of our Africa segment decreased by 5.5% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $41 million from $43 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was mainly due to the lower revenues described above.

 

Segment EBITDA

 

Segment EBITDA is segment operating profit excluding, depreciation and amortization and other operating income (expenses), net which includes impairment losses and gains/losses on the disposal of fixed assets attributable to the segment. Segment EBITDA is used by the management to monitor the segmental performance and for capital management.

 

EBITDA of our Latin America segment increased by 4.6% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $2,024 million from $1,935 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was attributable to the reasons described above, offset by cost control measures.

 

EBITDA of our Africa segment decreased by 11.3% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $140 million from $158 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was mainly due to the factors that impacted revenue described above.

 

Consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

The following table sets forth certain consolidated statement of income data for the periods indicated:

 

    Year ended December 31,     Percentage  
    2016     2015     Change  
    (U.S. dollars in millions, except percentages)  
Revenue     4,043       6,264       (35.5 )%
Cost of sales     (1,175 )     (1,688 )     (30.4 )%
Gross profit     2,868       4,576       (37.3 )%
Operating expenses     (1,627 )     (2,418 )     (32.7 )%
Depreciation     (678 )     (974 )     (30.4 )%
Amortization     (175 )     (226 )     (22.6 )%
Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras     115             NA  
Other operating income (expenses), net     (14 )     (12 )     (15.0 )%
Operating profit     490       946       (48.2 )%
Interest and other financial expenses     (372 )     (403 )     (7.7 )%
Interest and other financial income     21       21       (1.9 )%
Other non-operating (expenses) income, net     20       (600 )     (103.3 )%
Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net     (49 )     100       (148.8 )%
Profit before taxes from continuing operations     109       64       69.4 %
Charge for taxes, net     (179 )     (269 )     (33.6 )%
Loss for the year from continuing operations     (70 )     (205 )     (66.0 )%
Loss for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax     (20 )     (239 )     (91.4 )%
Net loss for the year     (90 )     (444 )     (79.7 )%

 

Revenue

 

Revenue decreased by 35.5% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $4,043 million from $6,264 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the deconsolidation of our Guatemala and Honduras operations.  Apart from the deconsolidation, other principal factors affecting revenue in 2016 compared to 2015 were the accelerated decline in mobile voice and SMS revenue caused by rapidly-evolving consumption habits across most of our markets, increased competition in Colombia, particularly in the second half of the year, as well as the impact of regulatory changes in Colombia, Paraguay, and El Salvador. In 2016, the regulator in Paraguay required that mobile service providers extend to 90 days, from 30 days previously, the minimum expiration of prepaid mobile data allowances; and in El Salvador, the government required us to shut down certain parts of our network near the country’s incarceration facilities. Toward the end of 2015, the regulator in Colombia introduced a new regulation that limits our ability to bundle a postpaid mobile service contract to the sale of a handset at a subsidized price. As a result, we substantially reduced subsidies, and this had a material impact on our handset sales. This impacted our results from Colombia in the fourth quarter of 2015, and the effect continued to be felt throughout 2016. In addition, the Colombian peso was substantially weaker, on average, in 2016 than in 2015, and this weighed meaningfully on our results. We also experienced lower sales of handsets and equipment in most of our other markets.

 

  60  

 

 

In 2016, Colombia represented over 40%, Paraguay, Bolivia and El Salvador each represented between 10% and 20%, and no other country represented more than 10% of our consolidated revenue. In 2015, Colombia represented over 30%, Guatemala represented almost 21%, Paraguay represented 10.7%, Honduras represented 10.4% and no other country represented more than 10% of our consolidated revenue. The main reason for the increase in revenue of these countries as a percentage of our consolidated revenue in 2016 was the deconsolidation of our Guatemala and Honduras operations. Of these countries, Bolivia experienced the highest relative increase in revenue of $11.0 million, or 2.1%, as a result of the rapid deployment of our 4G mobile network, which produced strong growth in mobile data revenues to largely offset the decline of mobile voice and SMS revenue, as well as the expansion of our HFC network, which generated strong growth in our Home and B2B. Revenue in El Salvador declined 5.3%, revenue in Paraguay declined 7.4% and, for the reasons described above, revenue in Colombia was down 13.4%.

 

Cost of sales

 

Cost of sales decreased by 30.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $1,175 million from $1,688 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the deconsolidation of our Guatemala and Honduras operations. Apart from the deconsolidation, the principal factors affecting cost of sales in 2016 compared to 2015 were the lower volume of sales of handsets and the decline in voice traffic, which generated lower interconnection charges.

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses decreased by 32.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $1,627 million from $2,418 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the deconsolidation of our Guatemala and Honduras operations. Apart from the deconsolidation, other principal factors affecting operating expenses in 2016 compared to 2015 were operational efficiency programs implemented in each country in procurement, logistics, field operations and network services, as well as lower corporate expenditures mostly from headcount reductions.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation decreased by 30.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $678 million from $974 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the deconsolidation of our Guatemala and Honduras operations.

 

Amortization

 

Amortization decreased by 22.6% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $175 million from $226 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the deconsolidation of our Guatemala and Honduras operations.

 

Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras

 

Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras increased to $115 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from nil for the year ended December 31, 2015. The full amount of the increase was due to the change to equity accounting for our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures, which began on January 1, 2016 and resulted from the deconsolidation of the Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures as of December 31, 2015.

 

Other operating income (expenses), net

 

Other operating income (expenses), net increased by 15.0% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to an expense of $14 million from an expense of $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

  61  

 

 

Interest and other financial expenses

 

Interest and other financial expenses decreased by 7.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $372 million from $403 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the deconsolidation of our Guatemala and Honduras operations.

 

Interest and other financial income

 

Interest and other financial income remained stable in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 at approximately $21 million.

 

Other non-operating (expenses) income, net

 

Other non-operating (expenses) income, net increased by $620 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to an income of $20 million from an expense of $600 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was mainly due to items that impacted 2015 results, including a $391 million loss as a result of the deconsolidation of Guatemala and Honduras and foreign exchange losses of $280 million primarily related to the devaluation of the Colombian Peso, partially offset by positive changes in the fair value of put and call options that lapsed as of December 31, 2015 of $54 million.

 

Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net

 

Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net decreased by $149 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to a loss of $49 million from an income of $100 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to a $147 million book value gain in 2015 related to a share exchange involving our shareholding in Helios Towers Africa (“HTA”). The exchange of shares, which has commercial substance in accordance with IAS 28 and IAS 16, resulted in the Millicom Group recognizing its investment in HTA at fair value and hence a gain on disposal of its investments in the different tower companies.

 

Charges for taxes, net

 

Charges for taxes, net decreased by 33.6% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $179 million from $269 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the deconsolidation of our Guatemala and Honduras operations.

 

The main components of charges for taxes, net are the income tax generated by most of the operations in our Latin America segment and the withholding tax we pay when cash is upstreamed from our local operations to MIC S.A. We also have net losses in our Africa segment and associates, as well as in our corporate entities that, in the aggregate, reduce our profit before taxes and for which no deferred tax asset is recognized due to the history of losses in such entities. As a result, our effective tax rate is generally above our average statutory tax rate. Moreover, due to the jurisdictional differences and mix, we do not have the opportunity to offset tax expense with accumulated tax loss carryforwards.

 

Net loss for the year

 

Net loss for the year improved by $354 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to a loss of $90 million from a loss of $444 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Loss from continuing operations decreased by $135 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to a loss of $70 million from a loss of $205 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 for the reasons stated above. Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax decreased by $219 million to a loss of $20 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from a loss of $239 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in loss from discontinued operations, which include Rwanda, Senegal, Ghana and the DRC, largely reflects a significant reduction in losses in Rwanda and Senegal, partly offset by lower profits from the DRC.

 

Segment results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

Our Latin America segment includes our Honduras and Guatemala joint ventures as if they were fully consolidated, as this reflects the way our management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating matters. Our Africa segment does not include our joint venture in Ghana because our management does not consider it a strategic part of our group. See “—Our segments” above.

 

  62  

 

 

The following table sets forth certain segment data, which has been extracted from note B.3 to our audited consolidated financial statements, where segment data is reconciled to consolidated data, for the periods indicated:

 

    Year ended December 31,        
    2016     2015     Percentage Change  
    Latin
America
    Africa     Latin
America
    Africa     Latin
America
    Africa  
    (U.S. dollars in millions, except percentages)  
Mobile revenue     3,318       541       3,580       514       (7.3 )%     5.2 %
Fixed revenue     1,611       15       1,621       6       (0.6 )%     185.8 %
Other revenue     37       6       37       3       1.3 %     137.5 %
Service revenue     4,966       562       5,237       522       (5.2 )%     7.7 %
Telephone and equipment revenue     386       2       502       2       (23.2 )%     0.5 %
Revenue     5,352       565       5,740       525       (6.8 )%     7.6 %
Operating profit     721       43       948       9       (23.9 )%     393.2 %
Add back:                                                
Depreciation and amortization     1,173       113       1,087       109       7.9 %     3.7 %
Other operating income (expenses), net     42       2       7       2       510.3 %     (20.0 )%
EBITDA     1,935       158       2,042       120       (5.2 )%     31.9 %

 

The following table sets forth revenue from continuing operations by country for certain of the countries in our Latin America segment:

 

    Year ended December 31,     Percentage  
    2016     2015     Change  
    (U.S. dollars in millions, except percentages)  
Colombia     1,717       1,982       (13.4 )%
Guatemala     1,284       1,306       (1.6 )%
Paraguay     623       673       (7.4 )%
Honduras     609       649       (6.2 )%
Bolivia     542       531       2.1 %
El Salvador     425       448       (5.3 )%

 

Segment revenue

 

Revenue of our Latin America segment decreased by 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $5,352 million from $5,740 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in revenue was due primarily to a decrease in our service revenue and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in our telephone and equipment revenue. The decrease in service revenue was mainly due to a decline in revenue from mobile services, with B2C Mobile revenues declining due to a reduction in voice and SMS, particularly in Colombia, Honduras, Paraguay, Guatemala, and El Salvador that was only partially offset by the growth of mobile data, and increased competition particularly in Colombia, as well as the impact of adverse regulatory changes in Paraguay and El Salvador. In 2016, the regulator in Paraguay required that mobile service providers extend to 90 days, from 30 days previously, the minimum expiration of prepaid mobile data allowances; and in El Salvador, the government required us to shut down certain parts of our network near the country’s incarceration facilities. Nonetheless, mobile service revenue, which largely reflects B2C Mobile, continued to represent over 60% of our Latin America segment revenue. While B2C Home revenue also continued to grow, B2B experienced contraction in its fixed services. Toward the end of 2015, the regulator in Colombia introduced a new regulation that limits our ability to bundle a postpaid mobile service contract to the sale of a handset at a subsidized price. As a result, we substantially reduced subsidies, and this had a material impact on our handset sales and, by extension, our telephone and equipment revenue.

 

  63  

 

 

Revenue of our Africa segment increased by 7.6% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $565 million from $525 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was mainly due to the growth of our subscriber base in both Tanzania and Chad.

 

Segment operating profit

 

Operating profit of our Latin America segment decreased by 23.9% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $721 million from $948 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the factors already discussed, including accelerated decline of voice and SMS usage not fully offset by the growth of mobile data, as well as commercial pressure in Colombia in B2C Mobile.

 

Operating profit of our Africa segment increased by 393% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $43 million from $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was mainly due to the full year impact of the acquisition of the Zantel operation in Tanzania and the improvement in performance of the Chad operation.

 

Segment EBITDA

 

Segment EBITDA is segment operating profit excluding depreciation and amortization and other operating income (expenses), net which includes impairment losses and gains/losses on the disposal of fixed assets attributable to the segment. Segment EBITDA is used by the management to monitor the segmental performance and for capital management.

 

EBITDA of our Latin America segment decreased by 5.2% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $1,935 million from $2,042 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to lower revenues as described above.

 

EBITDA of our Africa segment increased by 31.9% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $158 million from $120 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was due to the reasons described above.

 

Critical accounting policies

 

The preparation of our financial statements requires management to use judgment in applying accounting policies. It also requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on management's best knowledge of current events, actions and best estimates as of a specified date, and actual results may ultimately differ from these estimates. Areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are described in “Introduction—Judgments and critical estimates” in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements, and in the notes referenced therein.

 

For a description of new or amended IFRS accounting standards to which we are subject, see “Introduction— New and amended IFRS accounting standards” in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

The Millicom Group’s sources of funds are cash from operations, internal and external financing as well as proceeds from the disposal of assets. The Millicom Group finances its operations centrally at the MIC S.A. level or alternatively, where it deems it more cost effective to do so, at the operational level.

 

In particular, we seek to finance the costs of deploying and expanding our fixed and mobile networks mainly at the operating level on a country-by-country basis, utilizing credit facilities provided by banks and finance leases, obtaining financing from the debt capital markets, and seeking funding from export credit agencies and development financial institutions such as the InterAmerican Development Bank and the International Finance Corporation.

 

  64  

 

 

If we decide to acquire other businesses, we expect to fund these acquisitions from cash resources, borrowings under existing credit facilities and, if necessary, through new borrowings, including under new credit facilities or issuances of debt securities, though we may issue equity also to raise funds.

 

As of September 30, 2018, $366 million of the Millicom Group’s cash and cash equivalents balance was at the holdings level and a further $392 million was at the operating subsidiaries level. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, $141 million and $217 million of the Millicom Group’s cash and cash equivalents balance was at the holdings level and a further $479 million and $429 million was at the operating subsidiaries level.

 

If funds at the foreign operating subsidiary level are repatriated, taxes on each type of repatriation and each country would need to be accrued and paid, where applicable.

 

As of September 30, 2018, our total consolidated outstanding debt and other financing was $3,645 million. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, our total consolidated outstanding debt and other financing was $3,785 million and $3,901 million.

 

We believe that our available cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and funds from our operating subsidiaries will be sufficient to meet our projected operating and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months.

 

Cash upstreaming

 

Progressive improvement in operating and financial performance of our operations has enabled the upstreaming of excess cash to MIC S.A. This is accomplished through a combination of dividends, fees and shareholder loan repayments.

 

The following table sets forth cash upstreamed to MIC S.A. from our subsidiaries and joint ventures for the periods presented:

 

    Nine months
ended,
    Year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
    (U.S. dollars in millions)  
Subsidiaries     546       754       412       373  
Joint ventures     195       230       164       369  
Total     741       984       577       742  

 

In each case, the upstreamed cash was principally used to cover corporate center expenses, service corporate debt, pay corporate center taxes and pay the group dividend.

 

Some of our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures have covenants on debt outstanding that impose restrictions on their ability to upstream cash to MIC S.A. As a result of these restrictions, significant cash or cash equivalent balances may be held from time to time at our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures.

 

Cash flows

 

Set forth below is a comparative discussion of our cash flows, which includes cash flows from discontinued operations.

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, cash provided by operating activities was $561 million, compared to $558 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to a decrease in interest paid on lower levels of gross debt, partially offset by an increase in working capital caused mainly by the change in our revenue mix from prepaid mobile, which is declining, and toward subscription-based businesses, which are growing and are postpaid in nature.

 

  65  

 

 

Cash used in investing activities was $154 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018, compared to $334 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, Millicom used $444 million to purchase property, plant and equipment, $144 million to purchase intangible assets and licenses, and $63 million to settle a derivative financial instrument, and Millicom received $177 million from the disposal of the Senegal and Rwanda operations, $134 million from the sale of property, plant and equipment such as towers, and $181 million in dividends from joint ventures. Until its maturity and settlement during the first half of 2018, the derivative instrument had been used to hedge foreign exchange risk related to our SEK 2 billion senior unsecured floating rate notes. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, Millicom used $465 million to purchase property, plant and equipment and $109 million for intangible assets and licenses, and Millicom received $147 million in dividends from joint ventures and $87 million from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

 

Cash used in financing activities was $265 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018, compared to $30 million provided from financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. In the nine months ended September 30, 2018, we paid $133 million in dividends to shareholders (ordinary dividend of $1.32 per share) as we decided to pay the dividend in two installments (May and November of 2018), and we repaid debt of $536 million while raising funds of $405 million through new financing. In the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we paid $265 million in dividends (ordinary dividend of $2.64 per share) and repaid debt of $605 million while raising funds of $917 million through new financing.

 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, cash provided by operating activities was $820 million, compared to $878 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease is mainly due to a higher level of working capital requirements and higher interest payments including the refinancing costs.

 

Cash used in investing activities was $367 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $552 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. In the year ended December 31, 2017, Millicom used $650 million to purchase property, plant and equipment and $133 million to purchase intangible assets and licenses, and these items were partially offset by proceeds of $203 million in dividends from joint ventures and $179 million from the sale of property, plant and equipment such as towers. In the year ended December 31, 2016, Millicom used $719 million to purchase property, plant and equipment and $143 million for intangible assets and licenses. These items were partially offset by $143 million in proceeds from dividends from joint ventures, and $147 million from the disposal of subsidiaries and associates, with the latter mostly related to our operations in Ghana and to the reduction of our ownership stake from 20.4% to 12.0% in BIMA, a provider of micro-insurance in emerging markets.

 

Cash used in financing activities was $464 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $441 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. In the year ended December 31, 2017, we paid $265 million in dividends (ordinary dividend of $2.64 per share) and repaid debt of $1,195 million while raising funds of $996 million through new financing. In the year ended December 31, 2016, we paid $265 million to shareholders in dividends (ordinary dividend of $2.64 per share) and repaid debt of $821 million while raising funds of $713 million through new financing.

 

Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, cash provided by operating activities was $878 million, compared to $1,651 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease is mainly due to the deconsolidation of our Guatemala and Honduras operations. Apart from the deconsolidation, other principal factors affecting cash provided by operating activities in 2016 compared to 2015 were higher profit before taxes and lower loss on disposal and impairment of assets.

 

Cash used in investing activities was $552 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $1,411 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. In the year ended December 31, 2016, Millicom used $719 million to purchase property, plant and equipment and $143 million for intangible assets and licenses, compared to $1,019 million and $186 million, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease is mainly due to the deconsolidation of our Guatemala and Honduras operations which had an impact in investing activities of $168 million in 2015, as well as lower overall investment levels in both Africa and Latin America. In addition, in the year ended December 31, 2016, Millicom also received $147 million in proceeds from the sale of its operations in the DRC and $143 million in dividends from joint ventures. In 2015, Millicom used $54 million to increase its ownership stake in some associates as well as for small acquisitions. 

 

  66  

 

 

Cash used in financing activities was $441 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $84 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. In the year ended December 31, 2016, we paid $265 million in dividends to shareholders (ordinary dividend of $2.64 per share) and $68 million in advances for and dividends to non-controlling interests, and we repaid debt of $821 million, while raising funds of $713 million through new financing. In the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid $264 million in dividends to shareholders (ordinary dividend of $2.64 per share) and $269 million advances for and dividends to non-controlling interests, offset by $39 million in acquisitions of non-controlling interests, and we repaid debt of $1,392 million, while raising funds of $1,880 million through new financing.

 

Capital expenditures

 

Historical capital expenditures

 

Our capital expenditures of property, plant and equipment, licenses and other intangibles on a consolidated basis and by operating segment, including accruals for such additions at the end of the periods, for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 is set out in the table below. Our capital expenditure mainly relates to the growth of the 4G network, the rollout of the HFC network, connection of new homes and IT investments.

 

    Nine months ended September 30,     Years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (U.S. dollars in millions)  
Additions to property, plant and equipment     449       449       824       683       1,103  
Additions to licenses and other intangibles     116       78       130       192       194  
Consolidated total additions     545       527       954       875       1,297  
Latin America segment (including Guatemala and Honduras)     668       593       977       960       1,059  
Africa segment     23       78       185       108       238  

 

Capital expenditure commitments

 

As of September 30, 2018, we had commitments to purchase network equipment, land and buildings and other fixed assets with a value of $172 million from a number of suppliers, of which $157 million was within one year and $15 million more than one year. Out of these commitments, $44 million and $36 million, respectively, related to the Company’s share in joint ventures. We expect to meet these commitments from our current cash balance and from cash generated from our operations.

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had commitments to purchase network equipment, land and buildings and other fixed assets with a value of $194 million from a number of suppliers, of which $182 million was within one year and $12 million more than one year. Out of these commitments, $25 million and $23 million, respectively, related to the Company’s share in joint ventures. We expect to meet these commitments from our current cash balance and from cash generated from our operations.

 

Financing

 

We seek to finance our operations on a country-by-country basis when we determine it to be more cost and risk effective. As local financial markets become more developed, we have been able to finance increasingly at the level of our operations in local currency and on a non-recourse basis to MIC S.A. As of September 30, 2018, 72% of our consolidated debt of $2,615 million was at the operational level (excluding our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras) and non-recourse to MIC S.A., and 52% of this debt was denominated in local currency. In addition, at September 30, 2018 our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras had $1,389 of debt which was non-recourse to MIC S.A.

 

Consolidated indebtedness

 

Millicom’s total consolidated indebtedness as of September 30, 2018 was $3,645 million and our total consolidated net indebtedness (representing total consolidated indebtedness after deduction of cash, cash equivalents, and pledged deposits) was $2,727 million. Millicom’s total consolidated indebtedness as of December 31, 2017 was $3,785 million and our total consolidated net indebtedness was $3,019 million. See note C.5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement for a reconciliation of total consolidated indebtedness to total consolidated net indebtedness. Our consolidated interest and other financial expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 were $271 million and for years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $396 million, $372 million and $403 million, respectively.

 

  67  

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated debt and financing by entity or operational entity location for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine months
ended September 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
MIC S.A. (Luxembourg)     1,030       1,255       1,747  
Latin America:                        
Colombia     1,079       1,130       841  
Paraguay     507       488       408  
Bolivia     316       352       306  
El Salvador     298       147       89  
Costa Rica     148       76       92  
Africa:                        
Tanzania     205       217       192  
Chad     62       70       76  
Rwanda           50       80  
Ghana(1)                 54  
Senegal(1)                 14  
Total debt and financing     3,645       3,785       3,901  

 

 

(1) Classified as assets held for sale. See note E.3.2 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

For a more detailed description of our outstanding indebtedness, including our credit facilities and outstanding bond or note issuances, see note C.3 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Our financing facilities at the MIC S.A. level are subject to a number of financial covenants including net leverage and interest coverage requirements. In addition, certain financings at MIC S.A. level contain restrictions on sale of businesses or significant assets within the businesses.

 

Our financing facilities at the operational level are subject to a number of financial covenants including requirements with respect to net leverage, debt service coverage, debt to earnings and cash levels. In addition, certain financings at the operational level contain restrictions on sale of businesses or significant assets within the businesses.

 

Indebtedness of our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures

 

With respect to our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures, respectively, total indebtedness as of September 30, 2018 was $988 million and $401 million and our total net indebtedness (representing total indebtedness after deduction of cash, cash equivalents, and pledged deposits) was $698 million and $361 million. Annual interest expense for our Guatemala joint venture for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $73 million, $76 million and $66 million, respectively. Annual interest expense for our Honduras joint venture for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $27 million, $27 million and $22 million, respectively.

 

  68  

 

 

The following table sets forth the debt and financing of our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine months
ended September 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Guatemala     988       995       987  
Honduras     401       388       402  

 

The financing facilities of our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures are subject to a number of financial covenants such as net leverage requirements. In addition, certain of their financings contain restrictions on sale of businesses or significant assets within the businesses.

 

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

 

We do not engage in research and development activities, and we do not own any patents.

 

D. Trend Information

 

For a discussion of trend information, see “—A. Operating Results—Factors affecting our results of operations.”

 

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of September 30, 2018, the Millicom Group's share of total debt and financing secured by either pledged assets, pledged deposits issued to cover letters of credit, or guarantees issued was $714 million. Assets pledged by the Millicom Group for these debts and financings amounted to $1 million as of September 30, 2018. The table below details the maximum exposure under these guarantees and their remaining terms, as of September 30, 2018.

 

    Total     Less than 1 year     1–3 years     3–5 years     After 5 years  
    (US$ millions)  
Theoretical maximum exposure     714       176       312       225       1  

 

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

The Millicom Group has various contractual obligations to make future payments, including debt agreements and payables for license fees and lease obligations.

 

The following table summarizes our obligations under these contracts due by period as of December 31, 2017, which are materially consistent with our obligations as of September 30, 2018 but does not reflect certain recent developments. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Recent developments.”

 

    Total     Less than 1 year     1–5 years     After 5 years  
    (US$ millions)  
Debt (after unamortized financing fees)     3,785       185       1,862       1,738  
Future interest commitments(1)     1,108       255       785       68  
Finance leases     978       97       404       477  
Operating leases     759       130       372       257  
Capital expenditure     194       182       12        
Total     6,824       849       3,435       2,540  

 

 

(1) Future interest commitments on our floating rate debt are calculated using the rates in effect for the floating rate debt as of December 31, 2017.

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

 

Directors

 

The following table sets forth information of each member of the Company’s Board of Directors as of the date of this registration statement.

 

  69  

 

 

Name

 

Position

 

Year First
Elected

Mr. Tom Boardman(1)   Chairman   2016
Mr. Odilon Almeida   Member   2015
Ms. Janet Davidson   Member   2016
Mr. Tomas Eliasson   Member   2014
Mr. Anders Jensen   Member   2017
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling   Member   2018
Mr. José Antonio Ríos García   Member   2017
Mr. Roger Solé Rafols   Member   2017

 

 

(1) First appointed as Chairman in May 2016.

 

Biographical information of each member of the Company’s Board of Directors is set forth below.

 

Mr. Tom Boardman , Chairman, Non-executive Director, Member of the Compensation Committee, the Audit Committee and the Compliance and Business Conduct Committee . Mr. Tom Boardman, born in 1949, was re-elected as a Director and Chairman of the Board in May 2018. Until 2018, Mr. Boardman was Chairman of the Board of Kinnevik AB (“Kinnevik”), a leading Swedish entrepreneurial investment group with investments across mobile telecommunications, e-commerce, entertainment and financial services. Mr. Boardman is a Non-Executive Director of Woolworths Holdings and African Rainbow Minerals, and was a Non-Executive Director of Vodacom Group between 2009 and 2011. Mr. Boardman holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and CTA from the University of Witwatersrand in South Africa and is a chartered accountant.

 

Mr. Odilon Almeida , Non-executive Director, Chairman of the Compliance and Business Conduct Committee . Mr. Odilon Almeida was re-elected to the Board in May 2018. Mr. Almeida, born in 1961, is the President for Western Union Global Money Transfer. He leads Western Union’s global consumer omni-channel business across more than 200 countries and territories, bridging all continents. His board experience, along with business leadership at Western Union, includes BankBoston (now Bank of America), The Coca-Cola Company and Colgate-Palmolive. Mr. Almeida holds a Bachelor of Civil Engineering degree from the Maua Engineering School in São Paulo, Brazil, a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of São Paulo and an MBA with specialization in Marketing from the Getulio Vargas Foundation, São Paulo. He advanced his education with executive studies at IMD Lausanne, The Wharton School, and Harvard Business School.

 

Ms. Janet Davidson , Non-executive Director, Member of the Audit Committee and the Compliance and Business Conduct Committee . Ms. Janet Davidson was re-elected to the Board in May 2018. Ms. Davidson, born in 1956, has been a Supervisory Board member of STMicroelectronics since 2013. Prior to that, Ms. Davidson held various managerial positions in Alcatel Lucent from 1979 to 2011 including the role as Chief Strategy Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Executive Vice President, Quality & Customer Care. She has also been recognized by Working Woman Foundation and in 1999, she was inducted into the Academy of Women Achievers of the YWCA of the City of New York, which honors women of high achievement. Ms. Davidson has a Bachelor of Arts degree in physics from Lehigh University, a Master’s degree in Electrical Engineering from Georgia Tech, and a Master of Science in Computer Science through Bell Laboratories.

 

Mr. Tomas Eliasson , Non-executive Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee . Mr. Tomas Eliasson was re-elected to the Board in May 2018. Mr. Eliasson, born in 1962, is Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Sandvik. Previously Mr. Eliasson was the Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice-President of Electrolux, the Swedish appliances manufacturer. Mr. Eliasson has also held various management positions in Sweden and abroad, including ABB Group, Seco Tools AB and Assa Abloy AB. Mr. Eliasson holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Business Administration and Economics from the University of Uppsala.

 

Mr. Anders Jensen , Non-executive Director, Member of the Compensation Committee . Mr. Anders Jensen was re-elected to the Board of Millicom in May 2018. Mr. Jensen, born in 1969, is President and CEO at Nordic Entertainment Group. He was previously Executive Vice President, CEO Sweden and Chairman of Nordic Entertainment at Modern Times Group (MTG). Between 2011 and 2014, Mr. Jensen was Head of Consumer and Group Chief Marketing Officer at Danish telecommunications company TDC Group. Between 2005 and 2011, Mr. Jensen held various leadership positions at Norwegian telecommunications company Telenor Group, including CEO of Telenor Hungary, CEO of Grameenphone in Bangladesh, and Chief Marketing Officer and Head of Consumer at Telenor Sweden.

 

  70  

 

 

Mr. Lars-Åke Norling , Non-executive Director and member of the Audit Committee and Compliance and Business Conduct Committee. Mr. Norling was elected to the Board in May 2018 and joined the Board in September 2018. Mr. Norling, born in 1968, is joining Kinnevik as an Investment Director and Sector Head of TMT in September 2018. Most recently he was the Chief Executive Officer of Total Access Communications (dtac) in Thailand where he executed a digital transformation and led a turnaround of the company’s financial performance. He has also been EVP of Developed Asia for Telenor as well as Chief Executive Officer of Digi Telecommunications Malaysia and of Telenor Sweden. Lars-Åke holds an MBA from Gothenburg School of Economics, an MSc in Engineering Physics from Uppsala University and an MSc in Systems Engineering from Case Western Reserve University, USA.

 

Mr. José Antonio Ríos García , Non-executive Director, Chairman of the Compensation Committee. Mr. José Antonio Ríos García was re-elected to the Board in May 2018. Mr. Ríos, born in 1945, is currently the Chairman and CEO of Celistics Holdings, a leading provider of distribution and intelligent logistics solutions for the consumer technology industry in Latin America. Prior to joining Celistics in 2012, Mr. Ríos was the founding President and CEO of DIRECTV Latin America (GLA), and the International President of Global Crossing, the telecommunications company later acquired by Level 3 Communications. Mr. Ríos holds an Industrial Engineering degree from the Universidad Católica Andrés Bello, Caracas, Venezuela.

 

Mr. Roger Solé Rafols, Non-executive Director. Mr. Roger Solé Rafols was re-elected to the Board in May 2018. Mr. Solé, born in 1974, is the Chief Marketing Officer of Sprint Corporation, the leading American telecommunications company. Prior to joining Sprint in 2015, he spent seven years at TIM Brasil (owned by Telecom Italia) as Chief Marketing Officer and previously as Marketing Director. Before TIM Brasil, he was the Marketing Director for Vivo in Brazil (owned by Telefonica and PT) and previously the Head of Innovation and VAS. Mr. Solé holds a BA and MBA in Business Administration from ESADE Business & Law School in Barcelona.

 

Proposed Changes to Board of Director Composition

 

On November 22, 2018, MIC S.A. announced that its Nomination Committee had proposed the election of Pernille Erenbjerg and James Thompson as new Directors on the Board of Directors of MIC S.A. in replacement of Tom Boardman and Anders Jensen, and had proposed the election of José Antonio Rios García as the new Chairman of the Board. The Nomination Committee is currently comprised of members designated by Kinnevik, Nordea Funds and Southeastern Asset Management. Following this announcement, Kinnevik requested the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of MIC S.A.’s shareholders (an “EGM”) to resolve on the aforementioned proposals. The EGM will take place on January 7, 2019. If the Nomination Committee’s proposed changes are approved at the EGM, MIC S.A.’s Board of Directors would consist of José Antonio Rios García as Chairman, Odilon Almeida, Janet Davidson, Tomas Eliasson, Lars-Åke Norling, Roger Solé Rafols, Pernille Erenbjerg and James Thompson.

 

Pernille Erenbjerg is the outgoing President and Group Chief Executive Officer of TDC, the leading provider of integrated communications and entertainment solutions in Denmark and Norway, a position from which she will resign during December 2018. Before being appointed President and Group Chief Executive Officer, Pernille served as TDC’s Chief Financial Officer and as Executive Vice President of Corporate Finance. Pernille currently serves on the Boards of Nordea, the largest financial services group in the Nordic region, and Genmab, the Danish international biotechnology company. Prior to joining TDC in 2003, Ms. Erenbjerg worked for 16 years in the auditing industry, finishing in 2003 as equity partner in Deloitte. Pernille holds a MSc in Business Economics and Auditing from Copenhagen Business School.

 

James Thompson, CFA, is a Managing Principal at Kingfisher Family Office, where he manages a portfolio focused on value-oriented investment strategies. Previously, James was a Managing Principal at Southeastern Asset Management, where he was responsible for the operations of the firm and was a senior member of the investment team that was responsible for firm-wide investment decisions. Between 2001 and 2006, James opened and managed Southeastern Asset Management’s London research office. James holds an MBA from Darden School at the University of Virginia, and a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from the University of North Carolina.

 

Members of the Executive Committee

 

The following table lists the names and positions of the members of our Executive Committee.

 

Name

 

Position

Mr. Mauricio Ramos   President and Chief Executive Officer
Mr. Tim Pennington   Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Esteban Iriarte   Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Latin America
Mr. Mohamed Dabbour   Executive Vice President, Head of Africa Division
Mr. Xavier Rocoplan   Executive Vice President, Chief Technology and Information Officer
Ms. Rachel Samrén   Executive Vice President, Chief External Affairs Officer
Mr. Salvador Escalon   Executive Vice President, General Counsel
Ms. Susy Bobenrieth   Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
Mr. HL Rogers   Executive Vice President, Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer
Mr. Rodrigo Diehl   Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer

 

Biographical information of the members of our Executive Committee is set forth below.

 

Mr. Mauricio Ramos , President and Chief Executive Officer . Mr. Mauricio Ramos, born in 1968, joined Millicom in April 2015 as CEO. Before joining Millicom, he was President of Liberty Global’s Latin American division, a position he held from 2006 until February 2015. During his career at Liberty Global, Mr. Ramos held several leadership roles, including positions as Chairman and CEO of VTR in Chile and President of Liberty Puerto Rico. Mr. Ramos is also Chairman of TEPAL, the Latin American Association of Cable Broadband Operators, Member of the Board of Directors of Charter Communications (US), and a Member of the Board of Directors of the GSMA. He received a degree in Economics, a degree in Law, and a postgraduate degree in Financial Law from Universidad de los Andes in Bogota.

 

  71  

 

 

Mr. Tim Pennington , Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer . Mr. Tim Pennington, born in 1960, joined Millicom in June 2014 as Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. Previously, he was the Chief Financial Officer at Cable and Wireless Communications plc, Group Finance Director for Cable and Wireless plc and, prior to that, CFO of Hutchison Telecommunications International Ltd, based in Hong Kong. Mr. Pennington was also Finance Director of Hutchison 3G (UK), Hutchison Whampoa’s British mobile business. He also has corporate finance experience, firstly as a Director at Samuel Montagu & Co. Limited, and then as Managing Director of HSBC Investment Bank within its Corporate Finance and Advisory Department. He has a BA (Honours) degree in Economics and Social Studies from the University of Manchester.

 

Mr. Esteban Iriarte , Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Latin America . Mr. Esteban Iriarte, born in 1972, was appointed as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer (COO), Latin America in August 2016. Previously, Mr. Iriarte was General Manager of Millicom’s Colombian businesses where, in 2014, he led the merger and integration of Tigo and the fixed-line company UNE. Prior to leading Tigo Colombia, Mr. Iriarte was head of Millicom’s regional Home and B2B divisions. From 2009 to 2011, he was CEO of Amnet, a leading service provider in Central America for broadband, cable TV, fixed line and data services that was bought by Millicom in 2008. In 2016 Mr. Iriarte joined Sura Asset Management board. Sura is one of Latin America’s biggest financial groups. Mr. Iriarte received a degree in Business Administration from the Pontificia Universidad Catolica Argentina “Santa Maria de los Buenos Aires”, and an MBA from the Universidad Austral in Buenos Aires.

 

Mr. Mohamed Dabbour , Executive Vice President, Head of Africa Division . Mr. Mohamed Dabbour, born in 1977, joined Millicom in 2008 and has held a broad variety of roles in the Africa region including Chief Financial Officer in Chad in 2009 and Chief Financial Officer in Ghana in 2011. Prior to being appointed as Head of the Africa division he held the position of Chief Financial Officer, Africa since August 2015. Prior to joining Millicom, Mr. Dabbour worked for BESIX, the largest Belgian construction company. He started his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers in Brussels as a Senior Accountant. Mohamed holds an Executive BA degree from London Business School.

 

Mr. Xavier Rocoplan , Executive Vice President, Chief Technology and Information Officer . Mr. Xavier Rocoplan, born in 1974, started working with Millicom in 2000 and joined the Executive Committee as Chief Technology and IT Officer in December 2012. Mr. Xavier is currently heading all mobile and fixed network and IT activities across the Group as well as all Procurement & Supply Chain. Mr. Xavier first joined Millicom in 2000 as CTO in Vietnam and subsequently for South East Asia. In 2004, he was appointed CEO of Millicom’s subsidiary in Pakistan (Paktel), a role he held until mid-2007. During this time, he launched Paktel’s GSM operation and led the process that was concluded with the disposal of the business in 2007. Mr. Xavier was then appointed as head of Corporate Business Development, where he managed the disposal of various Millicom operations (e.g. Asia), the monetization of Millicom infrastructure assets (towers) as well as numerous spectrum acquisitions and license renewal processes in Africa and in Latin America. Mr. Xavier holds Masters degrees in engineering from Ecole Nationale Supérieure des Télécommunications de Paris and in economics from Université Paris IX Dauphine.

 

Ms. Rachel Samrén , Executive Vice President, Chief External Affairs Officer . Ms. Rachel Samrén, born in 1974, joined Millicom in July 2014 and manages the Group’s External Affairs function which encompasses government relations, regulatory affairs, corporate communications and corporate responsibility functions. Her focus is on driving Millicom’s global engagement with particular responsibility for special situation strategies. Ms. Samrén’s background is in the risk management consulting sector, most recently as Head of Business Intelligence at The Risk Advisory Group plc. Previously, she worked for Citigroup as well as non-governmental and governmental organizations. Ms. Samrén currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Reach for Change and Zantel. She holds a BSc in International Relations from the London School of Economics and a MLitt in International Security Studies from the University of St Andrews.

 

Mr. Salvador Escalón , Executive Vice President, General Counsel . Mr. Salvador Escalón, born in 1975, was appointed as Millicom’s General Counsel in March 2013 and became Executive Vice President in July 2015. Mr. Escalón leads Millicom’s legal team and advises the Board of Directors and senior management on legal and governance matters. He joined Millicom as Associate General Counsel Latin America in April 2010. In this role, he successfully led legal negotiations for the merger of Millicom’s Colombian operations with UNE-EPM Telecomunicaciones S.A., as well as the acquisition of Cablevision Paraguay. From January 2006 to March 2010, Mr. Escalón was Senior Counsel at Chevron Corporation, with responsibility for legal matters relating to Chevron’s downstream operations in Latin America. Previously, he was in private practice at the law firms Skadden, Morgan Lewis and Akerman Senterfitt. Mr. Escalón has a J.D. from Columbia Law School and a B.B.A. in Finance and International Business from Florida International University.

 

  72  

 

 

Ms. Susy Bobenrieth , Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer . Ms. Susy Bobenrieth, a global Human Resource professional, born in 1965, joined Millicom in October 2017 with over 25 years of experience in major multi-national companies that include Nike Inc., American President Lines and IBM. As an ex-Nike Executive, she has extensive international knowledge and proven results in leading large scale organizational transformations, driving talent management agenda and leading teams. She is passionate about building great businesses and winning with high performing teams. Ms. Bobenrieth has deep international experience having lived and worked in Mexico, USA, Brazil, Netherlands, and Spain. She received a degree from the University of Maryland, University College in 1989.

 

Mr. HL Rogers , Executive Vice President, Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer . Mr. HL Rogers, born in 1977, joined Millicom in August 2016 as Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer. As the leader of Millicom’s Compliance function he is committed to maintaining a world-class compliance program. Previously, he was partner in the Washington DC office of international law firm Sidney Austin LLP where he represented individual, corporate and government clients in compliance issues and complex litigation. Throughout this period, Mr. Rogers developed a wealth of experience in setting up and managing compliance programs, strengthening compliance policies and procedures, as well as conducting training and development. He has also assisted many large corporations in negotiations with authorities in multiple jurisdictions. Mr. Rogers clerked for Judge Thomas Griffith of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in 2005. He received his Juris Doctorate from Harvard Law School in 2004 and has published several articles on compliance and ethics matters within the corporate setting. In 2001, HL received his BA degree in English from Brigham Young University.

 

Mr. Rodrigo Diehl , Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer . Mr. Rodrigo Diehl, born in 1975, was appointed as Millicom’s Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer in September 2016. Previously, Mr. Diehl was a partner at McKinsey & Co. both in Germany and in Brazil where, from 2003, he advised telecommunications, technology and media leaders throughout Europe, the USA, Middle East and Latin America. He also previously worked as a Senior Analyst and Planning Manager at Techint Group. At Millicom, Mr. Diehl is supporting the company’s drive to constantly improve its strategic rigor and maintain its competitive advantage in a rapidly transforming industry. He graduated with honors from the University of Buenos Aires and holds an MBA from Harvard Business School.

 

B. Compensation

 

For the financial year ended December 31, 2017, the total compensation paid to MIC S.A.’s directors and executive management as a group was $21.0 million. The total amounts set aside or accrued by Millicom to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for this group was $0.9 million.

 

The Company provides information on the individual compensation of its directors and certain members of its executive management in its annual report filed with the Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés (Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register), the Société de la Bourse de Luxembourg S.A. (Luxembourg Stock Exchange) and the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF). As that annual report is made publicly available, the relevant individual compensation information it contains for directors and executive management is included below.

 

Remuneration of Directors

 

The remuneration of the members of the Board of Directors comprises an annual fee and shares of MIC S.A. common stock. Director remuneration is proposed by the Nomination Committee and approved by the shareholders at their annual general meeting (the “Annual General Meeting”). Director remuneration for the year ended December 31, 2017 is set forth in the following table.

 

Board and committees   Remuneration
2017
 
      (SEK ’000)  
Directors        
Mr. Tom Boardman (Chairman)     2,150  
Mr. José Antonio Ríos García     1,075  
Mr. Odilon Almeida     1,050  
Ms. Janet Davidson     950  
Mr. Simon Duffy     1,050  

 

  73  

 

 

Board and committees   Remuneration
2017
 
    (SEK ’000)  
Mr. Tomas Eliasson     1,250  
Mr. Anders Jensen     950  
Mr. Alejandro Santo Domingo     950  
Mr. Roger Solé Rafols     850  
Former Directors (until May 2017):        
Ms. José Miguel García Fernández (former Deputy Chairman)      
Mr. Lorenzo Grabau      
Total     SEK 10,275  
Total (US$ ’000)(1)   $ 1,122  

 

 

(1) Cash compensation converted from SEK to U.S. dollars at exchange rates on payment dates each year. Share based compensation based on the market value of MIC S.A. shares on the 2017 Annual General Meeting date (in total 8,731 shares). Net remuneration comprised 52% in shares and 48% in cash (SEK) (2016: 50% in shares and 50% in cash).

 

At the annual general meeting of shareholders (the “AGM”) held May 4, 2018, MIC S.A.’s shareholders approved the compensation for the eight directors expected to serve until the 2019 AGM consisting of two components: (i) cash-based compensation and (ii) share-based compensation. The share-based compensation is in the form of fully paid-up shares of MIC S.A. common stock. Such shares are provided from the Company’s treasury shares or alternatively issued within MIC S.A.’s authorized share capital exclusively in exchange for the allocation from the premium reserve (i.e., for nil consideration from the relevant directors), in each case divided by the MIC S.A. share closing price on Nasdaq Stockholm on May 9, 2018, or SEK 563 per share, provided that shares shall not be issued below the par value.

 

The directors appointed to Board committees receive additional cash-based compensation for each assignment.

 

The shareholders approved the compensation for the period from the date of the 2018 AGM to the date of the 2019 AGM, as follows:

 

    Cash
2018/2019
(SEK)
    Shares
2018/2019
(SEK)
 
Chairman of the Board (1)     875,000       875,000  
Board Members (7)     425,000       425,000  
Audit Committee Chairman (1)     400,000        
Audit Committee Members (3)     200,000        
Compensation Committee Chairman (1)     225,000        
Compensation Committee Members (2)     100,000        
Compliance and Business Conduct Committee Chairman (1)     200,000        
Compliance and Business Conduct Committee Members (3)     100,000        
Total:     5,775,000       3,850,000  

 

In respect of directors who do not serve an entire term from the 2018 AGM until the 2019 AGM, the fee-based and the share-based compensation is pro-rated pro rata temporis .

 

Remuneration of Executive Management

 

The remuneration of executive management of MIC S.A. comprises an annual base salary, an annual bonus, share based compensation, social security contributions, pension contributions and other benefits. Bonus and share based compensation plans are based on actual and future performance. See “—Share Incentive Plans.” Share based compensation is granted once a year by the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

If the employment of MIC S.A.’s senior executives is terminated, severance of up to 12 months’ salary is potentially payable, with the amount of severance calculated based on whichever is the greater of the seniority severance calculation for the terminated executive or the notice period provided in the terminated executive’s employment contract, if applicable.

 

  74  

 

 

The annual base salary and other benefits of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Executive Vice Presidents (“EVPs”) (collectively, the “Executive Team”) are proposed by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board.

 

The remuneration charge for the Executive Team and the shares and unvested share awards beneficially granted to the Executive Team for the year ended December 31, 2017 are respectively set forth in the following tables.

 

Remuneration charge for the Executive Team for 2017   CEO     CFO     Executive
Team(3)
 
    (US$ ’000)  
Base salary     1,000       648       3,822  
Bonus     707       455       1,590  
Pension     150       97       629  
Other benefits     64       15       1,193  
Total before share based compensation     1,921       1,215       7,233  
Share based compensation in respect of 2017 SIPs(1)(2)     2,783       1,492       5,202  
Total     4,704       2,707       12,435  

 

 

(1) See “—Share Incentive Plans.”

 

(2) Share awards of 61,724 and 167,371 were granted in 2017 under the 2017 SIPs (as defined below) to the CEO, and Executive Team (2016: 49,171 and 104,573, respectively).

 

(3) Including 8 EVPs and the former CHRO, and excluding the CEO and CFO.

 

Shares and unvested share awards beneficially granted to the Executive team in 2017   CEO     Executive
Team(1)
    Total  
    (number of shares)  
Shares     53,920       58,129       112,049  
Share awards not vested     148,324       299,067       447,391  

 

 

(1) Including the CFO, 8 EVPs and the former CHRO, and excluding the CEO.

 

Compensation Guidelines

 

At the AGM held May 4, 2018, MIC S.A.'s shareholders approved the following guidelines for remuneration and other employment terms for the senior management for the period up to the 2019 AGM.

 

The objectives of the guidelines are:

 

· to ensure that MIC S.A. can attract, motivate and retain senior management, within the context of MIC S.A.’s international talent pool, which consists of telecommunications, media & FMCG companies;

 

· to create incentives for senior management to execute strategic plans and deliver excellent operating results, with an emphasis on rewarding growth; and

 

· to align the incentives of senior management with the interests of shareholders, including requiring substantial share ownership by all senior management.

 

Compensation shall be based on conditions that are market competitive in the United States and Europe and shall consist of a fixed salary and variable compensation, including the possibility of participation in the equity-based long-term incentive programs and pension schemes. These components shall create a well-balanced compensation reflecting individual performance and responsibility, both short-term and long-term, as well as MIC S.A.’s overall performance.

 

  75  

 

 

Base Salary

 

Senior management base salary shall be competitive and based on individual responsibilities and performance.

 

Variable Remuneration

 

The senior management may receive variable remuneration in addition to base salary. The variable remuneration consists of (a) a Short-term Incentive Plan (“STI”) and (b) a Long-term Incentive Plan (“LTI”).

 

The amounts and percentages for variable remuneration are based on pre-established goals and targets relating to the performance of both MIC S.A. and individual employees and are intended to be competitive as part of a total compensation package.

 

Short-Term Incentive Plan

 

The STI consists of two components: a cash bonus and a restricted share component (the Deferred Share Plan, or “DSP”).

 

Eligibility for participation in the DSP is limited to members of MIC S.A.’s Global Senior Management, which comprises the CEO, the EVPs, Corporate Vice Presidents (“VPs”), Corporate Directors, Country General Managers (“GM”), and Country-based Directors reporting directly to Country General Managers. Additionally, employees designated as being “key talents” or having “critical skills” may be nominated to participate in the DSP. Currently, 339 individuals are included in this group, including certain employees of our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures. Other employees participate in the STI and receive a cash bonus, but do not participate in the DSP.

 

The DSP is presented for approval each year at MIC S.A.’s AGM. To the extent that the AGM approves the DSP and thereby the granting of share awards under it to those participating in the DSP, the STI payout is delivered 50% through the cash bonus and 50% through the DSP. For those employees not participating in the DSP, or to the extent that the DSP is not approved by the AGM, the STI (including the portion that would have been provided as shares under the DSP) will be implemented as a cash-only bonus program.

 

Calculation Formula

 

The actual amount of compensation under the STI is based on the following formula:

 

Pre-determined % of base salary x % achievement of pre-determined current year financial and non-financial performance measures and personal performance measure (with a performance level minimum) applied to a payout scale.

 

For the 2018 DSP, MIC S.A. has redesigned the performance measures of the DSP, with the addition of net promoter score to the existing measures of service revenue, earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and operating free cash flow achievement, in light of the importance of this variable to MIC S.A.’s emphasis on customer centricity. Additionally, the payout scale will be revised, with a zero payout for achievement less than 95%, a 100% payout for 100% achievement and a 200% payout for 110% or more achievement. This plan will reduce downside protection for employees to the extent targets are not fully achieved but increase upside opportunities to the extent targets are exceeded. These changes have been made to further align MIC S.A.’s Global Senior Management Group with shareholders and to align compensation with peer companies in MIC S.A.’s international talent pool. Finally, the 2018 DSP share awards will vest (generally subject to the participant still being employed by MIC S.A.) 30% in Q1 2020, 30% in Q1 2021 and 40% in Q1 2022. The 2018 DSP will be presented for approval at the 2019 AGM, once all final details, including maximum number of share awards to be issued, are known.

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

Eligibility for participation in the LTI is limited to members of MIC S.A.’s Global Executive Management, which is defined by MIC S.A.’s internal role grading structure and consists of the CEO, EVPs, VPs and GMs. Currently, 49 individuals are included in this group, including certain employees of our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures.

 

  76  

 

 

The 2018 LTI is a Performance Share Plan (“PSP”). Share awards granted will vest 100% at the end of a three-year period, subject to performance conditions (as further described in “—Share Incentive Plans”).

 

Other Benefits

 

Other benefits can include, for example, a car allowance, medical coverage and, in limited cases, while on an expat assignment, housing allowance, school fees, home leave and other travel expenses.

 

Pension

 

The Global Senior Management are eligible to participate in a global pension plan, covering also death and disability insurance. The global pension plan is secured through premiums paid to insurance companies.

 

Notice of Termination and Severance Pay

 

If the employment of MIC S.A.’s most senior management is terminated, a notice period of up to 12 months potentially applies.

 

Deviations from the Guidelines

 

In special circumstances, the Board of Directors may deviate from the above guidelines, for example additional variable remuneration in the case of exceptional performance.

 

Share Incentive Plans

 

MIC S.A. shares granted to management and key employee compensation includes share based compensation in the form of share incentive plans (“SIPs”). In 2015, MIC S.A. issued four types of plans, a DSP, a PSP, an executive share plan and the sign-on CEO share plan (which was a one-off plan). Since 2016, MIC S.A. has two types of plans, a PSP and a DSP. The PSP and DSP under which share awards were granted in 2017 are referred to as the “2017 SIPs.” The different plans are further detailed below.

 

Deferred share plan (issued in 2015 - 2018)

 

For the deferred awards plan, participants are granted shares based on past performance, with 16.5% of the shares vesting on January 1 of each of year one and two, and the remaining 67% on January 1 of year three. Vesting is conditional upon the participant remaining employed with MIC S.A. at each vesting date. Grants were made under the deferred awards plans in 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018 based, respectively, on financial results for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017.

 

Deferred share plan (expected to be issued in 2019)

 

At the 2018 AGM, guidelines concerning a new DSP for 2018 were approved, though the DSP itself will not be presented for approval until the 2019 AGM, once all final details, including maximum number of share awards to be issued, are known. See “Compensation Guidelines—Variable Remuneration.” We expect that grants will be made under the new DSP in 2019 based on financial results for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Performance share plan (issued in 2015)

 

Under this plan, shares granted will vest at the end of the three-year period, subject to performance conditions, 62.5% based on positive absolute total shareholder return (“TSR”) and 37.5% based on actual compared to budgeted EBITDA minus capital expenditure minus the change in working capital (“Free Cash Flow” or “FCF”). As at December 31, 2017, this plan is vested.

 

Performance share plan (issued 2016–2017)

 

Shares granted under this PSP vest at the end of the three-year period, subject to performance conditions, 25% based on positive absolute TSR, 25% based on relative TSR and 50% based on actual compared to budgeted Free Cash Flow.

 

  77  

 

 

Performance share plan (issued in 2018)

 

At the 2018 AGM, a new PSP for 2018 was approved. Shares granted under this PSP vest at the end of the three-year period, subject to performance conditions, 50% based on operating free cash flow with a specific three-year CAGR target, 25% based on service revenue with a specific three-year CAGR target, and 25% based on relative TSR.

 

Sign-on CEO share plan (issued in 2015 – one off)

 

As part of his employment contract, MIC S.A.’s CEO (from April 1, 2015) received a sign-on grant of 77,344 shares, which fully vested in March 2018.

 

Executive share plan (issued in 2015 – one off)

 

Under this plan, shares were granted to the CEO and CFO based on an allocated holding of 3,333 (CEO) and 2,000 (CFO) shares for which vesting occurs based on three components, at multipliers based on market conditions for two of the components (TSR) and performance conditions for the third component (actual compared to budgeted FCF). The maximum number of shares that might vest under the plan is 26,664 (CEO) and 14,000 (CFO). As of December 31, 2017, the shares granted under this plan were fully vested.

 

The plan awards and shares expected to vest under the SIPs that have been approved are as follows:

 

    2018 plans(2)     2017 plans     2016 plans     2015 plans  
Plan awards and shares
expected to vest
  PSP     DSP     PSP     DSP     PSP     DSP     PSP     Executive
plan
    CEO plan     DSP  
          (number of shares)  
Initial shares granted     237,196       262,380       279,807       438,505       200,617       287,316       98,137       40,664       77,344       237,620  
Additional shares granted(1)                 2,868       29,406                               3,537        
Revision for forfeitures                 (6,590 )     (32,884 )     (30,649 )     (53,653 )     (37,452 )                 (67,528 )
Total before issuances     237,196       262,380       276,085       435,027       169,968       233,663       60,685       40,664       80,881       170,092  
Shares issued in 2015                                                            
Shares issued in 2016                             (1,214 )     (1,733 )     (771 )           (25,781 )     (38,745 )
Shares issued in 2017                       (2,686 )     (752 )     (43,579 )     (357 )           (28,139 )     (30,124 )
Performance conditions                                                            
Shares still expected to vest as of December 31, 2017                 276,085       432,341       168,002       188,351       59,557       40,664       26,961       101,223  
Estimated cost over the vesting period (US$ millions)                 10       21       5       6       4       2       6       12  

 

 

(1) Additional shares granted represent grants made for new joiners and/or as per CEO contractual arrangements.

 

(2) The initial shares granted under the 2018 plans were granted in the first quarter of 2018. The shares granted under the 2018 DSP were based on financial results for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

C. Board Practices

 

MIC S.A.’s Articles of Association provide that the Board of Directors must comprise at least six members. The members of the Board of Directors are elected at the AGM which, as required by MIC S.A.’s Articles of Association and the Luxembourg law of August 10, 1915 on Commercial Companies (as amended), must be held within six months of the end of the fiscal year. At the AGM held May 4, 2018, the number of MIC S.A.’s directors was set at eight and the current directors and the Chairman were elected until the time of the next AGM.

 

MIC S.A.’s Board of Directors has developed, and continuously evaluates, work procedures in line with the corporate governance rules of the Swedish Code of Corporate Governance (the “Swedish Code”) applicable to listed companies. MIC S.A. is subject to the Swedish Code as a company with its shares listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm, where they trade in the form of Swedish Depository Receipts (“SDRs”).

 

MIC S.A.’s Board of Directors is responsible for deciding Millicom’s strategy, financial objectives and operating plans and for oversight of governance. The Board of Directors also plans for management succession of the CEO and reviews plans for other senior management positions.

 

  78  

 

 

The Board of Directors selects the CEO, who is charged with the daily management of the Company and its business. The CEO is responsible for recruiting, and the Chairman of the Board is responsible for approving, the senior management of the Company. The Board reviews and approves plans for key senior management positions, and the Board supervises, supports and empowers the Executive Committee and monitors its performance. In addition to corporate law rules applicable in Luxembourg, the Swedish Code sets out that the division of work between the Board and the CEO is primarily set out in “The Rules of Procedure and Instruction to the CEO”.

 

The Board conducts an annual performance review process, wherein each Board member’s personal performance is also reviewed. The review process involves an assessment of the Board’s and its committees’ actions and activities during the year against the Board’s mandate as determined in the Board Charter (and those of its various committees). MIC S.A.’s Board of Directors also evaluates the performance of the CEO annually.

 

The work conducted by MIC S.A.’s Board of Directors is supported by the following committees:

 

· the Audit Committee;

 

· the Compensation Committee;

 

· the Compliance and Business Conduct Committee; and

 

· the Nomination Committee.

 

The Board and each of its Committees have written approved charters which set out the objectives, limits of authority, organization and roles and responsibilities of the Board and its Committees.

 

Audit Committee . MIC S.A.’s Board of Directors has delegated to the Audit Committee, as reflected in its charter, the responsibilities for oversight of the robustness, integrity and effectiveness of financial reporting, risk management, internal controls, internal audit, the external audit process, as well as compliance with related laws and regulations. The Audit Committee focuses particularly on compliance with financial requirements, accounting standards and judgments, appointment and independence of the external auditors, transactions with related parties (including major shareholders), the effectiveness of the internal audit function, the Millicom Group’s approach to risk management and ensuring that an efficient and effective system of internal controls is in place. Ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving MIC S.A.’s Annual Report and Accounts remains with the Board. The members of the Audit Committee are Mr. Eliasson (Chairman and financial expert), Mr. Boardman, Ms. Davidson and Mr. Norling.

 

Compensation Committee . Pursuant to its charter, the Compensation Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the compensation of the CEO and the other senior managers as well as management succession planning. The evaluation of the CEO is conducted by the Compensation Committee. The evaluation criteria and the results of the evaluation are then discussed by the Compensation Committee Chairman with the entire Board. The members of the Compensation Committee are Mr. Ríos García (Chairman), Mr. Boardman and Mr. Jensen.

 

The Board, based on guidelines by the Compensation Committee, proposes the remuneration of senior management. Remuneration of the CEO requires Board approval. The guidelines for remuneration of senior management, including short-term incentive plans (“STI”) and long-term incentive plans (“LTI”), and the share-based incentive plans for Millicom’s employees are approved by the shareholders at the AGM.

 

Compliance and Business Conduct Committee . MIC S.A.’s Compliance and Business Conduct Committee oversees and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the Millicom Group’s compliance programs and standards of business conduct. More specifically, the Compliance and Business Conduct Committee:

 

· monitors the Millicom Group’s compliance program, including the activities performed by the compliance team and its interaction with the rest of the organization;

 

· monitors the results of investigations resulting from cases brought through the Millicom Group’s ethics line or otherwise;

 

  79  

 

 

· oversees allocation of resources and personnel to the compliance area;

 

· assesses the Millicom Group’s performance in the compliance area; and

 

· ensures that the Millicom Group maintains proper standards of business conduct.

 

The members of the Compliance and Business Conduct Committee are Mr. Almeida (Chairman), Ms. Davidson, Mr. Boardman and Mr. Norling.

 

Nomination Committee . The Nomination Committee is appointed by the major shareholders of MIC S.A. It is not a committee of the MIC S.A. Board. The Nomination Committee’s role is to propose decisions to the shareholders’ meeting in a manner which promotes the common interests of all shareholders. The Nomination Committee has a term of office commencing at the time of its formation each year and ending when a new Nomination Committee is formed. Nomination Committee proposals to the AGM include:

 

· The number of members of the Board of Directors, the candidates to be elected or re-elected as Directors of the Board and Chairman of the Board and their remuneration;

 

· Appointment and remuneration of the external auditor;

 

· Proposal of the Chairman of the AGM; and

 

· The procedure for the appointment of the Nomination Committee

 

Under the terms of the Procedure on Appointment of the Nomination Committee and Determination of the Committee, the Nomination Committee consists of at least three members, appointed by the largest shareholders of Millicom who wish to assert the right to appoint a member. The current Nomination Committee was formed on July 31, 2018. In accordance with the resolution of the 2018 AGM, Cristina Stenbeck, representing Kinnevik, convened a Nomination Committee consisting of members appointed by Millicom’s larger shareholders. The members of the Nomination Committee are Cristina Stenbeck, appointed by Kinnevik; Scott Cobb, appointed by Southeastern Asset Management; and John Hernander, appointed by Nordea Funds. The members of the Nomination Committee will appoint a Committee Chairman at their first meeting.

 

Code of Conduct . The Millicom Group’s Code of Conduct is adopted and approved by the Board of Directors. All directors, officers and employees must sign a statement acknowledging that they have read, understood and will comply with the Code of Conduct. Furthermore, all of our directors, officers and employees must complete an annual training on the Code of Conduct.

 

Directors’ Service Agreements . None of MIC S.A.’s current directors have entered into service agreements with the Millicom Group or any of its subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of their respective directorships.

 

NASDAQ corporate governance exemptions

 

As a foreign private issuer incorporated in Luxembourg with its principal listing on the Nasdaq Stockholm, Millicom follows the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, its “home country” corporate governance practices, in lieu of the provisions of the Nasdaq Stock Market's Marketplace Rule 5600 series that apply to the constitution of a quorum for any meeting of shareholders, the composition and independence requirements of the Nominations Committee and the Compensation Committee and the requirement to have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. The Nasdaq Stock Market's rules provide for a quorum of no less than 33⅓% of Millicom's outstanding shares. However, Millicom's Articles of Association provide that no quorum is required. The Nasdaq Stock Market's rules provide for the involvement of independent directors in the selection of director nominees. However, Millicom will be relying on its home country practices, in lieu of this requirement, which permit its director nominations committee to be comprised of shareholder representatives. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Nomination Committee.” The Nasdaq Stock Market's rules require each Compensation Committee member to be an independent director for purposes of the Nasdaq Stock Market's Marketplace Rule 5605(d)(2). However, to preserve greater flexibility in who may be appointed to the Compensation Committee, Millicom will be relying on its home country practices, in lieu of this requirement, which do not require the Compensation Committee to be comprised solely of directors who qualify as independent for such purposes. The Nasdaq Stock Market's rules require listed companies to have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. However, Millicom will be following its home country practices instead, which do not impose such a requirement.

 

D. Employees

 

On average, the Millicom Group had approximately 19,127 employees in 2017, 17,985 employees in 2016 and 15,956 employees in 2015. Management believes that relations with the employees are good. Some of our employees belong to a union and approximately 23% of our employees participated in collective agreements on average during 2017. The temporary employees of the Company corresponded to 9% of the average total number of employees in 2017.

 

E. Share Ownership

 

The table below sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of December 7, 2018, by our directors and senior management. For purposes of this table, a person is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares as of a given date which such person has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by each person, or group of persons, named above on a given date, any security which such person or persons has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date is deemed to be outstanding, but is not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated, the holders listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by them. They have the same voting rights as all other holders of common shares.

 

  80  

 

 

Shareholder   Common
Shares
    Percentage of
Common
Shares
 
Mr. Tom Boardman, Chairman of the Board of Directors     8,554       *
Mr. Odilon Almeida, Director     3,176       *  
Ms. Janet Davidson, Director     2,518       *  
Mr. Tomas Eliasson, Director     3,763       *  
Mr. Anders Jensen, Director     2,123       *  
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling, Director     507       *  
Mr. José Antonio Ríos García, Director     1,623       *  
Mr. Roger Solé Rafols, Director     1,623       *  
Mr. Mauricio Ramos, President and Chief Executive Officer     122,310       *  
Mr. Tim Pennington, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer     15,933       *  
Mr. Esteban Iriarte, Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Latin America     19,309       *  
Mr. Mohamed Dabbour, Executive Vice President, Head of Africa Division     4,525       *  
Mr. Xavier Rocoplan, Executive Vice President. Chief Technology and Information Officer     26,935       *  
Ms. Rachel Samrén, Executive Vice President, Chief External Affairs Officer     2,627       *  
Mr. Salvador Escalon, Executive Vice President, General Counsel     14,712       *  
Ms. Susy Bobenrieth, Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer     -       *  
Mr. HL Rogers, Executive Vice President, Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer     741       *  
Mr. Rodrigo Diehl, Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer     746       *  
Directors and members of the Executive Committee as a group     231,725       *  

 

 

* less than 1%

 

None of the members the Company’s Board of Directors owns any options of the Company. The Company’s senior management and other key personnel do not own options or rights to purchase common shares under the share-based incentive plans. For more information, see “—B. Compensation.”

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

A. Major Shareholders

 

To the extent known to the Company, it is neither directly nor indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation, any government, or any other person. In addition, there are no arrangements, known to the Company, the operation of which may result in a change in its control in the future.

 

The table below sets out beneficial ownership of our common shares (directly or through SDRs), par value $1.50 each, by each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock at September 30, 2018.

 

Name of Shareholder   Common
Shares
    Percentage of
Share Capital
 
Kinnevik(1)     37,835,438       37.2 %
Dodge & Cox(2)     8,901,936       8.7 %
Southeastern Asset Management, Inc.(3)    

5,421,625

      5.3 %

 

 

(1) As of December 31, 2017, Kinnevik held 37,835,438 of our common shares (37.2% of common shares then outstanding). As of December 31, 2016, Kinnevik held 37,835,438 of our common shares (37.2% of common shares then outstanding).

 

(2) As of December 31, 2017, Dodge & Cox held 10,744,648 of our common shares (10.6% of common shares then outstanding). As of December 31, 2016, Dodge & Cox held 11,133,236 of our common shares (10.9% of common shares then outstanding).

 

(3) As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, Southeastern Asset Management, Inc. held less than 5% of common shares then outstanding.

 

  81  

 

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the holders listed above (“holders”) have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by them. The holders have the same voting rights as all other holders of MIC S.A. common stock. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares as of a given date which such person or group of persons has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by the holders on a given date, any security which such holder has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date (including shares which may be acquired upon exercise of vested portions of share options) is deemed to be outstanding, but is not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Based upon the SDR ownership reported by Euroclear Sweden AB, as of December 31, 2017 there were 236 SDR holders in the United States holding 29,630,003 SDRs (representing 29.1% of the outstanding share capital as of such date). According to the records held by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“AST”) reported as of December 31, 2017, there were 86 shareholders in the United States holding 4,741,974 common shares (representing 4.7% of the outstanding share capital as of such date).

 

However, these figures may not be an accurate representation of the number of beneficial holders nor their actual location because most of the common shares and SDRs were held for the account of brokers or other nominees.

 

B. Related Party Transactions

 

The disclosure as to related party transactions in our audited consolidated financial statements is in some respects broader than that required by Form 20-F. As required by Form 20-F, “related parties” includes enterprises that control, are controlled by or are under common control with MIC S.A., associates, individuals owning directly or indirectly an interest in the voting power of the Company that gives them significant influence over MIC S.A., close family members of such persons, key management personnel (including directors and senior management) and any enterprises in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by certain of the persons listed above. For the purposes of note G.5 to our audited consolidated financial statements, related parties also includes the entities described below, which is beyond the scope of the Form 20-F definition. Nonetheless, for purposes of consistency of presentation, we use the broader definition of related parties used in our audited consolidated financial statements for purposes of this Item 7.B.

 

The Company conducts transactions with certain related parties on normal commercial terms and conditions. The Millicom Group’s significant related parties are:

 

Kinnevik and subsidiaries , MIC S.A.’s largest shareholder;

 

Helios Towers Africa Ltd , in which Millicom holds a direct or indirect equity interest;

 

EPM and subsidiaries , Millicom’s partner in our Colombian operations;

 

Miffin Associates Corp and subsidiaries , Millicom’s joint venture partner in Guatemala.

 

Kinnevik

 

At December 31, 2017, Kinnevik was the beneficial owner of approximately 37.2% of MIC S.A.’s share capital. Kinnevik is a Swedish company with interests in the telecommunications, media, publishing, paper and financial services industries. During 2017 and 2016, Kinnevik did not purchase any MIC S.A. shares. There are no significant loans made by Millicom to or for the benefit of Kinnevik or Kinnevik controlled entities.

 

During fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, the Company purchased services from Kinnevik subsidiaries including fraud detection, procurement and professional services. Transactions and balances with Kinnevik Group companies are disclosed under Other in the tables below.

 

Helios Towers

 

Millicom sold its tower assets and leased back a portion of space on the towers in several African countries and contracted for related operation and management services with HTA. The Millicom Group has future lease commitments in respect of the tower companies. At December 31, 2017, Millicom owned 22.8% of the outstanding common shares of HTA.

 

  82  

 

 

Empresas Públicas de Medellín (EPM)

 

EPM is a state-owned, industrial and commercial enterprise, owned by the municipality of Medellin, and provides electricity, gas, water, sanitation, and telecommunications. EPM owns 50% of our operations in Colombia.

 

Miffin Associates Corp (Miffin)

 

The Millicom Group purchases and sells products and services from Miffin Group. Transactions with Miffin represent recurring commercial operations such as purchase of handsets, and sale of airtime.

 

The Company had the following expenses and income and gains from transactions with related parties for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine months ended September 30,     Year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Expense from transactions with related parties                                        
Purchases of goods and services from Miffin     (127 )     (132 )     (181 )     (167 )     148  
Purchases of goods and services from EPM     (31 )     (15 )     (36 )     (22 )     17  
Lease of towers and related services from HTA     (21 )     (29 )     (28 )     (35 )     36  
Other expenses     (2 )     (3 )     (4 )     (9 )     5  
Total     (181 )     (179 )     (250 )     (233 )     206  

 

    Nine months ended September 30,     Year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Income and gains from transactions with related parties                                        
Sale of goods and services to EPM     205       200       18       18       19  
Sale of goods and services to Miffin     13       13       277       261       253  
Other revenue     -       4       1       10       4  
Total     218       217       295       289       276  

 

The Company had the following balances with related parties as of the dates indicated:

 

    As of September 30,     As of December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Non-current and current liabilities                                
Payables to Guatemala joint venture(i)     258       273       245       335  
Payables to Honduras joint venture(i)     153       135       118       225  
Payables to EPM     2       3       3       66  
Other accounts payable     5       10       20       18  
Sub-total     419       421       386       644  
Finance lease liabilities to tower companies(ii)     100       108       85       122  
Total     518       529       471       766  

 

 

(i) Amounts payable mainly consist of dividend advances and loans to shareholders of the joint ventures.

 

(ii) Disclosed under “Debt and other financing” in the statement of financial position.

 

  83  

 

 

    As of September 30,     As of December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Non-current and current assets                                
Receivables from EPM     34       3       4       5  
Receivables from Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures     3       25              
Advance payments to Helios Towers Tanzania     1       8       10       7  
Receivable from TigoAirtel Ghana(i)     39       40              
Other accounts receivable           1       3       4  
Total     77       77       17       16  

 

 

(i) Disclosed under “Other non-current assets” in the statement of financial position.

 

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 8. Financial Information

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

Financial Statements

 

Consolidated financial statements are set forth under “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

 

Legal Proceedings

 

General litigation

 

In the ordinary course of business, Millicom is a party to various litigation or arbitration matters in each jurisdiction in which we operate. The principal categories of litigation to which we are subject include the following:

 

· commercial claims, which include claims from third-party dealers, suppliers and customers alleging breaches or improper terminations of commercial agreements, or the charging of fees not in compliance with applicable law;

 

· regulatory claims, which consist primarily of consumer claims, as well as complaints regarding the locations of antennae and other equipment, mostly in Colombia and El Salvador; and

 

· labor and employment claims, including claims for wrongful termination and unpaid severance or other benefits.

 

By category of litigation, commercial claims account for a majority of the litigation matters to which we are party by both number of cases and total potential exposure based on the amount claimed.

 

By geography, litigation matters in Colombia represent a majority of the litigation matters to which we are party by both number of cases and total potential exposure. This is due to the size of our operations in Colombia, the comparatively high general prevalence of litigation there, and consumer protection and quality of service regulations which facilitate claims against telecommunications companies.

 

For additional details, see note G.3.1 of our audited consolidated financial statements and note 11 of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Tax disputes

 

In addition to the litigation matters describe above, we have ongoing tax claims and disputes in most of our markets. Generally, these disputes relate to differences with the tax authorities following their completion of audits for prior tax years dating back to 2007 or challenges by the tax authorities to our interpretation of tax regulations. Examples of these challenges and disputes relate to issues such as the following:

 

  84  

 

 

· the applicability, deductibility or reporting of VAT or sales tax in Chad, Ghana, Honduras, Senegal and Tanzania;

 

· withholding tax payable on commissions and services fees in Bolivia, Chad, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Paraguay and Tanzania;

 

· the application of stamp tax on dividend payments in Guatemala;

 

· the deductibility of expenses and interest on shareholder loans and other debt instruments in El Salvador and Honduras;

 

· the deductibility of management, royalty and service fees paid to MIC S.A. by our operations in Bolivia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Ghana, Honduras and Tanzania;

 

· deductibility of commissions and discounts on handsets in Honduras; and

 

· the deductibility of expenses for depreciation and amortization in Colombia, Guatemala and Paraguay.

 

In many instances, the tax authorities seek to impose substantial penalties and interest charges while the disputed amounts remain unpaid, as we seek resolution through negotiations or court proceedings, resulting in significantly higher total claims than we expect the tax authorities will receive once the matter has been finally resolved. We work with the local tax authorities to substantiate claims or negotiate settlement amounts to close an audit, except in those instances where we are challenging or appealing the tax authorities’ claims.

 

For additional details, see note G.3.2 of our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

Dividend Policy and Share Buyback Program(s)

 

Holders of MIC S.A. common shares (and SDRs) are entitled to receive dividends proportionately when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors and approved by shareholders at the AGM, subject to Luxembourg legal reserve requirements, as well as restrictions in the agreements governing our indebtedness.

 

On May 4, 2018, a dividend distribution of $2.64 per share (or $266,022,071 in the aggregate) from MIC S.A.’s profit or loss brought forward account at December 31, 2017, was approved by the shareholders at the AGM to be distributed in two equal installments, one of which was paid on May 15, 2018 and the other of which will be paid on November 14, 2018.

 

On May 4, 2017, a dividend distribution of $2.64 per share (or $265,416,542 in the aggregate) from MIC S.A.’s profit or loss brought forward account at December 31, 2016, was approved by the shareholders at the AGM and distributed on May 12, 2017.

 

On May 17, 2016, a dividend distribution of $2.64 per share (or $264,870,970 in the aggregate) from MIC S.A.’s profit or loss brought forward account at December 31, 2015, was approved by the shareholders at the AGM and distributed on May 25, 2016.

 

On May 15, 2015, a dividend distribution of $2.64 per share (or $264,302,060 in the aggregate) from MIC S.A.’s retained profits at December 31, 2014, was approved by the shareholders at the AGM and distributed in June 2015.

 

B. Significant Changes

 

No significant changes have occurred other than as described in this registration statement since the date of our most recent audited financial statements.

 

  85  

 

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

 

A. Offer and Listing Details

 

MIC S.A. intends to list its common shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market’s Global Select Market (the "Nasdaq Global Select Market") in the United States. MIC S.A.’s common shares had previously been listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market until May 27, 2011.

 

The principal trading market of MIC S.A.’s shares is currently the NASDAQ Stockholm, where MIC S.A.’s shares are listed and trade in the form of SDRs. Each SDR represents one share. MIC S.A. does not intend to list its SDRs on any national securities exchange in the United States.

 

The table below presents the high and low trading prices of MIC S.A.'s common shares for the periods indicated in their principal trading market, NASDAQ Stockholm. All figures presented are based upon the US$ equivalent of MIC S.A.’s SEK denominated SDRs on NASDAQ Stockholm, and a par value of $1.50 per share. We expect that the listing price of our common shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market in the United States will be determined by the current trading price of our shares trading in the form of SDRs on NASDAQ Stockholm.

 

    High     Low  
    ($ per share)  
Year ended December 31, 2013     99.52       70.05  
Year ended December 31, 2014     106.00       72.94  
Year ended December 31, 2015     81.31       51.15  
First Quarter 2016     56.98       39.80  
Second Quarter 2016     62.20       51.65  
Third Quarter 2016     64.03       50.05  
Fourth Quarter 2016     53.15       38.75  
Year ended December 31, 2016     64.03       38.75  
First Quarter 2017     57.56       42.70  
Second Quarter 2017     59.65       52.05  
Third Quarter 2017     74.50       58.55  
Fourth Quarter 2017     68.00       61.00  
Year ended December 31, 2017     74.50       42.70  
June 2018     64.83       58.10  
July 2018     64.07       58.60  
August 2018     64.20       56.43  
September 2018     58.98       55.24  
October 2018      59.64       54.21  
November 2018    

60.41

     

54.73

 

 

B. Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Markets

 

The SDRs are listed on the main market of NASDAQ Stockholm under the symbol “MIC_SDB.” NASDAQ Stockholm is a regulated market in accordance with the Swedish Securities Market Act and is subject to regulation and supervision by the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority. The Swedish Securities Market Act provides for the regulation and supervision of the Swedish securities markets and market participants, and the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority implements such regulation and supervision.

 

MIC S.A. intends to apply to have its common shares listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

 

D. Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E. Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

  86  

 

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 10. Additional Information

 

A. Share Capital

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company’s authorized and registered share capital comprised 133,333,200 common shares and the Company’s issued and fully paid-up share capital comprised 101,739,217 common shares. The common shares have a par value of $1.50 per share. We have not issued any shares in the last three years, and share grants to employees during this period have been settled with shares held in treasury.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company held 1,194,846 common shares as treasury shares at a total nominal value of $1.50 per share. These shares are held for purposes of the Company’s long-term incentive programs. Voting rights attached to shares held in treasury are suspended by law.

 

As of December 31, 2017, there were 1,293,184 total unvested shares granted under the company’s long-term incentive programs, as described in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — B. Compensation.” As of such date, no options to acquire our shares were outstanding.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

Articles of Association

 

Registration and Object

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. is a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) governed by the Luxembourg law of August 10, 1915 on Commercial Companies (as amended), incorporated on June 16, 1992, and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register ( Registre du Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg ) under number B 40.630.

 

The articles of association of MIC S.A. define its purpose inter alia as follows: “... to engage in all transactions pertaining directly or indirectly to the acquisition and holding of participating interests, in any form whatsoever, in any Luxembourg or foreign business enterprise, including but not limited to, the administration, management, control and development of any such enterprise”.

 

Directors

 

Restrictions on Voting

 

If a director has a personal material interest in a proposal, arrangement or contract to be decided by MIC S.A., the articles of association provide that the validity of the decision of MIC S.A. is not affected by a conflict of interest existing with respect to a director. However, any such personal interest must be disclosed to the Board of Directors ahead of the vote and the relevant director shall abstain from considering and voting on the relevant issue. Such conflict of interest must be reported to the next general meeting of shareholders.

 

Compensation and Nomination

 

The decision on annual remuneration of directors (“ tantièmes ”) is reserved by the articles of association to the general meeting of shareholders. Directors are therefore prevented from voting on their own compensation. However, directors may vote on the number of shares they own, including the shares allotted under any share based compensation scheme.

 

The Nominations Committee makes recommendations for the election of directors to the AGM. At the AGM, shareholders may vote for or against the directors proposed or may abstain. The Nominations Committee reviews and recommends the directors’ fees which are approved by the shareholders at the AGM.

 

  87  

 

 

Borrowing Powers

 

The directors generally have unrestricted borrowing powers on behalf of and for the benefit of MIC S.A.

 

Age Limit

 

There is no age limit for being a director of MIC S.A. Directors could be elected for a maximum period of six years, but the Company has followed the practice of electing them annually at the AGM.

 

Share Ownership Requirements

 

Directors need not be shareholders in MIC S.A.

 

Shares

 

Rights Attached to the Shares

 

MIC S.A. has only one class of shares, common shares, and each share entitles its holder to:

 

· one vote at the general meeting of shareholders,

 

· receive dividends when such distributions are decided, and

 

· share in any surplus left after the payment of all the creditors in the event of liquidation. There is a preferential subscription right pursuant to Luxembourg corporate law under any share or rights issue for cash, unless the Board of Directors, within the limits specified in the articles of association, or an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders, as the case may be, restricts the exercise thereof.

 

Redemption of Shares

 

The articles of association provide for the possibility and set out the terms for the repurchase by MIC S.A. of its own shares, which repurchase must be approved in accordance with applicable law and the rules of any exchange on which MIC S.A.’s shares are listed. A share repurchase plan was approved at our 2018 AGM authorizing the repurchase of shares not exceeding the lower of (i) 5% of MIC S.A.'s outstanding share capital as of the date of the AGM (approximately 5,086,960 shares corresponding to $7,630,440 in nominal value) or (ii) the then available amount of MIC S.A.’s distributable reserves on a parent company basis, in the open market on OTC US, Nasdaq Stockholm or any other recognized alternative trading platform, and subject to certain restrictions on permissible acquisition price, including that the acquisition price may not be less than SEK 50 per share nor exceed the higher of (x) the published bid that is the highest current independent published bid on a given date or (y) the last independent transaction price quoted or reported in the consolidated system on the same date, regardless of the market or exchange involved.

 

Sinking Funds

 

MIC S.A. shares are not subject to any sinking fund.

 

Liability for Further Capital Calls

 

All of the issued shares in MIC S.A.’s capital are fully paid up. Accordingly, none of MIC S.A.’s shareholders are liable for further capital calls.

 

Principal Shareholder Restrictions

 

There are no provisions in the articles of association that discriminate against any existing or prospective holder of MIC S.A.’s shares as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.

 

  88  

 

 

Changes to Shareholder’s Rights

 

In order to change the rights attached to the shares of MIC S.A., an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders must be duly convened and held before a Luxembourg notary, as under Luxembourg law such change requires an amendment of the articles of association. A quorum of presence of at least 50% of the shares present or represented is required at a meeting held after the first convening notice, whereas there is no quorum of presence requirement at a meeting held after the second convening notice. Any decision must be taken by a majority of two thirds of the shares present or represented at the general meeting. Any change to the obligations attached to shares may be adopted only with the unanimous consent of all shareholders.

 

Shareholders’ Meetings

 

General meetings of shareholders are convened by convening notice published in the Luxembourg Official Gazette (Journal des Publications, Recueil Electronique des Sociétés et Associations), in a Luxembourg newspaper, in short version in the Swedish newspaper SvD, as a press release and on the Millicom website. According to article 18 of the articles of association of MIC S.A., the Board of Directors determines in the convening notice the formalities to be observed by each shareholder for admission to the AGM. An AGM must be convened every year within six months of the end of the financial year, at the registered office of the Company or any other place in Luxembourg as may be specified in the convening notice. Other meetings can be convened as necessary.

 

Limitation on Securities Ownership

 

There are no limitations imposed under Luxembourg law or the articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign entities to own shares of the Company or to hold or exercise voting rights on shares of the Company.

 

Change of Control

 

There are no provisions in the articles of association of the Company that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of MIC S.A. and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving the Company, or any of its subsidiaries.

 

Luxembourg laws impose the mandatory disclosure of an important participation in Millicom and any change in such participation.

 

Disclosure of Shareholder Ownership

 

As required by the Luxembourg law on transparency obligations of January 11, 2008, as amended (the “Transparency Law”), a shareholder who acquires or disposes of shares, including depositary receipts representing shares in the Company’s capital must notify the Company’s Board of Directors of the proportion of shares held by the relevant person as a result of the acquisition or disposal, where that proportion reaches, exceeds or falls below the thresholds referred to in the Transparency Law. As per the Transparency Law, the above also applies to the mere entitlement to acquire or to dispose of, or to exercise, voting rights in any of the cases referred to in the Transparency Law.

 

C. Material Contracts

 

6% Senior Notes

 

On March 11, 2015, MIC S.A. issued a $500 million 6% fixed interest rate bond that matures on March 15, 2025. The bond was issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Indenture for the $500,000,000 6.0% Senior Notes due 2025 between Millicom International Cellular S.A., Citibank, N.A., London Branch and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG dated May 30, 2018, included as Exhibit 4.1 to this registration statement.

 

5.125% Senior Notes

 

On September 20, 2017, MIC S.A. issued a $500 million 5.125% fixed interest rate bond that matures on January 15, 2028. The bond was issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Indenture for the $500,000,000 5.125% Senior Notes due 2028 between Millicom International Cellular S.A., Citibank, N.A., London Branch and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG dated May 30, 2018, included as Exhibit 4.2 to this registration statement.

 

Revolving Credit Facility

 

MIC S.A. has a $600 million revolving credit facility that matures on January 27, 2022. The facility is governed by the multicurrency revolving facility agreement for Millicom International Cellular S.A. arranged by The Bank Of Nova Scotia, BNP Paribas, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and DNB Markets, a part of DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch dated January 27, 2017, included as Exhibit 4.3 to this registration statement.

 

Stock Purchase Agreement for Cable Onda

 

On October 7, 2018, MIC LIH, MIC S.A. (solely for the purposes of Section 9.18), Medcom and Telecarrier entered into a stock purchase agreement, which was amended and restated on December 12, 2018 by MIC LIH, MIC S.A. (solely for the purposes of Section 9.18) and the Sellers, with an effective date of October 7, 2018, pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, Millicom purchased 80% of the shares of Cable Onda S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Panama (“Cable Onda”), from Sellers for $1,002 million in cash on December 13, 2018, subject to customary purchase price adjustments. The amended and restated stock purchase agreement is included as Exhibit 4.4 to this registration statement.

 

Bridge Facility

 

MIC S.A. has a $1,000,000,000 bridge term loan facility that matures on October 7, 2019 (unless extended for a period not exceeding six months), which was established in connection with the Acquisition. The facility is goverrned by the bridge term facility agreement for Millicom International Cellular S.A. arranged by BNP Paribas Fortis SA/NV, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, J.P. Morgan Securities PLC and The Bank Of Nova Scotia dated October 7, 2018, included as Exhibit 4.5 to this registration statement.

 

6.625% Senior Notes

 

On October 16, 2018, to help finance the Acquisition, MIC S.A. issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% fixed interest rate notes that mature on October 15, 2026. The notes were issued pursuant to the Indenture for the $500,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2026 between Millicom International Cellular S.A., Citibank, N.A., London Branch and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG dated October 16, 2018, included as Exhibit 4.6 to this registration statement.  

 

  89  

 

 

D. Exchange Controls

 

There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation of Luxembourg that may affect:

 

· the import or export of capital including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by the Millicom Group, or

 

· the remittance of dividends, interests or other payments to non-resident holders of MIC S.A.’s securities other than those deriving from the U.S.-Luxembourg double taxation treaty.

 

E. Taxation

 

Luxembourg Tax Considerations

 

The following information is of a general nature only on certain tax considerations effective in Luxembourg in relation to holders of shares in respect of the ownership and disposition of shares in MIC S.A., and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that might be relevant to an investment decision in such company. It is included herein solely for preliminary information purposes and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice. The information contained herein is based on the laws presently in force in Luxembourg on the date hereof, and thus subject to any change in law that may take effect after such date. Shareholders in MIC S.A. should therefore consult their own professional advisers as to the effects of state, local or foreign laws, including Luxembourg tax law, to which they may be subject.

 

Please be aware that the residence concept used under the respective headings below applies for Luxembourg income tax assessment purposes only. Any reference in the present section to a tax, duty, levy, impost or other charge or withholding of a similar nature, or to any other concepts, refers to Luxembourg tax law or concepts only. Further, any reference to a resident corporate shareholder/taxpayer includes non-resident corporate shareholders/taxpayers carrying out business activities through a permanent establishment, a permanent representative or a fixed place of business in Luxembourg to which assets would be attributable. Also, please note that a reference to Luxembourg income tax encompasses corporate income tax (impôt sur le revenu des collectivités), municipal business tax (impôt commercial communal), a solidarity surcharge (contribution au fonds pour l’emploi), as well as personal income tax (impôt sur le revenu) generally. Corporate shareholders may further be subject to net wealth tax (impôts sur la fortune), as well as other duties, levies or taxes. Corporate income tax, municipal business tax, as well as the solidarity surcharge invariably apply to most corporate taxpayers resident in Luxembourg for tax purposes. Individual taxpayers are generally subject to personal income tax and the solidarity surcharge. Under certain circumstances, where an individual taxpayer acts in the course of the management of a professional or business undertaking, municipal business tax may apply as well.

 

(a) Luxembourg withholding tax on dividends paid on MIC S.A. shares

 

Dividends distributed by MIC S.A. will in principle be subject to Luxembourg withholding tax at the rate of 15%.

 

Luxembourg resident corporate holders

 

No dividend withholding should apply on dividends paid by MIC S.A. to a Luxembourg resident company if the conditions of Article 147 of the Luxembourg income tax law ("LITL") are met, meaning that the Luxembourg residence corporate holder should be a fully taxable entity within the meaning of article 159 LITL holding shares which meets the qualifying participation test (10% of the share capital or acquisition price of the shares of at least € 1.2 million held or committed to be held for a minimum of 12 months).

 

Luxembourg resident individual holders

 

Luxembourg withholding tax on dividends paid by MIC S.A. to a Luxembourg resident individual holder may entitle such holder to a tax credit for the tax withheld.

 

  90  

 

 

Non-Luxembourg resident holders

 

Non-Luxembourg resident shareholders of MIC S.A. should benefit from a withholding tax exemption if the conditions of Article 147 LITL are met, meaning 10% shareholding or share acquisition price of € 1.2 million, 12 months holding period and that the non-Luxembourg resident should either be (i) an entity which fall within the scope of Article 2 of the European Council Directive 2011/96/EU, as amended (the "Parent-Subsidiary Directive") and which are not excluded to benefit from this directive under its mandatory general anti-avoidance rule as implemented in Luxembourg, or (ii) corporate holder subject to a tax comparable to Luxembourg corporate income tax and which are resident in a country having concluded a double tax treaty with Luxembourg, or (iii) corporate holder subject to a tax comparable to Luxembourg corporate income tax resident in a State member of the European Economic Area other than a Member State of the EU of (iv) corporate holder resident in Switzerland subject to corporate income tax in Switzerland without benefiting from a tax exemption.

 

Non-Luxembourg resident holders which do not fall within the scope of Article 147 LITL withholding tax exemption but resident in a State with which Luxembourg has concluded a double tax treaty may claim for a reduce withholding tax under the conditions set forth in the relevant double tax treaty.

 

In the case the non-Luxembourg resident holder fulfills the requirements to benefit from a withholding tax exemption or is entitled to a reduced withholding tax under an applicable double tax treaty but has been subject to this 15% withholding tax it may claim a refund from the Luxembourg tax administration.

 

(b) Luxembourg income tax on dividends and capital gains received from MIC S.A. shares

 

Fully taxable resident corporate shareholders

 

For resident corporate taxpayers, dividends (and other payments) derived from shares held in a company and capital gains realized on the sale of shares in a company are, in principle, fully taxable and thus subject to a combined corporate income tax rate of 26.01% (for resident corporate taxpayers established in Luxembourg City), except that, as described in further detail below, (i) dividends can benefit either from a full exemption if the conditions of article 166 LITL are met or from a 50% exemption if the conditions of Article 115 (15a) LITL are met, and (ii) capital gains realized by resident corporate shareholders are fully exempt if the conditions of the Grand Ducal Decree of December 21, 2002, (as amended) are fulfilled.

 

Under the Luxembourg participation exemption on dividends as implemented by Article 166 LITL, dividends derived from shares may be exempt from income tax at the level of the resident corporate shareholder if cumulatively, (i) the shareholder is either (a) a fully taxable resident collective entity taking one of the forms listed in the appendix to paragraph 10 of Article 166 LITL, (b) a fully taxable resident corporation not listed in the appendix to paragraph 10 of Article 166 LITL, (c) a permanent establishment of a collective entity referred to in Article 2 of the Parent-Subsidiary Directive, (d) a permanent establishment of a corporation resident in a State with which the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg has signed an agreement in an attempt to avoid double taxation, or (e) a permanent establishment of a corporation or a cooperative society resident in a State party to the European Economic Area Agreement other than a Member State of the European Union, (ii) the subsidiary is either (a) a collective entity referred to in Article 2 of the Parent-Subsidiary Directive, (b) a fully taxable resident corporation not listed in the appendix to paragraph (10) of Article 166 LITL, or (c) a non-resident corporation fully subject to a tax corresponding to the Luxembourg corporate income tax, and (iii) the shareholder has held or commits itself to hold, for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months in both comparison periods, a participation representing at least 10% in the share capital of the subsidiary or an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million. Liquidation proceeds are deemed to be a received dividend and may be exempt under the same conditions. The participation through an entity that is transparent for Luxembourg income tax purposes is to be considered as direct participation in proportion to the amount held in the net assets invested in that tax transparent entity.

 

The Luxembourg participation exemption regime may be denied if the income is (i) deductible in the other EU Member State paying such income or (ii) paid as part of an arrangement or a series of arrangements that, having been put into place with the main purpose or one of the main purposes of obtaining a tax advantage that defeats the object or purpose of the Parent-Subsidiary Directive, is not genuine having regard to all relevant facts and circumstances. For the purposes of this anti-avoidance rule, an arrangement, which may comprise several steps or parts, or a series of arrangements, is considered as not genuine to the extent that it is not put into place for valid commercial reasons that reflect economic reality.

 

  91  

 

 

Expenses, including interest expenses and impairments, in direct economic relation with the shareholding held by a resident corporate shareholder should not be deductible for income tax purposes up to the amount of any exempt dividend derived during the same financial year. Expenses exceeding the amount of the exempt dividend received from such shareholding during the same financial year should remain deductible for income tax purposes.

 

If the conditions of the Luxembourg participation exemption, as described above, are not met, 50% of the gross amount of dividends may however be exempt from corporate income tax in accordance with Article 115 (15a) LITL if such dividends are received from (i) a fully taxable corporation resident in Luxembourg, (ii) a corporation (a) resident in a State with which the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg has signed an agreement in an attempt to avoid double taxation, and (b) fully subject to a tax corresponding to the Luxembourg corporate income tax, or (iii) a company resident in a Member State of the European Union and referred to in Article 2 of the Parent-Subsidiary Directive.

 

Capital gains realized on shares by resident corporate shareholders may be exempt from corporate income tax if the conditions mentioned above under the Luxembourg participation exemption on dividends are met, except that the acquisition price must be of at least €6 million instead of €1.2 million. The participation through an entity that is transparent for Luxembourg income tax purposes is to be considered as direct participation in proportion to the amount held in the net assets invested in that tax transparent entity. Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which the shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

 

Capital gains realized upon the disposal of shares should remain taxable for an amount corresponding to the sum of the expenses related to the shareholding and impairments recorded on the shareholding that reduced the taxable basis of the resident corporate shareholder in the year of disposal or in previous financial years.

 

Resident corporate shareholders with a special tax regime

 

A resident corporate shareholder that is governed by the law of May 11, 2007, on Family Estate Management Companies (as amended) or by the Law of February 13, 2007, on Specialized Investment Funds (as amended) or by the Law of December 17, 2010, on Undertakings for Collective Investment (as amended) or by the law of July 23, 2016, on Reserved Alternative Investment Funds not having the exclusive purpose of investing in risk capital, is not subject to Luxembourg income tax; thus, neither dividends (and other payments) derived from shares held in a company nor capital gains realized on the sale or disposal, in any form whatsoever, of shares in a company, are taxable at the level of such resident corporate shareholders.

 

Resident individual shareholders

 

For resident individual shareholders, dividends derived from shares and capital gains realized on the sale of shares are, in principle, subject to income tax at the progressive ordinary rate (with a current effective marginal rate of up to 42%). Such income tax rate is increased by 7% for income not exceeding €150,000 for single taxpayers and €300,000 for couples taxed jointly, and by 9% for income above these amounts. In addition, a 1.4% dependence insurance contribution is due.

 

50% of the gross amount of dividends derived from shares may however be exempt from income tax, if the conditions laid down under Article 115 (15a) LITL, as described above, are complied with. In addition, a total lump-sum of €1,500 (which is doubled for taxpayers who are jointly taxable) is deductible from the total of dividends received during the tax year.

 

Capital gains realized on the disposal of the shares by resident individual shareholders who act in the course of the management of their private wealth, will in principle only be taxable if said capital gains qualify either as speculative gains or as gains on a substantial participation. A disposal may include a sale, an exchange, a contribution or any other kind of alienation of shares. Capital gains are deemed to be speculative if the shares are disposed within six months after their acquisition or if their disposal precedes their acquisition. Speculative gains realized during the year that are equal to, or are greater than, €500 are subject to income tax at ordinary rates. A participation is deemed to be substantial where a resident individual shareholder holds, either alone or together with his spouse, his partner or minor children, directly or indirectly, at any time within the 5 years preceding the disposal, more than 10% of share capital of a collective entity. A shareholder is also deemed to alienate a substantial participation if such participation (i) has been acquired free of charge, within the 5 years preceding the transfer, and (ii) was constituting a substantial participation in the hands of the alienator (or the alienators in case of successive transfers free of charge within the same 5-year period). Capital gains realized on a substantial participation more than six months after the acquisition thereof may benefit from an allowance of up to €50,000 granted for a ten-year period (which is doubled for taxpayers who are jointly taxable). They are subject to income tax according to the half- global rate method, (i.e., the average rate applicable to the total income is calculated according to progressive income tax rates and half of the average rate is applied to the capital gains realized on the substantial participation).

 

  92  

 

 

Capital gains realized on the disposal of the Company’s shares by resident individual shareholders, who act in the course of their professional or business activity, are subject to income tax at ordinary rates. Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which the shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

 

(c) Other Taxes

 

Net wealth tax

 

Whilst non-resident corporate taxpayers may only be subject to net wealth tax on their Luxembourg wealth, resident corporate taxpayers are in principle subject to net wealth tax at the rate of 0.5% for net wealth up to €500 million and at 0.05% for net wealth exceeding this threshold, unless a double tax treaty provides for an exemption or the asset may benefit from the Luxembourg participation exemption regime. Net worth is referred to as the unitary value (valeur unitaire), as determined at January 1 of each year. The unitary value is basically calculated as the difference between (a) assets estimated at their fair market value and (b) liabilities vis-à-vis third parties, unless one of the exceptions mentioned below are satisfied.

 

A resident corporate shareholder will be subject to net wealth tax on shares, except if (i) the shareholder is a securitization company governed by the Law of March 22, 2004, on Securitization (as amended) or an investment company in risk capital governed by the Law of June 15, 2004, on Venture Capital Vehicles (as amended) or a specialized investment fund governed by the Law of February 13, 2007, on Specialized Investment Funds (as amended) or a family wealth management company governed by the Law of May 11, 2007, on Family Estate Management Companies (as amended) or an undertaking for collective investment governed by the Law of December 17, 2010, on Undertakings for Collective Investment (as amended) or a pension-saving company as well as a pension-saving association, both governed by the Law of July 13, 2005, (as amended) or a reserved alternative investment fund governed by the law of July 23, 2016, or (ii) if the conditions mentioned above for the participation exemption regime on dividend income are met at the end of the previous year (except that no minimum holding period is required).

 

A resident corporate shareholder may further be subject to either a minimum net wealth tax of €4,815 or to a progressive minimum net wealth tax from €535 to €32,100, which depends on the total assets on their balance sheet. The minimum net wealth tax of €4,815 will be applicable for a resident corporate shareholder, which has a minimum of 90% of fixed financial assets, transferable securities and cash at bank on its balance sheet, except if its accumulated fixed financial assets do in addition not exceed €350,000, in which case it may benefit from a minimum net wealth tax of €535. Items (e.g., real estate properties or assets allocated to a permanent establishment) located in a treaty country, where the latter has the exclusive tax right, are not considered for the calculation of the 90% threshold.

 

Despite the above mentioned exceptions, the minimum net wealth tax also applies if the resident corporate shareholder is a securitization company governed by the Law of March 22, 2004, on Securitization (as amended) or an investment company in risk capital governed by the Law of June 15, 2004, on Venture Capital Vehicles (as amended) or a pension-saving company as well as a pension-saving association, both governed by the Law of July 13, 2005, (as amended) or a reserved alternative investment fund having the exclusive purpose of investing in risk capital governed by the law of July 23, 2016.

 

The net wealth tax charge for a given year can be avoided or reduced if a specific reserve, equal to five times the net wealth tax to save, is created before the end of the subsequent tax year and maintained during the five following tax years. The net wealth tax reduction corresponds to one fifth of the reserve created, except that the maximum net wealth tax to be saved is limited to the corporate income tax amount due for the same tax year, including the employment fund surcharge, but before imputation of available tax credits.

 

  93  

 

 

Inheritance tax

 

Where a shareholder is a resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes at the time of his/her death, shares are included in his/her taxable estate for inheritance tax assessment purposes.

 

Gift tax

 

Gift tax may be due on a gift or donation of shares if recorded in a Luxembourg notarial deed or otherwise recorded in Luxembourg.

 

Registration taxes and stamp duties

 

In principle, neither the issuance of shares nor the disposal of shares is subject to Luxembourg registration tax or stamp duty.

 

However, a registration duty may be due in the case where (i) the deed acknowledging the issuance/disposal of shares is either attached ( annexé ) to a deed subject to a mandatory registration in Luxembourg (e.g., public deed) or lodged with a notary’s records ( deposé au rang des minutes d’un notaire ), or (ii) in case of a registration of such deed on a voluntary basis.

 

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following is a description of material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described below of owning and disposing our common shares. It does not describe all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to hold common shares. This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences, the potential application of the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) known as the Medicare contribution tax and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

· certain financial institutions;

 

· dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

· persons holding common shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the common shares;

 

· persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

· entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

· tax-exempt entities, “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA”;

 

· persons that own or are deemed to own ten percent or more of our shares, by vote or value;

 

· persons who acquired our common shares pursuant to the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

 

· persons holding common shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States.

 

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes owns common shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships owning common shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the common shares.

 

  94  

 

 

This discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, and the income tax treaty between Luxembourg and the United States (the “Treaty”) all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect.

 

A “U.S. Holder” is a person who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of our common shares and is:

 

· an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

· a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia; or

 

· an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

 

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common shares in their particular circumstances.

 

Except as described below, this discussion assumes that we are not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for any taxable year.

 

Taxation of Distributions

 

Distributions paid on common shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares, will generally be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, we expect that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at the favorable tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income.” U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the favorable tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances.

 

Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of receipt. The amount of any dividend income paid in euros will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt.

 

Dividends will be foreign-source and will include any amount withheld by us in respect of Luxembourg income taxes. Subject to applicable limitations, some of which vary depending upon the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, non-refundable Luxembourg income taxes withheld from dividends at a rate not exceeding any applicable rate provided by the Treaty will be creditable against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability of foreign taxes in their particular circumstances. In lieu of claiming a foreign tax credit, U.S. Holders may, at their election, deduct foreign taxes, including any Luxembourg income tax, in computing their taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all foreign taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year.

 

Sale or Other Disposition of Common Shares

 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other disposition of common shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the common shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

  95  

 

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

 

We believe that we were not a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our taxable year ending December 31, 2017 and do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future. However, because PFIC status depends on the composition of a company’s income and assets and the market value of its assets from time to time, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be a PFIC for any taxable year. If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds common shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to that U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds common shares, even if we cease to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds common shares, gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of the common shares will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year will be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge will be imposed on the resulting tax liability for each such year. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its common shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the common shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution will be subject to taxation in the same manner. If we were a PFIC, certain elections (such as mark-to-market election) may be available that would result in alternative tax consequences of owning and disposing the common shares.

 

In addition, if we are a PFIC or, with respect to particular U.S. Holder, are treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we pay a dividend or for the prior taxable year, the preferential dividend rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders will not apply.

 

If a U.S. Holder owns common shares during any year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder generally must file annual reports on an IRS Form 8621 (or any successor form) with respect to us, generally with the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax return for that year.

 

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the potential application of the PFIC rules.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

 

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals or specified entities may be required to report information on their U.S. federal income tax returns relating to their ownership of our common shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for common shares held in a financial account, in which case the account may be reportable if maintained by a non-U.S. financial institution).

 

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their reporting obligations with respect to their ownership and disposition of common shares.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Annual dividends are decided by the shareholders at the AGM based on a proposal by the Board of Directors. The AGM decides on the record date for the dividend payment. The dividend record date and the dividend payment date are published in the convening notice for the AGM. The dividend record date generally occurs two business days after the AGM, and the payment date is then made approximately four business days after the dividend record date.

 

  96  

 

 

Advanced payment of dividends is permitted upon proposal by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors fixes the amount and the date of payment of any such advance payment of dividends.

 

Dividends may also be paid out of unappropriated net profits brought forward from prior years. Dividends shall be paid in U.S. Dollars or by free allotment of shares of the Company or otherwise in specie as the Board of Directors may determine, and may be paid at such times as may be determined by the Board of Directors. Payment of dividends shall be made to holders of Company shares at their addresses in the register of shareholders. No interest shall be due against the Company on dividends declared but unclaimed. The shareholders are entitled to share in the profits of the Company pro rata to the paid up par value of their shareholding.

 

SEB and AST administer dividend payments on behalf of the Company. In principle, dividends unclaimed for a period of 5 years from the due date are forfeited and revert to the Company.

 

G. Statement by Experts

 

The consolidated financial statements of Millicom International Cellular S.A. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, appearing in this Form 20-F have been audited by Ernst & Young S.A., Luxembourg, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

H. Documents on Display

 

Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, we will become subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, except that as a foreign issuer, we will not be subject to the proxy rules or the short-swing profit disclosure rules of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these statutory requirements, we will file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC, which you may inspect and copy at the Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

 

I. Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk

 

Financial risk management

 

Millicom regularly performs risk management assessments and reviews to identify its major risks and to take the necessary steps to mitigate such risks. The principal market risks to which we are exposed are interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange risk and non-repatriation. Each year Millicom Group Treasury revisits and presents to the Audit Committee updated Treasury and Financial Risks Management policies. The Millicom Group analyzes each of these financial risks individually as well as on an interconnected basis and defines and implements strategies to manage the economic impact on the Millicom Group’s performance in line with its Financial Risk Management policy. These policies were last reviewed in late 2017.

 

As part of the annual review of the above mentioned risks, the Millicom Group targets a strategy with respect to the use of derivatives and natural hedging instruments ranging from raising debt in local currency (where the Company targets to reach 40% of debt in local currency over the medium term) to maintaining a 70/30% mix between fixed and floating rate debt or agreeing to cover up to six months forward of operating costs and capex denominated in non-functional currencies through a rolling and layering strategy. Millicom’s risk management strategies may include the use of derivatives to the extent a market would exist in the jurisdictions where the Millicom Group operates. Millicom’s policy prohibits the use of such derivatives in the context of speculative trading.

 

On December 31, 2017, the fair value of derivatives held by the Millicom Group may be summarized as follows:

 

  97  

 

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Derivatives                
Cash flow hedge derivatives     (55 )     (84 )
Derivatives held for trading (on swaps on Euro denominated debt)           32  
Net derivative asset (liability)     (55 )     (52 )

 

Interest rate risk

 

Debt and financing issued at floating interest rates expose the Millicom Group to cash flow interest rate risk. Debt and financing issued at fixed rates expose the Millicom Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Millicom Group’s exposure to risk of changes in market interest rates relate to both of the above. To manage this risk, the Millicom Group’s policy is to maintain a combination of fixed and floating rate debt with target for the debt to be distributed between fixed (up to 70%) and variable (up to 30%) rates. The Millicom Group actively monitors borrowings against this target. The target mix between fixed and floating rate debt is reviewed periodically. The purpose of Millicom’s policy is to achieve an optimal balance between cost of funding and volatility of financial results, while taking into account market conditions as well as our overall business strategy. At December 31, 2017, approximately 65% of the Millicom Group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate of interest or for which variable rates have been swapped for fixed rates with interest rate swaps (2016: 70%).

 

The table below summarizes, as at December 31, 2017, our fixed rate debt and floating rate debt:

 

    Amounts due within  
    1 year     1–2 years     2–3 years     3–4 years     4–5 years     >5 years     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Financing at December 31, 2017                                          
Fixed rate financing     87       365       141       104       396       1,369       2,462  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     7.17 %     5.52 %     8.28 %     9.92 %     7.73 %     7.68 %     7.48 %
Floating rate financing     98       134       206       327       188       370       1,323  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     4.24 %     2.37 %     8.40 %     12.20 %     1.98 %     2.25 %     3.06 %
Total     185       500       347       431       584       1,738       3,785  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     5.61 %     4.68 %     8.35 %     11.65 %     5.88 %     6.52 %     5.94 %

 

The table below summarizes our fixed rate debt and floating rate debt as at December 31, 2016:

 

    Amounts due within:  
    1 year     1–2 years     2–3 years     3–4 years     4–5 years     >5 years     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Financing at December 31, 2016                                                        
Fixed rate financing     41       85       314       435       720       1,141       2,736  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     7.52 %     7.54 %     5.41 %     5.62 %     7.11 %     8.51 %     7.28 %
Floating rate financing     39       168       204       213       130       411       1,165  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     4.20 %     9.46 %     3.63 %     2.89 %     1.21 %     3.86 %     3.16 %
Total     80       252       518       649       850       1,552       3,901  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     5.90 %     8.81 %     4.71 %     4.72 %     6.20 %     7.28 %     6.05 %

 

A 100 basis point fall or rise in market interest rates for all currencies in which the Millicom Group had borrowings at December 31, 2017 would increase or reduce profit before tax from continuing operations for the year by approximately $13 million (2016: $12 million).

 

  98  

 

 

From time to time, Millicom enters into currency and interest rate swap contracts to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and currency fluctuations in accordance with its Financial Risk Management policy. Details of these arrangements are provided below.

 

Interest rate and currency swaps on SEK denominated debt

 

These swaps are accounted for as a cash flow hedge as the timing and amounts of the cash flows under the swap agreements match the cash flows under the SEK bond. Their maturity date is April 2018 but might be extended. Fluctuations are recorded through other comprehensive income in our financial statements. At December 31, 2017, the fair values of the swaps amounted to a liability of $56 million (December 31, 2016: a liability of $84 million).

 

Interest rate and currency swaps on Euro-denominated debt

 

In June 2013, Millicom entered into interest rate and currency swaps whereby Millicom will sell Euros and receive USD to hedge against exchange rate fluctuations on an intercompany seven-year Euro 134 million principal and related interest financing of its operation in Senegal. The outstanding 2020 Notes were repaid in August 2017 and as a result these swaps have been settled. The year-to-date revaluation of the swap resulted in a $22 million loss. The Millicom Group finally received $10 million in cash on settlement date.

 

The above hedge was considered ineffective, with fluctuations in the fair value of the hedge recorded through profit and loss in our financial statements.

 

No other financial instruments have a significant fair value at December 31, 2017.

 

Foreign currency risk

 

The Millicom Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures in the countries in which it operates. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. In the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations resulted in a gain of $6 million and a gain of $18 million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations resulted in a gain of $18 million, a gain of $25 million and a loss of $280 million, respectively.

 

Millicom seeks to reduce its foreign currency exposure through a policy of matching, as far as possible, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, or entering into agreements that limit the risk of exposure to currency fluctuations against the US dollar reporting currency. In some cases, Millicom may also borrow in US dollars where it is either commercially more advantageous for joint ventures and subsidiaries to incur debt obligations in US dollars or where US dollar denominated borrowing is the only funding source available to a joint venture or subsidiary. In these circumstances, Millicom accepts the remaining currency risk associated with financing its joint ventures and subsidiaries, principally because of the relatively high cost of forward cover, when available, in the currencies in which the Millicom Group operates.

 

The following table summarizes debt denominated in US dollars and other currencies at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Debt denomination at December 31            
Debt denominated in US dollars     1,983       2,266  
Debt denominated in currencies of the following countries:                
Colombia     834       841  
Chad     61       69  
Tanzania     121       93  
Bolivia     337       288  
Ghana           13  
Paraguay     191       103  
Luxembourg (SEK denominated)     243       217  
Other     15       11  
Total debt denominated in other currencies     1,802       1,635  
Total debt     3,785       3,901  

 

  99  

 

 

At December 31, 2017, if the US dollar had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the other functional currencies of our operations and all other variables held constant, then profit before tax from continuing operations would have increased/decreased by $95 million and $116 million respectively (2016: $51 million and $63 million respectively). This increase/decrease in profit before tax would have mainly been as a result of the conversion of the USD-denominated net debts in our operations with functional currencies other than the US dollar.

 

Non-repatriation risk

 

Millicom’s operating subsidiaries and joint ventures generate most of the revenue of the Millicom Group and in the currency of the countries in which they operate. Millicom is therefore dependent on the ability of its subsidiaries and joint venture operations to transfer funds to the Company.

 

Although foreign exchange controls exist in some of the countries in which Millicom Group companies operate, none of these controls currently significantly restrict the ability of these operations to pay interest, dividends, technical service fees, royalties or repay loans by exporting cash, instruments of credit or securities in foreign currencies. However, existing foreign exchange controls may be strengthened in countries where the Millicom Group operates, or foreign exchange controls may be introduced in countries where the Millicom Group operates that do not currently impose such restrictions. If such events were to occur, the Company’s ability to receive funds from the operations could be subsequently restricted, which would impact the Company’s ability to make payments on its interest and loans and, or pay dividends to its shareholders. As a policy, all operations which do not face restrictions to deposit funds offshore and in hard currencies should do so for the surplus cash generated on a weekly basis. The Company and its subsidiaries make use of notional and physical cash pooling arrangements in hard currencies to the extent permitted.

 

In addition, in some countries it may be difficult to convert large amounts of local currency into foreign currency because of limited foreign exchange markets. The practical effects of this may be time delays in accumulating significant amounts of foreign currency and exchange risk, which could have an adverse effect on the Millicom Group. This is a relatively rare case for the countries in which the Millicom Group operates.

 

Lastly, repatriation most often gives rise to taxation, which is evidenced in the amount of taxes paid by the Millicom Group relative to the Corporate Income Tax reported in its statement of income.

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

 

A. Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

D. American Depositary Shares

 

Not applicable.

 

  100  

 

 

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

A. Defaults

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Arrears and Delinquencies

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16. [Reserved]

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

 

Not applicable.

 

  101  

 

 

PART III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

 

We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of this item.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements

 

Financial Statements are filed as part of this registration statement, see page F-1.

 

Item 19. Exhibits

 

1.1   Articles of Association of Millicom International Cellular S.A.
     
4.1   Amended and Restated Indenture for the $500,000,000 6.0% Senior Notes due 2025 between Millicom International Cellular S.A., Citibank, N.A., London Branch and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG dated May 30, 2018
     
4.2   Amended and Restated Indenture for the $500,000,000 5.125% Senior Notes due 2028 between Millicom International Cellular S.A., Citibank, N.A., London Branch and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG dated May 30, 2018
     
4.3   Multicurrency revolving facility agreement for Millicom International Cellular S.A. arranged by The Bank Of Nova Scotia, BNP Paribas, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and DNB Markets, a part of DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch dated January 27, 2017
     
4.4   Amended and restated stock purchase agreement for the acquisition of interests in Cable Onda S.A. among Millicom International Cellular S.A., Millicom LIH S.A., Medios de Comunicacion LTD, Telecarrier International Limited, IGP Trading Corp. and Tenedora Activa, S.A. dated December 12, 2018
     
4.5   Bridge term facility agreement for Millicom International Cellular S.A. arranged by BNP Paribas Fortis SA/NV, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, J.P. Morgan Securities PLC and The Bank Of Nova Scotia dated October 7, 2018
     
4.6   Indenture for the $500,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2026 between Millicom International Cellular S.A., Citibank, N.A., London Branch and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG dated October 16, 2018
     
8.1   List of significant subsidiaries
     
15.1   Consent of Ernst & Young S.A.
     
99.1   Audited financial statements of Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A. as at December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years then ended

 

  102  

 

  

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this registration statement on its behalf.

 

    MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.
     
Date: December 13, 2018   By: /s/ Tim Pennington
        Name: Tim Pennington
        Title: Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

  By: /s/ Salvador Escalon
    Name: Salvador Escalon
    Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel

 

  103  

 

 

Index to Financial Statements

  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017  
Unaudited interim condensed consolidated income statements for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 F-2
Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 F-3
Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statement of financial position as at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 F-4
Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 F-6
Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of changes in equity for the period ended September 30, 2018, and year ended December 31, 2017 F-7
Notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 F-8

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Millicom International Cellular S.A. as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015  
Report of independent registered public accounting firm F-28
Consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 F-29
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 F-30
Consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-31
Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 F-33
Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 F-34
Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 F-35

 

  F- 1  

 

   

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated income statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017

 

    Notes   Nine months
ended
September 30,
2018
    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
(i)
 
        $ millions  
Revenue   5     3,064       3,020  
Cost of sales         (864 )     (883 )
Gross profit         2,200       2,137  
Operating expenses         (1,214 )     (1,190 )
Depreciation         (516 )     (518 )
Amortization         (103 )     (115 )
Share of profit in the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras   14     109       115  
Other operating income (expenses), net   4     66       24  
Operating profit   5     542       453  
Interest and other financial expenses   10     (271 )     (310 )
Interest and other financial income         13       11  
Other non-operating income (expenses), net   6     7       (5 )
Share of profit (losses) from other joint ventures and associates, net         (100 )     (54 )
Profit before taxes from continuing operations         191       95  
Charge for taxes, net         (71 )     (125 )
Profit (loss) for the period from continuing operations         120       (30 )
Profit (loss) for the period from discontinued operations   4     (35 )     17  
Net profit (loss) for the period         86       (12 )
                     
Attributable to:                    
Owners of the Company         84       17  
Non-controlling interests         1       (30 )
                     
Earnings per common share for net profit attributable to the owners of the Company:                    
Basic ($)   7     0.84       0.17  
Diluted ($)   7     0.84       0.17  

 

(i) Re-presented for discontinued operations (see note 4).

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 2  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017

 

    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2018
    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
(i)
 
    $ millions  
Net profit for the period     86       (12 )
Other comprehensive income (to be reclassified to profit and loss in subsequent periods), net of tax:                
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations     (20 )     22  
Cash flow hedges           4  
Total comprehensive income for the period     65       13  
                 
Attributable to:                
Owners of the Company     63       37  
Non-controlling interests     2       (25 )
                 
Total comprehensive income for the period arises from:                
Continuing operations     72       6  
Discontinued operations     (7 )     6  

 

(i) Re-presented for discontinued operations (see note 4).

 

  F- 3  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of financial position

as at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017

 

    Notes   September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
        $ millions  
ASSETS                    
NON-CURRENT ASSETS                    
Intangible assets, net   9     1,233       1,265  
Property, plant and equipment, net   8     2,726       2,880  
Investments in joint ventures   14     2,848       2,967  
Investments in associates         188       241  
Contract costs, net   2     4        
Deferred tax assets         207       180  
Other non-current assets   12     129       113  
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS         7,335       7,647  
                     
CURRENT ASSETS                    
Inventories         53       45  
Trade receivables, net         299       386  
Contract assets, net   2     37        
Amounts due from non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures   12     38       37  
Prepayments and accrued income         172       145  
Current income tax assets         93       99  
Supplier advances for capital expenditure         23       18  
Other current assets         123       90  
Restricted cash         149       145  
Cash and cash equivalents         758       619  
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS         1,744       1,585  
Assets held for sale   4     5       233  
TOTAL ASSETS         9,085       9,465  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 4  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of financial position

as at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (continued)

 

    Notes   September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
        $ millions  
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES                    
EQUITY                    
Share capital and premium         635       637  
Treasury shares         (81 )     (106 )
Other reserves         (498 )     (470 )
Retained profits         2,776       2,950  
Profit for the period/ year attributable to equity holders         84       85  
Equity attributable to owners of the Company         2,916       3,096  
Non-controlling interests         182       185  
TOTAL EQUITY         3,098       3,282  
                     
LIABILITIES                    
Non-current liabilities                    
Debt and financing   10     3,505       3,600  
Amounts due to non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures   12     80       124  
Provisions and other non-current liabilities         351       335  
Deferred tax liabilities         44       56  
Total non-current liabilities         3,979       4,116  
                     
Current liabilities                    
Debt and financing   10     139       185  
Payables and accruals for capital expenditure         237       304  
Other trade payables         233       288  
Amounts due to non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures   12     339       296  
Accrued interest and other expenses         390       353  
Current income tax liabilities         63       81  
Contract liabilities   2,13     60        
Derivative financial instruments   13           56  
Dividends payable to owners of the Company         133        
Provisions and other current liabilities         412       425  
Total current liabilities         2,007       1,989  
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale   4     1       79  
TOTAL LIABILITIES         5,987       6,183  
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES         9,085       9,465  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 5  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flows

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017

 

    Notes   September 30,
2018
    September 30,
2017 (i)
 
        $ millions  
Cash flows from operating activities (including discontinued operations)                    
Profit (loss)  before taxes from continuing operations         191       95  
Profit (loss)  before taxes from discontinued operations   4     (35 )     17  
Profit before taxes         156       112  
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash:                    
Interest and other financial expenses         274       328  
Interest and other financial income         (13 )     (12 )
Adjustments for non-cash items:                    
Depreciation and amortization   5     619       666  
Share of profit in Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures         (109 )     (116 )
Loss (gain) on disposal and impairment of assets, net   4     (26 )     (32 )
Share based compensation         14       18  
(Profit) loss from other joint ventures and associates, net         100       54  
Other non-cash non-operating (income) expenses, net         (9 )     (1 )
Changes in working capital:                    
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables, prepayments and other current assets, net         (123 )     (36 )
(Increase) decrease in inventories         (9 )     7  
Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables, net         18       (76 )
Total changes in working capital         (115 )     (105 )
Changes in contract assets, liabilities and costs, net         (8 )     -  
Interest (paid)         (244 )     (277 )
Interest received         15       11  
Taxes (paid)   5     (93 )     (87 )
Net cash provided by operating activities         561       558  
Cash flows from investing activities (including discontinued operations):                    
Acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net of cash acquired   3     (3 )     (20 )
Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries and associates, net of cash disposed   4     177       -  
Purchase of intangible assets and licenses   9     (144 )     (109 )
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   8     (444 )     (465 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment   8     134       87  
Dividends received from joint ventures         181       147  
Settlement of derivative financial instruments   13     (63 )     -  
Cash (used in) provided by other investing activities, net         9       27  
Net cash used in investing activities         (154 )     (334 )
Cash flows from financing activities (including discontinued operations):                    
Proceeds from other debt and financing   10     405       917  
Repayment of debt and financing   10     (536 )     (605 )
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests         (1 )     -  
Dividends paid to owners of the Company         (133 )     (265 )
Issuance of loans to joint ventures         -       (16 )
                     
Net cash from (used in) financing activities         (265 )     30  
Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net         (10 )     2  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents         132       257  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year         619       646  
Effect of cash in disposal group held for sale   4     6       (15 )
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period         758       888  

 

(i) Re-presented for discontinued operations (see note 4).

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 6  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of changes in equity

for the period ended September 30, 2018, and year ended December 31, 2017

 

    Number
of
shares
(000’s)
    Number
of shares
 held by
the Group
(000’s)
    Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Treasury
shares
    Retained
profits (i)
    Other
reserves
    Total     Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 
    $ millions  
Balance on December 31, 2016     101,739       (1,395 )     153       485       (123 )     3,215       (562 )     3,167       201       3,368  
Total comprehensive income for the period                                   85       87       171       (15 )     156  
Dividends (ii)                                   (265 )           (265 )           (265 )
Purchase of treasury shares           (32 )                 (3 )                 (3 )           (3 )
Share based compensation                                         24       24             24  
Issuance of shares under share-based payment schemes           233             (1 )     21       1       (18 )     1             1  
Balance on December 31, 2017     101,739       (1,195 )     153       484       (106 )     3,035       (470 )     3,096       185       3,282  
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 (net of tax) (iii)                                   10                   (4 )      
Total comprehensive income for the period                                   84       (21 )     63       2       65  
Dividends (iv)                                   (266 )           (266 )           (266 )
Dividends to non-controlling interests                                                     (1 )     (1 )
Purchase of treasury shares           (66 )                 (6 )                 (6 )           (6 )
Share based compensation                                         14       14             14  
Issuance of shares under share-based payment schemes           338             (2 )     29       (5 )     (21 )     1             1  
Balance on September 30, 2018     101,739       (922 )     153       483       (81 )     2,859       (498 )     2,916       182       3,097  

 

(i) Retained profits — includes profit attributable to equity holders, of which at September 30, 2018, $331 million (2017: $345 million) are not distributable to equity holders.

 

(ii) Dividends — A dividend distribution of $2.64 per share was approved by the Annual General Meeting of shareholders and distributed in May 2017.

 

(iii) See note 2 for details about changes in accounting policies.

 

(iv) Dividends — A dividend distribution of $2.64 per share was approved by the Annual General Meeting of shareholders. Half of this dividend has been paid in May 2018. The second half will be paid in November 2018.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements 

 

  F- 7  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017

 

1. ORGANIZATION

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. ( the “Company” or “MIC SA” ) , a Luxembourg Société Anonyme, and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (the “Group” or “Millicom”) is an international telecommunications and media company providing digital lifestyle services in emerging markets, through mobile and fixed telephony, cable, broadband, Pay-TV in Latin America and Africa.

 

On October 22, 2018, the Board of Directors authorised these interim condensed consolidated financial statements for issuance.

 

2. SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

These interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Group are unaudited. They are presented in US dollars and have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ as adopted by the European Union. In the opinion of management, these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are necessary for a proper presentation of the results for interim periods. Millicom’s operations are not affected by significant seasonal or cyclical patterns.

 

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. These financial statements are prepared in accordance with consolidation and accounting policies consistent with the 2017 consolidated financial statements, except for the changes described below.

 

The following changes to standards effective for annual periods starting on January 1, 2018 have been adopted by the Group:

 

· IFRS 15 “Contracts with customers” establishes a five-step model related to revenue recognition from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at amounts that reflect the consideration that an entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. The Group adopted the accounting standard on January 1, 2018 using the cumulative catch-up transition method which had an immaterial impact on its Group financial statements. IFRS 15 mainly affects the timing of recognition of revenue as it introduces more differences between the billing and the recognition of the revenue. However, it does not affect the cash flows generated by the Group.

 

As a consequence of adopting this Standard:

 

1) some revenue is recognized earlier, as a larger portion of the total consideration received in a bundled contract is attributable to the component delivered at contract inception (i.e. typically a subsidized handset). Therefore, this produces a shift from service revenue (which decreases) to the benefit of Telephone and Equipment revenue. This results in the recognition of a Contract Asset on the statement of financial position, as more revenue is recognized upfront, while the cash will be received throughout the subscription period (which is usually between 12 to 36 months). Contract Assets (and liabilities) are reported on a separate line in current assets / liabilities even if their realization period is longer than 12 months. This is because they are realized / settled as part of the normal operating cycle of our core business.

 

2) the cost incurred to obtain a contract (mainly commissions) is now capitalized in the statement of financial position and amortized over either the average customer retention period or the contract term, depending on the circumstances. This results in the recognition of Contract Costs being capitalized under non-current assets on the statement of financial position.

 

3) except for the effects further explained below, there were no material changes for the purpose of determining whether the Group acts as principal or an agent in the sale of products.

 

4) the presentation of certain amounts in the consolidated statement of financial position has been changed to reflect the terminology of IFRS 15:

 

a. Contract assets recognized in relation to service contracts.

 

b. Contract costs in relation to capitalised cost incurred to obtain a contract (mainly commissions).

 

c. Contract liabilities in relation to service contracts were previously included in trade and other payables

 

Management identified some other not material adjustments than the ones explained above.

 

  F- 8  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

2. SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

The Group has adopted the standard using the cumulative catch-up transition method. Hence, the cumulative effect of initially applying the Standard has been recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1, 2018 and comparative financial statements have not be restated in accordance with the transitional provisions in IFRS 15. The impact on the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1, 2018 is summarised in the table set out at the bottom of this section.

 

Additionally, the Group has decided to take some of the practical expedients foreseen in the Standard, such as:

 

o Millicom does not adjust the transaction price for the means of a financing component whenever the period between the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer and the associated payment is one year or less; when the period is more than one year the financing component is adjusted, if material.

 

o Millicom discloses in the Group Financial Statements the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations only for contracts that have an original expected duration of more than one year (e.g. unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts that have an original duration of one year or less are not disclosed).

 

o Millicom applies the practical expedient not to disclose the price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations, if the consideration from a customer corresponds to the value of the entity’s performance obligation to the customer (i.e. if billing = accounting revenue).

 

o Millicom applies the practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that Millicom otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.

 

The revenue recognition accounting policy applied from January 1, 2018 is as follows:

 

Revenue is recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer.

 

Post-paid connection fees are derived from the payment of a non-refundable / one-time fee charged to customer to connect to the network (e.g. connection / installation fee). Usually, it does not represent a distinct good or service, and therefore does not give rise to a separate performance obligation and revenue is recognised over the minimum contract duration. However, if the fee is paid by a customer to get the right to receive goods or services without having to pay this fee again over his tenure with the Group (e.g. the customer can readily extend his contract without having to pay the same fee again), it is accounted for as a material right and revenue should be recognized over the customer retention period.

 

Post-paid mobile / cable subscription fees are recognised over the relevant enforceable/subscribed service period (recurring monthly access fees that do not vary based on usage). The service provision is usually considered as a series of distinct services that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. Remaining unrecognised subscription fees are fully recognised once the customer has been disconnected.

 

Prepaid scratch / SIM cards are services where customers purchase a specified amount of airtime or other credit in advance. Revenue is recognized as the credit is used. Unused credit is carried in the statement of financial position as a contract liability within other current liabilities. Upon expiration of the validity period, the portion of the contract liability relating to the expiring credit is recognized as revenue, since there is no longer an obligation to provide those services.

 

Telephone and equipment sales are recognised as revenue once the customer obtains control of the good. That criteria is fulfilled when the customer has the ability to direct the use and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from that good.

 

Revenue from provision of Mobile Financial Services (MFS) is recognized once the primary service has been provided to the customer.

 

Customer premise equipment (CPE) are provided to customers as a prerequisite to receive the subscribed Home services and shall be returned at the end of the contract duration. Since CPEs provided over the contract term do not provide benefit to the customer on their own, they do not give rise to separate performance obligations and therefore are accounted for as part of the service provided to the customers.

 

Bundled offers are considered arrangements with multiple deliverables or elements, which can lead to the identification of separate performance obligations. Revenue is recognised in accordance with the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the relative standalone selling price of the performance obligation (e.g. sale of telecom services, revenue over time + sale of handset, revenue at a point in time).

 

Principal-Agent, some arrangements involve two or more unrelated parties that contribute to providing a specified good or service to a customer. In these instances, the Group determines whether it has promised to provide the specified good or service itself (as a principal) or to arrange for those specified goods or services to be provided by another party (as an agent). For example, performance obligations relating to services provided by third-party content providers (i.e., mobile Value Added Services) or service providers (i.e., wholesale international traffic) where the Group neither controls a right to the provider’s service nor controls the underlying service itself are presented net because the Group is acting as an agent. The Group generally acts as a principal for other types of services where the Group is the primary obligor of the arrangement. In cases the Group determines that it acts as a principal, revenue is recognized in the gross amount, whereas in cases the Group acts as an agent revenue is recognized in the net amount (i.e., provision payment).

 

  F- 9  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

2. SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Revenue from the sale of cables, fiber, wavelength or capacity contracts , when part of the ordinary activities of the operation, is recognized as recurring revenue. Revenue is recognized when the cable, fiber, wavelength or capacity has been delivered to the customer, based on the amount expected to be received from the customer.

 

Revenue from operating lease of tower space is recognized over the period of the underlying lease contracts. Finance lease revenue is apportioned between lease of tower space and interest income.

 

· IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” addresses the classification, measurement and recognition and impairments of financial assets and financial liabilities as well as hedge accounting. It replaces the parts of IAS 39 that relate to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 requires financial assets to be classified into two measurement categories: those measured at fair value and those measured at amortized cost. The determination is made at initial recognition. The classification depends on the Group’s business model for managing its financial instruments and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the instrument. For financial liabilities, the standard retains most of the IAS 39 requirements. The main change is that, in cases where the fair value option is taken for financial liabilities, the part of a fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is recorded in other comprehensive income rather than the income statement, unless this creates an accounting mismatch. A final standard on hedging (excluding macro-hedging) has been issued in November 2013 which aligns hedge accounting more closely with risk management and allows to continue hedge accounting under IAS 39. IFRS 9 also clarifies the accounting for certain modifications and exchanges of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost.

 

The application of IFRS 9 did not have an impact for the Group on classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities compared to IAS 39, but it has an impact on impairment of trade receivables and contracts assets (IFRS 15) as well as on amounts due from joint ventures and related parties – with the application of the expected credit loss model instead of the current incurred loss model. Similarly to IFRS 15 adoption, the Group adopted the standard using the cumulative catch-up transition method. Hence, the cumulative effect of initially applying the Standard has been recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1, 2018 and comparative consolidated financial statements have not be restated in accordance with the transitional provisions in IFRS 9. The impact on the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1, 2018 is summarised in the table set out at the bottom of this section. Additionally, the Group continues applying IAS 39 rules with respect to hedge accounting. Finally, the clarification introduced by IFRS 9 on the accounting for certain modifications and exchanges of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost did not have an impact for the Group.

 

The Financial Instruments accounting policies applied from January 1, 2018 is as follows:

 

i) Equity and debt instruments

 

Classification

 

From January 1, 2018, the Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

· those to be measured subsequently at fair value [either through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI), or through profit or loss], and

 

· those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

 

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

 

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

 

  F- 10  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

2. SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

 

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest.

 

Debt instruments

 

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the group classifies its debt instruments:

 

· Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains / (losses), together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as a separate line item in the consolidated income statement.

 

· FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in ‘Other non-operating (expenses) income, net’. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment expenses are presented as ‘Other non-operating (expenses) income, net’ in the consolidated income statement.

 

· FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within ‘Other non-operating (expenses) income, net’ in the period in which it arises.

 

Equity instruments

 

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. The Group does not hold Equity instruments for trading. Where the Group’s management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

 

Otherwise, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognised in ‘Other non-operating (expenses) income, net’ in the consolidated income statement as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

 

Impairmen t

 

From January 1, 2018, the Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

 

The Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the trade receivables.

 

The provision is recognized in the consolidated income statement within Cost of sales.

 

ii) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

 

The Group has opted to continue applying IAS 39 for hedge accounting. The accounting policy disclosed in the Group consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 remains therefore similar after IFRS 9 implementation.

 

  F- 11  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

2. SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

The application of the following new standards or interpretations applicable on January 1, 2018 did not have an impact for the Group:

 

· Amendments to IFRS 2, ‘Share based payments’, on clarifying how to account for certain types of share-based payment transactions.

 

· Amendments to IFRS 4, ‘Insurance contracts’ regarding the implementation of IFRS 9, ‘Financial instruments’.

 

· Annual improvements to IFRS Standards 2014–2016.

 

There are no other significant changes to standards effective for the annual period starting on January 1, 2018.The application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 had the following impact on the Group financial statements as of January 1, 2018:

 

    As at January 1,
2018 before
application
    Effect of
adoption of
IFRS 15
    Effect of
adoption of
IFRS 9
    As at January
1, 2018 after
application
    Reason
for the
change
    $ millions
FINANCIAL POSITION                                    
ASSETS                                    
Investment in joint ventures (non-current)     2,967       27       (4 )     2,989     (i)
Contract costs, net (non-current) NEW           4             4     (ii)
Deferred tax asset     180             10       191     (viii)
Other non-current assets     113             (1 )     113     (iii)
Trade receivables, net (current)     386             (47 )     339     (iv)
Contract assets, net (current) NEW           29       (1 )     28     (v)
LIABILITIES                                    
Contract liabilities (current) NEW           51             51     (vi)
Provisions and other current liabilities (current)     425       (46 )           379     (vii)
Deferred tax liability (non-current)     56       7       (1 )     60     (viii)
EQUITY                                    
Retained profits     3,035       48       (38 )     3,045     (ix)
Non-controlling interests     185             (4 )     181     (ix)

 

(i) Impact of application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 for our joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana.
(ii) This mainly represents commissions capitalised and amortized over the average contract term.
(iii) Effect of the application of the expected credit losses required by IFRS 9 on amounts due from joint ventures.
(iv) Effect of the application of the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.
(v) Contract assets mainly represents subsidised handsets as more revenue is recognised upfront while the cash will be received throughout the subscription period (which is usually between 12 to 36 months).
(vi) This mainly represents deferred revenue for goods and services not yet delivered to customers that will be recognised when the goods are delivered and the services are provided to customers. The balance also comprises revenue from the billing of subscription fees or ‘one-time’ fees at the inception of a contract that are deferred and will be recognised over the average customer retention period or the contract term.
(vii) Reclassification of deferred revenue to contract liabilities – see previous paragraph.
(viii) Tax effects of the above adjustments.
(ix) Cumulative catch-up effect.

 

In Q3 2018, the Group reconsidered the accounting under IFRS 15 of its wholesale carrier business, which impacts the Latin America segment only, ($118 million was recognized gross under IAS 18 in fiscal year 2017 for the whole group) to recognize 2018 revenue on a net basis as an agent rather than as a principal under the modified retrospective IFRS 15 transition. The related reclassification between revenue and cost of sales is $29 million and $28 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2018, respectively ($57 million on a cumulative basis), with no impact on gross profit and cash flows.

 

As of January 1, 2018, IFRS 15 implementation had no impact on the statement of cash flows and on EPS.

 

  F- 12  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

2. SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

The following summarises the amount by which each financial statement line item is affected in the current reporting period by the application of IFRS 15 as compared to previous standard and interpretations:

 

    For the nine month period ended September 30, 2018
    As reported     Without
adoption of
IFRS 15
    Effect of Change
Higher/(Lower)
    Reason
for the
change
    $ millions
INCOME STATEMENT                            
Total revenue     3,064       3,125       (61 )   (i)
Cost of sales     (864 )     (904 )     40     (ii)
Operating expenses     (1,214 )     (1,245 )     31     (ii)
Share of profit in the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras     109       110       (1 )   (iii)
Tax impact     (71 )     (70 )     (1 )   (iv)

 

(i) Mainly for the shift in the timing of revenue recognition due to the reallocation of revenue from service (over time) to telephone and equipment revenue (point in time). As well as for adjustments on ‘principal vs agent’ considerations under IFRS 15 (see above).
(ii) Mainly for the reallocation of cost for selling devices due to shift from service revenue to telephone and equipment revenue. Also for the capitalisation and amortization of contract costs. Finally for adjustments on ‘principal vs agent’ considerations under IFRS 15 (see above).
(iii) Impact of IFRS 15 in our share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras.
(iv) Tax effects of the above adjustments.

 

    As at September 30, 2018
    As reported     Without
adoption of
IFRS 15
    Effect of Change
Higher/(Lower)
    Reason
for the
change
    $ millions
FINANCIAL POSITION                            
ASSETS                            
Investment in joint ventures (non-current)     2,849       2,822       25     (i)
Contract costs, net (non-current)     4       -       4     (ii)
Contract asset, net (current)     37       -       37     (iii)
LIABILITIES                            
Contract liabilities (current)     59       -       59     (iv)
Provisions and other current liabilities (current)     545       599       (54 )   (v)
Deferred tax liability (non-current)     44       37       7     (vi)
EQUITY                            
Retained profits     2,776       2,728       48     (vii)
Non-controlling interests     182       179       3     (vii)

 

(i) Impact of application of IFRS 15 for our joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana.
(ii) This mainly represents commissions capitalised and amortized over the average contract term.
(iii) Contract asset mainly represents subsidised handsets as more revenue is recognised upfront while the cash will be received throughout the subscription period (which are usually between 12 to 36 months). Throughout the period ended September 30, 2018 no material impairment loss has been recognised.
(iv) This mainly represents deferred revenue for goods and services not yet delivered to customers that will be recognised when the goods are delivered and the services are provided to customers. The balance also comprises the revenue from the billing of subscription fees or ‘one-time’ fees at the inception of a contract that are deferred and will be recognised over the average customer retention period or the contract term.
(v) Reclassification of deferred revenue to contract liabilities – see previous paragraph.
(vi) Tax effects of the above adjustments.
(vii) Cumulative catch-up effect and IFRS 15 effect in the current period.

 

  F- 13  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

2. SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

The following Standard, which is expected to materially affect the Group, will be effective from January 1, 2019:

 

· IFRS 16 “Leases” will affect primarily the accounting for the Group’s operating leases. As of December 31, 2017, the Group had operating lease commitments of US$808 million (please refer to our 2017 Annual Report). The Group is still assessing to what extent these commitments will result in the recognition of an asset and a liability for future payments and how this will affect the Group’s profit and classification of cash flows.

 

This said, the application of this standard will affect the Group’s EBITDA, net debt and leverage ratios.

 

As part of the IFRS 16 implementation journey, the Group has already taken decisions on the following points:

 

- IFRS 16 will be adopted using the modified retrospective approach, with the cumulative effect of adoption being recognised at the date of initial application (IFRS16.C5.b)

 

- Short-term leases will not be capitalised (IFRS16.5)

 

- Certain categories of low-value leases practical expedients won’t be capitalised (IFRS16.5)

 

- Non-lease components will be capitalised (IFRS16.15)

 

- Intangible assets are out of IFRS 16 scope (IFRS16.4)

 

  F- 14  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

3. ACQUISITION AND DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES, ASSOCIATES AND OTHER NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

 

Acquisitions

 

During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2018, Millicom did not complete any significant acquisitions. See note 16 ‘Subsequent Events’.

 

4. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

 

Discontinued operations – Rwanda

 

The Group received regulatory approvals on January 23, 2018 and the sale was subsequently completed on January 31, 2018. In accordance with Group practices, the Rwanda operations have been classified as assets held for sale and discontinued operations as from January 23, 2018 (restating the income statement comparative figures). On January 31, 2018, our operations in Rwanda have been deconsolidated and no material loss on disposal was recognized (its carrying value was aligned to its fair value less costs of disposal as of December 31, 2017). However, a loss of $32 million has been recognized in Q1 2018 corresponding to the recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity since the creation of the local operation. This loss has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’. The final sale consideration is still subject to adjustment under the terms of the sale and purchase agreement with Airtel. Management does not expect any material deviation from the initial consideration.

 

Discontinued operations – Senegal

 

The sale completed on April 27, 2018 and our operations in Senegal have been deconsolidated resulting in a net gain on disposal of $6 million, including the recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity since the creation of the local operations. This gain has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’. The final sale consideration is still subject to adjustment under the terms of the sale and purchase agreement with the consortium. Management does not expect any material deviation from the initial consideration.

 

In accordance with IFRS 5, the Group’s businesses in Rwanda (Q1 2018), Ghana (Q3 2017) and Senegal (Q1 2017) had been classified as assets held for sale and their results were classified as discontinued operations. Comparative figures of the income statement have been represented accordingly. Financial information relating to the discontinued operations for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 are set out below. Figures shown below are after inter-company eliminations.

 

    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2018
    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
 
    ($ millions)  
Results from Discontinued Operations                
Revenue     62       248  
Cost of sales     (23 )     (77 )
Operating expenses     (26 )     (115 )
Other expenses linked to the disposal of discontinued operations     (7 )     (2 )
Depreciation and amortization           (33 )
Other operating income (expenses), net     (10 )     7  
Gross gain/(loss) on disposal of discontinued operations     (28 )      
Operating profit (loss)     (32 )     29  
Interest income (expense), net     (3 )     (18 )
Other non-operating (expenses) income, net           6  
Profit (loss) before taxes     (35 )     17  
Credit (charge) for taxes, net            
Net profit (loss) from discontinued operations     (35 )     17  

 

  F- 15  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

4. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE (Continued)

 

    Nine months ended
September 30, 2018
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2017
 
    ($ millions)  
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations                
Cash from (used in) operating activities, net     (4 )     36  
Cash from (used in) investing activities, net     (6 )     (33 )
Cash from (used in) financing activities, net           (21 )
Net cash inflows/(outflows)     (10 )     (17 )

 

Assets held for sale and liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale

 

The following table summarises the nature of the assets and liabilities still reported under assets held for sale and liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale as at September 30, 2018:

 

    As at September
30, 2018
    As at December
31, 2017
 
    ($ millions)  
Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale                
Senegal operations           223  
Towers Paraguay     2       7  
Towers Colombia           1  
Towers El Salvador     1        
Others     2       2  
Total assets of held for sale     5       233  
Senegal operations           77  
Towers Paraguay     1       2  
Towers El Salvador            
Total liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale     1       79  
Net assets held for sale / book value     4       154  

 

  F- 16  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

4. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE (Continued)

 

Rwanda

 

The assets and liabilities deconsolidated on the date of the disposal were as follows:

 

Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale – Rwanda

 

   

January 31,

2018

 
    ($ millions)  
Intangible assets, net.     12  
Property, plant and equipment, net     53  
Other non-current assets     4  
Current assets     14  
Cash and cash equivalents     2  
Total assets of disposal group held for sale     85  
Non-current financial liabilities     11  
Current liabilities     28  
Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale     40  
Net assets / book value     46  

 

Senegal

 

The assets and liabilities deconsolidated on the date of the disposal were as follows:

 

Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale – Senegal ($ millions)

 

    April 27, 2018  
    ($ millions)  
Intangible assets, net     40  
Property, plant and equipment, net     126  
Other non-current assets     2  
Current assets     56  
Cash and cash equivalents     3  
Total assets of disposal group held for sale     227  
Non-current financial liabilities     8  
Current liabilities     73  
Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale     81  
Net assets held for sale / book value     146  

 

Tower Sale and Leasebacks

 

In 2017 and 2018, the Group announced agreements to sell and leaseback wireless communications towers in Paraguay, Colombia and El Salvador to subsidiaries of American Tower Corporation (“ATC”) and SBA Communications whereby Millicom agreed to the cash sale of tower assets and to lease back a dedicated portion of each tower to locate its network equipment. The portions of the assets that will be transferred and that will not be leased back by the Group’s operations are classified as assets held for sale as completion of their sale is highly probable.

 

The table below summarises the main aspects of these deals and impacts on the Group financial statements:

 

    Paraguay     Colombia     El Salvador  
Signature date     April 26, 2017       July 18, 2017       February 6, 2018  
Total number of towers expected to be sold     1,410       1,207       811  
Total number of towers transferred to September 30, 2018     1,276       833       463  
Expected total cash proceeds ($ millions)     125       147       145  
Cash proceeds for the year 2017 ($ millions)     75       86        
Cash proceeds for the year 2018 ($ millions) – as of September 30     41       18       70  
Upfront gain on sale recognized for the year 2017 ($ millions)     26       37        
Upfront gain on sale recognized for the year 2018 ($ millions) – as of September 30     15       9       31  

 

  F- 17  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

5. SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

Millicom presents segmental information based on its two geographical regions (Latin America and Africa) and the segment figures below include Honduras and Guatemala as if they are fully consolidated by the Group. This presentation considers both the materiality and strategic importance of these operations for the Group, and it reflects the way management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating matters. Honduras and Guatemala are shown under the Latin America segment. However, given its smaller size and lower strategic importance to the Group, the joint venture in Ghana is not reported as if fully consolidated and is therefore not included in the numbers below. As from January 1, 2018, the Group is including in its segment EBITDA inter-company management fees and share-based incentive compensation paid to local management teams. These items, were previously included in unallocated corporate costs. This change in presentation has no impact on Group level EBITDA (comparable figures for 2017 are re presented accordingly).

 

    Nine-month period ended September 30, 2018  
    Latin
America
    Africa     Unallocated     Guatemala
and
Honduras
(vii)
    Eliminations
and transfers
    Total  
    ($ millions) (viii)  
Mobile revenue     2,411       381             (1,103 )           1,689  
Fixed revenue     1,362       9             (186 )           1,185  
Other revenue     35       3             (3 )           34  
Service revenue   (i)     3,807       393             (1,292 )           2,908  
Telephone and equipment revenue (i)     297                   (142 )           156  
Total Revenue     4,104       394             (1,434 )           3,064  
Operating profit (loss)     747       29       11       (355 )     109       542  
Add back:                                                
Depreciation and amortization     850       81       4       (316 )           619  
Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras                             (109 )     (109 )
Other operating income (expenses), net     (45 )     (3 )     (5 )     (13 )           (66 )
EBITDA (ii)     1,553       107       10       (684 )           986  
EBITDA from discontinued operations           6                         6  
EBITDA incl discontinued operations     1,553       113       10       (684 )           992  
Capital expenditure (iii)     (642 )     (44 )     (2 )     158             (530 )
Changes in working capital and others (iv)     (84 )     46       (53 )     (15 )           (106 )
Taxes paid     (186 )     (13 )     (5 )     109             (93 )
Operating free cash flow (v)     641       102       (49 )     (432 )           263  
Total Assets (vi)     10,291       1,064       40       (5,226 )     3,237       9,085  
Total Liabilities     5,579       915       1,266       (1,887 )     435       5,987  

  

  F- 18  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

5. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 

    Nine-month period ended September 30, 2017  
    Latin
America
    Africa     Unallo-
cated
    Guatemala
and
Honduras
(vii) (b)
   

Eliminations

and
transfers

    Total  
    (US$ millions) (viii)  
Mobile revenue     2,444       375             (1,125 )           1,694  
Fixed revenue     1,299       8             (157 )           1,150  
Other revenue     29       4             (3 )           30  
Service revenue   (i)     3,772       387             (1,285 )           2,874  
Telephone and equipment revenue (i)     262       1             (118 )           145  
Total Revenue     4,034       388             (1,403 )           3,020  
Operating profit (loss)     639       17       12       (330 )     115       453  
Add back:                                                
Depreciation and amortization     885       81       5       (338 )           633  
Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras                             (115 )     (115 )
Other operating income (expenses), net     (21 )     3       (2 )     (3 )           (24 )
EBITDA (ii)     1,502       101       15       (671 )           947  
EBITDA from discontinued operations           55                         55  
EBITDA incl discontinued operations     1,502       156       15       (671 )           1,002  
Capital expenditure (iii)     (614 )     (86 )     (3 )     171                
Changes in working capital and others (iv)     (116 )     11       (20 )     35             (90 )
Taxes paid     (170 )     (9 )     2       89             (87 )
Operating free cash flow (v)     602       73       (5 )     (376 )           292  
Total Assets (vi)     10,148       1,386       1,276       (5,362 )     3,300       9,716  
Total Liabilities     5,221       1,882       1,985       (1,873 )     401       6,584  

 

(i) Service revenue is Group revenue related to the provision of ongoing services such as monthly subscription fees, airtime and data usage fees, interconnection fees, roaming fees, mobile finance service commissions and fees from other telecommunications services such as data services, short message services and other value-added services excluding telephone and equipment sales. Revenues from other sources comprises rental, sub-lease rental income and other non recurrent revenues. The Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services over time and at a point in time. Refer to table below.
(ii) EBITDA is operating profit excluding impairment losses, depreciation and amortization and gains/losses on the disposal of fixed assets. EBITDA is used by the management to monitor the segmental performance and for capital management.
(iii) Excluding spectrum and licenses of $60 million (2017: $36 million) and cash received on tower deals of $129 million (2017: $81 million).
(iv) ‘Changes in working capital and others’ include changes in working capital as stated in the cash flow statement as well as share based payments expense.
(v) Operating Free Cash Flow is EBITDA less capex (excluding spectrum and license costs) less change in working capital, other non-cash items (share-based payment expense) and taxes paid.
(vi) Segment assets include goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

  F- 19  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

5. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 

(vii) Including eliminations for Guatemala and Honduras as reported in the Latin America segment.
(viii) Restated as a result of the completion of the fair value measurements of our investments in Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures and of the classification of our operations in Senegal as discontinued operations (see notes 4 and 14).

 

Revenue from contracts with customers from continuing operations

 

    Nine months ended September 30, 2018  
   

Timing of

revenue
recognition

  Latin
America
    Africa     Total
Group
 
    $ millions
Mobile   Over time     1,280       301       1,581  
Mobile Financial Services   Point in time     28       80       108  
Fixed   Over time     1,176       9       1,185  
Other   Over time     32       3       34  
Service Revenue         2,515       393       2,909  
Telephone and equipment   Point in time     155       -       156  
Revenue from contracts with customers         2,671       394       3,064  

 

6. OTHER NON-OPERATING (EXPENSES) INCOME, NET

 

The Group’s other non-operating (expenses) income, net comprised the following:

 

    Nine months ended
September 30, 2018
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2017
 
    $ millions  
Change in fair value of derivatives (see note 13)     (1 )     (22 )
Exchange gains (losses), net     6       18  
Other non-operating income (expenses), net     2       (2 )
Total     7       (5 )

 

  F- 20  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

7. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

 

Earnings per common share (EPS) attributable to owners of the Company are comprised as follows:

 

$ millions   Nine months ended
September 30, 2018
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2017
 
Basic and Diluted                
Net profit (loss) attributable to owners of the Company from continuing operations     119       -  
Net profit (loss) attributable to owners of the Company from discontinuing operations     (35 )     17  
Net profit (loss) attributable to owners of the Company used to determine the earnings per share     84       17  
                 

 

    in thousands  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic and diluted earnings per share     100,784       100,383  
$                
Basic and diluted                
- EPS from continuing operations attributable to owners of the Company     1.18       -  
- EPS from discontinuing operations attributable to owners of the Company     (0.34 )     0.17  
- EPS for the period attributable to owners of the Company     0.84       0.17  

 

8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2018, Millicom added property, plant and equipment for $449 million (September 30, 2017: $449 million) and received $134 million in cash from disposal of property, plant and equipment (September 30, 2017: $87 million).

 

9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2018, Millicom added intangible assets of $116 million (September 30, 2017: $78 million) and did not receive any proceeds from disposal of intangible assets (September 30, 2017: $nil).

 

  F- 21  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

10. DEBT AND FINANCING

 

El Salvador

 

In January 2018, Telemovil El Salvador entered into an amended and restated agreement with Scotiabank to add an additional $50 million variable rate loan, with a 5-year bullet repayment.

 

In March 2018, Telemovil El Salvador entered into a $100 million variable rate facility with DNB and Nordea with a 5-year bullet repayment. Additional $50 million have been disbursed during this quarter. In addition, Telemovil El Salvador entered into an interest rate swap with Scotiabank to fix interest rates for up to $100 million of the outstanding debt.

 

Costa Rica

 

In April 2018, Millicom Cable Costa Rica S.A. entered into a $150 million variable rate loan with Citibank as agent. Simultaneously, the outstanding loan balance of $72 million was repaid in full with the proceeds from such loan.

 

In June 2018, Millicom Cable Costa Rica S.A. entered into a cross currency swap to hedge part of the principal of the loan against interest rate and currency risks. As of the end of the third quarter, interest rate and currency swap agreements had been made on $35 million of the principal amount and interest rate swaps for an additional $40 million.

 

Colombia

 

In March 2018, TigoUne prepaid $34 million equivalent in COP on bank financing debt.

 

Paraguay

 

In June 2018, Telecel Paraguay entered into a $15 million fixed rate loan equivalent in Guaranies with Banco Continental.

 

Bolivia

 

In April 2018, Telecel Bolivia entered into a $10 million fixed rate loan equivalent in Bolivianos with Banco Bisa.

 

In April 2018, Telecel Bolivia entered into a $10 million fixed rate loan equivalent in Bolivianos with Banco Mercantil.

 

MICSA

 

In January 2018, the Company repaid $25 million of an outstanding debt facility with DNB and Nordea.

 

In July 2018, the Company issued a COP144,054.5 million /$50 million bilateral facility with IIC (Inter-American Development Bank) for a USD indexed to COP Note. The note bears interest at 9.45% p.a.. This COP Note is used as net investment hedge of the net assets of our operations in Colombia.

 

In August 2018, the Company redeemed of all of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding SEK Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 ($227 million). The early redemption fees amounting to $3 million and $1 million of related unamortized costs have been expensed in August 2018 under interest expenses. As of September 30, 2018, the notes have been fully redeemed.

 

Rwanda

 

In January 2018, the Group repaid the remaining $40 million loan with DNB and Nordea.

 

Senegal

 

In 2013, a Millicom holding entered into an agreement with a bank, whereby the bank provided loans amounting to EUR134 million to the Senegal operation with a maturity date in 2020. Simultaneously, Millicom deposited the same amount with the bank. In January 2018, this back-to-back agreement has been unwound and all loans reimbursed.

 

In 2015, the Senegal operation entered into a $24 million ECA facility guaranteed by Millicom of which $13 million remained outstanding at year end 2017 and the remaining amount was fully repaid in February 2018.

 

  F- 22  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

10. DEBT AND FINANCING (Continued)

 

Analysis of debt and other financing by maturity

 

The total amount of debt and financing is repayable as follows:

 

    As at
September 30, 2018
    As at
December 31, 2017
 
    in thousands  
Due within:                
One year     139       185  
One-two years     282       500  
Two-three years     254       347  
Three-four years     301       431  
Four-five years     936       584  
After five years     1,733       1,738  
Total debt     3,645       3,785  

 

As at September 30, 2018, the Group’s share of total debt and financing secured by either pledged assets, pledged deposits issued to cover letters of credit or guarantees issued was $714 million (December 31, 2017: $671 million). Assets pledged by the Group for these debts and financings amounted to $1 million at September 30, 2018 (December 31, 2017: $1 million).

 

Analysis of debt and other financing by maturity

 

The table below describes the outstanding and maximum exposure under these guarantees and the remaining terms of the guarantees as at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

    Bank and financing guarantees (i)  
    As at September 30, 2018     As at December 31, 2017  
    Outstanding
exposure
    Theoretical
maximum
exposure
    Outstanding
exposure
    Theoretical
maximum
exposure
 
    $ millions  
Terms                                
0-1 year     176       176       159       159  
1-3 years     312       312       368       368  
3-5 years     225       225       144       144  
More than 5 years     1       1              
Total     714       714       671       671  

 

(i) If non-payment by the obligor, the guarantee ensures payment of outstanding amounts by the Group’s guarantor.

 

The Group’s interest and other financial expenses comprised the following:

 

    Nine months ended
September 30, 2018
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2017
 
    $ millions  
Interest expense on bonds and bank financing     (165 )     (191 )
Interest expense on finance leases     (70 )     (44 )
Early redemption charges     (4 )     (43 )
Other     (32 )     (32 )
Total     (271 )     (310 )

 

  F- 23  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Litigation & claims

 

The Company and its operations are contingently liable with respect to lawsuits, legal, regulatory, commercial and other legal risks that arise in the normal course of business. As of September 30, 2018, the total amount of claims and litigation risks against Millicom and its operations was $539 million, of which $2 million related to its share in joint ventures (December 31, 2017: $438 million, of which $5 million related to its share in joint ventures).

 

As at September 30, 2018, $23 million has been provided for these risks in the consolidated statement of financial position (December 31, 2017: $29 million). The Group’s share of provisions made by the joint ventures was $1 million (December 31, 2017: $2 million). While it is not possible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these claims and risks, the ultimate outcome is not anticipated to have a material effect on the Group’s financial position and operations.

 

Improper filling of shareholding in Millicom Tanzania Ltd

 

In June 2016, Millicom was served with claims by a third party seeking to exert rights as a shareholder of Millicom Tanzania Ltd (Tigo Tanzania). In June 2015, Millicom identified that an incorrect filing related to Tigo Tanzania had been made in the commercial register, causing the register to incorrectly indicate that shares in the local subsidiary were owned by this third party. On July 26, 2018, the Court of Appeal of Tanzania, the country’s highest court, reaffirmed in a ruling that Millicom Tanzania Limited (operating as Tigo Tanzania) remains owned and controlled by Millicom. Millicom therefore continues to control and fully consolidate Tigo Tanzania.

 

Ongoing investigation by the International Commission Against Impunity in Guatemala (CICIG)

 

On July 14, 2017, the CICIG disclosed an ongoing investigation into alleged illegal campaign financing that includes a competitor of Comcel, our Guatemalan joint venture. The CICIG further indicated that the investigation would include Comcel. On November 23 and 24, 2017, Guatemala’s attorney general and CICIG executed search warrants on the offices of Comcel. As at September 30, 2018, the matter is still under investigation, and Management has not been able to assess the potential impact on these interim condensed consolidated financial statements of any remedial actions that may need to be taken as a result of the investigations, or penalties that may be imposed by law enforcement authorities. Accordingly, no provision has been recorded as of September 30, 2018.

 

Taxation

 

At September 30, 2018, the Group estimates potential tax claims amounting to $253 million. Tax risks amounting to $35 million have been assessed as probable and recorded as tax provisions (December 31, 2017: claims amounting to $313 million and provisions of $53 million). Out of these potential claims and provisions, respectively $31 million and $2 million relate to Millicom’s share in joint ventures (December 31, 2017: claims amounting to $38 million and provisions of $2 million).

 

Capital commitments

 

At September 30, 2018, the Company and its subsidiaries and joint ventures had fixed commitments to purchase network equipment, land and buildings, other fixed assets and intangible assets of $172 million of which $157 million are due within one year (December 31, 2017: $194 million of which $182 million are due within one year). Out of these commitments, respectively $44 million and $36 million related to Millicom’s share in joint ventures (December 31, 2017: $25 million and $23 million).

 

  F- 24  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The following transactions were conducted with related parties during the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

    Nine months
ended
September 30, 2018
    Nine months
ended
September 30, 2017
 
    $ millions  
Expenses                
Purchases of goods and services from Miffin     (127 )     (132 )
Purchases of goods and services from EPM     (31 )     (15 )
Lease of towers and related services from HTA     (21 )     (29 )
Other expenses     (2 )     (3 )
Total     (181 )     (179 )

 

    Nine months
ended
September 30, 2018
    Nine months
ended
September 30, 2017
 
    $ millions  
Income / gains                
Sale of goods and services to Miffin     205       200  
Sale of goods and services to EPM     13       13  
Other income / gains     -       4  
Total     218       217  

 

As at September 30, 2018 the Group had the following balances with related parties:

 

    At
September 30, 2018
    At
December 31, 2017
 
    $ millions  
Liabilities                
Payables to Guatemala joint venture (i)     258       273  
Payables to Honduras joint venture (i)     153       135  
Payables to EPM     2       3  
Other accounts payable     5       10  
Sub-total     419       421  
Finance lease liabilities to HTA (ii)     100       108  
Total     518       529  

 

(i) Amount payable mainly consist of dividend advances for which dividends are expected to be declared later in 2018 and/or shareholder loans.

 

(ii) Disclosed under “Debt and other financing” in the statement of financial position.

 

  F- 25  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

 

    At
September 30, 2018
    At
December 31, 2017
 
    $ millions  
Assets                
Receivables from Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures     34       25  
Receivables from EPM     3       3  
Advance payments to Helios Towers Tanzania     1       8  
Receivable from TigoAirtel Ghana (i)     39       40  
Other accounts receivable     -       1  
Total     77       77  

 

(i) Disclosed under ‘Other non-current assets’ in the statement of financial position.

 

13. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Other than the items disclosed below, the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities approximate their carrying values as at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    Carrying Value     Fair Value (i)  
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2017
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
    $ millions  
Financial liabilities                                
Debt and financing     3,645       3,785       3,630       3,971  

 

(i) Fair values are measured with reference to Level 1 (for listed bonds) or 2.

 

Currency and interest rate swap contracts

 

Interest rate and currency swaps on SEK denominated debt

 

These swaps matured in April 2018 and were settled against a cash payment of $63 million.

 

Interest rate and currency swaps on SEK denominated debt were measured with reference to Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

No other financial instruments have a significant fair value at September 30, 2018.

 

14. INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES

 

Joint ventures are businesses over which Millicom exercises joint control as decisions over the relevant activities of each, such as the ability to upstream cash from the joint ventures, require unanimous consent of shareholders. At September 30, 2018, the equity accounted net assets of our joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana totaled $3,339 million (December 31, 2017: $3,457 million). These net assets do not necessarily represent statutory reserves available for distribution as these include consolidation adjustments (such as goodwill and identified assets and assumed liabilities recognized as part of the purchase accounting). Out of these reserves, $133 million (December 31, 2017: $123 million) represent statutory reserves that are unavailable to be distributed to owners of the Company. During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, Millicom’s joint ventures paid $181 million (September 30, 2017: $147 million for Guatemala and Honduras only) as dividends or dividend advances to the Company. The table below summarises the movements for the year in respect of the material Group’s joint ventures carrying values in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana:

 

    2018  
    Guatemala     Honduras     Ghana (i)  
    $ millions  
Opening balance at January 1, 2018     2,145       726       96  
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 (net of tax)     18       5       -  
Results for the period     98       12       (50 )
Capital increase     -       3       -  
Dividends declared during the period     (177 )     -       -  
Currency exchange differences     (13 )     (16 )     -  
Closing balance at September 30, 2018     2,072       730       46  

 

(i) The Group share of loss from our joint venture in Ghana is disclosed under ‘Profit (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net’ in the income statement.

 

  F- 26  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 – Continued

 

15. IPO – MILLICOM’S OPERATIONS IN TANZANIA

 

In June 2016, an amendment to the Electronic and Postal Communications Act (“EPOCA”) in the Finance Act 2016 required all Tanzanian licensed telecom operators to sell 25% of the authorised share capital in a public offering on the Dar Es Salaam Stock Exchange. The Group is currently working on the preliminary steps (e.g., converting Tigo Tanzania into a public limited company) and in discussions with the authorities regarding the timeline for the listing.

 

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Cable Onda

 

On October 7, 2018, the Company signed an agreement to acquire a controlling 80% stake in Cable Onda, the largest cable and fixed telecommunications services provider in Panama for cash consideration of approximately $1,002 million (subject to closing adjustments). The transaction values 100% of Cable Onda at an enterprise value of $1,460 million. The selling shareholders will retain a 20% equity stake in the company. The transaction is subject to closing conditions (including regulatory approvals) and consent from Cable Onda’s bondholders, and it is expected to close before December 31, 2018.

 

MIC S.A. new financings

 

On October 16, 2018, the Company issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2026. The Notes will bear interest from October 16, 2018 at the annual rate of 6.625%, payable semiannually in arrears on each interest payment date.

 

In addition, in October 2018, the Company entered into a $1 billion term loan facility agreement with a consortium of banks (the “Bridge Facility”). The Bridge Facility matures in October 2019 (unless extended for a period not exceeding six months). Interest on amounts drawn under the Bridge Facility is payable at LIBOR plus a variable margin.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of the above facilities to finance in part the acquisition of Cable Onda and associated costs.

 

  F- 27  

 

 

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Opinion on the consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Millicom International Cellular S.A (the “Company“) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements“). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company‘s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company‘s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young  
Société anonyme  
Cabinet de révision agréé  
   
We have served as the Company‘s auditor since 2012.  
   
Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg  
August 15, 2018  

 

  F- 28  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Consolidated statement of income
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

    Notes   2017     2016(i)     2015(i)  
        (US$ millions)  
Revenue   B.1.     4,076       4,043       6,264  
Cost of sales   B.2.     (1,205 )     (1,175 )     (1,688 )
Gross profit         2,871       2,868       4,576  
Operating expenses   B.2.     (1,594 )     (1,627 )     (2,418 )
Depreciation   E.2.2.     (695 )     (678 )     (974 )
Amortization   E.1.3.     (146 )     (175 )     (226 )
Share of profit in joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras   A.2.     141       115          
Other operating income (expenses), net   B.2.     68       (14 )     (12 )
Operating profit   B.3.     645       490       946  
Interest and other financial expenses   C.3.3.     (396 )     (372 )     (403 )
Interest and other financial income         16       21       21  
Other non-operating (expenses) income, net   B.5.     (4 )     20       (600 )
Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net   A.3.     (85 )     (49 )     100  
Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations         176       109       64  
Charge for taxes, net   B.6.     (158 )     (179 )     (269 )
Profit for the year from continuing operations         18       (70 )     (205 )
Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax   E.3.2.     51       (20 )     (239 )
Net profit (loss) for the year         69       (90 )     (444 )
Attributable to:                            
The owners of Millicom         86       (32 )     (559 )
Non-controlling interests   A.1.4.     (17 )     (58 )     115  
Earnings per common share for profit (loss) attributable to the owners of the Company:                            
Basic (US$ per common share):                            
— from continuing operations         0.34       (0.12 )     (3.20 )
— from discontinued operations         0.51       (0.20 )     (2.39 )
— total   B.7.     0.85       (0.32 )     (5.59 )
Diluted (US$ per common share):                            
— from continuing operations         0.34       (0.12 )     (3.20 )
— from discontinued operations         0.51       (0.20 )     (2.39 )
—total   B.7.     0.85       (0.32 )     (5.59 )

 

 

(i) Re-presented for discontinued operations (shown in note A.4.).

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 29  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Net profit (loss) for the year     69       (90 )     (444 )
Other comprehensive income (to be reclassified to the income statement in subsequent periods), net of tax:                        
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations     85       (14 )     (438 )
Change in value of cash flow hedges, net of tax effects     4       (3 )     (3 )
Other comprehensive income (not to be reclassified to the income statement in subsequent periods), net of tax:                        
Remeasurements of post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax effects     (2 )     (2 )     0  
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year     158       (109 )     (885 )
Attributable to:                        
Owners of the Company     173       (60 )     (897 )
Non-controlling interests     (15 )     (49 )     12  
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the period arises from:                        
Continuing operations     120       (86 )     (648 )
Discontinued operations     38       (23 )     (237 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 30  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Consolidated statement of financial position
at December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

    Notes   December 31
2017
    December 31
2016
 
        (US$ millions)  
ASSETS                
NON-CURRENT ASSETS                    
Intangible assets, net   E.1.     1,265       1,359  
Property, plant and equipment, net   E.2.     2,880       3,057  
Investments in joint ventures   A.2.     2,966       2,945  
Investments in associates   A.3.     241       331  
Deferred tax assets   B.6.     180       166  
Derivative financial instruments   D.1.2.           32  
Other non-current assets   G.5.     113       72  
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS         7,646       7,961  
                     
CURRENT ASSETS                    
Inventories, net   F.2.     45       62  
Trade receivables, net   F.1.     386       387  
Amounts due from non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures   G.5.     37       17  
Prepayments and accrued income         145       171  
Current income tax assets         99       101  
Supplier advances for capex         18       23  
Other current assets         90       110  
Restricted cash   C.4.2     145       145  
Cash and cash equivalents   C.4.1     619       646  
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS         1,585       1,661  
Assets held for sale   E.3.2.     233       5  
TOTAL ASSETS         9,464       9,627  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 31  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Consolidated statement of financial position
at December 31, 2017 and 2016 – continued

 

    Notes   December 31
2017
    December 31
2016
 
        (US$ millions)  
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES                    
EQUITY                    
Share capital and premium   C.1.     637       638  
Treasury shares         (106 )     (123 )
Other reserves   C.1.     (472 )     (562 )
Retained profits         2,950       3,247  
Profit (loss) for the year attributable to equity holders         86       (32 )
Equity attributable to owners of the Company         3,096       3,167  
Non-controlling interests   A.1.4.     185       201  
TOTAL EQUITY         3,281       3,368  
                     
LIABILITIES                    
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES                    
Debt and financing   C.3.     3,600       3,821  
Derivative financial instruments   D.1.2.           84  
Amounts due to associates and joint ventures   G.5.     124       113  
Provisions and other non-current liabilities   F.4.2.     335       286  
Deferred tax liabilities   B.6.     56       57  
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES         4,116       4,361  
                     
CURRENT LIABILITIES                    
Debt and financing   C.3.     185       80  
Payables and accruals for capex         304       326  
Other trade payables         288       297  
Amounts due to non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures   G.5.     296       273  
Accrued interest and other expenses         353       376  
Current income tax liabilities         81       68  
Derivative financial instruments   D.1.2.     56        
Provisions and other current liabilities   F.4.1.     425       477  
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES         1,989       1,898  
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale   E.3.2.     79        
TOTAL LIABILITIES         6,183       6,258  
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES         9,464       9,627  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 32  

 

   

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

    Notes   2017     2016(i)     2015(i)  
        (US$ millions)        
Cash flows from operating activities                            
Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations         175       109       65  
Profit (loss) before taxes from discontinued operations   E.3.2.     51       (26 )     (218 )
Profit (loss) before taxes         226       83       (153 )
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash:                            
Interest and other financial expenses (income), net         416       397       442  
Interest and other financial income         (16 )     (22 )     (22 )
Adjustments for non-cash items:                            
Depreciation and amortization         879       932       1,321  
Share of profit in joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras   A.2.     (141 )     (115 )      
Loss on disposal and impairment of assets, net   E.1.6., E.3.2.     (99 )     19       66  
Share based compensation   C.1.     22       14       19  
(Income) loss from other joint ventures and associates, net   A.3.     85       49       (100 )
Other non-cash non-operating (income) expenses, net   B.5.     (2 )     (22 )     622  
Changes in working capital:                            
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables, prepayments and other current assets         6       102       162  
(Increase) decrease in inventories         16       19       17  
Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables         (83 )     (109 )     (117 )
Total changes in working capital         (61 )     12       62  
Interest (paid)         (372 )     (357 )     (377 )
Interest received         16       19       23  
Taxes (paid)         (132 )     (130 )     (252 )
Net cash provided by operating activities         820       878       1,651  
Cash flows from investing activities:                            
Acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net of cash acquired   A.1.     (22 )           (54 )
Effect of deconsolidation of Guatemala and Honduras subsidiaries   A.2.2.                 (168 )
Dividend received from joint-ventures   A.2.2.     203       143        
Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries and associates, net of cash disposed   E.3.2., A.3.2.     22       147       4  
Purchase of intangible assets and licenses   E.1.4.     (133 )     (143 )     (186 )
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets         4       6       4  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   E.2.3.     (650 )     (719 )     (1,019 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment   C.3.4.     179       6       5  
Net (increase) decrease in restricted cash                     (17 )
Dividend received from associates   A.3.                 6  
Cash (used in) provided by other investing activities, net   D.1.2     31       8       14  
Net cash used in investing activities         (367 )     (552 )     (1,411 )
Cash flows from financing activities:                            
Acquisition of non-controlling interests   A.1.2.                 (39 )
Proceeds from debt and financing   C.3.     996       713       1,880  
Repayment of debt and financing   C.3.     (1,195 )     (821 )     (1,392 )
Advances for, and dividends to non-controlling interests   A.1./A.2.           (68 )     (269 )
Payment of dividends to equity holders   C.2.     (265 )     (265 )     (264 )
Net cash from (used by) financing activities         (464 )     (441 )     (84 )
Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net         4       (8 )     (81 )
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents         (8 )     (123 )     75  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year         646       769       694  
Effect of cash in disposal group held for sale   E.3.2     (19 )            
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year         619       646       769  

 

 

(i) Re-presented for discontinued operations.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 33  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

    Number of
shares
(000’s)
    Number of
shares held
by the
Group
(000’s)
    Share
capital(i)
    Share
premium
    Treasury
shares
    Retained
profits(ii)
    Put Option
Reserve
    Other
reserves(iii)
    Total     Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 
    (US$ millions)        
Balance on December 31, 2014     101,739       (1,756 )     153       487       (160 )     4,761       (2,512 )     (389 )     2,339       1,391       3,730  
Total comprehensive income for the year                                   (559 )           (338 )     (897 )     12       (885 )
Dividends(iv)                                   (264 )                   (264 )     (244 )     (508 )
Purchase of treasury shares           (29 )                 (2 )                       (2 )           (2 )
Share based compensation(v)                                               19       19             19  
Issuance of shares under share based compensation schemes           209             (1 )     19                   (18 )                  
Change in scope of consolidation(vi)                                   (48 )           3       (45 )     10       (35 )
Effect of deconsolidation(vii)                                               192       192       (918 )     (726 )
Put option liability reversal(vii)                                   (377 )     2,512             2,135             2,135  
Balance on December 31, 2015     101,739       (1,574 )     153       486       (143 )     3,513             (531 )     3,477       251       3,728  
Total comprehensive income for the year                                   (32 )           (28 )     (60 )     (49 )     (109 )
Dividends(iv)                                   (265 )                 (265 )           (265 )
Purchase of treasury shares           (37 )                 (3 )                       (3 )           (3 )
Share based compensation(v)                                               14       14             14  
Issuance of shares under share based compensation schemes           216             (1 )     23       (1 )           (17 )     4             4  
Balance on December 31, 2016     101,739       (1,395 )     153       485       (123 )     3,215             (562 )     3,167       201       3,368  
Total comprehensive income for the year                                   86             87       173       (15 )     158  
Dividends(iv)                                   (265 )                 (265 )           (265 )
Purchase of treasury shares           (32 )                 (3 )                       (3 )           (3 )
Share based compensation(v)                                               22       22             22  
Issuance of shares under share based compensation schemes           233             (1 )     21       1             (18 )     1             1  
Balance on December 31, 2017     101,739       (1,195 )     153       484       (106 )     3,035             (472 )     3,096       185       3,281  

 

 

(i) Share capital and share premium – see note C.1.

 

(ii) Retained profits – includes profit for the year attributable to equity holders, of which $345 million (2016: $321 million; 2015: $384 million) are not distributable to equity holders.

 

(iii) Other reserves – see note C.1.

 

(iv) Dividends – see note C.2.

 

(v) Share-based compensation – see note C.1.

 

(vi) Change in scope of consolidation in 2015 – Zantel, Edatel and Tigo Rwanda see note A.1.2.

 

(vii) Effect of deconsolidation of Honduras and Guatemala – see note A.2.2.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 34  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

Introduction

 

Corporate Information

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. (the “Company” or “MIC SA”), a Luxembourg Société Anonyme, and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (the “Group” or “Millicom”) is an international telecommunications and media group providing digital lifestyle services in emerging markets, through mobile and fixed telephony, cable, broadband, internet, TV (incl. DTH and PayTV) and investments in online businesses in Latin America (Latam) and Africa.

 

The Company’s shares are traded as Swedish Depositary Receipts on the Stockholm stock exchange under the symbol MIC SDB and over the counter in the US under the symbol MIICF. The Company has its registered office at 2, Rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and is registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce under the number RCS B 40 630.

 

On August 14, 2018, these consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance.

 

Business activities

 

Millicom operates its mobile businesses in Central America (El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras) in South America (Bolivia, Colombia and Paraguay), and in Africa (Chad, Ghana, Rwanda and Tanzania).

 

Millicom operates various cable and fixed line businesses in Latam (Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Bolivia and Paraguay). Millicom also provides direct to home satellite service in many of its Latam countries.

 

On December 31, 2015, Millicom deconsolidated its operations in Guatemala and Honduras which are, since that date and for accounting purposes, under joint control (see note A.2.2., for further details).

 

Millicom has investments in online/e-commerce businesses in several countries in Latam and Africa, investments in a tower holding company in Africa and various investments in start-up businesses providing e-payments and content to its mobile and cable customers.

 

IFRS Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Basis of preparation

 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB (IFRS). They are also compliant with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. This is in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, on the application of international accounting standards for listed companies domiciled in the European Union.

 

The financial statements have been prepared on an historical cost basis, except for certain items including derivative financial instruments and call options (measured at fair value), financial instruments that contain obligations to purchase own equity instruments (measured at the present value of the redemption price), and property, plant and equipment under finance leases (initially measured at the lower of fair value and present value of the future minimum lease payments).

 

This section contains the Group’s significant accounting policies that relate to the financial statements as a whole. Significant accounting policies specific to one note are included within that note. Accounting policies relating to non-material items are not included in these financial statements.

 

Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31 of each year. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as the Company, using consistent accounting policies.

 

  F- 35  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

All intra-group balances, transactions, income and expenses, and profits and losses resulting from intra-group transactions are eliminated.

 

Foreign currency

 

Financial information in these financial statements are shown in the US dollar presentation currency of the Group and rounded to the nearest million (US$ million) except where otherwise indicated. The financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (the functional currency). The functional currency of each subsidiary, joint venture and associate reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of these entities. Except for El Salvador where the functional currency is US dollar, the functional currency in other countries is the local currency.

 

The results and financial position of all Group entities (none of which operate in an economy with a hyperinflationary environment) with functional currency other than the US dollar presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

  (i) Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate on the date of the statement of financial position;
     
(ii) Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and

 

(iii) All resulting exchange differences are recognized as a separate component of equity (currency translation reserve), in the caption “Other reserves”.

 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of net investments in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are recorded in equity. When the Group disposes of or loses control over a foreign operation, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognized in the consolidated income statement as part of gain or loss on sale or loss of control.

 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the closing rate.

 

The following table presents functional currency translation rates for the Group’s locations to the US dollar on December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the average rates for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

Exchange Rates to the
US Dollar
  Functional Currency   2017
Average
Rate
    2017
Year-end
Rate
    Change
%
    2016
Average
Rate
    2016
Year-end
Rate
    Change
%
    2015
Average
Rate
    2015
Year-
end Rate
 
Bolivia   Boliviano (BOB)     6.91       6.91       n/a       6.91       6.91       n/a       6.91       6.91  
Chad and Senegal   CFA Franc (XAF)     588       558       12.00       600       626       2.65       592.91       609.96  
Colombia   Peso (COP)     2,961       2,984       1.00       3,049       3,001       (4.72 )     2,742       3,149  
Costa Rica   Costa Rican Colon (CRC)     571       573       (2.00 )     551       561       2.98       541.13       544.87  
El Salvador   US dollar     n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Ghana   Cedi (GHS)     4.36       4.42       (5.00 )     3.92       4.2       10.53       3.72       3.8  
Guatemala   Quetzal (GTQ)     7.36       7.34       2.00       7.61       7.52       (1.44 )     7.65       7.63  
Honduras   Lempira (HNL)     23.58       23.67             22.92       23.59       5.17       22.02       22.43  
Luxembourg   Euro (EUR)     0.89       0.83       12.00       0.91       0.95       3.26       0.9       0.92  
Nicaragua   Cordoba (NIO)     30.05       30.79       (5.00 )     28.62       29.32       4.98       27.25       27.93  
Paraguay   Guarani (PYG)     5,626       5,590       3.00       5,686       5,767       (0.69 )     5,200       5,807  
Rwanda   Rwandan Franc (RWF)     832       845       (3.00 )     787       820       9.68       719.78       747.41  
Sweden   Krona (SEK)     8.53       8.18       10.00       8.58       9.11       7.94       8.41       8.44  
Tanzania   Shilling (TZS)     2,233       2,245       (3.00 )     2,183       2,181       1.02       1,983       2,159  
United Kingdom   Pound (GBP)     0.77       0.74       9.00       0.74       0.81       19.12       0.65       0.68  

 

  F- 36  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

New and amended IFRS accounting standards

 

Standards or Amendments   Objective   IASB Effective Date
         
Adopted by Millicom on January 1, 2017, with no material impact to the consolidated financial statements
 
IAS 7 Disclosure Initiative – Amendment to IAS 7   The amendments to IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows are part of the IASB’s Disclosure Initiative and require an entity to provide disclosures that enable users of financial statements to evaluate changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, including both changes arising from cash flows and non-cash changes.   January 1, 2017
         
    This amendment did not have a material impact for the Group. The disclosures required have been added to these consolidated financial statements, see note C.5.    
         
IAS 12 Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealized Losses   The IASB issued the amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes to clarify the accounting for deferred tax assets for unrealized losses on debt instruments measured at fair value. The amendments clarify that an entity needs to consider whether tax law restricts the sources of taxable profits against which it may make deductions on the reversal of that deductible temporary difference. Furthermore, the amendments provide guidance on how an entity should determine future taxable profits and explains in which circumstances taxable profit may include the recovery of some assets for more than their carrying amount.   January 1, 2017
         
    This amendment did not have a material impact for the Group.    
         
Not yet effective and not early adopted by Millicom on January 1, 2017
 
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers   IFRS 15 establishes a five-step model related to revenue recognition from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at amounts that reflect the consideration that an entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. The Group will adopt the accounting standard on January 1, 2018, and identified a limited impact on its Group financial statements. For the Group, IFRS 15 mainly affects the timing of recognition of revenue as it introduces more differences between the billing and the recognition of the revenue. However, it will not affect the cash flows generated by the Group.   January 1, 2018
         
    As a consequence of adopting this standard in 2018:    
         
    1)    Some revenue will be recognized earlier, as a larger portion of the total consideration received in a bundled contract will be attributable to the component delivered at contract inception (i.e. typically a subsidized handset). Therefore, this will produce a shift from service revenue (which will decrease) to the benefit of telephone and equipment revenue. This will result in the recognition of a contract asset on the statement of financial position as more revenue is recognized upfront while the cash will be received along the subscription period (which is usually between 12 to 36 months). Contract assets (and liabilities) will be reported on a separate line in current assets even if their realization period is longer than 12 months. This is because they are realized / settled as part of the normal operating cycle of our core business;    

 

  F- 37  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Standards or Amendments   Objective   IASB Effective Date
         
    2)    The cost incurred to obtain a contract (mainly commissions) will be capitalized in the statement of financial position and amortized over either the average customer retention period or the contract term, depending on the circumstances. This will result in the recognition of contract costs capitalized on the statement of financial position;    
         
    3)    There will be no material changes for the purpose of determining whether the Group acts as principal or an agent in the sale of products.    
         
    Management identified certain other adjustments that are not material for the Group and therefore, are not disclosed.    
         
    The Group will adopt the standard using the cumulative catch-up transition method. Hence, the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard will be recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1, 2018, and comparative financial statements will not be restated. The Group expects an increase of approximately US$ 48 million on the retained earnings as of January 1, 2018.    
         
    Additionally, the Group has decided to take some of the practical expedients foreseen in the standard, such as:    
         
    ·      Millicom will not adjust the transaction price for the means of a financing component whenever the period between the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer and the associated payment is one year or less; when the period is more than one year the significant financing component will be adjusted, if material;    
         
    ·     Millicom will disclose in the Group financial statements the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations only for contracts that have an original expected duration of more than one year (e.g. unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts that have an original duration of one year or less will not be disclosed);    

 

  F- 38  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Standards or Amendments   Objective   IASB Effective Date
         
    ·      Millicom will apply the practical expedient not to disclose the price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations, if the consideration from a customer directly corresponds to the value to the customer of the entity’s performance to date (i.e. if billing = accounting revenue);    
         
    ·      Millicom will apply the practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that Millicom otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.    
         
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments   IFRS 9 addresses the classification, measurement and recognition, and impairments of financial assets and financial liabilities as well as hedge accounting. It replaces the parts of IAS 39 that relate to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 requires financial assets to be classified into two measurement categories: those measured at fair value, and those measured at amortized cost. The determination is made at initial recognition. The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing its financial instruments and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the instrument. For financial liabilities, the standard retains most of the IAS 39 requirements. The main change is that, in cases where the fair value option is taken for financial liabilities, the part of a fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is recorded in other comprehensive income rather than the income statement, unless this creates an accounting mismatch. A final standard on hedging (excluding macro-hedging) was issued in November 2013 which aligns hedge accounting more closely with risk management and allows hedge accounting to continue under IAS 39. IFRS 9 also clarifies the accounting for certain modifications and exchanges of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost.   January 1, 2018
         
    The application of IFRS 9 will not have an impact for the Group on classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities compared to current rules, but it will have a limited impact on impairment of trade receivables and contract assets (IFRS 15) as well as on amounts due from joint ventures and related parties - with the application of the expected credit loss model instead of the current incurred loss model. Similarly to IFRS 15 adoption, the Group will adopt the standard using the cumulative catch-up transition method and will therefore not restate comparative periods. Hence, the cumulative effect of initially applying the Standard will be recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1, 2018, and comparatives will not be restated. The Group expects a decrease of approximately US$38 million on the retained earnings as of January 1, 2018. Additionally, the Group will continue applying IAS 39 rules with respect to hedge accounting. Finally, the clarification introduced by IFRS 9 on the accounting for certain modifications and exchanges of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost will have no impact for the Group.    

 

  F- 39  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Standards or Amendments   Objective   IASB Effective Date
         
IFRS 16 Leases   The application of the standard will affect primarily the accounting for the Group’s operating leases. As of December 31, 2017, the Group has operating lease commitments of US$808 million, see note G.2.2. However, the Group is still assessing to what extent these commitments will result in the recognition of an asset and a liability for future payments and how this will affect the Group’s profit and classification of cash flows. This said, the application of this standard will affect net debt and leverage ratios of the Group.   January 1, 2019
         
    Some of the commitments may be covered by the exception for short-term and low-value leases and some commitments may relate to arrangements that will not qualify as leases under IFRS 16.    
         
IFRIC 22 Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration   This IFRIC addresses foreign currency transactions or parts of transactions where there is consideration that is denominated or priced in a foreign currency. The interpretation provides guidance for when a single payment/receipt is made as well as for situations where multiple payments/receipts are made. The guidance aims to reduce diversity in practice. The Group does not expect this amendment to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.   January 1, 2018
         
IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over income tax treatments   IFRIC 23 clarifies how the recognition and measurement requirements of IAS 12 Income taxes, are applied where there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Earlier application is permitted. This interpretation has not been endorsed by the EU yet. The Group is currently assessing the impact of this interpretation but does not expect any significant effect of applying it.   January 1, 2019
         
Annual improvements 2014-2016   These amendments impact three standards: IFRS 1, First-time adoption of IFRS, regarding the deletion of short-term exemptions for first-time adopters regarding IFRS 7, IAS 19, and IFRS 10. IFRS 12, Disclosure of interests in other entities regarding clarification of the scope of the standard (effective 1 January 2017). IAS 28, Investments in associates and joint ventures regarding measuring an associate or joint venture at fair value. The Group does not expect these improvements to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. These improvements have not been endorsed by the EU yet.   January 1, 2018

 

  F- 40  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Standards or Amendments   Objective   IASB Effective Date
         
Annual improvements 2015-2017   These amendments impact four standards: IFRS 3, Business Combinations and IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements regarding previously held interest in a joint operation. IAS 12, Income Taxes regarding income tax consequences of payments on financial instruments classified as equity. And finally, IAS 23, Borrowing Costs regarding eligibility for capitalization. Again, the Group does not expect these improvements to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. These improvements have not been endorsed by the EU yet.   January 1, 2019
         

Amendments to IAS 19,

‘Employee benefits’ on

plan amendment, curtailment
or settlement

 

These amendments require an entity to:

• use updated assumptions to determine current service cost and net interest for the reminder of the period after a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement; and

• recognize in profit or loss as part of past service cost, or a gain or loss on settlement, any reduction in a surplus, even if that surplus was not previously recognized because of the impact of the asset ceiling.

The Group does not expect these amendments to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. These amendments have not been endorsed by the EU yet.

  January 1, 2019

 

Judgments and critical estimates

 

The preparation of IFRS financial statements requires management to use judgment in applying accounting policies. It also requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on management's best knowledge of current events, actions and best estimates as of a specified date, and actual results may ultimately differ from these estimates. Areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in each note and are summarized below:

 

Judgments

 

Management apply judgment in accounting treatment and accounting policies in preparation of these financial statements. In particular a significant level of judgment is applied regarding the following items:

 

· Contingent liabilities – whether or not a provision should be recorded for any potential liabilities (see note G.3.);

 

· Leases – whether the substance of leases meets the IFRS criteria for recognition as finance or operating leases or services contracts, or elements of each (see notes E.2. and G.2.);

 

· Control – whether Millicom, through voting rights and potential voting rights attached to shares held, or by way of shareholders’ agreements or other factors, has the ability to direct the relevant activities of the subsidiaries it consolidates, or jointly direct the relevant activities of its joint ventures (see notes A.1., A.2.);

 

· Discontinued operations and assets held for sale – definition, classification and presentation (see notes A.4., E.3.1.) as well as measurement of potential provisions related to indemnities;

 

· Deferred tax assets – recognition based on likely timing and level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies (see notes B.6.3. and G.3.2.);

 

  F- 41  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

· Acquisitions – measurement at fair value of existing and newly identified assets and goodwill, the measurement of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, and the assessment of useful lives (see notes A.1.2., E.1.1., E.1.5., E.2.1.);

 

· Defined benefit obligations – key assumptions related to life expectancies, salary increases and leaving rates, mainly related to UNE Colombia (see note B.4.3.);

 

· Impairment testing – key assumptions related to future business performance (see notes E.1.2., E.1.6., E.2.2.).

 

Estimates

 

Estimates are based on historical experience and other factors, including reasonable expectations of future events. These factors are reviewed in preparation of the financial statements although, due to inherent uncertainties in the evaluation process, actual results may differ from original estimates. Estimates are subject to change as new information becomes available and may significantly affect future operating results. Significant estimates have been applied in respect of the following items:

 

· Accounting for property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets in determining fair values at acquisition dates, particularly for assets acquired in business combinations and sale and leaseback transactions (see note E.2.1.);

 

· Useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (see notes E.1.1., E.2.1.);

 

· Provisions, in particular provisions for asset retirement obligations, legal and tax risks (see note F.4.);

 

· Revenue recognition (see note B.1.1.).

 

· Impairment testing including weighted average cost of capital (WACC) and long term growth rates (see note E.1.6.);

 

· Estimates for defined benefit obligations (see note B.4.3.);

 

· Accounting for share-based compensation in particular estimates of forfeitures and future performance criteria (see notes B.4.1., B.4.2.).

 

A. The Millicom Group

 

The Group comprises a number of holding companies, operating subsidiaries and joint ventures with various combinations of mobile, fixed-line telephony, cable and wireless Pay TV, Internet and Mobile Financial Services (MFS) businesses. The Group also holds investments in a tower holding company investing in Africa and in online businesses in Latin America (Latam) and Africa.

 

A.1. Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries are all entities which Millicom controls. Millicom controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to variable returns from its investment in the entity, and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the subsidiary. Millicom has power over an entity when it has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities, i.e. the activities that significantly affect the entity’s returns. Generally, control accompanies a shareholding of more than half of the voting rights although certain other factors (including contractual arrangements with other shareholders, voting and potential voting rights) are considered when assessing whether Millicom controls an entity. For example, although Millicom holds less than 50% of the shares in its Colombian businesses, it holds more than 50% of shares with voting rights. The contrary may also be true (e.g. Guatemala and Honduras). With respect of the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras, shareholders’ agreements require unanimous consents for decisions over the relevant activities of these entities (see also note A.2.2). Therefore, the Group has joint control over these entities and accounts for them under the equity method.

 

  F- 42  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Our main subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Entity   Country   Activity   December 31
2017
% holding
    December 31
2016
% holding
    December 31
2015
% holding
 
Latin America                                
Telemovil El Salvador S.A.   El Salvador   Mobile, MFS     100       100       100  
Cable El Salvador S.A. de C.V.   El Salvador   Cable, DTH     100       100       100  
Navega.com SA, Sucursal El Salvador   El Salvador   Cable, DTH     100       100       100  
Cable Costa Rica S.A.   Costa Rica   Cable, DTH     100       100       100  
Telefónica Celular de Bolivia S.A.   Bolivia   Mobile, DTH, MFS, Cable     100       100       100  
Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.   Paraguay   Mobile, MFS, Cable, PayTV     100       100       100  
Colombia Móvil S.A. E.S.P.(i)   Colombia   Mobile     50-1 share       50-1 share       50-1 share  
UNE EPM Telecomunicaciones S.A.(i)   Colombia   Fixed-line, Internet, PayTV, Mobile     50-1 share       50-1 share       50-1 share  
Edatel S.A. E.S.P.(i)   Colombia   Fixed-line, Internet, PayTV, Cable     50-1 share       50-1 share       50-1 share  
Africa                                
Millicom Ghana Company Limited(ii)   Ghana   Mobile, MFS           100       100  
Sentel GSM S.A.(iii)   Senegal   Mobile, MFS     100       100       100  
MIC Tanzania Limited(iv)   Tanzania   Mobile, MFS     100       100       100  
Millicom Tchad S.A.   Chad   Mobile, MFS     100       100       100  
Millicom Rwanda Limited(iii)   Rwanda   Mobile, MFS     100       100       100  
Oasis S.A.(iii)   DRC   Mobile, MFS                 100  
Zanzibar Telecom Limited   Tanzania   Mobile, MFS     85       85       85  
Unallocated                                
Millicom International Operations S.A.   Luxembourg   Holding Company     100       100       100  
Millicom International Operations B.V.   Netherlands   Holding Company     100       100       100  
MIC Latin America B.V.   Netherlands   Holding Company     100       100       100  
Millicom Africa B.V.   Netherlands   Holding Company     100       100       100  
Millicom Holding B.V.   Netherlands   Holding Company     100       100       100  
Millicom Spain S.L.   Spain   Holding Company     100       100       100  

 

 

(i) Fully consolidated as Millicom has the majority of voting shares to direct the relevant activities.

 

(ii) Merged with Airtel Ghana in October 2017 and classified as discontinued operations for the year then ended (see note E.3.2.). Merged entity is accounted for as a joint venture as from merger date (see note A.2.4.).

 

(iii) See note A.1.3.

 

(iv) See note G.3.1.

 

A.1.1. Accounting for subsidiaries and non-controlling interests

 

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to Millicom. If facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the elements of control, a reassessment is performed to determine if control still exists. Subsidiaries are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. Transactions with non-controlling interests are accounted for as transactions with equity owners of the Group. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are recorded in equity. For purchases from non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is also recorded in equity.

 

A.1.2. Acquisition of subsidiaries and increases in non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Tigo Paraguay completed the acquisition of TV Cable Parana for a total consideration of approximately US$18 million, net of cash acquired. The purchase accounting was finalized in March 2017. The purchase price has been mainly allocated to a customer list (US$14 million) and to other tangible and intangible fixed assets (US$3 million). As a result, the final goodwill amounted to US$1 million.

 

  F- 43  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

In addition, the Group did some other minor acquisitions for US$4 million.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, Millicom did not make any significant acquisition.

 

During 2015 Millicom acquired 85% of the shares and control of Zanzibar Telecom Limited, raised its stake in its Rwandan subsidiary from 87.5% to 100% and in one of the UNE subsidiaries (Edatel S.A. E.S.P.) from 80% to 100%. The Group also made other smaller acquisitions for a total consideration of US$20 million.

 

On 4 June 2015 Millicom’s fully owned Swedish subsidiary Millicom International Ventures AB entered into an agreement to purchase 85% of Zanzibar Telecom Limited (“Zantel”). The agreed purchase consideration was US$1 subject to final price adjustment and included a shareholder loan. In addition, Millicom assumed Zantel’s debt obligations. The transaction completed on 22 October 2015 after receipt of regulatory approvals. The final sale consideration is still subject to adjustment under the terms of the sale and purchase agreement with Airtel. Management does not expect any material deviation from the initial consideration.

 

The deal also includes a reverse earn-out mechanism based on Zantel’s achievement of EBITDA targets for the period from 2017 to 2019. No amounts have been recognized under this mechanism as conditions are not likely to be met. For the purchase accounting, Millicom determined the fair value of Zantel based on transaction and relative values. The non-controlling interest was measured based on the proportionate share of the fair value of the net assets of Zantel. The purchase accounting was updated and finalized in 2016 when additional information became available regarding fair values of acquired assets and liabilities.

 

    Fair values
(100%)
 
    (US$ millions)  
Intangible assets (excluding goodwill), net (i)     75  
Property, plant and equipment, net (ii)     32  
Other non-current assets (iii)     14  
Current assets (excluding cash) (iv) (v)     41  
Cash and cash equivalents     5  
Total assets acquired     167  
Non-current liabilities     77  
Current liabilities     103  
Total liabilities assumed     180  
Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net     (13 )
Fair value of non-controlling interest in Zantel     (2 )
Millicom’s interest in the fair value of Zantel     (11 )
Acquisition price (US$1 dollar)      
Goodwill     11  

 

 

(i) Intangible assets not previously recognized are a trademark for an amount of US$10 million, with indefinite useful life, a customer list for an amount of US$13 million, with estimated useful life of four years, telecommunication spectrum licenses for an amount of US$23 million, with estimated useful life of ten years and favorable contracts for US$2 million. Certain Indefeasible Rights of Use (IRUs) were also written down to their fair values for an amount of US$9 million.

 

(ii) Certain network and civil works assets were adjusted down to their fair value for an amount of US$10 million. Certain land values were also stepped up to their fair value for an amount of US$2 million.

 

(iii) The change in other non-current assets mainly corresponds to the step up at fair value of Zantel’s 9% investment in the West Indian Ocean Cable Company Limited (“WIOCC”), a telecommunications carriers’ carrier.

 

(iv) Current assets include indemnification assets at fair value for an amount of US$11 million.

 

(v) The fair value of trade receivables acquired was US$19 million.

 

  F- 44  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

The goodwill, which comprises the fair value of the assembled work force and expected synergies from the acquisition, is not tax deductible.

 

A.1.3. Disposal of subsidiaries and decreases in non-controlling interests of subsidiaries

 

Rwanda

 

On December 19, 2017, Millicom announced that it has signed an agreement for the sale of its Rwanda operations to subsidiaries of Bharti Airtel Limited. The total consideration of the transaction is approximately 6x 2017 adjusted EBITDA of the Rwandan operation, payable over two years, consisting of a mix of cash, vendor loan note and earn out.

 

The Group received regulatory approvals on January 23, 2018 and the sale was subsequently completed on January 31, 2018. In accordance with Group practices, Rwanda operations’ assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale on January 23, 2018. Rwanda’s operations also represented a separate geographical area and did qualify for discontinued operations. As a result, the Group income statements for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 have been restated accordingly to show the results on a single line in the income statements (‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’). On January 31, 2018, our operations in Rwanda have been deconsolidated and no material loss on disposal was recognized (its carrying value was aligned to its fair value less costs of disposal as of December 31, 2017). However, a loss of $32 million has been recognized in Q1 2018 corresponding to the recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity since the creation of the Group. This loss has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’. The final sale consideration is still subject to adjustment under the terms of the sale and purchase agreement with Airtel. Management does not expect any material deviation from the initial consideration. (see note E.3.)

 

Ghana merger

 

On March 3, 2017, Millicom and Bharti Airtel Limited (Airtel) announced that they had entered into an agreement for Tigo Ghana Limited and Airtel Ghana Limited to combine their operations in Ghana. In accordance with Group practices, Ghana operations’ assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale on September 30, 2017. Ghana’s operations also represented a separate geographical area and did qualify for discontinued operations. As a result, the Group income statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 were restated accordingly to show the results on a single line in the income statements (‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’). The transaction was completed on October 12, 2017 (see note E.3.).

 

Senegal

 

On July 28, 2017, Millicom announced that it had agreed to sell its Senegal business to a consortium consisting of NJJ, Sofima (managed by the Axian Group) and Teylium Group, subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals. In accordance with Group practices, Senegal operations’ assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale on February 2, 2017. Senegal’s operations also represented a separate geographical area and did qualify for discontinued operations. As a result, the Group income statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 were restated accordingly to show the results on a single line in the income statements (‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’). On April 19, 2018, the President of Senegal issued an approval decree in respect of the proposed sale by Millicom of its Tigo operation in Senegal to a consortium consisting of NJJ, Sofima (a telecom investment vehicle managed by the Axian Group) and Teylium Group. The sale completed on April 27, 2018. The final sale consideration is still subject to adjustment under the terms of the sale and purchase agreement with the consortium. Management does not expect any material deviation from the initial consideration. (see note E.3.)

 

DRC

 

On February 8, 2016, Millicom announced that it had signed an agreement for the sale of its businesses in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) to Orange S.A. (see note E.3.). In accordance with Group practices, DRC operations’ assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale on February 8, 2016. DRC’s operations also represented a separate geographical area and did qualify for discontinued operations. As a result, the Group income statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, was restated accordingly to show the results on a single line in the income statements (‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’). The sale was completed on April 20, 2016.

 

  F- 45  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Other disposals

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, Millicom did not dispose of any other significant investments. For the year ended 31 December 2015, Millicom disposed of minor subsidiaries for cash consideration of US$4 million.

 

A.1.4. Summarized financial information relating to significant subsidiaries with non-controlling interests

 

At December 31, 2017, Millicom’s subsidiaries with material non-controlling interests were the Group’s operations in Colombia.

 

Balance sheet – non-controlling interests

 

    December 31  
    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Colombia     197       207  
Others     (11 )     (6 )
Total     185       201  

 

Profit (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)        
Guatemala operations (until 31 December 2015)                 148  
Honduras operations (until 31 December 2015)                 20  
Colombia     (13 )     (55 )     (50 )
Others     (4 )     (3 )     (3 )
Total     (17 )     (58 )     115  

 

The summarized financial information for material non-controlling interests in our operations in Colombia is provided below. This information is based on amounts before inter-company eliminations.

 

Colombia

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)        
Revenue     1,739       1,717       1,982  
Total operating expenses     (647 )     (660 )     (751 )
Operating profit     106       40       94  
Net (loss) for the year     (25 )     (110 )     (100 )
50% non-controlling interest in net (loss)     (13 )     (55 )     (50 )
                         
Total assets (excluding goodwill)     2,193       2,221       2,278  
Total liabilities     1,771       1,776       1,745  
Net assets     422       445       533  
50% non-controlling interest in net assets     211       223       266  
Consolidation adjustments     (14 )     (16 )     (12 )
Total non-controlling interest     197       207       254  
Dividends and advances paid to non-controlling interest           67       11  
                         
Net cash from operating activities     331       366       423  
Net cash from (used in) investing activities     (209 )     (340 )     (435 )
Net cash from (used in) financing activities     (46 )     (24 )     (25 )
Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net     3       1       (38 )
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     80       3       (75 )

 

  F- 46  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

A.2. Joint ventures

 

Joint ventures are businesses over which Millicom exercises joint control as decisions over the relevant activities of each, such as the ability to upstream cash from the joint ventures, require unanimous consent of shareholders. Millicom determines the existence of joint control by reference to joint venture agreements, articles of association, structures and voting protocols of the Board of Directors of those ventures.

 

At December 31, 2017, the equity accounted net assets of our joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana totaled $3,647 million (December 31, 2016: $3,459 million for Guatemala and Honduras only). These net assets do not necessarily represent statutory reserves available for distribution as these include consolidation adjustments (such as goodwill and identified assets and assumed liabilities recognized as part of the purchase accounting). Out of these reserves, $123 million (December 31, 2016: $115 million) represent statutory reserves that are unavailable to be distributed to owners of the Company. During the year ended December 31, 2017, Millicom’s joint ventures paid $203 million (December 31, 2016: $143 million) as dividends or dividend advances to the Company.

 

Our main joint ventures are as follows:

 

Entity   Country   Activity   December 31
2017
% holding
    December 31
2016
% holding
 
Latin America                        
Comunicaciones Celulares S.A.   Guatemala   Mobile, MFS     55       55  
Navega.com S.A.   Guatemala   Cable, DTH     55       55  
Telefónica Celular S.A.   Honduras   Mobile, MFS     66.7       66.7  
Navega S.A. de C.V.   Honduras   Cable     66.7       66.7  
Bharti Airtel Ghana Holdings B.V.   Ghana   Mobile, MFS     50        

 

Despite the fact Millicom owns more than 50% of the shares of these entities, the boards of directors are composed equally by members from Millicom and from our partners. The shareholders’ agreements then require unanimous consents from his board members for key decisions over the relevant activities of these entities. Therefore, the operations of these joint ventures are consolidated under the equity method.

 

The carrying values of Millicom’s investments in joint ventures were as follows:

 

Carrying value of investments in joint ventures at December 31

 

    %     2017     2016  
          (US$ millions)  
Honduras operations(i)     66.7       726       766  
Guatemala operations(i)     55       2,145       2,179  
Ghana operations     50       96        
Total             2,966       2,945  

 

 

(i) Includes all the companies under the Honduras and Guatemala groups.

 

The table below summarizes the movements for the year in respect of the Group’s joint ventures carrying values:

 

    2017  
    Guatemala(i)     Honduras(i)     Ghana(ii)  
    (US$ millions)  
Opening balance at January 1, 2016     2,237       983        
Results for the year 2016     106       9        
Dividends declared during the year     (166 )     (178 )      
Currency exchange differences     2       (48 )      
Closing balance at December 31, 2016     2,179       766        

 

  F- 47  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

    2017  
    Guatemala(i)     Honduras(i)     Ghana(ii)  
    (US$ millions)  
Change in scope                 102  
Results for the year 2017     126       16       (6 )
Dividends declared during the year     (168 )     (46 )      
Currency exchange differences     7       (6 )      
Closing balance at December 31, 2017     2,145       726       96  

 

 

(i) Share of profit (loss) is recognized under ‘Share of profit in the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras’ in the income statement.

 

(ii) Share of profit (loss) is recognized under ‘Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net’ in the income statement.

 

At December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Group had not incurred obligations, nor made payments on behalf of Guatemala, Honduras or Ghana operations.

 

A.2.1. Accounting for joint ventures

 

Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost (i.e. fair value in case it was a subsidiary of the Group before transaction). The Group’s investments in joint ventures include goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment loss) on acquisition.

 

The Group’s share of post-acquisition profits or losses of joint ventures is recognized in the consolidated income statement and its share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognized in reserves. Cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investments. When the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the joint venture, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless the Group has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint ventures.

 

Gains on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the joint ventures. Losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of joint ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. Dilution gains and losses arising in investments in joint ventures are recognized in the income statement.

 

After application of the equity method, including recognizing the joint venture’s losses, the Group applies IAS 39 to determine whether it is necessary to recognize any additional impairment loss with respect to its net investment in the joint venture.

 

A.2.2. Honduras and Guatemala operations deconsolidation

 

Effective July 1, 2010 (Honduras) and 1 January 2014 (Guatemala), Millicom reached agreements with its respective local partners whereby the local partners granted Millicom an unconditional call option for a duration of five years (Honduras) and two years (Guatemala) for their respective stakes in its Honduras and Guatemala operations. As a result of these agreements and the path to obtain control of the entities, the Group was fully consolidating these operations. At the same time, and as a consideration for the call options, Millicom granted put options for the same duration to its local partners. The put options were exercisable on a change of control of Millicom International Cellular S.A., or Millicom’s subsidiaries that hold the shares in the Honduras and Guatemala operations.

 

On June 19, 2015 Millicom reached an agreement with its local partner to extend Millicom’s five-year unconditional call option to acquire the remaining 33.3% of the Honduran business until 31 December 2015 and in return extended the local partners conditional put option over the 33.3% stake. All other terms and conditions of the put and call options remained unchanged.

 

  F- 48  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Millicom’s five-year unconditional call option to acquire the remaining 33.3% of the Honduran business, as extended by six months from July 1, 2015 expired unexercised on December 31, 2015, and accordingly the Honduran business was deconsolidated from December 31, 2015.

 

Similarly, Millicom’s two-year unconditional call option to acquire the remaining 45% of the Guatemalan business expired unexercised on December 31, 2015 and, accordingly, the Guatemala business was deconsolidated from December 31, 2015.

 

At the same time, the conditional put options Millicom provided to the other shareholders also lapsed.

 

As a consequence, and because the Group no longer had path to control, on December 31, 2015, Millicom deconsolidated its investments in Honduras and Guatemala operations and accounted for them under the equity method, initially at fair value of respectively US$2.2 billion for Guatemala and US$1.0 billion for Honduras, resulting in a loss on the deconsolidation of these businesses amounting to US$391 million, including recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity of US$192 million, which was recorded under “Other non-operating income (expenses), net” for the year ended December 31, 2015. The fair values of Honduras and Guatemala operations were determined based on a discounted cash flow calculation.

 

As from December 31, 2015 onwards, Millicom therefore jointly controls the Honduras and Guatemala operations and accounts for its investments in these operations under the equity method and reports its share of the net income of each of these businesses in the income statement in the caption “Share of profit in joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras, net” since January 1, 2016.

 

Lapse of the put options for both operations resulted in the extinguishment of both put option liabilities amounting to US$2,135 million on December 31, 2015. The carrying values of both liabilities have been settled against the put option reserve within equity for US$2,512 million (amount recognized at inception) and against retained profits for the residual difference of US$(377) million as of December 31, 2015.

 

The Group’s key results and cash flows, excluding Guatemala and Honduras entities, would have been as follows for the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

Summary Group Income Statement, Financial Position and
Cash Flows with Guatemala and Honduras Operations as Joint Ventures
  2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Revenue     4,374       4,616  
Cost of sales     (1,279 )     (1,376 )
Gross profit     3,096       3,241  
Operating expenses     (1,781 )     (1,987 )
Depreciation and amortization     (928 )     (926 )
Other operating expenses     (20 )     (63 )
Share of net profit in Guatemala and Honduras operations     115       151  
Operating profit     482       416  
Net financial expense     (372 )     (318 )
Other non-operating income (expenses), net     10       (578 )
(Loss) income from joint ventures and associates, net     (49 )     100  
Profit (loss) before taxes     71       (379 )
Charge for taxes, net     (180 )     (150 )
Loss for the year     (109 )     (529 )
Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax     19       (83 )
Non-controlling interests     58       53  
Net profit (loss) for the year attributable to Millicom     (32 )     (559 )
                 
Total assets     9,627       10,395  
Total liabilities     6,258       6,667  
Net assets     3,368       3,728  
Net cash from operating activities     878       951  
Net cash from (used in) investing activities     (552 )     (406 )
Net cash from (used in) financing activities     (441 )     (285 )
Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net     (8 )     (82 )
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (123 )     178  
  F- 49  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

The assets and liabilities of the Guatemala and Honduras operations on December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

Summary Statements of Financial Position of   2016     2015  
Guatemala and Honduras Operations   Guatemala     Honduras     Guatemala     Honduras  
    (US$ millions)  
Assets                        
Intangible assets, net (excluding goodwill)     1,440       213       1,253       204  
Property, plant and equipment, net     717       429       710       320  
Other non-current assets     2       1       2       1  
Deferred taxes     8             4        
Inventories     14       6       22       10  
Trade receivables     56       37       58       35  
Prepayments     32       6       37       7  
Amounts due from related parties     466       184       639       351  
Supplier advances     24             31       1  
Other current assets     24       4       22       8  
Restricted cash     4       7       4        
Cash and cash equivalents     289       13       155       13  
Total assets     3,077       902       2,937       950  
                                 
Liabilities                                
Debt and financing     988       402       984       391  
Deferred tax liabilities     4       98       2       60  
Other non-current liabilities     48       18       26       11  
Payables and accruals for capital expenditure     55       35       66       23  
Other trade payables     12       12       40       10  
Amounts due to related parties     12       7       20       11  
Other current provisions and liabilities     132       120       150       119  
Total liabilities     1,251       691       1,289       625  
Net assets     1,826       210       1,648       325  

 

In 2016, the Group had completed the initial accounting for both the Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures as of December 31, 2015, the date of recognition of the Group’s investment in both operations as joint ventures. Millicom determined the fair values of these operations based on discounted cash flows.

 

  F- 50  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Guatemala – 31 December 2015   Carrying
values
55%
    Fair
Values
55%
    Change  
    (US$ millions)  
Intangible assets (excluding goodwill), net(i)     689       905       216  
Property, plant and equipment, net(ii)     390       409       19  
Other non-current assets     3       3        
Current assets (excluding cash)     446       446        
Cash and cash equivalents     87       87        
Total assets     1,615       1,850       235  
Non-current financial liabilities     557       560       3  
Current liabilities     152       152        
Total liabilities     709       712       3  
Carrying value/fair value of assets and liabilities, net     906       1,137       231  
Fair value of the Group’s investment in joint venture           2,237        
Goodwill           1,100        

 

 

(i) Intangible assets increase mainly consists of step-up recognized on the trademark for an amount of US$71 million, with indefinite useful life and the customer lists for an amount of US$148 million, with estimated remaining useful lives of seven years.

 

(ii) Certain network and civil works assets were adjusted to their fair value for an amount of US$19 million.

 

Honduras – 31 December 2015   Carrying
values
66.7%
    Fair
Values
66.7%
    Change  
    (US$ millions)  
Intangible assets (excluding goodwill), net(i)     136       200       64  
Property, plant and equipment, net(ii)     213       307       94  
Other non-current assets     1       1        
Current assets (excluding cash)     274       274        
Cash and cash equivalents     9       9        
Total assets     633       791       158  
Non-current financial liabilities     308       358       51  
Current liabilities     109       109        
Total liabilities     417       467       51  
Carrying value/fair value of assets and liabilities, net     216       324       107  
Fair value of the Group’s investment in joint venture           983        
Goodwill           660        

 

 

(i) Intangible assets increase mainly consists of step-up recognized on the customer lists for an amount of US$64 million, with estimated remaining useful life between two and ten years.

 

(ii) Certain property, plant and equipment assets were adjusted to their fair value for an amount of US$94 million.

 

  F- 51  

 

   

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

A.2.3. Material joint ventures – Guatemala and Honduras operations

 

Summarized financial information for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, of the Guatemala and Honduras operations is as follows. This information is based on amounts before inter-company eliminations.

 

Guatemala

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Revenue     1,328       1,284       1,306  
Depreciation and amortization     (295 )     (281 )     (232 )
Operating profit(i)     352       330       419  
Financial income (expenses), net     (60 )     (73 )     (64 )
Profit before taxes     305       261       355  
Charge for taxes, net     (74 )     (67 )     (77 )
Profit for the year     230       194       278  
Net profit for the year attributable to Millicom     127       106       130  
                         
Dividends and advances paid to Millicom     162       77       216  
Total non-current assets (excluding goodwill)     2,406       2,297       1,969  
Total non-current liabilities     1,052       1,039       1,012  
Total current assets     756       909       968  
Total current liabilities     220       211       277  
Cash and cash equivalents     303       289       155  
Debt and financing – non-current     995       987       984  
Debt and financing – current                  
                         
Net cash from operating activities     498       438       525  
Net cash from (used in) investing activities     (171 )     (174 )     (658 )
Net cash from (used in) financing activities     (315 )     (127 )     195  
Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net     2       (3 )     1  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     14       134       63  

 

 

(i) In 2016, operating profit included a provision for impairment of $24 million related to amounts receivables from video surveillance contracts with the Civil National Police. In 2017, it also includes an additional impairment of $10 million (2016: US$18 million; 2015: US$nil million) on the fixed assets bought in the context of the same contracts.

 

Honduras

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Revenue     585       609       649  
Depreciation and amortization     (156 )     (160 )     (124 )
Operating profit     70       54       159  
Financial income (expenses), net     (27 )     (27 )     (22 )
Profit before taxes     41       13       92  
Charge for taxes, net     (18 )           (51 )
Profit for the year     24       13       41  
Net profit for the year attributable to Millicom     16       9       21  
Dividends and advances paid to Millicom     40       66       42  
                         
Total non-current assets (excluding goodwill)     576       645       525  
Total non-current liabilities     407       454       432  
Total current assets     208       259       424  
Total current liabilities     282       237       193  
Cash and cash equivalents     16       13       13  
Debt and financing – non-current     308       339       361  
Debt and financing – current     80       63       30  
                         
Net cash from operating activities     152       85       175  
Net cash from (used in) investing activities     (74 )     (17 )     (180 )
Net cash from (used in) financing activities     (74 )     (69 )     6  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     3       (1 )     1  

 

  F- 52  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

A.2.4. Ghana merger

 

As mentioned in note A.1.3.\, Millicom and Airtel have signed a Combination Agreement, whereby both investors decided to combine their respective subsidiaries in Ghana, namely Tigo Ghana Limited and Airtel Ghana Limited under an existing company – Bharti Airtel Ghana Holdings B.V. (the ‘JV’ or ‘AirtelTigo Ghana’) both Millicom and Airtel each owning 50%. Necessary regulatory approvals were received on September 18, 2017. As part of the transaction, the government of Ghana retained an option to acquire a 25% stake in the newly combined entity for a period of two years. In the event the government exercises its option, Millicom's stake may reduce to 37.5% or, in certain circumstances, be maintained at 50%.

 

On October 12, 2017, both parties announced the completion of the transaction. As consideration received, each party owns 50% of the equity capital and voting rights of the JV, and Millicom holds a US$40 million loan against Tigo Ghana (the “Millicom Note”), which shall rank in priority to all other obligations of the joint venture owed to its shareholders. The Millicom Note bears interest and is classified under ‘other non-current assets’ in the statement of financial position.

 

Decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. Therefore, based on IFRS 11, this agreement results in Millicom and Airtel having joint control over the combined entity, which is a joint venture. Millicom therefore uses the equity method to account for its investment in the combined entity since October 12, 2017.

 

On the same date, each investor agreed and committed to fund the operations of the JV in accordance with the approved business plan on an equal basis and on the same terms. In this regard, both parties have agreed to provide, on an equal basis, a committed credit facility in the total aggregate amount of US$50 million, with Millicom providing a commitment of US$25 million and Airtel providing the same. The credit facility is undrawn and would bear interest and would be subordinated to the Millicom Note.

 

As a consequence, on that date, Millicom deconsolidated its investments in Ghana operations and accounted for its investment in the combined entity under the equity method, initially at fair value of US$102 million, resulting in a gain on the deconsolidation of these operations amounting to US$118 million, excluding recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity of US$79 million. The net gain of US$36 million has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’. As of December 31, 2017, the purchase price allocation was still provisional and was completed in the first half of 2018. Newly identified assets have been recognized by the joint venture resulting in an additional depreciation of US$3 million for the period from the merger date to December 31, 2017. This depreciation charge has not been recognized in 2017 as it was considered immaterial for the Group.

 

Fair value has been determined using valuation techniques such as discounted cash flows and comparable transaction multiples. As of December 31, 2017, Millicom determined the fair value of the option granted to the government to be immaterial.

 

  F- 53  

 

   

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

AirtelTigo Ghana

 

    2017(i)  
    (US$ millions)  
Revenue     58  
Depreciation and amortization     (11 )
Operating loss     (1 )
Financial income (expenses), net     (10 )
Loss before taxes     (12 )
Charge for taxes, net      
Loss for the period     (12 )
Net loss for the period attributable to Millicom     (6 )
Dividends and advances paid to Millicom      
         
Total non-current assets (excluding goodwill)     184  
Total non-current liabilities     214  
Total current assets     60  
Total current liabilities     106  
Cash and cash equivalents     15  
Debt and financing – non-current     145  
Debt and financing – current      
         
Net cash from operating activities     13  
Net cash from (used in) investing activities      
Net cash from (used in) financing activities     (3 )
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     10  

 

 

(i) From the date of merger (October 12, 2017) to December 31, 2017, for income statement and cash flow metrics.

 

A.2.5. Impairment of investment in joint ventures

 

While no impairment indicators were identified for the Group’s investments in joint ventures in 2017, according to its policy, management have completed an impairment test for its joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras.

 

Group’s investments in Guatemala and Honduras operations were tested for impairment by assessing their recoverable amount (using a value in use model based on discounted cash flows) against their carrying amounts. The cash flow projections used were extracted from financial budgets approved by management and the Board covering a period of five years. Cash flows beyond this period have been extrapolated using a perpetual growth rate of 3.1%–3.2% (2016: 1.0%–2.0%). Discount rates used in determining recoverable amounts were 9.3% and 10.2%, respectively (2016: 8.3% and 9.9%).

 

The investment in Ghana joint venture has not been tested for impairment given the recent transaction and valuation performed in October 2017.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, and as a result of the impairment testing described above, management concluded that none of the Group’s investments in joint ventures should be impaired.

 

Sensitivity analysis was performed on key assumptions within the impairment tests. The sensitivity analysis determined that sufficient margin exists from realistic changes to the assumptions that would not impact the overall results of the testing.

 

A.3. Investments in associates

 

Millicom’s investments in associates mainly represent its shareholding in Helios Towers Africa Ltd (HTA) and its investments in the African and Latam online businesses (AIH and LIH). Millicom has significant influence over these companies but not control or joint control.

  F- 54  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

The Group’s main associates are as follows:

 

Entity   Country   Activity(ies)   December 31
2017
% holding
    December 31
2016
% holding
 
Africa                        
Helios Towers Africa Ltd (HTA)(i)   Mauritius   Holding of Tower infrastructure company     22.83       22.83  
Africa Internet Holding GmbH (AIH)(ii)   Germany   Online marketplace, retail and services     10.15       10.15  
West Indian Ocean Cable Company Limited (WIOCC)(iii)   Republic of Mauritius   Telecommunication carriers’ carrier     9.1       9.1  
Latin America                        
MKC Brilliant Holding GmbH (LIH)   Germany   Online marketplace, retail and services     35.0       35.0  
Unallocated                        
Milvik AB   Sweden   Other     12.3       26.75  

 

 

(i) On October 7, 2015, Millicom and HTA signed an agreement whereby Millicom owns 28.25% of shares in HTA (24.4% on a fully diluted basis) following a shareholding exchange. As a result, shares held by Millicom in HTA’s tower companies in Ghana, DRC and Tanzania have been exchanged for shares in HTA (Such % was subsequently reduced. See note A.3.2.).

 

(ii) During 2015, Millicom ceased to jointly control AIH following changes in AIH shareholder rights. Hence AIH has been considered as an investment in associate as from December 31, 2015.

 

(iii) WIOCC was acquired as part of Zantel acquisition.

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the carrying value of Millicom’s main associates was as follows:

 

Carrying value of investments in associates at December 31

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
MKC Brilliant Holding GmbH (LIH)           55  
African Internet Holding GmbH (AIH)     61       64  
Helios Tower Africa Ltd (HTA)     149       189  
Milvik AB     16       9  
West Indian Ocean Cable Company Limited (WIOCC)     14       14  
Total     241       331  

 

The summarized financial information for the Group’s main material associates (i.e. HTA and AIH) is provided below.

 

Summary of statement of financial position of associates at December 31

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Total current assets     409       384  
Total non-current assets     766       707  
Total assets     1,176       1,091  
Total current liabilities     268       528  
Total non-current liabilities     602       170  
Total liabilities     870       698  
Total net assets     306       393  
Millicom’s carrying value of its investment in HTA and AIH     211       253  
Millicom’s carrying value of its investment in other associates     30       78  
Millicom’s carrying value of its investment in associates     241       331  

 

  F- 55  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Share of net profit (loss) from associates

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Revenue     449       378       237  
Operating expenses     (321 )     (302 )     (420 )
Operating profit (loss)     (148 )     (167 )     (183 )
Net loss for the year     (220 )     (228 )     (143 )
Millicom’s share of results from HTA and AIH     (34 )     (39 )     (38 )
Millicom’s share of results from other associates     (45 )     (10 )     (9 )
Millicom’s share of results from other joint ventures (Ghana)     (6 )            
Millicom’s share of results from other joint ventures and associates     (85 )     (49 )     (47 )

 

A.3.1. Accounting for investments in associates

 

The Group accounts for associates in the same way as it accounts for joint ventures.

 

A.3.2. Acquisitions and disposals of interests in associates

 

Africa Internet Holding GmbH (AIH)

 

AIH indirectly owns a number of companies that provide online services and online marketplaces in certain countries in Africa mainly under the brand name of Jumia.

 

Various shareholder funding rounds were signed in 2016. Millicom did not participate and therefore maintained its initial investment at EUR70 million. In addition, during June 2016, there was a capital restructuring whereby all investors rolled up into AIH. During 2016, these transactions were duly executed and as a result Millicom’s shareholding in AIH was reduced to 10%. This triggered the recognition of a net dilution gain of US$43 million in the 2016 Group income statement under Income (loss) from associates, net.

 

Millicom investment in African towers company, Helios Towers Africa

 

On October 7, 2015, Millicom and Helios Towers Africa (“HTA”) signed an agreement whereby Millicom owns 28.2% of shares in HTA (24% on a fully diluted basis) following a shareholding exchange. Millicom has exchanged shares which were previously held in HTA’s tower companies in Ghana, DRC and Tanzania, into shares in HTA’s parent company and retains significant influence over HTA. This transaction simplified the share ownership structure of HTA, aligned interest among shareholders and moved Millicom’s shareholding to the parent company of HTA. The exchange of shares, which has commercial substance in accordance with IAS 28 and IAS 16, has resulted in the Group recognizing its investment in HTA at fair value and hence a gain on disposal of its investments in the different tower companies of US$147 million under “Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net”.

 

During 2016, Millicom’s shareholding was diluted from 28.2% to 22.8% as a result of previous committed cash calls and new investors’ funding. This resulted in Millicom recognizing a gain on dilution of US$16 million. The gain was recorded in the 2016 Group income statement under “Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net”.

 

MKC Brilliant Holding GmbH (LIH)

 

During 2015, LIH contributed its investments in its operating subsidiaries Kanui and Tricae to Global Fashion Group in a share for share transaction, recognizing a net gain of US$11 million (Millicom’s share). Global Fashion Group is partly owned by Rocket Internet and Kinnevik. LIH’s shareholding in Global Fashion Group was determined from the relative value of Kanui and Tricae and the post-merger value of Global Fashion Group.

 

During March 2015, LIH disposed of its interest in HelloFood and LIH declared a US$8 million dividend to Millicom, which had been received by December 31, 2015.

 

  F- 56  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

During 2016, Millicom’s 35% investment in LIH had been impaired by US$40 million mainly as a result of the decrease in fair value of LIH’s investment in the Global Fashion Group.

 

In April 2017, LIH completed the disposal of its shareholding in Easy Taxi to Cabify. As a result, and ultimately, LIH received cash and shares in Cabify. The transaction resulted in Millicom recognizing a loss of US$11 million (Millicom’s share). Additionally, as a result of the annual impairment test conducted in 2017, Management fully impaired the remaining carrying value of its investment in LIH for US$48 million. These losses are recorded under the caption Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net in the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Milvik AB (BIMA)

 

On December 19, 2017, Millicom announced that it sold a portion of its ownership stake in BIMA (from 20.4% to 12.0% – on a fully diluted basis) to Kinnevik and a new investor, with the latter contributing $97 million in the micro-insurance business. As a result of the transaction, Millicom received US$24 million in cash and recognized a gain on disposal of US$21 million. In addition, and as a consequence of the subsequent capital increase made by the new investor, the Group recognized a gain on dilution of US$11 million. Both gains have been recorded under the caption Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net, in the income statement. Both transactions were carried out at the same fair value on an arm’s length basis.

 

A.4. Discontinued operations

 

A.4.1. Classification of discontinued operations

 

Discontinued operations are those which have identifiable operations and cash flows (for both operating and management purposes) and represent a major line of business or geographic area which has been disposed of, or are held for sale. Revenue and expenses associated with discontinued operations are presented retrospectively in a separate line in the consolidated income statement. Millicom determined that the loss of path to control of operations by the termination of a contractual arrangement (e.g. termination without exercise of an unconditional call option agreement giving path to control, as occurred with the Guatemala and Honduras operations) does not require presentation as a discontinued operation.

 

A.4.2. Millicom’s discontinued operations

 

In accordance with IFRS 5, the Group’s businesses in DRC, Senegal, Tigo Ghana and Tigo Rwanda have been classified as assets held for sale (respectively on February 8, 2016, February 2, 2017, September 28, 2017 and January 23, 2018) and their results were classified as discontinued operations for all years presented in these financial statements. The income statements comparative figures presented in the notes to these consolidated financial statements have therefore been restated accordingly and when necessary. For further details, refer to note E.3.

 

B. Performance

 

B.1. Revenue

 

Millicom’s revenue comprises sale of services from its mobile, cable and digital media, and Mobile Financial Services businesses, as well as related devices and equipment. Recurring revenue consists of monthly subscription fees, airtime and data usage fees, interconnection fees, roaming fees, TV services, B2B contracts, MFS commissions and fees from other telecommunications services such as data services, short message services and other value added services.

 

  F- 57  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Revenue from continuing operations by category

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Mobile     2,281       2,343       4,094  
Fixed     1,553       1,437       1,626  
Other     41       39       39  
Service     3,876       3,820       5,759  
Telephone and equipment and other     200       223       505  
Total     4,076       4,043       6,264  

 

Revenue from continuing operations by country or operation

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Colombia     1,739       1,717       1,982  
Guatemala                 1,306  
Paraguay     662       623       673  
Honduras                 649  
Bolivia     555       542       531  
El Salvador     422       425       448  
Tigo Tanzania     348       347       358  
Chad     140       166       152  
Costa Rica     153       152       151  
Other countries     57       71       14  
Total     4,076       4,043       6,264  

 

B.1.1. Accounting for revenue

 

Revenue recognition

 

Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services, net of value added tax, rebates and discounts and after eliminating intra-group sales. Generally, this is the value of the invoice to the customer.

 

Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. Generally, this occurs when the service has been provided to the customer, or when the related equipment is delivered or passed to the customer.

 

Recurring revenue is recognized on an accrual basis, i.e. as the related services are rendered. Unbilled revenue for airtime and data usage and subscription fees resulting from services provided from the billing cycle date to the end of each month are estimated and recorded.

 

Subscription product and service revenue is deferred and recognized over subscription period. Related costs are deferred and recognized over the same period.

 

Where customers purchase a specified amount of airtime or other credit in advance, revenue is recognized as the credit is used. Unused credit is carried in the statement of financial position as deferred revenue within other current liabilities.

 

Revenue from the sale of handsets and accessories are recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of handsets and accessories have been passed to the buyer.

 

Bundled offers, such as various services sold together, are divided into separate units of accounting if the products and services in the bundle meet certain criteria. The price paid by the customer is then allocated among the separate products and services based on their relative fair values or using the residual method. Revenue is then recognized separately for each product and service.

 

  F- 58  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Revenue from content services such as video messaging, ringtones, games, music, etc., are recognized net of payments to the content providers under certain conditions. These include whether the providers are responsible for the content, determining the price paid by the customer, and where the provider assumes the credit risk. For such services the Group is considered to be acting in substance as an agent. Other revenue is recognized on a gross basis with any third-party costs recognized as cost of sales and services.

 

Revenue from provision of MFS is recognized once the primary service has been provided to the customer.

 

Revenue from the sale of cables, fiber, wavelength or capacity contracts, when part of the ordinary activities of the operation, is recognized as recurring revenue. Revenue is recognized when the capacity has been delivered to the customer, based on the amount expected to be received from the customer.

 

Revenue from operating lease of tower space is recognized over the period of the underlying lease contracts. Finance leases revenue is apportioned between lease of tower space and interest income.

 

B.2. Expenses

 

The cost of sales and operating expenses incurred by the Group can be summarized as follows:

 

Cost of sales

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Direct costs of services sold     (913 )     (857 )     (1,067 )
Cost of telephone, equipment and other accessories     (219 )     (254 )     (488 )
Bad debt and obsolescence costs     (72 )     (63 )     (133 )
Cost of sales     (1,205 )     (1,175 )     (1,688 )

 

Operating expenses, net

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Marketing expenses     (463 )     (442 )     (747 )
Site and network maintenance costs     (213 )     (192 )     (299 )
Employee related costs (B.4.)     (451 )     (451 )     (594 )
External and other services     (152 )     (218 )     (318 )
Rentals and operating leases     (118 )     (127 )     (184 )
Other operating expenses     (197 )     (196 )     (276 )
Operating expenses, net     (1,594 )     (1,627 )     (2,418 )

 

The other operating income and expenses incurred by the Group can be summarized as follows:

 

Other operating income (expenses), net

 

    Notes   2017     2016     2015  
        (US$ millions)  
Income from tower deal transactions   C.3.4.     63              
Impairment of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment   E.1., E.2.     (12 )     (6 )     (12 )
Gain (loss) on disposals of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment         1       (8 )      
Other income (expenses)       16          
Other operating income (expenses), net         68       (14 )     (12 )

 

  F- 59  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

B.2.1. Accounting for cost of sales and operating expenses

 

Cost of sales

 

Cost of sales is recorded on an accrual basis.

 

Customer acquisition costs

 

Specific customer acquisition costs, including dealer commissions and handset subsidies, are charged to marketing expenses when the customer is activated.

 

Operating leases

 

Operating leases are all leases that do not qualify as finance leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as expenses in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

B.3. Segmental information

 

Management determines operating and reportable segments based on the reports that are used by the chief operating decision maker (CODM) to make strategic and operational decisions from both a business and geographic perspective. The Group’s risks and rates of return for its operations are predominantly affected by operating in different geographical regions. The Group has businesses in two main regions: Latam and Africa. The figures below include Honduras and Guatemala as if they are fully consolidated by the Group, as this reflects the way management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating matters. Honduras and Guatemala are shown under the Latam segment. The joint venture in Ghana is not reported as if fully consolidated. As from January 1, 2018, the Group is including in its segment EBITDA inter-company management fees and incentive compensation paid to local management teams. These items, were previously included in unallocated corporate costs. This change in presentation has no impact on Group level EBITDA. Revenue, operating profit (loss), EBITDA and other segment information for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, were as follows:

 

    Latin
America
    Africa     Unallocated     Guatemala
and
Honduras(vi)
    Eliminations
and
Transfers
    Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Year ended December 31, 2017                                                
Mobile revenue     3,283       509             (1,510 )           2,281  
Fixed revenue     1,755       12             (213 )           1,553  
Other revenue     40       5             (4 )           41  
Service revenue     5,078       524             (1,727 )           3,876  
Telephone and equipment and other revenue     363       2             (165 )           200  
Revenue     5,441       526             (1,892 )           4,076  
Operating profit (loss)     899       41       (5 )     (431 )     141       645  
Add back:                                                
Depreciation and amortization     1,174       110       6       (450 )     2       841  
Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras                             (141 )     (141 )
Other operating income (expenses), net     (49 )     (11 )     10       (18 )           (68 )
EBITDA(i)     2,024       140       11       (899 )     2       1,277  
EBITDA from discontinued operations           73                         73  
EBITDA incl. discontinued operations     2,024       213       11       (899 )     2       1,351  
Capex(ii)     (855 )     (99 )     (1 )     237             (718 )
Changes in working capital and others(iii)     (53 )     (6 )     (10 )     27             (42 )
Taxes paid     (239 )     (18 )     1       124             (132 )
Operating Free Cash Flow(iv)     877       90       1       (511 )     2       459  
Total assets(v)     10,411       1,482       598       (5,420 )     2,393       9,464  
Total liabilities     5,484       1,673       1,465       (1,961 )     (478 )     6,183  

 

  F- 60  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

    Latin
America
    Africa     Unallocated     Guatemala
and
Honduras(vi)
    Eliminations
and
Transfers
    Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Year ended December 31, 2016                                                
Mobile revenue     3,318       541             (1,514 )           2,343  
Fixed revenue     1,611       15             (191 )           1,437  
Other revenue     37       6             (4 )           39  
Service revenue     4,966       562             (1,709 )           3,820  
Telephone and equipment and other revenue     386       2             (165 )           223  
Revenue     5,352       565             (1,875 )     (1 )     4,043  
Operating profit (loss)     721       43       4       (394 )     116       490  
Add back:                                                
Depreciation and amortization     1,173       113       7       (441 )     1       853  
Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras                             (115 )     (115 )
Other operating income (expenses), net     42       2       (6 )     (24 )           14  
EBITDA(i)     1,935       158       5       (859 )     1       1,241  
EBITDA from discontinued operations           77                         77  
EBITDA incl. discontinued operations     1,935       235       5       (859 )     1       1,319  
Capex(ii)     (886 )     (161 )     (6 )     242             (811 )
Changes in working capital and others(iii)     37       (2 )     (33 )     24             26  
Taxes paid     (233 )     (33 )     (9 )     145             (130 )
Operating Free Cash Flow(iv)     853       39       (43 )     (448 )     1       404  
Total assets(v)     10,386       1,406       1,357       (5,589 )     2,067       9,627  
Total liabilities     5,229       1,852       1,997       (1,942 )     (877 )     6,258  

 

    Latin America     Africa     Unallocated     Eliminations
and transfers
    Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Year ended December 31, 2015                                        
Mobile revenue     3,580       514                   4,094  
Fixed revenue     1,621       6                   1,626  
Other revenue     37       3                   39  
Service revenue     5,237       522                   5,759  
Telephone and equipment and other revenue     502       2                   505  
Revenue     5,740       525                   6,264  
Operating profit (loss)     948       9       (11 )           946  

 

  F- 61  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

    Latin America     Africa     Unallocated     Eliminations
and transfers
    Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Add back:                                        
Depreciation and amortization     1,087       109       4             1,200  
Share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras                              
Other operating income (expenses), net     7       2       3             12  
EBITDA(i)     2,042       120       (4 )           2,158  
EBITDA from discontinued operations           19                   19  
EBITDA incl. discontinued operations     2,042       139       (4 )           2,177  
Capex(ii)     (950 )     (207 )     8             (1,149 )
Changes in working capital and others(iii)     18       (14 )     77             81  
Taxes paid     (230 )     (16 )     (6 )           (252 )
Operating Free Cash Flow(iv)     880       (98 )     75             857  
Total assets(v)     10,566       1,979       2,044       (4,191 )     10,398  
Total liabilities     5,128       2,279       2,769       (3,506 )     6,670  

 

 

(i) EBITDA is operating profit excluding impairment losses, depreciation and amortization and gains/losses on the disposal of fixed assets. EBITDA is used by the management to monitor the segmental performance and for capital management.

 

(ii) Cash spent for capex excluding spectrum and licenses of US$53 million (2016: US$39 million; 2015: US$47 million) and cash received on tower deals of US$167 million (2016: nil; 2015: nil).

 

(iii) Changes in working capital and others include changes in working capital as stated in the cash flow statement, as well as share-based payments expense.

 

(iv) Operating Free Cash Flow is EBITDA less capex (excluding spectrum and license costs) less change in working capital, other non-cash items (share-based payment expense) and taxes paid.

 

(v) Segment assets include goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

(vi) Including eliminations for Guatemala and Honduras as reported in the Latam segment.

 

(vii) See note E.3.2. DRC, Senegal, Rwanda and Ghana operations were part of the Africa segment.

 

B.4. People

 

Number of permanent employees

 

    2017     2016     2015  
Continuing operations(i)     14,404       13,211       11,522  
Joint ventures (Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana – for 2017)     4,326       4,023       3,323  
Discontinued operations     397       751       1,111  
Total     19,127       17,985       15,956  

 

 

(i) Emtelco headcount are excluded from this report and any internal reporting because their costs are classified as direct costs and not employee related costs.

 

    Notes   2017     2016     2015  
        (US$ millions)  
Wages and salaries         (320 )     (290 )     (432 )
Social security         (57 )     (67 )     (64 )
Share based compensation   B.4.1.     (22 )     (14 )     (19 )
Pension and other long-term benefit costs   B.4.2.     (8 )     (6 )     (20 )
Other employee related costs         (45 )     (74 )     (59 )
Total         (451 )     (451 )     (594 )

 

  F- 62  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

B.4.1. Share based compensation

 

Millicom shares granted to management and key employee compensation includes share based compensation in the form of long-term share incentive plans. In 2015, Millicom issued four types of plans, a deferred share plan, a performance share plan, an executive share plan and the sign-on CEO share plan (which is a one-off plan). Up until 2015, Millicom had two types of plan, a future performance plan and a deferred share plan. Since 2016, Millicom has two types of plans, a performance share plan and a deferred share plan. The different plans are further detailed below.

 

Cost of share based compensation

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
2013 incentive plans                 2  
2014 incentive plans           (1 )     (6 )
2015 incentive plans     (3 )     (3 )     (15 )
2016 incentive plans     (6 )     (10 )      
2017 incentive plans     (12 )            
Total share based compensation     (22 )     (14 )     (19 )

 

Deferred share plan (unchanged from 2014)

 

For the deferred awards plan, participants are granted shares based on past performance, with 16.5% of the shares vesting on January 1 of each of year one and two, and the remaining 67% on 1 January of year three. Vesting is conditional upon the participant remaining employed with Millicom at each vesting date. The cost of this long-term incentive plan, which is not conditional on performance conditions, is calculated as follows:

 

Fair value (share price) of Millicom’s shares at grant date x number of shares expected to vest.

 

Future Performance Share plan (valid until 2014 and replaced by the Performance Share Plan as from 2015)

 

For the future performance plan, participants earn the right to receive shares on the third anniversary of the grant date. The right and the number of shares that vest are conditional 50% based on Return on Capital Investment (ROIC) and 50% based on EPS and upon the participant remaining employed with Millicom at the vesting date. The cost of this long-term incentive plan, which is not conditional on market conditions, is calculated in the same way as the deferred share plan above. At 31 December 2016, the 2014 future performance plan is vested.

 

Sign-on CEO share plan (issued in 2015 – one off)

 

As part of his employment contract Millicom CEO (from April 1, 2015) received a sign-on grant of 77,344 shares. Vesting is conditional, among other conditions, on the CEO not being dismissed for cause. The cost of this long-term incentive plan, which is not conditional on market conditions, is calculated in the same way as the deferred share plan above. The expense for this plan has been taken in full during 2015.

 

Performance share plan (issued in 2015)

 

Under this plan, shares granted will vest at the end of the three-year period, subject to performance conditions, 62.5% based on Absolute Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and 37.5% based on actual vs budgeted EBITDA minus CAPEX minus Change in Working Capital (Free Cash Flow). As the TSR measure is a market condition, the fair value of the shares in the performance share plan requires consideration of potential adjustments for future market-based conditions at grant date.

 

For this, a specific valuation has been performed at grant date based on the probability of the TSR conditions being met (and to which extent) and the expected payout based upon leaving conditions.

 

  F- 63  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

The Free Cash Flows (FCF) condition is a non-market measure which has been considered together with the leaving estimate and based initially on a 100% fulfillment expectation. The reference share price for 2015 performance share plan is the same share price as the share price for the deferred share plan. As at December 31, 2017, this plan is vested.

 

Executive share plan (issued in 2015 – one off)

 

Under this plan, shares were granted to the CEO and CFO based on an allocated holding of 3,333 (CEO) and 2,000 (CFO) shares for which vesting occurs based on three components at multipliers based on market conditions (a TSR for component A and B) and performance conditions (on actual vs budgeted FCF for component C). The maximum number of shares that might vest under the plan is 26,664 (CEO) and 14,000 (CFO). Subject to the vesting criteria, shares under this plan will vest at the end of a three-year period.

 

Similarly to the performance share plan, a specific valuation has been performed based on the probability of the TSR conditions being met (and to which extent) and the expected payout based upon leaving conditions. The FCF condition being a non-market measure, it has been considered together with the leaving estimate and based initially on a 100% fulfillment expectation. Therefore, the reference share price is the share price on the date that the CEO and the CFO agreed to the executive share plan.

 

Performance share plan (issued since 2016)

 

Shares granted under this performance share plan vest at the end of the three-year period, subject to performance conditions, 25% based on Positive Absolute Total Shareholder Return (Absolute TSR), 25% based on Relative Total Shareholder Return (Relative TSR) and 50% based on budgeted Earnings Before Interest Tax Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) minus Capital Expenditure (Capex) minus Change in Working Capital (CWC) (Free Cash Flow).

 

This performance share plan is measured similarly to the performance share plan issued in 2015, see above.

 

For the performance share plans and the executive share plan, and in order to calculate the fair value of the TSR portion of those plans, it is necessary to make a number of assumptions which are set out below. The assumptions have been set based on an analysis of historical data as at grant date.

 

Assumptions and fair value of the shares under the TSR portion

 

    Risk-free
rate %
    Dividend
yield %
    Share price
volatility(i) %
    Award term
(years)
    Share fair
value (in US$)
 
Performance share plan 2017 (Relative TSR)     (0.40 )     3.80       22.50       2.92       27.06  
Performance share plan 2017 (Absolute TSR)     (0.40 )     3.80       22.50       2.92       29.16  
Performance share plan 2016 (Relative TSR)     (0.65 )     3.49       30.00       2.61       43.35  
Performance share plan 2016 (Absolute TSR)     (0.65 )     3.49       30.00       2.61       45.94  
Performance share plan 2015     (0.32 )     2.78       23.00       2.57       32.87  
Executive share plan 2015 – Component A     (0.32 )     N/A       23.00       2.57       53.74  
Executive share plan 2015 – Component B     (0.32 )     N/A       23.00       2.57       29.53  

 

 

(i) Historical volatility retained was determined on the basis of a three-year historic average.

 

The cost of the long-term incentive plans which are conditional on market conditions is calculated as follows:

 

Fair value (market value) of shares at grant date (as calculated above) x number of shares expected to vest.

 

The cost of these plans is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity (share compensation reserve), over the period in which the performance and/or employment conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award. Adjustments are made to the expense recorded for forfeitures, mainly due to management and employees leaving Millicom. Non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.

 

  F- 64  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition. These are treated as vested, regardless of whether or not the market conditions are satisfied, provided that all other performance conditions are satisfied. Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognized as if the terms had not been modified. In addition, an expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of modification.

 

Plan awards and shares expected to vest

 

    2017 plans     2016 plans     2015 plans     2014 plans     2013 plans  
    Performance
plan
    Deferred
plan
    Performance
plan
    Deferred
plan
    Performance
plan
    Executive
plan
    CEO plan     Deferred
plan
    Future
plan
    Deferred
plan
    Future
plan
    Deferred
plan
 
    (number of shares)  
Initial shares granted     279,807       438,505       200,617       287,316       98,137       40,664       77,344       237,620       164,015       219,767       173,586       208,979  
Additional shares granted(i)     2,868       29,406                               3,537                   1,306       13,453       4,165  
Revision for forfeitures     (6,590 )     (32,884 )     (30,649 )     (53,653 )     (37,452 )                 (67,528 )     (124,603 )     (79,702 )     (151,967 )     (76,184 )
Total before issuances     276,085       435,027       169,968       233,663       60,685       40,664       80,881       170,092       39,412       141,371       35,072       136,960  
Shares issued in 2014                                                                       (31,977 )
Shares issued in 2015                                                           (32,555 )           (25,889 )
Shares issued in 2016                 (1,214 )     (1,733 )     (771 )           (25,781 )     (38,745 )           (25,508 )     (35,072 )     (79,084 )
Shares issued in 2017           (2,686 )     (752 )     (43,579 )     (357 )           (28,139 )     (30,124 )     (39,412 )       (83,308 )            
Performance conditions                                                                        
Shares still expected to vest     276,085       432,341       168,002       188,351       59,557       40,664       26,961       101,223       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Estimated cost over the vesting period (US$ millions)     10       21       5       6       4       2       6       12       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
                                                                                                 

 

 

(i) Additional shares granted represent grants made for new joiners and/or as per CEO contractual arrangements.

 

B.4.2. Pension and other long-term employee benefit plans

 

Pension plans

 

The pension plans apply to employees who meet certain criteria (including years of service, age and participation in collective agreements).

 

Pension and other similar employee related obligations can result from either defined contribution plans or defined benefit plans. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. No further payment obligations exist once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expenses when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as assets to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available.

 

Defined benefit pension plans define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. The liability recognized in the statement of financial position in respect of the defined benefit pension plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the statement of financial position date less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains or losses and past service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows, using an appropriate discount rate based on maturities of the related pension liability.

 

  F- 65  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Re-measurement of net defined benefit liabilities are recognized in other comprehensive income and not reclassified to the income statement in subsequent years.

 

Past service costs are recognized in the income statement on the earlier of the date of the plan amendment or curtailment, and the date that the Group recognizes related restructuring costs.

 

Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit asset/liability.

 

Long-service plans

 

Long-service plans apply for Colombian subsidiary UNE employees with more than five years of service whereby additional bonuses are paid to employees that reach each incremental length of service milestone (from five to 40 years).

 

Termination plans

 

In addition, UNE has a number of employee defined benefit plans. The level of benefits provided under the plans depends on collective employment agreements and Colombian labor regulations. There are no defined assets related to the plans, and UNE make payments to settle obligations under the plans out of available cash balances.

 

At December 31, 2017, the defined benefit obligation liability amounted to US$39 million (2016: US$37 million) and payments expected in the plans in future years totals US$87 million (2016: US$86 million). The average duration of the defined benefit obligation at December 31, 2017 is seven years (2016: seven years). The termination plans apply to employees that joined UNE prior to December 30, 1996. The level of payments depends on the number of years in which the employee has worked before retirement or termination of their contract with UNE.

 

Except for the UNE pension plan described above, there are no other significant defined benefits plans in the Group.

 

B.4.3. Directors and executive management

 

The remuneration of the members of the Board of Directors comprises an annual fee and shares. Director remuneration is proposed by the Nomination Committee and approved by the shareholders at their Annual General Meeting (AGM).

 

Remuneration charge for the Board (gross of withholding tax)

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ ’000)  
Chairperson     233       243       180  
Other members of the Board     889       900       878  
Total(i)(ii)     1,122       1,143       1,058  

 

 

(i) Cash compensation converted from SEK to USD at exchange rates on payment dates each year. Share based compensation based on the market value of Millicom shares on the corresponding AGM date (2017: in total 8,731 shares; 2016: in total 8,002 shares; 2015: in total 5,883 shares). Net remuneration comprised 52% in shares and 48% in cash (SEK) (2016: 50% in shares and 50% in cash; 2015: 38% in shares and 62% in cash).

 

(ii) In addition, in 2015, US$62,700 (EUR 57,000) was paid to three directors for their work on the special committee.

 

  F- 66  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

  

Shares beneficially owned by the Directors

 

    2017     2016  
    (number of shares)  
Chairperson     7,000       3,000  
Other members of the Board     20,067       24,316  
Total     27,067       27,316  

 

The remuneration of executive management of Millicom comprises an annual base salary, an annual bonus, share based compensation, social security contributions, pension contributions and other benefits. Bonus and share based compensation plans (see note B.4.1.) are based on actual and future performance. Share based compensation is granted once a year by the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

If the employment of Millicom’s senior executives is terminated, severance of up to 12 months’ salary is potentially payable.

 

The annual base salary and other benefits of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the Executive Vice Presidents (Executive team) are proposed by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board.

 

Remuneration charge for the Executive Team

 

    CEO     CFO    

Executive
Team 

(9 members)(iii)

 
    (US$ ’000)  
2017                        
Base salary     1,000       648       3,822  
Bonus     707       455       1,590  
Pension     150       97       629  
Other benefits     64       15       1,193  
Total before share based compensation     1,921       1,215       7,233  
Share based compensation(i)(ii) in respect of 2017 LTIP     2,783       1,492       5,202  
Total     4,704       2,707       12,435  

 

Remuneration charge for the Executive team

 

    CEO     CFO     Executive
team 
(9 members)
 
    (US$ ’000)  
2016                        
Base salary     1,000       599       3,797  
Bonus     660       450       1,411  
Pension     150       82       513  
Other benefits     48       18       720  
Total before share based compensation     1,858       1,149       6,441  
Share based compensation(i)(ii) in respect of 2016 LTIP     2,660       1,481       4,031  
Total     4,518       2,630       10,472  

 

  F- 67  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Remuneration charge for the Executive team

 

    CEO     CFO     Executive
team 
(10 members)
 
    (US$ ’000)  
2015                        
Base salary     750       989       3,721  
Bonus     1,006       1,206       1,870  
Pension     113       95       671  
Other benefits     11       14       1,085  
Termination benefits                 682  
Total before share based compensation     1,880       2,304       8,029  
Share based compensation(i)(ii) in respect of 2016 LTIP     7,501       1,051       3,823  
Total     9,381       3,355       11,852  

 

 

(i) See note B.4.1.

 

(ii) Share awards of 61,724 and 167,371 were granted in 2017 under the 2017 LTIPs to the CEO, and Executive Team (2016: 49,171 and 104,573, respectively; 2015: 104,800 and 64,930, respectively).

 

(iii) Other Executives’ compensation includes Daniel Loria, former CHRO.

 

Shares and unvested share awards beneficially granted to the Executive team

 

    CEO     Executive
team
    Total  
    (number of shares)  
2017                        
Shares     53,920       58,129       112,049  
Share awards not vested     148,324       299,067       447,391  
2016                        
Shares     27,020       34,472       61,492  
Share awards not vested     114,739       173,399       288,138  

 

B.5. Other non-operating (expenses) income, net

 

Non-operating items mainly comprise changes in fair value of derivatives and the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on results of the Group.

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Change in carrying value / lapse of put options (see note C.6.3.)                 125  
Change in carrying value / lapse of call options (see note C.6.3.)                 (71 )
Loss on deconsolidation of Honduras and Guatemala, including recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity (see note A.2.2.)                 (391 )
Change in fair value of derivatives (see note D.1.2.)     (22 )     3       32  
Exchange gain (loss), net     18       25       (280 )
Other non-operating income (expenses), net           (9 )     (15 )
Total     (4 )     20       (600 )

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses

 

Transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using exchange rates prevailing at the transaction dates. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions, and on translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency at year-end exchange rates, are recognized in the consolidated income statement, except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges.

 

  F- 68  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

  

B.6. Taxation

 

B.6.1. Income tax expense

 

Tax mainly comprises income taxes of subsidiaries and withholding taxes on intragroup dividends and royalties for use of Millicom trademarks and brands. Millicom operations are in jurisdictions with income tax rates of 10% to 40% levied on either revenue or profit before income tax (2016: 10% to 40%; 2015: 10% to 40%). Income tax relating to items recognized directly in equity is recognized in equity and not in the consolidated income statement.

 

Income tax charge

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Income tax (charge) credit                        
Withholding tax     (74 )     (44 )     (76 )
Other income tax relating to the current year     (85 )     (74 )     (200 )
      (159 )     (118 )     (276 )
Adjustments in respect of prior years     (12 )     (26 )     5  
      (171 )     (144 )     (271 )
Deferred tax (charge) credit                        
Origination and reversal of temporary differences     15       45       47  
Effect of change in tax rates     19       1       (15 )
      34       46       32  
(Increase) decrease in unrecognized deferred tax assets     (30 )     (88 )     (15 )
      4       (42 )     17  
Adjustments in respect of prior years     9       7       (15 )
      13       (35 )     2  
Tax (charge) credit on continuing operations     (158 )     (179 )     (269 )
Tax (charge) credit on discontinuing operations           6       (22 )
Total tax (charge) credit     (158 )     (173 )     (291 )

 

Reconciliation between the tax expense and tax at the weighted average statutory tax rate is as follows:

 

Income tax calculation

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    Continuing
operations
    Discontinued
operations
    Total     Continuing
operations
    Discontinued
operations
    Total     Continuing
operations
    Discontinued
operations
    Total  
    (US $ millions)  
Profit before tax     176       51       227       109       (26 )     83       64       (217 )     (153 )
Tax at the weighted average statutory rate     (12 )     (10 )     (22 )     9       6       15       17       68       85  
Effect of:                                                                        
Items taxed at a different rate     (11 )           (11 )     13             13       21             21  
Change in tax rates on deferred tax balances     19             19       1             1       (15 )           (15 )
Expenditure not deductible and income not taxable     (66 )     7       (59 )     (65 )     8       (57 )     (222 )     (17 )     (239 )
Unrelieved withholding tax     (73 )           (73 )     (43 )           (43 )     (75 )     (2 )     (77 )
Accounting for associates and joint ventures     17             17       29             29       24             24  
Movement in deferred tax on unremitted earnings     1             1       (16 )           (16 )     6             6  
Unrecognized deferred tax assets     (31 )     (10 )     (41 )     (105 )     (15 )     (120 )     (79 )     (78 )     (157 )
Recognition of previously unrecognized deferred tax assets     1       13       14       17             17       64             64  
Adjustments in respect of prior years   (3 )       (3 )   (19 )   7     (12 )   (10 ) 7     (3 )
Total tax (charge) credit     (158 )           (158 )     (179 )     6       (173 )     (269 )     (22 )     (291 )
Weighted average statutory tax rate     6.82 %             9.69 %     (8.26 )%             (17.90 )%     (26.56 )%             55.56 %
Effective tax rate     89.77 %             69.60 %     164.22 %             207.10 %     420.31 %             (190.20 )%

 

  F- 69  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

  

B.6.2. Current tax assets and liabilities

 

Current tax assets and liabilities for current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rate and tax laws used to compute the amount are those enacted or substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.

 

B.6.3. Deferred tax

 

Deferred tax is calculated using the liability method on temporary differences at the statement of financial position date between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount for financial reporting purposes.

 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except where the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting, nor taxable profit or loss.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for all temporary differences including unused tax credits and tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences can be utilized, except where the deferred tax assets relate to deductible temporary differences from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination, and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting, nor taxable profit or loss.

 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each statement of financial position date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to utilize them. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed at each statement of financial position date and are recognized to the extent it is probable that future taxable profit will enable the asset to be recovered.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rate expected to apply in the year when the assets are realized or liabilities settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset where legally enforceable set off rights exist and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

 

Deferred tax

 

    Fixed assets     Unused tax
losses
    Unremitted
earnings
    Other     Offset     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Balance at December 31, 2015     (47 )     109       (16 )     92             138  
Transfers to Assets Held for Sale     (1 )                             (1 )
(Charge)/credit to income statement     24       3       (16 )     (47 )           (36 )
(Charge)/credit to other comprehensive income                       1             1  
Exchange differences     1       1             5             7  
      (23 )     113       (32 )     51             109  
Deferred tax assets     84       113             65       (96 )     166  
Deferred tax liabilities     (107 )           (32 )     (14 )     96       (57 )
Balance at December 31, 2016     (23 )     113       (32 )     51             109  
(Charge)/credit to income statement     53       (61 )     1       20               13  
Exchange differences     2             (1 )     1             2  
      32       52       (32 )     72             124  
Deferred tax assets     88       52             79       (39 )     180  
Deferred tax liabilities     (56 )           (32 )     (7 )     39       (56 )
Balance at December 31, 2017     32       52       (32 )     72             124  

 

  F- 70  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

  

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following deductible temporary differences:

 

Deductible temporary differences

 

    Fixed assets     Unused tax
losses
    Other     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
At December 31, 2017     68       4,844       162       5,074  
At December 31, 2016     68       4501       190       4,759  

 

Unrecognized loss carryforwards expire as follows:

 

Unrecognized tax losses related to continuing operations

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Expiry:                        
Within one year     39       27       152  
Within one to five years     494       493       282  
No expiry     4,311       3,981       2,202  
Total     4,844       4,501       2,636  

 

With effect from 2017, Luxembourg tax losses incurred may be carried forward for a maximum of 17 years. Losses incurred before 2017 may be carried forward without limitation of time.

 

At December 31, 2017, Millicom had US$842 million of unremitted earnings of Millicom operating subsidiaries for which no deferred tax liabilities were recognized (2016: US$873 million; 2015: US$921 million). Except for intragroup dividends to be paid out of 2017 profits in 2018 for which deferred tax of US$32 million (2016: US$32 million; 2015: US$16 million) has been provided, it is anticipated that intragroup dividends paid in future periods will be made out of profits of future periods.

 

B.7. Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

 

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, plus the weighted average number of dilutive potential shares.

 

Net profit/(loss) used in the earnings per share computation

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Basic and diluted:                        
Net profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders from continuing operations     34       (12 )     (320 )
Net profit attributable to equity holders from discontinued operations     51       (20 )     (239 )
Net profit/(loss) attributable to all equity holders to determine the basic earnings per share     85       (32 )     (559 )

 

  F- 71  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

  

Weighted average number of shares in the earnings per share computation

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (thousands of shares)  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares) for basic earnings per share     100,384       100,337       100,144  
Potential incremental shares as a result of share options                 10  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares) adjusted for the effect of dilution     100,384       100,337       100,154  

 

C. Capital structure and financing

 

C.1. Share capital, share premium and reserves

 

Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds.

 

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s share capital, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs, is shown under Treasury shares and deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are canceled, reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental costs and the related income tax effects is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

 

Share capital, share premium

 

    2017     2016  
Authorized and registered share capital (number of shares)     133,333,200       133,333,200  
Subscribed and fully paid up share capital (number of shares)     101,739,217       101,739,217  
Par value per share     US$1.50       US$1.50  
Share capital (US$ millions)     153       153  
Share premium (US$ millions)     484       485  
Total (US$ millions)     637       638  

 

Other equity reserves

 

    Legal
reserve
    Equity
settled
transaction
reserve
    Hedge
reserve
    Currency
translation
reserve
    Pension
obligation
reserve
    Total  
    (US$ millions)  
As of December 31, 2014     16       44       2       (453 )     1       (389 )
Share based compensation           19                         19  
Issuance of shares – 2012, 2013, 2014 LTIPs           (18 )                       (18 )
Cash flow hedge reserve movement                 (3 )                 (3 )
Effect of deconsolidation                       192             192  
Currency translation movement                       (332 )           (332 )
As of December 31, 2015     16       46       (1 )     (593 )     1       (531 )
Share based compensation           14                         14  
Issuance of shares – 2013, 2014, 2015 LTIPs           (17 )                       (17 )
Remeasurements of post-employment benefit obligations                             (2 )     (2 )
Cash flow hedge reserve movement                 (3 )                 (3 )
Currency translation movement                       (23 )           (23 )
As of December 31, 2016     16       43       (4 )     (616 )     (1 )     (562 )
Share based compensation           22                         22  
Issuance of shares – 2014, 2015, 2016 LTIPs           (18 )                       (18 )
Remeasurements of post-employment benefit obligations                             (2 )     (2 )
Cash flow hedge reserve movement                 4                   4  
Currency translation movement                       85             85  
As of December 31, 2017     16       47             (532 )     (4 )     (472 )

 

  F- 72  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

C.1.1. Legal reserve

 

If Millicom International Cellular S.A. reports an annual net profit on a non-consolidated basis, Luxembourg law requires appropriation of an amount equal to at least 5% of the annual net profit to a legal reserve until such reserve equals 10% of the issued share capital. This reserve is not available for dividend distribution. No appropriation was required in 2016 or 2017 as the 10% minimum level was reached in 2011 and maintained each subsequent year.

 

C.1.2. Equity settled transaction reserve

 

The cost of LTIPs is recognized as an increase in the equity-settled transaction reserve over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are rendered. When shares under the LTIPs vest and are issued the corresponding reserve is transferred to share premium.

 

C.1.3. Hedge reserve

 

The effective portions of changes in value of cash flow hedges are recorded in the hedge reserve (see note C.1.).

 

C.1.4. Currency translation reserve

 

In the financial statements, the relevant captions in the statements of financial position of subsidiaries without US dollar functional currencies are translated to US dollars using the closing exchange rate. Income statements or income statement captions (including those of joint ventures and associates) are translated to US dollars at monthly average exchange rates during the year. The currency translation reserve includes foreign exchange gains and losses arising from these translations.

 

C.2. Dividend distributions

 

On May 4, 2017, a dividend distribution of US$2.64 per share from Millicom’s retained profits at December 31, 2016, was approved by the shareholders at the AGM and distributed in May 2017.

 

On May 17, 2016, a dividend distribution of US$2.64 per share from Millicom’s retained profits at December 31, 2015, was approved by the shareholders at the AGM and distributed in May 2016.

 

The ability of the Company to make dividend payments is subject to, among other things, the terms of indebtedness, legal restrictions and the ability to repatriate funds from Millicom’s various operations. At December 31, 2017, US$345 million (December 31, 2016: US$321 million) of Millicom’s retained profits represent statutory reserves that are unavailable to be distributed to owners of the Company.

 

  F- 73  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

C.3. Debt and financing

 

Debt and financing by type

 

    Note     2017     2016  
          (US$ millions)  
Debt and financing due after more than one year                        
Bonds     C.3.1.       2,147       2,561  
Banks     C.3.2.       1,158       940  
Finance leases     C.3.4.       362       290  
Other financing             74       95  
Total non-current financing             3,742       3,886  
Less: portion payable within one year             (142 )     (65 )
Total non-current financing due after more than one year             3,600       3,821  
Debt and financing due within one year                        
Bonds     C.3.1.              
Banks     C.3.2.       40        
Finance leases     C.3.4.       3       5  
Other financing                   10  
Total current debt and financing             43       15  
Add: portion of non-current debt payable within one year             142       65  
Total             185       80  
Total debt and financing             3,785       3,901  

 

 

(i)       See note D.1.1 for further details on maturity profile of the Group debt and financing.

 

Debt and financing by location

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Millicom International Cellular S.A. (Luxembourg)     1,255       1,747  
Colombia     1,130       841  
Paraguay     488       408  
Bolivia     352       306  
Tanzania     217       192  
Rwanda     50       80  
Chad     70       76  
Ghana(i)           54  
Senegal(i)           14  
Costa Rica     76       92  
El Salvador     147       89  
Total debt and financing     3,785       3,901  

 

 

(i) Classified as assets held for sale in the course of 2017. See note E.3.2.

 

Debt and financings are initially recognized at fair value, net of directly attributable transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method or at fair value. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and any fees or costs that are an integral part of the effective interest rate. Any difference between the initial amount and the maturity amount is recognized in the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowing. Borrowings are classified as current liabilities, unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months from the statement of financial position date.

 

  F- 74  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

  

C.3.1. Bond financing

 

Bond financing

 

    Note   Country     Maturity     Interest Rate %     2017     2016  
              (US$ millions)  
SEK Senior Unsecured Variable Rate Notes   (1)     Luxembourg       2019       STIBOR +3.3(i)       243       217  
USD 4.75% Senior Notes   (2)     Luxembourg       2020       4.75             333  
USD 6% Senior Notes   (3)     Luxembourg       2025       6       496       495  
USD 6.625% Senior Notes   (4)     Luxembourg       2021       6.625             652  
USD 5.125% Senior Notes   (5)     Luxembourg       2028       5.125       494        
USD 6.75% Senior Notes   (6)     Paraguay       2022       6.75       296       296  
BOB 4.75% Notes   (7)     Bolivia       2020       4.75       86       112  
BOB 4.05% Notes   (7)     Bolivia       2020       4.05       11       15  
BOB 4.85% Notes   (7)     Bolivia       2023       4.85       85       85  
BOB 3.95% Notes   (7)     Bolivia       2024       3.95       50       50  
BOB 4.30% Notes   (7)     Bolivia       2029       4.30       25       25  
BOB 4.30% Notes   (7)     Bolivia       2022       4.30       30        
BOB 4.70% Notes   (7)     Bolivia       2024       4.70       35        
BOB 5.30% Notes   (7)     Bolivia       2026       5.30       13        
UNE Bond 1 (tranches A and B)   (8)     Colombia       2020       CPI + 5.10       50       50  
UNE Bond 2 (tranches A and B)   (8)     Colombia       2023       CPI + 3.70 / 4.80       50       50  
UNE Bond 3 (tranche A)   (8)     Colombia       2024       9.35       54       53  
UNE Bond 3 (tranche B)   (8)     Colombia       2026       CPI+4.15       85       85  
UNE Bond 3 (tranche C)   (8)     Colombia       2036       CPI+4.89       43       43  
Total bond financing                                 2,147       2,561  

 

 

(i) STIBOR – Swedish Interbank Offered Rate.

 

(1)       SEK Senior Unsecured Notes

 

In April and September 2016, Millicom redeemed for cash any and all of its SEK 250 million (approximately US$31 million) 5.125% Senior Unsecured Fixed Rate Notes due 2017 (the Fixed Rate Notes) and its SEK 1.75 billion (approximately US$219 million) STIBOR +3.500% Senior Unsecured Floating Rate Notes due 2017 (the Floating Rate Notes, and together with the Fixed Rate Notes, the Notes).

 

The total early redemption fees amounting to US$8 million have been recorded under interest and other financial expenses. The remaining US$1 million of related unamortized costs were also expensed during 2016.

 

On April 21, 2016, Millicom also completed the placing of a new SEK 2 billion (approximately US$250 million) three-year floating rate bond in the Swedish market. The new bond has a floating rate coupon of three months STIBOR +3.3% and will mature on April 17, 2019, with a first call option on April 17, 2018. The bond was issued at 100% of the principal. US$2.5 million of withheld and upfront costs are being amortized over the three year life of the bond. The covenant is set at 3.0x net debt/EBITDA.

 

(2)       USD 4.75% Senior Notes

 

On May 22, 2013, Millicom issued a US$500 million fixed interest rate bond to refinance most of the external debt outstanding at the time in its African operations. Withheld costs of issuance of US$10 million and paid costs of US$9 million are amortized over the seven-year life of the notes (effective interest rate of 5.29%).

 

In November 2016, MIC S.A. announced an offer to purchase for cash up to US$300 million of its 4.750% Senior Notes due 2020 and its 6.625% Senior Notes due 2021 (the Notes). In December 2016, the Company confirmed that it had accepted to purchase US$300 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of which US$158 million of its 4.750% Senior Notes due 2020. The early redemption fees amounting to US$3 million and US$3 million of related unamortized costs have been expensed in December 2016 under interest and other financial expenses.

 

  F- 75  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

In June 2017, the Company announced the redemption of all of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 4.750% Senior Notes due 2020 ($342 million). The early redemption fees amounting to US$8 million and US$7 million of related unamortized costs have been expensed in June 2017 under interest and other financial expenses. At December 31, 2017, there are no 2020 Notes outstanding.

 

(3)       USD 6% Senior Notes

 

On March 11, 2015, Millicom issued a US$500 million 6% fixed interest rate bond repayable in ten years, to repay the El Salvador 8% Senior Notes and for general corporate purposes. The bond was issued at 100% of the principal and has an effective interest rate of 6.132%. US$7.2 million of withheld and upfront costs are being amortized over the ten-year life of the bond.

 

(4)       USD 6.625% Senior Notes

 

On October 16, 2013, Millicom issued a US$800 million bond. The funds were used to finance the Colombian Merger (see note A.1.2.), and released from the escrow account prior to completion of the merger on August 14, 2014 (effective interest rate of 7.17%).

 

As part of the offer for early redemption described in (2) above, the Company confirmed that it had accepted for purchase US$142 million of principal of its 6.625% Senior Notes due 2021. The early redemption fees amounting to US$8 million and US$2 million of related unamortized costs had been expensed in December 2016 under interest and other financial expenses.

 

On September 11, 2017, the Group made a tender offer for the outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes. On September 20, 2017, MIC S.A. repurchased US$186 million in principal amount in the tender offer using the proceeds of the issue of the 5.125% Notes – see below. Also on September 11, 2017, the Group delivered a redemption notice for the 6.625% Senior Notes. MIC S.A. redeemed the remaining US$473 million in principal amount on October 15, 2017. The total early redemption fees amounting to US$22 million and US$6 million of related unamortized costs have been expensed in September 2017 under interest and other financial expenses. At December 31, 2017, there are no 2021 Notes outstanding.

 

(5)       USD 5.125% Senior Notes

 

On September 20, 2017, MIC S.A. issued a US$500 million, ten-year bond with an interest rate of 5.125% at an issue price of 100% (the 5.125% Notes) and will mature in 2028. Costs of issuance of US$7 million are amortized over the life of the notes (effective interest rate is 5.24%).

 

(6)       USD 6.75% Senior Notes

 

On December 7, 2012, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A., Millicom’s fully owned subsidiary in Paraguay issued US$300 million of notes at 100% of the aggregate principal amount. Distribution and other transaction fees of US$7 million reduced the total proceeds from issuance to US$293 million. The 6.75% Senior Notes have a 6.75% per annum coupon with interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 13 and 13 December. The effective interest rate is 7.12%.

 

The 6.75% Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations of Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A. and rank equal in right of payment with all future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A. The 6.75% Senior Notes are unguaranteed.

 

(7)       BOB Notes

 

In May 2012, Telecel Bolivia issued Boliviano (BOB) 1.36 billion of notes repayable in installments until April 2, 2020. Distribution and other transaction fees of BOB5 million reduced the total proceeds from issuance to BOB 1.32 billion (US$191 million). The bond has a 4.75% per annum coupon with interest payable semi-annually in arrears in May and November each year. The effective interest rate is 4.79%.

 

  F- 76  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

In November 2015, Telecel Bolivia issued BOB696 million (approximately US$100 million) of notes in two series, A for BOB104.4 million (approximately US$15 million), with a fixed annual interest rate of 4.05%, maturing in August 2020 and series B for BOB591.6 million (approximately US$85 million) with a fixed annual interest rate of 4.85%, maturing in August 2023. The bond has coupon with interest payable semi-annually in arrears in March and September during the first two years, thereafter each February and August. The effective interest rate is 4.84%. In the placement, the final interest rate was reduced as Telecel Bolivia took advantage of strong demand for the bonds resulting in a reduction of the average interest rate to 4.55%. Telecel Bolivia received BOB4.59 million in excess of the BOB696 million issued (upfront premium).

 

On August 11, 2016, the operation in Bolivia issued a new bond for a total amount of BOB522 million consisting of two tranches (approximately US$50 million and US$25 million, respectively). Tranche A and B bear fixed interest at 3.95% and 4.30%, and will mature in June 2024 and June 2029, respectively.

 

On October 12, 2017, Tigo Bolivia placed approximately US$80 million of local currency debt in three tranches, which will mature in 2022, 2024 and 2026 and bear an average interest rate of 4.66%.

 

(8)       UNE Bonds

 

In March 2010, UNE issued a COP300 billion (approximately US$126 million) bond consisting of two tranches with five and ten-year maturities. Interest rates are either fixed or variable depending on the tranche. Tranche A bears variable interest, based on CPI, in Colombian peso and paid in Colombian peso. Tranche B bears variable interest, based on fixed term deposits, in Colombian peso and paid in Colombian peso. UNE applied the proceeds to finance its investment plan. Tranche A matured in March 2015 and tranche B will mature in March 2020.

 

In May 2011, UNE issued a COP300 billion (approximately US$126 million) bond consisting of two equal tranches with five and 12-year maturities. Interest rates are variable and depend on the tranche. Tranche A bears variable interest, based on CPI, in Colombian peso and paid in Colombian peso. Tranche B bears variable interest, based on fixed term deposits, in Colombian peso and paid in Colombian peso. UNE applied the proceeds to finance its investment plan. Tranche A matured in October 2016 and tranche B will mature in October 2023.

 

In May 2016, UNE issued a COP540 billion bond (approximately US$176 million) consisting of three tranches (approximately US$52 million, US$83 million and US$41 million respectively). Interest rates are either fixed or variable depending on the tranche. Tranche A bears fixed interest at 9.35%, while tranche B and C bear variable interest, based on CPI, (respective margins of CPI + 4.15% and CPI + 4.89%), in Colombian peso.

 

UNE applied the proceeds to finance its investment plan and repay one bond (COP150 billion tranche). Tranches A, B and C will mature in May 2024, May 2026 and May 2036, respectively.

 

C.3.2. Bank and Development Financial Institution financing

 

    Country   Maturity   Interest rate %     2017     2016  
                  (US$ millions)  
Fixed rate loans                                
Long-term loans   Paraguay   2020/2023     9.0       106       103  
PYG Long-term loan   Paraguay   2022     10.0       65        
Variable rate loans                                
USD Long-term loans   Costa Rica   2021     4 variable       76       92  
USD Long-term loans   Chad   2019     4 variable       3       7  
USD Long-term loans   Rwanda   2019     2.9 variable       40       69  
USD Long-term loans   Tanzania (Zantel)   2020     4.1 variable       96       99  
BOB Long-term loans   Bolivia   2019     6 variable             1  
USD Short-term loans   Ghana   2018     3.5 variable             40  
COP Long-term loans   Colombia (UNE)   2025/2028     10.4 variable(i)       363       400  
USD Long-term loans   Colombia (Tigo)   2021/2022     LIBOR + 2.5       297        
USD Senior Unsecured Term Loan Facility   El Salvador   2021     LIBOR + 3.0       50       50  
USD Credit Facility   El Salvador   2021     LIBOR + 2.25       29       33  
USD Credit Facility   El Salvador   2022     LIBOR + 3       50        
Other Long-term loans   Various         Various       25       46  
Total Bank financing                     1,198       940  

 

 

(i) IBR – Colombia Interbank Rate.

 

  F- 77  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Colombia

 

In June 2017, Colombia Móvil completed a $300 million syndicated loan. The loan, denominated in US dollars, which carries an interest rate of LIBOR + 2.50% will be repaid in three tranches of $100 million in June and December 2021 for the two first tranches, and in June 2022 for the last tranche. Proceeds have been used to repay an inter-company loan from Millicom, which used the funds to reduce holding company debt (see note C.3.1.) and for general corporate purposes.

 

Paraguay

 

On July 4, 2017, the Paraguayan subsidiary signed a five-year loan agreement with the IPS ( Instituto de Prevision Social ) and the Inter-American Development Bank for a total amount of PYG367,000 million (approximately US$66 million). The loan, denominated in local currency carries a 9.75% interest rate per annum and start amortizing in Q4 2019. This facility is guaranteed by the Company.

 

MIC S.A. term loan facility

 

In July 2016, MIC S.A. entered into a US$50 million term loan facility agreement, of which half was repaid in 2017 and half was repaid in January 2018. The facility bears variable interest rate at six-month LIBOR + 2.25% per annum.

 

El Salvador

 

On April 15, 2016, Telemóvil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V. entered into a Senior Unsecured Term Loan Facility up to US$50 million maturing in April 2021 and bearing variable interest at LIBOR + 3.0% per annum, which was restated and amended as of May 30, 2017, for a second tranche of US$50 million and bearing an interest rate at LIBOR + 3% per annum. This facility is guaranteed by the Company.

 

On June 6, 2016, Telemóvil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V. entered into a US$30 million Credit Facility for general corporate purposes maturing in June 2021 and bearing variable interest rate at LIBOR + 2.25% per annum. The facility is guaranteed by the Company.

 

Rwanda

 

In January 2018, the Group repaid the remaining US$40 million loan due by Rwanda to different banks.

 

MIC S.A. revolving credit facility

 

On January 30, 2017, the Company announced the closing of a new $600 million, five years revolving credit facility (RCF) and notified the lenders in the 2014 RCF of the formal cancellation of the commitments outstanding under the 2014 RCF (none of which were drawn at such date).

 

Interest on amounts drawn under the revolving credit facility is payable at LIBOR or EURIBOR, as applicable, plus an initial margin of 1.5%. As of December 31, 2017, the committed facility was fully undrawn.

 

In addition to the bank financing arrangements described above, as of December 31, 2017, a Millicom subsidiary has an agreement with a bank whereby the bank provided loans amounting to EUR134 million (2016: EUR134 million) to the Millicom subsidiary with a maturity date in 2020. Simultaneously Millicom deposited the same amount with the bank.

 

Right of set-off and derecognition

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of financial position if there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognized amounts and an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

 

A financial asset (or a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognized when:

 

  F- 78  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

· Rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or

 

· Rights to receive cash flows from the asset or obligations to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay have been transferred to a third party under a “pass-through” arrangement; and the Group has either transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset or the control of the asset.

 

When rights to receive cash flows from an asset have been transferred or a pass-through arrangement concluded, an evaluation is made if and to what extent the risks and rewards of ownership have been retained. When the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred control of the asset, the asset is recognized to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset. In that case, the Group also recognizes an associated liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has retained. Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.

 

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or canceled, or expires. When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the income statement.

 

C.3.3. Interest and other financial expenses

 

The Group’s interest and other financial expenses comprised the following:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Interest expense on bonds and bank financing     (246 )     (262 )     (325 )
Interest expense on finance leases     (65 )     (48 )     (48 )
Early redemption charges     (43 )     (25 )     (17 )
Others     (41 )     (36 )     (13 )
Total interest and other financial expenses     (396 )     (372 )     (403 )

 

C.3.4. Finance leases

 

Millicom’s finance leases mainly consist of long-term lease of tower space from tower companies or competitors on which Millicom locates its network equipment.

 

Finance lease liabilities

 

Leases which transfer substantially all risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item to the lessee are capitalized at the inception of the lease. The amount capitalized is the lower of the fair value of the asset or the present value of the minimum lease payments.

 

Lease payments are allocated between finance charges (interest) and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recorded as interest expenses in the income statement.

 

The sale and leaseback of towers and related site operating leases and service contracts are accounted for in accordance with the underlying characteristics of the assets, and the terms and conditions of the lease agreements. When sale and leaseback agreements are concluded, the portions of assets that will not be leased back by Millicom are classified as assets held for sale as completion of their sale is highly probable. Asset retirement obligations related to the towers are classified as liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale. On transfer to the tower companies, the portion of the towers leased back are accounted for as operating leases or finance leases according to the criteria set out above. The portion of towers being leased back represents the dedicated part of each tower on which Millicom’s equipment is located and was derived from the average technical capacity of the towers. Rights to use the land on which the towers are located are accounted for as operating leases, and costs of services for the towers are recorded as operating expenses. The gain on disposal is recognized upfront for the portion of towers that is not leased back. It is deferred and recognized over the term of the lease for the portion leased back.

 

  F- 79  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Finance lease liabilities

 

    Country   Maturity   2017     2016  
        (US$ millions)  
Lease of tower space   Tanzania   2029     121       78  
Lease of tower space   Colombia Movil   2023/2029     87       77  
Lease of tower space   Ghana   2023/2025           14  
Lease of poles   Colombia (UNE)   2029     100       83  
Lease of tower space   Paraguay   2029     21        
Other finance lease liabilities   various   various     37       43  
Total finance lease liabilities             365       295  

 

Tower Sale and Leaseback – Paraguay

 

On April 26, 2017, the Group announced an agreement to sell and leaseback approximately 1,400 wireless communications towers in Paraguay to a subsidiary of American Tower Corporation (ATC) whereby Millicom agreed to sell tower assets and to lease back a dedicated portion of each tower to locate its network equipment in exchange for cash. As a result of this transaction, our operation in Paraguay will receive approximately Gs700 billion (equivalent to US$125 million) in cash. The portions of the assets that will be transferred and that will not be leased back by our operation in Paraguay are classified as assets held for sale as completion of their sale is highly probable.

 

The first closing of 836 towers occurred on August 11, 2017 and ATC paid Gs426 billion (approximately US$76 million). This triggered the recognition of an upfront gain on sale of US$26 million under Other operating income (expenses), net. The financial lease liability recognized in respect of the lease back of a portion of these towers amount to US$21 million. Additional closings for a total of 430 towers occurred in the first half of 2018, pursuant to which ATC paid Gs219 billion (approximately US$39 million).

 

Tower Sale and Leaseback – Colombia

 

On July 18, 2017, the Group announced that its subsidiary Colombia Móvil S.A. E.S.P (Tigo Colombia) agreed to sell approximately 1,200 wireless communications towers to a subsidiary of ATC in Colombia. As a result of the transaction, Tigo Colombia will receive approximately COP448 billion, equivalent to US$147 million, in cash.

 

The first closing of 696 towers occurred in December 2017 and ATC paid COP258 billion (approximately US$86 million). This triggered the recognition of an upfront gain on sale of US$37 million under Other operating income (expenses), net. The financial lease liability recognized in respect of the lease back of a portion of these towers amount to US$7 million. Additional closings for a total of 76 towers occurred in the first half of 2018, pursuant to which ATC paid COP29 billion (approximately US$10 million).

 

C.3.5. Guarantees and pledged assets

 

Guarantees

 

Financial guarantee contracts issued by the Group are those contracts that require a payment to be made to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because the specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Financial guarantee contracts are recognized initially as a liability at fair value, adjusted for transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of the guarantee. Subsequently, the liability is measured at the higher of the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date and the amount recognized, less cumulative amortization.

 

  F- 80  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Liabilities to which guarantees are related are recorded in the consolidated statement of financial position under Debt and financing, and liabilities covered by supplier guarantees are recorded under Trade payables or Debt and financing, depending on the underlying terms and conditions.

 

Maturity of guarantees

 

    At December 31, 2017     At December 31, 2016  
Term   Outstanding
exposure(i)
    Maximum
exposure(ii)
    Outstanding
exposure(i)
    Maximum
exposure(ii)
 
    (US$ millions)  
0–1 year     159       159       38       38  
1–3 years     368       368       348       348  
3–5 years     144       144       250       250  
More than 5 years                 4       4  
Total guarantees     671       671       640       640  

 

 

(i) The outstanding exposure represents the carrying amount of the related liability at December 31.

 

(ii) The maximum exposure represents the total amount of the Guarantee at December 31.

 

Pledged assets

 

The Group’s share of total debt and financing secured by either pledged assets, pledged deposits issued to cover letters of credit, or guarantees issued by the Company at December 31, 2017, was US$671 million (2016: US$643 million), out of this, assets pledged by the Group over this debt and financing at the same date amounted to US$1 million (2016: US$3 million). The remainder represented primarily guarantees issued by Millicom S.A. to guarantee financings raised by other Group operating entities.

 

C.3.6. Covenants

 

Millicom’s financing facilities are subject to a number of covenants including net leverage ratio, debt service coverage ratios, debt to earnings ratios, and cash levels. In addition, certain of its financings contain restrictions on sale of businesses or significant assets within the businesses. At December 31, 2017 there were no breaches in financial covenants.

 

C.4. Cash and deposits

 

C.4.1. Cash and cash equivalents

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Cash and cash equivalents in USD     302       411  
Cash and cash equivalents in other currencies     317       235  
Total cash and cash equivalents     619       646  

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

 

Cash deposits with bank with maturities of more than three months that generally earn interest at market rates are classified as time deposits.

 

  F- 81  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

C.4.2. Restricted cash

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Mobile Financial Services     143       136  
Others     2       9  
Restricted cash     145       145  

 

Cash held with banks related to MFS which is restricted in use due to local regulations is denoted as restricted cash.

 

C.4.3. Pledged deposits

 

Pledged deposits represent contracted cash deposits with banks that are held as security for debts at corporate or operational entity level. Millicom is unable to access these funds until either the relevant debt is repaid or alternative security is arranged with the lender.

 

At December 31, 2017, there were no non-current pledged deposits (2016: US$ nil).

 

At December 31, 2017, current pledged deposits amounted to US$1 million (2016: US$3 million).

 

C.5. Net debt

 

Net debt

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Total debt and financing     3,785       3,901  
Less:                
Cash and cash equivalents     (619 )     (646 )
Restricted cash     (145 )     (145 )
Pledged deposits     (1 )     (3 )
Time deposits related to bank borrowings           (2 )
Net debt at the end of the year     3,019       3,105  
Add (less) derivatives related to debt (SEK currency swap)     56       84  
Net debt including derivatives related to debt     3,075       3,189  

 

    Assets     Liabilities from financing activities        
    Cash and cash
equivalents
    Restricted cash     Other     Bond and bank
 debt and financing
    Finance lease
liabilities
    Total  
Net debt as at January 1, 2017     646       145       4       3,606       295       3,105  
Cash flows     10       17       (1 )     (177 )     (22 )     (226 )
Additions / acquisitions     (22 )                 3       195       219  
Interest accretion                       8       (1 )     7  
Foreign exchange movements     4       (3 )           34       (2 )     31  
Transfers to/from assets held for sale     (19 )     (14 )     (2 )     (49 )     (13 )     (27 )
Transfers                       10             10  
Other non-cash movements                       (14 )     (86 )     (101 )
Net debt as at December 31, 2017     619       145       2       3,420       365       3,019  

 

  F- 82  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

C.6. Financial instruments

 

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

 

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are financial instruments held for trading. Their fair value is determined by reference to quoted market prices on the statement of financial position date. Where there is no active market, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. Such techniques include using recent arm’s-length market transactions, reference to the current market value of a substantially similar instrument, discounted cash flow analysis and option pricing models. A financial instrument is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term. Derivatives are also categorized as held for trading unless they are designated as hedges. Assets in this category are classified as current assets.

 

Financial instruments that contain obligations to purchase own equity instruments

 

Contracts that contain obligations for the Company to purchase its own equity instruments for cash or other financial assets are initially recorded as financial liabilities, based on the present value of the redemption amounts with a corresponding reserve in equity. Subsequently, the carrying value of the liability is remeasured at the present value of the redemption amount with changes in carrying value recorded in other non-operating (expenses) income, net. If the contracts expire without delivery, the carrying amounts of the financial liabilities are reclassified to equity.

 

Financial instruments that contain call options over non-controlling interests

 

Contracts over non-controlling interests that require gross cash settlement are also classified as equity instruments. Such call options are initially recognized at fair value and not subsequently remeasured. If a call option is exercised, this initial fair value is included as part of the cost of the acquisition of the non-controlling interest. If an unexercised call option expires or otherwise lapses, the fair value of the call option remains within equity.

 

Call option contracts over non-controlling interests that require net cash settlement or provide a choice of settlement are classified as financial assets. Contracts over non-controlling interests that require physical settlement of a variable number of own shares for a variable price are classified as financial assets and changes in the fair value are reported in the income statement. If such a call option is exercised, the fair value of the option at that date is included as part of the cost of the acquisition of the non-controlling interest. If an unexercised call option expires or otherwise lapses, its carrying amount is expensed in the income statement.

 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

 

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at fair value at each subsequent closing date. The method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either:

 

a)       Hedges of the fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge); or

 

b)       Hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge).

 

For transactions designated and qualifying for hedge accounting, at the inception of the transaction, the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. This is done in reference to the Group Financial Risk Management Policy as last updated and approved by the Audit Committee in late 2017. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis (quarterly), of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

 

The full fair value of a hedging instrument is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the period to maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months. Trading derivatives are classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining period to maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

 

  F- 83  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

The change in fair value of hedging instruments that are designed and qualify as fair value hedges is recognized in the income statement as finance costs or income. The change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk hedged is recorded as part of the carrying value of the hedged item and is also recognized in the income statement as finance costs or income.

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in other comprehensive income. Gains or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the income statement within Other non-operating (expenses) income, net. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss.

 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time is recycled to the income statement within Other non-operating (expenses) income, net.

 

When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement within Other non-operating (expenses) income, net.

 

C.6.1. Fair value measurement hierarchy

 

Millicom uses the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

 

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices).

 

Level 3 – Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).

 

The Group enters into derivative financial instruments with various counterparties, principally financial institutions with investment grade ratings. Interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts are valued using valuation techniques, which employ the use of markets observable data. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing and swap models using present value calculations. The models incorporate various inputs including the credit quality of counterparties, foreign exchange spot and forward rates, yield curves of the respective currencies, interest rate curves and forward curves.

 

C.6.2. Fair value of financial instruments

 

The fair value of Millicom’s financial instruments are shown at amounts at which the instruments could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The fair value of all financial assets and all financial liabilities, except debt and financing approximate their carrying value largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair values of all debt and financing have been estimated by the Group, based on discounted future cash flows at market interest rates.

 

  F- 84  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Fair values of financial instruments at December 31

 

          Carrying value     Fair value(i)  
    Note     2017     2016     2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)(ii)  
Financial assets                                        
Derivative financial instruments                   32             32  
Other non-current assets             73       72       73       72  
Trade receivables, net             386       387       386       387  
Amounts due from non-controlling interests, associates and joint venture partners             77       17       77       17  
Prepayments and accrued income             145       171       145       171  
Supplier advances for capital expenditures             18       23       18       23  
Other current assets             90       110       90       110  
Restricted cash             145       145       145       145  
Cash and cash equivalents             619       646       619       646  
Total financial assets             1,553       1,603       1,553       1,603  
Current             1,440       1,499       1,440       1,499  
Non-current             113       104       113       104  
Financial liabilities                                        
Debt and financing(ii)     C.3.       3,785       3,901       3,971       4,234  
Trade payables             288       297       288       297  
Payables and accruals for capital expenditure             304       326       304       326  
Derivative financial instruments             56       84       56       84  
Amounts due to non-controlling interests, associates and joint venture partners             420       386       420       386  
Accrued interest and other expenses             353       376       353       376  
Other liabilities             371       400       371       400  
Total financial liabilities             5,577       5,770       5,763       6,103  
Current             1,753       1,531       1,753       1,531  
Non-current             3,824       4,239       4,010       4,572  

 

 

(i) Fair values are measured with reference to Level 1 (for listed bonds) or 2.

 

D. Financial risk management

 

Exposure to interest rate, foreign currency, non-repatriation, liquidity, capital management and credit risks arise in the normal course of Millicom’s business. Each year Group Treasury revisits and presents to the Audit committee updated Treasury and Financial Risks Management policies. The Group analyzes each of these financial risks individually as well as on an interconnected basis and defines and implements strategies to manage the economic impact on the Group’s performance in line with its Financial Risk Management policy. These policies were last reviewed in late 2017. As part of the annual review of the above mentioned risks, the Group agrees to a strategy over the use of derivatives and natural hedging instruments ranging from raising debt in local currency (where the Company targets to reach 40% of debt in local currency over the medium term) to maintain a 70/30% mix between fixed and floating rate debt or agreeing to cover up to six months forward of operating costs and capex denominated in non-functional currencies through a rolling and layering strategy. Millicom’s risk management strategies may include the use of derivatives to the extent a market would exist in the jurisdictions where the Group operates. Millicom’s policy prohibits the use of such derivatives in the context of speculative trading.

 

Accounting policies for derivatives is further detailed in note C.6. On December 31, 2017 and 2016 fair value of derivatives held by the Group can be summarized as follows:

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Derivatives            
Cash flow hedge derivatives     (55 )     (84 )
Derivatives held for trading (on swaps on Euro denominated debt)           32  
Net derivative asset (liability)     (55 )     (52 )

 

  F- 85  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

D.1. Interest rate risk

 

Debt and financing issued at floating interest rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. Debt and financing issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Group’s exposure to risk of changes in market interest rates relate to both of the above. To manage this risk, the Group’s policy is to maintain a combination of fixed and floating rate debt with target for the debt to be distributed between fixed (up to 70%) and variable (up to 30%) rates. The Group actively monitors borrowings against this target. The target mix between fixed and floating rate debt is reviewed periodically. The purpose of Millicom’s policy is to achieve an optimal balance between cost of funding and volatility of financial results, while taking into account market conditions as well as our overall business strategy. At December 31, 2017, approximately 65% of the Group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate of interest or for which variable rates have been swapped for fixed rates with interest rate swaps (2016: 70%).

 

D.1.1. Fixed and floating rate debt

 

Financing at December 31, 2017

 

    Amounts due within:  
    1 year     1-2 years     2-3 years     3-4 years     4-5 years     >5 years     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Fixed rate financing     87       365       141       104       396       1,369       2,462  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     7.17 %     5.52 %     8.28 %     9.92 %     7.73 %     7.68 %     7.48 %
Floating rate financing     98       134       206       327       188       370       1,323  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     4.24 %     2.37 %     8.40 %     12.20 %     1.98 %     2.25 %     3.06 %
Total     185       500       347       431       584       1,738       3,785  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     5.61 %     4.68 %     8.35 %     11.65 %     5.88 %     6.52 %     5.94 %

 

Financing at December 31, 2016

 

    Amounts due within:  
    1 year     1–2 years     2–3 years     3–4 years     4–5 years     >5 years     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Fixed rate financing     41       85       314       435       720       1,141       2,736  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     7.52 %     7.54 %     5.41 %     5.62 %     7.11 %     8.51 %     7.28 %
Floating rate financing     39       168       204       213       130       411       1,165  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     4.20 %     9.46 %     3.63 %     2.89 %     1.21 %     3.86 %     3.16 %
Total     80       252       518       649       850       1,552       3,901  
Weighted average nominal interest rate     5.90 %     8.81 %     4.71 %     4.72 %     6.20 %     7.28 %     6.05 %

 

A 100 basis point fall or rise in market interest rates for all currencies in which the Group had borrowings at December 31, 2017 would increase or reduce profit before tax from continuing operations for the year by approximately US$13 million (2016: US$12 million).

 

D.1.2. Interest rate swap contracts

 

From time to time, Millicom enters into currency and interest rate swap contracts to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and currency fluctuations in accordance with its Financial Risk Management policy. Details of these arrangements are provided below.

 

Interest rate and currency swaps on SEK denominated debt

 

These swaps are accounted for as a cash flow hedge as the timing and amounts of the cash flows under the swap agreements match the cash flows under the SEK bond. Their maturity date is April 2018. The hedging relationship is highly effective and related fluctuations are recorded through other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2017, the fair values of the swaps amount to a liability of US$56 million (December 31, 2016: a liability of US$84 million). These instruments are measured with reference to Level 2. These swaps were unwound against a cash settlement of $63 million at their maturity in April 2018.

 

  F- 86  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Interest rate and currency swaps on Euro-denominated debt

 

In June 2013, Millicom entered into interest rate and currency swaps whereby Millicom will sell Euros and receive USD to hedge against exchange rate fluctuations on an intercompany seven-year Euro 134 million principal and related interest financing of its operation in Senegal (Note C.3.2.). The outstanding 2020 Notes were repaid in August 2017 and as a result these swaps have been settled. The year-to-date revaluation of the swap resulted in a US$22 million loss. The Group finally received US$10 million in cash on settlement date. This instrument was measured with reference to Level 2.

 

The above hedge was considered ineffective, with fluctuations in the fair value of the hedge recorded through profit and loss. No other financial instruments have a significant fair value at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

D.2. Foreign currency risks

 

The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures in the countries in which it operates. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations.

 

Millicom seeks to reduce its foreign currency exposure through a policy of matching, as far as possible, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, or entering into agreements that limit the risk of exposure to currency fluctuations against the US dollar reporting currency. In some cases, Millicom may also borrow in US dollars where it is either commercially more advantageous for joint ventures and subsidiaries to incur debt obligations in US dollars or where US dollar denominated borrowing is the only funding source available to a joint venture or subsidiary. In these circumstances, Millicom accepts the remaining currency risk associated with financing its joint ventures and subsidiaries, principally because of the relatively high cost of forward cover, when available, in the currencies in which the Group operates.

 

D.2.1. Debt denominated in US dollars and other currencies

 

Debt denomination at December 31

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Debt denominated in US dollars     1,983       2,266  
Debt denominated in currencies of the following countries:                
Colombia     834       841  
Chad     61       69  
Tanzania     121       93  
Bolivia     337       288  
Ghana           13  
Paraguay     191       103  
Luxembourg (SEK denominated)     243       217  
Other     15       11  
Total debt denominated in other currencies     1,802       1,635  
Total debt     3,785       3,901  

 

At December 31, 2017, if the US dollar had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the other functional currencies of our operations and all other variables held constant, then profit before tax from continuing operations would have increased/decreased by US$95 million and US$(116) million respectively (2016: US$51 million and US$(63) million respectively). This increase/decrease in profit before tax would have mainly been as a result of the conversion of the USD-denominated net debts in our operations with functional currencies other than the US dollar.

 

  F- 87  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

D.2.2. Foreign currency swaps

 

See note D.1.2. Interest rate swap contracts.

 

D.3. Non-repatriation risk

 

Most of Millicom’s operating subsidiaries and joint ventures generate most of the revenue of the Group and in the currency of the countries in which they operate. Millicom is therefore dependent on the ability of its subsidiaries and joint venture operations to transfer funds to the Company.

 

Although foreign exchange controls exist in some of the countries in which Millicom Group companies operate, none of these controls currently significantly restrict the ability of these operations to pay interest, dividends, technical service fees, royalties or repay loans by exporting cash, instruments of credit or securities in foreign currencies. However, existing foreign exchange controls may be strengthened in countries where the Group operates, or foreign exchange controls may be introduced in countries where the Group operates that do not currently impose such restrictions. If such events were to occur, the Company’s ability to receive funds from the operations could be subsequently restricted, which would impact the Company’s ability to make payments on its interest and loans and, or pay dividends to its shareholders. As a policy, all operations which do not face restrictions to deposit funds offshore and in hard currencies should do so for the surplus cash generated on a weekly basis. The Company and its subsidiaries make use of notional and physical cash pooling arrangements in hard currencies to the extent permitted.

 

In addition, in some countries it may be difficult to convert large amounts of local currency into foreign currency because of limited foreign exchange markets. The practical effects of this may be time delays in accumulating significant amounts of foreign currency and exchange risk, which could have an adverse effect on the Group. This is a relatively rare case for the countries in which the Group operates.

 

Lastly, repatriation most often gives raise to taxation, which is evidenced in the amount of taxes paid by the Group relative to the Corporate Income Tax reported in its statement of income.

 

D.4. Credit and counterparty risk

 

Financial instruments that subject the Group to credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits, letters of credit, trade receivables, amounts due from joint venture partners and associates, supplier advances and other current assets and derivatives. Counterparties to agreements relating to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits and letters of credit are significant financial institutions with investment grade ratings. Management does not believe there are significant risks of non-performance by these counterparties and maintain a diversified portfolio of banking partners. Allocation of deposits across banks are managed such that the Group’s counterparty risk with a given bank stays within limits which have been set, based on each bank’s credit rating.

 

A large portion of revenue of the Group is comprised of prepaid products and services. For postpaid customers, the Group follows risk control procedures to assess the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Accounts receivable also comprise balances due from other telecom operators. Credit risk of other telecom operators is limited due to the regulatory nature of the telecom industry, in which licenses are normally only issued to credit-worthy companies. The Group maintains a provision for impairment of trade receivables based upon expected collectability. The provision for impairment will be impacted in 2018 with the application of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments.

 

As the Group has a large number of internationally dispersed customers, there is generally no significant concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables, except for certain B2B customers (mainly governments). See note F.1.

 

D.5. Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Group has significant indebtedness but also has significant cash balances. Millicom evaluates its ability to meet its obligations on an ongoing basis using a recurring liquidity planning tool. This tool considers the operating net cash flows generated from its operations and the future cash needs for borrowing, interest payments, dividend payments and capital and operating expenditures required in maintaining and developing its operating businesses.

 

  F- 88  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

The Group manages its liquidity risk through use of bank overdrafts, bank loans, bonds, vendor financing, Export Credit Agencies and Development Finance Institutions (DFI) loans. Millicom believes that there is sufficient liquidity available in the markets to meet ongoing liquidity needs. Additionally, Millicom is able to arrange offshore funding. Millicom has a diversified financing portfolio with commercial banks representing about 30% of its gross financing (2016: 24%), bonds 57% (2016: 66%), Development Finance Institutions 3% (2016: 2%) and finance leases 10% (2016: 8%).

 

Maturity profile of net financial liabilities at December 31 2017

 

    Less than
1 year
    1 to 5 years     > 5 years     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Total debt and financing     (185 )     (1,862 )     (1,738 )     (3,785 )
Cash and cash equivalents     619                   619  
Restricted cash     145                   145  
Pledged deposits (related to bank borrowings)     1                   1  
Time deposits                        
Derivative financial instruments (SEK currency swap)     (56 )                 (56 )
Net cash (debt) including derivatives related to debt     524       (1,862 )     (1,738 )     (3,075 )
Future interest commitments     (255 )     (785 )     (68 )     (1,108 )
Trade payables (excluding accruals)     (427 )                 (427 )
Other financial liabilities (including accruals)     (1,239 )     (124 )           (1,363 )
Trade receivables     386                   386  
Other financial assets     144       113             257  
Net financial liabilities     (867 )     (2,658 )     (1,806 )     (5,331 )

 

Maturity profile of net financial liabilities at December 31, 2016

 

    Less than
1 year
    1 to 5 years     > 5 years     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Total debt and financing     (80 )     (2,269 )     (1,552 )     (3,901 )
Cash and cash equivalents     646                   646  
Restricted cash     145                   145  
Pledged deposits (related to bank borrowings)     3                   3  
Time deposits     2                   2  
Derivative financial instruments (SEK currency swap)           (84 )           (84 )
Net cash (debt) including derivatives related to debt     716       (2,353 )     (1,552 )     (3,189 )
Future interest commitments     (283 )     (916 )     (71 )     (1,270 )
Trade payables (excluding accruals)     (443 )                 (443 )
Other financial liabilities (including accruals)     (1,174 )                 (1,174 )
Trade receivables     387                   387  
Other financial assets     131       71             202  
Net financial liabilities     (666 )     (3,199 )     (1,622 )     (5,487 )

 

D.6. Capital management

 

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure a strong credit rating and solid capital ratios in order to support its business and maximize shareholder value.

 

The Group manages its capital structure with reference to local economic conditions and imposed restrictions such as debt covenants. To maintain or adjust its capital structure, the Group may make dividend payments to shareholders, return capital to shareholders through share repurchases or issue new shares. At December 31, 2017, Millicom is rated at one notch below investment grade by the independent rating agencies Moody’s (Ba1 negative) and Fitch (BB+ stable). The Group primarily monitors capital using net debt to EBITDA.

 

  F- 89  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

The Group reviews its gearing ratio (net debt divided by total capital plus net debt) periodically. Net debt includes interest bearing loans and borrowings, less cash and cash equivalents (included restricted cash) and pledged and time deposits related to bank borrowings. Capital represents equity attributable to the equity holders of the parent.

 

Net debt to EBITDA

 

    Note   2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)
Net debt   C.5.     3,019       3,105  
EBITDA   B.3.     1,277       1,241  
Net debt to EBITDA         2.36       2.50  

 

Gearing ratio

 

    Note   2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)
Net debt   C.5.     3,019       3,105  
Equity   C.1.     3,096       3,167  
Net debt and equity         6,115       6,272  
Gearing ratio         49 %     50 %

 

E. Long-term assets

 

E.1. Intangible assets

 

Millicom’s intangible assets mainly consist of goodwill arising from acquisitions, customer lists acquired through acquisitions, licenses and rights to operate and use spectrum.

 

E.1.1. Accounting for intangible assets

 

Intangible assets acquired in business acquisitions are initially measured at fair value at the date of acquisition, and those which are acquired separately are measured at cost. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development costs, are not capitalized but expensed to the income statement in the expense category consistent with the function of the intangible assets. Subsequently intangible assets are carried at cost, less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

 

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful economic lives using the straight-line method and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization period and the amortization method for intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at least at each financial year end. Changes in expected useful lives or the expected beneficial use of the assets are accounted for by changing the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and treated as changes in accounting estimates.

 

Amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in the consolidated income statement in the expense category consistent with the function of the intangible assets.

 

  F- 90  

 

  

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquisition over the Group’s share in the fair value of identifiable assets less liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired subsidiary, at the date of the acquisition. If the fair value or the cost of the acquisition can only be determined provisionally, then goodwill is initially accounted for using provisional values. Within 12 months of the acquisition date, any adjustments to the provisional values are recognized. This is done when the fair values and the cost of the acquisition have been finally determined. Adjustments to provisional fair values are made as if the adjusted fair values had been recognized from the acquisition date. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets, net. Goodwill on acquisition of joint ventures or associates is included in investments in joint ventures and associates. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost, less any accumulated impairment losses. Gains or losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

 

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit (or group of cash-generating units) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed of in this manner is measured, based on the relative values of the operation disposed and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

 

Licenses

 

Licenses are recorded at either historical cost or, if acquired in a business combination, at fair value at the date of acquisition. Cost includes cost of acquisition and other costs directly related to acquisition and retention of licenses over the license period. These costs may include estimates related to fulfillment of terms and conditions related to the licenses such as service or coverage obligations, and may include up-front and deferred payments.

 

Licenses have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the licenses over their estimated useful lives.

 

The terms of licenses, which have been awarded for various periods, are subject to periodic review for, among other things, rate setting, frequency allocation and technical standards. Licenses are initially measured at cost and are amortized from the date the network is available for use on a straight-line basis over the license period. Licenses held, subject to certain conditions, are usually renewable and generally non-exclusive. When estimating useful lives of licenses, renewal periods are included only if there is evidence to support renewal by the Group without significant cost.

 

Trademarks and customer lists

 

Trademarks and customer bases are recognized as intangible assets only when acquired or gained in a business combination. Their cost represents fair value at the date of acquisition. Trademarks and customer bases have indefinite or finite useful lives. Indefinite useful life trademarks are tested for impairment annually. Finite useful life trademarks are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the trademarks and customer bases over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives for trademarks and customer bases are based on specific characteristics of the market in which they exist. Trademarks and customer bases are included in Intangible assets, net.

 

Estimated useful lives are:

 

    Years
Estimated useful lives    
Trademarks   1 to 15
Customer lists   4 to 9

 

Programming and content rights

 

Programming and content master rights which are purchased or acquired in business combinations which meet certain criteria are recorded at cost as intangible assets. The rights must be exclusive, related to specific assets which are sufficiently developed, and probable to bring future economic benefits and have validity for more than one year. Cost includes consideration paid or payable and other costs directly related to the acquisition of the rights, and are recognized at the earlier of payment or commencement of the broadcasting period to which the rights relate.

 

  F- 91  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Programming and content rights capitalized as intangible assets have a finite useful life and are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the rights over their estimated useful lives.

 

Non-exclusive and programming and content rights for periods less than one year are expensed over the period of the rights.

 

Indefeasible rights of use

 

There is no universally-accepted definition of an indefeasible rights of use (IRU). These agreements come in many forms. However, the key characteristics of a typical arrangement include:

 

· The right to use specified network infrastructure or capacity;

 

· For a specified term (often the majority of the useful life of the relevant assets);

 

· Legal title is not transferred;

 

· A number of associated service agreements including operations and maintenance (O&M) and co-location agreements. These are typically for the same term as the IRU; and

 

· Any payments are usually made in advance.

 

IRUs are accounted for either as a lease, or service contract based on the substance of the underlying agreement.

 

IRU arrangements will qualify as a lease if, and when:

 

· The purchaser has an exclusive right for a specified period and has the ability to resell (or sublet) the capacity; and

 

· The capacity is physically limited and defined; and

 

· The purchaser bears all costs related to the capacity (directly or not) including costs of operation, administration and maintenance; and

 

· The purchaser bears the risk of obsolescence during the contract term.

 

· If all of these criteria are not met, the IRU is treated as a service contract.

 

If an IRU is determined to be a lease, the following indicators need to be present in order for the capitalization of an IRU as a finance lease to be considered:

 

· The Group will be consuming the major part of the useful economic life of the asset (generally considered to be 75% of the total remaining useful economic life of the asset). The Group assumes that the useful economic life of a new fiber cable is 15 years;

 

· Substantially, all of the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the Group (e.g. Millicom can sublease excess capacity on the cables to other operators; Millicom is responsible for maintaining the cables during the contract period);

 

· Neither party has the right to terminate the contract early (other than for “force majeure”);

 

· The contract price is not subject to renegotiation or change (other than for inflationary increases);

 

· The minimum contractual payments are for substantially all of the fair value of the asset (generally considered to be greater or equal to 90% of the fair value of the leased asset);

 

· The Group can determine the fair value of the leased asset;

 

  F- 92  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

· The Group has physical access rights to the cable.

 

· Otherwise the IRU will be considered as an operating lease.

 

A finance lease of an IRU of network infrastructure (cables or fiber) is accounted for as a tangible asset. A finance lease of a capacity IRU (wavelength) is accounted for as an intangible asset.

 

Estimated useful lives of finance leases of capacity IRUs are between 12 and 15 years, or shorter if the estimated useful life of the underlying cable is shorter.

 

The costs of an IRU recognized as operating lease is recognized as prepayment and amortized in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

The costs of an IRU recognized as service contract is recognized as prepayment and amortized in the income statement as incurred over the duration of the contract.

 

E.1.2. Impairment of non-financial assets

 

At each reporting date Millicom assesses whether there is an indication that a non-financial asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for a non-financial asset is required, an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount is made. The recoverable amount is determined based on the higher of its fair value less cost to sell, and its value in use, for individual assets, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets.

 

Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. Where no comparable market information is available, the fair value, less cost to sell, is determined based on the estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market conditions for the time value of money and risks specific to the asset. The foregoing analysis also evaluates the appropriateness of the expected useful lives of the assets. Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognized in the consolidated income statement in expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

 

At each reporting date an assessment is made as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. Other than for goodwill, a previously recognized impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimate used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If so, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. The increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in profit or loss.

 

After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

 

  F- 93  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

E.1.3. Movements in intangible assets

 

Movements in intangible assets in 2017

 

    Goodwill     Licenses     Customer
lists
    IRUs     Broadcast
and other
rights
    Other(i)     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Opening balance, net     615       380       32       114             219       1,359  
Change in scope (ii)     3             15                   1       20  
Additions           40             (2 )           92       130  
Amortization charge           (49 )     (15 )     (14 )           (75 )     (153 )
Impairment     (7 )     (8 )                             (15 )
Disposals, net                                   (1 )     (1 )
Transfers     (2 )     3             8             (28 )     (19 )
Transfers to/from assets held for sale (see note E.3.)     (8 )     (50 )     (1 )                 (5 )     (64 )
Exchange rate movements     (1 )     7       1                   2       9  
Closing balance, net     599       324       33       105             204       1,265  
Cost or valuation     599       650       225       181       11       621       2,288  
Accumulated amortization and impairment           (327 )     (192 )     (76 )     (11 )     (417 )     (1,022 )
Net     599       324       33       105             204       1,265  

 

Movements in intangible assets in 2016

 

    Goodwill     Licenses     Customer
lists
    IRUs     Broadcast
and other
rights
    Other(i)     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Opening balance, net     621       387       57       119       32       213       1,429  
Additions           89             4             98       192  
Amortization charge           (64 )     (26 )     (13 )     (3 )     (80 )     (186 )
Impairment                       (2 )           (1 )     (3 )
Disposals, net                                   (6 )     (6 )
Transfers           (6 )           1       (29 )     (4 )     (38 )
Transfers to/from assets held for sale (see note E.3.)     (11 )     (23 )                       (7 )     (42 )
Exchange rate movements     5       (3 )     1       4             5       13  
Closing balance, net     615       380       32       114             219       1,359  
Cost or valuation     615       702       210       177       11       579       2,293  
Accumulated amortization and impairment           (321 )     (178 )     (64 )     (11 )     (360 )     (934 )
Net     615       380       32       114             219       1,359  

 

 

(i) Other includes intangible assets identified in business combinations (including trademarks – see note E.1.1.).

 

(ii) See note A.1.2.

 

  F- 94  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

E.1.4. Cash used for the purchase of intangible assets

 

Cash used for intangible asset additions

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Additions     130       192       194  
Change in accruals and payables for intangibles     3       (49 )     (8 )
Cash used for additions     133       143       186  

 

E.1.5. Goodwill

 

Allocation of Goodwill to cash generating units (CGUs), net of exchange rate movements and after impairment

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
El Salvador     194       194  
Costa Rica     123       126  
Paraguay     57       53  
Colombia     199       198  
Tanzania (Zantel)     10       11  
Other     16       33  
Total     599       615  

 

E.1.6. Impairment testing of goodwill

 

Goodwill from CGUs is tested for impairment at least each year and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.

 

Goodwill arising on business combinations is allocated to each of the Group’s CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units or groups of units. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated:

 

· Represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes; and

 

· Is not larger than an operating segment.

 

Impairment is determined by assessing the value-in-use and, if appropriate, the fair value less costs to sell of the CGU (or group of CGUs), to which goodwill relates.

 

Impairment testing at December 31, 2017

 

Goodwill was tested for impairment by assessing the recoverable amount against the carrying amount of the CGU based on discounted cash flows. The cash flow projections used (adjusted operating profit margins, income tax, working capital, capex and license renewal cost) are extracted from financial budgets approved by management and the Board usually covering a period of five years. This planning horizon reflects industry practice in the countries where the Group operates and stage of development or redevelopment of the business in those countries. Cash flows beyond this period are extrapolated using a perpetual growth rate of 1.1%–3.8% (2016: 2.0%–2.5%). When value-in-use model resulted in the carrying values of the CGUs being higher than their recoverable amount, management has determined the fair value less cost of disposal (FVLCD) of the CGUs. Fair value less cost of disposal has been determined by using recent offers received from third parties (Level 1).

 

  F- 95  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

For the year ended 31 December 2017, and as a result of the annual impairment testing and the recent deal signed with Airtel for the disposal of the Group’s operations in Rwanda, management concluded that this CGU, part of the Africa segment, should be impaired. Hence, in accordance with IAS 36, an impairment loss of US$8 million has been allocated to reduce the carrying amount of the fixed assets of our operations in Rwanda (there was no goodwill remaining) pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset to the extent the carrying amount of each asset was not below the highest of its fair value less costs to sell, its value in use and zero. Management has determined that the impairment loss should be allocated, for most of it, to intangible assets. In addition, the Group recorded an impairment of US$7 million on a minor investment held in Guatemala. The impairment has been classified within the caption Other operating expenses, net, in the Group’s income statement. At December 31, 2017, the carrying value of the CGU corresponds to its fair value less costs of disposal (Level 1).

 

For the year ended 31 December 2016, and as a result of the annual impairment testing on goodwill, management concluded that none of the Group CGUs should be impaired, but the impairment test performed for the Group CGU in Senegal showed limited headroom. As a matter of fact, a decrease in the EBITDA multiple used by 1.0pt would make the carrying value of the Group CGU equal its recoverable amount (determined by using FVLCD).

 

For the year ended 31 December 2015, the Senegal cash generating unit (CGU), part of Africa segment, had been impaired. Hence, in accordance with IAS 36, an impairment loss of US$54 million had been allocated to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets of our operations in Senegal (the goodwill allocated to Senegal was already fully impaired in 2013) pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset to the extent the carrying amount of each asset was not below the highest of its fair value less costs to sell, its value in use and zero.

 

Management had determined that the impairment loss be allocated to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets for US$36 million and US$18 million, respectively. The impairment had been classified within the caption “other operating expenses, net”. At 31 December 2015, the carrying value of the CGU corresponded to its fair value less costs of disposal (Level 3).

 

Sensitivity analysis was performed on key assumptions within the impairment tests. The sensitivity analysis determined that sufficient margin exists from realistic changes to the assumptions that would not impact the overall results of the testing.

 

Discount rates used in determining recoverable amount

 

    Discount rate after tax
(%)
 
    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Bolivia     11.2       9.4  
Chad     15.8       16.5  
Colombia     9.9       8.6  
Costa Rica     11.9       10.9  
El Salvador     13.2       11.9  
Ghana (See note E.3.)     na       17.7  
Paraguay     10.2       9.3  
Rwanda (See note A.1.3.)     14.7       14.6  
Senegal (See note E.3.)     na       14  
Tanzania     14.6       14.3  

 

  F- 96  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

E.2. Property, plant and equipment

 

E.2.1. Accounting for property, plant and equipment

 

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at either historical cost, or the lower of fair value and present value of the future minimum lease payments for assets under finance leases, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to acquisition of items. The carrying amount of replaced parts is derecognized.

 

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the remaining life of the license associated with the assets, unless the renewal of the license is contractually possible.

 

Estimated useful lives

 

Duration

Buildings   40 years or lease period, if shorter
Networks (including civil works)   5 to 15 years or lease period, if shorter
Other   2 to 7 years

 

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The assets’ residual value and useful life is reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each statement of financial position date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if its carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

 

Construction in progress consists of the cost of assets, labor and other direct costs associated with property, plant and equipment being constructed by the Group, or purchased assets which have yet to be deployed. When the assets become operational, the related costs are transferred from construction in progress to the appropriate asset category and depreciation commences.

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. Ongoing routine repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement in the financial period in which they are incurred.

 

Costs of major inspections and overhauls are added to the carrying value of property, plant and equipment and the carrying amount of previous major inspections and overhauls is derecognized.

 

Equipment installed on customer premises which is not sold to customers is capitalized and amortized over the customer contract period.

 

A liability for the present value of the cost to remove an asset on both owned and leased sites (for example cell towers) and for assets installed on customer premises (for example set-top boxes), is recognized when a present obligation for the removal exists. The corresponding cost of the obligation is included in the cost of the asset and depreciated over the useful life of the asset, or lease period if shorter.

 

Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset when it is probable that such costs will contribute to future economic benefits for the Group and the costs can be measured reliably.

 

  F- 97  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

E.2.2. Movements in tangible assets

 

Movements in tangible assets in 2017

 

    Network
equipment(ii)
    Land and
buildings
    Construction
in progress
    Other(i)     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Opening balance, net     2,525       147       250       135       3,057  
Change in scope     2       1                   3  
Additions     201             616       7       824  
Impairments     (6 )           1       (2 )     (8 )
Disposals, net     (115 )           3       (1 )     (114 )
Depreciation charge     (663 )     (9 )           (53 )     (725 )
Asset retirement obligations     18       2                   20  
Transfers     613       7       (650 )     48       19  
Transfers from/(to) assets held for sale
(see note E.3.)
    (184 )     (3 )     (16 )     (8 )     (211 )
Exchange rate movements     9       2       3       1       15  
Closing balance, net     2,399       147       206       127       2,880  
Cost or valuation     6,164       191       206       477       7,038  
Accumulated amortization and impairment     (3,764 )     (44 )           (349 )     (4,158 )
Net at December 31, 2017     2,399       147       206       128       2,880  

 

Movements in tangible assets in 2016

 

    Network
equipment(ii)
    Land and
buildings
    Construction
in progress
    Other(i)     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
Opening balance, net     2,476       149       431       142       3,198  
Additions     45             632       5       683  
Impairments     (2 )           (2 )     (4 )     (7 )
Disposals, net     (11 )           (3 )           (14 )
Depreciation charge     (677 )     (12 )           (58 )     (747 )
Asset retirement obligations     15       2                   17  
Transfers     775       9       (814 )     62       31  
Transfers from/(to) assets held for sale
(see note E.3.)
    (123 )     (5 )     (2 )     (9 )     (139 )
Exchange rate movements     27       3       9       (4 )     36  
Closing balance, net     2,525       147       250       135       3,057  
Cost or valuation     6,138       185       250       474       7,047  
Accumulated amortization and impairment     (3,613 )     (38 )           (339 )     (3,990 )
Net at December 31, 2016     2,525       147       250       135       3,057  

 

 

(i) Other mainly includes office equipment and motor vehicles.

 

(ii) The net carrying amount of network equipment under finance leases at December 31, 2017, was US$329 million (2016: US$245 million).

 

Borrowing costs capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were not significant.

 

  F- 98  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

E.2.3. Cash used for the purchase of tangible assets

 

Cash used for property, plant and equipment additions

 

    2017     2016     2015  
          (US$ millions)  
Additions     824       683       1,103  
Change in advances to suppliers     (8 )     (16 )     8  
Change in accruals and payables for property, plant and equipment     26       51       (62 )
Finance leases     (192 )     1       (30 )
Cash used for additions     650       719       1,019  

 

E.3. Assets held for sale

 

If Millicom decides to sell subsidiaries, investments in joint ventures or associates, or specific non-current assets in its businesses, these items qualify as assets held for sale if certain conditions are met.

 

E.3.1. Classification of assets held for sale

 

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held for sale and stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell if their carrying amount is expected to be recovered principally through sale, not through continuing use. Liabilities of disposal groups are classified as Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale.

 

E.3.2. Millicom’s assets held for sale

 

The following table summarizes the nature of the assets and liabilities reported under assets held for sale and liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale as at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    As at December 31,  
    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale            
Senegal operations     223        
Towers Paraguay (see note C.3.4.)     7        
Towers Colombia (see note C.3.4.)     1        
Other     2       5  
Total assets of held for sale     233       5  
Senegal operations     77        
Towers Paraguay     2        
Total liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale     79        
Net assets held for sale / book value     154       5  

 

Ghana merger

 

As mentioned in note A.2.4., on March 3, 2017, Millicom and Bharti Airtel Limited (Airtel) announced that they have entered into an agreement for Tigo Ghana Limited and Airtel Ghana Limited to combine their operations in Ghana. As per the agreement, Millicom and Airtel have equal ownership and governance rights in the combined entity. Necessary regulatory approvals were received in the course of September. As a result, our operations in Ghana have been classified as assets held for sale and discontinued operations as from September 28, 2017. The merger was completed on October 12, 2017.

 

  F- 99  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

The assets and liabilities deconsolidated as a result of the merger were as follows:

 

Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale – Ghana

 

    October 12,
2017
 
    (US$ millions)  
Intangible assets, net     12  
Property, plant and equipment, net     77  
Current assets     29  
Cash and cash equivalents     8  
Total assets of disposal group held for sale     126  
Non-current financial liabilities     51  
Current liabilities     50  
Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale     102  
Net assets / book value     24  

 

For further details on the effect of the deconsolidation of the operations in Ghana, refer to note A.2.3.

 

Senegal

 

As mentioned in note A.1.3. Millicom announced that it had agreed to sell its Senegal business to a consortium consisting of NJJ, Sofima (managed by the Axian Group) and Teylium Group, subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals. On April 19, 2018, the President of Senegal issued an approval decree in respect of the proposed sale by Millicom of its Tigo operation in Senegal to a consortium consisting of NJJ, Sofima (a telecom investment vehicle managed by the Axian Group) and Teyliom Group. The sale completed on April 27, 2018 and the operations in Senegal have been deconsolidated.

 

The assets and liabilities were transferred to assets held for sale in relation to our operations in Senegal as at February 7, 2017. The following assets and liabilities are classified as assets held for sale as at December 31, 2017:

 

Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale – Senegal

 

    December 31,
2017
 
    (US$ millions)  
Intangible assets, net     50  
Property, plant and equipment, net     124  
Other non-current assets     1  
Current assets     37  
Cash and cash equivalents     11  
Total assets of disposal group held for sale     223  
Non-current financial liabilities     17  
Current liabilities     60  
Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale     77  
Net assets held for sale / book value     146  

 

Rwanda

 

On December 19, 2017, Millicom announced that it has signed an agreement for the sale of its Rwanda operations to subsidiaries of Bharti Airtel Limited. The total consideration of the transaction is approximately 6x 2017 adjusted EBITDA of the Rwandan operation, payable over two years, consisting of a mix of cash, vendor loan note and earn out.

 

  F- 100  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

The Group received regulatory approvals on January 23, 2018 and the sale was subsequently completed on January 31, 2018. In accordance with Group practices, the Rwanda operations have been classified as assets held for sale as of January 23, 2018. Rwanda’s operations also represented a separate geographical area and did qualify for discontinued operations. As a result, the Group income statements for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 have been restated accordingly to show the results on a single line in the income statements (‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’).

 

DRC

 

On February 8, 2016, Millicom announced that it had signed an agreement for the sale of its businesses in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) to Orange S.A. for a total cash consideration of US$160 million adjusted for working capital movements and including US$10 million of cash hold-back subject to the completion of the disposal of the mobile financial services business (DRC Mobile Cash). The transaction was completed in respect of the mobile business (Oasis S.A.) on April 20, 2016, and includes certain indemnity and warranty clauses as well as other expenses directly linked with the disposal, which have been provided for as of December 31, 2017. The separate disposal of DRC Mobile Cash was completed in September 2016. As a result, US$10 million of the cash hold-back was received in October 2016. The sale of these operations generated a cash inflow of US$147 million, net of US$33 million of cash disposed.

 

The table below shows the assets and liabilities deconsolidated at the date of the disposal:

 

Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale – Oasis S.A.

 

    April 20, 2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Intangible assets, net     58  
Property, plant and equipment, net     133  
Other non-current assets     11  
Current assets     42  
Cash and cash equivalents     33  
Total assets of disposal group held for sale     277  
Non-current financial liabilities     44  
Current liabilities     84  
Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale     128  
Net assets / Book value     149  

 

In accordance with IFRS 5, the Group’s businesses in DRC (2016), Senegal and Ghana have also been classified as discontinued operations in the income statement. Comparative figures have therefore been represented accordingly. Financial information relating to the discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is set out below. Figures shown below are after intercompany eliminations.

 

  F- 101  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Results from discontinued operations

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Revenue     299       371       466  
Cost of sales     (95 )     (119 )     (167 )
Operating expenses     (131 )     (174 )     (280 )
Depreciation and amortization     (37 )     (79 )     (122 )
Other operating income (expenses), net     (4 )     (6 )     (54 )
Gross gain on disposal of discontinued operations     39       32        
Other expenses linked to the disposal of discontinued operations     (7 )     (19 )      
Operating profit (loss)     64       6       (156 )
Interest income (expense), net     (20 )     (23 )     (38 )
Other non-operating (expenses) income, net     6       (10 )     (25 )
Profit (loss) before taxes     51       (26 )     (218 )
Credit (charge) for taxes, net           6       (20 )
Net profit (loss) from discontinued operations     51       (20 )     (239 )

 

Cash flows from discontinued operations

 

    Year ended December 31  
    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Cash from (used in) operating activities, net     26       10       (20 )
Cash from (used in) investing activities, net     (33 )     (53 )     (26 )
Cash from (used in) financing activities, net     (22 )     18       49  

 

4G spectrum (UNE)

 

In accordance with the merger approval in 2014, spectrum to be returned to the Colombian government with carrying value of US$12 million (31 December 2014: US$15 million) at the date of the merger, was classified to assets held for sale at 31 December 2015 and 2014. During 2016, the 4G spectrum in Colombia has been reclassified from Assets held for sale to intangible assets, as the value of the spectrum will not be recovered through sale, but through use. A depreciation catch-up has been recorded in 2016 for US$11 million. In October 2016, the date on which UNE stopped rendering 4G services, the 4G spectrum was fully depreciated.

 

  F- 102  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

F. Other assets and liabilities

 

F.1. Trade receivables

 

Millicom’s trade receivables mainly comprise interconnect receivables from other operators, postpaid mobile and residential cable subscribers, as well as B2B customers. The nominal value of receivables adjusted for impairment approximates the fair value of trade receivables.

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Gross trade receivables     597       593  
Less: provisions for impairment of receivables     (211 )     (206 )
Trade receivables, net     386       387  

 

Aging of trade receivables

 

    Neither past
due nor
    Past due (net of
impairments)
       
    impaired     30–90 days     >90 days     Total  
    (US$ millions)  
2017:                                
Telecom operators     29       16       4       49  
Own customers     186       52       34       273  
Others     43       16       5       64  
Total     259       83       43       386  
2016:                                
Telecom operators     26       20       9       54  
Own customers     162       66       25       252  
Others     57       23       3       82  
Total     244       108       36       387  

 

Trade receivables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment is recorded when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization, and default or delinquency in payments are indicators of impairment. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the effective interest rate. The provision is recognized in the consolidated income statement within Cost of sales.

 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for those maturing more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period. These are classified within non-current assets. Loans and receivables are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses are recognized in the income statement when the loans and receivables are derecognized or impaired, as well as through the amortization process.

 

  F- 103  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

F.2. Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

 

Inventories

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Telephone and equipment     28       32  
SIM cards     6       7  
IRUs     3       6  
Other     9       17  
Inventory at December 31     45       62  

 

F.3. Trade payables

 

Trade payables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method where the effect of the passage of time is material.

 

From time to time, the Group enters into agreements to extend payment terms with various suppliers, and with factoring companies when such payments are discounted. The corresponding amount pending payment as of December 31, 2017, is recognized in Trade payables for an amount of US$25 million (2016: US$20 million).

 

F.4. Current and non-current provisions and other liabilities

 

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, if it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain.

 

The expense relating to any provision is presented in the income statement net of any reimbursement. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, increases in the provision due to the passage of time are recognized as interest expenses.

 

F.4.1. Current provisions and other liabilities

 

Current

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Deferred revenue     86       112  
Customer deposits     13       9  
Current legal provisions     24       12  
Tax payables     57       44  
Customer and MFS distributor cash balances     144       139  
Withholding tax on payments to third parties     17       17  
Other provisions     1       10  
Other current liabilities     83       134  
Total     425       477  

 

  F- 104  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

F.4.2. Non-current provisions and other liabilities

 

Non-current

 

    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Non-current legal provisions     15       28  
Long-term portion of asset retirement obligations     69       78  
Long-term portion of deferred income on tower sale and leasebacks     73       18  
Long-term employment obligations     76       76  
Accruals and payables in respect of spectrum and license acquisitions     31       31  
Other non-current liabilities     70       54  
Total     335       286  

 

G. Additional disclosure items

 

G.1 Fees to auditors

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Audit fees     4.7       4.3       4.7  
Audit related fees     0.3       0.3       0.3  
Tax fees     0.2       0.2       0.3  
Other fees     0.7       1.8       0.9  
Total     5.9       6.6       6.2  

 

G.2. Capital and operational commitments

 

Millicom has a number of capital and operational commitments to suppliers and service providers in the normal course of its business. These commitments are mainly contracts for acquiring network and other equipment, and leases for towers and other operational equipment.

 

G.2.1. Capital commitments

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company and its subsidiaries and joint ventures had fixed commitments to purchase network equipment, land and buildings, other fixed assets and intangible assets of US$194 million of which US$182 million are due within one year (December 31, 2016: US$179 million of which US$162 million were due within one year). Out of these commitments, respectively US$25 million and US$23 million related to Millicom’s share in joint ventures. (December 31, 2016: US$17 million of which US$14 million were due within one year).

 

G.2.2 Lease commitments

 

Leases

 

The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement and involves an assessment of whether the fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and whether or not the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset. The sale and leaseback of towers and related site operating leases and service contracts are accounted for in accordance with the underlying characteristics of the assets, and the terms and conditions of the lease agreements. On transfer to the tower companies, the portion of the towers leased back are accounted for as operating leases or finance leases according to the criteria set out above. The portion of towers being leased back represents the dedicated part of each tower on which Millicom’s equipment is located and was derived from the average technical capacity of the towers. Rights to use the land on which the towers are located are accounted for as operating leases, and costs of services for the towers are recorded as operating expenses.

 

  F- 105  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Operating leases

 

Operating leases are all other leases that are not finance leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as expenses in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

Operating leases mainly comprise land in which cell towers are located (including those related to towers sold and leased back) and buildings. Total operating lease expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, was US$118 million (2016: US$129 million; 2015: US$184 million – see note B.2.).

 

Annual operating lease commitments from continuing operations

 

    2017(i)     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Within one year     130       117  
Between one and five years     372       317  
After five years     258       191  
Total     759       625  

 

 

(i) The Group’s share in joint ventures operating lease commitments amount to US$194 million (2016: US$210 million) and are excluded from the table above.

 

Finance leases

 

Finance leases, which transfer substantially all risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item to the lessee, are capitalized at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly against income. Where a finance lease results from a sale and leaseback transaction, any excess of sales proceeds over the carrying amount of the assets is deferred and amortized over the lease term. Capitalized leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the lease term if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.

 

Finance leases mainly comprise lease of tower space in Paraguay, Tanzania and Colombia (see note C.3.4.), lease of poles in Colombia and tower sharing in other countries. Other financial leases mainly consist of lease agreements relating to vehicles and IT equipment.

 

Annual minimum finance lease commitments from continuing operations

 

    2017(i)     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Within one year     97       64  
Between one and five years     404       262  
After five years     477       308  
Total     978       634  

 

 

(i) The Group’s share in joint ventures finance lease commitments amount to US$5 million (2016: nil) and are excluded from the table above.

 

The corresponding finance lease liabilities at December 31, 2017, were US$365 million (2016: US$295 million). Interest expense on finance lease liabilities amounted to US$65 million for the year 2017 (2016: US$48 million; 2015: US$48 million).

 

  F- 106  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

G.3. Contingent liabilities

 

G.3.1. Litigation and legal risks

 

The Company and its operations are contingently liable with respect to lawsuits, legal, regulatory, commercial and other legal risks that arise in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2017, the total amount of claims and litigation risks against Millicom and its operations was US$438 million, of which US$5 million related to its share in joint ventures (December 31, 2016: US$406 million, of which US$3 million related to its share in joint ventures).

 

As at December 31, 2017, US$29 million, of which US$2 million related to its share in joint ventures (December 31, 2016: US$43 million, of which US$1 million related to its share in joint ventures), has been provided for these risks in the consolidated statement of financial position. While it is not possible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these claims and risks, the ultimate outcome is not anticipated to have a material effect on the Group’s financial position and operations.

 

In June 2016, Millicom was served with claims by a third party seeking to exert rights as a shareholder of Millicom Tanzania Ltd (Tigo Tanzania). In June 2015, Millicom identified that an incorrect filing related to Tigo Tanzania had been made in the commercial register, causing the register to incorrectly indicate that shares in the local subsidiary were owned by this third party. As of December 31, 2017, Millicom was engaged in legal proceedings regarding this issue, which have since been resolved in its favor (see note I.). Millicom continues to fully consolidate Tigo Tanzania and no provision has been recorded in relation of this claim. On July 26, 2018, the Court of Appeal of Tanzania, the country’s highest court, reaffirmed in a ruling that Millicom Tanzania Limited (operating as Tigo Tanzania) remains owned and controlled by Millicom.

 

On July 14, 2017, the International Commission Against Impunity in Guatemala (CICIG), disclosed an ongoing investigation into alleged illegal campaign financing that includes a competitor of Comcel, our Guatemalan joint venture. The CICIG further indicated that the investigation would include Comcel. On November 23 and 24, 2017, Guatemala’s attorney general and CICIG executed search warrants on the offices of Comcel. As at December 31, 2017, the matter is still under investigation and management has not been able to assess the potential impact on these consolidated financial statements of any remedial actions that may need to be taken as a result of the investigations, or penalties that may be imposed by law enforcement authorities. Accordingly, no provision has been recorded as of December 31, 2017.

 

The following specific risks are excluded from the US$438 million above:

 

Colombia

 

A claim filed with the Civil Chamber of Bogota in Colombia against all mobile operators in Colombia in 2013, including our subsidiary in Colombia, by a group of approximately 20 individuals for approximately US$794 million. The claimants allege damages and losses suffered from third parties through illegal use of cellular phones in extortion attempts against the claimants.

 

The case has been inactive, with the exception of a mandatory settlement conference held among the parties under the court’s supervision, which did not result in a settlement agreement. This claim is considered by management to be entirely spurious and without foundation or substance. As a result, no provision has been made for this claim.

 

Other

 

At December 31, 2017, Millicom has various other less significant claims which are not disclosed separately in these consolidated financial statements because they are either immaterial or the related risk is remote.

 

  F- 107  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Potential improper payments on behalf of the Guatemala joint venture

 

On October 21, 2015, Millicom reported to law enforcement authorities in the United States and Sweden potential improper payments made on behalf of the Company’s joint venture in Guatemala. On May 4, 2016, Millicom received notification from the Swedish Public Prosecutor that its preliminary investigation has been discontinued on jurisdictional grounds. Millicom continued to cooperate with law enforcement authorities in the United States. As at December 31, 2017, this matter was still under investigation and management had not been able to assess the potential impact on these consolidated financial statements of any remedial actions that may need to be taken as a result of the investigations, or penalties that may be imposed by law enforcement authorities. Accordingly, no provision has been recorded as of December 31, 2017. In April 2018, the Justice Department informed Millicom that it is closing its investigation.

 

G.3.2. Tax related risks and uncertain tax position

 

The Group operates in developing countries where the tax systems, regulations and enforcement processes have varying stages of development creating uncertainty regarding application of tax law and interpretation of tax treatments. The Group is also subject to regular tax audits in the countries where it operates. When there is uncertainty over whether the taxation authority will accept a specific tax treatment under the local tax law, that tax treatment is therefore uncertain. The resolution of tax positions taken by the Group, through negotiations with relevant tax authorities or through litigation, can take several years to complete and, in some cases, it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome. Therefore, judgment is required to determine provisions for taxes.

 

In assessing whether and how an uncertain tax treatment affects the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, the Group assumes that a taxation authority with the right to examine amounts reported to it will examine those amounts and have full knowledge of all relevant information when making those examinations.

 

The Group has a process in place to identify its uncertain tax positions. Management then considers whether or not it is probable that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. On that basis, the identified risks are split into three categories (i) remote risks (risk of outflow of tax payments are 0 to 20%), (ii) possible risks (risk of outflow of tax payments are 21% to 49%) and probable risks (risk of outflow is more than 50%). The process is repeated every quarter by the Group.

 

If the Group concludes that it is probable or certain that the taxation authority will accept the tax treatment, the risks are categorized either as possible or remote, and it determines the taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax rates consistently with the tax treatment used or planned to be used in its income tax filings. The risks considered as possible are not provisioned but disclosed as tax contingencies in the Group consolidated financial statements while remote risks are neither provisioned nor disclosed.

 

If the Group concludes that it is probable that the taxation authority will not accept the Group’s interpretation of the uncertain tax treatment, the risks are categorized as probable, and it reflects the effect of uncertainty in determining the related taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax rates by generally using the most likely amount method – the single most likely amount in a range of possible outcomes.

 

If an uncertain tax treatment affects both deferred tax and current tax, the Group makes consistent estimates and judgments for both. For example, an uncertain tax treatment may affect both taxable profits used to determine the current tax and tax bases used to determine deferred tax.

 

If facts and circumstances change, the Group reassesses the judgments and estimates regarding the uncertain tax position taken.

 

At December 31, 2017, potential tax risks estimated by the Group amount to US$313 million of which provisions of US$53 million have been recorded representing the probable amount of eventual claims and required payments related to those risks (2016: US$311 million of which provisions of US$65 million were recorded). Out of these potential claims and provisions, respectively US$38 million (2016: US$96 million) and US$2 million (2016: US$9 million) related to Millicom’s share in joint ventures.

 

  F- 108  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

G.4. Non-cash investing and financing activities

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities from continuing operations

 

    Note   2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)
Investing activities                            
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, including finance leases   E.2.2.     (174 )     34       (54 )
Asset retirement obligations   E.2.2.     (20 )     (17 )     (9 )
Financing activities                            
Finance leases   G.2.2.     192       1       30  
Share based compensation   B.4.1.     22       14       19  

 

G.5. Related party balances and transactions

 

The Group’s significant related parties are:

 

· Kinnevik AB (Kinnevik) and subsidiaries, Millicom’s principal shareholder;

 

· Helios Towers Africa Ltd , in which Millicom holds a direct or indirect equity interest (see note A.3.2.);

 

· EPM and subsidiaries , the non-controlling shareholder in our Colombian operations (see note A.1.2.);

 

· Miffin Associates Corp and subsidiaries , our joint venture partner in Guatemala.

 

Kinnevik

 

Millicom’s principal shareholder is Kinnevik. Kinnevik is a Swedish holding company with interests in the telecommunications, media, publishing, paper and financial services industries. At December 31, 2017, Kinnevik owned approximately 38% of Millicom (2016: 38%). During 2017, 2016 and 2015, Kinnevik did not purchase any Millicom shares. There are no significant loans made by Millicom to or for the benefit of Kinnevik or Kinnevik controlled entities.

 

During 2017 and 2016 and 2015, the Company purchased services from Kinnevik subsidiaries including fraud detection, procurement and professional services. Transactions and balances with Kinnevik Group companies are disclosed under Other in the tables below. Also refer to note A.3. for further details with respect to the disposal of one portion of our investment in Milvik AB.

 

Helios Towers

 

Millicom sold its tower assets and leased back a portion of space on the towers in several African countries and contracted for related operation and management services with HTA. The Group has future lease commitments in respect of the tower companies (see note G.2.2.).

 

Miffin Associates Corp (Miffin)

 

The Group purchases and sells products and services from Miffin Group. Transactions with Miffin represent recurring commercial operations such as purchase of handsets, and sale of airtime.

 

Empresas Públicas de Medellín (EPM)

 

EPM is a state-owned, industrial and commercial enterprise, owned by the municipality of Medellin, and provides electricity, gas, water, sanitation, and telecommunications. EPM owns 50% of our operations in Colombia.

 

  F- 109  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Expenses from transactions with related parties

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Purchases of goods and services from Miffin     (181 )     (167 )     148  
Purchases of goods and services from EPM     (36 )     (22 )     17  
Lease of towers and related services from Helios     (28 )     (35 )     36  
Other expenses     (4 )     (9 )     5  
Total     (250 )     (233 )     206  

 

Income and gains from transactions with related parties

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    (US$ millions)  
Sale of goods and services to EPM     18       18       19  
Sale of goods and services to Miffin     277       261       253  
Other revenue     1       10       4  
Total     295       289       276  

 

As at December 31, the Company had the following balances with related parties:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Non-current and current liabilities                
Payables to Guatemala joint venture(i)     273       245  
Payables to Honduras joint venture(ii)     135       118  
Payables to EPM     3       3  
Other accounts payable     10       20  
Sub-total     421       386  
Finance lease liabilities to tower companies(iii)     108       85  
Total     529       471  

 

 

(i) Shareholder loans bearing interests. Out of the amount above, US$124 million are due over more than one year.

 

(ii) Amounts payable mainly consist in dividend advances. Dividend will be declared in 2018.

 

(iii) Disclosed under Debt and other financing in the statement of financial position.

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2017     2016  
    (US$ millions)  
Non-current and current assets                
Receivables from EPM     3       4  
Receivables from Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures     25        
Advance payments to Helios Towers Tanzania     8       10  
Receivable from TigoAirtel Ghana(i)     40        
Other accounts receivable     1       3  
Total     77       17  

 

 

(i) Disclosed under Other non-current assets in the statement of financial position. See note A.2.4.

 

  F- 110  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

H. IPO – Millicom’s operations in Tanzania

 

In June 2016, an amendment to the Electronic and Postal Communications Act (EPOCA) in the Finance Act 2016 required all Tanzanian licensed telecom operators to sell 25% of the authorized share capital in a public offering on the Dar Es Salaam Stock Exchange by December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2017, only one company had completed a public offering. Early 2017, Tigo Tanzania, Zantel and Telesis each received from the Tanzanian Communications Regulatory Authority (TCRA) a notice of material breach of the license giving thirty-days to comply. Millicom has signaled its intention for its subsidiaries to comply with the law and list its businesses but did not complete the public offerings by such time and will not be able to do so until the incorrect filing related to Tigo Tanzania made in the commercial register are corrected (see note G.3.1.). Accordingly, Millicom’s businesses in Tanzania may face sanctions from the regulator or other government bodies, which could include financial penalties, or even suspension or cancellation of its license although to-date there has been no notification from the TCRA of any indication or intention to proceed with sanctions. Management is currently not able to assess the financial impact on its consolidated financial statements (although the Company deems the suspension or cancellation of the license to be unlikely) and therefore, no provision has been recorded as of December 31, 2017.

 

I. Subsequent events

 

Dividend

 

On February 6, 2018, Millicom’s Board decided to propose to the AGM of the shareholders a dividend distribution of US$2.64 per share to be paid in two equal installments in May and November 2018, out of Millicom profits for the year ended December 31, 2017. The AGM of the shareholders approved such decision on May 4, 2018.

 

Africa disposals

 

On January 31, 2018, the Group announced that it has completed the transaction announced on December 19, 2017 for the sale of its Rwanda operation to subsidiaries of Bharti Airtel Limited (see note A.1.3).

 

On April 19, 2018, the President of Senegal issued an approval decree in respect of the proposed sale by Millicom of its Tigo operation in Senegal to a consortium consisting of NJJ, Sofima (a telecom investment vehicle managed by the Axian Group) and Teylium Group (see note A.1.3).

 

Tower sale and lease back – El Salvador

 

On February 6, 2018, we entered into a sale-leaseback agreement with SBA Communications related to a portfolio of approximately 800 towers in El Salvador. As a result of the transaction, Millicom expects to receive cash proceeds of around US$145 million.

 

Potential improper payments on behalf of the Guatemala joint venture

 

As disclosed in note 11, in October 2015, Millicom voluntarily reported to the U.S. Department of Justice potential improper payments made on behalf of the company’s joint venture in Guatemala and, since then, has cooperated fully with the Justice Department's investigation. On April 23, 2018, the Justice Department informed Millicom that it is closing its investigation (see note G.3.1).

 

SEK bond

 

On July 19, 2018, Millicom announced that it has exercised its option to redeem our SEK 2,000,000,000 Senior Unsecured Floating Rate Notes due 2019 at a price equal to 101.45% of the nominal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (see note C.3.1). The Redemption Date will be August 9, 2018, and the Record Date will be August 2, 2018.

 

  F- 111  

 

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 – continued

 

Listing

 

On July 19, 2018, Millicom announced its plans to register with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and to list its common shares on a U.S. stock exchange, while also maintaining its current listing on Nasdaq Stockholm, where our shares currently trade in the form of Swedish Depository Receipts.

 

Improper filling of shareholding in Millicom Tanzania Ltd

 

On July 26, 2018, the Court of Appeal of Tanzania, the country’s highest court, reaffirmed in a ruling that Millicom Tanzania Limited (operating as Tigo Tanzania) remains owned and controlled by Millicom (see note G.3.1). This ruling follows an improper filing of shareholder claims by a third party alleging to have acquired shares through proceedings that have now been quashed by the Court of Appeal. The commercial register will now be corrected to show the Millicom group as the ultimate owner of 100% of the shares in Tigo Tanzania.

 

  F- 112  

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

Société anonyme  

Siège social : 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg  

R.C.S. Luxembourg B 40.630

 

CONSOLIDATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

as at May 4 th , 2018

 

STATUTS COORDONNES

à la date du 4 mai 2018

 

 

 

- CONSTITUTION du 16 juin 1992, suivant acte reçu par Maître Joseph KERSCHEN , alors notaire de résidence à Luxembourg-Eich, publié au Mémorial C, Recueil des Sociétés et Associations, numéro 395 du 11 septembre 1992,

Et dont les statuts ont été modifiés pour la dernière fois par :

 

- ASSEMBLEE GENERALE EXTRAORDINAIRE du 04 mai 2018, suivant acte reçu par Maître Danielle KOLBACH , notaire de résidence à Redange-sur-Attert, non encore publié au « RESA », Recueil Electronique des Sociétés et Associations,

 

 

 

CHAPTER I. FORM, NAME, REGISTERED OFFICE, OBJECT, DURATION

 

Article 1. Form, Name.

 

There is hereby established among the subscribers and all those who may become owners of the shares hereafter created the Company in the form of a public limited liability company (société anonyme) which will be governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (" Luxembourg "), notably the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended (the " Law "), article 1832 of the Luxembourg Civil Code, as amended, and the present articles of association (the " Articles ").

 

  - 1 -  

 

 

The Company will exist under the name of " MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A. ".

 

Article 2. Registered Office.

 

The Company will have its registered office in Luxembourg-City.

 

The registered office of the Company may be transferred to any other place within Luxembourg by a resolution of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”, its members being the “ Director(s) ”).

 

In the event the Board determine that extraordinary political, economic or social developments have occurred or are imminent that would interfere with the normal activities of the Company at its registered office or with the ease of communications with such office or between such office and persons abroad, the registered office may be temporarily transferred abroad until the complete cessation of the abnormal circumstances. Such temporary measures will have no effect on the nationality of the Company, which, notwithstanding the temporary transfer of the registered office, will remain a Luxembourg company. Such temporary measures will be taken and notified to any interested parties by one of the bodies or persons entrusted with the daily management of the Company.

 

Article 3. Purposes.

 

The Company's purpose is to engage in all transactions pertaining directly or indirectly to the acquisition and holding of participating interests, in any form whatsoever, in any Luxembourg or foreign business enterprise, including but not limited to, the administration, management, control and development of any such enterprise.

 

The Company may, in connection with the foregoing purposes, (i) acquire or sell by way of subscription, purchase, exchange or in any other manner any equity or debt securities or other financial instruments representing ownership rights, claims or assets issued by, or offered or sold to, any public or private issuer, (ii) issue any debt instruments exercise any rights attached to the foregoing securities or financial instruments, and (iii) grant any type of direct or indirect assistance, in any form, to or for the benefit of subsidiaries, affiliates or other companies in which it holds a participation directly or indirectly, including but not limited to loans, guarantees, credit facilities, technical assistance.

 

In a general fashion the Company may carry out any commercial, industrial or financial operation and engage in such other activities as the Company deems necessary, advisable, convenient, incidental to, or not inconsistent with, the accomplishment and development of the foregoing.

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

Article 4. Duration.

 

The Company is formed for an unlimited duration.

 

CHAPTER II.- CAPITAL, SHARES.

 

Article 5. Corporate Capital.

 

The Company has an authorised capital of one hundred and ninety-nine million nine hundred and ninety-nine thousand, eight hundred United States Dollars (USD 199,999,800.-) divided into one hundred and thirty-three million, three hundred and thirty three thousand two hundred (133,333,200) shares with a par value of one dollar fifty cents (USD 1.50). The Company has an issued capital of one hundred and fifty-two million, six hundred and eight thousand, eight hundred and twenty-five dollars and fifty cents (United states Dollars) (USD 152,608,825.50) represented by one hundred and one million, seven hundred and thirty-nine thousand. two hundred and seventeen (101,739,217) shares with a par value of one dollar and fifty cents (USD 1.50) each, fully paid-in.

 

The authorized capital of the Company may be increased or reduced by a resolution of the shareholders of the Company (the “ Shareholder(s) ”) adopted in the manner required by the Law for amendment of these Articles.

 

The Board is authorized and empowered to:

 

·        realize any increase of the issued capital within the limits of the authorized capital in one or several successive tranches, by issuing of new shares, against payment in cash or in kind, by conversion of claims, integration of distributable reserves or premium reserves, or in any other manner;

 

·        determine the place and date of the issue or the successive issues, the issue price, the terms and conditions of the subscription of and paying up on the new shares; and

 

·        remove or limit the preferential subscription right of the Shareholders in case of issue of shares against payment in cash to a maximum of new shares representing 5% of the then outstanding shares (including shares held in treasury by the Company itself).

 

This authorization is valid for a period of 5 (five) years from 4 May 2018, and it may be renewed by an extraordinary general meeting of the Shareholders for those shares of the authorized corporate capital which up to then will not have been issued by the Board.

 

Following each increase of the corporate capital realized and duly stated in the form provided for by the Law, the first paragraph of this article 5 will be modified so as to reflect the actual increase; such modification will be recorded in authentic form by the Board or by any person duly authorized and empowered by it for this purpose.

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

Article 6. Shares.

 

The shares will be in the form of registered shares.

 

The Company's shares may be held in electronic format in accordance with the requirements of the stock exchanges on which the Company's shares may be listed from time to time or may be represented by physical share certificates.

 

Every holder of shares shall be entitled, without payment, to receive one registered certificate for all such shares or to receive several certificates for one or more of such shares upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board may from time to time determine. A registered holder who has transferred part of the shares comprised in his registered holding shall be entitled to a certificate for the balance without charge.

 

Share certificates shall be signed by two Directors. But such signatures may be either manual, or printed, or by facsimile. The Company may issue temporary share certificates in such form as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

Shares of the Company shall be registered in the register of the Shareholders which shall be kept by the Company or by one or more persons designated therefor by the Company; such register shall contain the name of each holder, his residence or elected domicile and the number of shares held by him. Every transfer and devolution of a share shall be entered in the register of the Shareholders.

 

The shares shall be freely transferable.

 

Transfer of shares shall be effected by delivering the certificate or certificates representing the same to the Company along with an instrument of transfer satisfactory to the Company or by written declaration of transfer inscribed in the register of the Shareholders, dated and signed by the transferor, or by persons holding suitable powers of attorney to act therefor.

 

Every Shareholder must provide the Company with an address to which all notices and announcements from the Company may be sent. Such address will also be entered in the register of the Shareholders.

 

In the event that such Shareholder does not provide such an address, the Company may permit a notice to this effect to be entered in the register of the Shareholders and the Shareholder's address will be deemed to be at the registered office of the Company, or such other address as may be so entered by the Company from time to time, until another address shall be provided to the Company by such Shareholder. The Shareholder may, at any time, change his address as entered in the register of the Shareholders by means of a written notification to the Company at its registered office or at such other address as may be set by the Company from time to time and notice thereof given to the Shareholders.

 

  - 4 -  

 

 

The Company will recognise only one holder of a share of the Company. In the event of joint ownership, the Company may suspend the exercise of any right deriving from the relevant share until one person shall have been designated to represent the joint owners vis-a-vis the Company.

 

If any shareholder can prove to the satisfaction of the Company that his share certificate has been mislaid, lost, stolen or destroyed, then, at his request, a duplicate certificate may be issued under such conditions as the Company may determine subject to applicable provisions of the Law.

 

Mutilated share certificates may be exchanged for new ones on the request of any shareholder. The mutilated certificates shall be delivered to the Company and shall be annulled immediately.

 

The Company may repurchase its shares of common stock using a method approved by the Board of the Company in accordance with the Law and the rules of the stock exchange(s) on which the Company's common stock may be listed from time to time.

 

As required by the Luxembourg law on transparency obligations of 11 January 2008 (the " Transparency Law "), any person who acquires or disposes of shares in the Company's capital must notify the Company's Board of the proportion of shares held by the relevant person as a result of the acquisition or disposal, where that proportion reaches, exceeds or falls below the thresholds referred to in the Transparency Law. As per the Transparency Law, the above also applies to the mere entitlement to acquire or to dispose of, or to exercise, voting rights in any of the cases referred to in the Transparency Law. As per this article, the requirements of the Transparency Law also apply where the mentioned proportion reaches, exceeds or falls below a threshold of 5%. The penalties provided for in article 28 of the Transparency Law apply to any breach of the above mentioned obligation, including with respect to the 5% threshold.

 

CHAPTER III.- BOARD, STATUTORY AUDITORS.

 

Article 7. Board.

 

The Company will be administered by a Board composed of at least 6 (six) members. Members of the Board need not be shareholders of the Company. The Directors, and the chairman of the Board (the “ Chairman ”), will be elected by the general meeting of shareholders (" General Meeting "), which will determine their number, for a period not exceeding 6 (six) years, and they will hold office until their successors are elected.

 

  - 5 -  

 

 

Where a legal person is appointed as a director (the " Legal Entity "), the Legal Entity must designate a natural person as permanent representative (représentant permanent) who will represent the Legal Entity as a member of the Board in accordance with article 441-3 of the Law.

 

In the event of a vacancy on the Board, the remaining Directors may meet and may elect by majority vote a director to fill such vacancy until the next General Meeting.

 

Article 8. Meetings of the Board.

 

The Board may choose a secretary, who need not be a director, and who shall be responsible for keeping minutes of the meetings of the Board and of the resolutions passed at the General Meeting.

 

The Board will meet upon call by the Chairman. A meeting of the board must be convened if any two Directors so require.

 

The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board of the Company, except that in his absence the Board may elect by a simple majority of the Directors present another Director or a duly qualified third party as Chairman of the relevant meeting.

 

Except in cases of urgency or with the prior consent of all those entitled to attend, at least 3 (three) days' written notice of board meetings shall be given. Any such notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and the nature of the business to be transacted. No such written notice is required if all the members of the Board are present ore represented during the meeting and if they state to have been duly informed, and to have had full knowledge of the agenda of the meeting. The written notice may be waived by the consent in writings, whether in original, by telefax, or e-mail to which an electronic signature (which is valid under the Law) is affixed, of each member of the Board. Separate written notice shall not be required for meetings that are held at times and places determined in a schedule previously adopted by resolution of the Board.

 

Every Board meeting shall be held in Luxembourg or at such other place as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

Any member of the Board may act at any meeting of the Board by appointing in writing, whether in original, by telefax, or e-mail to which an electronic signature (which is valid under the Law) is affixed, another Director as his or her proxy.

 

  - 6 -  

 

 

A quorum of the Board shall be the presence of 4 (four) of the Directors holding office. Decisions will be taken by the affirmative votes of a simple majority of the Directors present or represented.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a resolution of the Board may also be passed in writing, in case of urgency or where other exceptional circumstances so require. Such resolution shall be unanimously approved by the Directors and shall consist of one or several documents containing the resolutions either (i) signed manually or electronically by means of an electronic signature which is valid under Luxembourg law or (ii) agreed upon via a consent in writing by e-mail to which an electronic signature (which is valid under Luxembourg law) is affixed. The date of such a resolution shall be the date of the last signature or, if applicable, the last consent.

 

Any Director may participate in a meeting of the Board by conference call, video conference or similar means of communication equipment whereby (i) the Directors attending the meeting can be identified, (ii) all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other, (iii) the transmission of the meeting is performed on an on-going basis and (iv) the directors can properly deliberate, and participating in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. A meeting of the Board held by such means of communication will be deemed to be held in Luxembourg.

 

Article 9. Minutes of meetings of the Board.

 

The minutes of any meeting of the Board will be signed by the Chairman of the meeting. Any proxies will remain attached thereto.

 

Copies or extracts of such minutes of board meetings or written resolutions passed by the Board which may be produced in judicial proceedings or otherwise will be executed by the Chairman, any Chairman of the relevant meeting of the Board or any two members of the Board.

 

Article 10. Powers of the Board.

 

The Board is vested with the broadest powers to perform all acts necessary or useful for accomplishing the corporate object of the Company. All powers not expressly reserved by the Law or by the present Articles to the General Meeting are in the competence of the Board.

 

Article 11. Delegation of Powers.

 

The Board may delegate the daily management of the Company and the representation of the Company within such daily management to one or more Directors, officers, executives, employees or other persons who may but need not be Shareholders, or delegate special powers or proxies, or entrust determined permanent or temporary functions to persons or agents chosen by it.

 

  - 7 -  

 

 

Article 12. Directors' Remuneration.

 

Each of the Directors will be entitled to fees for acting as such at such rate as may from time to time be determined by resolution of the General Meeting. Any Director to whom is delegated daily management or who otherwise hold executive office will also be entitled to receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, participation in profits or otherwise and including pension salary and including pension contributions) as the Board may from time to time decide.

 

Article 13. Conflict of Interests.

 

No contract or other transaction between the Company and any other person shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any director, officer or employee of the Company has a personal interest in, or is a Director, officer or employee of such other person, except that (x) such contract or transaction shall be negotiated on an arms' length basis on terms no less favourable to the Company than could have been obtained from an unrelated third party and, in the case of a director, the director shall abstain from voting on any matters that pertain to such contract or transaction at any meeting of the Board of the Company, and (y) any such personal interest shall be fully disclosed to the Company by the relevant director, officer or employee.

 

In the event that any director or officer of the Company may have any personal interest in any transaction of the Company, he shall make known to the board such personal interest and shall not consider or vote on any such transaction, and such transaction and such director's or officer's interest therein shall be reported to the next General Meeting.

 

Article 14. Indemnification.

 

The Company shall indemnify any director or officer and his/her heirs, executors and administrators for any damages, compensations and costs to be paid by him/her and any expenses reasonably incurred by him/her as a consequence of, or in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he/she may be a party by reason of him/her being or having been a director or officer of the Company, or, at the request of the Company, of any other company of which the Company is a shareholder or creditor, except in relation to matters as to which he/she shall be finally judged in such action, suit or proceeding to be liable for gross negligence or wilful misconduct; in the event of a settlement, indemnification shall be provided only in connection with such matters covered by the settlement as to which the Company is advised by its legal counsel that the person to be indemnified did not commit such breach of duty. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not exclude other rights to which he/she may be entitled.

 

  - 8 -  

 

 

The indemnification by the Company shall include the right of the Company to pay or reimburse a defendant's reasonable legal costs before any proceeding or investigation against the defendant shall have resulted in a final judgment, settlement or conclusion, provided the Company's Directors shall have determined in good faith that the defendant's actions did not constitute wilful and deliberate violations of the Law and shall have obtained the relevant legal advice to that effect.

 

Article 15. Representation of the Company .

 

The Company will be bound towards third parties by the joint signatures of any two Directors or by the individual signature of the person to whom the daily management of the Company has been delegated, within such daily management, or by the joint signatures or single signature of any persons to whom such signatory power has been delegated by the board, but only within the limits of such power.

 

Article 16. Auditors .

 

The supervision of the operations of the Company is entrusted to one or more auditors who need not be Shareholders.

 

The auditors will be elected by the General Meeting by a simple majority of the votes present or represented at such General Meeting, which will determine their number, for a period not exceeding (6) six years. They will hold office until their successors are elected. They are re-eligible, but they may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by a resolution adopted by a simple majority of the Shareholders present or represented at the General Meeting.

 

CHAPTER IV.- MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS.

 

Article 17. Powers of the General Meeting .

 

Any regularly constituted General Meeting of the Company represents the entire body of the Shareholders. It has the powers conferred upon it by the Law.

 

Article 18 .

 

The Board will determine in the convening notice the formalities to be observed by each Shareholder for admission to a General Meeting.

 

Article 19. Annual General Meeting .

 

The annual General Meeting will be held in Luxembourg within six (6) months as of close of the relevant financial year, at the registered office of the Company or at such other place in Luxembourg as may be specified in the notice convening the annual General Meeting. The chairman of the annual General Meeting shall be elected by the Shareholders.

 

  - 9 -  

 

 

Article 20. Other General Meetings.

 

Such General Meetings must be convened by the Board of the Company if the Shareholders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the Company's issued share capital so require.

 

Article 21. Procedure, Vote.

 

The Shareholders will meet upon call by the Board or the auditor or the auditors made in the forms provided for by the Law. The notice will contain the agenda of the General Meeting.

 

If all the Shareholders are present or represented at the General Meeting and if they state that they have been informed of the agenda of the General Meeting, the General Meeting may be held without prior notice.

 

A Shareholder may act at any General Meeting by appointing another person who need not be a Shareholder as its proxy in writing whether in original, by telefax, or e-mail to which an electronic signature (which is valid under the Law) is affixed.

 

The Shareholders may vote in writing (by way of voting bulletins) on resolutions submitted to the General Meeting provided that the written voting bulletins include (i) the last name, first name, address and the signature of the relevant Shareholder, (ii) the indication of the shares for which the shareholder will exercise such right, (iii) the agenda as set forth in the convening notice and (iv) the voting instructions (approval, refusal, abstention) for each point of the agenda. In order to be taken into account, the original or electronic copy of the voting bulletins must be received by the Company within the time period set by the Company's Board, or, absent any time period set by the Board, at least 72 (seventy-two) hours before the relevant General Meeting.

 

The Board may authorise and arrange for the Shareholders to exercise, in accordance with article 6 of the law of 24 May 2011 on shareholders' rights in listed companies, their voting rights and participate in a General Meeting by electronic means, ensuring, notably, any some or all of the following forms of participation:

 

a)  a real-time transmission of the Shareholders' General Meeting;

 

b)  a real-time two-way communication enabling Shareholders to address the General Meeting from a remote location; and

 

c)  a mechanism for casting votes, whether before or during the General Meeting, without the need to appoint a proxy who is physically present at the General Meeting.

 

  - 10 -  

 

 

Any Shareholder who participates in a General Meeting through such means shall be deemed to be present at the place of the General Meeting for the purposes of the quorum and majority requirements. The use of electronic means allowing the Shareholders to take part in the General Meeting may be subject only to such requirements as are necessary to ensure the identification of the Shareholders and the security of the electronic communication, and only to the extent that they are proportionate to achieving that objective.

 

The Board may determine the electronic means referred to above in this Article 21 para. 5 and all other conditions that must be fulfilled in order to take part in the General Meeting in accordance with Luxembourg law.

 

The Shareholders shall be entitled at each General Meeting to one vote for every share.

 

No quorum is required for the General Meeting and resolutions are adopted at such General Meeting by a simple majority of the votes cast. Unless otherwise required under the Law, an extraordinary General Meeting convened to amend any provisions of the Articles or the withdrawal of the Company's shares from public listing in going-private transaction, shall not validly deliberate unless at least one half of the share capital is represented and the agenda indicates the proposed amendments to the Articles. If the first of these conditions is not satisfied, a second extraordinary General Meeting may be convened, in the manner prescribed by the Articles or by the Law. The second extraordinary General Meeting shall validly deliberate regardless of the proportion of capital represented. At both extraordinary General Meetings, resolutions, in order to be adopted, must be adopted by a two-third majority of the votes cast. Copies or extract of the minutes of the General Meetings to be produced in court will be signed by the Chairman or by any two Directors.

 

CHAPTER V. FINANCIAL YEAR, DISTRIBUTION OF PROFITS

 

Article 22. Financial Year.

 

The Company's financial year begins on the first day of January and ends on the last day of December in every year, except that the first financial year will begin on the date of formation of the Company and will end on the last day of December 1992.

 

The Board shall prepare annual accounts in accordance with the requirements of the Law and accounting practice.

 

Article 23. Appropriation of Profits.

 

Form the annual net profits of the Company, five per cent (5%) shall be allocated to the reserve required by the Law. That allocation will cease to be required as soon and for as long as such reserve amounts to ten per cent (10%) of the aggregate par value of the issued capital of the Company.

 

  - 11 -  

 

 

Upon recommendation of the Board, the General Meeting determines how the remainder of the annual net profits will be disposed of. It may decide to allocate the whole or part of the remainder to a reserve or to a provision reserve, to carry it forward to the next following financial year or to distribute it to the Shareholders as dividend.

 

Subject to the conditions fixed by the Law, the Board may pay out an advance payment on dividends. The Board fixes the amount and the date of payment of any such advance payment.

 

Dividends may also be paid out of unappropriated net profits brought forward from prior years. Dividends shall be paid in United States Dollars or by free allotment of shares of the Company or otherwise in specie as the Directors may determine, and may be paid at such times as may be determined by the Board. Payment of dividends shall be made to holders of shares at their addresses in the register of Shareholders. No interest shall be due against the Company on dividends declared but unclaimed.

 

The Shareholders are entitled to share in the profits of the Company pro rata to the paid up par value of their shareholding.

 

CHAPTER VI.- DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION.

 

Article 24. Dissolution, Liquidation.

 

The Company may be dissolved by a decision taken in a General Meeting resolving at the same conditions as to a quorum of presence and majority as those imposed by article 20 of the Articles.

 

Should the Company be dissolved, the liquidation will be carried out by one or more liquidators appointed by the General Meeting, which will determine their powers and their compensation.

 

The shares carry a right to a repayment (from the assets available for distribution to the Shareholders) of the nominal capital paid up in respect of such shares and the right to share in surplus assets on a winding up of the Company pro rata to the par value paid up on such shares.

 

CHAPTER VII.- APPLICABLE LAW

 

Article 25. Applicable Law.

 

All matters not governed by these Articles shall be determined in accordance with the Law.

 

  - 12 -  

 

 

SUIT LA VERSION FRANCAISE DU TEXTE QUI PRECEDE:

 

CHAPITRE Ier.- FORME, DENOMINATION, SIEGE, OBJET, DUREE.

 

Article 1. Forme, Dénomination.

 

Il est formé par les présentes entre les souscripteurs et tous ceux qui deviendront propriétaires des actions ci-après créées une société sous forme de société anonyme qui sera régie par les lois du Grand-Duché de Luxembourg («  Luxembourg  »), notamment la loi du 10 août 1915 sur les sociétés commerciales, telle que modifiée (la «  Loi  »), l'article 1832 du Code civil, tel que modifié et les présents statuts (les «  Statuts  »).

 

La Société adopte la dénomination «  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A . ».

 

Article 2. Siège social.

 

Le siège social de la Société est établi à Luxembourg-ville.

 

Il peut être transféré dans tout autre endroit du Luxembourg par une décision du conseil d'administration (le «  Conseil  », ses membres étant les «  Administrateurs  » et individuellement l'«  Administrateur  »).

 

Au cas où le Conseil estimerait que des événements extraordinaires d'ordre politique, économique ou social de nature à compromettre l'activité normale au siège social ou la communication aisée avec ce siège ou entre ce siège et l'étranger se sont produits ou sont imminents, il pourra transférer temporairement le siège social à l'étranger jusqu'à cessation complète de ces circonstances anormales. Ces mesures provisoires n'auront aucun effet sur la nationalité de la Société, laquelle, nonobstant ce transfert provisoire du siège, restera luxembourgeoise. Pareilles mesures temporaires seront prises et portées à la connaissance des tiers par l'un des organes exécutifs de la Société ayant qualité de l'engager pour les actes de gestion courante et journalière.

 

Article 3. Objet.

 

L'objet pour lequel la Société est constituée est de s'engager dans toute opération relevant directement ou indirectement de l'acquisition de participations dans toute entreprise commerciale, y compris, mais sans que cette énumération soit limitative, l'administration, la gestion, le contrôle et le développement de toute entreprise, et de s'engager dans toutes autres opérations dans lesquelles une société de droit luxembourgeois peut s'engager.

 

La Société peut, en relation avec l'objet susmentionné, (i) acquérir ou vendre par la souscription, l'achat, l'échange ou tout autre procédé, des actions ou obligations ou tout autre instrument financier représentant des droits de propriété, créances ou actifs émis par, offerts ou vendus au public ou à un émetteur privé, (ii) émettre des instruments de dette et émettre des droits attachés aux actions et obligations mentionnées ci-dessus ou aux instruments financiers, et (iii) accorder tout type d'assistance directe ou indirecte, sous toute forme, à ou pour le bénéfice de succursales, filiales, ou tout autre type de société dans lesquelles elle détient directement ou indirectement une participation, y compris de manière non-exhaustive des prêts, garanties, facilités de crédit, assistance technique.

 

  - 13 -  

 

 

D'une manière générale, la Société peut effectuer toutes les opérations commerciales, industrielles ou financières et accomplir toute autre activité qu'elle jugera utiles à l'accomplissement et au développement de son objet social susmentionné.

 

Article 4. Durée.

 

La Société est constituée pour une durée illimitée.

 

CHAPITRE II.- CAPITAL, ACTIONS.

 

Article 5. Capital social.

 

Le capital autorisé de la Société est fixé à cent quatre-vingt-dix-neuf millions neuf cent quatre-vingt-dix-neuf mille huit cent dollars des États Unis d'Amérique (USD 199.999.800) divisé en cent trente-trois millions trois cent trente-trois mille deux cents (133.333.200) actions d'une valeur nominale de un dollar des États Unis d'Amérique cinquante cents (USD 1,50). La Société a un capital social émis de cent cinquante-deux million six cent huit mille huit cent vingt-cinq dollars Américains et cinquante cents (USD 152.608.825,50) représentés par cent un million sept cent trente-neuf mille deux cent dix-sept (101.739.217) actions d'une valeur nominale d'un dollar Américain et cinquante cents (USD 1,50) chacune, entièrement libérées.

 

Le capital autorisé de la Société peut être augmenté ou réduit par décision des actionnaires de la Société (les «  Actionnaires  ») adoptée de la manière requise par la Loi pour la modification de ces Statuts.

 

Le Conseil est autorisé à et mandaté pour :

 

(i)       procéder à toute augmentation du capital émis dans les limites du capital autorisé en une ou plusieurs tranches successives, par émission de nouvelles actions, ayant pour contrepartie le paiement en espèces ou en nature, par la conversion de dettes, l'intégration de réserves distribuables ou de réserves de prime d'émission, ou de toute autre manière;

 

(ii)       fixer le lieu et la date d'émission ou des émissions successives, le prix d'émission, les conditions et modalités de souscription et de libération des actions nouvelles; et

 

(iii)       supprimer ou limiter le droit préférentiel de souscription des Actionnaires en cas d'émission d'actions contre paiement en espèces, jusqu'à un nombre total maximum d'actions nouvelles représentant 5% des actions déjà émises (ce y compris les actions propres détenues par la Société).

 

  - 14 -  

 

 

Cette autorisation est valable pour une période de 5 (cinq) ans à compter du 4 mai 2018 et elle pourra être renouvelée par décision de l'assemblée générale extraordinaire des Actionnaires pour les actions du capital social autorisé qui n'auront pas jusqu'alors été émises par le Conseil.

 

À la suite de chaque augmentation de capital réalisée et dûment constatée dans la forme prévue par la Loi, le premier alinéa de cet article 5 sera modifié de manière à refléter l'augmentation; une telle modification sera constatée par acte notarié par le Conseil ou par toute personne dûment autorisée et mandatée par celui-ci a cette fin.

 

Article 6. Actions.

 

Les actions sont sous forme nominative.

 

Les actions de la Société peuvent être détenues sous forme électronique en accord avec les règles des bourses de valeurs sur lesquelles les actions de la Société peuvent être cotées de temps à autre, ou peuvent être représentées par des certificats physiques.

 

Chaque Actionnaire aura le droit de recevoir gratuitement un certificat nominatif représentant ses actions ou de recevoir plusieurs certificats représentant une ou plusieurs de ses actions après paiement, pour chaque certificat émis après l'établissement du premier certificat, des frais raisonnables que le Conseil arrête de temps à autres. Un actionnaire nominatif qui transfère une partie des actions comprises dans sa participation nominative aura droit sans frais à un certificat représentant le solde de ses actions.

 

Les certificats d'actions seront signés par deux Administrateurs. Les signatures peuvent être soit manuelles, soit imprimées, soit par facsimile. La Société peut émettre des certificats d'actions temporaires dans la forme que le Conseil détermine de temps à autre.

 

Les actions de la Société seront enregistrées dans le registre des Actionnaires qui sera tenu par la Société ou par une ou plusieurs personnes désignées à cet effet par la Société ; ce registre renseigne le nom de chaque actionnaire, son adresse ou domicile élu et le nombre d'actions détenues par lui. Toute cession ou dévolution d'une action sera inscrite dans le registre des Actionnaires.

 

Les actions seront librement cessibles.

 

La cession d'actions sera effectuée par la délivrance à la Société du ou des certificats représentant celles-ci à l'appui du document de cession dans une forme satisfaisant la Société ou par une déclaration de cession écrite inscrite au registre des Actionnaires, datée et signée par le cessionnaire, ou par les personnes détenant les pouvoirs de représentation appropriés à cet effet.

 

  - 15 -  

 

 

Tout Actionnaire est tenu de fournir à la Société une adresse à laquelle toute notification et tout avis de la Société pourront être envoyés. Cette adresse sera inscrite dans le registre des Actionnaires.

 

Au cas où un Actionnaire ne fournirait pas une telle adresse, la Société pourra autoriser l'inscription d'une mention à cet effet dans le registre des Actionnaires et l'adresse de l'Actionnaire sera censée être au siège social de la Société, ou à telle autre adresse que la Société mentionnera de temps à autre dans le registre des Actionnaires, jusqu'à ce qu'une autre adresse soit fournie à la Société par cet Actionnaire. L'Actionnaire pourra, à tout moment, changer son adresse inscrite au registre des Actionnaires au moyen d'une communication écrite envoyée à la Société à son siège social ou à toute autre adresse indiquée de temps à autre par la Société par avis donné aux Actionnaires.

 

La Société ne reconnaitra qu'un propriétaire par action émise par la Société. Dans le cas d'une copropriété, la Société pourra suspendre l'exercice de tout droit lié à l'action concernée jusqu'à ce qu'une personne soit désignée pour représenter les copropriétaires envers la Société.

 

Si un Actionnaire peut établir à suffisance de droit envers la Société que son certificat d'action a été détourné, perdu, volé ou détruit, un duplicata pourra lui être délivré à sa demande aux conditions déterminées par la Société sous réserve des dispositions applicables de la Loi.

 

Les certificats d'actions endommagés pourront être échangés contre des certificats nouveaux à la demande de tout Actionnaire. Les certificats endommagés seront remis à la Société et annulés immédiatement.

 

La Société peut racheter ses propres actions selon une méthode approuvée par le Conseil en accord avec la Loi et les règles des bourses de valeurs auxquelles les actions de la Société peuvent être cotées de temps à autre.

 

Comme requis par la loi luxembourgeoise relative aux obligations de transparence du 11 janvier 2008 (la «  Loi Transparence  »), toute personne qui acquiert ou dispose des actions dans le capital de la Société est tenue de notifier au Conseil le pourcentage d'actions détenues par la personne concernée suite à l'acquisition ou la cession, lorsque ce pourcentage atteint, passe au-dessus ou en dessous des seuils mentionnées par la Loi Transparence. Selon la Loi Transparence, ce qui précède s'applique aussi au seul droit d'acquérir ou de céder ou d'exercer des droits de vote dans chacun des cas auxquels la Loi Transparence fait référence. Selon cet Article, les conditions de la Loi Transparence s'appliquent aussi quand le pourcentage mentionné atteint, passe au-dessus ou en dessous de 5%. Les sanctions édictées par l'article 28 de la Loi Transparence s'appliquent à toute violation de l'obligation susmentionnée, y inclus par rapport au seuil de 5%.

 

  - 16 -  

 

 

CHAPITRE III.- CONSEIL, COMMISSAIRE AUX COMPTES.

 

Article 7. Conseil.

 

La Société est administrée par un Conseil composé de 6 (six) membres au moins. Les membres du Conseil n'ont pas besoin d'être actionnaires de la Société. Les Administrateurs et le président du Conseil (le «  Président  ») seront élus par l'assemblée générale des actionnaires (l'«  Assemblée Générale  »), qui déterminera leur nombre, pour une période n'excédant pas 6 (six) années, et ils resteront en fonction jusqu'à ce que leurs successeurs soient élus.

 

Quand une personne morale sera nommée administrateur (la «  Personne Morale  »), la Personne Morale devra désigner une personne physique (représentant permanent) qui devra représenter la Personne Morale comme membre du Conseil conformément à l'article 441-3 de la Loi.

 

En cas de vacance d'une ou de plusieurs places d'Administrateurs, les Administrateurs restants ont le droit d'élire par un vote majoritaire un autre Administrateur jusqu'à la prochaine Assemblée Générale.

 

Article 8. Réunions du Conseil.

 

Le Conseil peut choisir un secrétaire, qui ne doit pas être Administrateur et qui sera responsable de la rédaction des procès-verbaux des réunions du Conseil et des résolutions prises lors des Assemblées Générales.

 

Le Conseil se réunira sur convocation du Président. Une réunion du Conseil doit être convoquée si deux Administrateurs le demandent.

 

Le président présidera toutes les réunions du Conseil, mais en son absence le Conseil désignera à la majorité simple des Administrateurs présents un autre Administrateur ou un tiers dûment qualifié pour présider la réunion.

 

Avis écrit de toute réunion du Conseil sera donné à tous les Administrateurs au moins 3 (trois) jours avant la date prévue pour la réunion, sauf s'il y a urgence ou avec l'accord de tous ceux qui ont droit d'assister à cette réunion. La convocation indiquera le lieu de la réunion et en contiendra l'ordre du jour. Une telle convocation n'est pas requise si tous les membres du Conseil sont présents ou représentés à l'occasion de la réunion et s'ils précisent qu'ils ont été dûment informés, et avoir eu pleine connaissance de l'ordre du jour de la réunion. La nécessité d'une convocation peut être supprimée si les membres y consentent par écrit, que ce soit par un original, un fax, ou un e-mail sur lequel une signature électronique (valide selon le droit luxembourgeois) est apposée, de chaque membre du Conseil. Une convocation écrite séparée ne sera pas requise pour les réunions qui sont tenues à des moments et des lieux déterminés dans une annexe adoptée antérieurement par une résolution du Conseil.

 

  - 17 -  

 

 

Toute réunion du Conseil se tiendra à Luxembourg ou à tout autre endroit que le Conseil peut de temps à autres arrêter.

 

Tout membre du Conseil peut agir à n'importe quelle réunion du Conseil en nommant par écrit, que ce soit par un original, un fax, ou un courriel sur lequel une signature électronique (valide selon le droit luxembourgeois) est apposée, un autre Administrateur comme son mandataire.

 

Le Conseil ne pourra délibérer et agir valablement que si 4 (quatre) Administrateurs sont présents. Les décisions sont prises à la majorité simple des voix des Administrateurs présents ou représentés.

 

Nonobstant ce qui précède, une résolution du Conseil pourra aussi être adoptée en cas d'urgence ou si d'autres circonstances exceptionnelles le justifient. Une telle résolution devra être approuvée unanimement par les Administrateurs et consistera en un ou plusieurs documents contenant les résolutions soit (i) signées manuellement ou électroniquement par le biais d'une signature électronique valable en droit luxembourgeois ou (ii) convenues par un consentement écrit par email auquel une signature électronique (valable en droit luxembourgeois) est apposée. La date de cette résolution sera la date de la dernière signature ou, selon le cas, du dernier accord.

 

Chaque Administrateur pourra participer à une réunion du Conseil par conférence téléphonique, visio-conférence ou tout autre moyen de communication similaire par lequel (i) les Administrateurs présents à la réunion peuvent être identifiés, (ii) toutes les personnes participant à la réunion peuvent entendre et parler à chacun d'entre eux, (iii) la transmission de la réunion est réalisée de manière ininterrompue et (iv) les Administrateurs peuvent débattre comme il se doit, et participent à une réunion par tout moyen qui équivaut à une présence physique à la réunion. Une réunion du Conseil tenue par de tels moyens de communication sera réputée avoir été tenue à Luxembourg.

 

  - 18 -  

 

 

Article 9. Procès-verbaux des réunions du Conseil.

 

Les procès-verbaux de toute réunion du Conseil seront signés par le Président. Les procurations resteront annexées aux procès-verbaux.

 

Les copies ou extraits de ces procès-verbaux ainsi que des résolutions circulaires adoptées par le Conseil, destinés à servir en justice ou ailleurs, seront signés par le Président, tout Président de la réunion du Conseil concernée ou par deux membres du Conseil.

 

Article 10. Pouvoirs du Conseil.

 

Le Conseil a les pouvoirs les plus larges pour accomplir tous les actes nécessaires ou utiles à la réalisation de l'objet social de la Société. Tous les pouvoirs qui ne sont pas réservés expressément à l'Assemblée Générale par la Loi ou les présents statuts sont de la compétence du Conseil.

 

Article 11. Délégation de pouvoirs.

 

Le Conseil peut déléguer la gestion journalière de la Société ainsi que la représentation de la Société en ce qui concerne cette gestion à un ou plusieurs Administrateurs, directeurs, fondés de pouvoirs, employés ou autres agents qui n'auront pas besoin d'être Actionnaires, ou conférer des pouvoirs ou mandats spéciaux ou des fonctions permanentes ou temporaires à des personnes ou agents de son choix.

 

Article 12. Rémunération des Administrateurs.

 

Chaque Administrateur aura droit à une rémunération pour l'exercice de ses fonctions d'Administrateur au taux qui sera déterminé de temps à autre par l'Assemblée Générale. Un Administrateur à qui est déléguée la gestion journalière ou qui exerce par ailleurs des fonctions exécutives aura également droit à une rémunération (que ce soit sous la forme d'un salaire, d'une participation aux profits ou autrement y compris une pension de retraite, et une contribution à une pension de retraite) telle que le Conseil pourra arrêter de temps à autre.

 

Article 13. Conflits d'Intérêts.

 

Aucun contrat ni aucune transaction que la Société pourra conclure avec un tiers ne pourra être affecté ou invalide par le fait qu'un Administrateur, directeur ou employé de la Société ait un intérêt personnel ou soit un Administrateur, directeur ou employé de ce tiers, tant que (x) ce contrat ou transaction sera négocié de plein gré à des termes non moins favorables pour la Société que ceux qui auraient pu être obtenus d'une partie tierce, et dans le cas d'un administrateur, celui-ci devra s'abstenir de voter sur tout sujet qui concerne ce contrat ou cette transaction à toute réunion du Conseil de la Société, et (y) tout intérêt personnel sera notifié à la Société par l'Administrateur, le directeur ou l'employé concerné.

 

Au cas où un Administrateur ou fondé de pouvoirs aurait un intérêt personnel dans une transaction de la Société, il en avisera le Conseil et il ne pourra prendre part aux délibérations ou émettre un vote au sujet de cette opération, et cette transaction ainsi que l'intérêt personnel de l'Administrateur ou du fondé de pouvoir seront portés à la connaissance de la prochaine Assemblée Générale.

 

  - 19 -  

 

 

Article 14. Indemnisation.

 

La Société indemnisera tout Administrateur ou fondé de pouvoirs et leurs héritiers, exécuteurs testamentaires et administrateurs de biens pour tous dommages-intérêts, compensations et dépenses à leur charge ainsi que tous frais raisonnables qu'ils auraient encouru par suite ou en conséquence de leur comparution en tant que défendeurs dans des actions en justice, des procès ou des poursuites judiciaires que leur auront été intentés de par leur fonctions actuelles ou anciennes d'administrateur ou de fondé de pouvoirs de la Société, ou à la demande de la Société, de toute autre société dans laquelle la Société est actionnaire ou créancier exception faite pour les cas où ils auraient été déclarés coupables de négligence grave ou pour avoir volontairement manqué à leurs devoirs envers la Société; en cas d'arrangement transactionnel, l'indemnisation ne portera que sur les matières couvertes par l'arrangement transactionnel et dans ce cas seulement si la Société est informée par son conseiller juridique que la personne à indemniser n'aura pas manqué à ses devoirs envers la Société. Le droit à indemnisation qui précède n'exclut pas pour les personnes susnommées le recours à d'autres droits auxquels elles pourraient prétendre.

 

L'indemnisation par la Société inclura le droit pour la Société de payer ou rembourser les frais légaux raisonnables d'un défendeur avant que toute procédure ou investigation contre le défendeur ait résulte en un jugement final, une transaction ou conclusion, à condition que les Administrateurs de la Société aient décidé de bonne foi que les actions du défendeur ne constituaient pas des violations intentionnelles et délibérées de la loi et qu'ils ont repo un avis juridique pertinent à ce sujet.

 

Article 15. Représentation de la Société.

 

Vis-à-vis des tiers, la Société sera engagée par les signatures conjointes de deux Administrateurs, ou par la signature individuelle de la personne à laquelle la gestion journalière de la Société a été déléguée, dans le cadre de cette gestion journalière, ou par la signature conjointe ou par la signature individuelle de toutes personnes à qui un tel pouvoir de signature aura été délégué par le Conseil, mais seulement dans les limites de ce pouvoir.

 

Article 16. Commissaire aux comptes.

 

Les opérations de la Société seront surveillées par un ou plusieurs commissaires aux comptes, Actionnaires ou non.

 

  - 20 -  

 

 

Le ou les commissaires aux comptes seront nommés par l'Assemblée Générale à la majorité simple des actions présentes ou représentées, qui déterminera leur nombre, pour une durée qui ne peut dépasser 6 (six) ans. Ils resteront en fonction jusqu'à ce que leurs successeurs soient élus. Ils sont rééligibles mais ils peuvent être révoqués à tout moment, avec ou sans motif, par une décision adoptée à une majorité simple des Actionnaires présents ou représentés.

 

CHAPITRE IV.- ASSEMBLEE GENERALE DES ACTIONNAIRES.

 

Article 17. Pouvoirs de l'Assemblée Générale .

 

Toute Assemblée Générale régulièrement constituée représente l'ensemble des Actionnaires. Elle a tous les pouvoirs qui lui sont réservés par la Loi.

 

Article 18 .

 

Le Conseil déterminera dans l'avis de convocation les formalités devant être observées par chaque Actionnaire pour être admis à l'Assemblée Générale.

 

Article 19. Assemblée Générale annuelle .

 

L'Assemblée Générale annuelle se réunit au Grand-Duché de Luxembourg endéans six (6) mois à compter de la clôture de l'exercice social approprié, au siège social de la Société ou à tel autre endroit au Luxembourg indiqué dans l'avis convoquant l'Assemblée Générale annuelle. Le Président de l'Assemblée Générale annuelle sera élu par les Actionnaires.

 

Article 20. Autres Assemblées Générales .

 

De telles Assemblées Générales doivent être convoquées par le Conseil si les Actionnaires représentant au moins 10% du capital social de la Société le demandent.

 

Article 21. Procédure, vote.

 

Les Actionnaires seront convoqués par le Conseil ou par le ou le(s) commissaire(s) aux comptes conformément aux conditions fixées par la Loi. La convocation contiendra l'ordre du jour de l'Assemblée Générale.

 

Si tous les Actionnaires sont présents ou représentés à l'Assemblée Générale et déclarent avoir eu connaissance de l'ordre du jour de l'Assemblée Générale, celle-ci peut se tenir sans convocations préalables.

 

Un Actionnaire peut agir à une Assemblée Générale en nommant une autre personne qui ne doit pas nécessairement être Actionnaire comme son mandataire, par écrit, que ce soit par un original, un fax, ou un courriel auquel une signature électronique (valide selon le droit luxembourgeois) est apposée.

 

  - 21 -  

 

 

Les Actionnaires ont la possibilité de voter par écrit (par le biais de bulletins de vote) sur les résolutions soumises à l'Assemblée Générale à la condition que les bulletins de vote écrits incluent (i) le nom, le prénom, l'adresse et la signature de l'Actionnaire concerné, (ii) l'indication des actions pour lesquelles l'Actionnaire exercera ce droit, (iii) l'agenda tel qu'indiqué dans la convocation écrite et (iv) les instructions de vote (approbation, refus, abstention) pour chaque point de l'agenda. Afin d'être pris en compte, les originaux ou copies électroniques des bulletins de vote doivent être reçus par la Société dans un délai décidé par le Conseil ou, en l'absence d'un délai prévu par le Conseil, au moins 72 (soixante-douze) heures avant l'Assemblée Générale en question.

 

Le Conseil pourra autoriser les Actionnaires à exercer, conformément à l'article 6 de la loi du 24 mai 2011 sur les droits des actionnaires dans les sociétés côtés, leurs droits de vote et participer à une Assemblée Générale par le biais de moyens électroniques, en s'assurant notamment que tout ou partie des formes suivantes de participations soient respectées:

 

a)  Une transmission en temps réel de l'Assemblée Générale;

 

b)  Une communication réciproque permettant aux Actionnaires de s'adresser à l'Assemblée Générale à distance; et

 

c)  Un mécanisme de vote, soit avant ou pendant l'Assemblée Générale, ne nécessitant pas la nomination d'un mandataire physiquement présent à l'Assemblée Générale.

 

Tout Actionnaire participant à une Assemblée Générale par ces moyens sera considéré présent au lieu de l'Assemblée Générale pour les besoins de quorum et de majorité. L'utilisation de moyens électroniques permettant aux Actionnaires de participer à l'Assemblée Générale pourront être soumis seulement à ces exigences car elles sont nécessaires pour assurer l'identification des Actionnaires et la sécurité de la communication électronique, et seulement dans la mesure où ils sont proportionnels pour atteindre cet objectif.

 

Le Conseil pourra déterminer les moyens électroniques référencés ci-dessus à l'article 21 paragraphe 5 et toutes les autres conditions qui devront être remplies afin de participer à l'Assemblée Générale conformément au droit luxembourgeois.

 

Les Actionnaires auront à chaque Assemblée Générale droit à un vote pour chaque action.

 

Aucun quorum n'est exigé pour une réunion de l'Assemblée Générale et les résolutions sont adoptées à une telle Assemblée Générale à la majorité simple des voix. Sauf disposition contraire de la Loi, une Assemblée Générale extraordinaire convoquée pour modifier toute disposition des Statuts ou pour le retrait des actions de la Société de la cotation dans une transaction de retrait de marché ne délibèrera pas valablement à moins qu'au moins la moitié du capital social ne soit représenté et que l'ordre du jour indique les modifications des Statuts proposées. Si la première de ces conditions n'est pas remplie, une deuxième Assemblée Générale extraordinaire peut être convoquée, de la manière prescrite par les Statuts ou la Loi. La deuxième Assemblée Générale extraordinaire délibèrera valablement indépendamment de la proportion du capital représentée. A l'occasion de ces deux Assemblées Générales extraordinaires, les résolutions, afin d'être valables, doivent être adoptées à la majorité des deux-tiers des votes exprimés. Les copies ou extraits des minutes des Assemblées Générales à produire devant la Cour seront signées par le président ou par deux Administrateurs.

 

  - 22 -  

 

 

CHAPITRE V.- ANNEE SOCIALE, REPARTITION DES BENEFICES

 

Article 22. Année sociale .

 

L'année sociale de la Société commence le premier janvier et finit le dernier jour de décembre de chaque année sauf la première année sociale qui commence à la date de constitution de la Société et finit le dernier jour de décembre 1992.

 

Le Conseil prépare les comptes annuels suivant les dispositions de la Loi et les pratiques comptables.

 

Article 23. Affectation des bénéfices .

 

Sur les bénéfices nets de la Société, il sera prélevé cinq pour cent (5%) pour la formation d'un fonds de réserve légale requis par la Loi. Ce prélèvement cesse d'être obligatoire lorsque et aussi longtemps que la réserve légale atteindra dix pour cent (10%) de la totalité de la valeur nominale du capital social émis de la Société.

 

Sur recommandation du Conseil, l'Assemblée Générale décidera de l'affection du solde des bénéfices annuels nets. Elle peut décider de verser la totalité ou une partie du solde à un compte de réserve ou de provision, de le reporter à nouveau au prochain exercice social ou de le distribuer aux Actionnaires comme dividendes.

 

Le Conseil peut procéder à un versement d'acomptes sur dividendes dans les conditions fixées par la Loi. Il déterminera le montant ainsi que la date de paiement de ces acomptes.

 

Des dividendes peuvent être distribués à partir des profits nets non distribués reportés en avant des années précédentes. Les dividendes seront payés en dollars des États-Unis d'Amérique ou par distribution gratuite d'actions de la Société ou autrement en nature tel que déterminé par les Administrateurs, et peuvent être payés aux dates arrêtées par le Conseil. Le paiement de dividendes sera fait aux Actionnaires à leur adresse indiquée dans le registre des Actionnaires. Aucun intérêt ne sera dû par la société sur des dividendes déclarés mais non réclamés.

 

Les Actionnaires ont le droit de participer au profit de la société proportionnellement au montant libéré de valeur nominale de leurs actions.

 

  - 23 -  

 

 

CHAPITRE VI.- DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION.

 

Article 24. Dissolution, liquidation.

 

La Société peut être dissoute par décision prise lors d'une Assemblée Générale statuant aux mêmes conditions de présence et de majorité que celles requises par l'article 20 des Statuts.

 

Lors de la dissolution de la Société, la liquidation s'effectuera par les soins d'un ou de plusieurs liquidateurs nommés par l'Assemblée Générale qui déterminera leurs pouvoirs et leurs émoluments.

 

Les actions comportent un droit au remboursement (à partir des avoirs disponibles pour la distribution aux Actionnaires) du montant du capital nominal libéré de ces actions et le droit de partager les avoirs supplémentaires dans le cadre d'une liquidation de la Société proportionnellement au montant libéré de la valeur nominale de ces actions.

 

CHAPITRE VII.- LOI APPLICABLE.

 

Article 25. Loi applicable.

 

Toutes les matières qui ne sont pas régies par les présents Statuts seront réglées conformément à la Loi. 

 

CONSOLIDATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AS AT MAY 4 th , 2018

  Signed in Redange-sur-Attert, on May 22 nd , 2018

 

STATUTS COORDONNES A LA DATE DU 4 MAI 2018  

Signé à Redange-sur-Attert, le 22 mai 2018

 

  - 24 -  

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

as the Issuer

 

$500,000,000 6.0% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE

 

Dated as of May 30, 2018

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS DEUTSCHLAND AG

 

as Registrar

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Article 1.

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE

     
Section 1.01 Definitions 1
Section 1.02 Other Definitions 23
Section 1.03 [Reserved] 23
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction 23
     
Article 2.
THE  NOTES
     
Section 2.01 Form and Dating 24
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication 25
Section 2.03 Paying Agent, Registrars and Transfer Agents 25
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money 26
Section 2.05 Holder Lists 26
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange 27
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes 34
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes 34
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes 35
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes 35
Section 2.11 Cancellation 35
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest 36
Section 2.13 Further Issues 36
Section 2.14 CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Number 36
Section 2.15 Deposit of Moneys 36
Section 2.16 Agents 37
     
Article 3.
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
     
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee 37
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased 37
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption 38
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption 39
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price 39
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part 39
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption 40
Section 3.08 Redemption upon changes in withholding taxes 41
Section 3.09 [Reserved] 42
Section 3.10 No mandatory redemption or sinking fund 42
Section 3.11 [Reserved] 42
Section 3.12 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds 42
     
Article 4.
COVENANTS
     
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes 44
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency 44
Section 4.03 Provision of financial information 45
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate 46
Section 4.05 Payment of taxes 47
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws 47

 

 

 

 

    Page
     
Section 4.07 [Reserved] 47
Section 4.08 [Reserved] 47
Section 4.09 Limitation on Debt 47
Section 4.10 Limitation on Asset Dispositions 49
Section 4.11 [Reserved] 51
Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens securing Debt 51
Section 4.13 Limitation on lines of business 51
Section 4.14 Existence and maintenance of properties 52
Section 4.15 Change of Control 52
Section 4.16 Limitation on Guarantees of the Issuer’s Debt by Subsidiaries 53
Section 4.17 [Reserved] 53
Section 4.18 Payments for consent 54
Section 4.19 [Reserved] 54
Section 4.20 Maintenance of listing 54
Section 4.21 [Reserved] 54
Section 4.22 Additional Amounts 54
Section 4.23 Suspension of certain covenants when Notes rated investment grade 56
Section 4.24 Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries 57
     
Article 5.
SUCCESSORS
     
Section 5.01 Merger, consolidations and certain sales of assets of the Issuer 58
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted 59
     
Article 6.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
     
Section 6.01 Events of Default 59
Section 6.02 Acceleration 60
Section 6.03 Other Remedies 61
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults 61
Section 6.05 Control by Majority 61
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits 61
Section 6.07 Right of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment 62
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee 62
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 62
Section 6.10 Priorities 63
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs 63
Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies 63
Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative 64
Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver 64
     
Article 7.
TRUSTEE
     
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee 64
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee 65
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee 67
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer 67
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults 68
Section 7.06 [Reserved] 68
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity 68
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee 69
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc 70
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification 70
Section 7.11 Agents 70

 

ii  

 

 

    Page
     
Article 8.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
     
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 70
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge 71
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance 72
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance 72
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions 72
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer 73
Section 8.07 Reinstatement 73
     
Article 9.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
     
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders 74
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders 74
Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents 76
Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes 76
Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc 76
     
Article 10.
[RESERVED]
 
Article 11.
[RESERVED]
 
Article 12.
[RESERVED]
 
Article 13.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
     
Section 13.01 Satisfaction and Discharge 76
Section 13.02 Application of Trust Money 77
     
Article 14.
MISCELLANEOUS
     
Section 14.01 Notices 77
Section 14.02 [Reserved] 79
Section 14.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent 79
Section 14.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion 79
Section 14.05 Rules by Trustee and Agents 80
Section 14.06 Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities 80
Section 14.07 No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders 80
Section 14.08 Governing Law 80
Section 14.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements 81
Section 14.10 Successors 81
Section 14.11 Severability 81
Section 14.12 Counterpart Originals 81
Section 14.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc 81
Section 14.14 Judgment Currency 81
Section 14.15 Prescription 81

 

iii  

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

iv  

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE (this “Indenture”), dated as of May 30, 2018, among Millicom International Cellular S.A. (the “ Issuer ”), a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under the number B 40630 and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG as Registrar.

 

The Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the 6.0% Senior Notes due 2025 in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000 (the “ Initial Notes ”) and the Holders of any Additional Notes (as defined below and, together with the Initial Notes, the “ Notes ”):

 

Article 1.

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01          Definitions .

 

Acquired Debt ” means Debt of a Person or its Subsidiary:

 

(a) Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person (i) was acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with (including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b) Incurred to provide all or part of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, after giving pro forma effect to the transactions by which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary, (i) the Issuer would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof; or (ii) the Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than such ratio before giving effect to such transactions.

 

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for Book-Entry Interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Applicable Redemption Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

 

  1  

 

 

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; and the excess of:

 

(i) the present value at such redemption date of: (x) the redemption price of such Note at March 15, 2020 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(f)); plus (y) all required interest payments that would otherwise be due to be paid on such Note during the period between the redemption date and March 15, 2020 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(ii) the outstanding principal amount of the Note.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Applicable Redemption Premium shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee or the Agents.

 

Asset Disposition ” means any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including a consolidation or merger or other sale of any such Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to another Person in a transaction in which such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, but excluding a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which is an 80% or more owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of (i) shares of Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares to be held by third parties to satisfy applicable legal requirements) or other ownership interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, (ii) substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries representing a division or line of business or (iii) other assets or rights of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary course of business; provided that the term “Asset Disposition” shall not include:

 

(a) any dispositions of assets in a single transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value in any calendar year of not more than the greater of (x) $25 million and (y) 1% of Total Assets (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next succeeding year subject to a maximum of the greater of $25 million and 1% of Total Assets of carried over amounts for any calendar year);

 

(b) any disposition of Tower Equipment, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with such disposition or Sale/Leaseback Transaction must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof;

 

(c) a transfer of assets between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d) the issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(e) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

(f) the sale, lease or other transfer of products, services, accounts receivable, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, surplus, worn-out or obsolete assets;

 

(g) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

 

(h) any other disposal of assets comprising in aggregate percentage value 10% or less of Total Assets, provided that at the time of such disposal, and pro forma for such disposal, the Issuer would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a);

 

  2  

 

 

(i) disposals of assets, rights or revenue not constituting part of the Related Business and other disposals of non-core assets acquired in connection with any acquisition permitted under this Indenture;

 

(j) licenses and sublicenses of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l) the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

 

(m) the granting of Liens not prohibited by Section 4.12 hereof;

 

(n) a transfer or disposition of assets that is governed by the provisions of this Indenture described under Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(o) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

 

(p) the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” means (a) Title 11 of the U.S. Code (as may be amended from time to time) or (b) any other law of the United States (or any political subdivision thereof), the British Virgin Islands (or any political subdivision thereof), Curaçao (or any political subdivision thereof), the Netherlands (or any political subdivision thereof), Luxembourg (or any political subdivision thereof), England (or any political subdivision thereof), Chad (or any political subdivision thereof), Ghana (or any political subdivision thereof), Tanzania (or any political subdivision thereof), DRC (or any political subdivision thereof), Senegal (or any political subdivision thereof) or the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

 

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “ Beneficially Owns ” and “ Beneficially Owned ” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(a) with respect to any corporation, the board of directors or managers of the corporation (which, in the case of any corporation having both a supervisory board and an executive or management board, shall be the executive or management board) or any duly authorized committee thereof;

 

(b) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof;

 

(c) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(d) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee thereof or committee of such Person serving a similar function

 

  3  

 

 

Book-Entry Interest ” means a beneficial interest in a Global Note held by or through a Participant.

 

Business Day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, London or Luxembourg, are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” of any Person means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of real or personal property of such Person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the face of a statement of financial position of such Person in accordance with IFRS. The Stated Maturity of such obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. The principal amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on the face of a statement of financial position of such Person in accordance with IFRS.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock or other equity participation, including partnership interests, whether general or limited, of such Person.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(i) Government Securities and (ii) any direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, a member of the European Union for the payment of which obligations or guarantee the full faith and credit of such member of the European Union is pledged and which have a remaining weighted average life to maturity of not more than one year from the date of Investment therein;

 

(ii) term deposit accounts (excluding current and demand deposit accounts), certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits and money market deposits and bankers’ acceptances, in each case, issued by or with (i) Banco Itau BBA, BBVA, Barclays Bank, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Agricole CIB, DNB, Goldman Sachs, J.P. Morgan, ICBC, Bank of China, Nordea Standard Bank, Standard Chartered Bank, Scotiabank, and their respective Affiliates, (ii) a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, Switzerland, Canada, Australia or any member state of the European Union, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $100 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A3/A-” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act), or (iii) any money market fund sponsored by a U.S. registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;

 

(iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (ii) above;

 

(iv) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Fitch or Moody’s and in each case maturing within 365 days after the date of acquisition;

 

(v) money market funds mutual funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the types described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition; and

 

(vi) with respect to any Person organized under the laws of, or having its principal business operations in, a jurisdiction outside the United States or the European Union, those investments that are of the same type as investments in clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) of this definition except that the obligor thereon is organized under the laws of the country (or any political subdivision thereof) in which such Person is organized or conducting business.

 

  4  

 

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme and its successors.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1)         any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

(2)         the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its respective subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person; or

 

(3)         the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer.

 

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Rating Decline.

 

Common Depositary ” means Citibank Europe plc.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, operating profit of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as such amount is determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS, plus the sum of the following amounts, in each case, without double counting. Losses shall be added (as a positive number) and gains shall be deducted, in each case, to the extent such amounts were included in calculating operating profit:

 

(a) depreciation and amortization expenses;

 

(b) the net loss or gain on the disposal and impairment of assets;

 

(c) share-based compensation expenses;

 

(d) at the Issuer’s option, other non-cash charges reducing operating profit (provided that if any such non-cash charge represents an accrual of or reserve for potential cash charges in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce operating profit to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period) less other non-cash items of income increasing operating income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents (x) a receipt of cash payments in any future period, (y) the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced operating income in any prior period and (z)  any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase operating income in such prior period);

 

  5  

 

 

(e) any material extraordinary, one-off, non-recurring, exceptional or unusual gain, loss, expense or charge, including any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, relocation, refinancing, integration or severance or other post-employment arrangements, signing, retention or completion bonuses, transaction costs, acquisition costs, disposition costs, business optimization, information technology implementation or development costs, costs related to governmental investigations and curtailments or modifications to pension or postretirement benefits schemes, litigation or any asset impairment charges or the financial impacts of natural disasters (including fire, flood and storm and related events);

 

(f) at the Issuer’s option, the effects of adjustments in its consolidated financial statements pursuant to IFRS (including inventory, property, equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items) attributable to the application of recapitalization accounting or acquisition accounting, as the case may be, in relation to any consummated acquisition or joint venture investment or the amortization or write-off or write-down of amounts thereof, net of taxes;

 

(g) any reasonable expenses, charges or other costs related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence of any Debt, in each case, as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer;

 

(h) any gains or losses on associates;

 

(i) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of equity Investments;

 

(j) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements;

 

(k) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of put options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(l) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of call options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(m) any net foreign exchange gains or losses;

 

(n) at the Issuer’s option, any adjustments to reduce the impact of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

(o) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the closing date of any acquisition that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of such acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition in accordance with IFRS;

 

(p) any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period);

 

(q) the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets; and

 

(r) any net gain (or loss) realized upon any Sale/Leaseback Transaction that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer.

 

  6  

 

 

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period, as of such date of determination:

 

(i) if, since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has made any Asset Disposition or disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “ Sale ”), including any Sale occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

 

(ii) if, since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquires any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “ Purchase ”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(iii) if, since the beginning of such period any Person (that became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period, including anticipated synergies and cost savings as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(iv) whenever pro forma effect is applied, the pro forma calculations will be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (including in respect of anticipated synergies and cost savings) as though the full effect of synergies and cost savings were realized on the first day of the relevant period and shall also include the reasonably anticipated full run rate cost savings effect (as calculated in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Issuer) of cost savings programs that have been initiated by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries as though such cost savings programs had been fully implemented on the first day of the relevant period.

 

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer, any Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA shall be added to the amount determined in accordance with the foregoing.

 

Consolidated Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum without duplication of (1) the total amount of Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, minus (2) the sum without duplication of (i) all Debt outstanding under Minority Shareholder Loans, (ii) any Debt which is a contingent obligation of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, (iii) all Debt permitted by clause (3) of Section 4.09(b) and (iv) all Debt permitted by clause (13) of Section 4.09(b) minus (3) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than cash or Cash Equivalents received from the Incurrence of Debt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such cash or Cash Equivalents has not been subsequently applied or used for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would be stated on the statement of financial position of the Issuer as of such date in accordance with IFRS, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Restricted Cash.

 

  7  

 

 

Credit Facility ” means, a debt facility, arrangement, instrument, trust deed, note purchase agreement, indenture, purchase money financing, commercial paper facility or overdraft facility with banks or other institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Debt, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended, in whole or in part from time to time, and in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including, but not limited to, any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (i) changing the maturity of any Debt Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Debt Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

Custodian ” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

Debt ” means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent:

 

(i) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such Person for money borrowed;

 

(ii) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(iii) every reimbursement obligation of such person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person (but only to the extent such obligations are not reimbursed within 30 days following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement);

 

(iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (including securities repurchase agreements but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business and excluding purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the applicable seller where the deferred payment is arranged primarily as a means of raising finance, which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto);

 

(v) every Capital Lease Obligation of such Person;

 

(vi) all Redeemable Stock issued by such Person, but excluding any accrued dividends;

 

(vii) the net obligation of such Person under Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements of such Person, other than Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements; and

 

(viii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has Guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise.

 

  8  

 

 

The “amount” or “principal amount” of Debt at any time of determination as used herein represented by (x) any Debt issued at a price that is less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS, (y) any Redeemable Stock, shall be the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price in respect thereof; and (z) any amount of Debt that has been cash-collateralized, to the extent so cash-collateralized, shall be excluded from any calculation of Debt. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, for all purposes under this Indenture, the amount of Debt Incurred, repaid, redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer shall equal the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS and reflected on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position.

 

The term “Debt” shall not include:

 

(a) obligations described in clauses (i), (ii) or (viii) of the first paragraph of this definition of Debt that are Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (the “Proceeds Recipient”) and owed to a bank or other lending institution (the “On-Lend Bank”) to facilitate the substantially concurrent on-lending of proceeds (the “Proceeds On-Loan”) from Debt Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) as permitted by Section 4.09 hereof (the “Initial Debt”) to the extent (i) the principal obligations in respect of the Proceeds On-Loan are secured by security over cash granted in favor of the On-Lend Bank or any of its affiliates in an amount not less than the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan or (ii) the Proceeds On-Loan is put in place substantially concurrently with a loan by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) to the On-Lend Bank (the “On-Lend Bank Borrowing”) pursuant to which the Proceeds Recipient is entitled to reduce the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan by an amount equal to the principal amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing if a default or acceleration occurs with respect to such On-Lend Bank Borrowing or (iii) the substantial risks and rewards of the Proceeds On-Loan are transferred, using a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement, from the On-Lend Bank to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) in exchange for an amount not less than (x) the amount of cash granted in favor of the On-Lend Bank or any of its affiliates or (y) the outstanding amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing, as applicable, in each case as at the effective date of such transfer;

 

(b) any liability of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) attributable to a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement described in paragraph (a)(iii) above to the extent such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS and recorded as a current liability on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position;

 

(c) any Restricted MFS Cash;

 

(d) any liability of the Issuer attributable to the put option granted by the Issuer in respect of the put option holder’s interests in Telefonica Celular S.A. de C.V. (Celtel) and in Comunicaciones Celular SA (Comcel) and any liability of the Issuer attributable to a put option or similar instrument, arrangement or agreement entered into after the Issue Date granted by the Issuer relating to an interest in any other entity, in each case to the extent such option has not been exercised or such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS, and recorded as a current liability on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position; and

 

(e) any standby letter of credit, performance bond or surety bond provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that are customary in the Related Business to the extent such letters of credit or bonds are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, are honored in accordance with their terms.

 

Default ” means an event that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both would constitute an Event of Default.

 

  9  

 

 

Definitive Registered Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Sections 2.06, 2.07 and 2.09 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and bearing the Private Placement Legend, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, any of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, including any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision(s) of this Indenture.

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company and its successors.

 

Equity Investor ” means Investment AB Kinnevik.

 

Equity Offering ” means a sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer or a Holding Company of the Issuer pursuant to which the net cash proceeds are contributed to the Issuer in the form of a subscription for, or a capital contribution in respect of, Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer.

 

Euro MTF Market ” means the Euro MTF Market, the alternative market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, SA/NV and its successors.

 

European Union ” means the European Union as of January 1, 2004, including the countries of Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom, but not including any country which became or becomes a member of the European Union after January 1, 2004.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s length free market transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Issuer’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or responsible accounting or financial officer.

 

Fitch ” means Fitch Rating, Ltd. and its successors.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligations or guarantee the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged and which have a remaining weighted average life to maturity of not more than one year from the date of Investment therein.

 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the global notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Private Placement Legend and the Global Note Legend, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 2.06 hereof.

 

“Gradation” means a gradation within a Rating Category or a change to another Rating Category, which shall include: (i) “+” and “-” in the case of Fitch’s current Rating Categories (e.g., a decline from BB+ to BB would constitute a decrease of one gradation), (ii) 1, 2 and 3 in the case of Moody’s current Rating Categories (e.g., a decline from Ba1 to Ba2 would constitute a decrease of one gradation), or (iii) the equivalent in respect of successor Rating Categories of Fitch or Moody’s or Rating Categories used by Rating Agencies other than Fitch and Moody’s.

 

  10  

 

 

Guarantee ” by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guaranteeing, any Debt of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person:

 

(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Debt;

 

(b) to purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Debt of the payment of such Debt; or

 

(c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt (and “ Guaranteed ” and “ Guaranteeing ” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided , however , that the Guarantee by any Person shall not include endorsements by such Person for collection or deposit, in either case, in the ordinary course of business.

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is recorded on the Registrar’s books.

 

Holding Company ” means any Person (other than a natural person) which legally and Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the Voting Stock and/or Capital Stock of another Person, either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.

 

IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor board or agency as adopted by the European Union, as in effect on the Issue Date; provided that the Issuer may, at any time, irrevocably elect by written notice to the Trustee to use IFRS as in effect from time to time, and, upon such notice, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS as in effect from time to time. The Issuer also may, at any time, irrevocably elect by written notice to the Trustee to use GAAP as in effect from time to time in lieu of IFRS and, upon such notice, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean GAAP as in effect from time to time; provided that upon first reporting its fiscal year results under GAAP, the Issuer shall restate the financial statements required to be delivered under Section 4.03, on the basis of GAAP for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the first fiscal year for which financial statements have been prepared on the basis of GAAP.

 

Incur ” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation, including by acquisition of Subsidiaries (the Debt of any other Person becoming a Subsidiary of such Person being deemed for this purpose to have been incurred at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary), or the recording, as required pursuant to IFRS or otherwise, of any such Debt or other obligation on the statement of financial position of such Person (and “Incurrence,” “Incurred,” “Incurrable” and “Incurring” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided , however , that a change in IFRS that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt. If any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary on any date after the date of this Indenture (including by Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary), the Debt of such Person outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by such Person on such date for purposes of Section 4.09.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement ” of any Person means any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financial agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices or indices (excluding contracts for the purchase or sale of goods in the ordinary course of business).

 

  11  

 

 

Investment ” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance or other extension of credit or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other property to others or payments for property or services for the account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other Person, including any payment on a Guarantee of any obligation of such other Person, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a statement of financial position (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS, but shall not include (a) trade accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business on credit terms made generally available to the customers of such Person, or (b) commission, travel, payroll, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees and profit sharing and other employee benefit plan contributions made in the ordinary course of business. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to a subsequent change in value and, to the extent applicable, shall be determined based on the equity value of such Investment.

 

Investment Grade ” means (i) BBB— or above in the case of Fitch (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Fitch), (ii) Baa3 or above, in the case of Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Moody’s), and (iii) the equivalent in respect of the Rating Categories of any Rating Agencies.

 

Issue Date ” means March 17, 2015.

 

Issuer ” means Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA ” means an amount equal to the product of (i) the Consolidated EBITDA of any joint venture (determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer on the same basis as provided for in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” (with the exception of clause (i) and the last sentence thereof) as if each reference to the “Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries” in such definition was to such joint venture) whose financial results are not consolidated with those of the Issuer in accordance with IFRS and (ii) a percentage equal to the direct or indirect equity ownership percentage of the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Capital Stock of such joint venture and its Subsidiaries.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, encumbrance, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

 

Luxembourg ” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

Minority Shareholder Loan ” means Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is issued to and held by an equity owner of such Restricted Subsidiary, other than the Issuer or a subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

Net Available Proceeds ” from any Asset Disposition means cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of sale or discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but excluding any assets described in clauses (4) and (5) of Section 4.10(b) hereof and other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiror of Debt or other obligations relating to such properties or assets) therefrom by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of:

 

  12  

 

 

(i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, including, without limitation, legal, consultant, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, discounts and brokerage costs, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

(ii) all payments made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on any Debt which is secured by such assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such assets or which must by the terms of such Debt or Lien, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

(iii) all distributions and other payments made to other equity holders in the Issuer’s Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

 

(iv) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as a reserve in accordance with IFRS, against any liabilities associated with such assets and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, after such Asset Disposition, including, without limitation, liabilities under any indemnification obligations, relocation costs and severance and other employee termination costs associated with such Asset Disposition, in each case as determined by the Issuer’s Board of Directors, in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) the Consolidated Net Debt outstanding on such date to (2) the Consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which consolidated financial statements are available, determined, in each case, on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt had been Incurred, or such other Debt had been repaid, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, at the beginning of such four fiscal quarter period. For the avoidance of doubt, in determining Net Leverage Ratio, no cash or Cash Equivalents shall be included that are the proceeds of Debt in respect of which the pro forma calculation is to be made.

 

Offer to Purchase ” means a written offer (the “ Offer ”) sent by the Issuer by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each holder at his address appearing in the Note register on the date of the Offer offering to purchase up to the principal amount of Notes specified in such Offer at the purchase price specified in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date (the “ Expiration Date ”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 10 days or more than 60 days after the date of such Offer and a settlement date (the “ Purchase Date ”) for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee at least 15 Business Days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:

 

(i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;

 

(ii) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

 

(iii) the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes offered to be purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such has been determined pursuant to the Section of this Indenture requiring the Offer to Purchase) (the “ Purchase Amount ”);

 

(iv) the purchase price to be paid by the Issuer for each $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “ Purchase Price ”);

 

  13  

 

 

(v) that the holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in minimum amounts of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(vi) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

 

(vii) that interest on any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue;

 

(viii) that on the Purchase Date the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Note being accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase and that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after the Purchase Date;

 

(ix) that each holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note at the place or places specified in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);

 

(x) that holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Issuer (or their paying agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note the holder tendered, the certificate number of the Security the holder tendered and a statement that such holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;

 

(xi) that (a) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased and provided that Notes of $200,000 or less may only be purchased in whole and not in part); and

 

(xii) that in the case of any holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the Note so tendered.

 

Any Offer to Purchase shall be governed by and effected in accordance with the Offer for such Offer to Purchase.

 

The Issuer will publish notices relating to the Offer to Purchase in a leading newspaper having a general circulation in New York City (which is expected to be the Wall Street Journal ), London (which is expected to be the Financial Times ) and, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www . bourse . lu ).

 

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum dated May 17, 2013, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

 

  14  

 

 

Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer or a responsible accounting or financial officer of the Issuer.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, any Director, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Senior Vice President, or the Secretary of the Board of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, where such opinion is addressed to, or is for the benefit of the Trustee) that meets the requirements of Section 14.04 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or the Trustee.

 

Outstanding ,” when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except :

 

(i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(ii) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee in trust or any paying agent (other than the Issuer) or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as its own paying agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

 

(iii) Notes which have been paid or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the Issuer;

 

provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

Pari Passu Debt ” means any Debt of the Issuer that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of related business assets or a combination of related business assets, cash and Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

 

Permitted Holders ” means the Equity Investor and its Related Parties.

 

  15  

 

 

Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement ” of any Person means any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions in the ordinary course of business that is designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates or with respect to Debt Incurred and which shall have a notional amount no greater than the payments due with respect to the Debt being hedged thereby, or in the case of currency or commodity protection agreements against currency exchange or commodity price fluctuations in the ordinary course of business relating to then existing financial obligations and not for purposes of speculation.

 

Permitted Investments ” means (1) loans or advances to employees and officers (or loans to any direct or indirect parent, the proceeds of which are used to make loans or advances to employees or officers, or guarantees of third-party loans to employees or officers) in the ordinary course of business; and (2) customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements; and (3) the granting of Liens pursuant to clause (z) of the definition of Permitted Liens.

 

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceeds promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made therefor;

 

(b) Liens imposed by law, such as statutory Liens of landlords’, carriers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business or Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to attorney’s liens or bankers’ liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution;

 

(c) Liens on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance bids, trade contracts, letters of credit, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(d) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired such property and Liens Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such property was acquired by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(e) Liens on the property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; provided further , however , that any such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(f) pledges or deposits by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  16  

 

 

(g) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(h) any provision for the retention of title to any property by the vendor or transferor of such property which property is acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and for which kind of transaction it is customary market practice for such retention of title provision to be included;

 

(i) Liens arising by means of any judgment, decree or order of any court, to the extent not otherwise resulting in a Default hereunder so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order have not been fully terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceeding in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j) Liens securing any Credit Facility or any Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement;

 

(k) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has easement rights or on any real property leased by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or similar agreements relating thereto and any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings or compulsory purchase order affecting real property;

 

(l) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

(m) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(n) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings in respect of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(o) Liens arising from financing statement filings (or other similar filings in any applicable jurisdiction) regarding operating leases entered into by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p) Liens on goods (and the proceeds thereof) and documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Debt in respect of commercial letters of credit issued to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(q) Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to secure Debt Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses(9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(r) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of Capital Lease Obligations or payments Incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Liens do not encumber any other assets or property of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

(s) Liens on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to replace in whole or in part, any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (r); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Debt being refinanced or in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

  17  

 

 

(t) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease;

 

(u) Liens on any escrow account used in connection with an acquisition of property or Capital Stock of any Person or pre-funding a refinancing of Debt otherwise permissible by this Indenture;

 

(v) Liens on the Issuer’s and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ deposits in favor of financial institutions arising from any netting or set-off arrangement substantially consistent with its current practice for the purpose of netting debt and credit balances substantially consistent with the Issuer’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ existing cash pooling arrangements;

 

(w) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that do not exceed the greater of $250 million or 4% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding and that do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Issuer, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(x) Liens over cash or other assets that secure collateralized obligations Incurred as Permitted Debt; provided that the amount of cash collateral does not exceed the principal amount of the Permitted Debt;

 

(y) Liens on Restricted MFS Cash in favor of the customers or dealers of, or third parties in relation to, one or more of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries engaged in the provision of mobile financial services, in each case who provided such Restricted MFS Cash to the relevant Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(z) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Permitted Refinancing Debt ” means any renewals, extensions, substitutions, defeasances, discharges, refinancings or replacements (each, for purposes of this definition and clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, a “ refinancing ”) of any Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or pursuant to this definition, including any successive refinancings, as long as:

 

(a) such Permitted Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of: (i) the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value plus all accrued interest) then outstanding of the Debt being refinanced; and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, related to such refinancing;

 

(b) such Permitted Refinancing Debt has (i) a Stated Maturity that is either (X) no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Debt being refinanced or (Y) after the Stated Maturity of the Notes and (ii) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Debt being refinanced; and

 

(c) if the Debt being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Debt is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Debt being refinanced; and

 

(d) if the Issuer was the obligor on the Debt being refinanced, such Permitted Refinancing Debt is Incurred by the Issuer.

 

Permitted Refinancing Debt shall not include any Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

  18  

 

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

 

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of such Person other than Redeemable Stock.

 

Rating Agency ” means each of (i) Fitch, Moody’s and S&P or (ii) if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P are not making ratings of the Notes publicly available, an internationally recognized rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer, which will be substituted for any of Fitch, Moody’s, S&P, as the case may be.

 

Rating Category ” means (i) with respect to Fitch, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “-”): AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C, R, SD and D (or equivalent successor categories); (ii) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “1,” “2” or “3”): Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, and C (or equivalent successor categories), and (iii) the equivalent of any such categories of Fitch or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable.

 

Rating Date ” means the date which is the earlier of (i) 120 days prior to the occurrence of an event specified in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of the definition of Change of Control and (ii) the date of the first public announcement of the possibility of such event.

 

Rating Decline ” means the occurrence of, at any time within the earlier of (i) 90 days after the date of public notice of a Change of Control, or of the Issuer’s intention or the intention of any Person to effect a Change of Control and (ii) the occurrence of the Change in Control (which period shall in either event be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by a Rating Agency), a Rating Agency withdrawal of its rating of the Notes or a decrease in the rating of the Notes by a Rating Agency as follows:

 

(i) if the Notes are not rated Investment Grade by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, by one or more Gradations; or

 

(ii) if the Notes are rated Investment Grade by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, either (i) by two or more Gradations or (ii) such that the Notes are no longer rated Investment Grade.

 

provided that, when announcing the relevant decision(s) to withdraw or decrease the rating, each such Rating Agency announces publicly or confirms in writing that such decision(s) resulted, in whole or in part, from the occurrence (or expected occurrence) of the Change of Control or the Issuer’s announcement of the intention to effect a Change of Control.

 

Redeemable Stock ” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or otherwise (including upon the occurrence of an event) matures or is required to be redeemed (pursuant to any sinking fund obligation or otherwise) or is convertible into or exchangeable for Debt or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes.

 

  19  

 

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with the Common Depositary and registered in the nominee name of the Common Depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes initially resold in reliance on Regulation S.

 

Related Business ” means (i) any business, services or activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and (ii) any business, services and activities that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing, or are extensions or developments thereof, including, without limitation, broadband internet, network-related services, cable television, broadcast content, network neutral services, electronic transactional, financial and commercial services related to provision of telephony or internet services.

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(a) any controlling stockholder, partner or member, or any 50% (or more) owned Subsidiary, of the Equity Investor; and

 

(b) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Person Beneficially Owning a majority or a controlling interest of which consists of the Equity Investor and/or such other Persons referred to in clause (a).

 

Responsible Officer, ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor of the Trustee) including any managing director, director, vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Restricted Cash ” means the sum of (i) Restricted MFS Cash and (ii) without duplication, the amount of cash that would be stated as “restricted cash” on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer as of such date in accordance with IFRS.

 

Restricted MFS Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to any cash paid in or deposited by or held on behalf of any customer or dealer of, or any other third party in relation to, one or more of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries engaged in the provision of mobile financial services and designated as “restricted cash” on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer, together with any interest thereon.

 

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

  20  

 

 

Rule 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes initially resold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

 

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries leases it from such Person.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Senior Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, any Debt of (a) the Issuer that is secured by a security interest in any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (5) (to the extent such Guarantee is in respect of Debt otherwise permitted to be secured by a security interest in any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, as applicable), (9), (10), (11) and (12) of Section 4.09(b) hereof.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means, at the date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that together with its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) for the most recent fiscal year, accounted for more than 10% of Consolidated EBITDA or (2) as of the end of the most recent fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Specified Subsidiary Sale ” means the sale, transfer or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock, or all of the assets or properties of, (a) any Person, the primary purpose of which is to own Tower Equipment located in any market in which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries operate; (b) any Person which operates the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer’s mobile financial services business; (c) Latin America Internet Holding GmbH (or any successor in interest thereto); or (d) Africa Internet Holding GmbH (or any successor in interest thereto).

 

Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any security or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the principal of such security or such installment of interest is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) a corporation more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof or (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority ownership and power to direct the policies, management and affairs thereof.

 

Total Assets ” means the consolidated total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as shown on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated statement of financial position prepared on the basis of IFRS prior to the relevant date of determination calculated to give pro forma effect to any acquisitions (including through mergers or consolidations) and dispositions that have occurred subsequent to such period, including any such acquisitions to be made with the proceeds of Debt giving rise to the need to calculate Total Assets.

 

  21  

 

 

Tower Equipment ” means passive infrastructure related to telecommunications services, excluding telecommunications equipment, but including, without limitation, towers (including tower lights and lightning rods), power breakers, deep cycle batteries, generators, voltage regulators, main AC power, rooftop masts, cable ladders, grounding, walls and fences, access roads, shelters, air conditioners and BTS batteries owned by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as at any redemption date, the yield to maturity as at such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as complied and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to March 15, 2020; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to March 15, 2020, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trustee ” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer Designated as such pursuant to Section 4.24.

 

U . S . Dollar Equivalent ” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, at any time of determination thereof, the amount of U.S. Dollars obtained by translating such other currency involved in such computation into U.S. Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. Dollars with the applicable other currency as published in the Financial Times on the date that is two Business Days prior to such determination.

 

U . S . Dollars ” or “$” means and/or refers to the lawful currency of the United States.

 

U . S . Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

U . S . Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

 

U . S . Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

U . S . Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock ” of any person means Capital Stock of such Person which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Debt or Preferred Stock at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding principal amount of such Debt or liquidation preference of such Preferred Stock, as the case may be, into (b) the total of the product obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal or upon mandatory redemption, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (y) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

 

  22  

 

 

Section 1.02          Other Definitions.

 

    Defined in
Term   Section
     
Additional Amounts   4.22
Affiliate Transaction   4.11
Authentication Order   2.02
Authorized Agent   14.06
Change in Tax Law   3.08
Change of Control Offer   4.15
Covenant Defeasance   8.03
Designation   4.24
Equityholder Reports   4.03
Event of Default   6.01
Excess Proceeds   4.10
Excess Proceeds Offer   3.12
Judgment Currency   14.14
Legal Defeasance   8.02
Noteholder Reports   4.03
Offer Amount   3.12
Offer Period   3.12
Paying Agent   2.03
Permitted Debt   4.09
Payment Default   6.01
Purchase Date   3.12
Redesignation   4.24
Register   2.03
Registrar   2.03
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction   4.22
Required Currency   14.14
Suspension Period   4.23
Taxes   4.22
Transfer Agent   2.03

 

Section 1.03         [ Reserved ]

 

Section 1.04          Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)          a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)          an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS;

 

(c)          “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)          words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(e)          “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(f)           provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(g)          references to sections of or rules under the U.S. Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

  23  

 

 

(h)          all references to the principal, premium, interest or any other amount payable pursuant to this Indenture shall be deemed also to refer to any Additional Amounts which may be payable hereunder in respect of payments of principal, premium, interest and any other amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture or any undertakings given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor pursuant to this Indenture and express reference to the payment of Additional Amounts in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express reference is not made;

  

(i)           except as otherwise provided, whenever an amount is denominated in euro, it shall be deemed to include the Euro Equivalent amounts denominated in other currencies, and, whenever an amount is denominated in dollars, it shall be deemed to include the Dollar Equivalent amounts denominated in other currencies; and

 

(j)           unsecured or unguaranteed Debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Debt or guaranteed Debt merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured or unguaranteed Debt.

 

Article 2.
THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01          Form and Dating.

 

(a)           General . The Notes and the Trustee’s or Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage and as provided herein. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement thereon. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)           Global Notes . Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and purchases and cancellations. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, the Common Depositary or the Paying Agent at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)           144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes . Notes sold within the United States to QIBs pursuant to Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act shall be issued initially in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note, which shall be deposited with the Custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on Schedule A to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided.

 

  24  

 

 

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited with and registered in the nominee name of the Common Depositary as the custodian for Euroclear and Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on Schedule A to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided.

 

(d)           Definitive Registered Notes . Definitive Registered Notes issued upon transfer of a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, or in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, shall be issued in accordance with this Indenture. Notes issued in definitive registered form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (excluding the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” in the form of Schedule A attached thereto).

 

(e)           Book-Entry Provisions . The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

(f)            Denomination . The Notes shall be in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 above $200,000.

 

Section 2.02          Execution and Authentication.

 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof.

 

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by an authorized representative (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate the Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuer pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

 

The Trustee may appoint one or more authentication agents (each, an “ Authenticating Agent ”) acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Such an agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. The Trustee hereby appoints Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG as Authenticating Agent with respect to the Notes. Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG hereby accepts such appointment and the Issuer hereby confirms that such appointment is acceptable to it.

 

Section 2.03          Paying Agent, Registrars and Transfer Agents.

 

The Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents (each, a “ Paying Agent ”) for the Notes in the city of London, United Kingdom. The Issuer will ensure that it maintains a Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union that is not obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC (as amended from time to time) or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting on November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such directive. The initial Paying Agent will be Citibank, N.A., London Branch, who hereby accepts such appointment.

 

  25  

 

 

The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “ Registrar ”). The Issuer will also maintain one or more transfer agents (each, a “ Transfer Agent ”). The Issuer hereby appoints Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG as initial Registrar, who hereby accepts such appointment.

 

The Issuer hereby appoints Citibank, N.A., London Branch as the initial Transfer Agent, who hereby accepts such appointment. The Registrar will maintain a register (the “ Register ”) reflecting ownership of Definitive Registered Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of Definitive Registered Notes on the behalf of the Issuer and will send a copy of the Register to the Issuer on the Issue Date and after any change to the Register made by the Registrar, with such copy to be held by the Issuer and at its registered office in Luxembourg. In the case of discrepancies between the Register and the register held by the Issuer at its registered office, the registrations in the register held by the Issuer at its registered office shall prevail for purposes of Luxembourg law only. Each Transfer Agent shall perform the functions of a transfer agent.

 

Upon written notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change the Paying Agents, the Registrars or the Transfer Agents without prior notice to the holders of Notes (subject, in the case of a Paying Agent, to the condition described in the first paragraph of this Section 2.03). For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will publish a notice of any change of Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent in a daily newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is currently expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www . bourse . lu ) in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof.

 

Section 2.04          Paying Agent to Hold Money.

 

The Issuer will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee and the initial Paying Agent to agree in writing that each Paying Agent will hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) will have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer (including, without limitation, its bankruptcy, voluntary or judicial liquidation, composition with creditors, reprieve from payment, controlled management, fraudulent conveyance, general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally), the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer shall provide funds to the Paying Agent no later than 10:00a.m. (London time) on the Business Day prior to the day on which the Paying Agent is to make payment. A Paying Agent shall not be obliged to pay the Holders of the Notes (or make any other payment) unless and until such time as it has confirmed receipt of cleared funds sufficient to make the relevant payment.

 

Section 2.05          Holder Lists.

 

The applicable Registrar will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee and the Paying Agent at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may request in writing, a list of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in such form and as of such date as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may reasonably require.

 

  26  

 

 

Section 2.06          Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)           Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Rule 144A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by a Depositary to a Custodian or a nominee of such Custodian, by a Custodian or a nominee of such Custodian to such Depositary or to another nominee or Custodian of such Depositary, or by such Custodian or Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or Custodian or a nominee thereof. A Regulation S Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by a Depositary to a Common Depositary or a nominee of such Common Depositary, by a Common Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or to another nominee or Common Depositary of such Depositary, or by such Common Depositary or Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or Common Depositary or a nominee thereof.

 

All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Registered Notes:

 

(1)          if DTC or Euroclear or Clearstream, notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days;

 

(2)          in whole, but not in part, if the Issuer so requests; or

 

(3)          if the owner of a Book-Entry Interest requests such exchange in writing delivered through DTC or through Euroclear or Clearstream following a Default by the Issuer under this Indenture.

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1) through (3) above, the Issuer shall issue or cause to be issued Definitive Registered Notes in such names as the relevant Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.

 

Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a). Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

 

(b)           General Provisions Applicable to Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes .

 

The transfer and exchange of Book-Entry Interests shall be effected through the relevant Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests (other than transfers of Book-Entry Interests in connection with which the transferor takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the same Global Note), the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited or debited with such increase or decrease, if applicable.

 

In connection with a transfer or exchange of a Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the relevant Depositary to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry.

 

  27  

 

 

Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant directing the Registrar to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to above.

 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes, the Holder of such Notes shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, in connection with a transfer or exchange of a Definitive Registered Note for a Book-Entry Interest, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee) must receive a written order directing the Depositary to credit the account of the transferee in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee or the Registrar), as specified in this Section 2.06, shall endorse the relevant Global Note(s) with any increase or decrease and instruct the Depositary to reflect such increase or decrease in its systems.

 

Transfers of Book-Entry Interests shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the U.S. Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests for Book-Entry Interests also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) below, as applicable, as well as subparagraph (b)(3) below, if applicable:

 

(1)          Transfer of Book-Entry Interests in the Same Global Note . Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, Book-Entry Interests in the Regulation S Global Notes will be limited to persons that have accounts with DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or persons who hold interests through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, and any sale or transfer of such interest to U.S. persons shall not be permitted during the Restricted Period unless such resale or transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144A. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Trustee to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

 

(2)          All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes . A holder may transfer or exchange a Book-Entry Interest in Global Notes in a transaction not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above only if the Trustee and the applicable Registrar or the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee) receives either:

 

(A)          both:

 

(i)           a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii)          instructions given by the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant’s account to be credited with such increase; or

 

(B)          both:

 

(i)           a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

  28  

 

 

(ii)          instructions given by the relevant Depositary to the Registrar containing information specifying the identity of the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above, the principal amount of such securities and the CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or other similar number identifying the Notes,

 

provided that any such transfer or exchange is made in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend.

 

(3)          Transfer of Book-Entry Interests to Another Global Note . A Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Transfer Agent and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)          if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B)          if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(c)           Transfer or Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Registered Notes . If any holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note or to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(1)          in the case of a transfer on or before the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in either item (1) or item (2) thereof;

 

(2)          in the case of an exchange by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in items (1) thereof;

 

(3)          in the case of a transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the transfer complies with Section 2.06(b);

 

(4)          in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note to a QIB in reliance on Rule 144A, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(5)          in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in reliance on Regulation S, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(6)          in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in reliance on Rule 144, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof,

 

  29  

 

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such Book-Entry Interest shall instruct the applicable Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall deliver such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(d)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes . If any Holder of a Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or to transfer such Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the relevant Transfer Agent and the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(1)          if the Holder of such Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(2)          if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(3)          if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred in reliance on Regulation S or Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) or (3) thereof, as applicable;

 

(4)          if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; and

 

the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Registered Note, and the Trustee will increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (1) above, the appropriate Global Note, in the case of clause (2) above, the appropriate Rule 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (3) above, the appropriate Global Note, and in the case of clause (4) above, the appropriate Global Note.

 

(e)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered Notes .

 

Definitive Registered Notes may be transferred or exchanged in whole or in part, in minimum denominations of $200,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, to persons who take delivery thereof in the form of Definitive Registered Notes in accordance with this Section 2.06(e). Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Registered Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Transfer Agent or the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes of which registration the Issuer will be informed by the Transfer Agent or the Registrar (as the case may be) upon request. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or the Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed and accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Transfer Agent or the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized to execute the same in writing. In the event that the Holder of such Definitive Registered Notes does not transfer the entire principal amount of Notes represented by any such Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar will cancel or cause to be cancelled such Definitive Registered Note and the Issuer (who has been informed of such cancellation) shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the requesting Holder and any transferee Definitive Registered Notes in the appropriate principal amounts. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

  30  

 

 

Any Definitive Registered Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)          if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(2)          if the transfer will be made in reliance on Regulation S, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(f)            Legends . The following legends will appear on the face of all Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(1)          Private Placement Legend . Each Global Note and each Definitive Registered Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (III) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

  31  

 

 

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE (OR AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY) EACH ACQUIRER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN (1) EITHER (A) IT IS NOT, AND IT IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IT WILL NOT BE, AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE UNITED STATES EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)), SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF PART 4 OF SUBTITLE B OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, (“CODE”), APPLIES, OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA, OR OTHERWISE) BY REASON OF SUCH AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S AND/OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY (EACH, A “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR”), OR A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), AND NO PART OF THE ASSETS USED BY IT TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF ANY BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR OR SUCH A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN, OR (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN SUBJECT TO SIMILAR LAW, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR OTHERWISE RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAWS; AND NEITHER ISSUER NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES IS A “FIDUCIARY” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF ANY DEFINITION OF “FIDUCIARY” UNDER SIMILAR LAWS) WITH RESPECT TO THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF THE NOTES, OR AS A RESULT OF ANY EXERCISE BY THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OF ANY RIGHTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE NOTES, AND NO ADVICE PROVIDED BY THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES HAS FORMED A PRIMARY BASIS FOR ANY INVESTMENT DECISION BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE NOTES AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTES; AND (2) IT WILL NOT SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN OTHERWISE THAN TO A PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE THAT IS DEEMED TO MAKE THESE SAME REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE.”

 

  32  

 

 

(2)          Global Note Legend . Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED OR EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.”

 

(g)           Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all Book-Entry Interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Registered Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee, the Common Depositary or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction; and if the Book-Entry Interests is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interests in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(h)           General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(1)          To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(2)          No service charge will be made by the Issuer or the Registrar to a Holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a Holder of a Global Note or a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, stamp duty reserve, documentary or other similar tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof).

 

(3)          No Transfer Agent or Registrar will be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

  33  

 

 

(4)          All Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(5)          The Issuer shall not be required to register the transfer into its register kept at its registered office of any Definitive Registered Notes: (A) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of the Notes under Section 3.03 hereof; (B) for a period of 15 calendar days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of Notes to be redeemed in part; (C) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date; or (D) which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Excess Proceeds Offer. Any such transfer will be made without charge to the Holder, other than any taxes, duties and governmental charges payable in connection with such transfer.

 

(6)          The Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(7)          All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Transfer Agent or the applicable Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted initially by facsimile with originals to be delivered promptly thereafter to the Trustee.

 

Section 2.07          Replacement Notes.

 

(a)          If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar, the Trustee or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for its expenses in replacing a Note, including but not limited to reasonable fees and expenses of counsel.

 

(b)          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08          Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof.

 

  34  

 

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09          Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.10          Temporary Notes.

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11          Cancellation.

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, each Paying Agent and any Transfer Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, in accordance with its customary procedures, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent) and no one else will cancel (subject to the Trustee’s retention policy) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the U.S. Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Issuer following a written request from the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Issuer undertakes to promptly inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (as long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) of any such cancellation.

 

  35  

 

 

Section 2.12          Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer will notify the Trustee as soon as practicable in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will mail or cause to be mailed to the Holders in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Issuer undertakes to promptly inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (as long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) of any such special record date.

 

Section 2.13          Further Issues.

 

(a)          Subject to compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, the Issuer may from time to time issue Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes and with the same terms as to status, redemption and otherwise as such Notes (save for payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such Additional Notes or for the first payment of interest following the issue date of such Additional Notes). Any Additional Notes, the Initial Notes and any previously issued Additional Notes will be consolidated and treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions, and offers to purchase except as otherwise specified with respect to each series of Notes.

 

(b)          Whenever it is proposed to create and issue any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall give to the Trustee not less than three Business Days’ notice in writing of its intention to do so, stating the amount of Additional Notes proposed to be created and issued.

 

Section 2.14          CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Number.

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or “Common Code” number and, if so, such CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number.

 

Section 2.15          Deposit of Moneys.

 

No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time), on the Business Day prior to each Interest Payment Date, the maturity date of the Notes and each payment date relating to an Excess Proceeds Offer or a Change of Control Offer, and on the Business Day immediately following any acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent, in immediately available funds, money in U.S. Dollars sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such day or date, as the case may be. Subject to actual receipt of such funds as provided by this Section 2.15 by the designated Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall remit such payment in a timely manner to the Holders on such day or date, as the case may be, to the Persons and in the manner set forth in paragraph 2 of the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of its failure to so act.

 

  36  

 

 

Section 2.16          Agents.

 

(a)          The rights, powers, duties and obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are several and not joint or joint and several.

 

(b)          The Issuer and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the event of a Default or Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee.

 

(c)          The Issuer shall provide the Agents with a certified list of authorized signatories.

 

(d)          The Agents shall hold all funds as banker subject to the terms of this Indenture and as a result, such money shall not be held in accordance with the rules established by the Financial Conduct Authority in the Financial Conduct Authority’s Handbook of rules and guidance from time to time in relation to client money. Each Agent shall not be liable to account for any interest on money paid to it. Money held by the Agent need not be segregated except as required by law.

 

Article 3.
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01          Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.7 and 3.08 hereof, it shall deliver to the Trustee in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

 

(a)          the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

 

(b)          the redemption date and the record date;

 

(c)          the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

 

(d)          the redemption price; and

 

(e)          the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers of the Notes, as applicable.

 

Section 3.02          Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis or by any other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depository requirements. The Trustee will not be liable for selections made by it in accordance with this Section 3.02.

 

Notices of purchase or redemption will be given to each Holder pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 14.1 hereof.

 

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

  37  

 

 

In relation to Definitive Registered Notes, a new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On or after any purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof tendered for purchase or called for redemption.

 

Section 3.03          Notice of Redemption.

 

(a)          At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer will deliver, pursuant to Section 14.01 hereof, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 13 hereof. So long as any Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, any such notice to the Holders of the relevant Notes will also be published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www . bourse . lu ) and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuer will forthwith notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of any change in the principal amount of Notes outstanding.

 

(b)          The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and corresponding CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers, as applicable, and will state:

 

(1)          the redemption date and the record date;

 

(2)          the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid;

 

(3)          if any Global Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Global Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Global Note, the principal amount thereof will be decreased by the portion thereof redeemed pursuant thereto;

 

(4)          if any Definitive Registered Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed, and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Definitive Registered Note or Definitive Registered Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Definitive Registered Note;

 

(5)          the name and address of the Paying Agent(s) to which the Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;

 

(6)          that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the relevant Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

(7)          that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(8)          the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(9)          that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

  38  

 

 

(c)          At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee (or the Paying Agent) will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof; provided, however , that the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee, at least ten days prior to the date the notice is required to be delivered pursuant to clause (a) above, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

The Trustee will not be liable for selection made by it as contemplated in this Section 3.03.

 

Section 3.04          Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

A notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. On and after a redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes or portion of them called for redemption.

 

Section 3.05          Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

 

(a)          No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money in U.S. Dollars sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Amounts (if any) on, all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Notes to be purchased or redeemed.

 

(b)          If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a) hereof, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a record date for the payment of interest but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the Section 3.05(a) hereof, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06          Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Definitive Registered Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate for (and in the name of) the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that any Definitive Registered Note shall be in a principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 above $200,000.

 

  39  

 

 

Section 3.07          Optional Redemption.

 

(a)          Except pursuant to this Section 3.07 and Section 3.08 hereof, the Notes are not redeemable at the Issuer’s option. The Issuer is not, however, prohibited from acquiring the Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture. In each case below, the Issuer may make any redemption or redemption notice subject to the satisfaction of conditions precedent.

 

(b)          At any time prior to March 15, 2018, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 106.00% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings or any sale of Qualified Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)          at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)          the redemption occurs within 180 days after the closing of such Equity Offering or sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

 

Any notice for such a redemption may be given prior to completing the Equity Offering or sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

 

(c)          At any time prior to March 15, 2018, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 106.00% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the Net Available Proceeds from one or more Specified Subsidiary Sales. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)          at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)          the redemption occurs within 365 days from the later of the date of such Specified Subsidiary Sale or the receipt of such Net Available Proceeds.

 

(d)          During each 12 month period commencing on the Issue Date and ending on March 15, 2020, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, the Issuer may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(e)          At any time prior to March 15, 2020, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may also redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Redemption Premium and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(f)           At any time on or after March 15, 2020 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may redeem all or part of the Notes. These redemptions will be in amounts of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of their principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on March 15 of the years set forth below:

 

  40  

 

 

Year   Redemption
Price
 
2020     103.00 %
2021     102.00 %
2022     101.00 %
2022 and thereafter     100.00 %

 

Section 3.08          Redemption upon changes in withholding taxes.

 

The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its option, at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and any Additional Amounts (as defined under Section 4.22(a) hereof) payable with respect thereto, if:

 

(a)          as a result of (i) any change in, or amendment to, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined under Section 4.22(a) hereof) affecting taxation which is publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture or (ii) any change in, or amendment to, the existing official published position (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of the introduction of an official position) regarding the application, administration or interpretation of the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice), which change or amendment is publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture (either, a “ Change in Tax Law ”), the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts; and

 

(b)          such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it; provided , however , that for this purpose reasonable measures shall not include any change in the Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization or the location of its principal executive office, or the incurrence of material out of pocket costs by it. No such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due.

 

Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes as described below, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and (ii) an opinion of legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts due to a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on this certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, upon which it will be conclusive and binding on the holders.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the implementation of European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meetings of 26 and 27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with or introduced in order to conform to, such directive will not be a change or amendment for such purposes.

 

  41  

 

 

Section 3.09         [ Reserved ] .

 

Section 3.10          No mandatory redemption or sinking fund.

 

The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 3.11         [ Reserved ] .

 

Section 3.12          Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

 

(a)          In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase the Notes (an “ Excess Proceeds Offer ”), it will follow the procedures specified in this Section 3.12.

 

(b)          Each Excess Proceeds Offer will be made to all Holders and, to the extent applicable, to all holders of other Debt that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. Each Excess Proceeds Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days and not more than 60 Business Days, following its commencement except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer will apply all Excess Proceeds, in the case of an Excess Proceeds Offer (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of the Notes and, if applicable, such other Pari Passu Debt (on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and such other Pari Passu Debt surrendered, if applicable or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and, if applicable, other Debt tendered in response to the Excess Proceeds Offer). Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

(c)          If the Purchase Date is on or after a record date for the payment of interest and on or before the related payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer.

 

(d)          Upon the commencement of an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Issuer will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Excess Proceeds Offer, will state:

 

(1)          that the Excess Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.12 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Excess Proceeds Offer will remain open;

 

(2)          the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

(3)          that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)          that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

(5)          that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in whole or in part in a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

  42  

 

 

(6)          that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Excess Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer through the facilities of the Depositary, to the account of the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(7)          that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(8)          that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Debt surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuer will select the Notes and other Pari Passu Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Debt surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer such that Notes will be purchased in whole or in part in a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof); and

 

(9)          that Holders whose Definitive Registered Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Definitive Registered Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

 

(e)          On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.12. The Issuer or its Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder in the manner specified in the Notes an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase. In connection with any purchase of Global Notes pursuant hereto, the Trustee will endorse such Global Notes to reflect the decrease in principal amount of such Global Note resulting from such purchase. In connection with any partial purchase of Definitive Registered Notes, the Issuer will promptly issue a new Definitive Registered Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, will procure the authentication of and mail or deliver such new Definitive Registered Note to the tendering Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Definitive Registered Note surrendered. Any Note tendered but not accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce and inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (for as long as the Notes (if any) are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) of the results of the Excess Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date.

 

(f)           Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.12, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.12 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof (it being understood that any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.12 shall not be subject to conditions precedent).

 

  43  

 

 

Article 4.

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01          Payment of Notes.

 

The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee or the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer, the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent, holds as of 10:00 a.m. (London time) one Business Day prior to the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, then due. If the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be considered paid on the due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with Section 2.04 hereof.

 

Principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be payable at the corporate trust office or agency of the Paying Agent. All payments on the Global Notes will be made by transfer of immediately available funds to an account of the Holder of the Global Notes in accordance with instructions given by that Holder.

 

Principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Definitive Registered Notes will be payable at the corporate trust office or agency of any Paying Agent in any location required to be maintained for such purposes pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof. In addition, interest on Definitive Registered Notes may be paid by check mailed to the person entitled thereto as shown on the Register for such Definitive Registered Notes.

 

The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% per annum higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at a rate that is 1% per annum higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful.

 

The Paying Agent shall be entitled to make payments net of any taxes or other sums required by applicable law to be withheld or deducted.

 

Section 4.02          Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Issuer will maintain the offices and agencies specified in Section 2.03 hereof. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the trust office of the Trustee (the address of which is specified in Section 14.1 hereof).

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however , that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the city of London for such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuer hereby designates the trust office of the Trustee (the address of which is specified in Section 14.01 hereof) as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

  44  

 

 

Section 4.03          Provision of financial information.

 

(a)          The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)          within 120 days after the end of the Issuer’s fiscal year, as applicable, beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, annual reports containing: (i) a discussion of the Issuer’s financial results including information similar to that in the section in this Offering Memorandum entitled “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ”; (ii) the audited consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer as at the end of the most recent two fiscal years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of Issuer for the most recent three fiscal years, including notes to such financial statements, for and as at the end of such fiscal years and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements; and (iii) if required under IFRS, a pro forma income statement and a statement of financial position information of the Issuer, together with explanatory footnotes, for any acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such annual report relates (unless such pro forma information has been provided in a previous report pursuant to clause (b) or (c) below); provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense, in which case the Issuer will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financials to the extent available without unreasonable expense;

 

(2)          within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Issuer’s fiscal year, as applicable, beginning with the quarter ended March 30, 2015, quarterly reports containing the following information: (i) the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer as at the end of such quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of each of the Issuer for the most recent quarter and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position date and the comparable prior period (as determined by the IFRS standard on preparation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements) and (ii) a copy of the related operating and financial review included in the quarterly earnings release of the Issuer for the applicable fiscal quarter; and within 90 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each of the Issuer’s fiscal year, as applicable, if required under IFRS, a pro forma interim condensed consolidated income statement and a statement of financial position of the Issuer, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such quarterly report relates; provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense, in which case the Issuer will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financial statements to the extent available without unreasonable expense, provided that for so long as the Issuer maintains a listing on the Nasdaq Stockholm Exchange, the quarterly reports filed by the Issuer as required by the rules of the Nasdaq Stockholm Exchange shall be deemed to fulfill the requirements of this clause (2); and

 

(3)          promptly after the occurrence of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or any changes of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer at the Issuer, or a change in the auditors of the Issuer, or any other material event that the Issuer announces publicly, a press release or report containing a description of such event.

 

  45  

 

 

(b)          At any time that any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, constitutes a “significant subsidiary” of the Issuer, as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the U.S. Securities Act, then the annual and quarterly financial information required by clauses (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this Section 4.03 shall include either (i) a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, or (ii) stand-alone audited or unaudited financial statements, as the case may be, of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiaries (as a group or otherwise) together with an unaudited reconciliation to the financial information of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, which reconciliation shall include the following items: Revenue, Gross profit, Consolidated EBITDA, Net profit (loss), Cash and cash equivalents, Total assets, Total liabilities, Total equity and interest expense.

 

(c)          In addition, so long as the Notes remain outstanding and during any period during which the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act nor exempt therefrom pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b), the Issuer will furnish to Holders, holders of beneficial owners and prospective purchasers of the Notes upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(d)          The Issuer will also make available copies of all reports furnished to the Trustee (i) on the Issuer’s website, and (ii) for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and to the extent that the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, copies of such reports will be available during normal business hours at the offices of the Paying Agent.

 

(e)          For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will also:

 

(1)          hold a conference call (X) within 10 Business Days after furnishing to the Trustee the quarterly reports required of the Issuer by clauses (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this Section 4.03 (the “ Noteholder Reports ”) to discuss (X) the Noteholder Reports and the results of operations of the Issuer for the relevant reporting period or (Y) for so long as the Issuer has its common equity shares listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm Exchange and remains subject to their listing rules and reporting requirements and such reporting requirements require that the Issuer provide annual and quarterly reports to its common equity shareholders (the “ Equityholder Reports ”) within the applicable period required by such reporting requirements to discuss the Equityholder Reports and the results of operations of the Issuer for the relevant reporting period; and

 

(2)          issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service or provide notice on the Issuer’s website on which Noteholder Reports are posted, in each case no fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required by the foregoing clause (i), announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Holders, beneficial owners of the Notes, prospective investors, broker dealers and securities analysts to contact the appropriate person at the Issuer to obtain such information.

 

Section 4.04          Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)          The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

  46  

 

 

(b)          So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith but not later than 30 days upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05          Payment of taxes .

 

The Issuer will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same becomes delinquent, (1) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ income, profits or property, and (2) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the Issuer’s property, or Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer’s property; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established.

 

Section 4.06          Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07         [ Reserved ] .

 

Section 4.08         [ Reserved ] .

 

Section 4.09          Limitation on Debt.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Debt; provided that the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Debt if at the time of such Incurrence and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds thereof, on a pro forma basis, the Net Leverage Ratio is less than 3.0 to 1.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the limitation in Section 4.09(a), the following Debt (“ Permitted Debt ”) may be Incurred:

 

(1)          the Incurrence by the Issuer of Debt pursuant to the Notes (other than Additional Notes);

 

(2)          any Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds of the Notes;

 

(3)          Pari Passu Debt of the Issuer and Debt of its Restricted Subsidiaries under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding that does not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $500 million and (y) 8% of Total Assets; and any Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof, plus, (A) any accrual or accretion of interest that increases the principal amount of Debt under Credit Facilities and (B) in the case of any refinancing of Debt permitted under this clause (iii) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

 

  47  

 

 

(4)          Debt owed by the Issuer to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Debt owed by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided , however , that (A) if the Issuer is the obligor on such Debt and the payee is not the Issuer, such Debt must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations then due with respect to the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, and (B) either (x) the transfer or other disposition by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of any Debt so permitted to a Person (other than to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or (y) such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, will at the time of such transfer or other disposition, in each case, be deemed to be an Incurrence of such Debt not permitted by this clause (4);

 

(5)          the Guarantee by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt of any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the Guaranteed Debt was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

(6)          Acquired Debt;

 

(7)          Minority Shareholder Loans;

 

(8)          the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, replace or refinance, Debt Incurred by it pursuant to Section 4.09(a) and clauses (1), (2), (6) and (8) of this Section 4.09(b), as the case may be;

 

(9)          Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by letters of credit in order to provide security for workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar requirements of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)        customary indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred in connection with the disposition of any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and earn-out provisions or contingent payments in respect of purchase price or adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations in acquisition agreements other than Guarantees of Debt incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such assets for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of each such Incurrence of such Debt will at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the related disposition;

 

(11)        obligations in respect of (i) customs, VAT or other tax guarantees, (ii) bid, performance, completion, guarantee, surety and similar bonds, including guarantees or obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations, (iii) customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements, and (iv) the financing of insurance premiums, in each case in the ordinary course of business and not related to Debt for borrowed money;

 

(12)        Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument including, but not limited to, electronic transfers, wire transfers, netting services and commercial card payments, drawn against insufficient funds; provided that such Debt is extinguished within 30 days of Incurrence; and

 

  48  

 

 

(13)        the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt not otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clauses (1) through (12) above, which, together with any other outstanding Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause (13), has an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the greater of $250 million and 4% of Total Assets, and any Permitted Refinancing Debt of any debt which on the date it was Incurred was permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this clause (13), plus, in the case of any refinancing of Debt permitted under this clause (13) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing.

 

(c)          The Issuer will not incur any Debt (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the Issuer unless such Debt is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on substantially identical terms; provided , however , that no Debt will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the Issuer solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured with different collateral or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis or by virtue of the application of waterfall or other payment ordering provisions affecting different tranches of Debt.

 

(d)          For the purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.09, the Issuer in its sole discretion may classify and from time to time reclassify such item of Debt or any portion thereof and only be required to include the amount of such Debt as one of such types.

 

(e)          For the purposes of determining compliance with any covenant in this Indenture or whether an Event of Default has occurred, in each case, where Debt is denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the amount of such Debt will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of such Incurrence; provided , however , that if any such Debt that is denominated in a different currency is subject to an Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement with respect to U.S. Dollars covering principal and premium, if any, payable on such Debt, the amount of such Debt expressed in U.S. Dollars will be adjusted to take into account the effect of such an agreement.

 

Section 4.10          Limitation on Asset Dispositions.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition in one or more related transactions unless:

 

(1)          the consideration the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives for such Asset Disposition is not less than the Fair Market Value of the assets sold (as determined by the Issuer’s senior management or Board of Directors); and

 

(2)          unless the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives in respect of such Asset Disposition consists of:

 

(A)          cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(B)          the assumption of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Debt or other liabilities (other than contingent liabilities or Debt or liabilities that are subordinated to the Notes) or Debt or other liabilities of such Restricted Subsidiary relating to such assets and, in each case, the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, is released from all liability on the Debt assumed;

 

(C)          any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (b)(4) or (5) of this Section 4.10;

 

(D)          a combination of the consideration specified in clauses (A) through (C) of this clause (2); and

 

  49  

 

 

(b)          within 365 days of such Asset Disposition, the Net Available Proceeds are applied (at the Issuer or applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s option):

 

(1)          to repay, redeem, retire or cancel outstanding Senior Secured Debt:

 

(2)          first, to redeem Notes or purchase Notes pursuant to an offer to all Holders at a purchase price equal to at least 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and second, to the extent any Net Available Proceeds from such Asset Disposition remain, to any other use as determined by the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary that is not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(3)          to repurchase, prepay, redeem or repay Pari Passu Debt; provided that the Issuer makes an offer to all Holders on a pro rata basis to purchase their Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth below for an Excess Proceeds Offer;

 

(4)          to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Related Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Related Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(5)          to make a capital expenditure or acquire other assets (other than Capital Stock and cash or Cash Equivalents), rights (contractual or otherwise) and properties, whether tangible or intangible (including ownership interests) that are used or intended for use in connection with a Related Business;

 

(6)          to the extent permitted, to redeem Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof;

 

(7)          any combination of the foregoing clauses (1) through (6) of this clause (b); or

 

(8)          enter into a binding commitment to apply the Net Available Proceeds pursuant to clauses (4) or (5) of this clause (b); provided that such binding commitment (or any subsequent binding commitment replacing the initial binding commitment that is entered into within 180 days following the aforementioned 365-day period) shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the earlier of (X) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated and (Y) the 180 th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period.

 

(c)          For purposes of Section 4.10(b), any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are promptly converted by the recipient thereof into cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities (to the extent of the cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities received in that conversion), shall be deemed cash.

 

(d)          The amount of such Net Available Proceeds not so used as set forth in Section 4.10(b) constitutes “ Excess Proceeds .” Pending the final application of any such Net Available Proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise use such Net Available Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture.

 

(e)          When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $75 million, the Issuer will, within 15 Business Days of the end of the applicable period in clause (b) of this Section 4.10, make an offer to purchase (an “ Excess Proceeds Offer ”) from all Holders and from the holders of any Pari Passu Debt, to the extent required by the terms thereof, on a pro rata basis, in accordance with Section 3.12 hereof or the agreements governing any such Pari Passu Debt, the maximum principal amount (expressed as a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt that may be purchased with the amount of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price as to each Note and any such Pari Passu Debt will be payable in cash in an amount equal to (solely in the case of the Notes) 100% of the principal amount of such Note and (solely in the case of Pari Passu Debt) no greater than 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such Pari Passu Debt, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

 

  50  

 

 

(f)           To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt tendered pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer is less than the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use the amount of such Excess Proceeds not used to purchase Notes and Pari Passu Debt for purposes that are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt validly tendered and not withdrawn by holders thereof exceeds the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt to be purchased will be selected by the Registrar or the Paying Agent on a pro rata basis (based upon the principal amount of Notes and the principal amount or accreted value of such Pari Passu Debt tendered by each holder as provided or calculated by the Issuer). Upon completion of each such Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.

 

If the Issuer is obliged to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Issuer will purchase the Notes and Pari Passu Debt, at the option of the holders thereof, in whole or in part in a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof on a date that is not later than 60 days from the date the notice of the Excess Proceeds Offer is given to such holders, or such later date as may be required under the Exchange Act.

 

(g)          If the Issuer is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Issuer will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations, including the requirements of any applicable securities exchange on which Notes are then listed. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10 and Section 3.12 hereof, the Issuer will comply with such securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Section 4.10 or Section 3.12 hereof by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.11         [ Reserved ] .

 

Section 4.12          Limitation on Liens securing Debt.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur, suffer to exist or become effective any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) to secure any Debt on or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured by such Lien; provided that, if the Debt secured by such Lien is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes, then the Lien securing such Debt shall be subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Lien securing the Notes.

 

(b)          Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 will provide by its terms that such Lien will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the initial Lien other than as a consequence of an enforcement action with respect to the assets subject to such Lien.

 

Section 4.13          Limitation on lines of business.

 

The Issuer, together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, will not primarily engage in any business other than in a Related Business.

 

  51  

 

 

Section 4.14          Existence and maintenance of properties.

 

The Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the Issuer’s existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that:

 

(a)          the Issuer will not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the Issuer’s business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders; and

 

(b)          the foregoing shall not apply to a transaction permitted under Section 5.01 hereof.

 

The Issuer will cause all material properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and will cause to be made all necessary repairs thereof, all in the Issuer’s judgment; provided , however , that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the Issuer’s judgment, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. The Issuer shall, and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep at all times all of their properties which are of an insurable nature insured against loss or damage with insurers believed by the Issuer to be responsible to the extent that property of a similar character is usually so insured by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties in accordance with good business practice.

 

Section 4.15          Change of Control.

 

(a)          Within 60 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will be required to make an Offer to Purchase all Outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued interest and any additional amounts thereon to the date of purchase (a “ Change of Control Offer ”).

 

(b)          If holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw their Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described below, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice delivered within 30 days after completing the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of the delivery of the notice for such redemption.

 

(c)          The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if (x) another party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (y) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

 

  52  

 

 

Section 4.16          Limitation on Guarantees of the Issuer’s Debt by Subsidiaries.

 

(a)          The Issuer will not permit any Significant Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, provide a Guarantee of any of the Issuer’s Debt for which such Significant Subsidiary’s maximum exposure in respect of such Guarantee exceeds $50 million unless such Significant Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for its payment guarantee of the Notes; provided

 

(1)          if the Issuer’s Debt is pari passu in right of payment to the Notes, such Significant Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt shall rank pari passu in right of payment to its guarantee of the Notes;

 

(2)          if the Issuer’s Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Significant Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to its guarantee of the Notes substantially to the same extent as the Issuer’s Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes;

 

(3)          a Significant Subsidiary’s guarantee of the Notes may be limited in amount to the extent required by fraudulent conveyance, thin capitalization, corporate benefit, financial assistance or other similar laws (but, in such a case, the guarantee of the Notes shall be given on an equal and ratable basis with its Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt to the extent permitted by applicable law); and

 

(4)          for so long as it is not permissible under applicable law for such Significant Subsidiary to provide a guarantee of the Notes, such Significant Subsidiary need not provide such a guarantee of the Notes (but, in such a case, the Issuer shall procure that such Significant Subsidiary will use its reasonable best efforts to undertake all whitewash or similar procedures legally available to it to eliminate the relevant legal prohibition, and shall give a guarantee of the Notes at such time (and to the extent) that it thereafter becomes permissible).

 

(b)          Clause (a) of this Section 4.16 shall not apply to (1) the granting by such Significant Subsidiary of a Permitted Lien under circumstances which do not otherwise constitute the Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt or (2) the Guarantee by any Significant Subsidiary of any Permitted Refinancing Debt that refinances Debt of the Issuer which benefitted from a Guarantee by any Significant Subsidiary Incurred in compliance with this covenant immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any guarantee of the Notes created pursuant to the provisions described above shall provide by its terms that such guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon: (x) such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Significant Subsidiary (including as a result of any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person, of all of the Issuer’s Capital Stock in such Significant Subsidiary) in compliance with this Indenture; or (y) the release by the holders or lenders of the Issuer’s Debt described in the preceding paragraph of their Guarantee by such Significant Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt (but not under the relevant Guarantee)), at a time when (I) no other Debt of the Issuer has been guaranteed by such Significant Subsidiary or (II) the holders of all such other Debt which is guaranteed by such Significant Subsidiary also release their guarantee by such Significant Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt (but not under the relevant guarantee)).

 

Section 4.17         [ Reserved ] .

 

  53  

 

 

Section 4.18          Payments for consent.

 

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder or beneficial holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders and beneficial holders of Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries shall be permitted, in any offer or payment of consideration for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, to exclude Holders and beneficial holders of Notes in any jurisdiction where (i) the solicitation of such consent, waiver or amendment, including in connection with an offer to purchase for cash, or (ii) the payment of the consideration therefor would require the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to file a registration statement, prospectus or similar document under any applicable securities laws (including, but not limited to, the United States federal securities laws and the laws of the European Union or its member states), which the Issuer in its sole discretion determines (acting in good faith) (A) would be materially burdensome (it being understood that it would not be materially burdensome to file the consent document(s) used in other jurisdictions, any substantially similar documents or any summary thereof with the securities or financial services authorities in such jurisdiction); or (B) such solicitation would otherwise not be permitted under applicable law in such jurisdiction.

 

Section 4.19         [ Reserved ] .

 

Section 4.20          Maintenance of listing.

 

The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain the listing of the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for so long as any Notes remain Outstanding; provided that if the Issuer is unable to obtain admission to listing of the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such listing, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain a listing of the Notes on another recognized stock exchange.

 

Section 4.21         [ Reserved ] .

 

Section 4.22          Additional Amounts.

 

(a)          The Issuer with respect to payments under or with respect to the Notes agrees that, if any deduction or withholding of any present or future taxes, levies, imposts or charges whatsoever imposed by or for the account of any jurisdiction in which the Issuer is organized, engaged in business or resident for tax purposes, or from or through which payment on the Notes is made by or on behalf of the Issuer (including the jurisdiction of any paying agent) or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each, a “ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ”) and any interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto (collectively, “ Taxes ”) shall be required, the Issuer will (subject to the limitations described below) pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received pursuant to the Notes after such deduction or withholding (including any withholding or deduction from such Additional Amounts) shall equal the respective amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest specified in the Notes that would have been received if such Taxes had not been required to be withheld or deducted; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to make any payment of Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

(1)          any Taxes imposed by or for the account of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction which would not be payable but for the fact that the holder or beneficial owner of a Note (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner of, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, the relevant holder, if the relevant holder is an estate, trust, nominee, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) is a citizen, domiciliary, national or resident of, incorporated in, or engaging in business or maintaining a permanent establishment or being physically present in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or otherwise having some present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction other than the holding or ownership of such Note or the receipt of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Note or the exercise of rights under or the enforcement of such Note or this Indenture;

 

  54  

 

 

(2)          any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the presentation of a Note (where presentation is required) for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that the holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts on presenting the same for payment on any day (including the last day) within such 30-day period;

 

(3)          any Tax deducted, withheld or imposed on a payment to an individual and required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive on the taxation of savings implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 27, 2000 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such directive;

 

(4)          any Tax that would not have been imposed but for a failure by the relevant holder or beneficial owner of the Note to comply with any applicable certification, information, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice, of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, if such compliance is legally required as a precondition to relief or exemption from such Tax (including without limitation a certification that such holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction); provided , however , that this clause (4) shall not apply if the Issuer shall not have provided the holder of the Note with written notice of the applicable requirement at least 60 days prior to the date that the holder or beneficial owner of the Note is required to comply with such applicable requirement;

 

(5)          any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes;

 

(6)          any Taxes imposed on or with respect to a payment made to a holder or beneficial owner of any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) by or on behalf of a holder of Notes who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note to another paying agent in a member state of the European Union;

 

(7)          any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes;

 

(8)          any Taxes imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the holder or beneficial owner of the Note to comply with the requirements of Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as of the date hereof (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder or any official interpretation thereof, any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto or any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471 of the Code; or

 

(9)          any combination of clauses (1) through (8) above.

 

(b)          In addition, the Issuer shall not have any obligation to pay Additional Amounts to a holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or an entity that is not the sole beneficial owner of the payment of the principal or interest on a Note to the extent that the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction require the payment to be included in the income of a beneficiary or settlor for tax purposes with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had it been the holder of such Note.

 

  55  

 

 

(c)          If the Issuer becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay any Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee of the Notes, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent on a date that is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless that obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent promptly thereafter) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The Officer’s Certificate must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts to holders on the relevant payment date. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

 

(d)          The Issuer will also make or cause to be made such withholding or deduction of Taxes required by law and will remit the full amount of Taxes so deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with all applicable laws. The Issuer will use its reasonable efforts to obtain tax receipts from each such tax authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. The Issuer will, upon request, make available to the Trustee and the paying agent, within 30 days after the date on which the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is due pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Issuer or if, notwithstanding the Issuer’s efforts to obtain such receipts, the same are not obtainable, other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the paying agent of such payment by the Issuer. If reasonably requested by the Trustee or the paying agent, the Issuer will provide to the Trustee and the paying agent such information as may be in the possession of the Issuer (and not otherwise in the possession of the Trustee and paying agent) to enable the Trustee and paying agent to determine the amount of withholding taxes attributable to any particular holder, provided however that in no event shall the Issuer be required to disclose any information that it reasonably deems confidential.

 

(e)          In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer will pay, and agrees to indemnify any holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, transfer, documentation, court, excise or property taxes imposed in connection with the execution, issue, delivery, registration or enforcement of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

(f)           The foregoing provisions will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is organized, engaged in business or resident for tax purposes.

 

(g)          Whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), Redemption Price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention will be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

Section 4.23          Suspension of certain covenants when Notes rated investment grade.

 

(a)          If on any date following the Issue Date:

 

(1)          the Notes are rated Investment Grade by two of three Rating Agencies; and

 

(2)          no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date,

 

then, the Issuer will notify the Trustee and beginning on that day and continuing until such time, if any, at which the Notes cease to be rated Investment Grade by either Rating Agency (such period, the “ Suspension Period ”), the covenants specifically listed under the following sections hereof will no longer be applicable to the Notes and any related default provisions of this Indenture will cease to be effective and will not be applicable to the Issuer:

 

(A)          Section 4.09;

 

(B)          Section 4.10; and

 

(C)          clause (3) of Section 5.01(a).

 

  56  

 

 

(b)          Such covenants will not, however, be of any effect with regard to the actions of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries properly taken during the continuance of the Suspension Period; provided that all Debt Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2). Upon the occurrence of a Suspension Period, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

Section 4.24          Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)          The Issuer may designate, after the Issue Date, any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly created or acquired Subsidiary) as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” (a “Designation”) only if, at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation:

 

(1)          no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(2)          the Issuer could Incur US$1.00 of Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a); and

 

(3)          the aggregate Investments (other than Permitted Investments) by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in all Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed the greater of (x) $950 million or (y) 10.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding.

 

(b)          Neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary will at any time:

 

(1)          provide credit support for, subject any of its property or assets (other than Liens over the Capital Stock, Debt and other securities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary securing Debt of that Unrestricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) to the satisfaction of, or Guarantee, any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Debt);

 

(2)          be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)          be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt which provides that the holder thereof may (upon notice, lapse of time or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(4)          make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent such Investment, together with the aggregate Investments in all Unrestricted Subsidiaries then outstanding, exceeds the amount set out in Section 4.24(a)(3).

 

(c)          The Issuer may redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Redesignation”) only if all Liens and Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Redesignation if Incurred at such time would have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of this Indenture.

 

(d)          For purposes of this section 4.24:

 

(1)          “Investments” shall equal the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of the Designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)          The aggregate Investments (other than Permitted Investments) by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in all Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be reduced upon the Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Issuer’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such Redesignation, and (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such Redesignation;

 

  57  

 

 

(3)          any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, as determined in good faith by the Issuer; and

 

(4)          the amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

(e)          The Designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to include the Designation of all Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(f)           All Designations and Redesignations shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with this Section 4.24.

 

Article 5.
SUCCESSOR S

 

Section 5.01          Merger, consolidations and certain sales of assets of the Issuer.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (i) consolidate with or merge into any other Person, or (ii) directly or indirectly, convey, transfer, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the its assets to any other Person, unless:

 

(1)          Either (i) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made,

 

(A)          shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and,

 

(B)          is organized under the laws of any member state of the European Union, Norway, Switzerland, Canada, Jersey, Guernsey, Mauritius, Cayman Islands, British Virgin Islands, any state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia;

 

(2)          immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(3)          with respect to a consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposal of the Issuer, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any Debt which becomes the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ obligation, as applicable, or that of the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred at the time of the transaction, (x) the Issuer (including any successor Person) could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof or (y) the Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than such ratio before giving effect to such transactions; provided , however , that this clause (3) will not apply if, in the good faith determination of the Issuer’s Board of Directors the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the Issuer’s jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

(4)          the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Section 5.01.

 

  58  

 

 

Section 5.02          Successor Corporation Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger in which the Issuer is not the continuing corporation or any transfer (excluding any lease) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as such; provided, however , that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any and interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Issuer’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

 

Article 6.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01          Events of Default.

 

The following will be “ Events of Default ” under this Indenture:

 

(1)          failure to pay principal of, or premium, if any, on, any Note when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise);

 

(2)          failure to pay any interest (including Additional Amounts) on any Note when due, which failure continues for 30 days;

 

(3)          default in the payment of principal and interest on Notes required to be purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase under Sections 4.15 and 4.10 hereof when due and payable;

 

(4)          failure to perform or comply with the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(5)          failure of the Issuer to perform any other of its covenants or agreements under this Indenture or the Notes, which failure continues for 60 days after written notice to the Issuer by the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes;

 

(6)          default under the terms of any instrument evidencing or securing Debt for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if that default:

 

(A)          results in the acceleration of the payment of such Debt prior to its Stated Maturity; or

 

(B)          is caused by the failure to pay such Debt at its Stated Maturity after giving effect to the expiration of any applicable grace periods (and other than by regularly scheduled required prepayment) and such failure to make any payment has not been waived or the Stated Maturity of such Debt has not been extended,

 

and, in each case, the outstanding principal amount of any such Debt under which there has been a failure to pay at Stated Maturity thereof or the payment of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100 million or more;

 

(7)          failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $100 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments shall not have been discharged or waived and there shall have been a period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of an appeal, waiver or otherwise, shall not have been in effect;

 

  59  

 

 

(8)          the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)          commences a voluntary case;

 

(B)          consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

(C)          consents to the appointment of a custodian or administrator of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

(D)          makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(E)          admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or

 

(9)          a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)          is for relief against the Issuer, or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(B)          appoints a custodian or administrator of the Issuer, or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(C)          orders the liquidation of the Issuer, or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02          Acceleration.

 

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof shall occur, the maturity of all Outstanding Notes shall automatically be accelerated and the principal amount of the Notes, together with any premium, accrued interest or Additional Amounts thereon, shall be immediately due and payable. If any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may, by written notice to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), declare the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued interest thereon, immediately due and payable. The right of the Holders to give such acceleration notice shall terminate if the event giving rise to such right shall have been cured before such right is exercised. Any such declaration may be annulled and rescinded by written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to the Issuer if all amounts then due with respect to the Notes are paid (other than amount due solely because of such declaration) and all other defaults with respect to the Notes are cured.

 

  60  

 

 

Section 6.03          Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04          Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Subject to certain rights of the Trustee, as provided in this Indenture, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of the Notes, may waive any past default under this Indenture, except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest or a default arising from failure to purchase any Note tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; provided that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05          Control by Majority.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders not joining in the giving of such direction or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except in a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Notes, to the extent such action does not conflict with the provisions of this Indenture or applicable law.

 

Section 6.06          Limitation on Suits.

 

Subject to Section 7.01 hereof, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, to the extent such action does not conflict with the provisions of this Indenture or applicable law.

 

No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

(1)          such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(2)          the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have made a written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee;

 

  61  

 

 

(3)          such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense arising in connection with such proceeding;

 

(4)          the Trustee for 60 days after receipt of such notice has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(5)          no direction inconsistent with such request shall have been given to the Trustee during such 60 day-period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. However, such limitations do not apply to a suit individually instituted by a Holder of a Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of, or interest on, such Note on or after respective due dates expressed in such Note.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

Section 6.07          Right of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien.

 

Section 6.08          Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

Subject to mandatory provisions of Luxembourg insolvency laws, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or Section 6.01(2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, Additional Amounts, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09          Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, their creditors or property and shall be entitled and empowered, subject to mandatory provisions of Luxembourg insolvency laws, to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

  62  

 

 

Section 6.10          Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

First : to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection and then the Agents for any amounts due;

 

Second : to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

Third : to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11          Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

Section 6.12          Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined in a final judgment adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

  63  

 

 

Section 6.13          Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.14          Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Article 7.
TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01          Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)          If an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)          Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge:

 

(1)          the duties of the Trustee and the Agents will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee and the Agents need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Agents; and

 

(2)          in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)          The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)          this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 

(2)          the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)          the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

 

  64  

 

 

(d)          Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e)          No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)           The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held by the Paying Agent and in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)          The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Responsible Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s corporate trust department has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee (attention: Trust & Securities Services) and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer and this Indenture.

 

Section 7.02          Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)          The Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)          Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, as the case may be. The Trustee may consult with counsel or other professional advisors and the written advice of such counsel, professional advisor or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)          The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.

 

(d)          The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or bad faith.

 

(e)          Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

 

(f)           The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)          The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer and/or its Subsidiaries. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(1) or Section 6.01(2) (provided it is acting as Paying Agent); and (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.03 hereof is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

  65  

 

 

(h)          The Trustee shall not have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Notes, but may at its sole discretion choose to do so.

 

(i)           The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified and/or secured under this Indenture, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and by each agent (including the Agents), custodian and other person employed to act hereunder. Absent willful misconduct or negligence, each Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party and no Agent shall be under any fiduciary duty or other obligation towards or have any relationship of agency and trust for or with any person other than the Issuer.

 

(j)           In the event the Trustee or any Agent receives conflicting, unclear or equivocal instructions, the Trustee or Agent shall be entitled to not take any action until such instructions have been resolved or clarified to its satisfaction and the Trustee or Agent shall not become liable in any way to any person for any failure to comply with any such conflicting, unclear or equivocal instruction.

 

(k)          In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall not incur any liability for its failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in its reasonable opinion, resolved.

 

(l)           In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by acts of war or terrorism involving the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Monetary Union or any other national or international calamity or emergency (including natural disasters or acts of God), it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

(m)         The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance or its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(n)          The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

 

(o)          The Trustee will not be liable to any person if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.

 

(p)          The Trustee shall not under any circumstances be liable for any indirect loss, punitive or special damages or consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Issuer or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto), even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable.

 

(q)          The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer personally or by agent or attorney.

 

  66  

 

 

(r)          The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(s)          No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to do anything which, in its opinion, may be illegal or contrary to applicable law or regulation.

 

(t)          The Trustee may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such action in that jurisdiction would, in its opinion (based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction), be contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, the State of New York.

 

(u)          The Trustee may retain professional advisors to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture. The Trustee may consult with such professional advisors or with counsel, and the advice or opinion of such professional advisors or counsel with respect to legal or other matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(v)         The Trustee may assume without inquiry in the absence of actual knowledge that the Issuer is duly complying with its obligations contained in this Indenture required to be performed and observed by it, and that no Default or Event of Default or other event which would require repayment of the Notes has occurred.

 

Section 7.03          Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee (or its affiliates) in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04          Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

  67  

 

 

Section 7.05          Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and for so long as it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of Holders.

 

Section 7.06         [ Reserved ] .

 

Section 7.07          Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)          The Issuer will pay to the Trustee and the Agents from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as shall be agreed from time to time between them. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all disbursements, advances and expenses properly incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the properly incurred compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

(b)          The Issuer will indemnify the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all documented claims, losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be liable for any indirect loss, punitive or special damages or consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Trustee or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto), even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable. The Trustee will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. In case any such claim shall be brought against the Trustee, the Trustee may elect to defend the claim and shall promptly notify the Issuer of its intent to do so, provided that the Trustee and its counsel shall proceed with diligence and good faith with respect thereto, and the Issuer shall be entitled to participate therein. In the event of any disagreement between the Trustee and the Issuer in relation to the conduct of the claim, other than disagreements concerning the Trustee’s failure to promptly assume the defense and employ counsel, the Trustee’s decision shall be final. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel. If the Trustee does not assume the defense of such claim, the Issuer may defend the claim, the Trustee shall cooperate in such defense and the Issuer shall not be liable to the Trustee for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by the Trustee, in connection with the defense thereof unless the immediately following sentence applies. If the interests of the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Trustee, on the other hand, may be adverse, the Trustee may have a single separate counsel and the Issuer will pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)          The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(d)          To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

  68  

 

 

(e)          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

(f)           The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits to the Trustee in this Article 7, including, without limitation, its rights to be compensated, reimbursed for expenses and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, each Agent.

 

(g)          The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the discharge or termination of this Indenture and shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee or an Agent notwithstanding its resignation or retirement.

 

Section 7.08          Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)          A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

 

(b)          The Trustee may resign in writing at any time without giving reason and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)          the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(2)          the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3)          a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)          the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

(c)          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

(d)          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee, the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or (ii) the retiring Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee takes office, provided that such appointment shall be with the consent of the Issuer (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(e)          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)           A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

  69  

 

 

(g)          For the purposes of this Section 7.08, the Issuer hereby expressly accepts and confirms, for the purposes of Articles 1278 and 1281 of the Luxembourg Civil Code that, notwithstanding any assignment, transfer and/or novation permitted under, and made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture or any agreement referred to herein to which the Issuer is a party, any security created or guarantee given under this Indenture shall be preserved for the benefit of the successor trustee (for itself and the secured parties) and, for the avoidance of doubt, for the benefit of each of the secured parties.

 

Section 7.09          Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10          Eligibility ; Disqualification.

 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of England and Wales or the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by any England and Wales authority or any federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

Section 7.11          Agents.

 

Resignation of Agents . Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and Issuer. The Trustee or Issuer may remove any Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to any Agent. Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by the Issuer, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee. Such successor Agent shall become the Agent hereunder upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice. If the Issuer is unable to replace the resigning Agent within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, deliver any funds then held hereunder in its possession to the Trustee or may appoint a replacement agent on behalf of the Issuer, provided that such appointment shall be with the consent of the Issuer (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief. The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Issuer. Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent. Upon its resignation and delivery any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture, but shall continue to enjoy the benefit of Section 7.07 hereof.

 

Article 8.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01          Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuer may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

  70  

 

 

Section 8.02          Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes, which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)          the rights of Holders of Outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, interest (including Additional Amounts) or premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

(2)          the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

 

(3)          the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)          this Article 8.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03          Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

 

  71  

 

 

Section 8.04          Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section or 8.03 hereof:

 

(1)          the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in each case, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest (including Additional Amounts and premium, if any) on the outstanding Notes on their Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)          in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee of United States counsel confirming that

 

(A)          the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

 

(B)          since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)          in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee of United States counsel confirming that the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)          the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

(5)          the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, subject to customary assumptions and qualifications, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05          Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust ; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

  72  

 

 

The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or the non-callable U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any cash in U.S. dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06          Repayment to Issuer.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer in trust, for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however , that in the event the Notes are in the form of Definitive Registered Notes, the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be made available to the newswire service of Bloomberg or, if Bloomberg does not operate, any similar agency and, if and so long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, published in the Luxemburger Wort or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www . bourse . lu ) or mail to each Holder entitled to such money at such Holder’s address (as set forth in the register of Holders of Definitive Registered Notes maintained by the Registrar) notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

Section 8.07          Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

  73  

 

 

Article 9.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01          Without Consent of Holders.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, the Issuer and the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, amend, waive or supplement this Indenture or the Notes:

 

(1)          to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)          to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets pursuant to Article 5 and Article 11 hereof, as applicable;

 

(3)          to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder in any material respect;

 

(4)          to conform the text of this Indenture, or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(5)          to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date;

 

(6)          to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 169(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); or

 

(7)          to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee under this Indenture.

 

In formulating its opinion on such matters, the Trustee shall be entitled to request and rely absolutely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 14.03 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuer in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02          With Consent of Holders.

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer, the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.12, Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 hereof), the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect one series of the Notes, only the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series shall be required.

 

  74  

 

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

 

It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer will mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of Notes, may waive compliance by the Issuer with certain restrictive provisions of this Indenture. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of the Notes, may waive any past default under this Indenture, except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest or a default arising from failure to purchase any Note tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. Modifications and amendments of this Indenture may be made by the Issuer, the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes; provided , however , that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holders of 90% of the aggregate principal amount of then Outstanding Notes affected thereby:

 

(1)          change the Stated Maturity or the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note;

 

(2)          reduce the principal amount of, (or premium) or interest on (or rate thereof), any Note;

 

(3)          change the place or currency of payment of principal of (or premium), or interest on, any Note;

 

(4)          impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any Note;

 

(5)          reduce the above stated percentage of Outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend this Indenture;

 

(6)          reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults; or

 

(7)          following the mailing of any Offer to Purchase, modify any Offer to Purchase for the Notes required under Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof in a manner adverse to the Holders thereof.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of articles 86 to 94-8 of the Luxembourg act dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time, shall not apply in respect of the Notes.

 

  75  

 

 

Section 9.03          Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

   

Section 9.04          Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate the new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.05          Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Issuer approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

Article 10.

[RESERVED]

 

Article 11.

[RESERVED]

 

Article 12.

[RESERVED]

 

Article 13.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 13.01        Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

(a)          This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:

 

(1)          either:

 

(A)  all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

  76  

 

 

(B)  all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in each case, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(2)          the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

(3)          the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 13.01(a)).

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01(a)(1)(B), the provisions of Sections 13.02 and 8.6 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 13.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 13.02        Application of Trust Money.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 13.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

Article 14.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.01        Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Issuer or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

  77  

 

 

If to the Issuer:

 

Millicom International Cellular

S.A. 2, rue du Fort Bourbon,

L-1249, Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Facsimile No.: +352 27 759 901

Attention: Office of the General Counsel

 

With a copy to:

 

Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe (Europe)
LLP 107 Cheapside

London EC2N
6DV United
Kingdom

Facsimile No.: +44 207 862 4800

Attention: Nell Scott

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre
Canada Square Canary
Wharf London E14 5LB

Attn: Trustee-Agency & Trust

Facsimile: +44 207 500 5877

 

If to the Trustee to Citibank, N.A., London Branch at the address above.

 

If to Registrar:

 

Citigroup Global Markets

Deutschland AG

Reuterweg 16

60323 Frankfurt Germany

Attn: Citi-Registrar-Agency & Trust

Facsimile: +353 1506 0339

 

If to Paying Agent or Transfer Agent:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch Citigroup
Centre

Canada Square Canary
Wharf London E14 5LB

Attn: Paying Agent-Agency & Trust

Facsimile: +353 1 622 2210/ +353 1 622 2212

 

Attn: Transfer Agent-Agency &
Trust Facsimile: +353 1 247 6348

 

The Issuer or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; upon receipt if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

  78  

 

 

All notices to the Holders (while any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes) shall be delivered to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders. So long as the Notes are traded on the Euro MTF Market and the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, all notices to Holders will also be published in a daily newspaper with general circulation in New York City (which is expected to be the Wall Street Journal ), London (which is expected to be the Financial Times ), and, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www . bourse . lu ). If publication as provided above is not practicable, notice will be given in such other manner, and shall be deemed to have been given on such date, as the Trustee may approve. In the case of Definitive Registered Notes, notices will be mailed to Holders by first-class mail at their respective addresses as they appear on the records of the Registrar, unless stated otherwise in the register kept by, and at the registered office of the Issuer.

 

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made. Notices delivered to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream will be deemed given on the date when delivered. Notices given by first class mail, postage paid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders or delivers a notice or communication to holders of Book-Entry Interests, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 14.02       [ Reserved ] .

 

Section 14.03        Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)          an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(2)          an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 14.04        Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)          a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)          a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

  79  

 

 

(3)          a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(4)          a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

Section 14.05        Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 14.06        Agent for Service ; Submission to Jurisdiction ; Waiver of Immunities.

 

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of, related to, or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby, and any action arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws, may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan; irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding; and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. The Issuer has appointed CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10011, United States of America, as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding which may be instituted in any federal or state court located in the State of New York, Borough of Manhattan arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and any action brought under U.S. federal or state securities laws (the “ Authorized Agent ”). The Issuer expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto and waives any right to trial by jury. Such appointment shall be irrevocable unless and until replaced by an agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The Issuer represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Issuer agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Issuer shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuer.

 

Section 14.07        No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders.

 

None of the directors, officers, employees, incorporators, members or stockholders, as such, of the Issuer, as such, will have any liability for any of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under applicable securities laws.

 

Section 14.08        Governing Law.

 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, articles 86 to 94-8 of the Luxembourg act dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time, are excluded.

 

  80  

 

 

Section 14.09        No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 14.10        Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.

 

Section 14.11        Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 14.12        Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 14.13        Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 14.14        Judgment Currency.

 

Any payment on account of an amount that is payable in U.S. Dollars (the “ Required Currency ”) which is made to or for the account of any Holder or the Trustee in lawful currency of any other jurisdiction (the “ Judgment Currency ”), whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the liquidation of the Issuer, shall constitute a discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, only to the extent of the amount of the Required Currency with such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, could purchase in the London foreign exchange markets with the amount of the Judgment Currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the first Business Day following receipt of the payment in the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Required Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Required Currency originally due to such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, the Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, from and against all loss or damage arising out of, or as a result of, such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Indenture or the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder or the Trustee from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

 

Section 14.15        Prescription.

 

Claims against the Issuer for the payment of principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed ten years after the applicable due date for payment thereof. Claims against the Issuer for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed five years after the applicable due date for payment of interest.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

  81  

 

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR
  S.A., as the Issuer

 

  By: /s/ Timothy Lincoln Pennington
    Name: Timothy Lincoln Pennington
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
  By: /s/ Justine Dimovic
    Name: Justine Dimovic
    Title: Group Treasurer

 

  CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as Trustee, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

  By: Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

  By:
    Name:
    Title:

 

  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS DEUTSCHLAND AG, as Registrar

 

  By: Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG

 

  By:
    Name:
    Title:
     
  By:
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2025 Indenture]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR
  S.A., as the Issuer

 

  By:
    Name:
    Title:
     
  By:
    Name:
    Title:

 

  CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as Trustee, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

  By: Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

  By: /s/ Andrew McIntosh
    Name: Andrew McIntosh
    Title:  Vice President
    Citibank, N.A.
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB

 

  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS DEUTSCHLAND AG, as Registrar

 

  By: Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG

 

  By:
    Name:
    Title:
     
  By:
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2025 Indenture]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR
  S.A., as the Issuer

 

  By:
    Name:
    Title:
     
  By:
    Name:
    Title:

 

  CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as Trustee, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

  By: Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

  By:
    Name:
    Title:

 

  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS DEUTSCHLAND AG, as Registrar

 

  By: Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG

 

  By: /s/ Thorsten Peters
    Name: Thorsten Peters
    Title:
     
  By: /s/ Siegfried Roos
    Name: Siegfried Roos
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2025 Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

[Face of Note]

 

 

[ Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture ]

 

[ Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture ]

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

6.0% Senior Notes due 2025

 

No.         CUSIP:
   
  ISIN:
   
  COMMON CODE:
   
  $________________
   
  Issue Date: ______________

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, promises to pay to __________________________ or registered assigns,

 

the principal sum of ________________________________________________________________________________________________ DOLLARS or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note on March 15, 2025.

 

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15

 

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1 immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.

 

Dated: _____________________

 

  A- 1  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL
  CELLULAR S.A.

 

  By:  

  Name:
  Title:

 

  By:  

  Name:
  Title:

 

  A- 2  

 

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, not in its individual capacity, but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent with respect to the Notes appointed by the Trustee, CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS DEUTSCHLAND AG

 

  By:  

  Authorized Signatory:

 

  A- 3  

 

 

[Back of Note]

 

 

6.0% Senior Notes due 2025

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)                         Interest . MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under the number B 40630 (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.0% per annum from ____________ until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be ____________. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, it will, to the extent lawful pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2)                         Method of Payment . The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on or preceding the next Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agents as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in U.S. dollars.

 

(3)                         Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent . Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch will act as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG will act as Registrar. The Issuer shall maintain a Paying Agent and Transfer Agent in London. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

(4)                         Indenture . The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 17, 2015 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, as Registrar. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

  A- 4  

 

 

(5)                         Optional Redemption .

 

(a)          Except as detailed below, the Notes are not redeemable at the Issuer’s option. The Issuer is not, however, prohibited from acquiring the Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture. In each case, the Issuer may make any redemption or redemption notice subject to the satisfaction of conditions precedent.

 

(b)          At any time prior to March 15, 2018, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 106.00% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings or any sale of Qualified Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Issuer. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)         at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)         the redemption occurs within 180 days after the closing of such Equity Offering or sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

 

(c)          At any time prior to March 15, 2018, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 106.00% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the Net Available Proceeds from one or more Specified Subsidiary Sales. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)         at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)         the redemption occurs within 365 days from the later of the date of such Specified Subsidiary Sale or the receipt of such Net Available Proceeds.

 

(d)          During each 12 month period commencing on the Issue Date and ending on March 15, 2020, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, the Issuer may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(e)          At any time prior to March 15, 2020, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may also redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Redemption Premium and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(f)          At any time on or after March 15, 2020 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may redeem all or part of the Notes. These redemptions will be in amounts of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of their principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on March 15 of the years set forth below:

 

  A- 5  

 

 

Year   Redemption
Price
 
2020     103.00 %
2021     102.00 %
2022     101.00 %
2022 and thereafter     100.00 %

 

(6)                        Redemption upon changes in withholding taxes .

 

The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its option, at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and any Additional Amounts (as defined under Section 4.22(a) of the Indenture) payable with respect thereto, if:

 

(a)          as a result of (i) any change in, or amendment to, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined under Section 4.22(a) of the Indenture) affecting taxation which is publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the date of the Indenture or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the date of the Indenture, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the Indenture or (ii) any change in, or amendment to, the existing official published position (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of the introduction of an official position) regarding the application, administration or interpretation of the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice), which change or amendment is publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the date of the Indenture or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the date of the Indenture, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the Indenture (either, a “ Change in Tax Law ”), the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts; and

 

(b)          such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it; provided , however , that for this purpose reasonable measures shall not include any change in the Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization or the location of its principal executive office, or the incurrence of material out of pocket costs by it. No such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due.

 

Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes as described below, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and (ii) an opinion of legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts due to a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on this certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, upon which it will be conclusive and binding on the holders.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the implementation of European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meetings of 26 and 27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with or introduced in order to conform to, such directive will not be a change or amendment for such purposes.

 

(7)                         No Mandatory Redemption or Sinking Fund . There will be no mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

  A- 6  

 

 

(8)                         repurchase at the Option of Holder .

 

(a)          Within 60 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will be required to make an Offer to Purchase all Outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued interest and any additional amounts thereon to the date of purchase.

 

(b)          When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $75 million, the Issuer will, within 15 Business Days of the end of the applicable period in Section 4.10(b), make an Excess Proceeds Offer to all Holders and from the holders of any Pari Passu Debt, to the extent required by the terms thereof, on a pro rata basis, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.12 of the Indenture or the agreements governing any such Pari Passu Debt, the maximum principal amount (expressed as a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt that may be purchased with the amount of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price as to each Note and any such Pari Passu Debt will be payable in cash in an amount equal to (solely in the case of the Notes) 100% of the principal amount of such Note and (solely in the case of Pari Passu Debt) no greater than 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such Pari Passu Debt, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

 

(9)                         notice of Redemption . At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer will deliver, pursuant to Section 14.01 of the Indenture, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture.

 

(10)                        Denominations, Transfer, Exchange .

 

[The Global Notes are in registered form without coupons attached. The Global Notes will represent the aggregate principal amount of all the Notes issued and not yet cancelled other than Definitive Registered Notes.] 1 [The Definitive Registered Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 above $200,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer shall not be required to register the transfer of any Definitive Registered Notes (A) for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of the Notes; (B) for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of Notes to be redeemed in part; (C) for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date; or (D) which the holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Excess Proceeds Offer.] 2

 

(11)                        Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

(12)                        Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.12, Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 thereof), the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect one series of the Notes, only the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series shall be required. In certain circumstances, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented without the consent of any Holder, including to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.

 

 

 

1 Include in any Global Note .

 

2 Include in any Definitive Registered Note .

 

  A- 7  

 

 

(13)                        Defaults and Remedies . Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

 

(14)                        Authentication . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

(15)                        Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(16)                        CUSIP and ISIN and Common Code Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. The Issuer has caused Common Code numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. In addition, the Issuer has caused ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of any such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

(17)                        GOVERNING LAW . THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of articles 86 to 94-8 of the Luxembourg act dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time, shall not apply to the Notes.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture or the form of Note. Requests may be made to:

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

2, rue du Fort Bourbon

L-1249 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Facsimile No.: +352 27 759 901

Attention: Office of the General Counsel

 

  A- 8  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  
  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint __________________________________________________________________________________________________

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date: _______________

 

  Your Signature:  

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:    

 

* Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  A- 9  

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE*

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below

 

¨ Section 4.10 ¨ Section 4.15

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof):

 

$                                  

 

Date: _______________

 

  Your Signature:  

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

  Tax Identification No.:  

 

Signature Guarantee*:    

 

* Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  A- 10  

 

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange   Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount
of
this Global Note
  Amount of increase in
Principal Amount
of
this Global Note
  Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease
(or increase)
  Signature of authorized
officer of Paying
Agent, Trustee or
Custodian or Common
Depositary
                 

 

  A- 11  

 

 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

[ Issuer address block ]

 

[ Trustee/Transfer Agent/Registrar address block ]

 

Re: $500,000,000 6.0% Senior Notes due 2025 of MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2015 (the “ Indenture ”), between, among others, Millicom International Cellular S.A., a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under the number B 40630 (the “ Issuer ”), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and. Paying Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, as Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

__________________, (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $_________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to ______ (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.    ¨     Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ U . S . Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

2.    ¨     Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the U.S. Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, (ii) such Transferor does not know that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (i) no directed selling efforts have been made in connection with the Transfer in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, (iv) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and (v) if the proposed transfer is being effected prior to the expiration of a Restricted Period, the transferee is not a U.S. Person, as such term is defined pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act, and will take delivery only as a Book-Entry Interest so transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

  B- 1  

 

 

3.    ¨     Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to any provision of the U.S. Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

   
  [Insert Name of Transferor]

 

  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  Dated:    

 

  B- 2  

 

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.          The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

¨     a Book-Entry Interest in the:

 

(i)       ¨   144A Global Note ([CUSIP][ISIN]_________), or

 

(ii)      ¨   Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] _________).

 

2.          After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)    ¨ a Book-Entry Interest in the:

 

(i)       ¨   144A Global Note ([CUSIP][ISIN] _________), or

 

(ii)      ¨   Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] _________).

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

  B- 3  

 

 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

[ Issuer address block ]

 

[ Trustee/Transfer Agent/Registrar address block ]

 

Re: $500,000,000 6.0% Senior Notes due 2025 of MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

(CUSIP__________; ISIN__________; Common Code__________)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2015 (the “ Indenture ”), between, among others, Millicom International Cellular S.A, a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under the number B 40630 (the “ Issuer ”), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, as Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

________________________________, (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $______________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.    ¨     Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Definitive Registered Notes are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Definitive Registered Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange will bear the Private Placement Legend and will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

2.    ¨     Check if Exchange is from Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Book-Entry Interests transferred in exchange will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

   
  [Insert Name of Transferor]

 

  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  Dated:    

 

  C- 1  

 

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

1.           The Owner owns and proposes to exchange the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a)           ¨ a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No. ___________ in the:

 

(i)           ¨ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP][ISIN] __________), or

 

(ii)          ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] ___________), or

 

(b)           ¨ a Definitive Registered Note.

 

2.           After the Exchange the Owner will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)           ¨ a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No. ___________ in the:

 

(i)           ¨ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP][ISIN] __________), or

 

(ii)           ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] ___________), or

 

(b)            ¨ a Definitive Registered Note.

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

  C- 2  

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

as the Issuer

 

$500,000,000 5.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2028

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE

 

Dated as of May 30, 2018

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS DEUTSCHLAND AG

 

as Registrar

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
     
Section 1.01 Definitions 1
Section 1.02 Other Definitions 27
Section 1.03 [Reserved] 28
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction 28
     
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
     
Section 2.01 Form and Dating 29
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication 30
Section 2.03 Paying Agent, Registrars and Transfer Agents 30
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money 31
Section 2.05 Holder Lists 31
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange 31
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes 39
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes 39
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes 39
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes 40
Section 2.11 Cancellation 40
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest 40
Section 2.13 Further Issues 40
Section 2.14 CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Number 41
Section 2.15 Deposit of Moneys 41
Section 2.16 Agents 41
     
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
     
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee 42
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased 42
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption 42
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption 43
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price 44
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part 44
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption 44
Section 3.08 Redemption upon changes in withholding taxes 46
Section 3.09 [Reserved] 46
Section 3.10 No mandatory redemption or sinking fund 46
Section 3.11 [Reserved] 46
Section 3.12 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds 46
Section 3.13 Post-Tender Redemption 48
     
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
     
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes 48
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency 49
Section 4.03 Provision of financial information 49
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate 51
Section 4.05 Payment of taxes 52

 

 

 

 

    Page
     
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws 52
Section 4.07 [Reserved] 52
Section 4.08 [Reserved] 52
Section 4.09 Limitation on Debt 52
Section 4.10 Limitation on Asset Dispositions 55
Section 4.11 [Reserved] 57
Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens securing Debt 57
Section 4.13 Limitation on lines of business 57
Section 4.14 Existence and maintenance of properties 57
Section 4.15 Change of Control 58
Section 4.16 Limitation on Guarantees of the Issuer’s Debt by Subsidiaries 58
Section 4.17 [Reserved] 59
Section 4.18 Payments for consent 59
Section 4.19 [Reserved] 60
Section 4.20 Maintenance of listing 60
Section 4.21 Financial Calculations for Limited Condition Transactions 60
Section 4.22 Additional Amounts 61
Section 4.23 Suspension of certain covenants when Notes rated investment grade 63
Section 4.24 Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries 63
     
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
     
Section 5.01 Merger, consolidations and certain sales of assets of the Issuer 65
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted 65
     
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
     
Section 6.01 Events of Default 66
Section 6.02 Acceleration 67
Section 6.03 Other Remedies 67
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults 68
Section 6.05 Control by Majority 68
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits 68
Section 6.07 Right of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment 69
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee 69
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 69
Section 6.10 Priorities 69
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs 70
Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies 70
Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative 70
Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver 70
     
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
     
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee 71
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee 72
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee 74
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer 74
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults 74
Section 7.06 [Reserved] 74
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity 74
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee 75
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 76
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification 76
Section 7.11 Agents 77

 

ii  

 

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
     
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 77
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 77
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance 78
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance 78
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions 79
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer 80
Section 8.07 Reinstatement 80
     
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
     
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders 80
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders 81
Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents 82
Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes 82
Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 83
     
ARTICLE 10
[RESERVED]
 
ARTICLE 11
[RESERVED]
 
ARTICLE 12
[RESERVED]
 
ARTICLE 13
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
     
Section 13.01   Satisfaction and Discharge 83
Section 13.02   Application of Trust Money 84
     
ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS
     
Section 14.01   Notices 84
Section 14.02   [Reserved] 86
Section 14.03   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent 86
Section 14.04   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion 86
Section 14.05   Rules by Trustee and Agents 87
Section 14.06   Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities 87
Section 14.07   No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders 87
Section 14.08   Governing Law 87
Section 14.09   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements 87
Section 14.10   Successors 88
Section 14.11   Severability 88
Section 14.12   Counterpart Originals 88
Section 14.13   Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 88
Section 14.14   Judgment Currency 88
Section 14.15   Prescription 88
Section 14.16   Contractual Recognition of Bail-In Powers 88

 

iii  

 

 

  Page

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

iv  

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE (this “ Indenture ”), dated as of May 30, 2018, among Millicom International Cellular S.A. (the “ Issuer ”), a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under the number B 40630 and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG as Registrar.

 

The Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the 5.125% Senior Notes due 2028 in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000 (the “ Initial Notes ”) and the Holders of any Additional Notes (as defined below and, together with the Initial Notes, the “ Notes” ):

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01 Definitions.

 

Acquired Debt ” means Debt of a Person or its Subsidiary:

 

(a)           Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person (i) was acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with (including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)           Incurred to provide all or part of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, after giving pro forma effect to the transactions by which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary, (i) the Issuer would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof; or (ii) the Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than such ratio before giving effect to such transactions.

 

Acquired Debt shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (a) on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (b) on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

 

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for Book-Entry Interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

  1  

 

 

Applicable Redemption Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

 

(a)           1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; and

 

(b)           the excess of:

 

a.            the present value at such redemption date of: (x) the redemption price of such Note at September 15, 2022 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(f)); plus (y) all required interest payments that would otherwise be due to be paid on such Note during the period between the redemption date and September 15, 2022 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

b.            the outstanding principal amount of the Note.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Applicable Redemption Premium shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee or the Agents and shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Holders no less than two (2) Business Days prior to any redemption date.

 

Asset Disposition ” means any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including a consolidation or merger or other sale of any such Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to another Person in a transaction in which such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, but excluding a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which is an 80% or more owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of (i) shares of Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares to be held by third parties to satisfy applicable legal requirements) or other ownership interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, (ii) substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries representing a division or line of business or (iii) other assets or rights of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary course of business; provided that the term “Asset Disposition” shall not include:

 

(a)          any dispositions of assets in a single transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value in any calendar year of not more than the greater of (x) $25 million and (y) 1% of Total Assets (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next succeeding year subject to a maximum of the greater of $25 million and 1% of Total Assets of carried over amounts for any calendar year);

 

(b)          any disposition of Tower Equipment, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with such disposition or Sale/Leaseback Transaction must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10.

 

(c)          a transfer of assets between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d)          the issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(e)          any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

  2  

 

 

(f)          the sale, lease or other transfer of products, services, accounts receivable, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, surplus, worn-out or obsolete assets;

 

(g)          dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

 

(h)          any other disposal of assets comprising in aggregate percentage value 10% or less of Total Assets;

 

(i)           disposals of assets, rights or revenue not constituting part of the Related Business and other disposals of non-core assets acquired in connection with any acquisition permitted under this Indenture;

 

(j)           licenses and sublicenses of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)          any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)           the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

 

(m)          the granting of Liens not prohibited by Section 4.12 hereof;

 

(n)          a transfer or disposition of assets that is governed by the provisions of this Indenture described under Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(o)          the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(p)          the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

 

(q)          sales of accounts receivable and related assets or an interest therein of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to a Receivables Entity, and Investments in a Receivables Entity consisting of cash or Securitization Obligations;

 

(r)          any disposition or expropriation of assets or Capital Stock which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is required by, or made in response to concerns raised by, a regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(s)          any disposition of Capital Stock, Debt or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(t)           disposal of non-core assets acquired in connection with any acquisition permitted under the Indenture;

 

(u)          any disposition of assets to a Person who is providing services related to such assets, the provision of which have been or are to be outsourced by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Person;

 

(v)          any disposition of investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding agreements; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in such disposition is applied in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.10;

 

(w)          any sale or disposition with respect to property built, repaired, improved, owned or otherwise acquired by the Issuer or any Subsidiary pursuant to customary sale and leaseback transactions, asset securitizations and other similar financings permitted by this Indenture; and

 

  3  

 

 

(x)          any dispositions constituting the surrender of tax losses by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (i) to Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) in order to eliminate, satisfy or discharge any tax liability of any Person that was formerly a Subsidiary of the Issuer which has been disposed of pursuant to a disposal permitted by the terms of this Indenture, to the extent that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary would have a liability (in the form of an indemnification obligation or otherwise) to one or more Persons in relation to such tax liability if not so eliminated, satisfied or discharged.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” means (a) Title 11 of the U.S. Code (as may be amended from time to time) or (b) any other law of the United States (or any political subdivision thereof), the British Virgin Islands (or any political subdivision thereof), Curaçao (or any political subdivision thereof), the Netherlands (or any political subdivision thereof), Luxembourg (or any political subdivision thereof), England (or any political subdivision thereof), Chad (or any political subdivision thereof), Ghana (or any political subdivision thereof), Tanzania (or any political subdivision thereof), DRC (or any political subdivision thereof), Senegal (or any political subdivision thereof) or the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

 

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “ Beneficially Owns ” and “ Beneficially Owned ” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(a)          with respect to any corporation, the board of directors or managers of the corporation (which, in the case of any corporation having both a supervisory board and an executive or management board, shall be the executive or management board) or any duly authorized committee thereof;

 

(b)          with respect to any partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof;

 

(c)          with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(d)          with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee thereof or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Book-Entry Interest ” means a beneficial interest in a Global Note held by or through a Participant.

 

Business Day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, London or Luxembourg, are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” of any Person means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of real or personal property of such Person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the face of a statement of financial position of such Person in accordance with IFRS. The Stated Maturity of such obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. The principal amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on the face of a statement of financial position of such Person in accordance with IFRS.

 

  4  

 

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock or other equity participation, including partnership interests, whether general or limited, of such Person.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(a)          (i) Government Securities and (ii) any direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, a member of the European Union for the payment of which obligations or guarantee the full faith and credit of such member of the European Union is pledged and which have a remaining weighted average life to maturity of not more than one year from the date of Investment therein;

 

(b)          term deposit accounts (excluding current and demand deposit accounts), certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits and money market deposits and bankers’ acceptances, in each case, issued by or with (i) Banco Itau BBA, BBVA, Barclays Bank, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Agricole CIB, DNB, Goldman Sachs, J.P. Morgan, ICBC, Bank of China, Nordea Standard Bank, Standard Chartered Bank, Scotiabank, and their respective Affiliates, (ii) a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Canada, Australia or any member state of the European Union, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $100 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A3/A-” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act), or (iii) any money market fund sponsored by a U.S. registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;

 

(c)          repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b)(i) and (ii) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b)(ii) above;

 

(d)          commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Fitch or Moody’s and in each case maturing within 365 days after the date of acquisition;

 

(e)          money market funds mutual funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the types described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition; and

 

(f)           with respect to any Person organized under the laws of, or having its principal business operations in, a jurisdiction outside the United States, the United Kingdom or the European Union, those investments that are of the same type as investments in clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) of this definition except that the obligor thereon is organized under the laws of the country (or any political subdivision thereof) in which such Person is organized or conducting business.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme and its successors.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1)         any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

(2)         the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its respective subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person; or

 

  5  

 

 

(3)         the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer.

 

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Rating Decline.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, operating profit of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as such amount is determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS, plus the sum of the following amounts, in each case, without double counting. Losses shall be added (as a positive number) and gains shall be deducted, in each case, to the extent such amounts were included in calculating operating profit:

 

(a)          depreciation and amortization expenses;

 

(b)          the net loss or gain on the disposal and impairment of assets;

 

(c)          share-based compensation expenses;

 

(d)          at the Issuer’s option, other non-cash charges reducing operating profit (provided that if any such non-cash charge represents an accrual of or reserve for potential cash charges in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce operating profit to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period) less other non-cash items of income increasing operating income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents (x) a receipt of cash payments in any future period, (y) the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced operating income in any prior period and (z) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase operating income in such prior period);

 

(e)           any material extraordinary, one-off, non-recurring, exceptional or unusual gain, loss, expense or charge, including any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, relocation, refinancing, integration or severance or other post-employment arrangements, signing, retention or completion bonuses, transaction costs, acquisition costs, disposition costs, business optimization, information technology implementation or development costs, costs related to governmental investigations and curtailments or modifications to pension or postretirement benefits schemes, litigation or any asset impairment charges or the financial impacts of natural disasters (including fire, flood and storm and related events);

 

(f)           at the Issuer’s option, the effects of adjustments in its consolidated financial statements pursuant to IFRS (including inventory, property, equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items) attributable to the application of recapitalization accounting or acquisition accounting, as the case may be, in relation to any consummated acquisition or joint venture investment or the amortization or write-off or write-down of amounts thereof, net of taxes;

 

(g)          any reasonable expenses, charges or other costs related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence of any Debt, in each case, as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer;

 

(h)          any gains or losses on associates;

 

(i)           any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of equity Investments;

 

(j)           any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements;

 

  6  

 

 

(k)          any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of put options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(l)           any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of call options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(m)          any net foreign exchange gains or losses;

 

(n)          at the Issuer’s option, any adjustments to reduce the impact of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

(o)          accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the closing date of any acquisition that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of such acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition in accordance with IFRS;

 

(p)          any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period);

 

(q)          the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets;

 

(r)           any net gain (or loss) realized upon any Sale/Leaseback Transaction that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer;

 

(s)          the amount of loss on the sale or transfer of any assets in connection with an asset securitization program, receivables factoring transaction or other receivables transaction (including, without limitation, a Qualified Receivables Transaction); and

 

(t)           Specified Legal Expenses.

 

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period, as of such date of determination:

 

(i)           if, since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has made any Asset Disposition or disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “ Sale ”), including any Sale occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

 

(ii)           if, since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquires any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “ Purchase ”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

  7  

 

 

(iii)           if, since the beginning of such period any Person (that became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period, including anticipated synergies and cost savings as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(iv)          whenever pro forma effect is applied, the pro forma calculations will be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (including in respect of anticipated synergies and cost savings) as though the full effect of synergies and cost savings were realized on the first day of the relevant period and shall also include the reasonably anticipated full run rate cost savings effect (as calculated in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Issuer) of cost savings programs that have been initiated by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries as though such cost savings programs had been fully implemented on the first day of the relevant period; and

 

(v)           for the purposes of determining the amount of Consolidated EBITDA under this definition denominated in a foreign currency, the Issuer may, at its option, calculate the U.S. Dollar equivalent amount of such Consolidated EBITDA based on either (i) the weighted average exchange rates for the relevant period used in the consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for such relevant period or (ii) the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date.

 

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer, any Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA shall be added to the amount determined in accordance with the foregoing.

 

Consolidated Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum without duplication of (1) the total amount of Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, minus (2) the sum without duplication of (i) all Debt outstanding under Minority Shareholder Loans, (ii) any Debt which is a contingent obligation of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, (iii) all Debt permitted by clause (3) of Section 4.09(b), (iv) all Debt permitted by clause (17) of Section 4.09(b) and (v) all Debt outstanding under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease; minus (3) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than cash or Cash Equivalents received from the Incurrence of Debt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such cash or Cash Equivalents has not been subsequently applied or used for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would be stated on the statement of financial position of the Issuer as of such date in accordance with IFRS, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Restricted Cash.

 

Credit Facility ” means, a debt facility, arrangement, instrument, trust deed, note purchase agreement, indenture, purchase money financing, commercial paper facility or overdraft facility with banks or other institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Debt, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended, in whole or in part from time to time, and in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including, but not limited to, any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (i) changing the maturity of any Debt Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Debt Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

  8  

 

 

Custodian ” means Citibank N.A., London Branch, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

Debt ” means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent:

 

a.           the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such Person for money borrowed;

 

b.           the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

c.           every reimbursement obligation of such person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person (but only to the extent such obligations are not reimbursed within 30 days following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement); and

 

d.           the principal component of every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (c) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has Guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise to the extent not otherwise included in the Debt of such Person.

 

The “amount” or “principal amount” of Debt at any time of determination as used herein represented by (x) any Debt issued at a price that is less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS, (y) any Redeemable Stock, shall be the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price in respect thereof; and (z) any amount of Debt that has been cash-collateralized, to the extent so cash-collateralized, shall be excluded from any calculation of Debt. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, for all purposes under this Indenture, the amount of Debt Incurred, repaid, redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer shall equal the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS and reflected on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position.

 

The term “Debt” shall not include:

 

(a)           obligations described in clauses (a) or (b) of the first paragraph of this definition of Debt that are Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (the “ Proceeds Recipient ”) and owed to a bank or other lending institution (the “ On-Lend Bank ”) to facilitate the substantially concurrent on-lending of proceeds (the “ Proceeds On-Loan ”) from Debt Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) as permitted by Section 4.09 hereof (the “ Initial Debt ”) to the extent (i) the principal obligations in respect of the Proceeds On-Loan are secured by security over cash granted in favor of the On-Lend Bank or any of its affiliates in an amount not less than the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan or (ii) the Proceeds On-Loan is put in place substantially concurrently with a loan by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) to the On-Lend Bank (the “ On-Lend Bank Borrowing ”) pursuant to which the Proceeds Recipient is entitled to reduce the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan by an amount equal to the principal amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing if a default or acceleration occurs with respect to such On-Lend Bank Borrowing or (iii) the substantial risks and rewards of the Proceeds On-Loan are transferred, using a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement, from the On-Lend Bank to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) in exchange for an amount not less than (x) the amount of cash granted in favor of the On-Lend Bank or any of its affiliates or (y) the outstanding amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing, as applicable, in each case as at the effective date of such transfer;

 

  9  

 

 

(b)           any liability of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) attributable to a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement described in paragraph (a)(iii) above to the extent such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS and recorded as a current liability on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position;

 

(c)           any Restricted MFS Cash;

 

(d)           any liability of the Issuer attributable to a put option or similar instrument, arrangement or agreement entered into after the Issue Date granted by the Issuer relating to an interest in any other entity, in each case to the extent such option has not been exercised or such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS, and recorded as a current liability on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position;

 

(e)           any standby letter of credit, performance bond or surety bond provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that are customary in the Related Business to the extent such letters of credit or bonds are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, are honored in accordance with their terms;

 

(f)           any deposits or prepayments received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from a customer or subscriber for its service and any other deferred or prepaid revenue;

 

(g)           any obligations to make payments in relation to earn outs;

 

(h)           Debt which is in the nature of equity (other than redeemable shares) or equity derivatives;

 

(i)           Capitalized Lease Obligations or operating leases;

 

(j)           receivables sold or discounted, whether recourse or non-recourse, including for the avoidance of doubt any debt in respect of Qualified Receivables Transactions, including without limitation guarantees by a Receivables Entity of the obligations of another Receivables Entity;

 

(k)           pension obligations or any obligation under employee plans or employment agreements;

 

(l)           any “parallel debt” obligations to the extent that such obligations mirror other Debt;

 

(m)           any payments or liability for assets acquired or services supplied deferred (including Trade Payables) in accordance with the terms pursuant to which the relevant assets were or are to be acquired or services were or are to be supplied;

 

(n)           the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (including, in each case, any accrued dividends); and

 

(o)           the net obligations of such Person under any Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement.

 

Default ” means an event that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both would constitute an Event of Default.

 

  10  

 

 

Definitive Registered Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Sections 2.06, 2.07 and 2.09 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and bearing the Private Placement Legend, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, any of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, including any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision(s) of this Indenture.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

(a)           matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

(b)           is convertible or exchangeable for Debt or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

 

(c)           is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

 

in each case on or prior to the earlier of the date (a) of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) on which there are no Notes outstanding, provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in the Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Issuer with the Sections 4.15 and 4.10 hereof.

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company and its successors.

 

Equity Investor ” means Investment Kinnevik AB.

 

Equity Offering ” means a sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer or a Holding Company of the Issuer pursuant to which the net cash proceeds are contributed to the Issuer in the form of a subscription for, or a capital contribution in respect of, Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer.

 

Euro MTF Market ” means the Euro MTF Market, the alternative market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, SA/NV and its successors.

 

European Union ” means the European Union as of January 1, 2004, including the countries of Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom, but not including any country which became or becomes a member of the European Union after January 1, 2004.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s length free market transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Issuer’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or responsible accounting or financial officer.

 

  11  

 

 

“Fitch ” means Fitch Rating, Ltd. and its successors.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligations or guarantee the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged and which have a remaining weighted average life to maturity of not more than one year from the date of Investment therein.

 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the global notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Private Placement Legend and the Global Note Legend, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 2.06 hereof.

 

Gradation ” means a gradation within a Rating Category or a change to another Rating Category, which shall include: (i) “+” and “-” in the case of Fitch’s current Rating Categories ( e.g. , a decline from BB+ to BB would constitute a decrease of one gradation), (ii) 1, 2 and 3 in the case of Moody’s current Rating Categories (e.g., a decline from Ba1 to Ba2 would constitute a decrease of one gradation), or (iii) the equivalent in respect of successor Rating Categories of Fitch or Moody’s or Rating Categories used by Rating Agencies other than Fitch and Moody’s.

 

Guarantee ” by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guaranteeing, any Debt of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person:

 

(a)           to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Debt;

 

(b)           to purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Debt of the payment of such Debt; or

 

(c)           to maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt (and “ Guaranteed ” and “ Guaranteeing ” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided , however , that the Guarantee by any Person shall not include endorsements by such Person for collection or deposit, in either case, in the ordinary course of business.

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is recorded on the Registrar’s books.

 

Holding Company ” means any Person (other than a natural person) which legally and Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the Voting Stock and/or Capital Stock of another Person, either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.

 

IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor board or agency as adopted by the European Union, as in effect on the Issue Date; provided that the Issuer may, at any time, irrevocably elect by written notice to the Trustee to use IFRS as in effect from time to time, and, upon such notice, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS as in effect from time to time. The Issuer also may, at any time, irrevocably elect by written notice to the Trustee to use GAAP as in effect from time to time in lieu of IFRS and, upon such notice, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean GAAP as in effect from time to time; provided that upon first reporting its fiscal year results under GAAP, the Issuer shall restate the financial statements required to be delivered under Section 4.03, on the basis of GAAP for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the first fiscal year for which financial statements have been prepared on the basis of GAAP.

 

  12  

 

 

Incur ” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation, including by acquisition of Subsidiaries (the Debt of any other Person becoming a Subsidiary of such Person being deemed for this purpose to have been incurred at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary), or the recording, as required pursuant to IFRS or otherwise, of any such Debt or other obligation on the statement of financial position of such Person (and “Incurrence,” “Incurred,” “Incurrable” and “Incurring” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided , however , that a change in IFRS that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt. If any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary on any date after the date of this Indenture (including by Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary), the Debt of such Person outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by such Person on such date for purposes of Section 4.09.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement ” of any Person means any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financial agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices or indices (excluding contracts for the purchase or sale of goods in the ordinary course of business).

 

Investment ” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance or other extension of credit or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other property to others or payments for property or services for the account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other Person, including any payment on a Guarantee of any obligation of such other Person, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a statement of financial position (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS, but shall not include (a) trade accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business on credit terms made generally available to the customers of such Person, or (b) commission, travel, payroll, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees and profit sharing and other employee benefit plan contributions made in the ordinary course of business. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to a subsequent change in value and, to the extent applicable, shall be determined based on the equity value of such Investment.

 

Investment Grade ” means (i) BBB- or above in the case of Fitch (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Fitch), (ii) Baa3 or above, in the case of Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Moody’s), and (iii) the equivalent in respect of the Rating Categories of any Rating Agencies.

 

Issue Date ” means September 20, 2017.

 

Issuer ” means Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

  13  

 

 

Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA ” means an amount equal to the product of (i) the Consolidated EBITDA of any joint venture (determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer on the same basis as provided for in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” (with the exception of clause (i) and the last sentence thereof) as if each reference to the “Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries” in such definition was to such joint venture) whose financial results are not consolidated with those of the Issuer in accordance with IFRS and (ii) a percentage equal to the direct or indirect equity ownership percentage of the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Capital Stock of such joint venture and its Subsidiaries.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, encumbrance, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

 

Limited Condition Transaction ” means (i) any Investment or acquisition, in each case, by one or more of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing and (ii) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Debt requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment.

 

Luxembourg ” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

“Minority Shareholder Loan” means Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is issued to and held by an equity owner of such Restricted Subsidiary, other than the Issuer or a subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

Net Available Proceeds ” from any Asset Disposition means cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of sale or discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but excluding any assets described in clauses (4) and (5) of Section 4.10(b) hereof and other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiror of Debt or other obligations relating to such properties or assets) therefrom by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of:

 

a.           all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, including, without limitation, legal, consultant, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, discounts and brokerage costs, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

b.           all payments made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on any Debt which is secured by such assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such assets or which must by the terms of such Debt or Lien, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

c.           all distributions and other payments made to other equity holders in the Issuer’s Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

 

d.           appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as a reserve in accordance with IFRS, against any liabilities associated with such assets and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, after such Asset Disposition, including, without limitation, liabilities under any indemnification obligations, relocation costs and severance and other employee termination costs associated with such Asset Disposition, in each case as determined by the Issuer’s Board of Directors, in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

  14  

 

 

Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) the Consolidated Net Debt outstanding on such date to (2) the Consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which consolidated financial statements are available, determined, in each case, on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt had been Incurred, or such other Debt had been repaid, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, at the beginning of such four fiscal quarter period. For the avoidance of doubt, in determining Net Leverage Ratio, no cash or Cash Equivalents shall be included that are the proceeds of Debt in respect of which the pro forma calculation is to be made.

 

Offer to Purchase ” means a written offer (the “ Offer ”) sent by the Issuer by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each holder at his address appearing in the Register on the date of the Offer offering to purchase up to the principal amount of Notes specified in such Offer at the purchase price specified in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date (the “ Expiration Date ”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 10 days or more than 60 days after the date of such Offer and a settlement date (the “ Purchase Date ”) for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee at least 15 Business Days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:

 

a.           the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;

 

b.           the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

 

c.           the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes offered to be purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such has been determined pursuant to the Section of this Indenture requiring the Offer to Purchase) (the “ Purchase Amount ”);

 

d.           the purchase price to be paid by the Issuer for each $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “ Purchase Price ”);

 

e.           that the holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in minimum amounts of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

f.            the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

 

g.           that interest on any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue;

 

h.            that on the Purchase Date the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Note being accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase and that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after the Purchase Date;

 

i.             that each holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note at the place or places specified in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);

 

  15  

 

 

j.            that holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Issuer (or their paying agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note the holder tendered, the certificate number of the Security the holder tendered and a statement that such holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;

 

k.           that (a) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased and provided that Notes of $200,000 or less may only be purchased in whole and not in part); and

 

l.            that in the case of any holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the Note so tendered.

 

Any Offer to Purchase shall be governed by and effected in accordance with the Offer for such Offer to Purchase.

 

The Issuer will publish notices relating to the Offer to Purchase in a leading newspaper having a general circulation in New York City (which is expected to be the Wall Street Journal ), London (which is expected to be the Financial Times ) and, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ).

 

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum dated May 17, 2013, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

 

Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer or a responsible accounting or financial officer of the Issuer.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, any Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, any Director or Manager as the case may be, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Senior Vice President, or the Secretary of the Board of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee and, where applicable, the paying agent.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, where such opinion is addressed to, or is for the benefit of the Trustee) that meets the requirements of Section 14.04 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Outstanding ,” when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except :

 

  16  

 

 

a.           Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

b.           Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee in trust or any paying agent (other than the Issuer) or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as its own paying agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

 

c.           Notes which have been paid or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the Issuer;

 

provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

Pari Passu Debt ” means any Debt of the Issuer that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of related business assets or a combination of related business assets, cash and Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

 

Permitted Holders means the Equity Investor and its Related Parties.

 

Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement ” of any Person means any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions in the ordinary course of business that is designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates or with respect to Debt Incurred and which shall have a notional amount no greater than the payments due with respect to the Debt being hedged thereby, or in the case of currency or commodity protection agreements against currency exchange or commodity price fluctuations in the ordinary course of business relating to then existing financial obligations and not for purposes of speculation.

 

Permitted Investments ” means (1) loans or advances to employees and officers (or loans to any direct or indirect parent, the proceeds of which are used to make loans or advances to employees or officers, or guarantees of third-party loans to employees or officers) in the ordinary course of business; and (2) customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements; and (3) the granting of Liens pursuant to clause (ll) of the definition of Permitted Liens.

 

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

  17  

 

 

(a)           Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceeds promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made therefor;

 

(b)           Liens imposed by law, such as statutory Liens of landlords’, carriers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business or Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to attorney’s liens or bankers’ liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution;

 

(c)           Liens on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance bids, trade contracts, letters of credit, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(d)           Liens on property at the time the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired such property and Liens Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such property was acquired by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(e)           Liens on the property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (including Liens created, incurred or assumed in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition or transaction); provided , however , that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person (other than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such Lien at the time of acquisition on property of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such acquisition);

 

(f)           pledges or deposits by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)           utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(h)           any provision for the retention of title to any property by the vendor or transferor of such property which property is acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and for which kind of transaction it is customary market practice for such retention of title provision to be included;

 

(i)           Liens arising by means of any judgment, decree or order of any court, to the extent not otherwise resulting in a Default hereunder so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order have not been fully terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceeding in the ordinary course of business;

 

  18  

 

 

(j)           Liens securing any Credit Facility or any Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement;

 

(k)           [Reserved];

 

(l)           mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has easement rights or on any real property leased by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or similar agreements relating thereto and any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings or compulsory purchase order affecting real property;

 

(m)           Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

(n)           Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(o)           Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings in respect of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(p)           Liens arising from financing statement filings (or other similar filings in any applicable jurisdiction) regarding operating leases entered into by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q)           Liens on goods (and the proceeds thereof) and documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Debt in respect of commercial letters of credit issued to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(r)           Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to secure Debt Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(s)           Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of Capital Lease Obligations or payments Incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Liens do not encumber any other assets or property of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

(t)           Liens on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to replace in whole or in part, any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (s); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Debt being refinanced or in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

(u)           any interest or title of a lessor under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease;

 

(v)           Liens on any escrow account used in connection with an acquisition of property or Capital Stock of any Person or pre-funding a refinancing of Debt otherwise permissible by this Indenture;

 

  19  

 

 

(w)           Liens on the Issuer’s and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ deposits in favor of financial institutions arising from any netting or set-off arrangement substantially consistent with its current practice for the purpose of netting debt and credit balances substantially consistent with the Issuer’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ existing cash pooling arrangements;

 

(x)           Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that do not exceed the greater of $250 million or 4% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding and that do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Issuer, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(y)           Liens over cash or other assets that secure collateralized obligations Incurred as Permitted Debt; provided that the amount of cash collateral does not exceed the principal amount of the Permitted Debt;

 

(z)           Liens on Restricted MFS Cash in favor of the customers or dealers of, or third parties in relation to, one or more of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries engaged in the provision of mobile financial services, in each case who provided such Restricted MFS Cash to the relevant Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(aa)         Liens on Receivables and related assets of the type described in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, and Liens on Investments in Receivables Entities;

 

(bb)        Liens consisting of any right of set-off granted to any financial institution acting as a lockbox bank in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(cc)         Liens for the purpose of perfecting the ownership interests of a purchaser of Receivables and related assets pursuant to any Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(dd)         [Reserved];

 

(ee)         Liens arising in connection with other sales of Receivables permitted hereunder without recourse to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(ff)          Liens on Receivables and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” pursuant to any Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(gg)        Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations or other payments Incurred to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business (including Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business), provided that such Liens do not encumber any other assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

(hh)        Liens securing Debt or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(ii)           Liens in respect of the ownership interests in, or assets owned by, any joint ventures or similar arrangements, other than joint ventures and similar arrangements that are Restricted Subsidiaries, securing obligations of such joint ventures or similar agreements;

 

  20  

 

 

(jj)          any encumbrance or restriction (including, but not limited to, put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 

(kk)         Liens over rights under loan agreements relating to, or over notes or similar instruments evidencing, the on-loan of proceeds received by a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of Debt, which Liens are created to secure payment of such Debt; and

 

(ll)           Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Permitted Refinancing Debt ” means any renewals, extensions, substitutions, defeasances, discharges, refinancings or replacements (each, for purposes of this definition and clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, a “ refinancing ”) of any Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or pursuant to this definition, including any successive refinancings, as long as:

 

(a)           such Permitted Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of: (i) the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value plus all accrued interest) then outstanding of the Debt being refinanced; and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, related to such refinancing;

 

(b)           such Permitted Refinancing Debt has (i) a Stated Maturity that is either (X) no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Debt being refinanced or (Y) after the Stated Maturity of the Notes and (ii) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Debt being refinanced; and

 

(c)           if the Debt being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Debt is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Debt being refinanced; and

 

(d)           if the Issuer was the obligor on the Debt being refinanced, such Permitted Refinancing Debt is Incurred by the Issuer.

 

Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Debt may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of all or any part of such Credit Facility or other Debt. Permitted Refinancing Debt shall not include any Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

 

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

  21  

 

 

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing the deferred purchase price of Receivables ( and related assets) and/or a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction with a Receivables Entity, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which is (a) repayable from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated Receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

 

Purchase Money Obligations ” means any Debt Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

 

QIB ” means a “ qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of such Person other than Redeemable Stock.

 

Qualified Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a Lien in, any Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, the proceeds of such Receivables and other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which Liens are customarily granted, in connection with asset securitization involving Receivables and any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement entered into by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Receivables.

 

Receivable ” means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any “supporting obligations” as so defined.

 

Receivables Entity ” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment or to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers Receivables and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity:

 

(a) no portion of the Debt or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

 

(i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Debt) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

 

(ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

 

(iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, except, in each such case, Permitted Liens as defined in clauses (aa) through (ff) of the definition thereof;

 

  22  

 

 

(b) with which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing Receivables; and

 

(c) to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than those related to or incidental to the relevant Qualified Receivables Transaction).

 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors or senior management of Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Issuer giving effect to such designation or an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

Receivables Fees ” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Receivables Entity in connection with, any Qualified Receivables Transaction.

 

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Receivables in a Qualified Receivables Transaction to repurchase Receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

Rating Agency ” means each of (i) Fitch, Moody’s and S&P or (ii) if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P are not making ratings of the Notes publicly available, an internationally recognized rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer, which will be substituted for any of Fitch, Moody’s, S&P, as the case may be.

 

Rating Category ” means (i) with respect to Fitch, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “-”): AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C, R, SD and D (or equivalent successor categories); (ii) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “1,” “2” or “3”): Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, and C (or equivalent successor categories), and (iii) the equivalent of any such categories of Fitch or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable.

 

Rating Date ” means the date which is the earlier of (i) 120 days prior to the occurrence of an event specified in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of the definition of Change of Control and (ii) the date of the first public announcement of the possibility of such event.

 

Rating Decline ” means the occurrence of, at any time within the earlier of (i) 90 days after the date of public notice of a Change of Control, or of the Issuer’s intention or the intention of any Person to effect a Change of Control and (ii) the occurrence of the Change in Control (which period shall in either event be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by a Rating Agency), a Rating Agency withdrawal of its rating of the Notes or a decrease in the rating of the Notes by a Rating Agency as follows:

 

a.           if the Notes are not rated Investment Grade by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, by one or more Gradations; or

 

b.           if the Notes are rated Investment Grade by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, either (i) by two or more Gradations or (ii) such that the Notes are no longer rated Investment Grade.

 

  23  

 

 

provided that, when announcing the relevant decision(s) to withdraw or decrease the rating, each such Rating Agency announces publicly or confirms in writing that such decision(s) resulted, in whole or in part, from the occurrence (or expected occurrence) of the Change of Control or the Issuer’s announcement of the intention to effect a Change of Control.

 

Redeemable Stock ” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or otherwise (including upon the occurrence of an event) matures or is required to be redeemed (pursuant to any sinking fund obligation or otherwise) or is convertible into or exchangeable for Debt or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with a Custodian and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes initially resold in reliance on Regulation S.

 

Related Business ” means (i) any business, services or activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and (ii) any business, services and activities that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing, or are extensions or developments thereof, including, without limitation, broadband internet, network-related services, cable television, broadcast content, network neutral services, electronic transactional, financial and commercial services related to provision of telephony or internet services.

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(a)           any controlling stockholder, partner or member, or any 50% (or more) owned Subsidiary, of the Equity Investor; and

 

(b)           any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Person Beneficially Owning a majority or a controlling interest of which consists of the Equity Investor and/or such other Persons referred to in clause (a).

 

Responsible Officer, ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor of the Trustee) including any managing director, director, vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Restricted Cash ” means the sum of (i) Restricted MFS Cash and (ii) without duplication, the amount of cash that would be stated as “restricted cash” on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer as of such date in accordance with IFRS.

 

Restricted MFS Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to any cash paid in or deposited by or held on behalf of any customer or dealer of, or any other third party in relation to, one or more of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries engaged in the provision of mobile financial services and designated as “restricted cash” on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer, together with any interest thereon.

 

  24  

 

 

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with a Custodian and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes initially resold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

 

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries leases it from such Person.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Senior Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, any Debt of (a) the Issuer that is secured by a security interest in any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (5) (to the extent such Guarantee is in respect of Debt otherwise permitted to be secured by a security interest in any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, as applicable), (9), (10), (11) and (12) of Section 4.09(b) hereof.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means, at the date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that together with its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) for the most recent fiscal year, accounted for more than 10% of Consolidated EBITDA or (2) as of the end of the most recent fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Specified Legal Expenses ” means, to the extent not constituting an extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual loss, charge or expense, all attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs, liabilities (including all damages, penalties, fines and indemnification and settlement payments) and expenses paid or payable in connection with any threatened, pending, completed or future claim, demand, action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation (whether civil, criminal, administrative, governmental or investigative).

 

Specified Subsidiary Sale ” means the sale, transfer or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock, or all of the assets or properties of, (a) any Person, the primary purpose of which is to own Tower Equipment located in any market in which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries operate; (b) any Person which operates the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer’s mobile financial services business; (c) Latin America Internet Holding GmbH (or any successor in interest thereto); or (d) Africa Internet Holding GmbH (or any successor in interest thereto).

 

  25  

 

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary in a securitization of Receivables transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Entity, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

 

Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any security or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the principal of such security or such installment of interest is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) a corporation more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof or (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority ownership and power to direct the policies, management and affairs thereof.

 

Total Assets ” means the consolidated total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as shown on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated statement of financial position prepared on the basis of IFRS prior to the relevant date of determination calculated to give pro forma effect to any acquisitions (including through mergers or consolidations) and dispositions that have occurred subsequent to such period, including any such acquisitions to be made with the proceeds of Debt giving rise to the need to calculate Total Assets.

 

Tower Equipment ” means passive infrastructure related to telecommunications services, excluding telecommunications equipment, but including, without limitation, towers (including tower lights and lightning rods), power breakers, deep cycle batteries, generators, voltage regulators, main AC power, rooftop masts, cable ladders, grounding, walls and fences, access roads, shelters, air conditioners and BTS batteries owned by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as at any redemption date, the yield to maturity as at such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as complied and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to September 15, 2022; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to September 15, 2022, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trustee ” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer Designated as such pursuant to Section 4.24.

 

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, at any time of determination thereof, the amount of U.S. Dollars obtained by translating such other currency involved in such computation into U.S. Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. Dollars with the applicable other currency as published in the Financial Times on the date that is two Business Days prior to such determination.

 

U.S. Dollars ” or “$” means and/or refers to the lawful currency of the United States.

 

  26  

 

 

U.S. Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

U.S. Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

 

U.S. Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock ” of any person means Capital Stock of such Person which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Debt or Preferred Stock at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding principal amount of such Debt or liquidation preference of such Preferred Stock, as the case may be, into (b) the total of the product obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal or upon mandatory redemption, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (y) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means (1) in respect of any Person, a Person, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law, regulation or to ensure limited liability and (b) in the case of a Receivables Entity, shares held by a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of permitting such Person (or such Person’s designee) to vote with respect to customary major events with respect to such Receivables Entity, including without limitation the institution of bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceedings, any merger or dissolution, and any change in charter documents or other customary events) is owned by that Person directly or (2) indirectly by a Person that satisfies the requirements of clause (1).

 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

 

    Defined
    in
Term   Section
     
Additional Amounts   4.22
Affiliate Transaction   4.11
Authentication Order   2.02
Authorized Agent   14.06
Change in Tax Law   3.08
Change of Control Offer   4.15
Covenant Defeasance   8.03
Designation   4.24
Equityholder Reports   4.03
Event of Default   6.01
Excess Proceeds   4.10
Excess Proceeds Offer   3.12
Increased Amount   4.12

 

  27  

 

 

    Defined
    in
Term   Section
     
Judgment Currency   14.14
LCT Election   4.21
LCT Test Date   4.21
Legal Defeasance   8.02
Noteholder Reports   4.03
Offer Amount   3.12
Offer Period   3.12
Paying Agent   2.03
Permitted Debt   4.09
Payment Default   6.01
Purchase Date   3.12
Redesignation   4.24
Register   2.03
Registrar   2.03
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction   4.22
Required Currency   14.14
Suspension Period   4.23
Taxes   4.22
Transfer Agent   2.03

 

Section 1.03 [ Reserved ]

 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)          a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)          an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS;

 

(c)          “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)          words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(e)          “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(f)           provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(g)          references to sections of or rules under the U.S. Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(h)          all references to the principal, premium, interest or any other amount payable pursuant to this Indenture shall be deemed also to refer to any Additional Amounts which may be payable hereunder in respect of payments of principal, premium, interest and any other amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture or any undertakings given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor pursuant to this Indenture and express reference to the payment of Additional Amounts in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express reference is not made;

 

(i)           except as otherwise provided, whenever an amount is denominated in euro, it shall be deemed to include the Euro Equivalent amounts denominated in other currencies, and, whenever an amount is denominated in dollars, it shall be deemed to include the Dollar Equivalent amounts denominated in other currencies; and

 

  28  

 

 

(j)          unsecured or unguaranteed Debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Debt or guaranteed Debt merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured or unguaranteed Debt.

 

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

 

(a)           General . The Notes and the Trustee’s or Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage and as provided herein. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement thereon. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)           Global Notes . Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and purchases and cancellations. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian or the Paying Agent at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)           144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes. Notes sold within the United States to QIBs pursuant to Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act shall be issued initially in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note, which shall be deposited with a Custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on Schedule A to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided.

 

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited with a Custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on Schedule A to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided.

 

(d)           Definitive Registered Notes. Definitive Registered Notes issued upon transfer of a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, or in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, shall be issued in accordance with this Indenture. Notes issued in definitive registered form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (excluding the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” in the form of Schedule A attached thereto).

 

  29  

 

 

(e)           Book-Entry Provisions. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

(f)            Denomination. The Notes shall be in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 above $200,000.

 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof.

 

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by an authorized representative (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate the Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuer pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

 

The Trustee may appoint one or more authentication agents (each, an “ Authenticating Agent ”) acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Such an agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. The Trustee hereby appoints Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Authenticating Agent with respect to the Notes. Citibank, N.A., London Branch hereby accepts such appointment and the Issuer hereby confirms that such appointment is acceptable to it.

 

Section 2.03 Paying Agent, Registrars and Transfer Agents

 

The Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents (each, a “ Paying Agent ”) for the Notes in London, United Kingdom. The Issuer will ensure that it maintains a Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union that is not obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC (as amended from time to time) or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting on November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such directive. The initial Paying Agent will be Citibank, N.A., London Branch, who hereby accepts such appointment.

 

The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “ Registrar ”). The Issuer will also maintain one or more transfer agents (each, a “ Transfer Agent ”). The Issuer hereby appoints Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG as initial Registrar, who hereby accepts such appointment. The Issuer hereby appoints Citibank, N.A., London Branch as the initial Transfer Agent, who hereby accepts such appointment. The Registrar will maintain a register (the “ Register ”) reflecting ownership of Definitive Registered Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of Definitive Registered Notes on the behalf of the Issuer and will send a copy of the Register to the Issuer on the Issue Date and after any change to the Register made by the Registrar. Each Transfer Agent shall perform the functions of a transfer agent.

 

  30  

 

 

Upon written notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change the Paying Agents, the Registrars or the Transfer Agents without prior notice to the holders of Notes (subject, in the case of a Paying Agent, to the condition described in the first paragraph of this Section 2.03). For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will publish a notice of any change of Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent in a daily newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is currently expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ) in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof.

 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money.

 

The Issuer will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee and the initial Paying Agent to agree in writing that each Paying Agent will hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) will have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer (including, without limitation, its bankruptcy, voluntary or judicial liquidation, composition with creditors, reprieve from payment, controlled management, fraudulent conveyance, general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally), the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer shall provide funds to the Paying Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day prior to the day on which the Paying Agent is to make payment. A Paying Agent shall not be obliged to pay the Holders of the Notes (or make any other payment) unless and until such time as it has confirmed receipt of cleared funds sufficient to make the relevant payment.

 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

 

The applicable Registrar will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee and the Paying Agent at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may request in writing, a list of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in such form and as of such date as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may reasonably require.

 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

 

Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by a Depositary to a Custodian or a nominee of such Custodian, by a Custodian or a nominee of such Custodian to such Depositary or to another nominee or Custodian of such Depositary, or by such Custodian or Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or Custodian or a nominee thereof.

 

All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Registered Notes:

 

  31  

 

 

(1)         if DTC or Euroclear or Clearstream, notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days;

 

(2)         in whole, but not in part, if the Issuer so requests; or

 

(3)         if the owner of a Book-Entry Interest requests such exchange in writing delivered through DTC or through Euroclear or Clearstream following a Default by the Issuer under this Indenture.

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1) through (3) above, the Issuer shall issue or cause to be issued Definitive Registered Notes in such names as the relevant Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.

 

Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a). Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

 

(b)           General Provisions Applicable to Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes .

 

The transfer and exchange of Book-Entry Interests shall be effected through the relevant Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests (other than transfers of Book-Entry Interests in connection with which the transferor takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the same Global Note), the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited or debited with such increase or decrease, if applicable.

 

In connection with a transfer or exchange of a Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the relevant Depositary to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant directing the Registrar to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to above.

 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes, the Holder of such Notes shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, in connection with a transfer or exchange of a Definitive Registered Note for a Book-Entry Interest, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee) must receive a written order directing the Depositary to credit the account of the transferee in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

  32  

 

 

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee or the Registrar), as specified in this Section 2.06, shall endorse the relevant Global Note(s) with any increase or decrease and instruct the Depositary to reflect such increase or decrease in its systems.

 

Transfers of Book-Entry Interests shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the U.S. Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests for Book-Entry Interests also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) below, as applicable, as well as subparagraph (b)(3) below, if applicable:

 

(1)          Transfer of Book-Entry Interests in the Same Global Note . Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, Book-Entry Interests in the Regulation S Global Notes will be limited to persons that have accounts with DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or persons who hold interests through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, and any sale or transfer of such interest to U.S. persons shall not be permitted during the Restricted Period unless such resale or transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144A. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Trustee to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

 

(2)          All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes. A holder may transfer or exchange a Book-Entry Interest in Global Notes in a transaction not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above only if the Trustee and the applicable Registrar or the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee) receives either:

 

(A)         both:

 

(i)          a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii)         instructions given by the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant’s account to be credited with such increase; or

 

(B)         both:

 

(i)          a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii)         instructions given by the relevant Depositary to the Registrar containing information specifying the identity of the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above, the principal amount of such securities and the CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or other similar number identifying the Notes,

 

provided that any such transfer or exchange is made in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend.

 

  33  

 

 

(3)          Transfer of Book-Entry Interests to Another Global Note. A Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Transfer Agent and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)         if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B)          if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(c)           Transfer or Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Registered Notes. If any holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note or to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(1)         in the case of a transfer on or before the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in either item (1) or item (2) thereof;

 

(2)         in the case of an exchange by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in items (1) thereof;

 

(3)         in the case of a transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the transfer complies with Section 2.06(b);

 

(4)         in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note to a QIB in reliance on Rule 144A, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(5)         in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in reliance on Regulation S, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(6)         in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in reliance on Rule 144, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such Book-Entry Interest shall instruct the applicable Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall deliver such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

  34  

 

 

(d)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes. If any Holder of a Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or to transfer such Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the relevant Transfer Agent and the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(1)         if the Holder of such Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(2)         if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(3)         if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred in reliance on Regulation S or Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) or (3) thereof, as applicable;

 

(4)         if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; and

 

the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Registered Note, and the Trustee will increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (1) above, the appropriate Global Note, in the case of clause (2) above, the appropriate Rule 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (3) above, the appropriate Global Note, and in the case of clause (4) above, the appropriate Global Note.

 

(e)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered Notes.

 

Definitive Registered Notes may be transferred or exchanged in whole or in part, in minimum denominations of $200,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, to persons who take delivery thereof in the form of Definitive Registered Notes in accordance with this Section 2.06(e). Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Registered Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Transfer Agent or the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes of which registration the Issuer will be informed by the Transfer Agent or the Registrar (as the case may be) upon request. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or the Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed and accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Transfer Agent or the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized to execute the same in writing. In the event that the Holder of such Definitive Registered Notes does not transfer the entire principal amount of Notes represented by any such Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar will cancel or cause to be cancelled such Definitive Registered Note and the Issuer (who has been informed of such cancellation) shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the requesting Holder and any transferee Definitive Registered Notes in the appropriate principal amounts. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

  35  

 

 

Any Definitive Registered Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)         if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(2)         if the transfer will be made in reliance on Regulation S,, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(f)            Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(1)          Private Placement Legend . Each Global Note and each Definitive Registered Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION" PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (III) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

  36  

 

 

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE (OR AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY) EACH ACQUIRER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN (1) EITHER (A) IT IS NOT, AND IT IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IT WILL NOT BE, AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE UNITED STATES EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")), SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF PART 4 OF SUBTITLE B OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, ("CODE"), APPLIES, OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" (WITHIN THE MEANING OF 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA, OR OTHERWISE) BY REASON OF SUCH AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN'S AND/OR PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY (EACH, A "BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR"), OR A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE ("SIMILAR LAWS"), AND NO PART OF THE ASSETS USED BY IT TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF ANY BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR OR SUCH A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN, OR (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN SUBJECT TO SIMILAR LAW, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR OTHERWISE RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAWS; AND NEITHER ISSUER NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES IS A "FIDUCIARY" (WITHIN THE MEANING OF ANY DEFINITION OF "FIDUCIARY" UNDER SIMILAR LAWS) WITH RESPECT TO THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF THE NOTES, OR AS A RESULT OF ANY EXERCISE BY THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OF ANY RIGHTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE NOTES, AND NO ADVICE PROVIDED BY THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES HAS FORMED A PRIMARY BASIS FOR ANY INVESTMENT DECISION BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE NOTES AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTES; AND (2) IT WILL NOT SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN OTHERWISE THAN TO A PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE THAT IS DEEMED TO MAKE THESE SAME REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE.”

 

  37  

 

 

(2)           Global Note Legend . Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED OR EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.”

 

(g)           Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all Book-Entry Interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Registered Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction; and if the Book-Entry Interests is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interests in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(h)           General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

(1)         To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(2)         No service charge will be made by the Issuer or the Registrar to a Holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a Holder of a Global Note or a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, stamp duty reserve, documentary or other similar tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof).

 

(3)         No Transfer Agent or Registrar will be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(4)         All Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

  38  

 

 

(5)         [Reserved].

 

(6)         The Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(7)         All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Transfer Agent or the applicable Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted initially by facsimile with originals to be delivered promptly thereafter to the Trustee.

 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

 

(a)          If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar, the Trustee or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for its expenses in replacing a Note, including but not limited to reasonable fees and expenses of counsel.

 

(b)          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

 

  39  

 

 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, each Paying Agent and any Transfer Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, in accordance with its customary procedures, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent) and no one else will cancel (subject to the Trustee’s retention policy) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the U.S. Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Issuer following a written request from the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Issuer undertakes to promptly inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (as long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) of any such cancellation.

 

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer will notify the Trustee as soon as practicable in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will mail or cause to be mailed to the Holders in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Issuer undertakes to promptly inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (as long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) of any such special record date.

 

Section 2.13 Further Issues

 

(a) Subject to compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, the Issuer may from time to time issue Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes and with the same terms as to status, redemption and otherwise as such Notes (save for payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such Additional Notes or for the first payment of interest following the issue date of such Additional Notes). Any Additional Notes, the Initial Notes and any previously issued Additional Notes will be consolidated and treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions, and offers to purchase except as otherwise specified with respect to each series of Notes.

 

  40  

 

 

(b) Whenever it is proposed to create and issue any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall give to the Trustee not less than three Business Days’ notice in writing of its intention to do so, stating the amount of Additional Notes proposed to be created and issued.

 

Section 2.14 CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Number

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or “Common Code” number and, if so, such CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number.

 

Section 2.15 Deposit of Moneys

 

No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time), on the Business Day prior to each Interest Payment Date, the maturity date of the Notes and each payment date relating to an Excess Proceeds Offer or a Change of Control Offer, and on the Business Day immediately following any acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent, in immediately available funds, money in U.S. Dollars sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such day or date, as the case may be. Subject to actual receipt of such funds as provided by this Section 2.15 by the designated Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall remit such payment in a timely manner to the Holders on such day or date, as the case may be, to the Persons and in the manner set forth in paragraph 2 of the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of its failure to so act.

 

Section 2.16 Agents

 

(a)          The rights, powers, duties and obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are several and not joint or joint and several.

 

(b)          The Issuer and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the event of a Default or Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee.

 

(c)          The Issuer shall provide the Agents with a certified list of authorized signatories.

 

(d)          The Agents shall hold all funds as banker subject to the terms of this Indenture and as a result, such money shall not be held in accordance with the rules established by the Financial Conduct Authority in the Financial Conduct Authority’s Handbook of rules and guidance from time to time in relation to client money. Each Agent shall not be liable to account for any interest on money paid to it. Money held by the Agent need not be segregated except as required by law.

 

  41  

 

 

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 and 3.08 hereof, it shall deliver to the Trustee in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

 

(a)          the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

 

(b)          the redemption date and the record date;

 

(c)          the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

 

(d)          the redemption price; and

 

(e)          the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers of the Notes, as applicable.

 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Paying Agent or Registrar will select the Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis or by any other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depository requirements. The Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar will not be liable for selections made by it in accordance with this Section 3.02.

 

Notices of purchase or redemption will be given to each Holder pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 14.01 hereof.

 

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

In relation to Definitive Registered Notes, a new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On or after any purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof tendered for purchase or called for redemption.

 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

 

(a)          At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer will deliver, pursuant to Section 14.01 hereof, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 13 hereof. So long as any Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, any such notice to the Holders of the relevant Notes will also be published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ) and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuer will forthwith notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of any change in the principal amount of Notes outstanding.

 

  42  

 

 

(b)          The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and corresponding CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers, as applicable, and will state:

 

(1)         the redemption date and the record date;

 

(2)         the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid;

 

(3)         if any Global Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Global Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Global Note, the principal amount thereof will be decreased by the portion thereof redeemed pursuant thereto;

 

(4)         if any Definitive Registered Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed, and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Definitive Registered Note or Definitive Registered Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Definitive Registered Note;

 

(5)         the name and address of the Paying Agent(s) to which the Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;

 

(6)         that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the relevant Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

(7)         that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(8)         the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(9)         that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

(c)          At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee (or the Paying Agent) will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof; provided, however , that the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee, at least ten days prior to the date the notice is required to be delivered pursuant to clause (a) above, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

The Trustee will not be liable for selection made by it as contemplated in this Section 3.03.

 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

A notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. On and after a redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes or portion of them called for redemption.

 

  43  

 

 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

 

(a)          No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money in U.S. Dollars sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Amounts (if any) on, all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Notes to be purchased or redeemed.

 

(b)          If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a) hereof, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a record date for the payment of interest but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the Section 3.05(a) hereof, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Definitive Registered Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate for (and in the name of) the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that any Definitive Registered Note shall be in a principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 above $200,000.

 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

 

Except pursuant to this Section 3.07 and Section 3.08 hereof, the Notes are not redeemable at the Issuer’s option. The Issuer is not, however, prohibited from acquiring the Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture. In each case below, the Issuer may make any redemption or redemption notice subject to the satisfaction of conditions precedent. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (but no more than 60 days after the date of the notice of redemption) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

If a redemption date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such redemption date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date and no additional interest will be payable to holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption.

 

  44  

 

 

(a)                 At any time prior to September 15, 2020, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 105.125% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings or any sale of Qualified Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)         at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued under this Indenture would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)         the redemption occurs within 180 days after the closing of such Equity Offering or sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

 

Any notice for such a redemption may be given prior to completing the Equity Offering or sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

 

(b)          At any time prior to September 15, 2020, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 105.125% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the Net Available Proceeds from one or more Specified Subsidiary Sales. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)         at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)         the redemption occurs within 365 days from the later of the date of such Specified Subsidiary Sale or the receipt of such Net Available Proceeds.

 

(c)          During each 12 month period commencing on the Issue Date and ending on September 15, 2022, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, the Issuer may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(d)          At any time prior to September 15, 2022, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may also redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Redemption Premium and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(e)          At any time on or after September 15, 2022 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may redeem all or part of the Notes. These redemptions will be in amounts of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of their principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on September 15 of the years set forth below:

 

    Redemption  
Year   Price  
2022     102.563 %
2023     101.708 %
2024     100.854 %
2025 and thereafter     100.00 %

 

  45  

 

 

Section 3.08 Redemption upon changes in withholding taxes.

 

The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its option, at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and any Additional Amounts (as defined under Section 4.22(a) hereof) payable with respect thereto, if:

 

(a)          as a result of (i) any change in, or amendment to, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined under Section 4.22(a) hereof) affecting taxation which is publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture or (ii) any change in, or amendment to, the existing official published position (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of the introduction of an official position) regarding the application, administration or interpretation of the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice), which change or amendment is publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture (either, a “ Change in Tax Law ”), the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts; and

 

(b)          such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it; provided , however , that for this purpose reasonable measures shall not include any change in the Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization or the location of its principal executive office, or the incurrence of material out of pocket costs by it. No such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due.

 

Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes as described below, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and (ii) an opinion of legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts due to a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on this certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, upon which it will be conclusive and binding on the holders.

 

Section 3.09 [ Reserved ]

 

Section 3.10 No mandatory redemption or sinking fund.

 

The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 3.11 [ Reserved ]

 

Section 3.12 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

 

(a)         In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase the Notes (an “ Excess Proceeds Offer ”), it will follow the procedures specified in this Section 3.12.

 

  46  

 

 

(b)          Each Excess Proceeds Offer will be made to all Holders and, to the extent applicable, to all holders of other Debt that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. Each Excess Proceeds Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days and not more than 60 Business Days, following its commencement except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer will apply all Excess Proceeds, in the case of an Excess Proceeds Offer (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of the Notes and, if applicable, such other Pari Passu Debt (on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and such other Pari Passu Debt surrendered, if applicable or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and, if applicable, other Debt tendered in response to the Excess Proceeds Offer). Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

(c)          If the Purchase Date is on or after a record date for the payment of interest and on or before the related payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer.

 

(d)          Upon the commencement of an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Issuer will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Excess Proceeds Offer, will state:

 

(1)         that the Excess Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.12 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Excess Proceeds Offer will remain open;

 

(2)         the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

(3)         that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)         that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

(5)         that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in whole or in part in a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(6)         that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Excess Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer through the facilities of the Depositary, to the account of the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(7)         that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(8)         that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Debt surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuer will select the Notes and other Pari Passu Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Debt surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer such that Notes will be purchased in whole or in part in a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof); and

 

  47  

 

 

(9)         that Holders whose Definitive Registered Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Definitive Registered Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

 

(e)          On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.12. The Issuer or its Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder in the manner specified in the Notes an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase. In connection with any purchase of Global Notes pursuant hereto, the Trustee will endorse such Global Notes to reflect the decrease in principal amount of such Global Note resulting from such purchase. In connection with any partial purchase of Definitive Registered Notes, the Issuer will promptly issue a new Definitive Registered Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, will procure the authentication of and mail or deliver such new Definitive Registered Note to the tendering Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Definitive Registered Note surrendered. Any Note tendered but not accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce and inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (for as long as the Notes (if any) are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) of the results of the Excess Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date.

 

(f)          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.12, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.12 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof (it being understood that any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.12 shall not be subject to conditions precedent).

 

Section 3.13 Post-Tender Redemption

 

In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the Notes, if holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes, that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other holder in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the date of such redemption.

 

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

 

The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee or the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer, the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent, holds as of 10:00 a.m. (London time) one Business Day prior to the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, then due. If the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be considered paid on the due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with Section 2.04 hereof.

 

  48  

 

 

Principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be payable at the corporate trust office or agency of the Paying Agent. All payments on the Global Notes will be made by transfer of immediately available funds to an account of the Holder of the Global Notes in accordance with instructions given by that Holder.

 

Principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Definitive Registered Notes will be payable at the corporate trust office or agency of any Paying Agent in any location required to be maintained for such purposes pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof. In addition, interest on Definitive Registered Notes may be paid by check mailed to the person entitled thereto as shown on the Register for such Definitive Registered Notes.

 

The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% per annum higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at a rate that is 1% per annum higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful.

 

The Paying Agent shall be entitled to make payments net of any taxes or other sums required by applicable law to be withheld or deducted.

 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Issuer will maintain the offices and agencies specified in Section 2.03 hereof. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the trust office of the Trustee (the address of which is specified in Section 14.01 hereof).

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however , that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the city of London for such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuer hereby designates the trust office of the Trustee (the address of which is specified in Section 14.01 hereof) as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03 Provision of financial information.

 

(a) The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee:

 

  49  

 

 

(1)         within 120 days after the end of the Issuer’s fiscal year, as applicable, beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, annual reports containing: (i) a discussion of the Issuer’s financial results including information similar to that in the section in this Offering Memorandum entitled “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ”; (ii) the audited consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer as at the end of the most recent two fiscal years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of Issuer for the most recent three fiscal years, including notes to such financial statements, for and as at the end of such fiscal years and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements; and (iii) if required under IFRS, a pro forma income statement and a statement of financial position information of the Issuer, together with explanatory footnotes, for any acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such annual report relates (unless such pro forma information has been provided in a previous report pursuant to clause (b) or (c) below); provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense, in which case the Issuer will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financials to the extent available without unreasonable expense;

 

(2)         within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Issuer’s fiscal year, as applicable, beginning with the quarter ended September 30, 2017, quarterly reports containing the following information: (i) the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer as at the end of such quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of each of the Issuer for the most recent quarter and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position date and the comparable prior period (as determined by the IFRS standard on preparation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements) and (ii) a copy of the related operating and financial review included in the quarterly earnings release of the Issuer for the applicable fiscal quarter; and within 90 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each of the Issuer’s fiscal year, as applicable, if required under IFRS, a pro forma interim condensed consolidated income statement and a statement of financial position of the Issuer, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such quarterly report relates; provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense, in which case the Issuer will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financial statements to the extent available without unreasonable expense, provided that for so long as the Issuer maintains a listing on the Nasdaq Stockholm Exchange, the quarterly reports filed by the Issuer as required by the rules of the Nasdaq Stockholm Exchange shall be deemed to fulfill the requirements of this clause (2); and

 

(3)         within 10 days after the occurrence of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or any changes of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer at the Issuer, or a change in the auditors of the Issuer, or any other material event that the Issuer announces publicly, a press release or report containing a description of such event.

 

(b)          At any time that any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, constitutes a “significant subsidiary” of the Issuer, as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the U.S. Securities Act, then the annual and quarterly financial information required by clauses (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this Section 4.03 shall include either (i) a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, or (ii) stand-alone audited or unaudited financial statements, as the case may be, of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiaries (as a group or otherwise) together with an unaudited reconciliation to the financial information of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, which reconciliation shall include the following items: Revenue, Gross profit, Consolidated EBITDA, Net profit (loss), Cash and cash equivalents, Total assets, Total liabilities, Total equity and interest expense.

 

  50  

 

 

(c)          In addition, so long as the Notes remain outstanding and during any period during which the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act nor exempt therefrom pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b), the Issuer will furnish to Holders, holders of beneficial owners and prospective purchasers of the Notes upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(d)          The Issuer will also make available copies of all reports furnished to the Trustee (i) on the Issuer’s website, and (ii) for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and to the extent that the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, copies of such reports will be available during normal business hours at the offices of the Paying Agent.

 

(e)          For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will also:

 

(1)         hold a conference call (X) within 10 Business Days after furnishing to the Trustee the quarterly reports required of the Issuer by clauses (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this Section 4.03 (the “ Noteholder Reports ”) to discuss (X) the Noteholder Reports and the results of operations of the Issuer for the relevant reporting period or (Y) for so long as the Issuer has its common equity shares listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm Exchange and remains subject to their listing rules and reporting requirements and such reporting requirements require that the Issuer provide annual and quarterly reports to its common equity shareholders (the “ Equityholder Reports ”) within the applicable period required by such reporting requirements to discuss the Equityholder Reports and the results of operations of the Issuer for the relevant reporting period; and

 

(2)         issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service or provide notice on the Issuer’s website on which Noteholder Reports are posted, in each case no fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required by the foregoing clause (i), announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Holders, beneficial owners of the Notes, prospective investors, broker dealers and securities analysts to contact the appropriate person at the Issuer to obtain such information.

 

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)          The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(b)          So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith but not later than 30 days upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

  51  

 

 

Section 4.05 Payment of taxes.

 

The Issuer will (and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will) pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged all taxes, assessments, charges and claims, before the same become due; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established.

 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07 [Reserved].

 

Section 4.08 [Reserved].

 

Section 4.09 Limitation on Debt.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Debt; provided that the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Debt if at the time of such Incurrence and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds thereof, on a pro forma basis, the Net Leverage Ratio is less than 3.0 to 1.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the limitation in Section 4.09(a), the following Debt (“ Permitted Debt ”) may be Incurred:

 

(1)         the Incurrence by the Issuer of Debt pursuant to the Notes (other than Additional Notes);

 

(2)         any Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds of the Notes;

 

(3)         Pari Passu Debt of the Issuer and Debt of its Restricted Subsidiaries under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding that does not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $500 million and (y) 8% of Total Assets; and any Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof, plus, (A) any accrual or accretion of interest that increases the principal amount of Debt under Credit Facilities and (B) in the case of any refinancing of Debt permitted under this clause (iii) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

 

(4)         Debt owed by the Issuer to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Debt owed by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided , however , that (A) if the Issuer is the obligor on such Debt and the payee is not the Issuer, such Debt must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations then due with respect to the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, and (B) either (x) the transfer or other disposition by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of any Debt so permitted to a Person (other than to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or (y) such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, will at the time of such transfer or other disposition, in each case, be deemed to be an Incurrence of such Debt not permitted by this clause (4);

 

  52  

 

 

(5)          the Guarantee by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt of any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the Guaranteed Debt was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

(6)          Acquired Debt;

 

(7)          Minority Shareholder Loans;

 

(8)          the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, replace or refinance, Debt Incurred by it pursuant to Section 4.09(a) and clauses (1), (2), (6) and (8) of this Section 4.09(b), as the case may be;

 

(9)          Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by letters of credit in order to provide security for workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar requirements of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)        customary indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred in connection with the disposition of any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and earn-out provisions or contingent payments in respect of purchase price or adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations in acquisition agreements other than Guarantees of Debt incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such assets for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of each such Incurrence of such Debt will at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the related disposition;

 

(11)        obligations in respect of (i) customs, VAT or other tax guarantees, (ii) bid, performance, completion, guarantee, surety and similar bonds, including guarantees or obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations, (iii) customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements, and (iv) the financing of insurance premiums, in each case in the ordinary course of business and not related to Debt for borrowed money;

 

(12)        Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument including, but not limited to, electronic transfers, wire transfers, netting services and commercial card payments, drawn against insufficient funds; provided that such Debt is extinguished within 30 days of Incurrence; and

 

(13)        [Reserved];

 

(14)        guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt or any other obligation or liability of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than of any Debt Incurred in violation of this covenant); provided, however, that if the Debt being guaranteed is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee of the Notes, then such guarantee shall be subordinated substantially to the same extent as the relevant Debt guaranteed;

 

  53  

 

 

(15)        Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause (15) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the cash proceeds (net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements)) received by the Issuer from the issuance or sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Subordinated Shareholder Loans or Capital Stock or otherwise contributed to the equity of the Issuer, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date (and in each case, other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock);

 

(16)        Debt arising under borrowing facilities provided by a special purpose vehicle notes issuer to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the issuance of notes or other similar debt securities intended to be supported primarily by the payment obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any vendor financing platform; and

 

(17)        the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt not otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clauses (1) through (16) above, which, together with any other outstanding Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause (17), has an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the greater of $300 million and 4% of Total Assets, and any Permitted Refinancing Debt of any debt which on the date it was Incurred was permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this clause (17), plus, in the case of any refinancing of Debt permitted under this clause (17) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing.

 

(c)          The Issuer will not incur any Debt (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the Issuer unless such Debt is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on substantially identical terms; provided , however , that no Debt will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the Issuer solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured with different collateral or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis or by virtue of the application of waterfall or other payment ordering provisions affecting different tranches of Debt.

 

(d)          For the purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.09, the Issuer in its sole discretion may classify and from time to time reclassify such item of Debt or any portion thereof and only be required to include the amount of such Debt as one of such types.

 

(e)          For the purposes of determining compliance with any covenant in this Indenture or whether an Event of Default has occurred, in each case, where Debt is denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the amount of such Debt will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of such Incurrence; provided , however , that if any such Debt that is denominated in a different currency is subject to an Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement with respect to U.S. Dollars covering principal and premium, if any, payable on such Debt, the amount of such Debt expressed in U.S. Dollars will be adjusted to take into account the effect of such an agreement.

 

  54  

 

 

Section 4.10 Limitation on Asset Dispositions.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition in one or more related transactions unless:

 

(1)         the consideration the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives for such Asset Disposition is not less than the Fair Market Value of the assets sold (as determined by the Issuer’s senior management or Board of Directors); and

 

(2)         unless the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives in respect of such Asset Disposition consists of:

 

(A)         cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(B)         the assumption of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Debt or other liabilities (other than contingent liabilities or Debt or liabilities that are subordinated to the Notes) or Debt or other liabilities of such Restricted Subsidiary relating to such assets and, in each case, the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, is released from all liability on the Debt assumed;

 

(C)         any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (b)(4) or (5) of this Section 4.10;

 

(D)         a combination of the consideration specified in clauses (A) through (C) of this clause (2); and

 

(b)          within 365 days of such Asset Disposition, the Net Available Proceeds are applied (at the Issuer or applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s option):

 

(1)         to repay, redeem, retire or cancel outstanding Senior Secured Debt:

 

(2)         first, to redeem Notes or purchase Notes pursuant to an offer to all Holders at a purchase price equal to at least 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and second, to the extent any Net Available Proceeds from such Asset Disposition remain, to any other use as determined by the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary that is not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(3)         to repurchase, prepay, redeem or repay Pari Passu Debt; provided that the Issuer makes an offer to all Holders on a pro rata basis to purchase their Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth below for an Excess Proceeds Offer;

 

(4)         to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Related Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Related Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(5)         to make a capital expenditure or acquire other assets (other than Capital Stock and cash or Cash Equivalents), rights (contractual or otherwise) and properties, whether tangible or intangible (including ownership interests) that are used or intended for use in connection with a Related Business;

 

(6)         to the extent permitted, to redeem Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof;

 

  55  

 

 

(7)         any combination of the foregoing clauses (1) through (6) of this clause (b); or

 

(8)         enter into a binding commitment to apply the Net Available Proceeds pursuant to clauses (4) or (5) of this clause (b); provided that such binding commitment (or any subsequent binding commitment replacing the initial binding commitment that is entered into within 180 days following the aforementioned 365-day period) shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the earlier of (X) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated and (Y) the 180 th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period.

 

(c)          For purposes of Section 4.10(b), any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are promptly converted by the recipient thereof into cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities (to the extent of the cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities received in that conversion), shall be deemed cash.

 

(d)          The amount of such Net Available Proceeds not so used as set forth in Section 4.10(b) constitutes “ Excess Proceeds .” Pending the final application of any such Net Available Proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise use such Net Available Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture.

 

(e)          When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $75 million, the Issuer will, within 15 Business Days of the end of the applicable period in clause (b) of this Section 4.10, make an offer to purchase (an “ Excess Proceeds Offer ”) from all Holders and from the holders of any Pari Passu Debt, to the extent required by the terms thereof, on a pro rata basis, in accordance with Section 3.12 hereof or the agreements governing any such Pari Passu Debt, the maximum principal amount (expressed as a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt that may be purchased with the amount of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price as to each Note and any such Pari Passu Debt will be payable in cash in an amount equal to (solely in the case of the Notes) 100% of the principal amount of such Note and (solely in the case of Pari Passu Debt) no greater than 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such Pari Passu Debt, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

 

(f)          To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt tendered pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer is less than the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use the amount of such Excess Proceeds not used to purchase Notes and Pari Passu Debt for purposes that are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt validly tendered and not withdrawn by holders thereof exceeds the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt to be purchased will be selected by the Registrar or the Paying Agent on a pro rata basis (based upon the principal amount of Notes and the principal amount or accreted value of such Pari Passu Debt tendered by each holder as provided or calculated by the Issuer). Upon completion of each such Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.

 

If the Issuer is obliged to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Issuer will purchase the Notes and Pari Passu Debt, at the option of the holders thereof, in whole or in part in a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof on a date that is not later than 60 days from the date the notice of the Excess Proceeds Offer is given to such holders, or such later date as may be required under the Exchange Act.

 

(g)           If the Issuer is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Issuer will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations, including the requirements of any applicable securities exchange on which Notes are then listed. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10 and Section 3.12 hereof, the Issuer will comply with such securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Section 4.10 or Section 3.12 hereof by virtue thereof.

 

  56  

 

 

Section 4.11 [Reserved].

 

Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens securing Debt.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur, suffer to exist or become effective any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) to secure any Debt on or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured by such Lien; provided that, if the Debt secured by such Lien is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes, then the Lien securing such Debt shall be subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Lien securing the Notes.

 

(b)          Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 will provide by its terms that such Lien will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the initial Lien other than as a consequence of an enforcement action with respect to the assets subject to such Lien.

 

(c)          For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.12, (x) a Lien need not be Incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens but may be Incurred under any combination of such categories (including in part under one such category and in part under any other such category) and (y) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of such categories of Permitted Liens the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, divide, classify or may subsequently reclassify at any time such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.12 and the definition of “Permitted Liens”.

 

(d)          With respect to any Lien securing Debt that was permitted to secure such Debt at the time of the Incurrence of such Debt, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Debt. The “Increased Amount” of any Debt shall mean any increase in the amount of such Debt in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Debt with the same terms or in the form of common stock, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference, any fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith and increases in the amount of Debt outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Debt.

 

Section 4.13 Limitation on lines of business.

 

The Issuer, together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, will not primarily engage in any business other than in a Related Business.

 

Section 4.14 Existence and maintenance of properties.

 

The Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the Issuer’s existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that:

 

(a)          the Issuer will not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the Issuer’s business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders; and

 

(b)          the foregoing shall not apply to a transaction permitted under Section 5.01 hereof.

 

  57  

 

 

The Issuer will cause all material properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and will cause to be made all necessary repairs thereof, all in the Issuer’s judgment; provided , however , that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the Issuer’s judgment, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. The Issuer shall, and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep at all times all of their properties which are of an insurable nature insured against loss or damage with insurers believed by the Issuer to be responsible to the extent that property of a similar character is usually so insured by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties in accordance with good business practice.

 

Section 4.15 Change of Control.

 

(a)          Within 60 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will be required to make an Offer to Purchase all Outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued interest and any additional amounts thereon to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) (a “Change of Control Offer ”).

 

(b)          [Reserved].

 

(c)          The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if (x) another party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (y) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

 

Section 4.16 Limitation on Guarantees of the Issuer's Debt by Subsidiaries

 

(a)          The Issuer will not permit any Significant Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, provide a Guarantee of any of the Issuer’s Debt for which such Significant Subsidiary’s maximum exposure in respect of such Guarantee exceeds $50 million unless such Significant Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for its payment guarantee of the Notes; provided

 

(1)         if the Issuer’s Debt is pari passu in right of payment to the Notes, such Significant Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt shall rank pari passu in right of payment to its guarantee of the Notes;

 

(2)         if the Issuer’s Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Significant Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to its guarantee of the Notes substantially to the same extent as the Issuer’s Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes;

 

(3)         a Significant Subsidiary’s guarantee of the Notes may be limited in amount to the extent required by fraudulent conveyance, thin capitalization, corporate benefit, financial assistance or other similar laws (but, in such a case, the guarantee of the Notes shall be given on an equal and ratable basis with its Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt to the extent permitted by applicable law); and

 

  58  

 

 

(4)                 for so long as it is not permissible under applicable law for such Significant Subsidiary to provide a guarantee of the Notes, such Significant Subsidiary need not provide such a guarantee of the Notes (but, in such a case, the Issuer shall procure that such Significant Subsidiary will use its reasonable best efforts to undertake all whitewash or similar procedures legally available to it to eliminate the relevant legal prohibition, and shall give a guarantee of the Notes at such time (and to the extent) that it thereafter becomes permissible).

 

(b)          Clause (a) of this Section 4.16 shall not apply to (1) the granting by such Significant Subsidiary of a Permitted Lien under circumstances which do not otherwise constitute the Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt or (2) the Guarantee by any Significant Subsidiary of any Permitted Refinancing Debt that refinances Debt of the Issuer which benefitted from a Guarantee by any Significant Subsidiary Incurred in compliance with this covenant immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any guarantee of the Notes created pursuant to the provisions described above shall provide by its terms that such guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon: (x) such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Significant Subsidiary (including as a result of any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person, of all of the Issuer’s Capital Stock in such Significant Subsidiary) in compliance with this Indenture; or (y) the release by the holders or lenders of the Issuer’s Debt described in the preceding paragraph of their Guarantee by such Significant Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt (but not under the relevant Guarantee)), at a time when (I) no other Debt of the Issuer has been guaranteed by such Significant Subsidiary or (II) the holders of all such other Debt which is guaranteed by such Significant Subsidiary also release their guarantee by such Significant Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt (but not under the relevant guarantee)).

 

Section 4.17 [Reserved].

 

Section 4.18 Payments for consent.

 

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder or beneficial holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders and beneficial holders of Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries shall be permitted, in any offer or payment of consideration for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, to exclude Holders and beneficial holders of Notes in any jurisdiction where (i) the solicitation of such consent, waiver or amendment, including in connection with an offer to purchase for cash, or (ii) the payment of the consideration therefor would require the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to file a registration statement, prospectus or similar document under any applicable securities laws (including, but not limited to, the United States federal securities laws and the laws of the European Union or its member states), which the Issuer in its sole discretion determines (acting in good faith) (A) would be materially burdensome (it being understood that it would not be materially burdensome to file the consent document(s) used in other jurisdictions, any substantially similar documents or any summary thereof with the securities or financial services authorities in such jurisdiction); or (B) such solicitation would otherwise not be permitted under applicable law in such jurisdiction.

 

  59  

 

 

Section 4.19 [Reserved].

 

Section 4.20 Maintenance of listing.

 

The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain the listing of the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for so long as any Notes remain Outstanding; provided that if the Issuer is unable to obtain admission to listing of the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such listing, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain a listing of the Notes on another recognized stock exchange.

 

Section 4.21 Financial Calculations for Limited Condition Transactions .

 

In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Indenture which requires that no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Issuer, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreement (or other relevant definitive documentation) for such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has exercised its option under the first sentence of this paragraph, and any Default or Event of Default occurs following the date such definitive agreement for a Limited Condition Transaction is entered into and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder.

 

In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction for purposes of:

 

(1)         determining compliance with any provision of this Indenture which requires the calculation of any financial ratio or test, including the Net Leverage Ratio; or

 

(2)         testing baskets set forth in this Indenture (including baskets measured as a percentage of Total Assets);

 

in each case, at the option of the Issuer (the Issuer’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreement (or other relevant definitive documentation) for such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into (the “LCT Test Date”); provided , however , that the Issuer shall be entitled to subsequently elect, in its sole discretion, the date of consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction instead of the LCT Test Date as the applicable date of determination, and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Debt and the use of proceeds thereof), as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Net Leverage Ratio”, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, test or basket, such ratio, test or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with.

 

If the Issuer has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets, of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Issuer has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio, test or basket availability under this Indenture (including with respect to the Incurrence of Debt or Liens, or the making of Asset Dispositions, acquisitions, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, test or basket shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Debt and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

 

  60  

 

 

Section 4.22 Additional Amounts.

 

(a)          The Issuer with respect to payments under or with respect to the Notes agrees that, if any deduction or withholding of any present or future taxes, levies, imposts or charges whatsoever imposed by or for the account of any jurisdiction in which the Issuer is organized, engaged in business or resident for tax purposes, or from or through which payment on the Notes is made by or on behalf of the Issuer (including the jurisdiction of any paying agent) or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each, a “ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ”) and any interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto (collectively, “ Taxes ”) shall be required, the Issuer will (subject to the limitations described below) pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received pursuant to the Notes after such deduction or withholding (including any withholding or deduction from such Additional Amounts) shall equal the respective amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest specified in the Notes that would have been received if such Taxes had not been required to be withheld or deducted; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to make any payment of Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

(1)         any Taxes imposed by or for the account of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction which would not be payable but for the fact that the holder or beneficial owner of a Note (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner of, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, the relevant holder, if the relevant holder is an estate, trust, nominee, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) is a citizen, domiciliary, national or resident of, incorporated in, or engaging in business or maintaining a permanent establishment or being physically present in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or otherwise having some present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction other than the holding or ownership of such Note or the receipt of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Note or the exercise of rights under or the enforcement of such Note or this Indenture;

 

(2)         any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the presentation of a Note (where presentation is required) for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that the holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts on presenting the same for payment on any day (including the last day) within such 30-day period;

 

(3)         [Reserved];

 

(4)         any Tax that would not have been imposed but for a failure by the relevant holder or beneficial owner of the Note to comply with any applicable certification, information, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice, of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, if such compliance is legally required as a precondition to relief or exemption from such Tax (including without limitation a certification that such holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction); provided , however , that this clause (4) shall not apply if the Issuer shall not have provided the holder of the Note with written notice of the applicable requirement at least 60 days prior to the date that the holder or beneficial owner of the Note is required to comply with such applicable requirement;

 

  61  

 

 

(5)         any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes;

 

(6)         [Reserved];

 

(7)         any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes;

 

(8)         any Taxes imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the holder or beneficial owner of the Note to comply with the requirements of Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as of the date hereof (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder or any official interpretation thereof, any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto or any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471 of the Code; or

 

(9)         any combination of clauses (1) through (8) above.

 

(b)          In addition, the Issuer shall not have any obligation to pay Additional Amounts to a holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or an entity that is not the sole beneficial owner of the payment of the principal or interest on a Note to the extent that the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction require the payment to be included in the income of a beneficiary or settlor for tax purposes with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had it been the holder of such Note.

 

(c)          If the Issuer becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay any Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee of the Notes, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent on a date that is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless that obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent promptly thereafter) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The Officer’s Certificate must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts to holders on the relevant payment date. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

 

(d)          The Issuer will also make or cause to be made such withholding or deduction of Taxes required by law and will remit the full amount of Taxes so deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with all applicable laws. The Issuer will use its reasonable efforts to obtain tax receipts from each such tax authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. The Issuer will, upon request, make available to the Trustee and the paying agent, within 30 days after the date on which the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is due pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Issuer or if, notwithstanding the Issuer’s efforts to obtain such receipts, the same are not obtainable, other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the paying agent of such payment by the Issuer. If reasonably requested by the Trustee or the paying agent, the Issuer will provide to the Trustee and the paying agent such information as may be in the possession of the Issuer (and not otherwise in the possession of the Trustee and paying agent) to enable the Trustee and paying agent to determine the amount of withholding taxes attributable to any particular holder, provided however that in no event shall the Issuer be required to disclose any information that it reasonably deems confidential.

 

  62  

 

 

(e)          In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer will pay, and agrees to indemnify any holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, transfer, documentation, court, excise or property taxes imposed in connection with the execution, issue, delivery, registration or enforcement of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

(f)          The foregoing provisions will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is organized, engaged in business or resident for tax purposes or from or through which payment on the Notes is made by or on behalf of such successor Person (including the jurisdiction of any paying agent) or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein having the power to tax.

 

(g)          Whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention will be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

Section 4.23 Suspension of certain covenants when Notes rated investment grade.

 

(a)          If on any date following the Issue Date:

 

(1)         the Notes are rated Investment Grade by two of three Rating Agencies; and

 

(2)         no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date,

 

then, the Issuer will notify the Trustee and beginning on that day and continuing until such time, if any, at which the Notes cease to be rated Investment Grade by either Rating Agency (such period, the “ Suspension Period ”), the covenants specifically listed under the following sections hereof will no longer be applicable to the Notes and any related default provisions of this Indenture will cease to be effective and will not be applicable to the Issuer:

 

(A) Section 4.09;

 

(B) Section 4.10; and

 

(C) clause (3) of Section 5.01(a).

 

(b)          Such covenants will not, however, be of any effect with regard to the actions of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries properly taken during the continuance of the Suspension Period; provided that all Debt Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2). Upon the occurrence of a Suspension Period, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

Section 4.24 Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

(a)          The Issuer may designate, after the Issue Date, any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly created or acquired Subsidiary) as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” (a “Designation”) only if, at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation:

 

(1)         no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(2)         the Issuer could Incur US$1.00 of Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a); and

 

  63  

 

 

(3)         the aggregate Investments (other than Permitted Investments) by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in all Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed the greater of (x) $950 million or (y) 10.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding.

 

(b)          Neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary will at any time:

 

(1)         provide credit support for, subject any of its property or assets (other than Liens over the Capital Stock, Debt and other securities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary securing Debt of that Unrestricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) to the satisfaction of, or Guarantee, any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Debt);

 

(2)         be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)         be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt which provides that the holder thereof may (upon notice, lapse of time or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(4)         make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent such Investment, together with the aggregate Investments in all Unrestricted Subsidiaries then outstanding, exceeds the amount set out in Section 4.24(a)(3).

 

(c)          The Issuer may redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Redesignation”) only if all Liens and Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Redesignation if Incurred at such time would have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of this Indenture.

 

(d)          For purposes of this section 4.24:

 

(1)         “Investments” shall equal the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of the Designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)         The aggregate Investments (other than Permitted Investments) by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in all Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be reduced upon the Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Issuer’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such Redesignation, and (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such Redesignation;

 

(3)         any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, as determined in good faith by the Issuer; and

 

(4)         the amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

(e)          The Designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to include the Designation of all Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

  64  

 

 

(f)          All Designations and Redesignations shall be evidenced by an Officer's Certificate of the Issuer, delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with this Section 4.24.

 

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01 Merger, consolidations and certain sales of assets of the Issuer.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (i) consolidate with or merge into any other Person, or (ii) directly or indirectly, convey, transfer, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the its assets to any other Person, unless:

 

(1)         Either (i) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made,

 

(A)  shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and,

 

(B)   is organized under the laws of any member state of the European Union, Norway, Switzerland, Canada, Jersey, Guernsey, Mauritius, Cayman Islands, British Virgin Islands, any state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia;

 

(2)         immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(3)         with respect to a consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposal of the Issuer, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any Debt which becomes the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ obligation, as applicable, or that of the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred at the time of the transaction, (x) the Issuer (including any successor Person) could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof or (y) the Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than such ratio before giving effect to such transactions; provided , however , that this clause (3) will not apply if, in the good faith determination of the Issuer’s Board of Directors the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the Issuer’s jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

(4)         the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Section 5.01.

 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger in which the Issuer is not the continuing corporation or any transfer (excluding any lease) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as such; provided, however , that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any and interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Issuer’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

 

  65  

 

 

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

 

The following will be “ Events of Default ” under this Indenture:

 

(1)         failure to pay principal of, or premium, if any, on, any Note when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise);

 

(2)         failure to pay any interest (including Additional Amounts) on any Note when due, which failure continues for 30 days;

 

(3)         default in the payment of principal and interest on Notes required to be purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase under Sections 4.15 and 4.10 hereof when due and payable;

 

(4)         failure to perform or comply with the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(5)         failure of the Issuer to perform any other of its covenants or agreements under this Indenture or the Notes, which failure continues for 60 days after written notice to the Issuer by the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes;

 

(6)         default under the terms of any instrument evidencing or securing Debt for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if that default:

 

(A)         results in the acceleration of the payment of such Debt prior to its Stated Maturity; or

 

(B)         is caused by the failure to pay such Debt at its Stated Maturity after giving effect to the expiration of any applicable grace periods (and other than by regularly scheduled required prepayment) and such failure to make any payment has not been waived or the Stated Maturity of such Debt has not been extended,

 

and, in each case, the outstanding principal amount of any such Debt under which there has been a failure to pay at Stated Maturity thereof or the payment of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100 million or more;

 

(7)         failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $100 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments shall not have been discharged or waived and there shall have been a period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of an appeal, waiver or otherwise, shall not have been in effect;

 

(8)         the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)         commences a voluntary case;

 

(B)         consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

  66  

 

 

(C)         consents to the appointment of a custodian or administrator of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

(D)         makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(E)         admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or

 

(9)         a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)         is for relief against the Issuer, or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(B)         appoints a custodian or administrator of the Issuer, or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(C)         orders the liquidation of the Issuer, or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

 

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof shall occur, the maturity of all Outstanding Notes shall automatically be accelerated and the principal amount of the Notes, together with any premium, accrued interest or Additional Amounts thereon, shall be immediately due and payable. If any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may, by written notice to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), declare the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued interest thereon, immediately due and payable. The right of the Holders to give such acceleration notice shall terminate if the event giving rise to such right shall have been cured before such right is exercised. Any such declaration may be annulled and rescinded by written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to the Issuer if all amounts then due with respect to the Notes are paid (other than amount due solely because of such declaration) and all other defaults with respect to the Notes are cured.

 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

  67  

 

 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Subject to certain rights of the Trustee, as provided in this Indenture, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of the Notes, may waive any past default under this Indenture, except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest or a default arising from failure to purchase any Note tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; provided that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders not joining in the giving of such direction or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except in a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Notes, to the extent such action does not conflict with the provisions of this Indenture or applicable law.

 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

 

Subject to Section 7.01 hereof, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, to the extent such action does not conflict with the provisions of this Indenture or applicable law.

 

No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

(1) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have made a written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee;

 

(3)         such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense arising in connection with such proceeding;

 

(4)         the Trustee for 60 days after receipt of such notice has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(5)         no direction inconsistent with such request shall have been given to the Trustee during such 60 day-period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. However, such limitations do not apply to a suit individually instituted by a Holder of a Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of, or interest on, such Note on or after respective due dates expressed in such Note.

 

  68  

 

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

Section 6.07 Right of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien.

 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

Subject to mandatory provisions of Luxembourg insolvency laws, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or Section 6.01(2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, Additional Amounts, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, their creditors or property and shall be entitled and empowered, subject to mandatory provisions of Luxembourg insolvency laws, to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10 Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

  69  

 

 

First : to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection and then the Agents for any amounts due;

 

Second : to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

Third : to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined in a final judgment adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

  70  

 

 

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)          If an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)          Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge:

 

(1)         the duties of the Trustee and the Agents will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee and the Agents need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Agents; and

 

(2)         in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)          The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)         this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 

(2)         the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)         the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)          Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e)          No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)          The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held by the Paying Agent and in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)          The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Responsible Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s corporate trust department has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee (attention: Trust & Securities Services) and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer and this Indenture.

 

  71  

 

 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)          The Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)          Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, as the case may be. The Trustee may consult with counsel or other professional advisors and the written advice of such counsel, professional advisor or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)          The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.

 

(d)          The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or bad faith.

 

(e)          Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

 

(f)          The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)          The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer and/or its Subsidiaries. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(1) or Section 6.01(2) (provided it is acting as Paying Agent); and (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.03 hereof is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

(h)          The Trustee shall not have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Notes, but may at its sole discretion choose to do so.

 

(i)          The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified and/or secured under this Indenture, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and by each agent (including the Agents), custodian and other person employed to act hereunder. Absent willful misconduct or negligence, each Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party and no Agent shall be under any fiduciary duty or other obligation towards or have any relationship of agency and trust for or with any person other than the Issuer.

 

  72  

 

 

(j)          In the event the Trustee or any Agent receives conflicting, unclear or equivocal instructions, the Trustee or Agent shall be entitled to not take any action until such instructions have been resolved or clarified to its satisfaction and the Trustee or Agent shall not become liable in any way to any person for any failure to comply with any such conflicting, unclear or equivocal instruction.

 

(k)          In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall not incur any liability for its failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in its reasonable opinion, resolved.

 

(l)          In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by acts of war or terrorism involving the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Monetary Union or any other national or international calamity or emergency (including natural disasters or acts of God), it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

(m)          The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance or its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(n)          The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

 

(o)          The Trustee will not be liable to any person if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.

 

(p)          The Trustee shall not under any circumstances be liable for any indirect loss, punitive or special damages or consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Issuer or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto), even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable.

 

(q)          The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer personally or by agent or attorney.

 

(r)          The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(s)          No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to do anything which, in its opinion, may be illegal or contrary to applicable law or regulation.

 

(t)          The Trustee may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such action in that jurisdiction would, in its opinion (based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction), be contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, the State of New York.

 

  73  

 

 

(u)          The Trustee may retain professional advisors to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture. The Trustee may consult with such professional advisors or with counsel, and the advice or opinion of such professional advisors or counsel with respect to legal or other matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(v)         The Trustee may assume without inquiry in the absence of actual knowledge that the Issuer is duly complying with its obligations contained in this Indenture required to be performed and observed by it, and that no Default or Event of Default or other event which would require repayment of the Notes has occurred.

 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee (or its affiliates) in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and for so long as it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of Holders.

 

Section 7.06 [Reserved].

 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)          The Issuer will pay to the Trustee and the Agents from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as shall be agreed from time to time between them. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all disbursements, advances and expenses properly incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the properly incurred compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

  74  

 

 

(b)          The Issuer will indemnify the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all documented claims, losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be liable for any indirect loss, punitive or special damages or consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Trustee or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto), even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable. The Trustee will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. In case any such claim shall be brought against the Trustee, the Trustee may elect to defend the claim and shall promptly notify the Issuer of its intent to do so, provided that the Trustee and its counsel shall proceed with diligence and good faith with respect thereto, and the Issuer shall be entitled to participate therein. In the event of any disagreement between the Trustee and the Issuer in relation to the conduct of the claim, other than disagreements concerning the Trustee’s failure to promptly assume the defense and employ counsel, the Trustee’s decision shall be final. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel. If the Trustee does not assume the defense of such claim, the Issuer may defend the claim, the Trustee shall cooperate in such defense and the Issuer shall not be liable to the Trustee for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by the Trustee, in connection with the defense thereof unless the immediately following sentence applies. If the interests of the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Trustee, on the other hand, may be adverse, the Trustee may have a single separate counsel and the Issuer will pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)          The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(d)          To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(e)          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

(f)          The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits to the Trustee in this Article 7, including, without limitation, its rights to be compensated, reimbursed for expenses and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, each Agent.

 

(g)          The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the discharge or termination of this Indenture and shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee or an Agent notwithstanding its resignation or retirement.

 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)          A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

 

(b)          The Trustee may resign in writing at any time without giving reason and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

  75  

 

 

(1)         the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(2)         the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3)         a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)         the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

(c)          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

(d)          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee, the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or (ii) the retiring Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee takes office, provided that such appointment shall be with the consent of the Issuer (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(e)          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)          A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

(g)          For the purposes of this Section 7.08, the Issuer hereby expressly accepts and confirms, for the purposes of Articles 1278 and 1281 of the Luxembourg Civil Code that, notwithstanding any assignment, transfer and/or novation permitted under, and made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture or any agreement referred to herein to which the Issuer is a party, any security created or guarantee given under this Indenture shall be preserved for the benefit of the successor trustee (for itself and the secured parties) and, for the avoidance of doubt, for the benefit of each of the secured parties.

 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of England and Wales or the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by any England and Wales authority or any federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

  76  

 

 

Section 7.11 Agents.

 

Resignation of Agents . Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and Issuer. The Trustee or Issuer may remove any Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to any Agent. Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by the Issuer, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee. Such successor Agent shall become the Agent hereunder upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice. If the Issuer is unable to replace the resigning Agent within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, deliver any funds then held hereunder in its possession to the Trustee or may appoint a replacement agent on behalf of the Issuer, provided that such appointment shall be with the consent of the Issuer (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief. The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Issuer. Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent. Upon its resignation and delivery any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture, but shall continue to enjoy the benefit of Section 7.07 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuer may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes, which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)         the rights of Holders of Outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, interest (including Additional Amounts) or premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

(2)         the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

 

  77  

 

 

(3)         the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)         this Article 8.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

 

(1)         the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in each case, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest (including Additional Amounts and premium, if any) on the outstanding Notes on their Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)         in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee of United States counsel confirming that

 

(A)         the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

 

  78  

 

 

(B)         since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)         in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee of United States counsel confirming that the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)         the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

(5)         the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, subject to customary assumptions and qualifications, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05          Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or the non-callable U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any cash in U.S. dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

  79  

 

 

Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer in trust, for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however , that in the event the Notes are in the form of Definitive Registered Notes, the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be made available to the newswire service of Bloomberg or, if Bloomberg does not operate, any similar agency and, if and so long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, published in the Luxemburger Wort or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ) or mail to each Holder entitled to such money at such Holder’s address (as set forth in the register of Holders of Definitive Registered Notes maintained by the Registrar) notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, the Issuer and the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, amend, waive or supplement this Indenture or the Notes:

 

(1)         to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)         to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets pursuant to Article 5 and Article 11 hereof, as applicable;

 

(3)         to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder in any material respect;

 

(4)         to conform the text of this Indenture, or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(5)         to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date;

 

  80  

 

 

(6)         to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 169(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); or

 

(7)         to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee under this Indenture.

 

In formulating its opinion on such matters, the Trustee shall be entitled to request and rely absolutely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 14.03 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuer in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders.

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer, the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.12, Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 hereof), the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect one series of the Notes, only the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series shall be required.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

 

It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

  81  

 

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer will mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of Notes, may waive compliance by the Issuer with certain restrictive provisions of this Indenture. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of the Notes, may waive any past default under this Indenture, except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest or a default arising from failure to purchase any Note tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. Modifications and amendments of this Indenture may be made by the Issuer, the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes; provided , however , that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holders of 90% of the aggregate principal amount of then Outstanding Notes affected thereby:

 

(1)         change the Stated Maturity or the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note;

 

(2)         reduce the principal amount of, (or premium) or interest on (or rate thereof), any Note;

 

(3)         change the place or currency of payment of principal of (or premium), or interest on, any Note;

 

(4)         impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any Note;

 

(5)         reduce the above stated percentage of Outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend this Indenture;

 

(6)         reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults; or

 

(7)         following the mailing of any Offer to Purchase, modify any Offer to Purchase for the Notes required under Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof in a manner adverse to the Holders thereof.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of articles 84 to 94-8 of the Luxembourg act dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time, shall not apply in respect of the Notes.

 

Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate the new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

  82  

 

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Issuer approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 10 

[RESERVED]

 

ARTICLE 11

[RESERVED]

 

ARTICLE 12

[RESERVED]

 

ARTICLE 13

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 13.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

(a)         This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:

 

(1)         either:

 

(A)  all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(B)  all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in each case, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(2)         the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

(3)         the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

  83  

 

 

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 13.01(a)).

 

(b) Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01(a)(1)(B), the provisions of Sections 13.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 13.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 13.02 Application of Trust Money.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 13.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 14

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.01 Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Issuer or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

If to the Issuer:
 
Millicom International Cellular S.A.
2, rue du Fort Bourbon
L-1249, Luxembourg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
Facsimile No.: +352 27 759 901
Attention: Office of the General Counsel

 

  84  

 

 

With a copy to:
 
Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe (Europe) LLP
107 Cheapside
London EC2N 6DV
United Kingdom
Facsimile No.: +44 207 862 4800
Attention: Nell Scott
 
Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Citigroup Centre
Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
Attn: Trustee- Agency & Trust
Facsimile: +44 207 500 5877
 
If to the Trustee to Citibank, N.A., London Branch at the address above.
 
If to Registrar:
 
Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG
Reuterweg 16
60323 Frankfurt
Germany
Attn: Citi- Registrar- Agency & Trust
Facsimile: +353 1506 0339
 
If to Paying Agent or Transfer Agent:
 
Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Citigroup Centre
Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
Attn: Paying Agent- Agency & Trust
Facsimile: +353 1 622 2210/ +353 1 622 2212
 
Attn: Transfer Agent- Agency & Trust
 
Facsimile: +353 1 247 6348

 

The Issuer or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; upon receipt if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

All notices to the Holders (while any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes) shall be delivered to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders. So long as the Notes are traded on the Euro MTF Market and the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, all notices to Holders will also be published in a daily newspaper with general circulation in New York City (which is expected to be the Wall Street Journal ), London (which is expected to be the Financial Times ), and, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ). If publication as provided above is not practicable, notice will be given in such other manner, and shall be deemed to have been given on such date, as the Trustee may approve. In the case of Definitive Registered Notes, notices will be mailed to Holders by first-class mail at their respective addresses as they appear on the records of the Registrar, unless stated otherwise in the register kept by, and at the registered office of the Issuer.

 

  85  

 

 

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made. Notices delivered to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream will be deemed given on the date when delivered. Notices given by first class mail, postage paid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders or delivers a notice or communication to holders of Book-Entry Interests, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 14.02 [Reserved].

 

Section 14.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)         an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(2)         an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 14.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)         a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)         a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)         a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(4)         a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

  86  

 

 

Section 14.05 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 14.06 Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

 

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of, related to, or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby, and any action arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws, may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan; irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding; and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. The Issuer has appointed CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13 th Floor, New York, New York 10011, United States of America, as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding which may be instituted in any federal or state court located in the State of New York, Borough of Manhattan arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and any action brought under U.S. federal or state securities laws (the “ Authorized Agent ”). The Issuer expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto and waives any right to trial by jury. Such appointment shall be irrevocable unless and until replaced by an agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The Issuer represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Issuer agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Issuer shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuer.

 

Section 14.07 No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders.

 

None of the directors, officers, employees, incorporators, members or stockholders, as such, of the Issuer, as such, will have any liability for any of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under applicable securities laws.

 

Section 14.08 Governing Law.

 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, articles 84 to 94-8 of the Luxembourg act dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time, are excluded.

 

Section 14.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

  87  

 

 

Section 14.10 Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.

 

Section 14.11 Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 14.12 Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 14.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 14.14 Judgment Currency.

 

Any payment on account of an amount that is payable in U.S. Dollars (the “ Required Currency ”) which is made to or for the account of any Holder or the Trustee in lawful currency of any other jurisdiction (the “ Judgment Currency ”), whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the liquidation of the Issuer, shall constitute a discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, only to the extent of the amount of the Required Currency with such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, could purchase in the London foreign exchange markets with the amount of the Judgment Currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the first Business Day following receipt of the payment in the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Required Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Required Currency originally due to such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, the Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, from and against all loss or damage arising out of, or as a result of, such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Indenture or the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder or the Trustee from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

 

Section 14.15 Prescription.

 

Claims against the Issuer for the payment of principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed ten years after the applicable due date for payment thereof. Claims against the Issuer for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed five years after the applicable due date for payment of interest.

 

Section 14.16 Contractual Recognition of Bail-In Powers.

 

(a)          The Issuer acknowledges and accepts that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties:

 

  88  

 

 

(1)         any Liability may be subject to the exercise of Write-down and Conversion Powers by the Resolution Authority;

 

(2)         The Issuer will be bound by the effect of any application of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability and in particular (but without limitation) by:

 

(A)         any reduction in the principal amount, in full or in part, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) due in respect of any Liability; and

 

(B)         any conversion of all or part of any Liability into ordinary shares or other instruments of ownership of Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG or any other person;

 

that may result from any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability;

 

(3)         the terms of this Indenture and the rights of the Issuer hereunder may be varied, to the extent necessary, to give effect to any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability and the Issuer will be bound by any such variation; and

 

(4)         ordinary shares or other instruments of ownership of Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG or any other person may be issued to or conferred on the Issuer as a result of any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability.

 

(b)          Defined terms used in this Section 14.16 have the following meanings:

 

(1)         " Liability " means any liability of Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG to the Issuer arising under or in connection with this Indenture;

 

(2)         " Resolution Authority " means the German Federal Agency for Financial Markets Stabilisation (Bundesanstalt für Finanzmarktstabilisierung), or any other body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers;

 

(3)         " Write-down and Conversion Powers " means any write-down, conversion, transfer, modification or suspension power existing from time to time under, and exercised in compliance with, any laws, regulations, rules or requirements in effect in Germany, relating to the transposition of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms as amended from time to time, including but not limited to the German Recovery and Resolution Act (Sanierungs-und Abwicklungsgesetz) as amended from time to time, and the instruments, rules and standards created thereunder, pursuant to which:

 

(A)         any obligation of Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG (or other affiliate of such entity) can be reduced, cancelled, modified or converted into shares, other securities or other obligations of such entity or any other person (or suspended for a temporary period); and

 

(B)         any right in a contract governing an obligation Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG may be deemed to have been exercised.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

  89  

 

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., as the Issuer

 

  By: /s/ Timothy Lincoln Pennington
    Name:  Timothy Lincoln Pennington
    Title:   Senior EVP & Chief Financial Officer
     
  By: /s/ Justine Dimovic
    Name:  Justine Dimovic
    Title :    Group Treasurer

 

  CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as Trustee, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

  By: Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS DEUTSCHLAND AG, as Registrar

 

  By: Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG

 

  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2028 Indenture]

 

 

 

  

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., as the Issuer

 

  By:
    Name:  
    Title:   
     
  By:
    Name:  
    Title

 

  CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as Trustee, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

  By: Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

  By: /s/ Andrew McIntosh
    Name:  Andrew McIntosh
    Title:  Vice President
Citibank, N.A.
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB

 

  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS DEUTSCHLAND AG, as Registrar

 

  By: Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG

 

  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2028 Indenture] 

 

 

 

  

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., as the Issuer

 

  By:
    Name:
    Title:
     
  By:
    Name:
    Title :

 

  CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as Trustee, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

  By: Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS DEUTSCHLAND AG, as Registrar

 

  By: Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG

 

  By: /s/ Thorsten Peters
    Name:
    Title:
     
  By: /s/ Siegfried Roos
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2028 Indenture]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Face of Note]

 

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

5.125% Senior Notes due 2028

 

No. ____ CUSIP:
   
  ISIN:
   
  COMMON CODE:
   
  $____________
   
  Issue Date: ____________

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, promises to pay to __________________________ or registered assigns,

 

the principal sum of ________________________________________________________________________________________________ DOLLARS or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note on January 15, 2028

 

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15

 

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1 immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.

 

Dated: _______________

 

  A- 1  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL
  CELLULAR S.A.

 

  By:  

  Name:
  Title:

 

  By:  

  Name:
  Title:

 

  A- 2  

 

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch, not in its individual capacity, but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent with respect to the Notes appointed by the Trustee, CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

  CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

  By:  

  Authorized Signatory:

 

  A- 3  

 

 

[Back of Note]

 

 

5.125% Senior Notes due 2028

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)                         INTEREST . MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under the number B 40630 (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 5.125% per annum from _____________________ until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be _____________. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, it will, to the extent lawful pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2)                         METHOD OF PAYMENT . The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on or                  preceding the next Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agents as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in U.S. dollars.

 

(3)                         PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT . Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch will act as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG will act as Registrar. The Issuer shall maintain a Paying Agent and Transfer Agent in London. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

(4)                         INDENTURE . The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 20, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, as Registrar. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

  A- 4  

 

 

(5)                         OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

 

(a)          Except as detailed below, the Notes are not redeemable at the Issuer’s option. The Issuer is not, however, prohibited from acquiring the Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture. In each case, the Issuer may make any redemption or redemption notice subject to the satisfaction of conditions precedent. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (but no more than 60 days after the date of the notice of redemption) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

(b)          If a redemption date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such redemption date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date and no additional interest will be payable to holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption.

 

(c)          At any time prior to September 15, 2020, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 105.125% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings or any sale of Qualified Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Issuer. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)         at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)         the redemption occurs within 180 days after the closing of such Equity Offering or sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

 

(d)          At any time prior to September 15, 2020, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 105.125% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the Net Available Proceeds from one or more Specified Subsidiary Sales. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)         at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)         the redemption occurs within 365 days from the later of the date of such Specified Subsidiary Sale or the receipt of such Net Available Proceeds.

 

(e)          During each 12 month period commencing on the Issue Date and ending on September 15, 2022, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, the Issuer may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

  A- 5  

 

 

(f)           At any time prior to September 15, 2022, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may also redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Redemption Premium and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(g)          At any time on or after September 15, 2022, and prior to maturity, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may redeem all or part of the Notes. These redemptions will be in amounts of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of their principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on September 15 of the years set forth below:

 

    Redemption  
Year   Price  
2022     102.563 %
2023     101.708 %
2024     100.854 %
2025 and thereafter     100.000 %

 

(6)                         REDEMPTION UPON CHANGES IN WITHHOLDING TAXES.

 

The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its option, at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and any Additional Amounts (as defined under Section 4.22(a) of the Indenture) payable with respect thereto, if:

 

(a)          as a result of (i) any change in, or amendment to, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined under Section 4.22(a) of the Indenture) affecting taxation which is publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the date of the Indenture or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the date of the Indenture, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the Indenture or (ii) any change in, or amendment to, the existing official published position (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of the introduction of an official position) regarding the application, administration or interpretation of the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice), which change or amendment is publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the date of the Indenture or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the date of the Indenture, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the Indenture (either, a “ Change in Tax Law ”), the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts; and

 

(b)          such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it; provided , however , that for this purpose reasonable measures shall not include any change in the Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization or the location of its principal executive office, or the incurrence of material out of pocket costs by it. No such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due.

 

Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes as described below, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and (ii) an opinion of legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts due to a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on this certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, upon which it will be conclusive and binding on the holders.

 

  A- 6  

 

 

(7)                         NO MANDATORY REDEMPTION OR SINKING FUND. There will be no mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

(8)                         REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

 

(a)          Within 60 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will be required to make an Offer to Purchase all Outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued interest and any additional amounts thereon to the date of purchase.

 

(b)          When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $75 million, the Issuer will, within 15 Business Days of the end of the applicable period in Section 4.10(b), make an Excess Proceeds Offer to all Holders and from the holders of any Pari Passu Debt, to the extent required by the terms thereof, on a pro rata basis, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.12 of the Indenture or the agreements governing any such Pari Passu Debt, the maximum principal amount (expressed as a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt that may be purchased with the amount of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price as to each Note and any such Pari Passu Debt will be payable in cash in an amount equal to (solely in the case of the Notes) 100% of the principal amount of such Note and (solely in the case of Pari Passu Debt) no greater than 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such Pari Passu Debt, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

 

(9)                         NOTICE OF REDEMPTION . At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer will deliver, pursuant to Section 14.01 of the Indenture, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture.

 

(10)                       DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE .

 

[The Global Notes are in registered form without coupons attached. The Global Notes will represent the aggregate principal amount of all the Notes issued and not yet cancelled other than Definitive Registered Notes.] 1 [The Definitive Registered Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 above $200,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer shall not be required to register the transfer of any Definitive Registered Notes (A) for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of the Notes; (B) for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of Notes to be redeemed in part; (C) for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date; or (D) which the holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Excess Proceeds Offer.] 2  

 

 

Include in any Global Note.

 

Include in any Definitive Registered Note

 

  A- 7  

 

 

(11)                       PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS . The registered Holder may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

(12)                       AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.12, Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 thereof), the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect one series of the Notes, only the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series shall be required. In certain circumstances, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented without the consent of any Holder, including to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.

 

(13)                       DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

 

(16)                       AUTHENTICATION . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

(17)                       ABBREVIATIONS . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(18)                       CUSIP AND ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. The Issuer has caused Common Code numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. In addition, the Issuer has caused ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of any such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

(19)                       GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

  A- 8  

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of articles 84 to 94-8 of the Luxembourg act dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time, shall not apply to the Notes.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture or the form of Note. Requests may be made to:

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

2, rue du Fort Bourbon

L-1249 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Facsimile No.: +352 27 759 901

Attention: Office of the General Counsel

 

  A- 9  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  
  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint __________________________________________________________________________________________________

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date: _______________

 

  Your Signature:  

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:    

 

* Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  A- 10  

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE *

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below

 

☐  Section 4.10 ☐   Section 4.15

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof):

 

$_______________

 

Date: _______________

 

  Your Signature:  

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

  Tax Identification No.:  

 

Signature Guarantee*:    

 

* Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  A- 11  

 

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

    Amount of   Amount of   Principal Amount   Signature of
    decrease in   increase in   of this Global Note   authorized officer
    Principal Amount   Principal Amount   following such   of Paying Agent,
    of   of   decrease   Trustee or
Date of Exchange   this Global Note   this Global Note   (or increase)   Custodian

 

  A- 12  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

[ Issuer address block ]

 

[ Trustee/Transfer Agent/Registrar address block ]

 

Re: $500,000,000 5.125% Senior Notes due 2028 of MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”), between, among others, Millicom International Cellular S.A., a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under the number B 40630 (the “ Issuer ”), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and. Paying Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, as Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

___________________, (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to ___________________________ (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.    ¨     Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ U.S. Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

2.    ¨     Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the U.S. Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, (ii) such Transferor does not know that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (iii) no directed selling efforts have been made in connection with the Transfer in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, (iv) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and (v) if the proposed transfer is being effected prior to the expiration of a Restricted Period, the transferee is not a U.S. Person, as such term is defined pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act, and will take delivery only as a Book-Entry Interest so transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

  B- 1  

 

 

3.    ¨     Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to any provision of the U.S. Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

     
    [Insert Name of Transferor]

 

  By:  

  Name:
  Title:

 

  Dated:    

  

  B- 2  

 

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.          The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

¨    a Book-Entry Interest in the:

 

(i)       ¨   144A Global Note ([CUSIP][ISIN] _________), or

 

(ii)      ¨   Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] _________).

 

2.          After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)    ¨  a Book-Entry Interest in the:

 

(i)       ¨   144A Global Note ([CUSIP][ISIN]_________), or

 

(ii)      ¨   Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] _________).

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

  B- 3  

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

[ Issuer address block ]

 

[ Trustee/Transfer Agent/Registrar address block ]

 

Re: $500,000,000 5.125% Senior Notes due 2028 of MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

(CUSIP___________; ISIN___________; Common Code ___________)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”), between, among others, Millicom International Cellular S.A, a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under the number B 40630 (the “ Issuer ”), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, as Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

__________________________, (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.    ¨     Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Definitive Registered Notes are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Definitive Registered Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange will bear the Private Placement Legend and will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

2.    ¨     Check if Exchange is from Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Book-Entry Interests transferred in exchange will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

     
    [Insert Name of Transferor]

 

  By:  

  Name:
  Title:

 

  Dated:    

 

  C- 1  

 

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

1.           The Owner owns and proposes to exchange the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a)           ¨ a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No. __________ in the:

 

(i)           ¨ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP][ISIN] __________), or

 

(ii)          ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] __________), or

 

(b)           ¨ a Definitive Registered Note.

 

2.           After the Exchange the Owner will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)           ¨ a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No. __________ in the:

 

(i)           ¨ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP][ISIN] __________), or

 

(ii)          ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] __________), or

 

(b)           ¨ a Definitive Registered Note.

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

  C- 2  

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

  CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

US$ 600,000,000

FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

DATED 27 JANUARY 2017

 

FOR

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

ARRANGED BY

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

 

BNP PARIBAS

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED

 

DNB MARKETS, A PART OF DNB BANK ASA, SWEDEN BRANCH

 

WITH

 

DNB BANK ASA, SWEDEN BRANCH

ACTING AS AGENT

 

 

 

MULTICURRENCY REVOLVING FACILITY

AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTENTS

 

Clause   Page
       
1. Definitions and Interpretation   1
       
2. The Facility   35
       
3. Purpose   37
       
4. Conditions of Utilisation   38
       
5. Utilisation - Loans   40
       
6. Optional Currencies   42
       
7. Ancillary Facilities   43
       
8. Repayment   49
       
9. Prepayment and Cancellation   51
       
10. Interest   55
       
11. Interest Periods   56
       
12. Changes to the Calculation of Interest   56
       
13. Fees   57
       
14. Tax Gross Up and Indemnities   59
       
15. Increased Costs   64
       
16. Other Indemnities   66
       
17. Mitigation by the Lenders   67
       
18. Costs and Expenses   68
       
19. Guarantee and Indemnity   70
       
20. Representations   73
       
21. Information Undertakings   77
       
22. Financial Covenants   82
       
23. General Undertakings   89
       
24. Events of Default   94
       
25. Changes to the Lenders   98
       
26. Changes to the Obligors   103
       
27. Role of the Agent and the Arranger   105
       
28. Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties   112
       
29. Sharing among the Finance Parties   112
       
30. Payment Mechanics   114
       
31. Set-off   118
       
32. Notices   118
       
33. Calculations and Certificates   120
       
34. Partial Invalidity   121

 

 

 

 

35. Remedies and Waivers 121
     
36. Amendments and Waivers 121
     
37. Confidentiality 126
     
38. Confidentiality of Reference Bank Rates 130
     
39. Counterparts 132
     
40. Governing Law 133
     
41. Enforcement 133

 

Schedule 1 The Original Parties 134
   
Part I The Original Obligors 134
   
Part II The Original Lenders 135
   
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent 136
   
Part I Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation 136
   
Part II Conditions Precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Borrower 138
   
Schedule 3 Utilisation Request 139
   
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate 140
   
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement 142
   
Schedule 6 Form of Accession Letter 145
   
Schedule 7 Form of Resignation Letter 146
   
Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate 147
   
Schedule 9 LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking 148
   
Schedule 10 Timetables 154
   
Schedule 11 Form of Affiliate Accession Undertaking 155
   
Schedule 12 Form of Increase Confirmation 156
   
Schedule 13 Form of Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice 158

 

 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 27 January 2017 and made

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A. , a company ( société anonyme ) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B. 40.630 (the " Company ");

 

(2) THE COMPANY listed in Part I of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as original borrower (the " Original Borrower ");

 

(3) THE COMPANY listed in Part I of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as guarantor (the " Guarantor ");

 

(4) THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, BNP PARIBAS, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED and DNB MARKETS, A PART OF DNB BANK ASA, SWEDEN BRANCH as coordinators and bookrunning mandated lead arrangers and THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, BNP PARIBAS, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED, DNB MARKETS, A PART OF DNB BANK ASA, SWEDEN BRANCH, GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, J.P. MORGAN LIMITED, NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), STANDARD CHARTERED BANK as arrangers (whether acting individually or together the " Arranger ");

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as lenders (the " Original Lenders "); and

 

(6) DNB BANK ASA, SWEDEN BRANCH as agent of the other Finance Parties (the " Agent ").

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

SECTION 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

" Acceptable Bank " means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A- or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A3 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency.

 

" Accession Letter " means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Accession Letter ).

 

  - 1 -  

 

 

" Acquired Debt " has the meaning given to the term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial Definitions ).

 

" Additional Borrower " means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

" Affiliate " means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

" Affiliate Accession Undertaking " means an undertaking in the form set out in Schedule 11 ( Affiliate Accession Undertaking ).

 

" Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange " means the Agent's spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

 

" Ancillary Commencement Date " means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility, the date on which that Ancillary Facility is first made available, which date shall be a Business Day within the Availability Period.

 

" Ancillary Commitment " means, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility, the maximum Base Currency Amount which that Ancillary Lender has agreed (whether or not subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent) to make available from time to time under an Ancillary Facility and which has been authorised as such under Clause 7 ( Ancillary Facilities ), to the extent that amount is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents relating to that Ancillary Facility.

 

" Ancillary Document " means each document relating to or evidencing the terms of an Ancillary Facility.

 

" Ancillary Facility " means any ancillary facility made available by an Ancillary Lender in accordance with Clause 7 ( Ancillary Facilities ).

 

" Ancillary Lender " means each Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender) which makes available an Ancillary Facility in accordance with Clause 7 ( Ancillary Facilities ).

 

" Ancillary Outstandings " means, at any time, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility the aggregate of the equivalents (as calculated by that Ancillary Lender) in the Base Currency of the following amounts outstanding under that Ancillary Facility then in force:

 

(a) the principal amount under each overdraft facility and on demand short term loan facility (net of any Available Credit Balance);

 

(b) the face amount of each guarantee, bond and letter of credit under that Ancillary Facility; and

 

(c) the amount fairly representing the aggregate exposure (excluding interest and similar charges) of that Ancillary Lender under each other type of accommodation provided under that Ancillary Facility, in each case as determined by such Ancillary Lender in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Document or normal banking practice.

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

" Annual Report " means the Millicom Annual Report 2015.

 

" Assignment Agreement " means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

" Authorisation " means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

 

" Availability Period " means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling one Month prior to the Termination Date.

 

" Available Credit Balance " means in relation to an Ancillary Facility, credit balances on any account of any Borrower of that Ancillary Facility with the Ancillary Lender making available that Ancillary Facility to the extent that those credit balances are freely available to be set off by that Ancillary Lender against liabilities owed to it by that Borrower under that Ancillary Facility.

 

" Available Commitment " means, in relation to the Facility, a Lender's Commitment minus (subject as set out below):

 

(a) the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under the Facility and the Base Currency Amount of the aggregate of its (and its Affiliate's) Ancillary Commitments under the Facility; and

 

(b) in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any other Loans that are due to be made under the Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date, and the Base Currency Amount of its (and its Affiliate's) Ancillary Commitment in relation to any new Ancillary Facility that is due to be made available under the Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

For the purposes of calculating a Lender's Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the following amounts shall not be deducted from that Lender's Commitment:

 

(i) that Lender's participation in any Loans under the Facility that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date; and

 

(ii) that Lender's (and its Affiliate's) Ancillary Commitments under the Facility to the extent that they are due to be reduced or cancelled on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

" Available Facility " means, in relation to the Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment.

 

" Base Currency " means US Dollars.

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

" Base Currency Amount " means:

 

(a) in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by a Borrower for that Loan (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request);

 

(b) in relation to an Ancillary Commitment, the amount specified as such in the notice delivered to the Agent by the Company pursuant to Clause 7.2 ( Availability ) (or, if the amount specified is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Ancillary Commencement Date for that Ancillary Facility or, if later, the date the Agent receives the notice of the Ancillary Commitment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement),

 

and adjusted in all cases to reflect any repayment prepayment, consolidation or division of the Utilisation or (as the case may be) cancellation or reduction of an Ancillary Facility.

 

" Borrower " means an Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ), and, in respect of an Ancillary Facility only, any Affiliate of a Borrower that becomes a borrower of that Ancillary Facility with the approval of the relevant Lender pursuant to Clause 7.9 ( Affiliates of Borrowers ).

 

" Break Costs " means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds:

 

(b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

" Business Day " means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, New York, Stockholm, Luxembourg, Toronto and:

 

(a) (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; or

 

(b) (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET Day.

 

  - 4 -  

 

 

" Capital Lease Obligation " means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of real or personal property of such person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the face of a statement of financial position of such person in accordance with IFRS. The stated maturity of such obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. The principal amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalised amount thereof that would appear on the face of a statement of financial position of such person in accordance with IFRS.

 

" Capital Stock " of any person means any and all shares, interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock or other equity participation, including partnership interests, whether general or limited, of such person.

 

" Cash Equivalents " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Change of Control " means:

 

(a) any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than Kinnevik AB or its Related Parties) gains direct or indirect control of the Company. For the purposes of this definition:

 

(i) " control " of the Company means the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company; and

 

(ii) " acting in concert " means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Company.

 

(b) the direct or indirect sale, leasing, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of a Merger) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Group, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; or

 

(c) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company.

 

" Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

" Commitment " means:

 

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading "Commitment" in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ); and

 

  - 5 -  

 

 

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ),

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ).

 

" Confidential Information " means all information relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

(a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

(i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 37 ( Confidentiality ); or

 

(ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; or

 

(iv) is a Reference Bank Quotation.

 

" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 9 ( LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking ) or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

" Consolidated EBITDA " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Consolidated Interest Expense " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

  - 6 -  

 

 

" Consolidated Net Debt " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Cross Acceleration " means any Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is cancelled, or declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

"Cross Payment Default " means any event of default (howsoever described) arising from a failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay any Debt when due or within any originally applicable grace period.

 

" CTA " means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

 

" Debt " means (without duplication), with respect to any person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such person and whether or not contingent:

 

(a) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such person for money borrowed;

 

(b) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses;

 

(c) every reimbursement obligation of such person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such person (but only to the extent such obligations are not reimbursed within 30 days following receipt by such person of a demand for reimbursement);

 

(d) every obligation of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (including securities repurchase agreements but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business and excluding purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the applicable seller and, in connection with the purchase by any member of the Group of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing statement of financial position or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing) where the deferred payment is arranged primarily as a means of raising finance, which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

(e) every Capital Lease Obligation of such person;

 

(f) all Redeemable Stock issued by such person;

 

(g) the net obligation of such person under Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements of such person; and

 

(h) every obligation of the type referred to in paragraphs (a) through (g) of another person and all dividends of another person the payment of which, in either case, such person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise.

 

  - 7 -  

 

 

The " amount " or " principal amount " of Debt at any time of determination as used herein represented by (A) any Debt issued at a price that is less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS, (B) any Redeemable Stock, shall be the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price in respect thereof and (C) any Debt that has been cash-collateralised, to the extent so cash collateralised, shall be excluded from any calculation of Debt. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, for all purposes under this Agreement, the amount of Debt incurred, repaid, redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by a member of the Group shall equal the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS and reflected on the Company's consolidated statement of financial position.

 

The term " Debt " shall not include:

 

(i) obligations described in paragraphs (a), (b) or (h) of the first paragraph of this definition of Debt that are incurred by a member of the Group (the " Proceeds Recipient ") and owed to a bank or other lending institution (the " On-Lend Bank ") to facilitate the substantially concurrent on-lending of proceeds (the " Proceeds On-Loan ") from Debt incurred by the Company or any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) as permitted by paragraph (a) ( Net Leverage Ratio ) of Clause 22.2 ( Financial condition ) (the " Initial Debt ") to the extent (A) the principal obligations in respect of the Proceeds On-Loan are secured by security over cash granted in favour of the On-Lend Bank or any of its Affiliates in an amount not less than the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan, (B) the Proceeds On-Loan is put in place substantially concurrently with a loan by any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) to the On-Lend Bank (the " On-Lend Bank Borrowing ") pursuant to which the Proceeds Recipient is entitled to reduce the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan by an amount equal to the principal amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing if a default or acceleration occurs with respect to such On-Lend Bank Borrowing, or (C) the substantial risks and rewards of the Proceeds On-Loan are transferred, using a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement, from the On-Lend Bank to any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) in exchange for an amount not less than (x) the amount of cash granted in favour of the On-Lend Bank or any of its Affiliates, or (y) the outstanding amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing, as applicable, in each case as at the effective date of such transfer;

 

(ii) any liability of the Company or any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) attributable to a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement described in paragraph (i)(C) above to the extent such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS and recorded as a current liability on the Company's consolidated statement of financial position;

 

  - 8 -  

 

 

(iii) any Restricted MFS Cash;

 

(iv) any liability of the Company attributable to a put option or similar instrument, arrangement or agreement entered into after the date of this Agreement granted by the Company relating to an interest in any other entity, in each case to the extent such option has not been exercised or such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS, and recorded as a current liability on the Company's consolidated statement of financial position;

 

(v) any standby letter of credit, performance bond or surety bond provided by a member of the Group that is customary in the Permitted Business to the extent such letters of credit or bonds are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, are honored in accordance with their terms; and

 

(vi) any intercompany debt or other liability from the Company to Subsidiaries or from Subsidiaries to the Company.

 

" Default " means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 24 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

" Defaulting Lender " means any Lender:

 

(a) which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation );

 

(b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document;

 

(c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(d) an Affiliate of which is a Defaulting Lender,

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A) administrative or technical error; or

 

(B) a Disruption Event, and

 

payment is made within 5 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

  - 9 -  

 

 

" Designated Gross Amount " means the amount notified by the Company to the Agent upon the establishment of a Multi-account Overdraft as being the maximum amount of Gross Outstandings that will, at any time, be outstanding under that Multi-account Overdraft.

 

" Designated Net Amount " means the amount notified by the Company to the Agent upon the establishment of a Multi-account Overdraft as being the maximum amount of Net Outstandings that will, at any time, be outstanding under that Multi-account Overdraft

 

" Disclosed Investigation " means any investigation by any governmental, regulatory or law enforcement authorities of certain payments that were or may have been made on behalf of Comunicaciones Celulares S.A., the Company’s joint venture in Guatemala, as described in the press release issued by the Company on 21 October 2015, and any facts and circumstances relating thereto.

 

" Disruption Event " means either or both of:

 

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

" Environmental Claim " means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 

" Environmental Law " means any applicable law in any jurisdiction in which any member of the Group conducts business which relates to the pollution or protection of the environment or harm to or the protection of human health or the health of animals or plants.

 

" Environmental Permits " means any permit, licence, consent, approval and other authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by the relevant member of the Group.

 

  - 10 -  

 

 

" EURIBOR " means, in relation to any Loan in euro:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

 

(c) if:

 

(i) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

(ii) it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

 

the Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for euro and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if any such rate is below zero, EURIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

" Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 24 ( Events of Default ).

 

" Existing Facilities " means the facilities made available pursuant to the Existing Facilities Agreement.

 

" Existing Facilities Agreement " means the $500,000,000 facility agreement dated 4 June 2014 between, amongst others, the Company as the company, original borrower and guarantor, The Bank of Nova Scotia, BNP Paribas, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch, DNB Markets, a part of DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch, Barclays Bank PLC, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Itau BBA International PLC, J.P. Morgan Limited, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Nordea Bank AB (publ) and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as arrangers and DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch as agent, as amended, supplemented, varied or novated from time to time.

 

" Facility " means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).

 

" Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

" Fair Market Value " means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm's length free market transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Company's Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or responsible accounting or financial officer.

 

  - 11 -  

 

 

" FATCA " means:

 

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

(b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

" FATCA Application Date " means:

 

(a) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

(b) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or

 

(c) in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

" Fee Letter " means:

 

(a) any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arrangers and the Company (or the Agent and the Company) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 13 ( Fees ); and

 

(b) any other agreement setting out fees referred to in Clause 13.5 ( Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities ).

 

" Finance Document " means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter, any Ancillary Document and any other document designated as a "Finance Document" by the Agent and the Company.

 

" Finance Party " means the Agent, the Arrangers, a Lender or any Ancillary Lender.

 

  - 12 -  

 

 

" Financial Quarter " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Financial Year " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Government Securities " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Gross Outstandings " means, in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft, the Ancillary Outstandings of that Multi-account Overdraft but calculated on the basis that the words "(net of any Available Credit Balance)" in paragraph (a) of the definition of "Ancillary Outstandings" were deleted.

 

" Group " means the Company and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

" Holding Company " means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

" IFRS " means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

" Impaired Agent " means the Agent at any time when:

 

(a) it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

(b) the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

(c) (if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of "Defaulting Lender"; or

 

(d) an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent;

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A) administrative or technical error; or

 

(B) a Disruption Event; and

 

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii) the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

" Increase Confirmation " means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 12 ( Form of Increase Confirmation ).

 

" Increase Lender " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

 

  - 13 -  

 

 

" Insolvency Event " in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party :

 

(a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

(b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

(c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(d) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

(e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

(i) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

(ii) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

(f) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

(g) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

(h) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

(i) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or

 

(j) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

  - 14 -  

 

 

" Interest Cover " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Intellectual Property " means:

 

(a) any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, knowhow and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and

 

(b) the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist).

 

" Interest Period " means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 11 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10.3 ( Default interest ).

 

" Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement " of any person means any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financial agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices or indices (excluding contracts for the purchase or sale of goods in the ordinary course of business).

 

" Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to LIBOR or EURIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

 

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan.

 

" Investment " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" ITA " means the Income Tax Act 2007.

 

" Joint Venture " means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other entity.

 

" Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Lender " means:

 

(a) any Original Lender; and

 

  - 15 -  

 

 

(b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2. ( Increase ) or Clause 25 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

" LIBOR " means, in relation to any Loan other than in Euros:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

 

(c) if:

 

(i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Loan; or

 

(ii) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

 

the Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

" Lien " means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, encumbrance, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

" LMA " means the Loan Market Association.

 

" Loan " means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

" Majority Lenders " means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).

 

" Mandate Letter " means the letter dated 30 November 2016 between the Arranger, the Company and others.

 

" Mandatory Prepayment Event " means any event of default, howsoever described, (other than a Cross Payment Default), taking into account any originally applicable grace periods, which occurs under any agreement relating to any Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  - 16 -  

 

 

" Margin " means:

 

(a) in relation to any Loan, 1.50 per cent. per annum;

 

(b) in relation to any Unpaid Sum relating or referable to the Facility, the rate per annum specified below for the Facility; and

 

(c) in relation to any other Unpaid Sum, the highest rate specified below,

 

but if:

 

(d) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

(e) Net Leverage Ratio in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period is within a range set out below,

 

then the Margin for each Loan will be the percentage per annum set out below opposite that range:

 

  Margin  
Net Leverage Ratio   % p.a.  
       
Less than 3.00:1 but greater than 2.50:1     2.00  
         
Less than or equal to 2.50:1 but greater than 2.00:1     1.70  
         
Less than or equal to 2.00:1 but greater than 1.50:1     1.50  
         
Less than or equal to 1.50:1 but greater than 0.75:1     1.40  
         
Less than or equal to 0.75:1     1.30  

 

However:

 

(i) any decrease or increase in the Margin for a Loan shall take effect on the date (the " reset date ") which is five Business Days after receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Compliance Certificate );

 

(ii) within 3 Business Days after the reset date, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any increase or decrease in the Margin for each Loan and any corresponding change to the amount payable at maturity in respect of that Loan;

 

(iii) if, following receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate related to any Quarterly Report or audited consolidated financial statements for any Financial Year, that Compliance Certificate does not confirm the basis for a reduced Margin, then paragraph (b) of Clause 10.2 ( Payment of interest ) shall apply and the Margin for that Loan shall be the percentage per annum determined using the table above and the revised Net Leverage Ratio calculated using the figures in that Compliance Certificate;

 

  - 17 -  

 

 

(iv) while an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin for each Loan shall be the highest percentage per annum set out above for a Loan; and

 

(v) for the purpose of determining the Margin, Net Leverage Ratio and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, operations, assets, or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole;

 

(b) the ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under the Finance Documents in any material respect; or

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

" Material Company " means:

 

(a) an Obligor;

 

(b) a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(c) any other Subsidiaries which are not Significant Subsidiaries but where taken together, account for more than 10 per cent. of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group or consolidated revenues of the Group, or whose assets, taken together, represent more than 10 per cent. of the assets of the Group.

 

" Merger " means:

 

(a) an amalgamation, merger, consolidation of the Company with another person; or

 

(b) the direct or indirect conveyance, transfer, sale, leasing or otherwise disposal by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets to any other person,

 

other than pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation.

 

  - 18 -  

 

 

" Minority Shareholder Loan " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Month " means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

" Multi-account Overdraft " means an Ancillary Facility which is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account.

 

" Net Outstandings " means, in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft, the Ancillary Outstandings of that Multi-account Overdraft.

 

" Net Leverage Ratio " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" New Lender " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 25 ( Changes to the Lenders ).

 

" Obligor " means a Borrower or the Guarantor.

 

" Optional Currency " means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in Clause 4.3 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies ).

 

" Original Financial Statements " means in relation to the Company, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the Financial Year ended 31 December 2015.

 

" Original Obligor " means an Original Borrower or the Guarantor.

 

" Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

 

  - 19 -  

 

 

" Permitted Business " means:

 

(a) any business, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any member of the Group on the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) any business, services and activities that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing, or are extensions or developments thereof, including, without limitation, broadband internet, network-related services, cable television, broadcast content, network neutral services, electronic transactional, financial and commercial services related to provision of telephony or internet services.

 

" Permitted Discontinuance of Property Maintenance " means the discontinuance of the operation or maintenance of the properties of any member of the Group if such discontinuance is, in the Company's judgment, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of such member of the Group, and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

" Permitted Disposal " means:

 

(a) any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal:

 

(i) of any asset for which an agreement to effect such sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal was entered into prior to the date of this Agreement and disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) of damaged, worn-out, obsolete or redundant assets for fair value;

 

(iii) of any asset by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading;

 

(iv) of any asset by a member of the Group to another member of the Group;

 

(v) of any asset in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality;

 

(vi) of Cash Equivalents for cash or in exchange for other Cash Equivalents;

 

(vii) of any asset constituted by a licence of intellectual property rights permitted by Clause 23.18 ( Intellectual Property );

 

(viii) of any asset to a Joint Venture, to the extent permitted by Clause 23.9 ( Joint Ventures ); or

 

(ix) arising as a result of any Permitted Lien;

 

(x) of assets which are seized, expropriated or acquired by compulsory purchase by or by the order of any central or local government authority;

 

  - 20 -  

 

 

(b) any Specified Subsidiary Sale;

 

(c) the disposal of Capital Stock of the Company held by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(d) the disposal of any asset at Fair Market Value, provided that the proceeds of such disposal are:

 

(i) reinvested in assets to be used for the business of the Group as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within six months of receipt; and

 

(ii) certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company as having been so reinvested in the next Compliance Certificate delivered to the Agent following the expiry of the relevant six month period.

 

(e) any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal of assets for cash where the higher of the book value and net consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the book value and net consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal) does not exceed US$ 150,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in total during the term of this Agreement and does not exceed US$ 75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in any Financial Year of the Company; and

 

(f) the disposal of up to 25 per cent. of the outstanding ordinary shares or other Capital Stock of any of the Subsidiaries of the Company organised or operating in Tanzania in a public offering and listing on the Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange or any other exchange approved by the Company;

 

(g) any disposal made with the prior written consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

" Permitted Gross Outstandings " means, in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft, any amount, not exceeding its Designated Gross Amount, which is the amount of the Gross Outstandings of that Multi-account Overdraft.

 

" Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement " means any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions in the ordinary course of business that is designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates and which shall have a notional amount no greater than the payments due with respect to the Debt being hedged thereby, or in the case of currency or commodity protection agreements against currency exchange or commodity price fluctuations in the ordinary course of business relating to then existing financial obligations and not for purposes of speculation.

 

" Permitted Joint Venture " means any Joint Venture where:

 

(a) the Joint Venture is incorporated, or established, and carries on its principle business in a jurisdiction and territory that is not a Sanctioned Country;

 

  - 21 -  

 

 

(b) the Joint Venture is engaged in a business substantially the same as that carried on by the Group; and

 

(c) in any Financial Year of the Company, the aggregate of:

 

(i) the contingent liabilities of any member of the Group under any guarantee given in respect of the liabilities of any Joint Venture; and

 

(ii) the book value of any assets transferred by any member of the Group to any Joint Venture,

 

does not exceed US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

" Permitted Lien " means:

 

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges, or levies on the property of any member of the Group if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceeds promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made therefor;

 

(b) Liens imposed by law, such as statutory Liens of landlords', carriers', materialmen's, repairmen's, construction, warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of any member of the Group arising in the ordinary course of trading or Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law business relating to attorneys' liens or bankers' liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution;

 

(c) Liens on the property of any member of the Group incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance bids, trade contracts, letters of credit, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice, in each case which are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the business of the Group taken as a whole;

 

(d) Liens on property at the time a member of the Group acquired such property and Liens incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction pursuant to which such property was acquired by a member of the Group, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the relevant member of the Group;

 

  - 22 -  

 

 

(e) Liens on the property of a person at the time such person becomes a member of the Group; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of any member of the Group that is not a direct, or, prior to such time, indirect Subsidiary of such person; provided further, however, that any such Lien was not incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such person became a member of the Group;

 

(f) pledges or deposits by any member of the Group under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which any member of the Group is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of a member of the Group or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(h) any provision for the retention of title to any property by the vendor or transferor of such property which property is acquired by a member of the Group in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the relevant member of the Group and for which kind of transaction it is customary market practice for such retention of title provision to be included;

 

(i) Liens arising by means of any judgment, decree or order of any court, to the extent not otherwise resulting in a Default, so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order have not been fully terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceeding in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j) any Lien securing Debt incurred under any Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement;

 

(k) any Lien securing Acquired Debt;

 

(l) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which a member of the Group has easement rights or on any real property leased by any member of the Group or similar agreements relating thereto, and any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings or compulsory purchase order affecting real property;

 

(m) Liens existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

(n) Liens in favour of the Company;

 

(o) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings in respect of the Group;

 

  - 23 -  

 

 

(p) Liens arising from financing statement filings (or other similar filings in any applicable jurisdiction) regarding operating leases entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q) Liens on goods (and the proceeds thereof) and documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Debt in respect of commercial letters of credit issued to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(r) Liens on the property of a member of the Group to replace in whole or in part, any Lien described in the foregoing paragraphs (a) through (q); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Debt being refinanced or in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

(s) Liens on any escrow account used in connection with pre-funding a refinancing of Debt otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

(t) Liens on any member of the Group's deposits in favor of financial institutions arising from any netting or set-off arrangement substantially consistent with its current practice for the purpose of netting debt and credit balances substantially consistent with the Group's existing cash pooling arrangements;

 

(u) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of any member of the Group with respect to obligations that do not exceed the greater of US$ 150,000,000 or 3% of the consolidated net assets of the Company (being the total assets shown on the consolidated financial statements of the Company most recently delivered to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement, less all goodwill, patents, trade names, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, experimental expenses, organization expenses and any other amounts classified as intangible assets in accordance with IFRS) at any one time outstanding and that do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Company, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Group;

 

(v) Liens over cash or other assets that secure collateralised obligations described in paragraph (a) of the third paragraph of the definition of Debt; provided that the amount of cash collateral does not exceed the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan;

 

(w) Liens over cash or other assets that secure letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities; and

 

(a) Liens on Restricted MFS Cash in favour of the customers or dealers of, or third parties in relation to, one or more member of the Group engaged in the provision of mobile financial services, in each case who provided such Restricted MFS Cash to the relevant member of the Group.

 

  - 24 -  

 

 

" Permitted Loan " means:

 

(a) any loan made by any member of the Group with the prior written consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders;

 

(b) any loan or credit existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement, or any replacement loan or credit between the same parties and on substantially the same terms and for an amount not exceeding the original loan or credit;

 

(c) any loan made by an Obligor to a member of the Group to distribute the proceeds of Debt incurred pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(d) any loan made by an Obligor to another Obligor or made by a member of the Group which is not an Obligor to another member of the Group;

 

(e) any loan made by an Obligor to a member of the Group which is not an Obligor so long as the aggregate amount of the Debt under any such loans does not exceed US$ 200,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time;

 

(f) any loan made to another member of the Group pursuant to any cash pooling arrangement;

 

(g) any loan or credit constituted by a member of the Group deferring purchase consideration due to it on the disposal of an asset, provided that the relevant disposal is a Permitted Disposal;

 

(h) any loan, credit or trade credit extended by any member of the Group to its customers on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its trading activities;

 

(i) any advance payment made in relation to capital expenditure in the ordinary course of day to day business;

 

(j) any loan made for the purposes of enabling an Obligor to meet its payment obligations under the Finance Documents, provided the relevant Obligor does not (or does not reasonably expect to) otherwise have sufficient cash available to meet such payment obligations;

 

(k) any loan made by a member of the Group to an employee or director of any member of the Group if the amount of that loan, when aggregated with the amount of all loans to employees and directors by members of the Group, does not exceed US$ 25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time;

 

(l) any loan to a Permitted Joint Venture which is not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement if the principal amount of that loan, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other such loans to Permitted Joint Ventures, does not exceed US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time;

 

  - 25 -  

 

 

(m) any credit balance held in the ordinary course of day to day business with a bank or financial institution;

 

(n) any loan or extension of credit described in the third paragraph of the definition of Debt; and

 

(o) any other loan or extension of credit not permitted under paragraphs (a) to (n) above provided the aggregate principal amount of Debt under all such loans does not exceed US$ 25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time.

 

" Permitted Reorganisation " means an amalgamation, merger, consolidation, corporate reconstruction, or reorganisation involving the Company where the entity formed by or surviving such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, corporate reconstruction, or reorganisation is the Company.

 

" Permitted Tax Non-Payment " means a non-payment or non-discharge in respect of any tax, assessment or charge which, on the date of determination, is not delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty or whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves (if required in accordance with IFRS) have been established.

 

" Proceeds On-Loan " has the meaning given to that term in the definition of "Debt".

 

" Quarter Date " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Quarterly Report " means a report containing the following information:

 

(a) the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position of the Company as at the end of the most recent Financial Quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated income statements and statements of cashflow of the Company for the most recent Financial Quarter and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position date and the comparable prior period (as determined by the IFRS standard on preparation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements); and

 

(b) a copy of the related operating and financial review included in the quarterly earnings release of the Company for the applicable Financial Quarter.

 

" Quotation Day " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:

 

(a) (if the currency is domestic sterling) the first day of that period;

 

(b) (if the currency is euro) two TARGET Days before the first day of that period; or

 

(c) (for any other currency) two Business Days before the first day of that period,

 

  - 26 -  

 

 

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

" Redeemable Stock " of any person means any Capital Stock of such person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or otherwise (including upon the occurrence of an event) matures or is required to be redeemed (pursuant to any sinking fund obligation or otherwise) or is convertible into or exchangeable for Debt or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the final Termination Date.

 

" Reference Bank Quotation " means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank.

 

" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

 

(a) in relation to LIBOR, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market; or

 

(b) in relation to EURIBOR, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the European interbank market,

 

in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

 

" Reference Banks " means such banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company (provided that any such bank has consented to be a Reference Bank for the purposes of this Agreement).

 

" Related Fund " in relation to a fund (the " first fund "), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

" Related Parties " means:

 

(a) any controlling stockholder, partner or member of Kinnevik AB;

 

(b) any Subsidiary of Kinnevik AB; and

 

(c) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity in respect of which Kinnevik AB and/or the persons described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above are the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or persons beneficially owning a majority or a controlling interest.

 

" Relevant Interbank Market " means in relation to euro, the European interbank market, and, in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.

 

  - 27 -  

 

 

" Relevant Period " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Repeating Representations " means each of the representations set out in Clauses 20.1 ( Status ) to 20.7 ( Insolvency ), Clause 20.10 ( No default ), paragraph (c) of Clause 20.12 ( Financial statements ), 20.17 ( Anti-corruption law ) and 20.18 ( Sanctions ).

 

" Representative " means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

" Resignation Letter " means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Resignation Letter ).

 

" Restricted Cash " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Restricted MFS Cash " means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to any cash paid in or deposited by or held on behalf of any customer or dealer of, or any other third party in relation to, one or more member of the Group engaged in the provision of mobile financial services and designated as "restricted cash" on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Company, together with any interest thereon.

 

" Rollover Loan " means one or more Loans:

 

(a) made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid;

 

(b) the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Loan;

 

(c) in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )); and

 

(d) made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Loan.

 

" Sanctioned Country " means a country or territory which is subject to general, country wide trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes imposed, administered or enforced by:

 

(a) the United States of America (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and the U.S. Department of State);

 

(b) the United Nations;

 

(c) the European Union;

 

(d) Her Majesty's Treasury, and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office of the United Kingdom;

 

(e) the Canadian Ministry for Foreign Affairs; or

 

  - 28 -  

 

 

(f) any other relevant authority having jurisdiction over a Finance Party or a member of the Group.

 

" Sanctions " means any economic or financial sanctions, trade embargoes, laws, regulations or restrictive measures imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by:

 

(a) the United States of America (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and the U.S. Department of State);

 

(b) the United Nations;

 

(c) the European Union;

 

(d) Her Majesty's Treasury, and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office of the United Kingdom;

 

(e) the Canadian Ministry for Foreign Affairs; or

 

(f) any other relevant authority.

 

" Sanctions List " means any of the lists of specific designated nations, sectoral sanctions or designated persons or entities (or equivalent) held by:

 

(a) the United States of America (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and the U.S. Department of State);

 

(b) the United Nations;

 

(c) the European Union;

 

(d) Her Majesty's Treasury, and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office of the United Kingdom;

 

(e) the Canadian Ministry for Foreign Affairs; or

 

(f) any other relevant authority having jurisdiction over a Finance Party or a member of the Group;

 

each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.

 

" Screen Rate " means:

 

(a) in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate); and

 

(b) in relation to EURIBOR, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate),

 

  - 29 -  

 

 

or, in each case, on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

 

" Securities Act " means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto..

 

" Security " means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

" Separate Loan " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 8.1 ( Repayment of Loans ).

 

" Significant Subsidiary " means a Subsidiary of the Company:

 

(a) which accounts for more than 10 per cent. of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group or consolidated revenues of the Group; or

 

(b) whose assets represent more than 10 per cent. of the assets of the Group.

 

" Specified Subsidiary Sale " means the sale, transfer or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock, or all of the assets or properties of, (a) any entity, the primary purpose of which is to own Tower Equipment located in any market in which any member of the Group operates; (b) any person which operates any member of the Group's mobile financial services business; (c) Latin America Internet Holding GmbH; or (d) Africa Internet Holding GmbH.

 

" Specified Time " means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 10 ( Timetables ).

 

" Subsidiary " means in respect of any person:

 

(a) any corporation in which it or one or more of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly owns more than 50 per cent. of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock; or

 

(b) any other entity in which it or one or more of its Subsidiaries:

 

(i) directly or indirectly has majority ownership, but only to the extent such majority ownership results in an entitlement to the majority of the profits generated by that entity; or

 

(ii) has the power to direct the policies, management and affairs thereof.

 

" Syndication Date " means the day specified by the Arrangers as the day on which primary syndication of the Facility is completed.

 

  - 30 -  

 

 

" TARGET2 " means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

 

" TARGET Day " means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro.

 

" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

" Termination Date " means the date falling 60 months from the date of this Agreement.

 

" Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Commitments, being US$ 600,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

" Tower Equipment " means passive infrastructure related to telecommunications services, excluding telecommunications equipment, but including, without limitation, towers (including tower lights and lightning rods), power breakers, deep cycle batteries, generators, voltage regulators, main AC power, rooftop masts, cable ladders, grounding, walls and fences, access roads, shelters, air conditioners and BTS batteries owned by any member of the Group.

 

" Transfer Certificate " means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company.

 

" Transfer Date " means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b) the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

" Unpaid Sum " means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

" US Tax Obligor " means:

 

(a) a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or

 

(b) an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes.

 

" Utilisation " means a utilisation of the Facility.

 

" Utilisation Date " means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

 

  - 31 -  

 

 

" Utilisation Request " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 ( Requests ).

 

" VAT " means:

 

(a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

1.2 Construction

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears any reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i) the " Agent ", the " Arranger ", any " Finance Party ", any " Lender ", any " Obligor " or any " Party " shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

(ii) " assets " includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iii) a " Finance Document " or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended, replaced or restated;

 

(iv) " indebtedness " includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(v) a " person " includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(vi) a " regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(vii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

(viii) a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

(b) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

(c) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

  - 32 -  

 

 

(d) A Borrower providing " cash cover " for an Ancillary Facility means a Borrower paying an amount in the currency of the Ancillary Facility to an interest-bearing account in the name of that Borrower and the following conditions are met:

 

(i) the account is with the Ancillary Lender in respect of that Ancillary Facility;

 

(ii) withdrawals from the account may only be made to pay the relevant Ancillary Lender amounts due and payable to it under this Agreement in respect of that Ancillary Facility until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Ancillary Facility; and

 

(iii) that Borrower has executed a security document, in form and substance satisfactory to the Ancillary Lender with which that account is held, creating a first ranking security interest over that account.

 

(e) A Default (other than an Event of Default) is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

(f) A Borrower " repaying " or " prepaying " Ancillary Outstandings means:

 

(i) that Borrower providing cash cover in respect of those Ancillary Outstandings;

 

(ii) the maximum amount payable under that Ancillary Facility being reduced in accordance with its terms; or

 

(iii) the Ancillary Lender being satisfied that it has no further liability under that Ancillary Facility,

 

and the amount by which Ancillary Outstandings are repaid or prepaid under paragraphs 1.2(f)(i) and (ii) above is the amount of the relevant cash cover or reduction.

 

(g) An amount borrowed includes any amount utilised under an Ancillary Facility.

 

1.3 Currency Symbols and Definitions

 

(a) " $ " and " dollars " denote the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

(b) " ", " EUR " and " euro " denote the single currency of the Participating Member States.

 

  - 33 -  

 

 

1.4 Third party rights

 

(a) A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 36.2 ( Exceptions ) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

  - 34 -  

 

 

SECTION 2 

THE FACILITY

 

2. THE FACILITY

 

2.1 The Facility

 

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a multicurrency revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

 

(b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, an Ancillary Lender may make all or part of its Commitment available to any Borrower as an Ancillary Facility.

 

2.2 Increase

 

(a) The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling five Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

(i) the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 9.8 ( Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender ); or

 

(ii) the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with:

 

(A) Clause 9.1 ( Illegality ); or

 

(B) paragraph (a) of Clause 9.7 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ),

 

request that the Commitments relating to the Facility be increased (and the Commitments relating to the Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments relating to the Facility so cancelled as follows:

 

(iii) the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an " Increase Lender ") selected by the Company (each of which shall not be a member of the Group) and each of which confirms in writing (whether in the relevant Increase Confirmation or otherwise) its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

(iv) each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  - 35 -  

 

 

(v) each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

(vi) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

(vii) any increase in the Commitments relating to the Facility shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

(b) An increase in the Commitments relating to the Facility will only be effective on:

 

(i) the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and

 

(ii) in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the Agent being satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Increase Lender upon being so satisfied.

 

(c) Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

(d) The Company shall, promptly on demand, pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.2, in each case up to the limit of an amount agreed by the Company and the Agent ( provided that the Agent shall not be obliged to take any action pursuant to this Clause 2.2 in the absence of any such agreement).

 

(e) The Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 25.3 ( Assignment or transfer fee ) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to Clause 25.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

 

(f) The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Company and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this paragraph.

 

  - 36 -  

 

 

(g) Clause 25.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

(i) an " Existing Lender " were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

(ii) the " New Lender " were references to that " Increase Lender "; and

 

(iii) a " re-transfer " and " re-assignment " were references to respectively a " transfer " and " assignment ".

 

2.3 Finance Parties' rights and obligations

 

(a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by the relevant Obligor.

 

(c) A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

3. PURPOSE

 

3.1 Purpose

 

Each Borrower (and, in the case of an Ancillary Facility, each Borrower or an Affiliate of a Borrower) shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility, and any utilisation of any Ancillary Facility, towards the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Group, (including financing any acquisitions, licenses, capital expenditure, and payment of dividends to the extent permitted under Clause 23.20 ( Dividends )).

 

  - 37 -  

 

 

3.2 Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4. CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

 

(a) No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

(b) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

(a) there is no breach of Clause 23.16 ( Financial indebtedness );

 

(b) in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

 

(c) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

 

4.3 Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

 

(a) A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Loan if:

 

(i) it is Euros; or

 

(ii) it is:

 

(A) readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Loan; and

 

(B) has been approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request for that Loan.

 

  - 38 -  

 

 

(b) If the Agent has received a written request from the Company for a currency to be approved under paragraph (a)(ii) above, the Agent will confirm to the Company by the Specified Time:

 

(i) whether or not the Lenders have granted their approval; and

 

(ii) if approval has been granted, the minimum amount for any subsequent Utilisation in that currency.

 

4.4 Maximum number of Loans

 

(a) A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation the aggregate number of Loans outstanding under the Facility would exceed 15.

 

(b) Any Separate Loan shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

 

(c) Any Loan made by a single Lender under Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency ) shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

 

  - 39 -  

 

 

SECTION 3

UTILISATION

 

5. UTILISATION - LOANS

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

A Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a) Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i) it identifies the Facility to be utilised;

 

(ii) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(iii) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

(iv) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 11 ( Interest Periods ).

 

(b) Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

(a) The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

 

(b) The amount of the proposed Loan must be:

 

(i) if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of US$ 10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility; or

 

(ii) if the currency selected is Euros, a minimum of €10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility; or

 

(iii) if the currency selected is an Optional Currency other than Euros, the minimum amount specified by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) (ii) of Clause 4.3 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies ) or, if less, the Available Facility; and

 

(iv) in any event such that its Base Currency Amount is less than or equal to the Available Facility.

 

  - 40 -  

 

 

5.4 Lenders' participation

 

(a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b) Other than as set out in paragraph (c) below, the amount of each Lender's participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

(c) If a Utilisation is made to repay Ancillary Outstandings, each Lender's participation in that Utilisation will be in an amount (as determined by the Agent) which will result as nearly as possible in the aggregate amount of its participation in the Utilisations then outstanding bearing the same proportion to the aggregate amount of the Utilisations then outstanding as its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

 

(d) The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and shall notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Loan, the amount of its participation in that Loan and if different, the amount of that participation to be made available in accordance with Clause 30.1 ( Payments to the Agent ), in each case by the Specified Time.

 

5.5 Lender Affiliates and Facility Office

 

(a) In respect of a Loan or Loans to a particular Borrower (" Designated Loans ") a Lender (a " Designating Lender ") may at any time and from time to time designate (by written notice to the Agent and the Company):

 

(i) a substitute Facility Office from which it will make Designated Loans (a " Substitute Facility Office "); or

 

(ii) nominate an Affiliate to act as the Lender of Designated Loans (a " Substitute Affiliate Lender ").

 

(b) A notice to nominate a Substitute Affiliate Lender must be in the form set out in Schedule 14 ( Form of Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice ) and be countersigned by the relevant Substitute Affiliate Lender confirming it will be bound as a Lender under this Agreement in respect of the Designated Loans in respect of which it acts as Lender.

 

(c) The Designating Lender will act as the representative of any Substitute Affiliate Lender it nominates for all administrative purposes under this Agreement. The Obligors, the Agent and the other Finance Parties will be entitled to deal only with the Designating Lender, except that payments will be made in respect of Designated Loans to the Facility Office of the Substitute Affiliate Lender. In particular the Commitments of the Designating Lender will not be treated as reduced by the introduction of the Substitute Affiliate Lender for voting purposes under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents.

 

  - 41 -  

 

 

(d) Save as mentioned in paragraph (c) above, a Substitute Affiliate Lender will be treated as a Lender for all purposes under the Finance Documents and having a Commitment equal to the principal amount of all Designated Loans in which it is participating if and for so long as it continues to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender under this Agreement.

 

(e) A Designating Lender may revoke its designation of an Affiliate as a Substitute Affiliate Lender by notice in writing to the Agent and the Company provided that such notice may only take effect when there are no Designated Loans outstanding to the Substitute Affiliate Lender. Upon such Substitute Affiliate Lender ceasing to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender the Designating Lender will automatically assume (and be deemed to assume without further action by any Party) all rights and obligations previously vested in the Substitute Affiliate Lender.

 

(f) If, as a result of the designation of a Substitute Facility Office or a Substitute Affiliate Lender, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the Designating Lender acting through its Substitute Facility Office or the Substitute Affiliate Lender under Clause 14 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause 15 ( Increased costs ), then the Designating Lender acting through its Substitute Facility Office or the Substitute Affiliate Lender (as applicable) is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Designating Lender would have been if such designation had not occurred.

 

5.6 Cancellation of Commitment

 

The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

 

6. OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

 

6.1 Selection of currency

 

A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) shall select the currency of a Loan in a Utilisation Request.

 

6.2 Unavailability of a currency

 

If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day:

 

(a) a Lender notifies the Agent that the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to it in the amount required; or

 

(b) a Lender notifies the Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it,

 

  - 42 -  

 

 

the Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower to that effect by the Specified Time on that day. In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 6.2 will be required to participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender's proportion of the Base Currency Amount or, in respect of a Rollover Loan, an amount equal to that Lender's proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Rollover Loan that is due to be made) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.

 

6.3 Participation in a Loan

 

Each Lender's participation in a Loan will be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation).

 

7. ANCILLARY FACILITIES

 

7.1 Type of Facility

 

An Ancillary Facility may be made available by way of:

 

(a) an overdraft facility;

 

(b) a guarantee, bonding, documentary or stand-by letter of credit facility;

 

(c) a short term loan facility; or

 

(d) any other facility or accommodation required in connection with the business of the Group and which is agreed by the Company with an Ancillary Lender.

 

7.2 Availability

 

(a) If the Company and a Lender agree, and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Lender may provide all or part of its Commitment as an Ancillary Facility, provided that the aggregate Ancillary Commitments made available under the Facility shall not exceed US$ 100,000,000.

 

(b) An Ancillary Facility shall not be made available unless, not later than five Business Days prior to the Ancillary Commencement Date for an Ancillary Facility, the Agent has received from the Company:

 

(i) a notice in writing requesting the establishment of an Ancillary Facility and specifying:

 

(A) the Facility under which the Ancillary Facility is to be made available;

 

(B) the proposed Borrower(s) (or Affiliate(s) of a Borrower) which may use the Ancillary Facility;

 

(C) the proposed Ancillary Commencement Date and expiry date of the Ancillary Facility;

 

(D) the proposed type of Ancillary Facility to be provided;

 

  - 43 -  

 

 

(E) the proposed Ancillary Lender;

 

(F) the proposed Ancillary Commitment, the maximum amount of the Ancillary Facility and, in the case of a Multi-account Overdraft, its Designated Gross Amount and its Designated Net Amount; and

 

(G) the proposed currency of the Ancillary Facility (if not denominated in the Base Currency); and

 

(ii) any other information which the Agent may reasonably request in connection with the Ancillary Facility.

 

(c) The Agent shall promptly notify the Company, the Ancillary Lender and the other Lenders of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility.

 

(d) Subject to compliance with paragraph (b) above:

 

(i) the Lender concerned will become an Ancillary Lender; and

 

(ii) the Ancillary Facility will be available,

 

with effect from the date agreed by the Company and the Ancillary Lender.

 

7.3 Terms of Ancillary Facilities

 

(a) Except as provided below, the terms of any Ancillary Facility will be those agreed by the Ancillary Lender and the Company.

 

(b) Those terms:

 

(i) must be based upon normal commercial terms at that time (except as varied by this Agreement);

 

(ii) may allow only Borrowers (or Affiliates of Borrowers nominated pursuant to Clause 7.9 ( Affiliates of Borrowers )) to use the Ancillary Facility;

 

(iii) may not allow the Ancillary Outstandings to exceed the Ancillary Commitment;

 

(iv) may not allow a Lender's Ancillary Commitment to exceed that Lender's Available Commitment (before taking into account the effect of the Ancillary Facility on that Available Commitment); and

 

(v) must require that the Ancillary Commitment is reduced to zero, and that all Ancillary Outstandings are repaid not later than the Termination Date (or such earlier date as the Commitment of the relevant Ancillary Lender (or its Affiliate) is reduced to zero).

 

  - 44 -  

 

 

(c) If there is any inconsistency between any term of an Ancillary Facility and any term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail except for:

 

(i) Clause 33.3 ( Day count convention ) which shall not prevail for the purposes of calculating fees, interest or commission relating to an Ancillary Facility;

 

(ii) an Ancillary Facility comprising more than one account where the terms of the Ancillary Documents shall prevail to the extent required to permit the netting of balances on those accounts; and

 

(iii) where the relevant term of this Agreement would be contrary to, or inconsistent with, the law governing the relevant Ancillary Document in which case that term of this Agreement shall not prevail.

 

(d) Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities are dealt with in Clause 13.5 ( Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities ).

 

7.4 Repayment of Ancillary Facility

 

(a) An Ancillary Facility shall cease to be available on the Termination Date, or such earlier date on which its expiry date occurs or on which it is cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) If an Ancillary Facility expires in accordance with its terms the Ancillary Commitment of the Ancillary Lender shall be reduced to zero.

 

(c) No Ancillary Lender may demand repayment or prepayment of any Ancillary Outstandings prior to the expiry date of the relevant Ancillary Facility unless:

 

(i) required to reduce the Permitted Gross Outstandings of a Multi-account Overdraft to or towards an amount equal to its Designated Net Amount;

 

(ii) the Total Commitments have been cancelled in full, or all outstanding Loans have become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Ancillary Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in its Ancillary Facility (or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of the Ancillary Lender for the Ancillary Lender to do so); or

 

(iv) both:

 

(A) the Available Commitments relating to; and

 

(B) the notice of the demand given by the Ancillary Lender,

 

would not prevent the relevant Borrower funding the repayment of those Ancillary Outstandings in full by way of Utilisation.

 

  - 45 -  

 

 

7.5 Limitation on Ancillary Outstandings

 

Each Borrower shall procure that:

 

(a) the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Ancillary Commitment applicable to that Ancillary Facility; and

 

(b) in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft:

 

(i) the Ancillary Outstandings shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount applicable to that Multi-account Overdraft; and

 

(ii) the Gross Outstandings shall not exceed the Designated Gross Amount applicable to that Multi-account Overdraft.

 

7.6 Adjustment for Ancillary Facilities upon acceleration

 

(a) In this Clause 7.6:

 

(i) " Facility Outstandings " means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate of the equivalent in the Base Currency of :

 

(A) its participation in each Loan then outstanding (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it as a Lender under the Facility); and

 

(B) if the Lender is also an Ancillary Lender, the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of Ancillary Facilities provided by that Ancillary Lender (or by its Affiliate) (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it (or to its Affiliate) as an Ancillary Lender in respect of the Ancillary Facility); and

 

(ii) " Total Facility Outstandings " means the aggregate of all Facility Outstandings.

 

(b) If a notice is served under Clause 24.16 ( Acceleration ) (other than a notice declaring Loans to be due on demand), each Lender and each Ancillary Lender shall (subject to paragraph (g) below) promptly adjust (by making or receiving (as the case may be) corresponding transfers of rights and obligations under the Finance Documents relating to Facility Outstandings) their claims in respect of amounts outstanding to them under the Facility and each Ancillary Facility to the extent necessary to ensure that after such transfers the Facility Outstandings of each Lender bear the same proportion to the Total Facility Outstandings as such Lender's Commitment bears to the Total Commitments, each as at the date the notice is served under Clause 24.16 ( Acceleration ).

 

  - 46 -  

 

 

(c) If an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility is a contingent liability and that contingent liability becomes an actual liability or is reduced to zero after the original adjustment is made under paragraph (b) above, then each Lender and each Ancillary Lender will make a further adjustment (by making or receiving (as the case may be) corresponding transfers of rights and obligations under the Finance Documents relating to Facility Outstandings (to the extent necessary)) to put themselves in the position they would have been in had the original adjustment been determined by reference to the actual liability or, as the case may be, zero liability and not the contingent liability.

 

(d) Any transfer of rights and obligations relating to Facility Outstandings made pursuant to this Clause 7.6 shall be made for a purchase price in cash, payable at the time of transfer, in an amount equal to those Facility Outstandings (less any accrued interest, fees and commission to which the transferor will remain entitled to receive notwithstanding that transfer pursuant to Clause 25.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement )).

 

(e) Prior to the application of the provisions of paragraph (b) above, an Ancillary Lender that has provided a Multi-account Overdraft shall set-off any Available Credit Balance on any account comprised in that Multi-account Overdraft.

 

(f) All calculations to be made pursuant to this Clause 7.6 shall be made by the Agent based upon information provided to it by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders and the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange.

 

(g) This Clause 7.6 shall not oblige any Lender to accept the transfer of a claim relating to an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility which is not denominated (pursuant to the relevant Finance Document) in either the Base Currency, a currency which has been an Optional Currency for the purpose of any Utilisation or in another currency which is acceptable to that Lender.

 

7.7 Information

 

Each Borrower and each Ancillary Lender shall, promptly upon request by the Agent, supply the Agent with any information relating to the operation of an Ancillary Facility (including the Ancillary Outstandings) as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time. Each Borrower consents to all such information being released to the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

7.8 Affiliates of Lenders as Ancillary Lenders

 

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Lender may become an Ancillary Lender. In such case, the Lender and its Affiliate shall be treated as a single Lender whose Commitment is the amount set out opposite the relevant Lender's name in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and/or the amount of any Commitment transferred to or assumed by that Lender under this Agreement, to the extent (in each case) not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

(b) The Company shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Lender in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 7.2 ( Availability ).

 

  - 47 -  

 

  

(c) An Affiliate of a Lender which becomes an Ancillary Lender shall become a Party by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Affiliate Accession Undertaking.

 

(d) Subject to the terms of the relevant Ancillary Document, if a Lender assigns all of its rights and benefits or transfers all of its rights and obligations to a New Lender, its Affiliate shall cease to have any obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document.

 

(e) Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on an Ancillary Lender and the relevant Ancillary Lender is an Affiliate of a Lender which is not a party to that document, the relevant Lender shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate.

 

7.9 Affiliates of Borrowers

 

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Borrower may with the approval of the relevant Lender, become a borrower with respect to an Ancillary Facility.

 

(b) The Company shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Borrower in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 7.2 ( Availability ).

 

(c) If a Borrower ceases to be a Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 26.3 ( Resignation of a Borrower ), its Affiliate shall cease to have any rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document.

 

(d) Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on a Borrower under an Ancillary Facility and the relevant Borrower is an Affiliate of a Borrower which is not a party to that document, the relevant Borrower shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate.

 

(e) Any reference in this Agreement or any other Finance Document to a Borrower being under no obligations (whether actual or contingent) as a Borrower under such Finance Document shall be construed to include a reference to any Affiliate of a Borrower being under no obligations under any Finance Document or Ancillary Document.

 

7.10 Commitment Amounts

 

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, each Lender shall ensure that at all times its Commitment is not less than:

 

(a) its Ancillary Commitment; or

 

(b) the Ancillary Commitment of its Affiliate.

 

7.11 Amendments and Waivers – Ancillary Facilities

 

No amendment or waiver of a term of any Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than the relevant Ancillary Lender unless such amendment or waiver itself relates to or gives rise to a matter which would require an amendment of or under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this Clause 7). In such a case, Clause 36 ( Amendments and Waivers ) will apply.

 

  - 48 -  

 

 

SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

8. REPAYMENT

 

8.1 Repayment of Loans

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

(b) Without prejudice to each Borrower's obligation under paragraph (a) above, if:

 

(i) one or more Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:

 

(A) on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower;

 

(B) in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )); and

 

(C) in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loan; and

 

(ii) the proportion borne by each Lender's participation in the relevant maturing Loan to the amount of that maturing Loan, is the same as the proportion borne by that Lender's participation in the new Loan to the aggregate amount of those new Loans,

 

the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall, unless the Company notifies the Agent to the contrary in the relevant Utilisation Request, be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the relevant maturing Loan so that:

 

(A) if the amount of the maturing Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

 

(1) the relevant Borrower will only be required to make a payment under Clause 30.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

 

(2) each Lender's participation in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender's participation in the relevant maturing Loan and that Lender will not be required to make a payment under Clause 30.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) in respect of its participation in the relevant new Loans; and

 

  - 49 -  

 

 

(B) if the amount of the relevant maturing Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the relevant new Loans:

 

(1) the relevant Borrower will not be required to make a payment under Clause 30.1 ( Payments to the Agent ); and

 

(2) each Lender will be required to make a payment under Clause 30.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) in respect of its participation in the new Loans only to the extent that its participation in the relevant new Loans exceeds that Lender's participation in the relevant maturing Loan and the remainder of that Lender's participation in the relevant new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender's participation in the relevant maturing Loan.

 

(c) At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the Termination Date and will be treated as separate Loans (the " Separate Loans ") denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding.

 

(d) A Borrower to whom a Separate Loan is outstanding may prepay that Loan by giving at least five Business Days' prior notice to the Agent. The Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

 

(e) Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower by the time and date specified by the Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the Agent (for the account of that Defaulting Lender) on the last day of each Interest Period of that Separate Loan.

 

(f) The terms of this Agreement relating to Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (c) to (e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan.

 

  - 50 -  

 

 

9. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

9.1 Illegality

 

If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

(a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(b) upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(c) each Borrower shall repay that Lender's participation in the Loans made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

 

9.2 Merger

 

(a) Prior to any Merger, the Company shall promptly, and in any event no later than 30 days prior to the completion of that Merger, notify the Agent of the proposed Merger.

 

(b) If a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 20 days of the Company notifying the Agent of the Merger in accordance with paragraph (a) above, the Agent shall, by not less than 3 days' notice to the Company, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans and Ancillary Outstandings of that Lender or Affiliate of that Lender, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, due and payable within 5 Business Days or, if earlier, the Business Day preceding the date on which the Merger is completed, at which time the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become due and payable prior to the completion of the Merger.

 

9.3 Change of Control

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control:

 

(a) the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(b) a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation (except for a Rollover Loan) and an Ancillary Lender shall not be obliged to fund a utilisation of an Ancillary Facility; and

 

  - 51 -  

 

 

(c) the Commitment of each Lender shall be immediately cancelled, and if a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 20 days of the Company notifying the Agent of the event, the Agent shall declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans and Ancillary Outstandings of that Lender or Affiliate of that Lender, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, to be due and payable not less than 20 days following the delivery of such notice by the Lender.

 

9.4 Mandatory Prepayment Event

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Prepayment Event, the Facility will immediately be cancelled and all outstanding Utilisations and Ancillary Outstandings, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, shall become immediately due and payable, and the Borrower shall prepay all outstanding amounts within three Business Days of that date.

 

(b) No cancellation shall occur and no prepayment shall be required to be made under paragraph (a), if:

 

(i) the aggregate amount of the Debt that is the subject of a Mandatory Prepayment Event, when aggregated with Debt that is the subject of a Cross Payment Default and/or Cross Acceleration (without double counting), is less than US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies); or

 

(ii) the Mandatory Prepayment Event is waived by the Majority Lenders.

 

9.5 Voluntary cancellation

 

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of US$ 10,000,000) of an Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 9.5 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility.

 

9.6 Voluntary prepayment of Loans

 

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of US$ 10,000,000).

 

9.7 Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

(a) If:

 

(i) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 14.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

  - 52 -  

 

 

(ii) any Lender claims indemnification from the Company underClause 14.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 15.1 ( Increased costs );

 

the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender's participation in the Loans or give the Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) below.

 

(b) On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c) On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender's participation in that Loan.

 

(d) The Company may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 15 Business Days' prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 25 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 25 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 25.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

(e) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent in its capacity as agent of the Finance Parties;

 

(ii) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

(iii) in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (d) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

  - 53 -  

 

 

(f) A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (e)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (d) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

9.8 Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

 

(a) If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent at least 10 Business Days' notice of cancellation of the Available Commitment of that Lender.

 

(b) On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c) The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

9.9 Restrictions

 

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 9 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

(b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(c) Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facility which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(d) The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(e) Subject to Clause 2.2. ( Increase ), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

(f) If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 9 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

(g) If all or part of a Loan is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent )), an amount of the Commitments (equal to the Base Currency Amount of the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of the Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. Any cancellation under this paragraph (g) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility.

 

  - 54 -  

 

 

SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

10. INTEREST

 

10.1 Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

(a) Margin; and

 

(b) LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR.

 

10.2 Payment of interest

 

(a) The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

(b) If the Compliance Certificate received by the Agent which relates to the relevant Quarterly Report or audited consolidated financial statements for any Financial Year shows that a higher Margin should have applied during a certain period, then the Company shall (or shall ensure the relevant Borrower shall) promptly pay to the Agent any amounts necessary to put the Agent and the Lenders in the position they would have been in had the appropriate rate of the Margin applied during such period.

 

10.3 Default interest

 

(a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one per cent higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 10.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

(b) If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

  - 55 -  

 

 

(c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

10.4 Notification of rates of interest

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

11. INTEREST PERIODS

 

11.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

(a) A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan.

 

(b) Subject to this Clause 11, a Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period of one, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan).

 

(c) An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

(d) Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date.

 

(e) A Loan has one Interest Period only.

 

11.2 Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

12. CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

12.1 Absence of quotations

 

Subject to Clause 12.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

12.2 Market disruption

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender's share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

  - 56 -  

 

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b) In this Agreement " Market Disruption Event " means:

 

(i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR for the relevant currency and the relevant Interest Period; or

 

(ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR.

 

12.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(b) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

 

12.4 Break Costs

 

(a) Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

13. FEES

 

13.1 Commitment fee

 

(a) The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the rate of 35 per cent. of the Margin per annum on that Lender's Available Commitment for the Availability Period.

 

(b) The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the relevant Availability Period, on the last day of the relevant Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

  - 57 -  

 

 

(c) No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

13.2 Participation fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a participation fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

13.3 Utilisation fee

 

(a) The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders pro rata to their Commitments) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the rate of:

 

(i) 0.10 per cent. per annum on the aggregate Base Currency Amount of the Utilisations hereunder for each date on which such amount is less than 33.33 per cent. of the Total Commitments;

 

(ii) 0.20 per cent. per annum on the aggregate Base Currency Amount of the Utilisations hereunder for each date on which such amount is greater than or equal to 33.33 per cent. but less than 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and

 

(iii) 0.40 per cent. per annum on the aggregate Base Currency Amount of the Utilisations hereunder for each date on which such amount is equal to or greater than 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments.

 

(b) The accrued utilisation fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months commencing from the date of this Agreement and on the Termination Date.

 

13.4 Agency fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

13.5 Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities

 

The rate and time of payment of interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of each Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Borrower of that Ancillary Facility based upon normal market rates and terms.

 

  - 58 -  

 

 

SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

14. TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

14.1 Definitions

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

" Protected Party " means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 14.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 14.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 14 a reference to "determines" or "determined" means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

14.2 Tax gross-up

 

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b) The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

 

(c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required

 

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  - 59 -  

 

 

(e) Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

14.3 Tax indemnity

 

(a) The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 14.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

(B) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(c) A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

 

(d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 14.3, notify the Agent.

 

14.4 Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

  - 60 -  

 

 

(b) that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

14.5 Stamp taxes

 

The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

14.6 VAT

 

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party) or, where applicable, directly account for such VAT at the appropriate rate under the reverse charge procedure provided for by the Council Directive 2006/112/EC on the common system of value added tax, as amended, and any relevant VAT provision of the jurisdiction in which the Party receives such supply.

 

(b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Finance Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

  - 61 -  

 

 

(c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d) Any reference in this Clause 14.6 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term "representative member" to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

14.7 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable "passthru payment percentage" or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

  - 62 -  

 

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then:

 

(i) if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) if that Party failed to confirm its applicable "passthru payment percentage" then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable "passthru payment percentage" is 100%,

 

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

(e) If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor, or where the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

 

(i) where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is a New Lender, the relevant Transfer Date;

 

(iii) the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

 

(iv) where the Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent,

 

supply to the Agent:

 

(v) a withholding certificate on Form W-8 or Form W-9 (or any successor form) (as applicable); or

 

(vi) any withholding statement and other documentation, authorisations and waivers as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA.

 

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers it receives from a Lender pursuant to this paragraph (e) to the Borrower and shall be entitled to rely on any such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers provided without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with this paragraph (e).

 

  - 63 -  

 

 

(f) Each Lender agrees that if any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers provided to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, it shall promptly update such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers or promptly notify the Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers to the Borrower. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with this paragraph (f).

 

14.8 FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

15. INCREASED COSTS

 

15.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 15.3 ( Exceptions ) the Company shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV, to the extent such Increased Costs were not capable of being calculated with sufficient accuracy prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) In this Agreement:

 

(i) " Increased Costs " means:

 

(A) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;

 

(B) an additional or increased cost; or

 

  - 64 -  

 

 

(C) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or an Ancillary Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) " Basel III " means:

 

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III"; and

 

(iii) " CRD IV " means:

 

(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and

 

(B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

 

15.2 Increased cost claims

 

(a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 15.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

  - 65 -  

 

 

15.3 Exceptions

 

(a) Clause 15.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(i) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(ii) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(iii) compensated for by Clause 14.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 14.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 14.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied); or

 

(iv) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

(b) In this Clause 15.3, a reference to a " Tax Deduction " has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ).

 

16. OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

16.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a " Sum "), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the " First Currency ") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the " Second Currency ") for the purpose of:

 

(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;

 

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

  - 66 -  

 

 

16.2 Other indemnities

 

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 29 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

(c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

(d) a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company.

 

16.3 Indemnity to the Agent

 

The Company shall promptly indemnify the Agent against:

 

(a) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(i) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default, provided that the Agent shall provide the Company with prior written notice thereof; or

 

(ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

17. MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

17.1 Mitigation

 

(a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 9.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 14 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ), or Clause 15 ( Increased costs ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

  - 67 -  

 

 

17.2 Limitation of liability

 

(a) The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 17.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

(b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 17.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

18. COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

18.1 Transaction expenses

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Company shall promptly, and in any event within 30 Business Days of, written demand pay the Agent and the Arranger the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees, up to the limit of an agreed amount) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

 

(i) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

(ii) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) Cost and expenses other than legal fees, incurred by the Agent and the Arranger, in an amount in excess of:

 

(i) US$ 15,000, individually; or

 

(ii) US$ 30,000 in the aggregate (or its equivalent in any currency or currencies);

 

shall be reimbursed by the Company in accordance with paragraph (a) above, only if such costs and expenses were incurred with the prior consent of the Company.

 

18.2 Amendment costs

 

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 30.10 ( Change of currency ), the Company shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees), in each case up to the limit of an agreed amount ( provided that the Agent shall not be obliged to take any action pursuant to this Clause 18.2 in the absence of any such agreement), reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

  - 68 -  

 

 

18.3 Enforcement costs

 

The Company shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

  - 69 -  

 

 

SECTION 7

GUARANTEE

 

19. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

19.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 19 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

19.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

19.3 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantor under this Clause 19 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

19.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 19 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 19 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

  - 70 -  

 

 

(b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension or restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of, or any increase in, any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

19.5 Immediate recourse

 

The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause 19. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

19.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor's liability under this Clause 19.

 

19.7 Deferral of Guarantor's rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 19:

 

  - 71 -  

 

 

(a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 19.1 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 30 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

19.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

  - 72 -  

 

 

SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

20. REPRESENTATIONS

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

20.1 Status

 

(a) It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

20.2 Binding obligations

 

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) or Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ), (the " Legal Reservations "), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

20.3 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b) its or any of its Subsidiaries' constitutional documents; or

 

(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries' assets which has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.4 Power and authority

 

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

20.5 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b) to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation, have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  - 73 -  

 

 

20.6 Governing law and enforcement

 

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

20.7 Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 24.7( Insolvency proceedings ); or

 

(b) creditors' process described in Clause 24.8 ( Creditors' process ),

 

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in relation to a Material Company, and none of the circumstances described in Clause 24.6 ( Insolvency ) applies to a Material Company.

 

20.8 Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

20.9 No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

20.10 No default

 

(a) No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

 

(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or on any Significant Subsidiary, or to which its (or any Significant Subsidiary's) assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.11 No misleading information

 

(a) Any factual information contained in the Annual Report was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

  - 74 -  

 

 

(b) Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Annual Report and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information contained in the Annual Report being untrue or misleading in any material respect, in each case as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

20.12 Financial statements

 

(a) Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied.

 

(b) Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the Company) during the relevant Financial Year.

 

(c) There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Company) since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial statements) .

 

20.13 Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

20.14 No proceedings

 

Save as disclosed in the Original Financial Statements or relating to a Disclosed Investigation, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

20.15 Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor and Significant Subsidiary has performed and observed in all material respects all Environmental Law, Environmental Permits and all other material covenants, conditions, restrictions or agreements directly or indirectly concerned with any contamination, pollution or waste or the release or discharge of any toxic or hazardous substance in connection with any real property which is or was at any time owned, leased or occupied by any Obligor or Significant Subsidiary or on which any Obligor or Significant Subsidiary has conducted any activity where failure to do so might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.16 Taxation

 

(a) Except for any Permitted Tax Non-Payments, it has duly and punctually paid and discharged all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed.

 

(b) It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns.

 

  - 75 -  

 

 

(c) No claims are being or are reasonably likely to be asserted against it with respect to Taxes that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.17 Anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws and regulations

 

Save for any Disclosed Investigation, no Obligor, and no Subsidiary, director or officer of any Obligor and, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no Affiliate, has engaged in any activity or conducted its businesses in any way which would violate any applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery or anti-money laundering laws or regulations and each Obligor has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

20.18 Sanctions

 

Each Obligor represents in respect of itself and in respect of its Subsidiaries, directors and officers that:

 

(a) it is not the subject of any Sanctions; and

 

(b) it is not violating any Sanctions,

 

in either case applicable to it, provided that , this representation and warranty shall not be deemed to be made to or for the benefit of any Finance Party or any director, officer or employee thereof to the extent that this provision would expose that Finance Party or any director, officer or employee thereof to any liability under any applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute.

 

20.19 Intellectual Property

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries:

 

(a) is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted;

 

(b) does not (nor does any of its Subsidiaries), in carrying on its businesses, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third party; and

 

(c) has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain any material Intellectual Property owned by it,

 

save, in each case, where failure to be so or to do so or to have done or does not and is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.20 Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the "Regulation"), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Luxembourg and it has no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

  - 76 -  

 

 

20.21 Repetition

 

(a) The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on:

 

(i) the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and

 

(ii) in the case of an Additional Borrower, the day on which it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) an Additional Borrower.

 

(b) The representations and warranties in Clause 20.11 ( No misleading information ) are deemed to be made by each Obligor on the Syndication Date.

 

21. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

21.1 Financial statements

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent:

 

(a) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its Financial Years:

 

(i) its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year; and

 

(ii) its audited unconsolidated financial statements for that Financial Year;

 

(b) as soon as it is available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each Financial Quarter of each of its Financial Years (other than the Financial Quarter ending at the end of a Financial Year), its Quarterly Report for that Financial Quarter;

 

(c) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each Financial Quarter of each of its Financial Years (other than the Financial Quarter ending at the end of a Financial Year), if required to be prepared under IFRS, an unaudited pro forma interim condensed consolidated income statement and a statement of financial position of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed Financial Year as to which such quarterly report relates; provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense, in which case the Company will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, the financial statements of the acquired company to the extent available without unreasonable expense; and

 

  - 77 -  

 

 

(d) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each Financial Quarter of each of its Financial Years:

 

(i) the details of sums being upstreamed by way of dividend or loan on a Subsidiary by Subsidiary basis; and

 

(ii) the unaudited unconsolidated quarterly, semi-annual and annual financial statements in respect of:

 

(A) each Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Guatemala and Paraguay for so long as such unconsolidated financial statements are prepared in respect of such Significant Subsidiaries; and

 

(B) any other Significant Subsidiary to the extent such unconsolidated financial statements are prepared in respect of those Significant Subsidiaries.

 

21.2 Compliance Certificate

 

(a) The Company shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) and (b) of Clause 21.1 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 22 ( Financial covenants ) as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company in the form agreed by the Company and the Majority Lenders.

 

21.3 Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by the Company pursuant to Clause 21.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b)

 

(i) The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using IFRS. If there is a change to IFRS that might result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms of this Agreement (a " Material IFRS Change "), the Company shall notify the Agent and, if the Agent so requests, deliver to the Agent sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 22 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with notwithstanding such Material IFRS Change.

 

  - 78 -  

 

 

(ii) If the Company notifies the Agent of a Material IFRS Change in accordance with paragraph (i) above, then the Company and Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing any amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the Material IFRS Change does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the terms of this Agreement, and if any amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

 

21.4 Information: miscellaneous

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

(a) all documents despatched by the Company to the shareholders of its publicly listed shares (or any class of them) or its creditors generally (or any class of them) at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect, provided that this requirement and the notification requirement under Clause 23.12 ( Environmental Claims ) shall be deemed satisfied where such details are contained in the Quarterly Report or the annual financial statements of the Company;

 

(c) promptly after the occurrence of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring of the Group, or any changes to the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer at the Company, or any other material event that the Company announces publicly, a press release or report containing a description of such event; and

 

(d) promptly, such further information (which is not of a confidential nature) regarding the financial condition, assets and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.

 

21.5 Notification of default

 

(a) Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

21.6 Use of websites

 

(a) The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to:

 

(i) the Original Lenders; and

 

  - 79 -  

 

 

(ii) those Lenders who accept this method of communication,

 

(together with the Original Lenders, the " Website Lenders "), by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the " Designated Website ") if:

 

(A) the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(B) both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(C) the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

If any Lender (a " Paper Form Lender ") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Company shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b) The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

 

(c) The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

(i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v) the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

  - 80 -  

 

 

(d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Company shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

21.9 "Know your customer" checks

 

(a) If:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) any change in:

 

(A) the status of an Obligor; or

 

(B) the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor (other than the Company),

 

after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(c) The Company shall, by not less than ten Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower pursuant to Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

  - 81 -  

 

 

(d) Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Borrower obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Borrower.

 

22. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

22.1 Financial definitions

 

In this Clause 22:

 

" Acquired Debt " means Debt of any person (i) incurred and outstanding at the time it becomes a member of the Group or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with or into a member of the Group including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) or (ii) incurred to provide all or part of the funds utilised to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such person became a member of the Group or was otherwise acquired by a member of the Group); provided that, after giving pro forma effect to the transaction or transactions by which such person becomes a member of the Group or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with or into a member of the Group, either (i) the Company is in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of Clause 22.2 ( Financial Condition ) or (ii) the Net Leverage Ratio would not be more than such ratio before giving effect to such transaction or transactions.

 

" Cash Equivalents " means, with respect to any person:

 

(a) Government Securities;

 

(b) deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits and money market deposits, bankers' acceptances and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by or with (i) any of the Original Lenders; (ii) a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Canada, Australia or any member state of the European Union, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) and has outstanding debt which is rated "A" (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act), or (iii) any money market fund sponsored by a U.S. registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;

 

  - 82 -  

 

 

(c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraph (b)(i) and paragraph (b(ii) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (b)(ii) above;

 

(d) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Fitch Ratings Ltd or Moody's Investor Services Limited and in each case maturing within 365 days after the date of acquisition;

 

(e) money market funds mutual funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the types described in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this definition; and

 

(f) with respect to any person organised under the laws of, or having its principal business operations in, a jurisdiction outside the United States, those investments that are of the same type as investments in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of this definition except that the obligor thereon is organised under the laws of the country (or any political subdivision thereof) in which such person is organised or conducting business

 

" Consolidated EBITDA " means, for any period, operating profit, as such amount is determined in the Company’s consolidated income statement in accordance with IFRS, plus the sum of the following amounts, in each case, without double counting. Losses shall be added (as a positive number) and gains shall be deducted, in each case, to the extent such amounts were included in calculating operating profit:

 

(a) depreciation and amortization expenses, as indicated in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows;

 

(b) the net loss or gain on the disposal and impairment of assets, as indicated in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows;

 

(c) share-based compensation expenses, as indicated in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows;

 

(d) in accordance with IFRS accounting practice, other non-cash charges reducing operating profit (provided that if any such non-cash charge represents an accrual of or reserve for potential cash charges in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce operating profit to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period) less other non-cash items of income increasing operating income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents (x) a receipt of cash payments in any future period, (y) the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced operating income in any prior period and (z) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase operating income in such prior period);

 

  - 83 -  

 

 

(e) any material extraordinary, one-off, non-recurring, exceptional or unusual gain, loss, expense or charge, including any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, relocation, refinancing, integration or severance or other post-employment arrangements, signing, retention or completion bonuses, transaction costs, acquisition costs, disposition costs, business optimization, information technology implementation or development costs, costs related to governmental investigations and curtailments or modifications to pension or postretirement benefits schemes, litigation or any asset impairment charges or the financial impacts of natural disasters (including fire, flood and storm and related events);

 

(f) the effects of adjustments in its consolidated financial statements pursuant to IFRS (including inventory, property, equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items) attributable to the application of recapitalization accounting or acquisition accounting, as the case may be, in relation to any consummated acquisition or joint venture investment or the amortization or write-off or writedown of amounts thereof, net of taxes;

 

(g) any reasonable expenses, charges or other costs related to any sale of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Company or a Holding Company of the Company, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of any Debt, in each case, as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company;

 

(h) any gains or losses on associates;

 

(i) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of equity Investments;

 

(j) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements;

 

(k) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of put options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(l) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of call options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(m) any net foreign exchange gains or losses;

 

(n) in accordance with IFRS accounting practice, any adjustments to reduce the impact of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

(o) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the closing date of any acquisition that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with IFRS;

 

(p) any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company or a Subsidiary has received confirmation that such amount will be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period);

 

  - 84 -  

 

 

(q) the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets; and

 

(r) any net gain (or loss) realized upon any sale/leaseback transaction that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company.

 

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period, as of such date of determination:

 

(i) if, since the beginning of such period the Company or any Subsidiary has made any disposal of assets not in the ordinary course of business or disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “ Sale ”), including any Sale occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

 

(ii) if, since the beginning of such period the Company or any Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Subsidiary, or otherwise acquires any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “ Purchase ”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(iii) if, since the beginning of such period any Person (that became a Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above if made by the Company or a Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period, including anticipated synergies and cost savings as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

  - 85 -  

 

 

(iv) whenever pro forma effect is applied, the pro forma calculations will be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including in respect of anticipated synergies and cost savings) as though the full effect of such synergies and cost savings were realized on the first day of the relevant period and shall also include the reasonably anticipated full run rate cost savings effect (as calculated in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company) of cost savings programs that have been initiated by the Company or its Subsidiaries as though such cost savings programs had been fully implemented on the first day of the relevant period, provided that if the aggregate amount of such anticipated synergies and cost savings exceeds 5% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated without reference to the applicable Purchase or Sale), such amounts are confirmed by a reputable, independent third party advisor.

 

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company, any Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA shall be added to the amount determined in accordance with the foregoing.

 

" Consolidated Interest Expense " means for any Relevant Period, the consolidated interest expense included in the consolidated income statement (without deduction of interest income) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such Relevant Period prepared in accordance with IFRS, excluding the interest component of any Capital Lease Obligation, and calculated without double counting any obligations described in paragraphs (a), (b) or (h) of the first paragraph of the definition of Debt that are incurred by any member of the Group and any obligations described in paragraph (a) of the definition of Debt.

 

" Consolidated Net Debt " means, with respect to the Company as of any date of determination, the sum without duplication of:

 

(a) the total amount of Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would be stated on the statement of financial position of the Company as of such date in accordance with IFRS, minus

 

(b) the sum without duplication of:

 

(i)

 

(A) all Debt outstanding under Minority Shareholder Loans, plus

 

(B) any Debt which is a contingent obligation of the Company or its Subsidiaries on the date of the most recent financial statements, plus

 

(C) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than cash or Cash Equivalents received from the incurrence of Debt by any member of the Group to the extent such cash or Cash Equivalents has not been subsequently applied or used for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement) of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would be stated on the statement of financial position of the Company as of such date in accordance with IFRS, plus

 

  - 86 -  

 

 

(D) deposits pledged to secure Debt, as such amount is recorded under the line item "pledged deposits" under non-current assets on the Company's statement of financial position, plus

 

(E) Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease,

 

less

 

(ii) Restricted Cash.

 

" Financial Quarter " means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.

 

" Financial Year " means the annual accounting period of the Company ending on or about 31 December in each year.

 

" Government Securities " means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligations or guarantee the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which have a remaining weighted average life to maturity of not more than one year from the date of Investment therein.

 

" Interest Cover " means the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense in respect of any Relevant Period.

 

" Investment " by any person means any direct or indirect loan, advance or other extension of credit or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other property to others or payments for property or services for the account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other person, including any payment on a guarantee of any obligation of such other person, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a statement of financial position (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS, but shall not include:

 

(a) trade accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business on credit terms made generally available to the customers of such person; or

 

(b) commission, travel, payroll, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees and profit sharing and other employee benefit plan contributions made in the ordinary course of business.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to a subsequent change in value and, to the extent applicable, shall be determined based on the equity value of such Investment.

 

  - 87 -  

 

 

" Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA ” means an amount equal to the product of (i) the Consolidated EBITDA of any joint venture (determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company on the same basis as provided for in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” (with the exception of clause (i) and the last sentence thereof) as if each reference to the “Company” in such definition was to such joint venture) whose financial results are not consolidated with those of the Company in accordance with IFRS and (ii) a percentage equal to the direct equity ownership percentage of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries in the Capital Stock of such joint venture and its Subsidiaries.

 

" Minority Shareholder Loan " means Debt of a Subsidiary of the Company that is issued to and held by an equity owner of such Subsidiary, other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

 

" Net Leverage Ratio " means, with respect to the Company, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Net Debt (excluding Debt consisting of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements) to (b) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the four most recent Financial Quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which consolidated financial statements are available, determined on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt had been incurred, or such other Debt had been repaid, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, at the beginning of such four Financial Quarter period. For the avoidance of doubt, in determining Net Leverage Ratio, no cash or Cash Equivalents shall be included that are the proceeds of Debt in respect of which the pro forma calculation is to be made.

 

" Quarter Date " means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

 

" Relevant Period " means each period of twelve months ending on or about the last day of the Financial Year and each period of twelve months ending on or about the last day of each Financial Quarter.

 

" Restricted Cash " means the sum of (a) Restricted MFS Cash, and (b) without duplication, the amount of cash that would be stated as "restricted cash" on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Company as of such date in accordance with IFRS.

 

22.2 Financial condition

 

The Company shall ensure that:

 

(a) Net Leverage Ratio : Net Leverage Ratio in respect of any Relevant Period shall be less than 3.00:1 at all times.

 

(b) Interest Cover : Interest Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 4.00:1 at any time.

 

22.3 Financial testing

 

The financial covenants set out in Clause 22.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be tested quarterly by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a)(i) and (b) of Clause 21.1 ( Financial Statements ) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Compliance Certificate ).

 

  - 88 -  

 

 

23. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 23 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

23.1 Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

(a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b) supply certified copies to the Agent of,

 

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure, subject to the Legal Reservations, the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.

 

23.2 Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

23.3 Negative pledge

 

In this Clause 23.3, " Quasi-Security " means an arrangement or transaction described in paragraph (b) below.

 

(a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Lien over any of its assets.

 

(b) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Debt or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

  - 89 -  

 

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Lien or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security which is a Permitted Lien.

 

23.4 Disposals

 

(a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will), enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

 

(b) Paragraph (a)) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is a Permitted Disposal.

 

23.5 Arm's length basis

 

(a) Except as permitted by paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) enter into any transaction with any person except on arm's length terms and for full market value.

 

(b) The following transactions shall not be a breach of this Clause 23.5:

 

(i) intra-Group loans permitted under Clause 23.16 ( Loans or credit ); and

 

(ii) any Permitted Reorganisation to the extent that it only involves members of the Group; or

 

(iii) fees, costs and expenses payable under the Finance Documents in the amounts set out in the Finance Documents delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or agreed by the Agent.

 

23.6 Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

23.7 Change of business

 

(a) Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, the Company shall ensure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) shall not prevent the Company from engaging in any Permitted Business.

 

  - 90 -  

 

 

23.8 Preservation of properties

 

Subject to Permitted Discontinuance of Property Maintenance, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each other member of the Group will) maintain in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its material properties necessary or desirable in the conduct of its business, all in accordance with the judgment of the Company (acting reasonably).

 

23.9 Joint Ventures

 

(a) Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

(i) enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any Joint Venture; or

 

(ii) transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give Security for the obligations of a Joint Venture or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any acquisition of (or agreement to acquire) any interest in a Joint Venture or transfer of assets (or agreement to transfer assets) to a Joint Venture or loan made to or guarantee given in respect of the obligations of a Joint Venture if such transaction is a Permitted Joint Venture.

 

23.10 Insurance

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) maintain insurances on and in relation to its properties with reputable underwriters or insurance companies against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business.

 

23.11 Environmental Compliance

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply in all material respects with all Environmental Law and obtain and maintain any Environmental Permits where failure to do so has or is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.12 Environmental Claims

 

Subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 21.4 ( Information: miscellaneous ), the Company shall inform the Agent in writing as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of:

 

(a) any Environmental Claim that has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Group; or

 

  - 91 -  

 

 

(b) any facts or circumstances which will or are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

 

where the claim would be reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.13 Anti-corruption law

 

(a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facility for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions to which the relevant member of the Group or any Finance Party is subject.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):

 

(i) conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

 

(ii) maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

23.14 Sanctions

 

(a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) contribute or otherwise use the proceeds or make available the proceeds of the Facility, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity listed on any Sanctions List or located in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent such contribution or provision of proceeds would be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any Finance Party to be in breach of applicable Sanctions (at the time the proceeds were made available or contributed).

 

(b) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) fund all or part of any payment under the Facility out of proceeds derived from transactions which are prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any Finance Party to be in breach of applicable Sanctions (at the time the proceeds were made available or contributed).

 

(c) This covenant shall not be deemed to be made to or for the benefit of any Finance Party or any director, officer or employee thereof to the extent that this provision would expose that Finance Party or any director, officer or employee thereof to any liability under any applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute.

 

23.15 Taxation

 

(a) Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) duly and punctually pay and discharge all material Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties.

 

  - 92 -  

 

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above, shall not apply to any payment which is a Permitted Tax Non-Payments.

 

23.16 Financial indebtedness

 

The Company shall ensure that none of its Subsidiaries will incur or allow to remain outstanding any Debt, if and to the extent that such Debt would cause or result in a Net Leverage Ratio of 2.75:1 or more, excluding in this calculation all Debt that only has recourse against the Company and any Consolidated EBITDA generated by the Company.

 

23.17 Loans and credit

 

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) make any loans or grant any credit to or for the benefit of any person, other than a Permitted Loan.

 

23.18 Intellectual Property

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each other member of the Group will):

 

(a) preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property necessary for the business of the relevant Group member (" Material Intellectual Property ");

 

(b) use reasonable endeavours to prevent any infringement in any material respect of the Material Intellectual Property;

 

(c) make registrations and pay all registration fees and taxes necessary to maintain the Material Intellectual Property in full force and effect and record its interest in that Material Intellectual Property;

 

(d) not use or permit the Material Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Material Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of the Material Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any member of the Group to use such property; and

 

(e) not discontinue the use of the Material Intellectual Property,

 

where failure to do so, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, or, in the case of paragraphs (d) and (e) above, such use, permission to use, omission or discontinuation, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.19 Treasury transactions

 

No Obligor shall (and the Company will procure that no other member of the Group will) enter into any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement, other than a Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement.

 

  - 93 -  

 

 

23.20 Dividends

 

The Company shall not pay, make or declare any dividend or other distribution to all or any of its shareholders whilst and for so long as (i) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) any Utilisation is outstanding under the Facility.

 

23.21 Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the " Regulation "), the Company shall ensure that its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in either Luxembourg, Sweden or England and Wales, and that it shall have no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

24. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 24 is an Event of Default, save for Clause 24.16 ( Acceleration ).

 

24.1 Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(a) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(i) administrative or technical error; or

 

(ii) a Disruption Event; and

 

(b) payment is made within five Business Days of its due date.

 

24.2 Financial covenants

 

Any requirement of Clause 22 ( Financial covenants ) is not satisfied.

 

24.3 Other obligations

 

(a)

 

(i) An Obligor does not comply with the provision of Clauses 23.3 ( Negative Pledge ), 23.4 ( Disposals ), 23.6 ( Pari passu ranking ), 23.9 ( Joint Ventures ), 23.13 ( Anti-corruption law ), 23.14 ( Sanctions ), 23.17 ( Loans and credit ), 23.20 ( Dividends ), or 23.21 ( Centre of main interests and establishments )).

 

(ii) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 20 days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company, and (B) a member of the executive committee or the treasury department of the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

  - 94 -  

 

 

  (b)

 

(i) An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents, other than those referred to in Clauses 24.1 ( Non-payment ), 22 ( Financial covenants ), paragraph (a) of 24.3 ( Other obligations ) and 23.16 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

(ii) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 30 days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) a member of the executive committee or the treasury department of the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

24.4 Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made, and, the circumstance or event giving rise to such misrepresentation, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 21 days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to the Company and the Company becoming aware of the relevant misrepresentation.

 

24.5 Cross Payment Default and Cross Acceleration

 

(a) The occurrence of a Cross Payment Default.

 

(b) The occurrence of a Cross Acceleration.

 

(c) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 24.5 if the aggregate amount of Debt which is the subject of the events referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is less than US$ 50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) without double counting.

 

24.6 Insolvency

 

(a) A Material Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b) The value of the assets of any Material Company is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

(c) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Material Company.

 

  - 95 -  

 

 

24.7 Insolvency proceedings

 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Material Company;

 

(b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Material Company;

 

(c) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Material Company or any of its assets; or

 

(d) enforcement of any Lien over any assets of any Material Company,

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

This Clause 24.7 shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement.

 

24.8 Creditors' process

 

Any attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of a Material Company having an aggregate value of US$50,000,000 and is not discharged within 30 days or, where the Company reasonably believes such action is frivolous, vexatious or without merit, and is challenging such action in good faith, it is not discharged within 180 days.

 

24.9 Ownership of the Obligors

 

An Obligor (other than the Company) is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

24.10 Cessation of business

 

Any member of the Group suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business, except as a result of a Permitted Reorganisation or a Permitted Disposal.

 

24.11 Unlawfulness

 

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

24.12 Repudiation

 

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

 

  - 96 -  

 

 

24.13 Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any member of the Group or any of its assets, where such action has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.14 Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened, against any member of the Group or its assets which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders (having taken into account appropriate local legal advice):

 

(a) is likely to be adversely determined; and

 

(b) if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.15 Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which in the opinion of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.16 Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

 

(a) cancel the Total Commitments and/or Ancillary Commitments, at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

 

(c) declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders;

 

(d) declare that all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities be immediately due and payable at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(e) declare that all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

  - 97 -  

 

 

SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

25. CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

25.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 25, a Lender (the " Existing Lender ") may:

 

(a) assign any of its rights; or

 

(b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

to (i) another bank or financial institution or (ii) a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a " Fund ") (the " New Lender ").

 

25.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a) The consent of the Company is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender unless the assignment or transfer is:

 

(i) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (provided such Lender or its Affiliate is not a Fund); or

 

(ii) made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing; and

 

(b) The consent of the Company to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed ( provided that a refusal to consent if the proposed assignee or transferee is a Fund, shall not be deemed unreasonable). The Company will be deemed to have given its consent 10 Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it ( provided that the request for consent is transmitted to two individuals at the Company whose details have been provided to the Agent in connection with Clause 32 ( Notices )) unless consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time.

 

(c) An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i) receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender; and

 

(ii) performance by the Agent of all necessary " know your customer " or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(d) An assignment or transfer shall be in a minimum Base Currency Amount of US$ 5,000,000.

 

  - 98 -  

 

 

(e) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 25.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

 

(f) If:

 

(i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 14 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause 15 ( Increased costs ),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (f) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

 

(g) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

25.3 Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$ 2,500.

 

25.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

(ii) the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

(iii) the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

  - 99 -  

 

 

(b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

(i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

(c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 25; or

 

(ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

25.5 Procedure for transfer

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

(b) The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 25.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the " Discharged Rights and Obligations ");

 

  - 100 -  

 

 

(ii) each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii) the Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender, the other Lenders and any relevant Ancillary Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger, the Existing Lender and any relevant Ancillary Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".

 

25.6 Procedure for assignment

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

(b) The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 25.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii) the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the " Relevant Obligations ") and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; and

 

(iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 25.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 25.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

 

  - 101 -  

 

 

25.7 Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company

 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or an Increase Confirmation send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

25.8 Security over Lenders' rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 25.8, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

(b) in the case of any Lender which is a Fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as Security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

25.9 Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a " pro rata basis" to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 25.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 25.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(a) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (" Accrued Amounts ") and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

  - 102 -  

 

 

(b) the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 25.8, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

(c) In this Clause 25.9 references to "Interest Period" shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

 

26. CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

26.1 Assignments and transfers by Obligors

 

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

26.2 Additional Borrowers

 

(a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 21.7 ( "Know your customer" checks ), the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower if:

 

(i) all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

 

(ii) the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter;

 

(iii) the Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

 

(iv) the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(b) The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ).

 

(c) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

  - 103 -  

 

 

26.3 Resignation of a Borrower

 

(a) The Company may request that a Borrower (other than the Company) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

(b) The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

(i) no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has confirmed this is the case); and

 

(ii) the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents,

 

at which time that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

26.4 Repetition of Representations

 

Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

  - 104 -  

 

 

SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

27. ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGER

 

27.1 Appointment of the Agent

 

(a) Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

27.2 Duties of the Agent

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(b) Without prejudice to Clause 25.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company ), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or to any Assignment Agreement.

 

(c) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d) If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance Parties.

 

(e) If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Arranger) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f) The Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

27.3 Role of the Arranger

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

27.4 No fiduciary duties

 

(a) Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

  - 105 -  

 

 

(b) Neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

27.5 Business with the Group

 

The Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

27.6 Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

(a) The Agent may rely on:

 

(i) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

(ii) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

(b) The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 24.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

(c) The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

(d) The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

(e) The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

27.7 Majority Lenders' instructions

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

  - 106 -  

 

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

(c) The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

(d) In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

(e) The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

27.8 Responsibility for documentation

 

Neither the Agent nor the Arranger:

 

(a) is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the Information Memorandum; or

 

(b) is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(c) is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

27.9 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 30.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc .)), the Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b) No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.4 ( Third Party Rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

  - 107 -  

 

 

(c) The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.

 

27.10 Lenders' indemnity to the Agent

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 30.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

27.11 Resignation of the Agent

 

(a) The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom, Sweden or Norway as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company.

 

(b) Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

(d) The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  - 108 -  

 

 

(e) The Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 27. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(g) After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(h) The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i) the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 14.7 ( FATCA Information ) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii) the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 14.7 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii) the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

 

and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

27.12 Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

27.13 Relationship with the Lenders

 

(a) Subject to Clause 25.9 ( Pro rata Interest Settlement ), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

  - 109 -  

 

 

(i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 32.6 ( Electronic communication )) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 ( Addresses ) and paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 32.6 ( Electronic communication ) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

27.14 Credit appraisal by the Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(c) whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  - 110 -  

 

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

27.15 Reference Banks

 

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

27.16 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

27.17 Role of Reference Banks

 

(a) No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

 

(b) No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document in its capacity as a Reference Bank, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(c) No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.4 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

27.18 Third party Reference Banks

 

Any Reference Bank may rely on Clause 27.17 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 37 ( Confidentiality ) and paragraph (b) of Clause 36.2 ( Exceptions ) subject to Clause 1.4 ( Third Party Rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

  - 111 -  

 

 

28. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

29. SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

29.1 Payments to Finance Parties

 

(a) If a Finance Party (a " Recovering Finance Party ") receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 30 ( Payment mechanics ) (a " Recovered Amount ") and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

(i) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

 

(ii) the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 30 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(iii) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the " Sharing Payment ") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 30.6 ( Partial payments ).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any amount received or recovered by the Ancillary Lender in respect of any cash cover placed in an account with such Ancillary Lender.

 

29.2 Redistribution of payments

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the " Sharing Finance Parties ") in accordance with Clause 30.6 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

  - 112 -  

 

 

29.3 Recovering Finance Party's rights

 

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 29.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

29.4 Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the " Redistributed Amount "); and

 

(b) as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

29.5 Exceptions

 

(a) This Clause 29 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

(b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

29.6 Ancillary Lenders

 

(a) This Clause 29 shall not apply to any receipt or recovery by a Lender in its capacity as an Ancillary Lender at any time prior to service of notice under Clause 24.16 ( Acceleration ).

 

(b) Following service of notice under Clause 24.16 ( Acceleration ), this Clause 29 shall apply to all receipts or recoveries by Ancillary Lenders except to the extent that the receipt or recovery represents a reduction of the Permitted Gross Outstandings of a Multi-account Overdraft to or towards an amount equal to its Designated Net Amount.

 

  - 113 -  

 

 

SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

 

30. PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

30.1 Payments to the Agent

 

(a) On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, excluding a payment under the terms of an Ancillary Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in such principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Agent) and with such bank as the Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

30.2 Distributions by the Agent

 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 30.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ), Clause 30.4 ( Clawback and pre-funding ) and Clause 27.16 ( Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London, as specified by that Party).

 

30.3 Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 31 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

30.4 Clawback and pre-funding

 

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b) Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

  - 114 -  

 

 

(c) If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of a Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to a Borrower:

 

(i) the Agent shall notify the Company of that Lender's identity and the Borrower to whom that sum was made available shall on demand refund it to the Agent; and

 

(ii) the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower to whom that sum was made available, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

30.5 Impaired Agent

 

(a) If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 30.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) may instead either:

 

(i) pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or

 

(ii) if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the relevant Borrower or the Lender making the payment (the " Paying Party ") and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the " Recipient Party " or " Recipient Parties "). In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

(c) A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 30.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

  - 115 -  

 

 

(d) A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party, give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

30.6 Partial payments

 

(a) If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid amount owing to the Agent and the Arranger under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(iii) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

(iv) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

30.7 No set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

30.8 Business Days

 

(a) Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

30.9 Currency of account

 

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

  - 116 -  

 

 

(b) A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

(c) Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

(d) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(e) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

 

30.10 Change of currency

 

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

 

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

30.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a) the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b) the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

  - 117 -  

 

 

(c) the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d) any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 36 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(e) the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 30.11; and

 

(f) the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

31. SET-OFF

 

(a) A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

(b) Any credit balances taken into account by an Ancillary Lender when operating a net limit in respect of any overdraft under an Ancillary Facility shall on enforcement of the Finance Documents be applied first in reduction of the overdraft provided under that Ancillary Facility in accordance with its terms.

 

32. NOTICES

 

32.1 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

32.2 Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

(a) in the case of the Company, that identified with its name below;

 

  - 118 -  

 

 

(b) in the case of each Lender, each Ancillary Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

(c) in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,

 

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

 

32.3 Delivery

 

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 32.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent's signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c) All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

(d) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

(e) Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

32.4 Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 32.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

32.5 Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

 

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

  - 119 -  

 

 

32.6 Electronic communication

 

(a) Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties:

 

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

 

(b) Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

(c) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

32.7 English language

 

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i) in English; or

 

(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

33. CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

33.1 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

  - 120 -  

 

 

33.2 Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

33.3 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

34. PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

35. REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

36. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

36.1 Required consents

 

(a) Subject to Clause 36.2 ( Exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b) The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.

 

36.2 Exceptions

 

(a) An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(i) the definition of "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

(ii) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  - 121 -  

 

 

(iii) an increase or reduction in the Margin or an increase or reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(iv) a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(v) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the relevant Facility;

 

(vi) a change to the Borrowers other than in accordance with Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ) or the Guarantor;

 

(vii) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(viii) Clause 2.3 ( Finance Parties' rights and obligations ), Clause 9 ( Prepayment and cancellation ), Clause 14 ( Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities ) (but only to the extent it relates to FATCA), Clause 20.18 ( Sanctions ), Clause 23.14 ( Sanctions ), Clause 25 ( Changes to the Lenders ), this Clause 36, Clause 40 ( Governing law ) or Clause 41.1 ( Jurisdiction ); or

 

(ix) the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 19 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

 

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

(b) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arranger, any Ancillary Lender or a Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Arranger, that Ancillary Lender or that Reference Bank as the case may be.

 

36.3 Replacement of Lenders

 

(a) If:

 

(i) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (d) below); or

 

(ii) an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 9.1 ( Illegality ) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 15 ( Increased costs ), Clause 14.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or Clause 14.3 ( Tax Indemnity ) to any Lender;

 

  - 122 -  

 

 

then the Company may, on at least 10 Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 25 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a " Replacement Lender ") selected by the Company, and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 25 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 25.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement )), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 36.3 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent in its capacity as agent of the Finance Parties;

 

(ii) neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

 

(iii) in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 30 Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;

 

(iv) in no event shall the Lender replaced under Clause 36.3 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

(v) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

(c) A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

(d) In the event that:

 

(i) the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

(iii) Lenders whose Commitments aggregate in the case of a consent, waiver or amendment requiring the approval of all the Lenders, more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a " Non-Consenting Lender ".

 

  - 123 -  

 

 

36.4 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

(a) For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining:

 

(i) the Majority Lenders; or

 

(ii) whether:

 

(A) any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the Facility; or

 

(B) the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

 

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender's Commitment under the relevant Facility will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitment under the relevant Facility and to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender's Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.

 

(b) For the purposes of this Clause 36.3, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

(i) any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

(ii) any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of " Defaulting Lender " has occurred,

 

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

36.5 Excluded Commitments

 

If any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within 10 Business Days (unless the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made:

 

(a) its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

  - 124 -  

 

 

(b) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

36.6 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

(a) The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving at least 10 Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

(i) replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 25 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; or

 

(ii) require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 25 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender ,

 

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a " Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender ") selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 25 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

(A) in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 25.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

(B) in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender and the Company and which does not exceed the amount described in paragraph (A) above.

 

(b) Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent in its capacity as agent of the Finance Parties;

 

(ii) neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender;

 

(iii) the transfer must take place no later than 10 Business Days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above unless any failure to effect the transfer within that period is due to the Defaulting Lender's failure to complete the checks referred to in paragraph (b)(iv) below;

 

  - 125 -  

 

 

(iv) in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

(v) the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender.

 

(c) The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

37. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

37.1 Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 37.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 37.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

37.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

(a) to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

(b) to any person:

 

(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  - 126 -  

 

 

(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(iii) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 27.13 ( Relationship with the Lenders ));

 

(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above;

 

(v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

(vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 25.8 ( Security over Lenders' rights );

 

(viii) who is a Party; or

 

(ix) with the consent of the Company;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(A) in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(B) in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

  - 127 -  

 

 

(C) in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and

 

(D) in relation to paragraphs (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the Company is informed of any such disclosure;

 

(c) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party;

 

(d) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information,

 

provided that in all cases the prior consent of the Company shall be required for disclosure of Confidential Information by a Finance Party to a Fund or to any commercial competitor of any member of the Group.

 

37.3 Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

(i) names of Obligors;

 

(ii) country of domicile of Obligors;

 

(iii) place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

(iv) date of this Agreement;

 

(v) the names of the Agent and the Arranger;

 

(vi) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  - 128 -  

 

 

(vii) amount of Total Commitments;

 

(viii) currencies of the Facility;

 

(ix) type of Facility;

 

(x) ranking of Facility;

 

(xi) Termination Date;

 

(xii) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xi) above; and

 

(xiii) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

(b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c) The Company represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (i) to (xiii) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

(d) The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

 

(i) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

(ii) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

37.4 Entire agreement

 

This Clause 37 ( Confidentiality ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

37.5 Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

  - 129 -  

 

 

37.6 Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

 

(a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 37.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 37 ( Confidentiality ).

 

37.7 Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 37 ( Confidentiality ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

(a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

38. CONFIDENTIALITY OF REFERENCE BANK RATES

 

38.1 Confidentiality and disclosure

 

(a) The Agent agrees to keep each Reference Bank Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

(b) The Agent may disclose any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

  - 130 -  

 

 

(c) The Agent may disclose any Reference Bank Quotation to:

 

(i) any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

(ii) any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(iii) any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

(iv) any person with the consent of the relevant Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(d) The Agent's obligations in this Clause 38 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 10.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

38.2 Other obligations

 

(a) The Agent acknowledges that each Reference Bank Quotation is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent undertakes not to use any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

(b) The Agent agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

(i) of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 38.1 ( Confidentiality and disclosure ) above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  - 131 -  

 

 

(ii) upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 38.

 

39. COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

  - 132 -  

 

 

SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

40. GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

41. ENFORCEMENT

 

41.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a " Dispute ").

 

(b) The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 41.1 ( Jurisdiction ) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, and notwithstanding paragraph (a) of Clause 41.1, any Finance Party may take proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

41.2 Service of process

 

Each Obligor agrees that the documents which start any proceedings in relation to any Finance Document, and any other documents required to be served in connection with those proceedings, may be served on it by being delivered to the Company at 5 th Floor, 610 Chiswick High Road, London, W4 5RU, United Kingdom or to such other address in England and Wales as each such Obligor may specify by notice in writing to the Agent. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the right of any Finance Party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. This Clause applies to proceedings in England and proceedings elsewhere.

 

41.3 Waiver of Immunity

 

Each Obligor waives generally all immunity it or its assets or revenues may otherwise have in any jurisdiction, including immunity in respect of:

 

(a) the giving of any relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or for the recovery of assets or revenues; and

 

(b) the issue of any process against its assets or revenues for the enforcement of a judgment or, in an action in rem , for the arrest, detention or sale of any of its assets and revenues.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

  - 133 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

 

PART I

THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

 

Name of Original Borrower   Registration number (or
    equivalent, if any)
     
Millicom International Cellular S.A.    
     
Name of Guarantor   Registration number (or
    equivalent, if any)
     
Millicom International Cellular S.A.    

 

  - 134 -  

 

 

PART II

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

Name of Original Lender   Commitment (USD)  
       
The Bank of Nova Scotia     55,000,000  
         
BGL BNP Paribas S.A.     55,000,000  
         
Citibank, N.A., London Branch     55,000,000  
         
DNB Sweden AB     55,000,000  
         
Bank of China (Luxembourg) S.A.     55,000,000  
         
Goldman Sachs Bank USA     55,000,000  
         
J.P. Morgan Securities plc     55,000,000  
         
Barclays Bank PLC     40,000,000  
         
Banco  Bilbao  Vizcaya  Argentaria,  S.A. London Branch     40,000,000  
         
Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd., Luxembourg Branch     40,000,000  
         
Nordea Bank AB (publ)     40,000,000  
         
The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, Isle of Man Branch     27,500,000  
         
Standard Chartered Bank     27,500,000  
         
TOTAL     600,000,000.00  

 

  - 135 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

PART I

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION

 

1. Original Obligors

 

(a) A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

 

(b) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor:

 

(i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

(iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

(c) A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

(d) A certificate of the Company (signed by an authorised signatory) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

(e) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

2. Legal opinions

 

(a) A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

(b) A legal opinion of Hogan Lovells (Luxembourg) LLP, legal advisers to the Company in Luxembourg, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

(c) If an Original Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, or Luxembourg, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  - 136 -  

 

 

3. Other documents and evidence

 

(a) This Agreement, the Fee Letters, and the Mandate Letter each duly executed by the Obligors party to it.

 

(b) The 2015 Annual Report.

 

(c) A Group structure chart which shows the Group as at the date of this Agreement.

 

(d) A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent reasonably considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Company accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

(e) The Original Financial Statements of each Original Obligor.

 

(f) Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 13 ( Fees ) and Clause 18 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date ( provided that invoices in respect of any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) have been received by the Company at least three Business Days prior to the first Utilisation Date).

 

(g) Evidence that:

 

(i) the Existing Facilities have been, or will be with effect from the date of first Utilisation under this Agreement, cancelled in full; and

 

(ii) all amounts outstanding (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all accrued interest, fees and breakage costs (if any)) under the Existing Facility Agreement have been, or will be with effect from the date of first Utilisation under this Agreement, paid in full.

 

  - 137 -  

 

 

PART II

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED

BY AN ADDITIONAL BORROWER

 

1. An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Borrower and the Company.

 

2. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Borrower.

 

3. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Borrower:

 

(a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Accession Letter;

 

(b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter on its behalf; and

 

(c) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request ) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

4. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

5. A certificate of the Additional Borrower (signed by an authorised signatory) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

6. A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Borrower certifying that each copy document listed in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter.

 

7. A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

8. If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Borrower.

 

9. A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in England.

 

10. If the Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Borrower is incorporated.

 

11. If the Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 41.2 ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment in relation to the Additional Borrower.

 

  - 138 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

UTILISATION REQUEST

 

From: [ name of relevant Borrower ]

 

To: DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch as Agent

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 600,000,000 Facility Agreement dated ___ January 2017 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2. We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

  

Proposed Utilisation Date: [•] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
   
Facility to be utilised: The Facility
   
Currency of Loan: [•]
   
Amount: [•] or, if less, the Available Facility
   
Interest Period: [•]

 

Net Leverage Ratio 1

 

3. We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4. [This Loan is to be made in [whole]/[part] for the purpose of refinancing [ identify maturing Loan ]. [The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [ account ].]] 2 OR

 

[The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [ account ].] 3

 

5. This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

authorised signatory for and on behalf of

[ name of relevant Borrower ]

 

 

1 Based on most recently delivered financial statements/Compliance Certificate.

 

2 Include if the optional paragraph (b) to Clause 8.1 ( Repayment of Loans ) is included.

 

3 Include if the optional paragraph (b) to Clause 8.1 ( Repayment of Loans ) is not included.

 

  - 139 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To: DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch as Agent

 

From: [ The Existing Lender ] (the " Existing Lender ") and [ The New Lender ] (the " New Lender ")

 

Dated:

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 600,000,000 Facility Agreement dated ___ January 2017 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2. We refer to Clause 25.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

(a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation, and in accordance with Clause 25.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), all of the Existing Lender's rights and obligations under the Agreement and other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b) The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

 

(c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

3. The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 25.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

 

[5/6]. This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

[6/7]. This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[7/8]. This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

  - 140 -  

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments, ]

 

For and on behalf of For and on behalf of
[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
   
By: By:

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

 

For and on behalf of

DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch

 

By:

 

  - 141 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

To: DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch as Agent and Millicom International Cellular S.A. as Company, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From: [the Existing Lender ] (the " Existing Lender ") and [the New Lender ] (the " New Lender ")

 

Dated:

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 600,000,000 Facility Agreement dated ___ January 2017 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2. We refer to Clause 25.6 ( Procedure for assignment ):

 

(a) The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b) The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

(c) The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above. 4

 

3. The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

 

4. On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5. The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

6. The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 25.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

 

[8/9]. This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 25.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company ), to the Company (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

 

4 If the Assignment Agreement is used in place of a Transfer Certificate in order to avoid a novation of rights/obligations for reasons relevant to a civil jurisdiction, local law advice should be sought to check the suitability of the Assignment Agreement due to the assumption of obligations contained in paragraph 2(c).

 

  - 142 -  

 

 

[9/10]. This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

[10/11]. This Assignment Agreement and any non -contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[11/12]. This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

  - 143 -  

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Rights to be assigned and obligations to be released and undertaken

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

For and on behalf of For and on behalf of
[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
   
By: By:

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

For and on behalf of

DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch

 

By:

 

  - 144 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER

 

To: DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch as Agent

 

From: [ Subsidiary ] and Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 600,000,000 Facility Agreement dated ___ January 2017 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession Letter.

 

2. [ Subsidiary ] agrees to become an Additional Borrower and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional Borrower pursuant to Clause 26.2 ( Additional Borrowers ) of the Agreement. [ Subsidiary ] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [ name of relevant jurisdiction ].

 

3. [The Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of [ Subsidiary ] becoming an Additional Borrower.] 5

 

4. [ Subsidiary's ] administrative details are as follows:

 

Address:

 

Fax No:

 

Attention:

 

5. This Accession Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[This Accession Letter is entered into by deed.] 6

 

For and on behalf of For and on behalf of
Millicom International Cellular S.A. [Subsidiary]
   
By: By:

 

 

5 Include in the case of an Additional Borrower.

 

6 If the facility is fully drawn there may be an issue in relation to past consideration for the proposed Additional Guarantor. This can be overcome by acceding by way of deed.

 

  - 145 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

 

To: DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch as Agent

 

From: [ resigning Borrower ] and Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 600,000,000 Facility Agreement dated ___ January 2017 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

 

2. Pursuant to Clause 26.3 ( Resignation of a Borrower ), we request that [ resigning Borrower ] be released from its obligations as a Borrower under the Agreement.

 

3. We confirm that:

 

(a) no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and

 

(b) [•]*

 

4. This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

For and on behalf of For and on behalf of
Millicom International Cellular S.A. [Subsidiary]
   
By: By:

 

NOTES:

 

* Insert any other conditions required by the Facility Agreement.

 

  - 146 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 8  

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch as Agent

 

From: Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 600,000,000 Facility Agreement dated ___ January 2017 (the " Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2. We confirm that:

 

(a) in respect of the Relevant Period ending on [•], Consolidated Net Debt for such Relevant Period was [•] and Consolidated EBITDA was [•]. Therefore Net Leverage Ratio was [•] and the covenant contained in paragraph (a) of Clause 22.1 ( Financial Condition ) ) [has/has not] been complied with; and

 

(b) in respect of the Relevant Period ending on [•],Consolidated EBITDA for such Relevant Period was [•] and Consolidated Interest Expense was [•]. Therefore Interest Cover was [•] and the covenant contained in paragraph (b) of Clause 22.1 ( Financial Condition ) ) [has/has not] been complied with.

 

3. [We confirm that no Default is continuing.]*

 

Signed:        
  Director   Director  
  of   of  
  Company   Company  

 

NOTES:

 

* If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

 

  - 147 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 9

LMA FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING

 

THIS MASTER CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING is dated [•] and made between:

 

(1) [•]; and

 

(2) [•].

 

Either party (in this capacity the " Purchaser ") may from time to time consider acquiring an interest from the other party (in this capacity the " Seller ") in certain Agreements which, subject to the Agreements, may be by way of novation, assignment, the entering into, whether directly or indirectly, of a sub-participation or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to one or more relevant Finance Documents and/or one or more relevant Obligors or by way of investing in or otherwise financing, directly or indirectly, any such novation, assignment, sub-participation or other transaction (each an " Acquisition "). In consideration of the Seller agreeing to make available to the Purchaser certain information in relation to each Acquisition it is agreed as follows:

 

1. CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING

 

The Purchaser undertakes in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it (a) to keep all Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraph 2 below and to ensure that all Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to the Purchaser's own confidential information and (b) until that Acquisition is completed, to use the Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition only for the Permitted Purpose.

 

2. PERMITTED DISCLOSURE

 

The Purchaser may disclose in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it:

 

2.1 to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers and auditors such Confidential Information as the Purchaser shall consider appropriate if any person to whom such Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph 2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to such Confidential Information;

 

2.2 subject to the requirements of the relevant Agreement, to any person:

 

(a) to (or through) whom the Purchaser assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations which it may acquire under that Agreement such Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition as the Purchaser shall consider appropriate if the person to whom such Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (a) of paragraph 2.2 has delivered a letter to the Purchaser in equivalent form to this undertaking;

 

  - 148 -  

 

 

(b) with (or through) whom the Purchaser enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to that Agreement or any relevant Obligor such Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition as the Purchaser shall consider appropriate if the person to whom such Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph 2.2 has delivered a letter to the Purchaser in equivalent form to this undertaking;

 

(c) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation such Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition as the Purchaser shall consider appropriate; and

 

2.3 notwithstanding paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 above, Confidential Information to such persons to whom, and on the same terms as, a Finance Party is permitted to disclose such Confidential Information under the Agreement to which that Acquisition relates, as if such permissions were set out in full in this undertaking for the purposes of that Acquisition and as if references in those permissions to Finance Party were references to the Purchaser for the purposes of that Acquisition.

 

3. NOTIFICATION OF DISCLOSURE

 

The Purchaser agrees in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Seller:

 

3.1 of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) of paragraph 2.2 above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

3.2 upon becoming aware that Confidential Information relating to that Acquisition has been disclosed in breach of this undertaking.

 

4. RETURN OF COPIES

 

If the Purchaser does not enter into an Acquisition and the Seller so requests in writing, the Purchaser shall return or destroy all Confidential Information supplied to the Purchaser by the Seller in relation to that Acquisition and destroy or permanently erase (to the extent technically practicable) all copies of such Confidential Information made by the Purchaser and use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that anyone to whom the Purchaser has supplied any such Confidential Information destroys or permanently erases (to the extent technically practicable) such Confidential Information and any copies made by them, in each case save to the extent that the Purchaser or the recipients are required to retain any such Confidential Information by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body or in accordance with internal policy, or where the Confidential Information has been disclosed under sub- paragraph (c) of paragraph 2.2 above.

 

  - 149 -  

 

 

5. CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

 

The obligations in this undertaking are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on the Purchaser in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it until (a) if the Purchaser becomes a party to the Agreement to which that Acquisition relates as a lender of record, the date on which the Purchaser becomes such a party to such Agreement; (b) if the Purchaser enters into that Acquisition but it does not result in the Purchaser becoming a party to the Agreement to which that Acquisition relates as a lender of record, the date falling twelve months after the date on which all of the Purchaser's rights and obligations contained in the documentation entered into to implement that Acquisition have terminated; or (c) in any other case the date falling twelve months after the date of the Purchaser's final receipt (in whatever manner) of any Confidential Information in relation to that Acquisition.

 

6. NO REPRESENTATION; CONSEQUENCES OF BREACH, ETC.

 

The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it:

 

6.1 neither the Seller, nor any member of the relevant Group nor any of the Seller's or the relevant Group's respective officers, employees or advisers (each a " Relevant Person ") (i) make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to, or assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the Confidential Information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or any other information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or the assumptions on which it is based or (ii) shall be under any obligation to update or correct any inaccuracy in the Confidential Information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or any other information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or be otherwise liable to the Purchaser or any other person in respect of the Confidential Information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or any such information; and

 

6.2 the Seller or members of the relevant Group may be irreparably harmed by the breach of the terms of this undertaking and damages may not be an adequate remedy; each Relevant Person may be granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened or actual breach of the provisions of this undertaking by the Purchaser.

 

7. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: NO WAIVER; AMENDMENTS, ETC.

 

7.1 This undertaking constitutes the entire agreement between the Seller and the Purchaser in relation to the Purchaser's obligations regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

  - 150 -  

 

 

7.2 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising any right or remedy under this undertaking will operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm this letter. No election to affirm this letter will be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy will prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy under this undertaking.

 

7.3 The terms of this undertaking and the Purchaser's obligations under this undertaking may only be amended or modified by written agreement between the parties.

 

8. INSIDE INFORMATION

 

The Purchaser acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Purchaser undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

9. NATURE OF UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings given by the Purchaser in this undertaking are given to the Seller and are also given for the benefit of the relevant Company and each other member of the relevant Group.

 

10. THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

10.1 Subject to this paragraph 10 and to paragraphs 6 and 9, a person who is not a party to this undertaking has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this undertaking.

 

10.2 The Relevant Persons may enjoy the benefit of the terms of paragraphs 6 and 9 subject to and in accordance with this paragraph 10 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

10.3 Notwithstanding any provisions of this undertaking, the parties to this undertaking do not require the consent of any Relevant Person to rescind or vary this undertaking at any time.

 

11. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

11.1 This undertaking and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it (including any non-contractual obligations arising out of the negotiation of any Acquisition) are governed by English law.

 

11.2 The courts of England have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this undertaking (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with either this undertaking or the negotiation of any Acquisition).

 

  - 151 -  

 

 

12. DEFINITIONS

 

In this undertaking terms defined in the relevant Agreement (as defined below) shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning and:

 

" Agreement " means the USD600,000,000 facility agreement dated [•] 2017 between, amongst others, Millicom International Cellular S.A. as the company, DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch as agent and certain financial institutions named therein as lenders.

 

" Company " means Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

" Confidential Information " means, in relation to each Acquisition, all information relating to the relevant Company, any relevant Obligor, the relevant Group, the relevant Finance Documents, [the/a] relevant Facility and/or that Acquisition which is received by the Purchaser in relation to the relevant Finance Documents or [the/a] relevant Facility from the Seller or any of its affiliates or advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

(a) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by the Purchaser of this undertaking; or

 

(b) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by the Seller or its advisers; or

 

(c) is known by the Purchaser before the date the information is disclosed to the Purchaser by the Seller or any of its affiliates or advisers or is lawfully obtained by the Purchaser after that date, from a source which is, as far as the Purchaser is aware, unconnected with the relevant Group and which, in either case, as far as the Purchaser is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

" Group " means, in relation to each Acquisition, the relevant Company and its subsidiaries for the time being (as such term is defined in the Companies Act 2006).

 

" Permitted Purpose " means, in relation to each Acquisition, considering and evaluating whether to enter into that Acquisition.

 

This undertaking has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this undertaking

 

  - 152 -  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

[•]  
   
By:  
   
[•]  
   
By:  

 

  - 153 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 10

 

TIMETABLES

 

      Loans in US dollars
    Loans in euro   and other currencies
         
Agent confirms to Company if a currency is approved as an Optional Currency in accordance with Clause 4.3(b) ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies )   -   U-4
         
Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request )  

U-3

 

9.30am

 

U-3 9

 

30am

         
Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the Loan, if required under Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation )  

U-3

 

noon

 

U-3

 

noon

         
Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation )  

U-3

 

3.00pm

 

U-3

 

3.00pm

         
Agent receives a notification from a Lender under Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )  

Quotation Day

 

10.00am

 

Quotation Day

 

10.00am

         
Agent gives notice in accordance with Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )  

Quotation Day

 

10.30am

 

Quotation Day

 

10.30am

         
LIBOR or EURIBOR is fixed   Quotation Day as of 11.00 a.m. Brussels time   Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m. London time

 

"U" = date of utilisation

 

"U - X" = Business Days prior to date of utilisation

 

  - 154 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 11

 

FORM OF AFFILIATE ACCESSION UNDERTAKING

 

To: [•] as Agent

 

From: [ The "Acceding Lender" ]

 

Dated:

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 600,000,000 Facility Agreement dated ___ January 2017 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Affiliate Accession Undertaking. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Affiliate Accession Undertaking unless given a different meaning in this Affiliate Accession Undertaking.

 

2. The Acceding Lender is an Affiliate of a Lender and has become a provider of an Ancillary Facility. In consideration of the Acceding Lender being accepted as an Ancillary Lender for the purposes of the Agreement, the Acceding Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Parties, that, as from [ date ], it intends to be party to the Agreement as an Ancillary Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Agreement to be assumed by a Finance Party and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Agreement as an Ancillary Lender.]

 

3. This Affiliate Accession Undertaking and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

For and on behalf of
[ Acceding Lender ]
 
By:

 

  - 155 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 12

 

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

 

To: [•] as Agent, and Millicom International Cellular S.A. as Company, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From: [the Increase Lender ] (the " Increase Lender ")

 

Dated:

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 600,000,000 Facility Agreement dated ___ January 2017 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Increase Confirmation.

 

2. We refer to Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) of the Agreement.

 

3. The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the " Relevant Commitment ") as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement.

 

4. The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the " Increase Date ") is [•].

 

5. On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

6. The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

7. The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders' obligations referred to in paragraph (g) of Clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

 

[10/11.] This Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Increase Confirmation.

 

[11/12.] This Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[12/13]. This Increase Confirmation has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Increase Confirmation.

 

  - 156 -  

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

[ Increase Lender ]

 

By:

 

This Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [•].

 

Agent  
   
By:  

 

  - 157 -  

 

 

SCHEDULE 13

 

FORM OF SUBSTITUTE AFFILIATE LENDER DESIGNATION NOTICE

 

To: DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch as Agent

 

Cc: Millicom International Cellular S.A. as the Company

 

From: [Designating Lender] (the " Designating Lender ")

 

Dated: [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 600,000,000 Facility Agreement dated ___ January 2017 (the " Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Facility Agreement. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Designation Notice.

 

2. We hereby designate our Affiliate details of which are given below as a Substitute Affiliate Lender in respect of any Loans required to be advanced to [ specify name of borrower or refer to all borrowers in a particular jurisdiction etc ] (" Designated Loans ").

 

3. The details of the Substitute Affiliate Lender are as follows:

 

Name:

 

Facility Office:

 

Fax Number:

 

Attention:

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation:

 

4. By countersigning this notice below the Designated Affiliate Lender agrees to become a Designated Affiliate Lender in respect of Designated Loans as indicated above and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Facility Agreement accordingly.

 

5. This Designation Notice and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

  - 158 -  

 

 

   
   
For and on behalf of  
   
[Designating Lender]  
   
We acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above.  
   
   
   
For and on behalf of  
   
[Substitute Affiliate Lender]  
   
We acknowledge the terms of the above.  
   
   
   
For and on behalf of  
   
The Agent  
   
Dated: [•]  

 

  - 159 -  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

THE COMPANY    
     
For and on behalf of    
MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.    
       
By: /s/ Justine Dimovic   /s/ Patrick Gill
  JUSTINE DIMOVIC   Patrick Gill
  Group Treasurer   Director Corporate Governance
    and Risk Management
       
Address:

2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L 1249 Luxembourg

       
Fax: +352 2775 9932    
       
THE ORIGINAL BORROWER    
     
For and on behalf of    
MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.    
       
By: /s/ Justine Dimovic   /s/ Patrick Gill
  JUSTINE DIMOVIC   Patrick Gill
  Group Treasurer   Director Corporate Governance
    and Risk Management
       
Address: 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L 1249 Luxembourg
       
Fax: +352 2775 9932    
       
THE GUARANTOR    
     
For and on behalf of    
MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.    
       
By: /s/ Justine Dimovic   /s/ Patrick Gill
  JUSTINE DIMOVIC   Patrick Gill
  Group Treasurer   Director Corporate Governance
    and Risk Management
       
Address: 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L 1249 Luxembourg
       
Fax: +352 2775 9932    

 

 

 

  

THE ARRANGERS    
     
For and on behalf of    
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTI    
       
By: /s/ Enrique Lopez   /s/ Philip Lloyd
  Enrique Lopez,   Philip Lloyd
  Vice President, International Banking   Director, International Banking
       
Address: 44 King Street West, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5H 1H1
       
Fax: 416-933-2295    

 

For and on behalf of    
BNP PARIBAS    
       
By:      
       
Address: 10 Harewood Avenue NW1 6AA    
       
Fax: +44 (0) 20 75956597    

 

For and on behalf of    
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED    
       
By: /s/ Caryn Bell    
  Caryn Bell    
  Director    
       
Address:      
       
Fax:      

 

For and on behalf of

DNB MARKETS, A PART OF DNB BANK ASA, SWEDEN BRANCH

   
       
By: /s/ Oskar Andrews   /s/ Samir Fariss
  Oskar Andrews   Samir Fariss
       
Address: att. Agency    
  SE-105 88, Stockholm    
       
Fax: +46 8 473 4106    

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of    
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA    
       
By: /s/ Lorraine Schmit    
  Lorraine Schmit    
  Authorised Signatory    
       
Address:      
       
Fax:      
       
For and on behalf of    
J.P. MORGAN LIMITED    
       
By: /s/ Richard Johansson    
  Richard Johansson    
  Vice President    
       
Address:

23 Bank Street, London, E14 5JP

   
       
Fax:

+44 207 7774821

   
       
For and on behalf of    
NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL)    
       
By /s/ Linda Agren   /s/ Helena Hedman
  Linda Agren   Helena Hedman
       
Address:      
       
Fax:      
       
For and on behalf of    
STANDARD CHARTERED BANK    
       
By: /s/ Vivek Sinha    
  Vivek Sinha    
  Executive Director    
  Loan Syndications    
  Standard Chartered Bank    
       
Address:      
       
Fax:      

 

 

 

 

THE AGENT    
     
For and on behalf of    
DNB BANK ASA, SWEDEN BRANCH    
       
By: /s/ Oskar Andrews     /s/ Samir Fariss
  Oskar Andrews     Samir Fariss
       
Address: SE-105 88, Stockholm    
       
Fax: +46 8 473 4106    
       
Attention: Agency    

 

 

 

 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS    
     

For and on behalf of  

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTI

   
       
By: /s/ Enrique Lopez   /s/ Philip Lloyd
  Enrique Lopez,   Philip Lloyd
  Vice President, International Banking   Director, International Banking
       
Address: 44 King Street West, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5H 1H1
       
Fax: 416-933-2295    

 

For and on behalf of    
BGL BNP PARIBAS S.A.    
       
By: /s/ Carlo THILL   /s/ Thierry Schuman
  Carlo THILL   Thierry Schuman
       
Address:      
       
Fax:      

 

For and on behalf of    
CITIBANK N.A., LONDON BRANCH    
       
By: /s/ Caryn Bell    
  Caryn Bell    
  Director    
       
Address:      
       
Fax:      

 

For and on behalf of    
DNB SWEDEN AB    
       
By: /s/ Oskar Andrews     /s/ Samir Fariss
  Oskar Andrews   Samir Fariss
       
Address: att. Agency, SE-105 88, Stockholm    
       
Fax: +46 8 473 4106    

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

   
BANK OF CHINA (LUXEMBOURG) S.A    
       
By /s/ Mr. Chen longjian    
  Mr. Chen longjian    
  Deputy General Manager    
       
Address 37139 Boulevard Prince Henri L-1724 Luxembourg    
       
Fax: +352 228 776    

 

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of    
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA    
       
By: /s/ Lorraine Schmit    
  Lorraine Schmit    
  Authorised Signatory    
       
Address:      
       
Fax:      
       
For and on behalf of    
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC    
       
By /s/ Richard Johansson    
  Richard Johansson    
  Vice President    
       
Address:

23 Bank Street London E14 5JP

   
       
Fax: +44 207 777 4821    
       
For and on behalf of    
BARCLAYS BANK PLC    
       
By: /s/ Barclays Bank PLC    
  Barclays Bank PLC    
       
Address: 1 Churchill Place London E14 5HP    
       
Fax:      

 

For and on behalf of    
BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. LONDON BRANCH    
       
By: /s/ Pedro Gawido   /s/ Almudena Lopez
  Pedro Gawido   Almudena Lopez
       
Address: One Canada Square, 44 th floor, Canary Wharf, London E14 5AA, England
       
Fax:      

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of    
INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA LTD., LUXEMBOURG    
       
By: [ILLEGIBLE]    
       
Address: 32 Boulevard Royal, 2-244P Luxembourg    
       
Fax +35226866666    

 

For and on behalf of    
NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL)    
       
By: /s/ Linda Agren   /s/ Helena Hedman
  Linda Agren   Helena Hedman
       
Address:      
       
Fax:      
       
For and on behalf of    
THE STANDARD BANK OF SOUTH AFRICA LIMITED, ISLE OF MAN BRANCH    
       
By: /s/ Mike Waghorn   /s/ Douglas Hendry
  Mike Waghorn   Douglas Hendry
       
Address: Standard Bank House, One Circular Road, Douglas, isle of man, IM1  
       
Fax: +44 1624 643808  

 

For and on behalf of    
STANDARD CHARTERED BANK    
       
By: /s/ Vivek Sinha    
  Vivek Sinha    
  Executive Director Loan Syndications Standard Chartered Bank    
       
Address:    
       
Fax:      

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.4

 

EXECUTION VERSION

Privileged & Confidential

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

IGP TRADING CORP.,

 

MEDIOS DE COMUNICACION LTD.,

 

TENEDORA ACTIVA, S.A.,

 

TELECARRIER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,

 

MILLICOM LIH S.A.,

 

AND

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A. (Solely for the purposes of Section 9.18)

 

EFFECTIVE AS OF OCTOBER 7, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Article 1 Definitions 2
     
Section 1.1. Definitions 2
     
Article 2 PURCHASE AND SALE 16
     
Section 2.1. Purchase and Sale of the Shares 16
Section 2.2. Final Purchase Price 16
Section 2.3. Closing 16
Section 2.4. Preliminary Closing Report; Post-Closing Adjustment 18
     
Article 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS 21
     
Section 3.1. Organization and Authority of Sellers 21
Section 3.2. Organization, Authority and Qualification of the Acquired Companies 22
Section 3.3. Capitalization; Organizational Documents 22
Section 3.4. Subsidiaries 23
Section 3.5. No Conflicts; Consents 24
Section 3.6. Financial Statements; Internal Controls 25
Section 3.7. No Undisclosed Liabilities 25
Section 3.8. Absence of Certain Developments 25
Section 3.9. Title, Condition and Sufficiency of Assets 25
Section 3.10. Compliance with Laws; Permits 26
Section 3.11. Legal Proceedings; Governmental Orders 27
Section 3.12. Insurance Coverage 27
Section 3.13. Material Contracts 28
Section 3.14. Intellectual Property 29
Section 3.15. Labor Matters 31
Section 3.16. Taxes 33
Section 3.17. Environmental Matters 33
Section 3.18. Intercompany Accounts 34
Section 3.19. Related Party Transactions 34
Section 3.20. Anti-Corruption 34
Section 3.21. Brokers 35
Section 3.22. Capital Expenditures To Date 35

i  

 

 

Article 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER 35
     
Section 4.1. Organization and Authority of Buyer 36
Section 4.2. No Conflicts; Consents 36
Section 4.3. Legal Proceedings; Governmental Orders 36
Section 4.4. Sufficiency of Funds; Solvency 37
Section 4.5. Brokers 37
Section 4.6. Investment Purpose 37
Section 4.7. Independent Investigation; No Other Representations and Warranties 37
     
Article 5 COVENANTS 38
     
Section 5.1. Conduct of Business of the Company 38
Section 5.2. Access to Information 41
Section 5.3. Notification of Certain Matters 42
Section 5.4. Efforts to Consummate 43
Section 5.5. Consents 43
Section 5.6. Governmental Approvals 43
Section 5.7. Public Announcements 44
Section 5.8. Books and Records 44
Section 5.9. Confidentiality 44
Section 5.10. Director and Officer Indemnification 45
Section 5.11. Employment and Benefits Arrangements 46
Section 5.12. Termination of Related Party Agreements and Arrangements 46
Section 5.13. Trademarks; Tradenames 47
Section 5.14. Exercise of Minority Shareholder Put 47
Section 5.15. Corporate Bonds 47
Section 5.16. Tax Matters 48
Section 5.17. Further Assurances 48
     
Article 6 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING 49
     
Section 6.1. Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations 49
Section 6.2. Other Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer 49
Section 6.3. Other Conditions to the Obligations of Sellers 50
     
Article 7 TERMINATION 51
     
Section 7.1. Termination 51
Section 7.2. Effect of Termination 51

ii  

 

 

Article 8 SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION; LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY 52
     
Section 8.1. Survival 52
Section 8.2. Indemnification by Sellers 53
Section 8.3. Indemnification by Buyer 53
Section 8.4. Limitations and Other Matters Relating to Indemnification 54
Section 8.5. Indemnification Procedures 56
Section 8.6. Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments 58
Section 8.7. Manner of Payment 58
Section 8.8. Exclusive Remedy; No Duplication; No Set-off 58
Section 8.9. Indemnity Escrow Amount 59
Section 8.10. Distribution of Escrow Funds 60
     
Article 9 MISCELLANEOUS 60
     
Section 9.1. Fees and Expenses 60
Section 9.2. Notices 61
Section 9.3. Entire Agreement 63
Section 9.4. Amendment 63
Section 9.5. Waivers 63
Section 9.6. Severability 63
Section 9.7. No Third Party Beneficiaries 63
Section 9.8. Assignment 64
Section 9.9. Governing Law; Submission to Arbitration 64
Section 9.10. Remedies 65
Section 9.11. Transfer Taxes 66
Section 9.12. Capital Gains Tax 66
Section 9.13. Post-Closing Tax Matters 66
Section 9.14. Interpretation; Construction 67
Section 9.15. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures; Effectiveness 68
Section 9.16. Releases 68
Section 9.17. Nonrecourse 69
Section 9.18. Buyer Guarantee 69

 

iii  

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A Form of Shareholders Agreement

 

SELLERS DISCLOSURE SCHEDULES

 

iv  

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 12, 2018, and effective as of October 7, 2018, is entered into among IGP Trading Corp., a sociedad anónima duly organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Panama (“ IGP ”), Medios de Comunicacion LTD., a British Virgin Island company (“ Medcom ”), Tenedora Activa, S.A., a sociedad anónima duly organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Panama (“TA”), Telecarrier International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (“ Telecarrier ”, and together with IGP, Medcom and TA, the “ Sellers ”), Millicom LIH S.A., a societe anonyme under the Laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“ Buyer ”) and Millicom International Cellular S.A., a societe anonyme under the Laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“ Buyer Guarantor ”) (solely for purposes of Section 9.18 ).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Cable Onda, S.A., a Panamanian sociedad anónima (the “ Company ”), has 243,356 shares of common stock issued and outstanding (the “ Total Shares ”);

 

WHEREAS, all of the issued and outstanding Total Shares owned by Sellers are held in trust as collateral pursuant to the collateral trust agreement the (“ Collateral Trust Agreement ”) dated as of August 4, 2015, by and among Medcom and Telecarrier, as settlors, the Company, as issuer, and BG Trust, Inc., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), and to which Collateral Trust Agreement each of IGP and TA have signed, or will sign, a joinder agreement effective as of December 11, 2018, in order to secure the obligations of the Company under the Corporate Bonds;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant and subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement, each of the Sellers owns the Shareholding Interests in the Total Shares set forth opposite its respective name in Schedule I-A of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, as described in Section 3.3(c) ;

 

WHEREAS, Sellers wish to sell to Buyer, and Buyer wishes to purchase from Sellers, an amount of the Total Shares set forth opposite each Seller’s respective name in Schedule I-B of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules (each such amount as relates to each respective Seller, the “ Shares ”), which amount, in the aggregate, together with the Management Shares (as defined below) represents eighty percent (80%) of the Total Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, Medcom, Telecarrier, Buyer and Buyer Guarantor entered into that certain Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”), dated as of October 7, 2018 (the “ Original Agreement Date ”), which is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

  1  

 

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Section 1.1.           Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below.

 

500 License ” means such license issued by the Autoridad Nacional de los Servicios Públicos pursuant to Resolution JD-025 of December 12, 1996.

 

Accounting Firm ” means a Central America-based engagement team of KPMG; provided , however , that if such Central America-based engagement team of KPMG shall decline such appointment or otherwise be unable to serve, “Accounting Firm” shall mean such other independent public accounting firm that will accept such appointment and that is mutually agreed to by Buyer and Sellers; provided , further , that if Buyer and Sellers are unable to agree on an independent public accounting firm that will accept such appointment within fifteen (15) Business Days after notice that such Central America-based engagement team of KPMG has declined such appointment or is otherwise unable to serve, Sellers may request that an internationally recognized public accounting firm that has not had a material relationship with either of the Parties in the preceding two years be appointed by the ICC and, upon such appointment, “Accounting Firm” shall mean such firm.

 

Accounting Firm’s Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c)(iii) .

 

Acquired Companies ” means the Company and each Company Subsidiary.

 

Additional Payment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 2.4(d) .

 

Adjustment Escrow Amount ” means that portion of the Escrow Amount equal to $30,000,000, in cash.

 

Adjustment Fund ” means that portion of the Escrow Funds attributable to the Adjustment Escrow Amount.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, including through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person; provided that, with respect to TA, MHC Holdings Limited and its direct or indirect Subsidiaries shall not be considered Affiliates, and with respect to IGP, Empresa General de Inversiones, S.A. and its direct or indirect Subsidiaries shall not be considered Affiliates. As used in this definition, the term “controls” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, including through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise. None of the Acquired Companies shall be deemed to be an affiliate of Sellers.

 

Agreed Sellers Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13 .

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

  2  

 

 

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, UK Bribery Act, and any other applicable anti-corruption Laws.

 

Audited Balance Sheet ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of December 31, 2017.

 

Audited Balance Sheet Date ” means the date of the Audited Balance Sheet.

 

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated financial statements consisting of the balance sheets and related statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity of the Acquired Companies as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017 (including, in each case, any related notes thereto and the related reports of the independent public accountants).

 

Board ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 5.15(b)(iii) .

 

Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in New York City, New York or Panama City, Panama are authorized or required by Law to be closed. Any event the scheduled occurrence of which would fall on a day that is not a Business Day shall be deferred until the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

Buyer Adjustment Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b) .

 

Buyer Fundamental Representations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) .

 

Buyer Indemnification Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 8.4(b)(i) .

 

Buyer Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 8.2 .

 

Buyer Material Adverse Effect ” means any material adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to perform its obligations under, and consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

Buyer Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.18(a) .

 

Buyer Per Claim Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 8.4(b)(i) .

 

Capital Expenditures ” means expenditures of the type included in the line items “ Adquisición de activos fijos ” and " Activos intangibles, neto ” contained in the statement of cash flows ( Estado Consolidado de Flujos de Efectivo ) of the Financial Statements.

 

Capital Gains Tax ” shall have the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 2.3(b)(i)(A) .

 

  3  

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents ” means, without duplication, all cash, cash equivalents (including money market accounts, money market funds, money market instruments and demand deposits) and marketable securities of the Acquired Companies; provided , however , that Cash and Cash Equivalents shall, without duplication, (i) exclude the total amount of outstanding checks issued but not yet debited against the applicable amount, (ii) include the total amount of outstanding checks and drafts issued for the benefit of the Acquired Companies but not yet cleared as of immediately prior to the Closing (in each case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent such outstanding checks and drafts subsequently clear prior to the date the Buyer Adjustment Report is delivered), (iii) exclude any amount held as collateral in respect of outstanding letters of credit or otherwise (except to the extent a corresponding amount is included in Indebtedness) and (iv) include any cash or cash equivalents used to pay any Indebtedness of the Acquired Companies at Closing; provided that “Cash and Cash Equivalents” for purposes of calculating “Net Indebtedness” or “Working Capital” shall be determined consistent with Schedule II of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules. Any portion of Cash and Cash Equivalents that is not in U.S. dollars shall be translated into U.S. dollars using the spot foreign exchange rates as published in The Wall Street Journal two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, and without duplication, customer deposits shall be included in the calculation of Cash and Cash Equivalents.

 

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(a) .

 

Claim Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(a) .

 

Cleary Gottlieb ” means Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP.

 

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .

 

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .

 

Closing Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) .

 

Closing Transaction Expenses ” means all fees, expenses and costs incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements (including as a result of the Closing and whether billed prior to, on or after the Closing Date) by any of the Acquired Companies, in each case to the extent unpaid as of the Closing Date, including (i) the fees and expenses of financial advisors, accountants, legal counsel and other advisors and representatives (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Foreign Advisor Fees), (ii) any assignment, change in control or similar fees payable as a result of the execution of this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment penalties or breakage costs which shall be captured by clause (xii) of the definition of “Indebtedness”), (iii) all costs, fees, reimbursement obligations and expenses incurred as a result of (or that would be incurred as a result of) the termination of any Related Party Contract as contemplated hereby, (iv) any bonuses, including one-time employee transaction completion bonuses to be paid by the Acquired Companies to their employees in connection with the Closing (even if such bonuses are paid as severance payments under “ mutuo acuerdos de terminación ” to employees whose employment with an Acquired Company will be terminated on or before December 31, 2018), (v) amounts payable by the Company pursuant to the Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan (even if such amounts are paid as severance payments under “ mutuo acuerdos de terminación ” to employees whose employment with an Acquired Company will be terminated on or before December 31, 2018, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt the granting of the Management Shares), (vi) the employer portion of any employment, payroll or similar Taxes attributable to the amounts set forth in clauses (iv), (v) and, to the extent applicable (ii), and (vii) any other amount expressly identified herein as a Closing Transaction Expense.

 

  4  

 

 

Collateral Trust Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Company Marks ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 5.13 .

 

Company Material Adverse Effect ” means any material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, assets or results of operations of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole; provided , however , that in no event shall any state of facts, circumstance, condition, event, change, development, occurrence or effect (each, an “ Effect ”), individually or in the aggregate, constitute or be taken into account in determining the occurrence of, a Company Material Adverse Effect if such Effect relates to, arises out of or results from (i) changes in general economic or business conditions in the United States, Panama or elsewhere in the world; (ii) changes in the credit, debt, financial or capital markets or changes in interest or exchange rates, in each case, in the United States, Panama or elsewhere in the world; (iii) changes in conditions generally affecting the industry in which any of the Acquired Companies operate; (iv) any outbreak or escalation of any military conflict, declared or undeclared war, armed hostilities, civil unrest, riots, general labor strikes, or acts of foreign or domestic terrorism, including any cyber-terrorism or cyber-attack; (v) any hurricane, flood, tornado, earthquake or other natural disaster; (vi) changes or proposed changes in applicable Law or IFRS or in the interpretation or enforcement thereof; (vii) any failure by the Acquired Companies to meet any internal or external estimates, expectations, budgets, projections or forecasts (but not the underlying causes of such failure unless such underlying causes would otherwise be excepted from this definition); (viii) the public announcement of this Agreement, the identity of (or any actions taken by) Buyer or the pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including any Effect arising out of actions of competitors, customers, suppliers, distributors, joint venture partners, employees (including losses of employees) or labor unions in connection therewith, and including any litigation arising in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby; (ix)(A) any action taken by Sellers or any Acquired Company (1)  required by this Agreement or (2) at the request of Buyer or (B) the failure by Sellers or any Acquired Company to take any action prohibited by this Agreement if the Sellers have requested the consent of Buyer to take such action and Buyer has unreasonably withheld such consent; provided , further , that any Effect arising out of or resulting from any change or event referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) above may constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect to the extent that such change or event has a materially disproportionate impact on the Acquired Companies compared to other companies that operate in the industries in which the Acquired Companies operate.

 

Company Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Confidentiality Agreement ” means the confidentiality agreement, dated as of July 16, 2018, between Buyer and the Company.

 

  5  

 

 

Consent ” means any approval, authorization, consent, ratification, permission, exemption or waiver, including, without limitation, any consent of, or waiver by, Medcom, Telecarrier and the Company with respect to the Sellers Shareholders Agreement.

 

Consolidation Order ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(c) .

 

Contract ” means any contract, agreement or other legally binding arrangement, including any note, bond, mortgage, loan, deed, indenture, commitment, undertaking, promise, sale or purchase order, lease, sublease, license or sublicense, joint venture or other binding arrangement whether written or oral (including all amendments, waivers, renewals, extension and modifications thereto).

 

Corporate Bond Consents ” means each of (i) the written consent with respect to the transactions set forth in this Agreement from at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the registered holders of the $200,000,000 single-series corporate bonds issued by the Company, dated September 1, 2015 (the “ Corporate Bonds ”), as registered with the Superintendence of Capital Markets (“ SCM ”) pursuant to SCM Resolution No. 479-15 of August 3, 2015 and (ii) the written consent with respect to the transactions set forth in this Agreement of the Trustee, as may be necessary or required under applicable Law and the terms of the Corporate Bonds to reflect Buyer as transferee of the Shareholding Interests and as a beneficiary of the Shares and the Management Shares under the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

 

Corporate Bonds ” has the meaning set forth under the defined term “Corporate Bond Consents.”

 

D&O Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b) .

 

D&O Indemnifiable Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b) .

 

D&O Indemnified Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(a) .

 

D&O Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b) .

 

Data Room ” means the electronic data site established for “Project Megaloop” by IntraLinks on behalf of Sellers and to which Buyer and its Representatives have been given access in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Deed of Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 6.1(e) .

 

Direct Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(a) .

 

Disputed Items ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c)(iii) .

 

Effect ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Company Material Adverse Effect.”

 

  6  

 

 

Employee Plan ” means any (i) “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), whether or not subject to ERISA, (ii) compensation, employment, consulting, severance, termination protection, change in control, transaction bonus, retention or similar plan, agreement, arrangement, program or policy or (iii) other plan, agreement, arrangement, program or policy providing for compensation, bonuses, profit-sharing, equity or equity-based compensation or other forms of incentive or deferred compensation, vacation benefits, insurance (including any self-insured arrangement), medical, dental, vision, prescription or fringe benefits, life insurance, relocation or expatriate benefits, perquisites, disability or sick leave benefits, employee assistance program, workers’ compensation, supplemental unemployment benefits or post-employment or retirement benefits (including compensation, pension, health, medical or insurance benefits), including relating to any acquired rights provided for pursuant to applicable Law, in each case whether or not written (x) that is sponsored, maintained, administered, contributed to or entered into by the Acquired Companies or any of their Affiliates for the current or future benefit of any current or former Service Provider or (y) for which the Acquired Companies have any direct or indirect liability.

 

Encumbrance ” means any lien, pledge, mortgage, security interest or similar encumbrance (including any restriction on the right to vote, sell or otherwise dispose of capital stock, voting securities or ownership interests).

 

Enforceability Limitations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c) .

 

Environmental Law ” means any Law related to the protection, preservation or cleanup of the environment or natural resources.

 

Escrow Account ” means the escrow account established pursuant to the Escrow Agreement and to which the Adjustment Escrow Amount will be deposited at the Closing, and to which the Indemnity Escrow Amount will be deposited after removal of the Encumbrance created by the Collateral Trust Agreement.

 

Escrow Agent ” means the entity designated to serve as escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Agreement ” means an escrow agreement among the Company, Buyer, Sellers and the Escrow Agent, to be executed and delivered at the Closing in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and Sellers.

 

Escrow Amount ” means the Adjustment Escrow Amount and the Indemnity Escrow Amount.

 

Escrow Funds ” means the Escrow Amount deposited with the Escrow Agent in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and, prior to removal of the Encumbrance created by the Collateral Trust Agreement, the custody rights in the Shareholding Interests created in favor of Buyer as recorded by the Trustee, together with any interest, income or profits thereon.

 

Excepted Representations ” means the representations and warranties set forth in ‎Section 3.8(b) , ‎Section 3.10(b) (solely with respect to the phrase “material to the conduct of the business”), ‎ Section 3.11(b) (solely with respect to the word “material” in “material Orders”), ‎Section 3.12 (solely with respect to the word “material” in “material insurance policies”, “material property”, “material claim” and “material self-insurance programs”), ‎Section 3.15(a) (solely with respect to the word “material” in “Material Employee Plan”), and any representations and warranties that include the term “Material Contracts” (solely with respect to the word “material” in “Material Contracts”).

 

  7  

 

 

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Final Adjustment Report ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 2.4(c)(ii) .

 

Final Net Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.4(c)(iii) .

 

Final Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.2 .

 

Final Transaction Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in ‎Section 2.4(c)(iii).

 

Financial Statements ” means the Audited Financial Statements and the Unaudited Financial Statements.

 

First Release Date ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 8.1(a) .

 

Foreign Advisor Fees ” means the total amount of fees and expenses of J.P. Morgan and Cleary Gottlieb.

 

Governmental Body ” means any foreign, federal, state, prefect, provincial, municipal, local or other court or governmental authority, agency, division or any instrumentality or other political subdivision thereof, international authority, board or commission, or any instrumentality or officer acting in an official capacity of any of the foregoing.

 

Government Official ” means any public or elected official or officer, employee (regardless of rank), or person acting in an official capacity on behalf of a national, provincial, or local government, including a department, agency, instrumentality, state-owned or state–controlled company, public international organization (such as the United Nations or World Bank), or non-U.S. political party, non-U.S. party official or any candidate for political office.

 

ICC ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 9.9(b) .

 

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Financial Reporting Standards Board (IASB).

 

IGP Trading Corp. ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

  8  

 

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person and without duplication, all obligations of such Person to pay principal and interest, including accrued but unpaid interest, with respect to (i) any indebtedness for borrowed money (including debt in connection with Green Real Estate and Investments Corp.), (ii) all liabilities evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments or debt securities, (iii) letters of credit, standby letters of credit or performance bonds issued by such Person to the extent actually drawn, (iv) finance or capital leases under which such Person is the lessee that are capitalized in accordance with IFRS as in effect in 2018 (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, IFRS 16 to become effective in 2019) and, with respect to the Acquired Companies, capitalized in the corporate books of the Acquired Companies, (v) dividends declared with a record date before the Closing that are to be paid after the Closing, (vi) interest rate or currency swap, foreign exchange, forward, spot or similar agreements, in each case, valued at the fair market value on the date of closing thereof, but only if such arrangement is terminated by the counterparty thereof upon the Closing in accordance with the terms thereof, (vii) direct or indirect guarantees or other forms of credit support of obligations described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) of any Person, (viii) all unpaid current liabilities for estimated income Tax of the Acquired Companies net of any prepaid income Tax ( estimadas ) in respect of (A) a Pre-Closing Tax Period that ends on or includes the Closing Date and (B) any other Pre-Closing Tax Period if an Acquired Company has not yet filed an income Tax return with respect thereto, and (ix) to the extent not already included in Closing Transaction Expenses, all obligations to pay penalties (including but not limited to prepayment penalties or breakage costs, other than any breakage costs in connection with the prepayment of the Corporate Bonds), fees, guarantees, reimbursements and costs of unwinding in connection with the obligations described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vii) of any Person to the extent that such Indebtedness is required by its existing terms or the terms of this Agreement to be paid on or prior to or as a result of the Closing; provided, however, that “Indebtedness” shall exclude any amounts owed by any Acquired Company solely to another Acquired Company; provided , further , that “Indebtedness” for purposes of any calculation to be made in accordance with ‎Section 2.3(c) or ‎ Section 2.4 shall be determined consistent with Schedule II of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules.

 

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(a) .

 

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(a) .

 

Indemnity Escrow Amount ” means that portion of the Escrow Amount initially equal to $150,000,000 in the form of Indemnity Escrow Shares, and as adjusted pursuant to Section 8.9 .

 

Indemnity Escrow Funds ” means that portion of the Escrow Funds attributable to the Indemnity Escrow Amount.

 

Indemnity Escrow Shares ” means the custody rights in the Shareholding Interests, as recorded by the Trustee, with a value equal to the Sellers’ Retained Shares which initially represents the Indemnity Escrow Amount, calculated based on a valuation of the Sellers’ Retained Shares implied by the Closing Purchase Price, after giving effect to any Recapitalization Event, as such custody rights shall be extinguished upon removal of the Encumbrance created by the Collateral Trust Agreement and, promptly thereafter and in the place of such custody rights, Sellers shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) with the Escrow Agent physical stock certificates of Sellers’ Retained Shares with an equivalent value pursuant to Section 5.15 , and which Indemnity Escrow Shares may be replaced with cash pursuant to Section 8.9 .

 

Indemnity Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.9(b) .

 

  9  

 

 

Intellectual Property ” means any and all worldwide intellectual property and similar proprietary rights, including (i) inventions, (ii) patents and patent applications, including all provisionals, non-provisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, reissues, reexaminations, renewals and extensions, (iii) trade secrets and know-how, (iv) copyrights, including registrations and applications therefor and all derivative works, moral rights, renewals, extensions, reversions and restorations associated with such copyrights, now or hereafter provided by law, regardless of the medium of fixation or means of expression, (v) trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, corporate names, brand names, certification marks, trade dress, social media identifiers and accounts and other source indicators (and any goodwill associated therewith), (vi) Internet domain names and Internet protocol addresses, (vii) software (including source code, object code, firmware, operating systems and specifications), (viii) databases and data collections and (ix) any and all applications and registrations for any and all of the foregoing.

 

IT Assets ” means any and all computers, software, firmware, middleware, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, data communications lines, and all other information technology assets, including all associated documentation related to any of the foregoing, (i) owned by any Acquired Company or (ii) licensed or leased to any Acquired Company.

 

J.P. Morgan ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

 

Law ” means any law, statute, code, rule or regulation enacted by any Governmental Body.

 

Leased Real Property ” means all leases, subleases or licenses (including all modifications, extensions, amendments or supplements thereto) under which any of the Acquired Companies leases, subleases or licenses any real property.

 

Legal Proceeding ” means any claim, action, suit or proceeding before any Governmental Body, including any Tax Contest.

 

Licensed Intellectual Property ” means any and all Intellectual Property owned by a third party and licensed or sublicensed to any Acquired Company or for which any Acquired Company has obtained a covenant not to be sued.

 

Loan ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 5.15(b)(iii) .

 

Losses ” means all damages, fines, penalties, costs (including cost-adjustments) and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation, defense or settlement, court costs and reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and other professionals), claims, awards, assessments, charges, Taxes or other liabilities whatsoever, whether contractual, tortious, statutory or otherwise, suffered, sustained, paid or incurred by a Person, including in connection with any Legal Proceeding, whether involving a claim brought by a Governmental Body, a Third-Party Claim, or a claim solely between parties hereto; provided that, except to the extent awarded in respect of a Third-Party Claim, Losses shall not include (i) incidental, indirect or consequential damages, lost profits or diminution in value (other than to the extent reasonably foreseeable) or (ii) exemplary, punitive or similar damages. For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of indemnity payments made by the Company, any Losses of any Buyer Indemnified Party shall expressly include the amount required to gross up Buyer to take into account the portion of such payment indirectly borne by Buyer by reason of Buyer’s ownership interest in the Company.

 

  10  

 

 

Management Shares ” means the shares issued by the Company from time to time to one or more key executives of the Company pursuant to the Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan, as set forth on Schedule I-C of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules.

 

Material Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a) .

 

Net Indebtedness ” means, as of a specified time, the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Acquired Companies minus the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Acquired Companies (which may be a positive or negative number); provided that “Net Indebtedness” for purposes of any calculation to be made in accordance with ‎Section 2.3(c) or ‎ Section 2.4 shall be determined consistent with Schedule II of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules.

 

Non-Success Based ” means, with respect to capital expenditures, all capital expenditures other than those related to (i) equipment on customer premises, (ii) installation costs of services provided to customers and (iii) investments related to projects with business or government customers.

 

Notice of Disagreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c)(ii) .

 

Order ” means any judgment, order, written opinion or decree of any Governmental Body.

 

Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, charter, by-laws, articles of formation, certificate of formation, regulations, operating agreement, partnership agreement, shareholders agreement, certificate of limited partnership, and all other similar documents, instruments or certificates executed, adopted or filed in connection with the creation, formation or organization of such Person, including any amendments thereto or restatements thereof.

 

Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Original Agreement Date ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Owned Intellectual Property ” means any and all Intellectual Property owned, or purported to be owned, by any Acquired Company.

 

Owned Real Property ” means any and all real property owned by any of the Acquired Companies.

 

Panama ” means the Republic of Panama.

 

Party ” means each of Buyer and each Seller.

 

Pending Claim ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 8.9(a) .

 

Permits ” means all permits, licenses, franchises, concessions, certificates, authorizations, registrations and approvals obtained from Governmental Bodies.

 

  11  

 

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” means (a) Encumbrances for Taxes not yet due and payable or for Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate accruals or reserves have been established in the Audited Balance Sheet as of the Audited Balance Sheet Date; (b) Encumbrances of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen and other similar common law or statutory Encumbrances arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice for amounts that are not more than 60 days overdue or are being contested in good faith by appropriate procedures and for which adequate accruals or reserves have been established in the Audited Balance Sheet as of the Audited Balance Sheet Date; (c) Encumbrances arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (d) the effect of zoning, entitlement, building and land use ordinances, codes and regulations imposed by any Governmental Body; (e) customary covenants, defects of title, easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar non-monetary Encumbrances affecting Real Property that are disclosed in publicly recorded documents and that, individually or in the aggregate, do not interfere in any material respect with or otherwise impair in any material respect the use, occupancy, value or marketability of title of the property subject thereto; (f) any Encumbrances reflected in the Financial Statements; and (g) any other Encumbrances that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the business of the Acquired Companies or that will be released on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

Person ” means any individual, general or limited partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, joint venture, firm, association or other entity or organization (whether or not a legal entity), including any Governmental Body (or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof).

 

Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan ” means (a) that certain phantom and common stock compensation plan as approved by the board of directors of the Company as of February 14, 2014, and as amended and supplemented from time to time on or prior to the Original Agreement Date, whereby certain members of the management team listed under the plan receive a bonus paid in cash in an amount equivalent to the value of the stock and/or stock grants, as determined by the Company from time to time; and (b) any grant agreements or other contracts entered into by the Company pursuant to such plan.

 

Pre-Closing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

 

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any Tax period of the Acquired Companies ending on or prior to the Closing Date and, with respect to a Tax period that begins on or prior to the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date, the portion of such Tax period ending on and including the Closing Date. For purposes of determining the income Taxes that are with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period for a Tax period that begins on or before the Closing Date occurs and ends thereafter, Pre-Closing Tax Period Taxes shall be deemed to include the amount that would be payable if the relevant Tax period ended on and included the Closing Date.

 

Preliminary Closing Report ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 2.4(a) .

 

Pro Rata Share ” means with respect to each Seller, the percentage set forth across from such Seller’s name on Schedule I-B of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules.

 

  12  

 

 

Real Properties ” means, collectively, the Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property (each, individually, a “Real Property”).

 

Real Property Leases ” means all leases, subleases and ground leases (including all modifications, extensions, amendments and/or supplements thereto and any guaranties thereof) relating to each Leased Real Property.

 

Recapitalization Event ” means any event of share combination or subdivision, stock splits, stock dividends, bonus shares or any other reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Total Shares.

 

Registered Company Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(a) .

 

Related Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 9.9(c) .

 

Related Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.19 .

 

Related Party Contract Amendments ” means (i) Adenda No. 1 al Contrato de Transmisión de Canales de Television “COS y COS FC” by and between the Company and Corporación Medcom Panamá, S.A., (ii) Adenda No. 1 al Contrato de Transmisión del Canal de Television “ECO” by and between the Company and Corporación Medcom Panamá, S.A., (iii) Adenda No. 1 al Contrato de Cesión de Derechos de Comercialización by and between the Company and Corporación Medcom Panamá, S.A., (iv) Adenda No. 1 al Contrato de Licencia de Derechos de Contenido de las Señales de Televisión Abierta “Telemetro” y “RPC” by and between the Company and Corporación Medcom Panamá, S.A. , (v) Adenda No. 1 al Contrato de Licencia de Derechos de Contenido de la Señal de Televisión Abierta “OYE” by and between the Company and Corporación Medcom Panamá, S.A. and (vi) Adenda No. 1 al Contrato de Licencia de Derechos de Contenido de las Señales de Televisión Abierta “TVN” y “TVMAX” by and between the Company and Televisora Nacional, S.A., each dated as of October 4, 2018.

 

Released Buyer Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16 .

 

Released Sellers Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16 .

 

Releasing Buyer Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16 .

 

Releasing Sellers Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16 .

 

Representatives ” means the directors, officers, employees, investment bankers, consultants, attorneys, accountants and other advisors and representatives of a Person.

 

Resolution Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c)(ii) .

 

Review Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c)(i) .

 

SCM ” has the meaning set forth under the defined term “Corporate Bond Consents.”

 

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  13  

 

 

Second Release Date ” means the date that is the third anniversary of the Closing.

 

Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

Sellers Disclosure Schedules ” means the amended and restated disclosure schedules delivered by Sellers to Buyer concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement dated as of the date hereof.

 

Sellers Fundamental Representations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) .

 

Sellers Indemnification Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a)(i) .

 

Sellers Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 8.3 .

 

Sellers Per Claim Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a)(i ) .

 

Sellers’ Knowledge ” means, as to a particular matter, the knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of the individuals listed in Schedule III of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules.

 

Sellers’ Retained Shares ” means the Total Shares, minus the Shares and the Management Shares.

 

Sellers Shareholder Agreement ” means that certain shareholders agreement dated as of December 1, 2009, among Medcom, Telecarrier and the Company, as amended.

 

Service Provider ” means any director, officer, employee or individual independent contractor of any of the Acquired Companies.

 

Severance Funds ” means those certain severance funds ( fondos de cesantía ) pursuant to Articles 229-A to 229-K of the Labor Code of the Republic of Panama.

 

Shareholders Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in ‎ Section 6.1(d) .

 

Shareholding Interests ” means the beneficial interest (“ Intereses Accionarios ”) in the Total Shares recognized by the Trustee pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement.

 

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person with respect to which such first Person (alone or in combination with any of such first Person’s other Subsidiaries) owns (a) capital stock or other equity interests having the ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or (b) if no such governing body exists, a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Person.

 

Subsidiary Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a) to this Agreement.

 

  14  

 

 

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any and all foreign, federal, state, provincial or local taxes, withholdings, charges, fees, levies or other assessments or similar charges of any kind whatsoever imposed by any Governmental Body, together with all interest, fines, penalties and additions attributable to or imposed with respect to such amounts.

 

Tax Claim ” means any pending or threatened Tax Contest for which the Sellers may be required to indemnify any Buyer Indemnified Party under Section 8.2 .

 

Tax Contest ” means any audit, assessment, proposed adjustment, deficiency, action, suit, court or administrative proceeding, investigation or other dispute or similar claim with respect to any Tax matter that affects any of the Acquired Companies.

 

Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b) .

 

Territory ” means the Republic of Panama.

 

Third-Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(a) .

 

Third-Party Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(c ) .

 

Total Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents delivered at the Closing in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, unless expressly excluded by the terms of such other agreements, instruments or documents.

 

Transfer Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.11 .

 

Trustee ” means BG Trust, Inc., solely in its capacity as trustee under the Collateral Trust Agreement.

 

Unaudited Balance Sheet ” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of June 30, 2018.

 

Unaudited Financial Statements ” means the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Acquired Companies consisting of the Unaudited Balance Sheet and all of the related statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity of the Acquired Companies for the six (6) months ended June 30, 2018 (including, in each case, any related notes thereto).

 

Working Capital ” means (i) the sum of all current assets (excluding Cash and Cash Equivalents) of the Acquired Companies immediately prior to the Closing Date less (ii) the sum of all current and certain long-term liabilities as referenced in Schedule IV of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules (excluding Indebtedness and Closing Transaction Expenses) of the Acquired Companies immediately prior to the Closing Date, and in each case determined in accordance with IFRS rules in effect in 2018 (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, IFRS 16 to become effective in 2019); provided , however , that “Working Capital” for purposes of any calculation to be made in accordance with Section 2.3(c) or Section 2.4 shall be determined consistent with Schedule IV of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules.

 

  15  

 

 

Working Capital Adjustment Amount ” means the amount equal to (a) Working Capital minus (b) the Working Capital Target.

 

Working Capital Target ” means $15 million.

 

Article 2

PURCHASE AND SALE

 

Section 2.1.           Purchase and Sale of the Shares . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, Sellers shall sell, assign, transfer and convey, or shall cause the sale, assignment, transfer and conveyance of, the Shares and the Management Shares, to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase, acquire and accept from Sellers, the Shares and the Management Shares, in consideration for payment of the Closing Purchase Price. Each Seller shall be entitled to receive the amount set forth opposite its name in Schedule I-D of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules.

 

Section 2.2.           Final Purchase Price . The aggregate purchase price payable by Buyer to Sellers for the Shares and the Management Shares (the “ Final Purchase Price ”) shall be an amount equal to (a) the Closing Purchase Price (as determined in accordance with Section 2.3(c) ), (b) plus the amount, if any, payable by Buyer to Sellers pursuant to Section 2.4(d) or (c) minus the amount, if any, payable by Sellers to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.4(d) . Each Seller shall be entitled to receive the amount set forth opposite its name in Schedule I-D of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule plus its Pro Rata Share of the absolute value of the Additional Payment Amount (if the Additional Payment Amount is a negative number or zero) or minus its Pro Rata Share of the Additional Payment Amount (if the Additional Payment Amount is a positive number).

 

Section 2.3.           Closing .

 

(a)          Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, at the offices of Arias, Fábrega & Fábrega, ARIFA Building, 10th Floor, West Boulevard, Santa Maria Business District, Panama, Republic of Panama, on the date that is the twelfth (12th) Business Day of the month immediately following the month in which all the conditions to Closing set forth in Article 6 have been satisfied or waived in writing (other than any conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, it being understood that the occurrence of the Closing shall remain subject to the satisfaction or waiver in writing of such conditions at the Closing), unless another date, place or time is agreed to in writing by Buyer and Sellers. The date on which the Closing is actually held is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .” The Closing will be deemed effective as of the close of business on the Closing Date for tax and accounting purposes.

 

(b)          At the Closing:

 

(i)          Buyer shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Sellers:

 

  16  

 

 

(A)         the Closing Purchase Price, as determined pursuant to Section 2.3(c) , less an amount equal to five percent (5%) (the “ Capital Gains Tax ”) of each of (x) the Closing Purchase Price and (y) the Foreign Advisor Fees, which amount represents an advance payment of the capital gains tax payable under Panamanian Law and which shall be withheld by Buyer and paid by Buyer, on behalf of the Sellers, pursuant to Section 9.12(a) . The Closing Purchase Price shall be delivered to Sellers by wire transfer of immediately available funds to accounts designated in writing by Sellers to Buyer at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

 

(B)         the certificate contemplated by Section 6.3(c) ;

 

(C)         duly executed corporate resolutions of Buyer authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

 

(D)         Buyer’s duly executed counterpart to the Escrow Agreement; and

 

(E)         such other documents or instruments as Sellers reasonably request and are reasonably necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements.

 

(ii)         (A) Buyer shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) with the Escrow Agent the Adjustment Escrow Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, which deposit shall be made out of funds that otherwise would have been paid as part of the Closing Purchase Price, and Buyer shall be deemed to have deposited on behalf of each Seller its Pro Rata Share of the Adjustment Escrow Amount; and (B) Sellers shall cause the Trustee to record in its records custody rights in the Shareholding Interests in favor of Buyer in an amount equivalent to the Indemnity Escrow Amount.

 

(iii)        Sellers shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Buyer:

 

(A)         stock certificates evidencing the Shares and the Management Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than the Encumbrance created by the Collateral Trust Agreement), accompanied by instruments of transfer, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 2.3(b)(iv) ;

 

(B)         the certificate contemplated by Section 6.2(d) ;

 

(C)         duly executed corporate resolutions of the Sellers authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

 

(D)         evidence that the Sellers Shareholders Agreement shall have been terminated on or prior to the Closing Date without any continuing liability or obligation of the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates after the Closing Date in connection therewith or thereunder; and

 

(E)         each Seller’s duly executed counterpart to the Escrow Agreement.

 

  17  

 

 

(iv)        The parties hereto acknowledge that the Shares and the Management Shares are sold subject to the Encumbrance created by the Collateral Trust Agreement and the transfer by Sellers to Buyer of the Shares and the Management Shares at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement shall be made subject to the following conditions: (i) the Shares and the Management Shares shall remain and continue to be at all times subject to the Encumbrance created by the Collateral Trust Agreement to secure the obligations of the Company under the Corporate Bonds and (ii) simultaneously with the acceptance of title to the Shares and the Management Shares, Buyer shall assign and transfer title to the Shares and the Management Shares to the Trustee such that the Shares and the Management Shares remain and continue to be at all times subject to the Encumbrance created by the Collateral Trust Agreement to secure the obligations of the Company under the Corporate Bonds. Immediately upon such assignment and transfer of title by Buyer to the Trustee, the Trustee shall recognize the Buyer as beneficiary of the Shareholding Interests in the Shares and the Management Shares. If required by the Trustee, Buyer shall sign a joinder agreement to the Collateral Trust Agreement.

 

(c)          The amount of cash to be paid by Buyer to Sellers at the Closing before reduction on account of the Capital Gains Tax (the “ Closing Purchase Price ”) shall be: (x) eighty percent (80%) of the total of an amount equal to $1,460,000,000.00 minus Net Indebtedness of the Acquired Companies as of immediately prior to the Closing Date minus Closing Transaction Expenses plus the Working Capital Adjustment Amount (which may be a positive or negative number); minus (y) the Adjustment Escrow Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no duplication among the items included in Net Indebtedness, Closing Transaction Expenses and Working Capital. Further, for the avoidance of doubt, consideration for the Management Shares shall be paid by Buyer out of the Closing Purchase Price to such key executives of the Company set forth on Schedule I-C of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules in respect of each such key executive’s pro rata portion of the Closing Purchase Price; upon delivering such consideration to such key executives, Buyer shall have no further obligations with respect to the Management Shares.

 

Section 2.4.           Preliminary Closing Report; Post-Closing Adjustment .

 

(a)          At least three (3) days prior to the anticipated Closing Date, Sellers shall deliver to Buyer a written report (“ Preliminary Closing Report ”) setting forth in reasonable detail the Sellers’ reasonable, good faith estimates of the Closing Purchase Price, Net Indebtedness, Closing Transaction Expenses and the Working Capital Adjustment Amount as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date. Each of the components of the Preliminary Closing Report will be prepared in a manner consistent with the respective definitions thereof as set forth herein. Sellers shall consider in good faith any of Buyer’s comments to such Preliminary Closing Report and reasonably cooperate with Buyer to provide such supporting documentation as reasonably requested by Buyer in connection with Buyer’s review of the Preliminary Closing Report.

 

(b)          As soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date (but no later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date), Buyer shall deliver to Sellers a statement (the “ Buyer Adjustment Report ”) setting forth in reasonable detail Buyer’s good-faith calculation of Final Purchase Price, Net Indebtedness, Closing Transaction Expenses and the Working Capital Adjustment Amount as of the Closing Date. If Buyer does not timely deliver the Buyer Adjustment Report within such sixty (60) day period, the Closing Purchase Price as determined pursuant to Section 2.3(c) shall be deemed to be the “ Final Purchase Price ” for all purposes hereunder.

 

  18  

 

 

(c)          The following procedures shall apply with respect to the review of the Buyer Adjustment Report:

 

(i)          Sellers shall have a period of sixty (60) days after receipt by Sellers of the Buyer Adjustment Report to review such Report (the “ Review Period ”). During the Review Period, Buyer shall (x) provide the Sellers and their Representatives reasonable access during normal business hours to the books and records of the Acquired Companies used in preparation of the Buyer Adjustment Report, (y) reasonably cooperate with Sellers to provide other information reasonably requested by Sellers in connection with Sellers’ review of the Buyer Adjustment Report and any dispute with respect thereto as contemplated by this Section 2.4 , and (z) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its accountants and employees to reasonably cooperate with Sellers in connection with such review.

 

(ii)         If Sellers do not deliver to Buyer a written statement describing any objections Sellers have to the Buyer Adjustment Report and in reasonable detail Sellers’ grounds for such objections (a “ Notice of Disagreement ”) on or before the final day of the Review Period, or if the Sellers deliver, prior to the final day of the Review Period, written notice to Buyer that it has no objections to the Buyer Adjustment Report, then Sellers shall be deemed to have irrevocably accepted such Buyer Adjustment Report, and such Buyer Adjustment Report shall be binding on and non-appealable by the Parties and deemed to be the “ Final Adjustment Report ” for purposes of the payment (if any) contemplated by Section 2.4(d) . Any matters or amounts not raised in the Notice of Disagreement shall be deemed to be final and binding on, and non-appealable by, the Parties. If Sellers deliver to Buyer a Notice of Disagreement on or before the final day of the Review Period, then Buyer and Sellers shall attempt to resolve in good faith the matters contained in the Notice of Disagreement within thirty (30) days after Buyer’s receipt of the Notice of Disagreement (the “ Resolution Period ”). If Buyer and Sellers reach a resolution with respect to such matters on or before the final day of the Resolution Period, then the Buyer Adjustment Report, as modified by such resolution, shall be deemed to be the “ Final Adjustment Report ” for purposes of the payment (if any) contemplated by Section 2.4(d) .

 

  19  

 

 

(iii)        If such a resolution is not reached on or before the final day of the Resolution Period (or such longer period as the Sellers and Buyer may agree in writing), then Buyer and Sellers shall promptly (and in any event no later than five (5) Business Days after the last day of the Resolution Period or such other agreed upon date) retain the Accounting Firm (including by executing a customary agreement with the Accounting Firm in connection with its engagement) and submit any and all unresolved objections covered by the Notice of Disagreement (but only such matters and amounts) (the “ Disputed Items ”) to the Accounting Firm for resolution in accordance with this Section 2.4(c)(iii) . The Accounting Firm will be instructed to (A) make a final determination on an expedited basis (and in any event within thirty (30) days after submission of the Disputed Items) with respect to each of the Disputed Items (and only the Disputed Items) that is within the range of the respective positions taken by each of Buyer and Sellers and (B) prepare and deliver to Buyer and Sellers a written statement setting forth its final determination (and a reasonably detailed description of the basis therefor) with respect to each Disputed Item (the “ Accounting Firm’s Report ”). During the ten (10) days after submission of the Disputed Items to the Accounting Firm, each of Buyer and Sellers may provide the Accounting Firm with a definitive statement in writing of its positions with respect to the Disputed Items (and only the Disputed Items) and any supporting documents or materials that such party deems necessary or appropriate. The Accounting Firm will be provided with reasonable access to the books and records of Buyer, the Acquired Companies and Sellers for purposes of making its final determination with respect to the Disputed Items, and Buyer, Sellers and the Acquired Companies shall otherwise reasonably cooperate with the Accounting Firm in connection therewith. Each of Buyer and each Seller agrees that (1) the Accounting Firm’s determination with respect to each Disputed Item as reflected in the Accounting Firm’s Report shall be deemed to be final, conclusive, binding and non-appealable, absent fraud or manifest error, (2) the Buyer Adjustment Report, as modified by any changes thereto in accordance with the Accounting Firm’s Report, shall be deemed to be the “ Final Adjustment Report ” for purposes of the payment (if any) contemplated by Section 2.4(d) , (3) the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy with respect to the final determination of the Final Adjustment Report and (4) the Accounting Firm’s determination under this Section 2.4(c)(iii) shall be enforceable as an arbitral award, and judgment may be entered thereupon in any court having jurisdiction over the Party against which such determination is to be enforced. (x) Net Indebtedness, (y) Closing Transaction Expenses and (z) the Working Capital Adjustment Amount, each as of the Closing Date as set forth in the Final Adjustment Report, shall be deemed to be, respectively, the “ Final Net Indebtedness ”, “ Final Transaction Expenses ” and the “ Final Working Capital Adjustment Amount ”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Closing occurs after December 31, 2018, all calculations contained in the Final Adjustment Report shall be calculated without giving effect to IFRS 16.

 

(iv)        Each of Buyer and Sellers shall (A) pay its own respective costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Section 2.4 and (B) be responsible for the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm on a pro rata basis based on the amount of the adjustment relative to the respective positions of Buyer and Sellers (which shall be determined by the Accounting Firm and set forth in the Accounting Firm’s Report).

 

(d)          Within two (2) Business Days after the determination of the Final Adjustment Report in accordance with this Section 2.4 (including by failure to timely deliver a Notice of Disagreement):

 

(i)          if the Additional Payment Amount is a negative number or zero, then (x) Buyer shall pay an amount in cash equal to the absolute value of the Additional Payment Amount, less the applicable Capital Gains Tax in respect of such Additional Payment Amount, to Sellers by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts of Sellers as may be designated in writing by Sellers to Buyer and (y) Buyer and Sellers shall, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, deliver a joint written instruction to the Escrow Agent to release the Adjustment Fund from the Escrow Account to Sellers; or

 

  20  

 

 

(ii)         if the Additional Payment Amount is a positive number, then, Buyer and Sellers shall, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, deliver a joint written instruction to the Escrow Agent to release the Additional Payment Amount from the Adjustment Fund to Buyer, and if the Adjustment Fund exceeds the Additional Payment Amount, to release an amount equal to such excess from the Adjustment Fund to Sellers. If the Additional Payment Amount exceeds the Adjustment Fund and, at the time of the determination of the Additional Payment Amount, the Encumbrance created by the Collateral Trust Agreement has not been removed, Buyer and Sellers shall jointly instruct the Trustee to transfer the Shareholding Interests in respect of the Indemnity Escrow Shares to Buyer in an amount equal to such excess, or, at Sellers’ election, Sellers shall pay to Buyer an amount in cash equal to such excess. If the Additional Payment Amount exceeds both the Adjustment Fund and the Indemnity Escrow Funds, then each Seller shall pay its Pro Rata Share of an amount in cash equal to the excess to Buyer by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account of Buyer as may be designated in writing by Buyer to Sellers.

 

For purposes hereof, “ Additional Payment Amount ” means eighty percent (80%) of the total of (x) Final Net Indebtedness minus Net Indebtedness as of immediately prior to the Closing Date, plus (y) Final Transaction Expenses minus Closing Transaction Expenses, minus (z) Final Working Capital Adjustment Amount minus the Working Capital Adjustment Amount, each as notified by Sellers to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.3(c) (for the avoidance of doubt, the Additional Payment Amount may be a negative number).

 

Article 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

 

Except as set forth in the Sellers Disclosure Schedules (which shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 9.14(f ) ) , each Seller, severally as to itself only, and not jointly or jointly and severally, represents and warrants to Buyer that the statements contained in this Article 3 are true and correct as of the Original Agreement Date and as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.1.           Organization and Authority of Sellers .

 

(a)          Each Seller is a company or corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation. Each Seller has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder, consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (including all power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and convey the Shares as provided by this Agreement). Each key executive set forth in Schedule I-C of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules has, or will have prior to the Closing, when such Management Shares have vested in accordance with the terms of the Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan, all power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and convey the Management Shares set forth opposite his or her name in Schedule I-C of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules as provided by this Agreement.

 

(b)          The execution and delivery by such Seller of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which such Seller is a party, the performance by such Seller of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the consummation by such Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly and validly authorized and approved by all requisite corporate or other similar action on the part of such Seller.

 

  21  

 

 

(c)          This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Seller, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller enforceable against such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equity principles (the “ Enforceability Limitations ”) and each of the other Transaction Agreements to which such Seller is or will be a party has been or will be duly and validly executed and delivered by such Seller, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other party or parties thereto) constitutes or will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller enforceable against such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the Enforceability Limitations.

 

Section 3.2.           Organization, Authority and Qualification of the Acquired Companies .

 

(a)          Each Acquired Company is a sociedad anónima or corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and assets and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted.

 

(b)          Each Acquired Company is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the operation of its business as currently conducted makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not had a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.3.           Capitalization; Organizational Documents .

 

(a)          As of the Original Agreement Date, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 245,000 shares of common stock, of which 243,356 shares are issued and outstanding and constitute the Total Shares (except with respect to the Management Shares, which shall be issued as of the Original Agreement Date and outstanding as of Closing, once vested in accordance with the terms of the Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan). The Total Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. The Total Shares have been issued and granted in compliance with all applicable Law or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom. None of the Total Shares were issued in violation of any Contract or any preemptive or similar rights of any Person.

 

(b)          The Trustee is the record owner of, and has good, valid and marketable title to, the Total Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than the Encumbrance created by, and pursuant to, the provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

 

(c)          Each Seller is the beneficial owner of, in its respective capacity as settlor and beneficiary under the Collateral Trust Agreement, all of the Total Shares set forth opposite its name in Schedule I-A of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, which includes therein its respective Shares, in each case, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than the Encumbrance created by, and pursuant to, the provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

 

(d)          Each key executive set forth in Schedule I-C of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules is the beneficial owner of, in its respective capacity as beneficiary under the Collateral Trust Agreement, all of the Management Shares set forth opposite its name in Schedule I-C of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, in each case, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than (i) the Encumbrance created by, and pursuant to, the provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and (ii) the terms pursuant to Article 20 of the Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan.

 

  22  

 

 

(e)          Except for the Total Shares and, in the case of clause (iii) of this paragraph, the performance-based bonuses granted pursuant to the Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan, there are no (i) equity securities of any class of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such equity securities issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding, (ii) outstanding or authorized options, warrants, convertible securities, subscriptions, call rights, redemption rights, repurchase rights or any other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any kind relating to the issued or unissued capital stock of the Company or obligating Sellers or the Company to issue or sell any shares of capital stock of, or any other interest in, the Company and (iii) outstanding or authorized stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, performance-based rights or profit participation or similar rights or obligations of the Company. Except as otherwise set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement, the Sellers Shareholders Agreement or the Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan, there are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect with respect to the voting or sale or transfer of any of the Total Shares or any other equity interests of the Company.

 

(f)          The Sellers have heretofore provided to Buyer true and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of each of the Acquired Companies except for the Sellers Shareholders Agreement. No Acquired Company is in violation of any of the provisions of its Organizational Documents.

 

Section 3.4.           Subsidiaries .

 

(a)           Section 3.4(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules contains a correct and complete list as of the Original Agreement Date of each of the Company Subsidiaries and their respective jurisdictions of organization. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by the Company of, or other equity or voting interests granted to the Company in, the Company Subsidiaries (the “ Subsidiary Shares ”) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and were issued and granted in compliance with all Law or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom. None of the Subsidiary Shares were issued in violation of any Contract or any preemptive or similar rights of any Person. Other than the Subsidiary Shares of Fronteras Security, Inc., all of the Subsidiary Shares are owned, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially by an Acquired Company, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(b)          Except for the Subsidiary Shares and as set forth in Section 3.4(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, there are no equity securities of any class of any Company Subsidiary or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such equity securities issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 3.4(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, there are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, convertible securities, subscriptions, call rights, redemption rights, repurchase rights or any other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any kind relating to the issued or unissued capital stock of any Company Subsidiary or obligating Sellers or any Acquired Company to issue or sell any shares of capital stock of, or any other interest in, any Company Subsidiary. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, performance-based rights or profit participation or similar rights or obligations of any Company Subsidiary. Except for the shareholder agreement dated as of October 9, 2013 in respect of Fronteras Security, Inc., there are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect with respect to the voting or sale or transfer of any of the Subsidiary Shares or any other equity interests of any Company Subsidiary.

 

  23  

 

 

(c)          As of the Original Agreement Date, except for the Subsidiary Shares and as set forth in Section 3.4(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, no Acquired Company has any direct or indirect equity interest or similar interest by stock ownership or otherwise in any Person.

 

Section 3.5.           No Conflicts; Consents .

 

(a)          Subject to the receipt of the Consents and Permits, and the making of the declarations, filings and notices, referred to in Section 3.5(b) , neither the execution, delivery or performance by such Seller of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which such Seller is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will:

 

(i)          result in a material violation or material breach of, or material default under, or the acceleration of any rights under or the creation in any party of the right to accelerate, any provision of the Organizational Documents of such Seller or any Acquired Company;

 

(ii)         result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated hereby under, any Law or Order applicable to such Seller or any Acquired Company; or

 

(iii)        (A) result in a violation or breach of, (B) constitute a default under, (C) result in the acceleration of or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate or cancel or (D) require the Consent of any other Person under, any Material Contract;

 

except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) where such conflict, violation, breach, event of default or other result described in such clauses would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          Except as set forth in Section 3.5(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, no Consent, Permit, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Body is required by or with respect to such Seller or any Acquired Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such Consents, Permits, declarations, filings or notices the failure of which to make or obtain would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          Except as set forth in Section 3.5(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, no party has or will have any right under the Sellers Shareholders Agreement in respect of the execution, delivery or performance by such Seller of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which such Seller is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or therein. The Sellers Shareholders Agreement does not contain or impose any obligations or liabilities on any of the Acquired Companies which would survive such agreement’s termination pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(iii)(D) .

 

  24  

 

 

Section 3.6.           Financial Statements; Internal Controls . Section 3.6 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth correct and complete copies of the Financial Statements. Except as set forth in Section 3.6 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, the Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Acquired Companies as of the dates indicated therein and the results of the operations of the Acquired Companies for the periods covered thereby, all in accordance with IFRS as in effect as of the date of such Financial Statements (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, IFRS 16 to become effective in 2019). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect as of the date of such Financial Statements (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, IFRS 16 to become effective in 2019) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except, in the case of the Audited Financial Statements, as set forth in the notes thereto and subject, in the case of the Unaudited Financial Statements, to normal and recurring year-end adjustments.

 

Section 3.7.           No Undisclosed Liabilities . The Acquired Companies do not have any liabilities or obligations of any nature required to be reflected or reserved against on a consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired Companies in accordance with IFRS as of the Original Agreement Date (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, IFRS 16 to become effective in 2019), except for (i) liabilities set forth in Section 3.7 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, (ii) liabilities reserved against in the Audited Balance Sheet (or the notes thereto) in accordance with IFRS as in effect as of the Audited Balance Sheet Date (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, IFRS 16 to become effective in 2019), (iii) liabilities that have been incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Audited Balance Sheet Date, and (iv) other undisclosed liabilities that are not, or would not be reasonably expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole.

 

Section 3.8.           Absence of Certain Developments .

 

(a)          Except for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, from the Audited Balance Sheet Date until the Original Agreement Date, the Acquired Companies have operated in the ordinary course of business consistent in all material respects with past practice.

 

(b)          Except for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, since the Audited Balance Sheet Date, there has not been any event, occurrence, development or state of circumstances or facts that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.9.           Title, Condition and Sufficiency of Assets .

 

(a)          Except as set forth in Section 3.9(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, one or more of the Acquired Companies has good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all tangible and material personal property and other assets reflected in the Audited Balance Sheet or acquired after the Audited Balance Sheet Date or otherwise necessary for the operations of the Acquired Companies in the ordinary course of business consistent in all material respects with past practice, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances, except for properties and assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Audited Balance Sheet Date. The buildings, structures, equipment, vehicles and other items of tangible personal property owned or leased by the Acquired Companies are in all material respects in satisfactory operating condition and repair for the uses to which they are being put, and have been reasonably maintained consistent with standards generally followed in the industry (subject to ordinary wear and tear and maintenance and repair requirements) and are adequate and suitable for their current use.

 

  25  

 

 

(b)           Section 3.9(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth a correct and complete list, as of the Original Agreement Date, of all Owned Real Property, together with, for each such real property, a description of the address, record owner, registration folio number and location code and use thereof. Other than as set forth in Section 3.9(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, none of the Acquired Companies is a lessor or grantor under any lease or other similar instrument granting to any other Person any right to the possession, lease, occupancy or enjoyment of any Owned Real Property or any portion thereof. There are no outstanding options to purchase or rights of first refusal to purchase or lease any Owned Real Property of the Acquired Companies. The Acquired Companies have good, valid and marketable fee simple title to all Owned Real Property set forth in Section 3.9(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, in each case free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(c)           Section 3.9(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth a correct and complete list, as of the Original Agreement Date, of all Leased Real Property, together with, for each such Leased Real Property, a description of the address, registration folio number and location code, landlord and tenant. The Acquired Companies have good and valid title to the leasehold estate (as lessee or sublessee) in all Leased Real Property set forth in Section 3.9(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, in each case free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(d)          The Real Properties and the properties, assets and rights of the Acquired Companies include all properties, assets and rights necessary for the continued conduct of the business of the Acquired Companies after the Closing in substantially the same manner in all material respects as conducted prior to the Closing.

 

(e)          There is no owned real property or leased real property primarily used in the business of the Acquired Companies other than the Real Properties.

 

Section 3.10.          Compliance with Laws; Permits .

 

(a)          Except as set forth in Section 3.10(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, (i) the Acquired Companies are in compliance in all material respects with all Laws applicable to the Acquired Companies, (ii) since January 1, 2017, no Acquired Company has violated any Law nor received any written or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, oral notice from any Governmental Body alleging any material noncompliance by any Acquired Company with respect to any such Law and (iii) no investigation of the Acquired Companies by any Governmental Body regarding a violation of any such Law is pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened in writing.

 

  26  

 

 

(b)           Section 3.10(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules correctly describes each Permit that is material to the conduct of the business of the Acquired Companies and the name of the Governmental Body issuing such Permit. All Permits required for the Acquired Companies to conduct their business as currently conducted have been obtained by an Acquired Company and are valid and in full force and effect, except where the failure to obtain any such Permit or the failure to be valid and in full force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the conduct of such business, and the Acquired Companies are, and have been since January 1, 2017, in compliance in all material respects with all such Permits, except as set forth in Section 3.10(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules. Subject to the receipt of the Consents and Permits, and the making of the declarations, filings and notices, referred to in Section 3.5(b), none of the Permits shall be terminated or impaired or become terminable, in whole or in part, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, in each case other than as would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole.

 

Section 3.11.          Legal Proceedings; Governmental Orders .

 

(a)          Except as set forth in Section 3.11(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, there is no Legal Proceeding pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened in writing against or by any Acquired Company affecting any of its properties or assets (or by or against Sellers or any Affiliate thereof and relating to an Acquired Company) that, if determined adversely to the relevant Acquired Company (or Sellers or relevant Affiliate thereof), would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect or that challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or materially delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements; provided that this Section 3.11(a) shall not require disclosure of any matters addressed in Section 3.11(b) .

 

(b)           Section 3.11(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth a correct and complete list of all outstanding material Orders applicable to the Acquired Companies. To Sellers’ Knowledge, except as set forth in Section 3.11(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, no Governmental Body has issued, or has pending, a Law or Order, the effect of which is to declare any of the Acquired Companies as market “dominant.”

 

Section 3.12.          Insurance Coverage . Section 3.12 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of all material insurance policies and surety bonds of (or that provide coverage to) the Acquired Companies, including material property and general commercial liability insurance policies, each of which is in full force and effect. Such policies and surety bonds are of the type and provide coverage as are reasonable and appropriate considering the business of the Acquired Companies (including the Contracts to which each is bound), and the Acquired Companies are in compliance in all material respects thereunder, including with respect to the payment of premiums. Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, there is no material claim pending under any such insurance policy or surety bond as to which coverage has been denied or disputed by the insurer. Except as disclosed in Section 3.12 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, no Acquired Company has any material self-insurance programs. The Sellers have no Knowledge of (a) any threatened termination of, material premium increase with respect to or material alteration of coverage under any of such insurance policies or surety bonds or (b) any facts, conditions, situations or set of circumstances (including the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby) that could reasonably be expected to result in or be the basis for any of the foregoing.

 

  27  

 

 

Section 3.13.         Material Contracts .

 

(a)           Section 3.13(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth a correct and complete list of the following Contracts to which an Acquired Company is party as of the Original Agreement Date (each such Contract, a “ Material Contract ”):

 

(i)          any Real Property Lease (where an Acquired Company is either the lessee or the lessor);

 

(ii)         any Contract under which any of the Acquired Companies licenses programming content from such content’s owner;

 

(iii)        any Contract or group of Contracts (other than any Contracts referenced in Section 3.13(a)(ii) ) with the same counterparty relating to similar subject matter (including for the sale, license, lease or other purchase of goods or services) pursuant to which the Acquired Companies may be obligated to pay more than $750,000 or make aggregate payments of more than $750,000 in any calendar year;

 

(iv)        any Contract or group of Contracts with the same counterparty relating to similar subject matter (including for the sale, license, lease or other disposition of goods or services) pursuant to which the Acquired Companies may be entitled to receive more than $750,000 or aggregate payments of more than $750,000 in any calendar year;

 

(v)         any Contract that limits or purports to limit the ability of any Acquired Company (or, after the Closing, that purports to so limit or restrict Buyer or any of its Affiliates) to (A) sell any products or services of or to any other Person or in any geographic region, (B) compete in any line of business, (C) obtain products or services from any Person or (D) solicit any individuals for employment, in each case that cannot be cancelled by an Acquired Company without material penalty upon no more than ninety (90) days’ notice;

 

(vi)        any Contract relating to the creation, incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $750,000 or involving aggregate payments of more than $750,000 in any calendar year;

 

(vii)       any Contract relating to any loan or other extension of credit made by any of the Acquired Companies in excess of $750,000 or involving aggregate payments of more than $750,000 in any calendar year;

 

(viii)      any Contract pursuant to which any Acquired Company grants or obtains any material license, sublicense, right or authorization to use or covenant not to be sued under any Intellectual Property (other than any Contracts pursuant to which any Acquired Company obtains non-exclusive licenses for commercial off-the-shelf software that are generally available on nondiscriminatory pricing terms);

 

(ix)         any Contract (including letters of intent but excluding confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements that do not contain any restrictions other than customary confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations) that relates to the acquisition or disposition of any business, a material amount of stock or assets of any Person or any real property (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);

 

  28  

 

 

(x)          any stockholders, investors rights, registration rights or similar Contract, other than the Sellers Shareholder Agreement;

 

(xi)         any Contract granting any Person an option or a right of first refusal or first offer or similar preferential right to purchase or acquire any Shares or any material assets of any Acquired Company, other than the Sellers Shareholder Agreement;

 

(xii)        any partnership, joint venture or other similar agreement or arrangement that requires the sharing of profits;

 

(xiii)       any (i) employment or service Contract with any Service Provider whose base compensation is more than $100,000 per year or (ii) Contract providing for retention, change in control or transaction bonuses or benefits;

 

(xiv)      any collective bargaining agreement or other arrangement with any union or similar employee representative

 

(xv)       any Contract or group of Contracts with the same Governmental Body relating to similar subject matter pursuant to which the Acquired Companies may be entitled to receive more than $750,000 or aggregate payments of more than $750,000 in any calendar year, from a Governmental Body; and

 

(xvi)      any Contract with a Related Party, other than any Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business on arms-length terms and for which such Contract’s value is less than $100,000.

 

(b)          Sellers have made available to Buyer copies of each Material Contract in effect as of the Original Agreement Date that are correct and complete in all material respects. Except as set forth in Section 3.13(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, each Material Contract is in full force and effect and is a valid and binding agreement of an Acquired Company enforceable by and against an Acquired Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the Enforceability Limitations. No Acquired Company nor, to Sellers’ Knowledge, any other party to any Material Contract is in material breach of or material default under, or has, since the Audited Balance Sheet Date, provided or received any notice (whether written or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, oral) of any intention to terminate or not renew, any Material Contract.

 

Section 3.14.         Intellectual Property .

 

(a)           Section 3.14(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete list of any and all registered Intellectual Property owned by the Acquired Companies (the “ Registered Company Intellectual Property ”). Except as set forth in Section 3.14(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, the Acquired Companies solely and exclusively hold good and valid title to all Owned Intellectual Property and hold all right, title and interest in and to all Owned Intellectual Property and Licensed Intellectual Property free and clear of any and all Encumbrances, except for and subject to Permitted Encumbrances.

 

  29  

 

 

(b)          Except as set forth in Section 3.14(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules and as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect:

 

(i)          the operation of the Acquired Companies does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, and, since January 1, 2017, has not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, the Intellectual Property of any Person;

 

(ii)         there are no claims pending, or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened in writing, (A) that the operation of the Acquired Companies infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates, or, since January 1, 2017, has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property of any Person, (B) challenging the validity, enforceability, registrability or ownership of any Owned Intellectual Property or any Acquired Company’s rights in any Licensed Intellectual Property or (C) that any Person is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or, since January 1, 2017, has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Owned Intellectual Property; and

 

(iii)        to Sellers’ Knowledge, no Person is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or, since January 1, 2017, has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by the Acquired Companies.

 

(c)          Except as set forth in Section 3.14(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, the Acquired Companies own or have a valid and enforceable license to use any and all Intellectual Property used or held for use in, or otherwise necessary for, the conduct of the business of the Acquired Companies.

 

(d)          None of the Owned Intellectual Property has been adjudged invalid or unenforceable in whole or part, and, to the knowledge of the Company, all such Owned Intellectual Property are valid and enforceable. None of the Acquired Companies is subject to any outstanding Order that does or would restrict or impair the use of any Owned Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property.

 

(e)          The Acquired Companies have taken all commercially reasonable actions to maintain, protect and enforce their rights in the Owned Intellectual Property and Licensed Intellectual Property, including all commercially reasonable steps to protect and preserve the confidentiality of all trade secrets and other confidential information included in the Owned Intellectual Property. None of the trade secrets or other confidential information included in the Owned Intellectual Property (including any software source code) have been disclosed other than to employees, consultants, representatives and agents of the Acquired Companies.

 

(f)          None of the software included in the Owned Intellectual Property or otherwise distributed by any Acquired Company contains any software code that is licensed under any terms or conditions that require that any software be (i) made available or distributed in source code form, (ii) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, (iii) licensed under terms that allow reverse engineering, reverse assembly or disassembly of any kind or (iv) redistributable at no charge.

 

  30  

 

 

(g)          The IT Assets are fully functional and operate and perform in a manner that permits the Acquired Company to conduct their business as currently conducted and as currently planned to be conducted, and to Seller’s Knowledge, there are no defects, viruses, worms, Trojan horses, bombs, backdoors, clocks, timers or similar harmful, malicious or hidden programs in any IT Assets. The Acquired Companies have taken commercially reasonable actions, consistent with current industry standards, to protect the confidentiality, integrity, operation and security of the IT Assets (and all information and transactions stored or contained therein or transmitted thereby) against any unauthorized use, access, interruption, modification or corruption. There has been no material unauthorized use, access, interruption, modification or corruption of any IT Assets (or any information or transactions stored or contained therein or transmitted thereby).

 

(h)          Since January 1, 2017, the Acquired Companies have at all times complied in all material respects with all (i) Laws relating to privacy, data protection and the collection and use of personal information and user information gathered or accessed in the course of their respective operations and (ii) rules, policies and procedures established by the Acquired Companies from time to time with respect to the foregoing. No notices, indemnification requests or claims are pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened against any Acquired Company alleging a violation of any Person’s privacy, personal or confidentiality rights under any Laws, regulations, rules, policies or procedures.

 

Section 3.15.         Labor Matters .

 

(a)           Section 3.15(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth each material Employee Plan. The Acquired Companies have never employed any individuals in the United States nor sponsored, maintained or contributed to any Employee Plan intended to cover individuals located in the United States. For each Employee Plan, Seller has made available to Buyer a copy of such plan (or a description, if such plan is not written) and all amendments thereto and, as applicable: (i) all trust agreements, insurance contracts or other funding arrangements and amendments thereto; (ii) all current administrative and other service contracts and amendments thereto with third-party services providers; (iii) all current employee handbooks, manuals and policies; and (iv) any other documents as may be relevant to the maintenance or administration of the Employee Plan under Law. No actuarial reports or financial statements are required to be prepared in connection with any Employee Plan.

 

(b)          Except as set forth in Section 3.15(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, (i) there are no labor, works council or collective bargaining agreements that pertain to any of the Acquired Companies’ employees, (ii) no labor, works council or collective bargaining agreement is presently being negotiated, (iii) no labor organization represents for purposes of collective bargaining any of the Acquired Companies’ employees, and (iv) there is no labor strike, slowdown, work stoppage, dispute, lockout or other labor controversy in effect or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened at any of the Acquired Companies. The Consent or consultation of, or the rendering of formal advice by, any labor or trade union, works council or other employee representative body is not required for the Company to enter into this Agreement or to consummate any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  31  

 

 

(c)           Section 3.15(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth, for each employee of the Acquired Companies, such employee’s name, employer, title, hire date, location, whether full- or part-time, whether active or on leave (and, if on leave, the nature of the leave and the expected return date), annual salary or wage rate, accumulated vacation time (if any), most recent annual bonus received and current annual bonus opportunity. The Severance Funds of the Acquired Companies have been sufficiently funded in accordance with the Law of Panama and are in good standing. Section 3.15(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules separately sets forth, as of September 30, 2018, for each individual independent contractor engaged by any of the Acquired Companies whose base compensation is more than $100,000 per year, such contractor’s name, duties, rate of compensation, any early termination fees, if applicable, and to Sellers’ Knowledge, the approximate amount of employees under each such contractor.

 

(d)          Except as set forth in Section 3.15(d) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, the Acquired Companies are, and since January 1, 2017, have been, in compliance, in all material respects, with all Laws, agreements, contracts, policies, plans and programs related to employment and labor, hours, terms and conditions of employment, terminations of employment, overtime, acquired rights, employee classification, inclusion rules, discrimination, sexual harassment, civil rights, affirmative action, work authorization, immigration, safety and health, information privacy and security, workers compensation, wage payment and the payment and withholding of Taxes.

 

(e)          Each Employee Plan (i) has been maintained in compliance in all material respects with its terms and all Law, (ii) if intended to qualify for special tax treatment, meets all the requirements for such treatment and (iii) if required, to any extent, to be funded, book-reserved or secured by an insurance policy, is fully funded, book-reserved or secured by an insurance policy. No action, suit, investigation, audit, proceeding or claim (or any basis therefore) (other than routine claims for benefits) is pending against or involves or, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, is threatened against or threatened to involve, any Employee Plan before any arbitrator or any Governmental Body. All contributions, premiums and payments that are due have been made for each Employee Plan within the time periods prescribed by the terms of such plan and Law, and all contributions, premiums and payments for any period ending on or before the Closing that are not due are properly accrued to the extent required to be accrued under applicable accounting principles and applicable Law.

 

(f)          Except pursuant to the Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan, neither the execution of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (either alone or together with any other event) will (i) entitle any current or former Service Provider to any payment or benefit, including any bonus, retention, severance, retirement or job security payment or benefit, (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting or trigger any payment or funding (through a grantor trust or otherwise) of compensation or benefits under, or increase the amount payable or trigger any other obligation under, any Employee Plan or (iii) limit or restrict the right of any of the Acquired Companies or, after the Closing, Buyer, to merge, amend or terminate any Employee Plan.

 

  32  

 

 

Section 3.16.         Taxes .

 

(a)          All material Tax returns required to be filed under applicable Law by any Acquired Companies have been timely filed, taking into account all available extensions, and all such Tax returns were true, complete and correct in all material respects.

 

(b)          None of the Acquired Companies is delinquent in the payment of any Tax, nor is there any Tax deficiency outstanding, assessed or proposed in writing against any of the Acquired Companies. No Governmental Body has raised a material dispute or made a material claim in relation to any Tax liability of any Acquired Company, other than a claim for a deficiency for Taxes that has been resolved and paid in full.

 

(c)          Except as set forth in Section 3.16(c ) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, no audit or other examination of any Tax return of any of the Acquired Companies is presently in progress, nor has any Acquired Company been notified in writing of any request for such an audit or other examination.

 

(d)          No Acquired Company has waived any statute of limitations (and no request for any such waiver or consent is pending) with respect to Taxes or has agreed to any extension of the period for assessment or collection of any Taxes or deficiencies against an Acquired Company.

 

(e)          None of the Acquired Companies is a party to, or otherwise bound by (nor does any of the Acquired Companies have any obligation under) any Tax sharing agreement and is not responsible, through contract or applicable law, for any Tax liability of any other Person.

 

(f)          Taxes that any of the Acquired Companies is (or was) required by applicable Law to withhold or collect in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder, member or other third party have been duly withheld or collected, and have been timely paid over to the proper authorities to the extent due and payable.

 

(g)           Section 3.16(g) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of all jurisdictions to which any Tax is required to be paid by an Acquired Company.

 

(h)          No Acquired Company owns an interest in real property in any jurisdiction in which a Tax is imposed, or the value of the interest is reassessed, on the transfer of an interest in real property and which treats the transfer of an interest in an entity that owns an interest in real property as a transfer of the interest in real property.

 

Section 3.17.         Environmental Matters .

 

(a)          Except as set forth in Section 3.17 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule or as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect:

 

(i)          The Acquired Companies are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and have obtained all Permits required by applicable Environmental Laws to operate the business of the Acquired Companies as currently conducted;

 

  33  

 

 

(ii)         There is no Legal Proceeding, notice, notification, citation, request for information pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened in writing against an Acquired Company pursuant to Environmental Law; and

 

(iii)        There has been no environmental investigation, study, audit, test, review or other analysis conducted of which Sellers have knowledge in relation to the business of the Acquired Companies or any property or facility owned, leased or operated by the Acquired Companies which has not been delivered to Buyer at least 10 days prior to the Original Agreement Date.

 

Section 3.18.         Intercompany Accounts . Section 3.18 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth a complete list of all intercompany balances as of the Audited Balance Sheet Date between Sellers and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Acquired Companies, on the other hand. Since the Audited Balance Sheet Date, there has not been any accrual of liability by any of the Acquired Companies to Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates or other transaction between the Acquired Companies and Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates, except with respect to the period prior to the Original Agreement Date, in the ordinary course of business of the Acquired Companies consistent with past practice.

 

Section 3.19.        Related Party Transactions . Except (A) as set forth in Section 3.19 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, (B) for the Transaction Agreements, and (C) for any Contracts, transactions and services entered into in the ordinary course of business on arms-length terms for which such Contract’s value is less than $100,000 no (i) Seller, (ii) director or officer of any Acquired Company, (iii) Affiliate of any Acquired Company (other than another Acquired Company) or (iv) Affiliate or any “associate” or any member of the “immediate family” (as such terms are respectively defined in Rule 12b-2 and Rule 16a-1 of the Exchange Act) of any Person described in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) (each of the foregoing, a “ Related Party ”) is a party to or otherwise involved, directly or indirectly, in any Contract, transaction or other business dealing with, provides any services to, is owed any money by or owes any money to any Acquired Company (other than in connection with employment, severance or other similar arrangements with directors, officers or employees of the Acquired Company) or directly or indirectly owns, or otherwise has any right, title or interest in, to or under, any property, asset or right (whether tangible or intangible) that is used by any Acquired Company.

 

Section 3.20.         Anti-Corruption .

 

(a)          The Acquired Companies and each of their respective officers, directors and, to Sellers’ Knowledge, their respective employees, agents and representatives, when acting on behalf of any of the Acquired Companies, have materially complied with, and are in material compliance with, all Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

  34  

 

 

(b)          Neither the Acquired Companies nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or other persons acting on their behalf (i) has offered, promised, given or authorized the giving or will offer, promise, give or authorize the giving of money or anything else of value, whether directly or through another person or entity, to (A) any Government Official or (B) any other Person with the knowledge that all or any portion of the money or thing of value will be offered or given to a Government Official, in each of clauses (A) and (B) for the purpose of influencing any action or decision of the Government Official in his or her official capacity, including a decision to fail to perform his or her official duties, or inducing the Government Official to use his or her influence with any Governmental Body to affect or influence any official act; or (ii) has or will make or authorize any other person to make any payments or transfers of value which have the purpose or effect of commercial bribery, or acceptance or acquiescence in kickbacks or other unlawful or improper means of obtaining or retaining business. For purposes of clauses (A) and (B), a person shall be deemed to have “knowledge” with respect to conduct, circumstances or results if such person is aware of (i) the existence of or (ii) a high probability of the existence of such conduct, circumstances or results.

 

(c)          The Acquired Companies have maintained and currently maintain (i) books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Acquired Companies, and (ii) internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that all transactions and access to assets of the Acquired Companies were, have been and are executed only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.

 

(d)          Except as set forth in Section 3.20(d) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, none of the Acquired Companies, nor any of their respective beneficial owners (other than beneficial owners who are beneficial owners through a publicly traded entity), officers, directors, or to Sellers’ Knowledge, their respective employees, is or was a Government Official or a close family member of a Government Official.

 

(e)          No Governmental Body has notified Sellers or any Acquired Company that it is investigating or has in the past five (5) years conducted or initiated any investigation of the Acquired Companies or any of their respective officers, directors or employees for alleged violation of Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

Section 3.21.         Brokers . Except for J.P. Morgan, no broker, finder, investment banker, agent or other similar Person is or shall be entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Sellers or any Acquired Company.

 

Section 3.22.         Capital Expenditures To Date . From January 1, 2018 to the Closing, the Company shall have made Capital Expenditures of at least $75,000,000; provided that in the event the Closing occurs prior to December 1, 2018, such amount shall be reduced pro rata, on the basis that such $75,000,000 represents eleven (11) months of Capital Expenditures beginning January 1, 2018. For the avoidance of doubt, this representation shall not affect the Company’s covenant to operate in the ordinary course of business in accordance with Section 5.1(a) .

 

Article 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

Buyer represents and warrants to Sellers that the statements contained in this Article 4 are true and correct as of the Original Agreement Date and as of the Closing Date.

 

  35  

 

 

Section 4.1.          Organization and Authority of Buyer . Buyer is a societe anonyme duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. Buyer has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, the performance by Buyer of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized and approved by all requisite corporate or other similar action on the part of Buyer. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Sellers) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the Enforceability Limitations.

 

Section 4.2.           No Conflicts; Consents .

 

(a)          Neither the execution, delivery or performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will:

 

(i)          result in a material violation or material breach of, or material default under, any provision of the Organizational Documents of Buyer;

 

(ii)         result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated hereby under, any Law or Order applicable to Buyer; or

 

(iii)        (A) result in a violation or breach of, (B) constitute a default under, (C) result in the acceleration of or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate or cancel or (D) require the Consent of any other Person under, any material Contract to which Buyer is a party or is bound or to which any of the properties or assets of Buyer are subject;

 

except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) where such conflict, violation, breach, event of default or other result described in such clauses would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          Except for those items set forth in Section 3.5(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, no Consent, Permit, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Body is required by or with respect to Buyer in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such Consents, Permits, declarations, filings or notices the failure of which to make or obtain would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.3.           Legal Proceedings; Governmental Orders . There is no pending Legal Proceeding and, to the knowledge of Buyer, no Person has threatened to commence any Legal Proceeding against Buyer that challenges, or that could have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and there is no Order applicable to Buyer that could have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  36  

 

 

Section 4.4.           Sufficiency of Funds; Solvency . Buyer currently has or will have on the Closing Date sufficient funds available to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including to pay the Final Purchase Price and the fees and expenses of Buyer related to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.5.           Brokers . Except for Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Buyer.

 

Section 4.6.           Investment Purpose . Buyer is acquiring the Shares and the Management Shares for its own account for investment only and not with a view to (or for) resale in connection with any public sale or distribution thereof. Buyer acknowledges that the Shares and the Management Shares are not registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and that the Shares and the Management Shares may not be transferred or sold except pursuant to the registration provisions of the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom and subject to state securities laws and regulations, as applicable. Buyer acknowledges that it is a sophisticated party and has sufficient experience and expertise to evaluate, and is fully informed as to, the risks of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and ownership of the Shares and the Management Shares, and that Buyer has been adequately represented by counsel. Buyer acknowledges that Sellers have given Buyer and its Representatives the opportunity to ask questions of Sellers and the Acquired Companies and to acquire such additional information regarding the business and financial condition of the Acquired Companies as Buyer has requested.

 

Section 4.7.           Independent Investigation; No Other Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)          Buyer has conducted its own independent investigation, review and analysis of, and reached its own independent conclusions regarding, the business, operations, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) and prospects of the Acquired Companies. Buyer acknowledges that it and its Representatives have been provided adequate access to the personnel, properties, premises, records and other documents and information of and relating to the Acquired Companies for such purpose. In entering into this Agreement, Buyer acknowledges that it has relied solely upon its own investigation, review and analysis and has not relied on and is not relying on any representation, warranty or other statement (whether written or oral) made by, on behalf of or relating to Sellers or any Acquired Company except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement or in the certificate contemplated by Section 6.2(d) (and, with respect to such representations and warranties, subject to any limitations included in this Agreement), or in the other Transaction Agreements.

 

  37  

 

 

(b)          Buyer acknowledges and agrees that (i) other than the representations and warranties expressly set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement or in the other Transaction Agreements, none of Sellers, any Acquired Company or any other Person has made or makes any other representation or warranty, written or oral, express or implied, at law or in equity, with respect to the Acquired Companies, including any representation or warranty as to (A) value, merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose or for ordinary purposes, (B) the operation or probable success or profitability of the Acquired Companies following the Closing or (C) the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Acquired Companies made available or otherwise provided to Buyer and its Representatives in connection with this Agreement or their investigation of the Acquired Companies (including any estimates, forecasts, budgets, projections or other financial information with respect to the Acquired Companies), and (ii) Buyer will have no right or remedy (and Sellers will have no liability whatsoever) arising out of, and Buyer expressly disclaims any reliance upon, any representation, warranty or other statement (whether written or oral) made by, on behalf of or relating to Sellers or any Acquired Company, including in any information regarding the Acquired Companies made available or otherwise provided to Buyer and its Representatives in connection with this Agreement or their investigation of the Acquired Companies (including any estimates, forecasts, budgets, projections or other financial information with respect to the Acquired Companies), or any errors therein or omissions therefrom, other than the representations and warranties expressly set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement or in the other Transaction Agreements.

 

Article 5

COVENANTS

 

Section 5.1.           Conduct of Business of the Company .

 

(a)          During the period commencing on the Original Agreement Date and ending on the earlier of the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms and the Closing Date (the “ Pre-Closing Period ”), except as (i) otherwise required by this Agreement, (ii) set forth in Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, (iii) required by any Law or Order applicable to Sellers or any Acquired Company or the assets, or operation of the business, of Sellers or any Acquired Company or any Contract (which was entered into before the Closing) to which an Acquired Company is party or by which any of the Acquired Companies’ assets or properties are bound or (iv) consented to in writing by Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and provided that the failure of Buyer to respond to such a request for consent within seven (7) Business Days thereafter shall be deemed to constitute consent), Sellers shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, use commercially reasonable efforts to: (1) operate the business of the Acquired Companies in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (including with respect to the making of Capital Expenditures) and in material compliance with its Permits and Law; and (2) (A) maintain and preserve the Acquired Companies’ present business organizations, assets and technology; (B) maintain in effect all of the Permits material to the business of the Acquired Companies; (C) maintain and preserve the Acquired Companies’ relationships and good will with customers, suppliers and others having material business dealings with the Acquired Companies; and (D) manage the working capital of the Acquired Companies (including the timing of collection of accounts receivable and payment of accounts payable) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice ( provided that Sellers shall not take any action (or direct the Acquired Companies to take any action), the primary intent of which is to manipulate the Working Capital Adjustment Amount and/or the Final Working Capital Adjustment Amount); provided , however , that (x) no action or inaction by Sellers or any of the Acquired Companies with respect to any matters specifically addressed by any clause of Section 5.1(b ) shall be deemed a breach of this Section 5.1(a ) unless such action or inaction would constitute a breach of such clause of Section 5.1(b ) and (y) Buyer’s consent with respect to any action or matter pursuant to Section 5.1(b ) shall be deemed to constitute consent for all purposes under this Agreement, including for purposes of this Section 5.1(a ) .

 

  38  

 

 

(b)          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Section 5.1(a) , during the Pre-Closing Period, except as (x) otherwise required by this Agreement, (y) set forth in Section 5.1(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules or (z) as required by any Law or Order applicable to Sellers or any Acquired Company or the assets, or operation of the business, of Sellers or any Acquired Company , Sellers shall not, and shall cause the Acquired Companies not to, take any of the following actions with respect to the Acquired Companies without the prior written consent of Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and provided that the failure of Buyer to respond to such a request for consent within seven (7) Business Days thereafter shall be deemed to constitute consent):

 

(i)          make any amendment to the Organizational Documents of the Acquired Companies;

 

(ii)         issue, sell, grant, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or grant or suffer to exist any Encumbrance with respect to, any of the Acquired Companies’ capital stock, or grant any options, warrants or other rights to acquire any such capital stock or other interest or any instrument convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such capital stock or other interest;

 

(iii)        (A) split, combine or reclassify any shares of its capital stock, equity securities or other ownership interests, (B) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property or any combination thereof) in respect of its capital stock, equity securities or other ownership interests, (C) redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or offer to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any Shares, Management Shares or Subsidiary Shares or (D) enter into any agreement with respect to the voting of its capital stock, equity securities or other ownership interests;

 

(iv)        adopt any plan of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation or dissolution of any Acquired Company, file a petition in bankruptcy under any provisions of federal or state bankruptcy Law on behalf of any Acquired Company or consent to the filing of any bankruptcy petition against any Acquired Companies under any similar Law;

 

(v)         create any Subsidiary of an Acquired Company;

 

(vi)        make any material changes in any accounting methods, principles or practices except as required by IFRS or as disclosed in the notes to any of the Financial Statements;

 

(vii)       make any material changes in its cash management practices or its policies, practices and procedures with respect to collection of accounts receivable, establishment of reserves for uncollectible accounts, accrual of accounts receivable, prepayment of expenses, payment of trade accounts payable, accrual of other expenses, deferral of revenue and acceptance of customer deposits;

 

  39  

 

 

(viii)      except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (A) accelerate, terminate, cancel, renew, amend, grant a waiver under or otherwise modify any Material Contract in any material respect; provided that the Acquired Companies shall not fail to exercise a right to extend or renew a Material Contract or any rights thereunder without prior consultation with Buyer, (B) enter into any Contract that would constitute a Material Contract if in effect as of the Original Agreement Date or (C) waive, release or assign any material rights, claims or benefits of any Acquired Company;

 

(ix)         make any capital expenditures in excess of $30,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, per fiscal quarter;

 

(x)          incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money other than (A) in an amount not exceeding $25,000,000 individually or in the aggregate, (B) indebtedness incurred in order to fund the payment of amounts paid in accordance with the Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan or the one-time employee transaction completion bonus, in each case on or prior to the Closing Date or (C) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts not repaid prior to the Closing will constitute Indebtedness);

 

(xi)         grant or suffer to exist any material Encumbrance, other than any Permitted Encumbrances, on any properties or assets (other than Intellectual Property), tangible or intangible, of the Acquired Companies;

 

(xii)        sell, lease, pledge, abandon, assign or otherwise dispose of any of the material assets, securities, properties (including Real Property) or rights (other than Intellectual Property) of any Acquired Company except (A) pursuant to existing Contracts or (B) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(xiii)       sell, assign, lease, sublease, license, sublicense or otherwise transfer or dispose of, abandon or permit to lapse, fail to take any action necessary to maintain, enforce or protect, or create or incur any Encumbrance on any material Owned Intellectual Property or material Licensed Intellectual Property;

 

(xiv)      purchase or acquire, directly or indirectly (including by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets or any other business combination), any corporation, partnership, other business organization or division thereof;

 

(xv)       institute, terminate or settle or offer or propose to settle any Legal Proceeding;

 

  40  

 

 

(xvi)      except as required by the terms of an Employee Plan as in effect on the Original Agreement Date, (A) grant any severance, retention or termination pay to, or enter into or amend any severance, retention, termination, employment, consulting, bonus, change in control or severance agreement with, any current or former Service Provider, (B) increase the compensation or benefits provided to any current or former Service Provider other than increases in base compensation of not more than three percent (3%) to employees with annual base compensation of less than $100,000 in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (C) grant any equity or equity-based awards to, or discretionarily accelerate the vesting or payment of any such awards held by, any current or former Service Provider; or (D) establish, adopt, enter into or amend any Employee Plan, collective bargaining agreement or other labor agreement;

 

(xvii)     (A) hire any employees of the Acquired Companies (other than to fill vacancies arising due to terminations (for just cause) of employment of employees with annual base compensation of less than $100,000) or (B) terminate (for just cause) the employment of any employees of the Acquired Companies with annual base compensation of $100,000 or more;

 

(xviii)    make or change any material Tax election, change any annual Tax accounting period, adopt or change any material method of Tax accounting, file any material amended Tax return, obtain any Tax ruling or enter into any closing or similar agreement, settle any material Tax claim, assessment, audit, contest or other similar proceeding, surrender any right to claim a material Tax refund, offset or other reduction in Tax liability, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitations period applicable to any material Tax claim or assessment; or

 

(xix)       agree or commit to take any of the actions in the foregoing clauses (i) through (xviii).

 

(c)          Except as specifically set forth herein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall give Buyer, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the business and operations of the Acquired Companies prior to the Closing. Prior to the Closing, Sellers and the Acquired Companies shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision over the business and operations of the Acquired Companies.

 

Section 5.2.           Access to Information .

 

(a)          During the Pre-Closing Period, Sellers shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Buyer and its Representatives with reasonable access to (i) all of the Acquired Companies’ properties, assets, books and records, (ii) all senior management of the Acquired Companies and (iii) any other information relating solely to the business, properties, assets, books and records and personnel of the Acquired Companies as Buyer or any of its Representatives may reasonably request. All access and investigation pursuant to this Section 5.2(a ) shall be (A) conducted during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice to Sellers, (B) conducted in such a manner as not to interfere with the normal operations of the Acquired Companies, (C) coordinated through the Company’s chief executive officer or designee thereof and (D) conducted at Buyer’s sole cost and expense, and Sellers shall have the right to have one or more of their Representatives present at all times during any visits, examinations, discussions or contacts contemplated by this Section 5.2(a ) . During the Pre-Closing Period, the Sellers shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its employees, counsel, financial advisors, auditors and other authorized Representatives to cooperate with Buyer in its investigation of the Acquired Companies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the Pre-Closing Period, neither Sellers nor any Acquired Company shall be required to provide access or disclose information where such access or disclosure would, in Sellers’ reasonable judgment, (1) jeopardize the attorney-client privilege or other immunity or protection from disclosure of Sellers or any Acquired Company or (2)(x) conflict with any Law or Order applicable to Sellers or any Acquired Company or the assets, or operation of the business, of Sellers or any Acquired Company or (y) materially breach any Contract (with respect to the obligations placed therein on the applicable Acquired Company) to which an Acquired Company is party or by which any of the Acquired Companies’ assets or properties are bound; provided , however , that, in such instances, Sellers shall inform Buyer of the general nature of the information being withheld and, upon Buyer’s request and at Buyer’s sole cost and expense, reasonably cooperate with Buyer to provide such information, in whole or in part, in a manner that would not result in any of the outcomes described in the foregoing clauses (1) or (2). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the Pre-Closing Period, without the prior written consent of Sellers (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (x) Buyer shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates and its Representatives not to, contact any vendor, supplier or customer of an Acquired Company regarding the business, operations, or prospects of the Acquired Companies or this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (y) Buyer shall have no right to perform invasive or subsurface investigations of the properties or facilities of any Acquired Company .

 

  41  

 

 

(b)          Buyer will hold any information obtained pursuant to Section 5.2(a) in confidence in accordance with the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

Section 5.3.           Notification of Certain Matters .

 

(a)          During the Pre-Closing Period, each Party shall promptly notify the other Party of any occurrence of which it is aware (or of which it should reasonably be aware) that would or is reasonably likely to result in any of the conditions set forth in Article 6 to (i) be incapable of being satisfied or (ii) not be satisfied by the Termination Date; provided , however , that either Party’s good faith failure to give notice of any such occurrence as required pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall not be (i) deemed to be a breach of the covenant contained in this Section 5.3 , but instead shall (if applicable) constitute only a breach of the applicable underlying representation, warranty, covenant or agreement, or (ii) taken into account in determining whether the conditions to Closing set forth in Article 6 have been satisfied.

 

(b)          For a period of eighteen (18) months after the Closing, (i) Buyer shall not, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to not, offer an audit of historical reporting practices in connection with any proposal to a programmer to renegotiate or renew any of the Contracts referenced in Section 3.13(a)(ii) ; provided that this clause (i) shall not (A) limit the ability of Buyer or any Acquired Company to respond to a request from a programmer to conduct an audit or (B) respond to a claim by a programmer of a breach of any such Contract and (ii) if any such audit does take place or any Acquired Company becomes aware of such audit, Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to (x) notify Sellers that such audit has commenced, (y) periodically apprise Sellers of the state of such audit and (z) provide Sellers with the right to participate in any such audit, which right shall include the right to be consulted about all significant decisions made regarding the conduct of such audit and the right to have a reasonable opportunity to provide input to the representatives of Buyer regarding all such significant decisions.

 

  42  

 

 

Section 5.4.           Efforts to Consummate . Subject to Section 5.5 and Section 5.6 , during the Pre-Closing Period, each of Buyer and Sellers shall, and Sellers shall cause the Acquired Companies to, use reasonable best efforts (unless, with respect to any action, another standard of performance is expressly provided for herein) to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements as promptly as reasonably practicable, including satisfaction (but not waiver) of the conditions to Closing set forth in Article 6 ; provided that the Parties shall not be required to take any action that would, individually or in the aggregate, have an effect that is adverse and material to the Acquired Companies. None of the Parties nor any of their Affiliates or Representatives shall take any action that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of delaying, impairing or impeding the consummation of the Closing.

 

Section 5.5.           Consents .

 

(a)          During the Pre-Closing Period, each of Buyer and Sellers shall, and Sellers shall cause the Acquired Companies to, use reasonable best efforts to give all notices to, and obtain all Consents from all Persons required pursuant to any Material Contract or in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements; provided , however , that Sellers shall not have any obligation to (i) amend or modify any Contract, (ii) pay any consideration to any Person for the purpose of obtaining any such Consent or (iii) pay any costs and expenses of any Person resulting from the process of obtaining such Consent, all of which such costs and expenses (if any) shall be borne exclusively by Buyer.

 

(b)          Buyer acknowledges that certain Consents and waivers with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements may be required from parties to the Material Contracts and other Contracts to which an Acquired Company is party and that such Consents and waivers (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement) may not be obtained prior to Closing and are not conditions to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Buyer acknowledges that no representation, warranty or covenant of Sellers contained herein shall be breached or deemed inaccurate or breached, and no condition shall be deemed not satisfied, as a result of (i) the failure to obtain any such Consent or waiver, (ii) any such termination or (iii) any Legal Proceeding commenced or threatened by or on behalf of any Person arising out of or relating to the failure to obtain any such Consent or waiver or any such termination.

 

Section 5.6.           Governmental Approvals . Prior to the Closing, Buyer and Sellers shall, and Sellers shall cause the Acquired Companies to, obtain and maintain in full force and effect all required Consents or Permits, in each case from any Governmental Body, to permit each respective Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

  43  

 

 

Section 5.7.           Public Announcements . Except as otherwise expressly contemplated by or necessary to implement the provisions of this Agreement, and except for the joint press release to be issued by the Parties in the form previously agreed, neither Buyer nor Sellers (nor any of their respective Affiliates) shall issue any press release or otherwise make any public statements or disclosure with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, except to the extent such disclosure is required by applicable Law or the rules of any stock exchange, in which case the Party seeking to make such disclosure shall promptly notify the other Party thereof and the Parties shall use reasonable efforts to cause a mutually agreeable release or announcement to be issued; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 5.7 shall prohibit Sellers and, prior to the Closing Date, the Company, from making public statements or disclosure in response to press or regulatory inquiries to the extent that such statements or disclosure were already publicly disclosed previously subject to the foregoing requirements contemplated hereunder.

 

Section 5.8.           Books and Records . For a period of five (5) years after the Closing, each of Buyer and Sellers shall (and Buyer shall cause the Acquired Companies to) use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) give Buyer or Sellers, as the case may be, and their respective Representatives reasonable access during normal business hours to their respective Representatives, including employees, books and records and other information with respect to the Acquired Companies relating to periods prior to the Closing for any reasonable purpose, including as may be necessary for (i) the preparation of Tax returns and financial statements and (ii) complying with any audit request, subpoena or other investigative demand by any Governmental Body or for any Legal Proceeding (including any Third-Party Claim pursuant to Article 8 ), subject in all cases to reasonable restrictions imposed from time to time upon advice of counsel in respect of applicable Laws relating to the confidentiality of information, and (b) maintain all such books and records in the same or a similar accessible format as currently existing. The access provided pursuant to Section 5.8(a) shall be conducted in such a manner so as not to interfere unreasonably with the operation of the business of Buyer and the Acquired Companies or Sellers, as the case may be, and in no event will Buyer, Sellers or the Acquired Companies be required to furnish any documents or information pursuant to Section 5.8(a) that are required by any applicable Law or Order to be kept confidential, or if furnishing such documents or information would reasonably be expected to jeopardize the status of such documents or information as privileged (except that, prior to withholding any such information, the withholding party shall notify the requesting party in writing of the nature of the information being withheld and take commercially reasonable actions as may reasonably be requested by the requesting party to implement alternate arrangements). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Parties are in an adversarial relationship in any Legal Proceeding, the furnishing of information, documents or records in accordance with Section 5.8(a) shall be subject to any applicable rules relating to discovery.

 

Section 5.9.           Confidentiality .

 

(a)          The confidentiality and restrictions on use provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference as if set forth herein and shall continue in full force and effect until the Closing, unless this Agreement is terminated prior to the Closing, in which case the Confidentiality Agreement shall nonetheless continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

  44  

 

 

Section 5.10.         Director and Officer Indemnification .

 

(a)          Buyer agrees that all rights to exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses pursuant to the Organizational Documents of the Acquired Companies or any indemnification agreement to which any D&O Indemnified Person is party for acts or omissions occurring on or prior to the Closing Date, whether (i) asserted or claimed prior to, on or after the Closing Date (including in respect of any matters arising in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby), (ii) now existing or (iii) arising prior to Closing, in favor of each Person who is now, or who has been at any time prior to the Original Agreement Date, or who becomes prior to the Closing, a director or officer of an Acquired Company (each, a “ D&O Indemnified Person ”) shall survive the Closing Date and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and remain in full force and effect. For a period of at least six (6) years after the Closing Date, (A) Buyer shall not, and shall not permit any Acquired Company to, amend, repeal or modify any provision in any Acquired Company’s Organizational Documents relating to the exculpation, indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any D&O Indemnified Person in connection with acts or omissions occurring on or prior to the Closing Date, whether asserted or claimed prior to, on or after the Closing Date (including in respect of any matters arising in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby), unless, and only to the extent, required by applicable Law, it being the intent of the Parties that all such D&O Indemnified Persons shall continue to be entitled to such exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, and that no change, modification or amendment of such documents or arrangements may be made that will adversely affect any such D&O Indemnified Person’s rights thereto without the prior written consent of such D&O Indemnified Person, and (B) Buyer shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, maintain in full force and effect any indemnification agreements of any Acquired Company with any D&O Indemnified Person.

 

(b)          In addition to the other rights provided for in this Section 5.10 and not in limitation thereof, from and after the Closing Date, Buyer and the Acquired Companies (each, a “ D&O Indemnifying Party ”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, (i) indemnify, defend and hold harmless the D&O Indemnified Persons against all D&O Expenses and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (“ D&O Losses ”) in respect of any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, inquiry, suit, proceeding or judgment, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, based on, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the fact that such D&O Indemnified Person is or was a director, officer, employee or other fiduciary of an Acquired Company or in such D&O Indemnified Person’s capacity as a director, officer, employee or other fiduciary of an Acquired Company on, prior to or after the Closing Date (including in respect of any matters arising in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby) (a “ D&O Indemnifiable Claim ”) and (ii) advance, unconditionally and interest-free, to such D&O Indemnified Persons all D&O Expenses incurred in connection with any D&O Indemnifiable Claim (including in circumstances where the D&O Indemnifying Party is otherwise entitled to assume the defense of such claim and has assumed such defense) promptly after receipt of statements therefor. Advance payment of D&O Expenses in connection with any D&O Indemnifiable Claim shall continue until such D&O Indemnifiable Claim is disposed of or all judgments, orders, decrees or other rulings in connection with such D&O Indemnifiable Claim become final and non-appealable and are fully and finally satisfied. For the purposes of this Section 5.10(b ) , “ D&O Expenses ” shall include attorneys’ fees, expert fees, arbitrator and mediator fees, and all other costs, charges and expenses paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or otherwise participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, to be a witness in or participate in, any D&O Indemnifiable Claim. In the event of any such D&O Indemnifiable Claim, Buyer and the Acquired Companies shall cooperate with the D&O Indemnified Person in the defense of any such D&O Indemnifiable Claim. Each of Buyer and the Acquired Companies shall be a full indemnitor of first resort, shall be required to advance the full amount of all D&O Expenses incurred by a D&O Indemnified Person and shall be liable for the full amount of all D&O Losses to the extent legally permitted and as required, without regard to any rights a D&O Indemnified Person may have against Sellers, any of Sellers’ Affiliates or any insurer providing insurance coverage under an insurance policy issued to Sellers or any of their Affiliates.

 

  45  

 

 

(c)          In the event that Buyer, any Acquired Company or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys fifty percent (50%) or more of its properties and other assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that such successors, assigns or transferees shall expressly assume the obligations set forth in this Section 5.10 .

 

(d)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or otherwise, the rights and benefits of the D&O Indemnified Persons under this Section 5.10 shall not be terminated or modified in any manner as to adversely affect any D&O Indemnified Person without the prior written consent of such D&O Indemnified Person. The provisions of this Section 5.10 are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each D&O Indemnified Person, his or her heirs and his or her executors, administrators and personal representatives, each of whom is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Section 5.10 , and are in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other rights, including rights to indemnification or contribution that any such Person may have by Contract or otherwise. The provisions of this Section 5.10 shall survive consummation of the Closing.

 

Section 5.11.         Employment and Benefits Arrangements . Immediately prior to the Closing, the Company shall pay (i) all amounts payable under the Phantom and Common Stock Compensation Plan as of the Closing Date in accordance therewith and (ii) the one-time employee transaction completion bonus.

 

Section 5.12.         Termination of Related Party Agreements and Arrangements . Each Seller (on its own behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates) agrees to cause any or all Contracts and accounts between any Acquired Company, on the one hand, and any Related Party, on the other hand, including the Contracts listed in Section 3.19 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, to be terminated, released, canceled, paid or otherwise settled prior to the Closing, without any continuing liability of any Acquired Company thereunder, excluding (i) any employment, severance or other similar arrangements with directors, officers or employees of the Acquired Companies, (ii) compensation for services performed by a Related Party as director, officer or employee of the Acquired Companies and amounts reimbursable for routine travel and other business expenses in the ordinary course of business, (iii) any of the Transaction Agreements, (iv) any Contracts set forth in Schedule 5.12 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, (v) any of the Related Party Contract Amendments and (vi) any Related Party Contract entered into in the ordinary course of business on arms-length terms for which such Contract’s value is less than $100,000; provided that, in the case of Related Party Contracts covered by the foregoing clause (vi), upon written request from Buyer no later than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to Closing, Sellers shall cause the termination of such Related Party Contracts.

 

  46  

 

 

Section 5.13.         Trademarks; Tradenames . After the Closing none of the Sellers, their Affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers, successors, assigns, agents or representatives shall (a) register or attempt to register, or directly or indirectly use in any fashion, including in signage, corporate letterhead, business cards, internet websites or marketing material, or seek to register, in connection with any products or services anywhere in the world in any medium, any trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade names or other indicia of origin that contain “Cable Onda”, including the trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade names and other indicia of origin set forth in Schedule 5.13 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules or any derivative thereof or anything confusingly similar thereto (collectively, the “ Company Marks ”), or (b) challenge or assist any third party in opposing the rights of Buyer or any of its Affiliates anywhere in the world in any Company Marks.

 

Section 5.14.         Exercise of Minority Shareholder Put . Following the Closing, in the event that, for the period of eighteen (18) months from the Closing, the holders of any Subsidiary Shares of Fronteras Security, Inc., elect to exercise any right to put such Subsidiary Shares pursuant to the terms of the shareholders agreement governing such Subsidiary Shares, Sellers shall, severally in accordance with their Pro Rata Share, be responsible for any amounts in excess of $2,000,000 required to be paid by the Acquired Companies to such holders as a result thereof.

 

Section 5.15.         Corporate Bonds .

 

(a)          During the period starting on the Original Agreement Date and ending on May 3, 2019, Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such Consents required to release the Total Shares from the Encumbrance created pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement. During the same period, Buyer shall reasonably cooperate with Sellers with respect to the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendments of the terms of the Corporate Bonds or related documentation, other than the removal of the Encumbrance created pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement, shall be made without the consent of Buyer (such consent to be provided by Buyer in its sole discretion).

 

(b)          If all Encumbrances on the Total Shares have not been eliminated by April 1, 2019, then:

 

(i)          first, Sellers shall promptly notify Buyer of such failure to eliminate all Encumbrances on the Total Shares;

 

(ii)         second, upon such notification, Buyer shall cause the Company to promptly initiate the Corporate Bonds prepayment process;

 

(iii)        third, as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company shall hold a meeting of its board of directors (the “ Board ”), wherein both Sellers and Buyer shall propose financing options for the amount of cash equal to the principal payment owed under the Corporate Bonds. At such meeting, the Board shall select the financing option that is most favorable to the Company (the “ Loan ”).

 

(iv)        fourth, on June 3, 2019, Buyer shall cause the Company to (x) use the Loan to pay off the principal amount owed under the Corporate Bonds and (y) pay off any amounts owed for accrued interest or breakage costs under the Corporate Bonds;

 

  47  

 

 

(v)         fifth, promptly thereafter, Sellers shall deliver to Buyer by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by Buyer, an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the aggregate payment made by the Company in connection with the breakage costs set forth in 5.15(b)(iv)(y) ; and

 

(vi)        sixth, promptly following the removal of the Encumbrance created pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement (and any and all other Encumbrances), Sellers shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) with the Escrow Agent physical stock certificates of Sellers’ Retained Shares having a value equivalent to the value of the custody rights in the Shareholding Interests in favor of Buyer as shown in the Trustee’s records as of immediately prior to such removal, calculated based on the value of the Sellers’ Retained Shares implied by the Closing Purchase Price, after giving effect to any Recapitalization Event.

 

Section 5.16.         Tax Matters . Buyer and its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Acquired Companies) shall not, without the prior written consent of Sellers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), cause or permit the Acquired Companies or any Affiliate of Buyer (a) to take any action on the Closing Date other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) to make or change any Tax election relating to or affecting a Pre-Closing Tax Period, (c) to amend any Tax returns of any of the Acquired Companies for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, initiate any voluntary disclosure with respect to Taxes of any of the Acquired Companies for a Pre-Closing Tax Period or agree to extend or waive the statute of limitations of any Pre-Closing Tax Period of any of the Acquired Companies, unless (i) in the case of clause (c), Buyer determined in its good faith judgment that such action is required by applicable Law in order for any Acquired Company to conduct business operations in any jurisdiction in which it currently conducts business (provided that any action taken by Buyer or its Affiliates that would have been prohibited by clause (c) absent the exception set forth in this clause (i) shall not affect the determination of whether any Buyer Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under Section 8.2 with respect to any Taxes relating to such action, and shall not be determinative of the amount of Taxes that are subject to indemnification thereunder or (ii) in the case of clauses (a), (b) or (c), (x) such action is required by applicable Law, (y) is taken in connection with Buyer’s conduct of a Tax Claim that Buyer controls pursuant to Section 8.5, provided that Buyer is permitted to take such action by Section 8.5, Buyer has provided notice to Seller of such Tax Claim as required by Section 8.5(a) and such action is with respect to such Tax Claim or (z) Buyer waives its rights under this Agreement to any indemnification from Sellers with respect to Taxes that may result from such action.

 

Section 5.17.         Further Assurances . Following the Closing, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of Buyer and Sellers shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, execute and deliver such additional documents, instruments and assurances and take such other actions as may reasonably be requested to carry out and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  48  

 

 

Article 6

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

Section 6.1.           Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations . The respective obligations of each Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing by both Buyer and Sellers), at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)          The Corporate Bond Consents shall have been obtained.

 

(b)          The renewal of the Company’s 500 License shall have been obtained.

 

(c)          No Governmental Body shall have (i) enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law or Order that is in effect and would (x) make the Closing illegal or (y) otherwise prohibit or enjoin consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii) issued a resolution, the effect of which is to declare any of the Acquired Companies as market “dominant,” which resolution shall be in effect as of immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

(d)          (i) The Sellers, Buyer and the Company shall have entered into a shareholders’ agreement, effective as of the Closing Date, governing their relationship with respect to the ownership of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”) and (ii) the Company shall have amended and restated its articles of incorporation and by-laws, in each case effective as of the Closing Date, in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

(e)          The Sellers and Buyer shall have executed a deed of transfer (in Spanish to be called, the “ Contrato de Promesa de Compraventa de Acciones ”) dated the Closing Date (“ Deed of Transfer ”) solely for purposes of filing such Deed of Transfer with the applicable Panamanian Governmental Body ( Dirección General de Ingresos – Ministerio de Economía y Finanzas ) in connection with Section 9.12(a) ; provided that the Parties agree that the Deed of Transfer shall not supersede or in any way amend or replace the terms of the Original Agreement or this Agreement in any way.

 

Section 6.2.           Other Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer . In addition to the conditions set forth in ‎Section 6.1 , the obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in writing by Buyer, of each of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing:

 

(a)          (i) The Sellers Fundamental Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except that any such representations and warranties that are specifically made as of a particular date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date) and (ii) the representations and warranties of Sellers contained in Article 3 of this Agreement (other than those set forth in clause (i) of this Section 6.2(a) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except that any such representations and warranties that are specifically made as of a particular date shall be true and correct as of such specified date), except where the failure to be true and correct as of such date (without regard to any qualification as to materiality or Company Material Adverse Effect included therein), individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; provided that for purposes of this closing condition in determining the accuracy of the representations and warranties in Section 3.5 , the last sentence of Section 3.10(b) , the last sentence of Section 3.12, and Section 3.15(f) , clause (viii) of the first proviso included in the definition of “Company Material Adverse Effect” shall be disregarded.

 

  49  

 

 

(b)          Sellers shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the material agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c)          Since the Original Agreement Date, there has not been any event, occurrence, development or state of circumstances or facts that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect and be continuing as of the Closing Date.

 

(d)          Buyer shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a duly authorized officer of Sellers, stating on behalf of Sellers that each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2(a) and Section 6.2(b) have been satisfied.

 

Section 6.3.           Other Conditions to the Obligations of Sellers . In addition to the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 , the obligations of Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in writing by Sellers, of each of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing:

 

(a)          (i) The Buyer Fundamental Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except that any such representations and warranties that are specifically made as of a particular date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date) and (ii) the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Article 4 of this Agreement (other than those set forth in clause (i) of this Section 6.3(a ) ) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except that any such representations and warranties that are specifically made as of a particular date shall be true and correct as of such specified date), except where the failure to be true and correct as of such date (without regard to any qualification as to materiality or Buyer Material Adverse Effect included therein), individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          Buyer shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the material agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c)          Sellers shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a duly authorized officer of Buyer, stating on behalf of Buyer that each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.3(a) and Section 6.3(b) have been satisfied.

 

  50  

 

 

Article 7

TERMINATION

 

Section 7.1.          Termination . At any time prior to the Closing, this Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby abandoned as follows (and the Party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1 (other than Section 7.1(a) ) shall give written notice of such termination to the other Party setting forth a brief description of the basis on which it is terminating this Agreement):

 

(a)          by the mutual written consent of Buyer and Sellers;

 

(b)          subject to Section 9.10(c) , by either Buyer or Sellers, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the date that is six (6) months after the Original Agreement Date or such other date that Buyer and Sellers may agree upon in writing (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(b) shall not be available to Buyer or Sellers, as the case may be, if a material breach of this Agreement by such Party has resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur before the Termination Date;

 

(c)          by either Buyer or Sellers, if (i) there shall be any Law enacted, promulgated or issued by any Governmental Body that makes consummation of the Closing illegal or otherwise prohibited or (ii) any Governmental Body shall have issued an Order permanently enjoining the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such Order shall have become final and non-appealable; provided , however , that the Party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(c ) shall have used the efforts required by Section 5.4 and Section 5.6 to contest and remove such Law or Order;

 

(d)          by Buyer, if (i) there shall have been a breach by Sellers of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein that would result in the failure of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 to be satisfied, (ii) Buyer is not then in breach of any provision of this Agreement and (iii) such breach by Sellers (A) shall not have been cured on or prior to the earlier of (1) the Termination Date and (2) forty-five (45) Business Days after receipt by Sellers of written notice of such breach from Buyer, and (B) in the case of the foregoing clause (2), cannot be cured prior to the Termination Date; or

 

(e)          by Sellers, if (i) there shall have been a breach by Buyer of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein that would result in the failure of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 or Section 6.3 to be satisfied, (ii) Sellers are not then in breach of any provision of this Agreement and (iii) such breach by Buyer (A) shall not have been cured on or prior to the earlier of (1) the Termination Date and (2) forty-five (45) Business Days after receipt by Buyer of written notice of such breach from Sellers, and (B) in the case of the foregoing clause (2), cannot be cured prior to the Termination Date.

 

Section 7.2.           Effect of Termination . In the event of the termination of this Agreement in accordance with this Article 7 :

 

  51  

 

 

(a)          this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void (except for this Section 7.2 , Section 5.7 , Section 5.9 , and Article 9 each of which shall survive such termination and remain valid and binding obligations of the Parties in accordance with their terms); and

 

(b)          there shall be no liability of any kind on the part of Buyer or Sellers or any of Buyer’s or Sellers’ former, current or future Affiliates, Representatives, officers, directors, direct or indirect general or limited partners, equityholders, stockholders, controlling persons, managers or members; provided , however , that termination pursuant to this Article 7 shall not relieve either Party from such liability (i) pursuant to the sections specified in Section 7.2(a) that survive termination or (ii) for any breach of this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

Article 8

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION; LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY

 

Section 8.1.           Survival .

 

(a)          Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article 8 , each of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, or any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of a Party pursuant to this Agreement, shall survive the Closing and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and shall expire (together with any right to assert a claim under Section 8.2(a ) or Section 8.3(a ) , as applicable) on the date that is eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date (the “ First Release Date ”); provided that (i) the representations and warranties of Sellers set forth in Section 3.1 , Section 3.2(a) , Section 3.3 , Section 3.5(a)(i) , Section 3.5(c) , and Section 3.21 (the “ Sellers Fundamental Representations ”), and the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Section 4.1 , Section 4.2(a)(i) , Section 4.4 and Section 4.5 (the “ Buyer Fundamental Representations ”), in each case shall survive indefinitely or until the latest date permitted by law; and (ii) the representations and warranties of Sellers set forth in Section 3.16 shall expire on the date that is three (3) years after the Closing Date.

 

(b)          Each of the covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of a Party pursuant to this Agreement that are to be performed prior to the Closing shall expire (together with any right to assert a claim under Section 8.2(b ) or Section 8.3(b ) , as applicable) on the date that is nine (9) months from the Closing Date. The covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement or any other certificate of other instrument delivered by or on behalf of a Party pursuant to this Agreement that, by its terms, expressly contemplates performance after the Closing Date, shall expire (together with any right to assert a claim under Section 8.2(b ) or Section 8.3(b ) , as applicable) upon expiration of its term or performance of the undertaking set forth therein.

 

  52  

 

 

(c)          It is the express intent of Buyer and Sellers that, (i) if the applicable period set forth in Section 8.1(a ) or Section 8.1(b ) for the survival of the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements and for the making of claims for indemnification based on any breaches thereof is shorter than the statute of limitations that would otherwise have been applicable thereto, then, by contract, the statute of limitations applicable thereto shall be reduced to the survival period set forth in Section 8.1(a ) or Section 8.1(b ) , as applicable, and (ii) neither Party shall be obligated to indemnify, defend, hold harmless, compensate or reimburse the other Party after the last date that is within the survival period set forth in Section 8.1(a ) or Section 8.1(b ) , as applicable, with respect to any particular claim for indemnification, and all rights and remedies that may be exercised by a Party with respect to such representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements and any claim for indemnification based on any breaches thereof will expire and terminate simultaneously with the ending of the survival period set forth in Section 8.1(a ) or Section 8.1(b ) , as applicable; provided , however , that any Claim asserted in good faith pursuant to Section 8.5 by delivery of a Claim Notice prior to the expiration of the applicable survival period set forth in Section 8.1(a ) or Section 8.1(b ) shall survive until such Claim is fully and finally resolved in accordance with the terms hereof. Buyer and Sellers further acknowledge that (A) the survival periods set forth in Section 8.1(a ) and Section 8.1(b ) are the result of arms’ length negotiations between Buyer and Sellers, (B) Buyer and Sellers intend for such survival periods to be enforced as agreed by Buyer and Sellers and (C) such survival periods shall not be deemed to be tolled following the Closing Date or to otherwise extend beyond the end of such survival periods for any reason.

 

Section 8.2.           Indemnification by Sellers . Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article 8 , from and after the Closing, each Seller, with respect to its Pro Rata Share, and the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Buyer and each of Buyer’s Affiliates, and their respective representatives, members, partners, shareholders, managers and directors (collectively, the “ Buyer Indemnified Parties ”) from and against, and shall pay and reimburse any Buyer Indemnified Party for, any and all Losses of any Buyer Indemnified Party to the extent arising out of:

 

(a)          any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of any Seller contained in Article 3 of this Agreement (determined, except with respect to the Excepted Representations, without regard to any qualification or exception contained therein relating to materiality or Company Material Adverse Effect or any similar qualification or standard);

 

(b)          any breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by any Seller pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

(c)          the restructuring pursuant to which IGP and TA became party to this Agreement and to the other Transaction Agreements to which each is a party.

 

Section 8.3.           Indemnification by Buyer . Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article 8 , from and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sellers and each of Sellers’ representatives, members, partners, shareholders, managers, directors and affiliates (collectively, the “ Sellers Indemnified Parties ”) against, and shall pay and reimburse any Sellers Indemnified Party for, any and all Losses of any Sellers Indemnified Party to the extent arising out of:

 

(a)          any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer contained in Article 4 of this Agreement; and

 

(b)          any breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  53  

 

 

Section 8.4.           Limitations and Other Matters Relating to Indemnification .

 

(a)          With respect to indemnification by Sellers under Section 8.2(a) , except in respect of breaches of the Sellers Fundamental Representations:

 

(i)          Sellers shall not be required to indemnify, defend, hold harmless, pay or reimburse any Buyer Indemnified Party: (x) other than in respect of breaches of Section 3.13(a)(ii) or Section 3.16 , unless and until the aggregate amount of all Losses in respect of such indemnification under Section 8.2(a) exceeds $12,000,000 (the “ Sellers Indemnification Threshold ”), and once the Sellers Indemnification Threshold has been exceeded, Sellers shall only be required to indemnify, defend, hold harmless, pay and reimburse for Losses in excess of the Sellers Indemnification Threshold (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.4(a)(ii ) and subject to the Sellers Per Claim Threshold); and (y) unless and until the amount of Losses in respect of such indemnification under Section 8.2(a ) , arising from any particular inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of Sellers in this Agreement exceeds $200,000 (the “ Sellers Per Claim Threshold ”), and once the Sellers Per Claim Threshold has been exceeded, Sellers shall be required to indemnify, hold harmless, pay and reimburse for all Losses arising from such particular inaccuracy or breach (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.4(a)(ii) and only to the extent in excess of the Sellers Indemnification Threshold).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, with respect to any particular inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of Sellers in this Agreement for which the related Losses do not exceed the Sellers Per Claim Threshold, such Losses shall not be counted toward the Sellers Indemnification Threshold.

 

(ii)         Sellers shall not be required to indemnify, defend, hold harmless, pay or reimburse any Buyer Indemnified Party from and after the time that the aggregate amount of all Losses in respect of such indemnification under Section 8.2(a) exceeds an amount equal to $150,000,000.

 

(iii)        The sole and exclusive source of indemnification payments in respect of Section 8.2(a) shall be the Indemnity Escrow Funds.

 

(iv)         With respect to indemnification by the Sellers (x) under Section 8.2(b) , (y) under Section 8.2(c) and (z) for any breach of a Sellers Fundamental Representation, each Seller’s maximum aggregate Liability shall be limited to the Final Purchase Price received by such Seller.

 

(b)          With respect to indemnification by Buyer under Section 8.3(a) , except in respect of breaches of Buyer Fundamental Representations:

 

  54  

 

 

(i)          Buyer shall not be required to indemnify, defend, hold harmless, pay or reimburse any Sellers Indemnified Party: (x) unless and until the aggregate amount of all Losses in respect of such indemnification under Section 8.3(a) exceeds $12,000,000 (the “ Buyer Indemnification Threshold ”), and once the Buyer Indemnification Threshold has been exceeded, Buyer shall only be required to indemnify, defend, hold harmless, pay and reimburse for Losses in excess of the Buyer Indemnification Threshold (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.4(b)(ii) and subject to the Buyer Per Claim Threshold); and (y) unless and until the amount of Losses in respect of such indemnification under Section 8.3(a ) , arising from any particular inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer in this Agreement exceeds $200,000 (the “ Buyer Per Claim Threshold ”), and once the Buyer Per Claim Threshold has been exceeded, Buyer shall be required to indemnify, hold harmless, pay and reimburse for all Losses in excess of the Buyer Indemnification Threshold arising from such particular inaccuracy or breach (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.4(b)(ii) and only to the extent in excess of the Buyer Indemnification Threshold).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, with respect to any particular inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer in this Agreement for which the related Losses do not exceed the Buyer Per Claim Threshold, such Losses shall not be counted toward the Buyer Indemnification Threshold.

 

(ii)         Buyer shall not be required to indemnify, defend, hold harmless, pay or reimburse any Sellers Indemnified Party from and after the time that the aggregate amount of all Losses in respect of such indemnification under Section 8.3(a) exceeds an amount equal to $150,000,000.

 

(c)          The amount of any Losses that are subject to indemnification, compensation or reimbursement under this Article 8 shall be reduced by the amount of any insurance proceeds, reimbursement and any indemnity, Tax benefit (determined as set forth in Section 8.4(d)) , contribution or other similar payment actually received by the Indemnified Party in respect of such Losses or any of the events, conditions, facts or circumstances resulting in or relating to such Losses (net of any expenses or costs of collection incurred by such Indemnified Party in recovering such amounts, including any increases in premiums under any insurance policies where such increase directly resulted from any such insurance payments) (“ Third-Party Payments ”). If an Indemnified Party receives any Third-Party Payment with respect to any Losses for which it has previously been indemnified (directly or indirectly) by an Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party shall promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days after receiving such Payment) pay to the Indemnifying Party an amount equal to such Third-Party Payment or, if it is a lesser amount, the amount of such previously indemnified Losses. The Indemnified Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to recover under insurance policies or indemnity, contribution or other similar agreements other than this Agreement for any Losses.

 

(d)          The amount of any Losses that are subject to indemnification, payment or reimbursement under this Article 8 shall be reduced by an amount equal to any Tax benefit actually realized as a result of such Losses by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall be deemed to have “actually realized” a Tax benefit to the extent that the amount of Taxes paid by the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates in the taxable period in which Loss occurs or any prior taxable period is reduced below the amount of Taxes that such Persons would have been required to pay but for the Tax benefit.

 

(e)          For the avoidance of doubt, in calculating Losses actually suffered by Buyer pursuant to Section 8.2 , such Losses shall be based on Buyer’s eighty percent (80%) ownership interest in the Company.

 

(f)          Each Indemnified Party shall (and shall cause its Affiliates to) use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue all legal rights and remedies available in order to mitigate and minimize any Losses subject to indemnification pursuant to this Article 8 promptly upon becoming aware of any event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to constitute or give rise to such Losses.

 

  55  

 

 

(g)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall any Indemnifying Party be required to indemnify, defend, hold harmless, pay or reimburse any Indemnified Party for Losses under this Article 8 to the extent such Losses (i) were considered in the determination of the Final Adjustment Report pursuant to Section 2.4 , (ii) were reserved for or reflected in the Financial Statements or (iii) in the case of Sellers, resulted from the failure by Sellers or any Acquired Company to take any action prohibited by Section 5.1(b ) of this Agreement if Sellers requested the consent of Buyer to take such action and Buyer unreasonably withheld such consent.

 

(h)          For the purposes of calculating the amount of Losses related to any breach of representation or warranty other than any Excepted Representation, for the purposes of Section 8.2(a) , any qualification as to materiality, “Company Material Adverse Effect” or any other similar qualification or standard contained in Article 3 ‎ of this Agreement shall be disregarded.

 

(i)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, no Buyer Indemnified Party shall be permitted to make a Direct Claim related to any breach of any of the Contracts referenced in Section 3.13(a)(ii) .

 

Section 8.5.           Indemnification Procedures .

 

(a)          All claims for indemnification pursuant to this Article 8 shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 8.5 . A Person entitled to assert a claim for indemnification (a “ Claim ”) pursuant to this Article 8 (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give the Indemnifying Party written notice of any such Claim (a “ Claim Notice ”), which notice shall include a description in reasonable detail of (i) the basis for, and nature of, such Claim, including the facts constituting the basis for such Claim, and (ii) the estimated amount of the Losses that have been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party in connection with such Claim. Any Claim Notice shall be given by the Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party, (A) in the case of a Claim in connection with any Legal Proceeding made or brought by any Person (other than Buyer or Sellers in connection with this Agreement) against such Indemnified Party (a “ Third-Party Claim ”), promptly, but in any event not later than ten (10) Business Days, following receipt of notice of the assertion or commencement of such Legal Proceeding, and (B) in the case of a Claim other than a Third-Party Claim (a “ Direct Claim ”), promptly, but in any event not later than ten (10) Business Days, after the Indemnified Party becomes aware of the facts constituting the basis for such Direct Claim; provided , however , that no failure to give such prompt written notice shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of any of its indemnification obligations hereunder except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure. The Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party will cooperate in good faith to resolve any Direct Claim for a period of twenty (20) Business Days before commencing any Legal Proceeding in connection with such Claim. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Indemnifying Party ” means Buyer (in the case of a claim for indemnification by Sellers) or Sellers (in the case of a claim for indemnification by Buyer).

 

  56  

 

 

(b)          With respect to any Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right, by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Claim Notice with respect to such Third-Party Claim, to assume control of the defense of such Third-Party Claim at the Indemnifying Party’s expense with counsel of its choosing and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate in good faith in such defense. The Indemnified Party or Indemnifying Party, as the case may be, that is not controlling such defense shall have the right, at its own cost and expense, to participate in the defense of any Third-Party Claim with counsel selected by it; provided that in the following circumstances the Indemnifying Party shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel: (x) to the extent incurred by the Indemnified Party prior to the date that the Indemnified Party assumes control of the defense of the Third-Party Claim or (y) if the Indemnified Party is advised by counsel that (1) there is a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in the conduct of the defense of such claim or (2) there may be one or more defenses or claims available to the Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party and that could be materially adverse to the Indemnifying Party. In the case of the foregoing clause (y), the Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party reasonably informed with respect to such Third-Party Claim and cooperate with the Indemnified Party in connection therewith. If the Indemnifying Party agrees in writing not to control the defense of such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may control the defense of such Third-Party Claim with counsel of its choosing, and the Indemnifying Party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel to the Indemnified Party. Each of Buyer and Sellers shall reasonably cooperate with each other in connection with the defense of any Third-Party Claim, including by retaining and providing to the Party controlling such defense records and information that are reasonably relevant to such Third-Party Claim and making available employees on a mutually convenient basis for providing additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Indemnified Party or Indemnifying Party, as the case may be, that is controlling such defense shall keep the other Party reasonably advised of the status of such Legal Proceeding and the defense thereof.

 

(c)          The Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume or maintain control of the defense of any Third-Party Claim if (i) the Third-Party Claim relates to or arises in connection with any criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation, (ii) the Third-Party Claim seeks an injunction or equitable relief against the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates or (iii) in the case of a Buyer Indemnified Party, the amount of the Third-Party Claim, if determined in accordance with the claimant’s demands, would reasonably be expected to result in any Losses, together with all other unresolved claims for indemnification by the Buyer Indemnified Parties, that would not be available for recovery under this Article 8 (other than as a result of the application of the Sellers Indemnification Threshold).

 

(d)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) an Indemnifying Party shall not agree to any settlement of any Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, unless such settlement would (A) include a complete and unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liabilities or obligations with respect thereto, (B) not impose any liability or obligation (including any equitable remedies) on the Indemnified Party and (C) not involve a finding or admission of any wrongdoing on the part of the Indemnified Party, and (ii) an Indemnified Party shall not agree to any settlement of a Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

  57  

 

 

(e)          With respect to any Third-Party Claim that is a Tax Claim that Sellers elect to control, (i) Buyer shall have the right to participate in any such Tax Claim, which right shall include the right to receive copies of all documents furnished or received by Sellers in connection with the Tax Claim, the right to be involved in any oral communications, where practical, between any representative of Sellers and the applicable Governmental Body, the right to be consulted about all significant decisions made regarding the conduct of the Tax Claim and the right to have a reasonable opportunity to provide input to the representatives of Sellers regarding all such significant decisions at its own expense and with counsel of its own choosing, separate from counsel retained by Sellers and (ii) Sellers’ control of the defense of such Tax Claim shall not unreasonably interfere with the day-to-day operation of Buyer’s tax function (other than in connection with Buyer’s exercise of its rights to participate therein). In the event that any provision of this Section 8.5(e) is inconsistent with any provision of another clause of Section 8.5, this Section 8.5(e) shall apply.

 

Section 8.6.           Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments . All indemnification payments made under this Article 8 shall be deemed adjustments to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by applicable Law.

 

Section 8.7.           Manner of Payment . Any indemnification amount payable by the Sellers to a Buyer Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article 8 shall be paid, (x) as applicable, first, from the Indemnity Escrow Funds in the form of cash or Indemnity Escrow Shares, at Sellers’ sole election, and with respect to the Indemnity Escrow Shares, calculated based on the value of the Sellers’ Retained Shares implied by the Closing Purchase Price, after giving effect to any Recapitalization Event, and second, if the Indemnity Escrow Funds are not sufficient to satisfy such claim, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Buyer, in each case within ten (10) Business Days following the final non-appealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction of an indemnification claim pursuant to this Article 8 or (y) as otherwise mutually agreed to by Buyer and Sellers. Any indemnification amount payable by Buyer to Sellers pursuant to this Article 8 shall be payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by Sellers within ten (10) Business Days following the final non-appealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction of an indemnification claim pursuant to this Article 8 .

 

Section 8.8.           Exclusive Remedy; No Duplication; No Set-off .

 

(a)          From and after the Closing, the Parties acknowledge and agree that, with respect to any claims for Losses for which indemnification is provided hereunder, (i) this Article 8 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Buyer and Sellers in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) neither Buyer nor Sellers shall be liable or responsible in any manner whatsoever (whether for indemnification or otherwise) to any Indemnified Party for a breach of this Agreement or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the purchase of the Shares and the Management Shares pursuant hereto, except pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 8 , and (iii) each Party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, any and all rights, claims, causes of action, suits, demands and Legal Proceedings (A) for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or (B) otherwise relating to or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, in each case, that it may have against the other Party and any of such Party’s Affiliates or Representatives arising under or based upon any applicable Law, except pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 8; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 8.8(a) shall limit the rights or remedies of, or constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies by, any Person pursuant to (or shall otherwise operate to interfere with the operation of) Section 2.4 , Section 9.9 or Section 9.10) .

 

  58  

 

 

(b)          Any Losses subject to indemnification hereunder shall be determined without duplication of recovery by reason of a particular occurrence giving rise to such Losses, constituting a breach of more than one representation, warranty, covenant or other provision of this Agreement.

 

(c)          Neither Buyer nor Sellers shall have any right to set-off any unresolved claim for indemnification pursuant to this Article 8 against any payment due pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.9.           Indemnity Escrow Amount .

 

(a)          Except for any dividend or distribution made in connection with a Recapitalization Event, Sellers shall be entitled to all cash dividends and distributions on account of the Indemnity Escrow Shares.

 

(b)          Upon the occurrence of a Recapitalization Event, Sellers shall, within ten (10) Business Days of the effectiveness of such Recapitalization Event, (1) if prior to the removal of the Encumbrance created by the Collateral Trust Agreement, at Sellers’ election, either deposit in the Escrow Account additional cash or instruct the Trustee to create additional custody rights in the Shareholding Interests in favor of Buyer or (2) if after the Encumbrance created by the Collateral Trust Agreement has been removed, deposit in the Escrow Account, at Sellers’ election, additional cash and/or additional Indemnity Escrow Shares (with respect to the Indemnity Escrow Shares, calculated based on the value of the Sellers’ Retained Shares implied by the Closing Purchase Price, after giving effect to any Recapitalization Event), in each case such that the amount of the Indemnity Escrow Funds on such date shall be equal to: (i) prior to the First Release Date, $150,000,000 minus amounts then previously paid to Buyer with respect to indemnity claims pursuant to this Agreement (“ Indemnity Payments ”); (ii) on and after the First Release Date and prior to the Second Release Date, $75,000,000, plus the aggregate amount of all Losses specified in any then-unresolved indemnification claims made by any Buyer Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article 8 (the “ Pending Claims ”) and minus any Indemnity Payments; and (iii) on and after the Second Release Date, the amount of remaining Escrow Funds as of immediately prior to the Recapitalization Event.

 

(c)          Sellers may, at Sellers’ sole election and at any time that the Indemnity Escrow Shares are held in the Escrow Account, replace all or any portion of the Indemnity Escrow Shares then remaining in the Escrow Account with an amount of cash equal to the value of such Indemnity Escrow Shares, calculated based on the value of the Sellers’ Retained Shares implied by the Closing Purchase Price, after giving effect to any Recapitalization Event.

 

  59  

 

 

(d)          In the event that ownership of the Sellers’ Retained Shares is transferred pursuant to the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement, and such transfer includes any or all of the Indemnity Escrow Shares then remaining in the Escrow Account, following receipt by the Sellers of the consideration in respect of such transfer, Sellers shall replace such Indemnity Escrow Shares with an amount of cash equal to the value of such Indemnity Escrow Shares, calculated based on the value of the Sellers’ Retained Shares implied by the Closing Purchase Price, after giving effect to any Recapitalization Event.

 

Section 8.10.         Distribution of Escrow Funds .

 

(a)          Within two Business Days after the First Release Date, Sellers and Buyer shall, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, deliver joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent to distribute to Sellers out of the Indemnity Escrow Funds an amount equal to (i) $75,000,000 (with respect to the Indemnity Escrow Shares, calculated based on the value of the Sellers’ Retained Shares implied by the Closing Purchase Price, after giving effect to any Recapitalization Event) minus (ii) the aggregate amount of all Losses specified in any then-Pending Claims and minus (iii) any Indemnity Payments paid prior to the First Release Date.

 

(b)          Within two Business Days after the Second Release Date, Sellers and Buyer shall, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, deliver joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent to distribute to Sellers out of the Indemnity Escrow Funds an amount equal to (i) the remaining Escrow Funds at such time less (ii) the aggregate amount of all Losses specified in any then-Pending Claims.

 

(c)          Promptly after all Pending Claims have been resolved and satisfied, Sellers and Buyer shall, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, deliver joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent to distribute to Sellers the remaining portion of the Indemnity Escrow Funds not required to satisfy such claims.

 

Article 9

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.1.           Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, including in Section 1.1 Section 2.4 , Section 5.2 , Section 5.5 and Section 5.9 , whether or not the Closing is consummated, all costs and expenses incurred, including fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, in connection with this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be borne by the Party incurring such costs and expenses; provided , however , that, in the event this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, the obligation of each Party to bear its own costs and expenses will be subject to any rights of such Party arising from a breach of this Agreement by the other Party prior to such termination; provided , further , that, without prejudice to any other remedies that may be available to Sellers under this Agreement, in the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7.1(e) , Buyer shall be responsible for all costs and expenses of the Sellers and, prior to the Closing Date, the Company, in connection with this Agreement. Each of Buyer and Sellers shall be responsible for and pay fifty percent (50%) of any applicable stamp Taxes payable in connection with this Agreement.

 

  60  

 

 

Section 9.2.           Notices . All notices or other communications to be delivered in connection with this Agreement, including pursuant to Section 5.1 , shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly delivered, given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered by hand during normal business hours of the recipient during a Business Day, otherwise on the next Business Day, (b) on the date of successful transmission if an executed copy of such notice is sent via facsimile or email during normal business hours of the recipient during a Business Day (otherwise on the next Business Day) and so long as a receipt of such email or facsimile is requested and received, or (c) on the date of receipt by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, if received on a Business Day, otherwise on the next Business Day. Such notices or other communications must be sent to each respective Party at the address, email address or facsimile number set forth below (or at such other address, email address or facsimile number as shall be specified by a Party in a notice given in accordance with this Section 9.2 ):

 

If to Sellers: IGP Trading Corp.
  Torre Banco General, Piso 2
  Ave. Aquilino De La Guardia y Calle 5ª B Sur
  Panama City, Panama
  Facsimile: (+507) 303-5321
  Email: gchapman@empresagc.com
  Attention: Guillermo Chapman III
   
  Medios de Comunicación LTD.
  Level 1, Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 985
  Wickham’s Cay 1
  Road Town, Tortola
  British Virgin Islands, VG1110
  Email: nrevillap@medcom.com.pa
  Attention: Nicolás González Revilla P
   
  Tenedora Activa, S.A.
  Avenida Samuel Lewis, Torre Banistmo, piso 11
  Panama City, Panama
  Facsimile: (+507) 305-1363
  Email:jrbrenes@multiholding.com; erevilla@multiholding.com
  Attention: Emanuel Gonzalez Revilla, cc: Juan Ramón Brenes
   
  Telecarrier International Limited
  Chera Chambers, P.O. Box 3163
  Road Town, Tortola
  British Virgin Islands, VG1110
  Facsimile: +284-494-5687
  Email: m.heras@invbahia.com
  Attention: Miguel Heras

 

  61  

 

 

  In each case, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   
  Arias, Fábrega & Fábrega
  ARIFA Building, 10th Floor, West Boulevard, Santa Maria Business District
  Panama, Republic of Panama
  Facsimile: 507-205-7001
  Email: rarango@arifa.com
  Attention: Ricardo M. Arango
   
  Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
  One Liberty Plaza
  New York, New York, 10006
  Facsimile: +1 212 225 3999
  Email: flodell@cgsh.com
  Attention: Francesca L. Odell
   
If to Buyer: Millicom LIH S.A.
  2 rue du Fort Bourbon
  L-1249 Luxembourg
  R.C.S. Luxembourg: B 204 062
  Facsimile: +352 27 759 901
  Email: Patrick.Gill@millicom.com
  Attention: Company Secretary, Patrick Gill
   
If to Buyer Guarantor: Millicom International Cellular S.A.
  2 rue du Fort Bourbon
  L-1249 Luxembourg
  R.C.S. Luxembourg: B 204 062
  Facsimile: +352 27 759 901
  Email: Patrick.Gill@millicom.com
  Attention: Company Secretary, Patrick Gill
   
  In each case, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   
  Millicom International Services LLC
  396 Alhambra Circle, 11 th Floor
  Coral Gables, FL 33134, USA
  Facsimile: (305) 442-9567
  Email: Salvador.Escalon@millicom.com
  Attention: General Counsel, Salvador Escalon
   
  Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
  450 Lexington Avenue
  New York, New York, 10017
  Facsimile: (212) 701-5800
  Email: william.aaronson@davispolk.com
  Attention: William H. Aaronson
  62  

 

 

Section 9.3.           Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements, the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, the Confidentiality Agreement and any other agreements, instruments or documents being or to be executed and delivered by a Party or any of its Affiliates pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement constitute the sole and entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein and all inducements to the making of this Agreement relied upon by the Parties, and they supersede all other prior representations, warranties, understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.

 

Section 9.4.           Amendment . This Agreement shall not be amended, modified or supplemented except by an instrument in writing specifically designated as an amendment hereto and executed by each of the Parties.

 

Section 9.5.           Waivers . Either Party may, at any time, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other Party, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other Party contained herein or (c) waive compliance by the other Party with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. No waiver by any Party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in a written instrument executed and delivered by the Party so waiving. No waiver by any Party of any breach of this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach, whether of a similar or different character, unless expressly set forth in such written waiver. Neither any course of conduct or failure or delay of any Party in exercising or enforcing any right, remedy or power hereunder shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy or power hereunder, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right, remedy or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy or power.

 

Section 9.6.           Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced in any situation or in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other term or provision hereof or the offending term or provision in any other situation or any other jurisdiction, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either Party. Upon any such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible, in a mutually acceptable manner, in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

Section 9.7.           No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except to the extent provided in Section 5.10 (the provisions of which shall inure to the benefit of the Persons referenced therein as third-party beneficiaries of such provisions), this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party and its successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall be construed to confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable rights, benefits or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. Except to the extent provided in Section 5.10 , this Agreement may be amended or terminated, and any provision of this Agreement may be waived, in accordance with the terms hereof without the consent of any Person other than the Parties.

 

  63  

 

 

Section 9.8.           Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, and any purported assignment or delegation in contravention of this Section 9.8 shall be null and void and of no force and effect; except that Buyer may transfer or assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in whole or from time to time in part, to one or more of its Affiliates; provided that no such transfer or assignment shall relieve Buyer of its obligations hereunder or enlarge, alter or change any obligation of any other party hereto to Buyer. Subject to the preceding sentences of this Section 9.8 , this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 9.9.           Governing Law; Submission to Arbitration .

 

(a)          This Agreement and all matters, claims, controversies, disputes, suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all rights of the Parties (whether sounding in contract, tort, common or statutory law, equity or otherwise) in connection therewith, shall be interpreted, construed and governed by and in accordance with, and enforced pursuant to, the internal Laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Law of any jurisdiction other than those of the State of New York.

 

(b)          Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, its validity or termination, or the performance or breach thereof, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) in effect at the time of the arbitration, except as they may be modified herein or by agreement of the Parties. The arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators appointed in accordance with the ICC Rules, except that the presiding arbitrator shall be agreed to by the two party-appointed arbitrators, in consultation with the respective parties. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York. The proceedings shall be conducted in the English language. The Expedited Procedure Provisions of the ICC Rules shall not apply. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final and binding on the parties. Judgment on the award may be entered and the award may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the arbitration provisions set forth herein, and any arbitration conducted thereunder, shall be governed exclusively by the Federal Arbitration Act, Title 9 United States Code, to the exclusion of any state or municipal law of arbitration.

 

  64  

 

 

(c)          The Parties agree that an arbitral tribunal appointed hereunder may exercise jurisdiction with respect to both this Agreement and any other Transaction Agreements (the “Related Agreements”). The Parties consent to the consolidation of arbitrations commenced hereunder and/or under the Related Agreements as follows. If two or more arbitrations are commenced hereunder and/or under the Related Agreements, any party named as claimant or respondent in any of these arbitrations may petition any arbitral tribunal appointed in these arbitrations for an order that the several arbitrations be consolidated in a single arbitration before that arbitral tribunal (a “ Consolidation Order ”). In deciding whether to make such a Consolidation Order, that arbitral tribunal shall consider (i) whether the several arbitrations raise common issues of law or fact and whether to consolidate the several arbitrations would serve the interests of justice and efficiency and (ii) whether any Party would be materially prejudiced as a result of such consolidation through undue delay or otherwise. If before a Consolidation Order is made by an arbitral tribunal with respect to another arbitration, arbitrators have already been appointed in that other arbitration, their appointment terminates upon the making of such Consolidation Order and they are deemed to be functus officio. In the event of two or more conflicting Consolidation Orders, the Consolidation Order that was made first in time shall prevail.

 

(d)          Except as may be required by applicable Law or court order or this Agreement, neither Party may disclose the existence, content or results of the arbitration without the prior written consent of the other Parties, except that nothing herein shall prevent any party from disclosing information regarding such arbitration for purposes of proceedings to enforce this clause or to enforce the award or for purposes of seeking provisional remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction. The Parties further agree to use their reasonable best efforts to cause the arbitrators to maintain confidentiality of the arbitration.

 

Section 9.10.         Remedies .

 

(a)          Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a Party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy expressly conferred hereby, and the exercise by a Party of any one such remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other such remedy.

 

(b)          The Parties agree that irreparable damage and harm would occur in the event that any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its terms and that, although monetary damages may be available for such a breach, monetary damages would be an inadequate remedy therefor. Accordingly, each of the Parties agrees that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement by such Party, the other Party shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent or restrain breaches or threatened breaches hereof and to specifically enforce the terms and provisions hereof. A Party seeking an order or injunction to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof shall not be required to provide, furnish or post any bond or other security in connection with or as a condition to obtaining any such order or injunction, and each Party hereby irrevocably waives any right it may have to require the provision, furnishing or posting of any such bond or other security. In the event that any Legal Proceeding should be brought in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, each Party agrees that it shall not allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy available at law.

 

(c)          If either Party brings a Legal Proceeding to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions of this Agreement (other than a Legal Proceeding to enforce specifically any provision that expressly survives termination of this Agreement) when expressly available to such Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Termination Date shall automatically be extended to the later of (i) the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the resolution of such Legal Proceeding or (ii) such other time period established by the court presiding over such Legal Proceeding.

 

  65  

 

 

Section 9.11.         Transfer Taxes . Except as set forth in Section 9.1 with respect to any stamp Taxes payable in connection with this Agreement, all excise, sales, use, value-added, transfer (including real property transfer), stamp, documentary, filing, recordation, registration and other similar taxes, together with any interest or penalties thereon, resulting directly from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (“ Transfer Taxes ”) shall be borne fifty percent (50%) by Buyer, on the one hand, and fifty (50%) by Sellers, on the other hand, and Sellers will file all necessary Tax returns and other documentation with respect to all such Transfer Taxes, fees and charges, and, if required by applicable Law, Buyer will join in the execution of any such Tax returns and other documentation. Buyer will promptly pay to Sellers their portion of the Transfer Taxes reflected on such Tax returns, and in any case within five (5) days after the filing of such Tax returns.

 

Section 9.12.         Capital Gains Tax .

 

(a)          Within ten (10) days following the Closing, Buyer shall pay the Capital Gains Tax with respect to the Closing Purchase Price and the Foreign Advisor Fees, withheld by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(i)(A) , to the applicable Panamanian Governmental Body ( Dirección General de Ingresos – Ministerio de Economía y Finanzas ), such payment to include the filing of the Deed of Transfer. Buyer shall deliver to Sellers the original receipt of payment of such Capital Gains Tax within two (2) Business Days of such payment.

 

(b)          Within ten (10) days following the payment of any Additional Payment Amount by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.4(d)(i) , Buyer shall pay the Capital Gains Tax in respect of such Additional Payment Amount to the applicable Panamanian Governmental Body ( Dirección General de Ingresos – Ministerio de Economía y Finanzas ). Buyer shall deliver to Sellers the original receipt of payment of such Capital Gains Tax within two (2) Business Days of such payment.

 

Section 9.13.         Post-Closing Tax Matters . After the Closing, Buyer shall be responsible for causing the Acquired Companies to prepare any tax returns for the Acquired Companies for a taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on the Closing Date. Such tax returns shall be prepared consistent with past practice unless otherwise required by applicable Law. To the extent that Buyer and Sellers agree that any such tax returns include Taxes for which Buyer is entitled to indemnification against Sellers pursuant to ‎ Section 8.2 of this Agreement (“ Agreed Sellers Taxes ”), Buyer shall deliver a draft of such tax returns to Sellers at least thirty (30) days prior to the due date for filing such tax returns (taking into account available extensions), and shall include all reasonable comments made by Sellers with respect to Agreed Sellers Taxes that are delivered to Buyer at least five (5) days prior to such due date.

 

  66  

 

 

Section 9.14.         Interpretation; Construction .

 

(a)          The table of contents, articles, titles and headings to sections herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Disclosure Schedules” and “Exhibits” are intended to refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement and Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement. The Sellers Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein. Any capitalized terms used in the Sellers Disclosure Schedules or any Exhibit but not otherwise defined therein shall be defined as set forth in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires.

 

(b)          For purposes of this Agreement: (i) “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation;” (ii) “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (iii) “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other item extends and shall not simply mean “if;” (iv) “Dollars” and “$” shall mean United States Dollars; (v) the singular includes the plural and vice versa; (vi) reference to a gender includes the other gender; (vii) “any” shall mean “any and all;” (viii) “or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or;” (ix) reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended, supplemented and modified in effect from time to time in accordance with its terms; and (x) reference to any Law means such Law as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(c)          Neither the specification of any dollar amount in any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement nor the inclusion of any specific item in the Sellers Disclosure Schedules is intended to imply that such amount, or higher or lower amounts, or the item so included or other items, are or are not material, and no Party shall use the fact of the setting forth of any such amount or the inclusion of any such item in any dispute or controversy between the Parties as to whether any obligation, item or matter not described herein or included in the Sellers Disclosure Schedules is or is not material for purposes of this Agreement. Unless this Agreement specifically provides otherwise, neither the specification of any item or matter in any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement nor the inclusion of any specific item in the Sellers Disclosure Schedules is intended to imply that such item or matter, or other items or matters, are or are not in the ordinary course of business, and no Party shall use the fact of the setting forth or the inclusion of any such item or matter in any dispute or controversy between the Parties as to whether any obligation, item or matter not described herein or included in the Sellers Disclosure Schedules is or is not in the ordinary course of business for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(d)          The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement with the benefit of competent legal representation, and the language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the Parties to express their mutual intent. In the event that an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either Party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions hereof.

 

  67  

 

 

(e)          References to any document or information having been “made available” by Sellers to Buyer shall include Sellers or their Representatives having posted any such document or information to the Data Room or otherwise having made a copy of such document or information available (electronically or otherwise) prior to the execution hereof (subject to any redaction (in good faith) reasonably deemed necessary or appropriate by Sellers of information contained therein; provided that, upon Buyer’s request, Sellers use reasonable best efforts to lessen such redactions).

 

(f)          The Sellers Disclosure Schedules shall be arranged in sections that correspond to the sections of this Agreement and reference in a particular Section of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules shall only be deemed to be an exception to (or, as applicable, a disclosure for purposes of) the representations and warranties of the Sellers that are contained in the corresponding Section of this Agreement; provided , however , that the disclosure of any information in any Section of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules shall also constitute disclosure for purposes of all other sections of this Agreement with respect to which such disclosure is applicable or relevant or reasonably apparent on its face.

 

Section 9.15.         Counterparts and Electronic Signatures; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which, when taken together, shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement or document. A signed copy of this Agreement transmitted by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original executed copy of this Agreement for all purposes. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by all of the other parties hereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

 

Section 9.16.         Releases . As of the Closing (but only if the Closing actually occurs), (a) each of Buyer and its Subsidiaries (including, as of immediately following the Closing, the Acquired Companies) (each, a “ Releasing Buyer Person ”), hereby releases and forever discharges Sellers and each of their Affiliates, successors, assigns, former, current or future direct or indirect stockholders, equity holders, controlling persons, portfolio companies, directors, officers, employees, incorporators, managers, members, trustees, general or limited partners, agents, attorneys or other Representatives (in each case, solely in their capacities as such) (each, a “ Released Sellers Person ”) from all debts, demands, causes of action, suits, covenants, torts, damages and any and all claims, defenses, offsets, judgments, demands and liabilities whatsoever, of every name and nature, both at law and in equity, known or unknown, accrued or unaccrued, that have been or could have been asserted against any Released Sellers Person, that any Releasing Buyer Person has or ever had, that arises out of or in any way relates to events, circumstances or actions occurring, existing or taken prior to or as of the Closing Date in respect of matters relating to the Acquired Companies, and (b) each of Sellers and its Subsidiaries (each, a “ Releasing Sellers Person ”), hereby releases and forever discharges Buyer and each of its Affiliates (including, as of immediately following the Closing, the Acquired Companies), successors, assigns, former, current or future direct or indirect stockholders, equity holders, controlling persons, portfolio companies, directors, officers, employees, incorporators, managers, members, trustees, general or limited partners, agents, attorneys or other Representatives (in each case, solely in their capacities as such) (each, a “ Released Buyer Person ”) from all debts, demands, causes of action, suits, covenants, torts, damages and any and all claims, defenses, offsets, judgments, demands and liabilities whatsoever, of every name and nature, both at law and in equity, known or unknown, accrued or unaccrued, that have been or could have been asserted against any Released Buyer Person, that any Releasing Sellers Person has or ever had, that arises out of or in any way relates to events, circumstances or actions occurring, existing or taken prior to or as of the Closing Date in respect of matters relating to the Acquired Companies; provided , however , that the Parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 9.16 does not apply to and shall not constitute a release of any rights or obligations to the extent arising under (i) this Agreement, any other Transaction Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of either Party pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) any of the agreements set forth in Schedule 9.16 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules.

 

  68  

 

 

Section 9.17.          Nonrecourse . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement may only be enforced against, and any Legal Proceeding that may be based upon, arise out of, or relate to this Agreement, the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, may only be brought against each Person that is expressly named as a Party in such Person’s capacity as such, and only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such Party, and no former, current or future direct or indirect stockholders, equity holders, controlling persons, portfolio companies, directors, officers, employees, incorporators, managers, members, trustees, general or limited partners, Affiliates, agents, attorneys or other Representatives of any Party or of any Affiliate of any Party, or any of their successors or permitted assigns, shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of any Party under this Agreement or for any claim or other Legal Proceeding (whether at law or in equity, in tort, contract or otherwise) based on, in respect of or by reason of the transactions contemplated hereby or in respect of any covenants, representations, warranties or statements (whether written or oral, express or implied) made or alleged to have been made in connection herewith.

 

Section 9.18.          Buyer Guarantee .

 

(a)          Buyer Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to Sellers the prompt and full discharge by Buyer of all of Buyer’s covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities under this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, including the due and punctual payment of all amounts which are or may become due and payable by Buyer hereunder and thereunder when and as the same shall become due and payable (collectively, the “ Buyer Obligations ”), in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. Buyer Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to all Buyer Obligations to pay money, such guaranty shall be a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection and shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit of any remedies against Buyer. If Buyer shall default in the due and punctual performance of any Buyer Obligation, including the full and timely payment of any amount due and payable pursuant to any Buyer Obligation, Buyer Guarantor will forthwith perform or cause to be performed such Buyer Obligation and will forthwith make full payment of any amount due with respect thereto at its sole cost and expense.

 

(b)          The obligations of Buyer Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, present and continuing and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by:

 

  69  

 

 

(i)          any bankruptcy proceeding involving Buyer or Buyer’s Affiliates or any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up the affairs of, or termination of the existence of, Buyer or any of its other Affiliates or any circumstance which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor;

 

(ii)         any modification, amendment, restatement, waiver or rescission of, or any consent to the departure from, any of the terms of any Transaction Agreement (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Buyer Guarantor’s obligations shall be with respect to the Buyer Obligations as so modified, amended, restated, waived or rescinded);

 

(iii)         any change in the corporate structure or ownership of Buyer;

 

(iv)        the existence of any defense, set-off or other rights that Buyer Guarantor may have at any time against Buyer or Sellers (or their respective Affiliates) or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or any unrelated transactions; or

 

(v)         any other act or failure to act or delay of any kind by Buyer or any of its Affiliates.

 

(c)          Buyer Guarantor hereby waives any right, whether legal or equitable, statutory or non-statutory, to require Sellers to proceed against or take any action against or pursue any remedy with respect to Buyer or any other Person or make presentment, protest or demand for performance or give any notice of nonperformance before Sellers may enforce their rights hereunder against Buyer Guarantor, and no such act or omission of any kind shall in any way affect or impair this guarantee.

 

(d)          The guarantee provided by the Buyer Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective, or be automatically reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment or performance or any part thereof, of any of the obligations guaranteed hereunder, is rescinded or must otherwise be restored, returned or rejected upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Buyer or any Affiliate thereof, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Buyer or any of its Affiliates, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.

 

(e)          Buyer Guarantor hereby makes the representations and warranties in Sections 4.1 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4, mutatis mutandis , with respect to its obligations under this Section 9.18 .

 

(f)          The guarantee provided by the Buyer Guarantor hereunder may not be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Sellers, and any purported assignment or transfer in contravention of this Section 9.18 shall be null and void and of no force and effect.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

  70  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

  IGP Trading Corp.
     
  By: /s/ Guillermo Chapman III
    Name: Guillermo Chapman III
    Title:

 

  Medios de Comunicacion LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Nicolás González Revilla Jurado
    Name: Nicolás González Revilla Jurado
    Title:

 

  Tenedora Activa, S.A.
     
  By: /s/ Ramón Brenes
    Name: Ramón Brenes
    Title:

 

  Telecarrier International Limited
     
  By: /s/ Miguel Heras Castro
    Name: Miguel Heras Castro
    Title:

 

[Signature page to Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  Millicom LIH S.A.
     
  By:

/s/ Patrick Gill

    Name: Patrick Gill
    Title: Director
     
  By: /s/ Justine Dimovic
    Name: Justine Dimovic
    Title: Group Treasurer

 

  Millicom International Cellular S.A.
     
  (Solely for the purposes of Section 9.18)
     
  By: /s/ Justine Dimovic
    Name: Justine Dimovic
    Title: Group Treasurer
     
  By: /s/ Patrick Gill
    Name: Patrick Gill
    Title: Company Secretary

 

[Signature page to Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

   

Exhibit 4.5

 

Clifford Chance LLP

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

DATED 7 OCTOBER 2018

 

US$ 1,000,000,000

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

FOR

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

ARRANGED BY

 

BNP Paribas Fortis SA/NV

 

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

 

J.P. Morgan Securities plc

 

The Bank of Nova Scotia

 

WITH

 

The Bank of Nova Scotia

 

ACTING AS AGENT

 

 

 

bridge TERM FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

Clause   Page
       
1. Definitions and Interpretation   1
       
2. The Facility   32
       
3. Purpose   34
       
4. Conditions of Utilisation   35
       
5. Utilisation - Loans   37
       
6. Repayment   39
       
7. Prepayment and Cancellation   40
       
8. Interest   47
       
9. Interest Periods   48
       
10. Changes to the Calculation of Interest   49
       
11. Fees   50
       
12. Tax Gross Up and Indemnities   51
       
13. Increased Costs   56
       
14. Other Indemnities   58
       
15. Mitigation by the Lenders   60
       
16. Costs and Expenses   60
       
17. Guarantee and Indemnity   62
       
18. Representations   65
       
19. Information Undertakings   70
       
20. Financial Covenants   75
       
21. General Undertakings   82
       
22. Events of Default   87
       
23. Changes to the Lenders   92
       
24. Changes to the Obligors   97
       
25. Role of the Agent and the Arranger   99
       
26. Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties   105
       
27. Sharing among the Finance Parties   106
       
28. Payment Mechanics   108
       
29. Set-off   112
       
30. Notices   112
       
31. Calculations and Certificates   114
       
32. Partial Invalidity   114
       
33. Remedies and Waivers   115
       
34. Amendments and Waivers   115
       

 

 

 

35. Confidentiality   120
       
36. Confidentiality of Reference Bank Rates   124
       
37. Counterparts   125
       
38. Governing Law   126
       
39. Enforcement   126
       
Schedule 1 The Original Parties   127
     
Part I The Original Obligors   127
     
Part II The Original Lenders   128
     
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent   129
     
Part I Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation   129
     
Part II Conditions Precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Borrower   131
     
Schedule 3 Requests   132
     
Part I Utilisation Request   132
     
Part II Selection Notice   133
     
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate   134
     
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement   136
     
Schedule 6 Form of Accession Letter   139
     
Schedule 7 Form of Resignation Letter   140
     
Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate   141
     
Schedule 9 LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking   142
     
Schedule 10 Timetables   148
     
Schedule 11 Form of Increase Confirmation   149
     
Schedule 12 Form of Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice   151

 

 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 7 October 2018 and made

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A. , a company ( société anonyme ) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B. 40.630 (the " Company ");

 

(2) THE COMPANIES listed in Part I of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as original borrowers (the " Original Borrowers ");

 

(3) THE COMPANY listed in Part I of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as guarantor (the " Guarantor ");

 

(4) BNP Paribas Fortis SA/NV, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, J.P. Morgan Securities plc and The Bank of Nova Scotia as coordinators and bookrunning mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together the " Arranger ");

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as lenders (the " Original Lenders "); and

 

(6) THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA as agent of the other Finance Parties (the " Agent ").

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

" Acceptable Bank " means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A- or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A3 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency.

 

" Accession Letter " means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Accession Letter ).

 

" Acquired Debt " has the meaning given to the term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial Definitions ).

 

" Acquisition " means the acquisition by the Purchaser of the Target Shares on the terms of the Acquisition Documents.

 

  - 1 -  

 

 

" Acquisition Agreement " means the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the date of this Agreement, among Medios de Comunicación (BVI) LTD. and Telecarrier International Ltd. (together, the " Sellers ") and Millicom LIH S.A., as purchaser (the " Purchaser "), relating to the sale and purchase of the Target Shares.

 

" Acquisition Costs " means all fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration and other Taxes incurred by the Company or any other member of the Group in connection with the Acquisition or the Acquisition Documents.

 

" Acquisition Closing Date " means the date on which the initial cash consideration is due to Target shareholders pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

 

" Acquisition Documents " means the Acquisition Agreement and any other document designated as an " Acquisition Document " by the Agent and the Company.

 

" Additional Borrower " means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

" Affiliate " means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

" Annual Report " means the Millicom Annual Report 2017.

 

" Assignment Agreement " means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

" Authorisation " means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

 

" Availability Period " means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling six Months after the date of this Agreement.

 

" Available Commitment " means, in relation to the Facility, a Lender's Commitment minus (subject as set out below):

 

(a) the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under the Facility; and

 

(b) in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any other Loans that are due to be made under the Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

" Available Facility " means, in relation to the Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment.

 

" Borrower " means an Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

" Break Costs " means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds:

 

(b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

" Business Day " means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, New York, Stockholm and Luxembourg.

 

" Capital Lease Obligation " means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of real or personal property of such person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the face of a statement of financial position of such person in accordance with IFRS. The stated maturity of such obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. The principal amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalised amount thereof that would appear on the face of a statement of financial position of such person in accordance with IFRS.

 

" Capital Stock " of any person means any and all shares, interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock or other equity participation, including partnership interests, whether general or limited, of such person.

 

" Cash Equivalents " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Certain Funds Period " means the period from and including the date of this Agreement (inclusive) to and including the date falling 45 days after the Acquisition Closing Date.

 

" Certain Funds Utilisation " means a Loan made or to be made during the Certain Funds Period.

 

" Change of Control " means:

 

(a) any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than Kinnevik AB or its Related Parties) gains direct or indirect control of the Company. For the purposes of this definition:

 

(i) " control " of the Company means the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company; and

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

(ii) " acting in concert " means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively cooperate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Company.

 

(b) the direct or indirect sale, leasing, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of a Merger) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Group, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; or

 

(c) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company.

 

" Clean-Up Default " means an Event of Default in respect of any member of the Target Group.

 

" Clean-Up Undertaking " means any of the undertakings of any member of the Target Group under Clause 21 (General Undertakings) (other than Clauses 21.13 ( Anti-corruption law or 21.14 ( Sanctions )) .

 

" Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

" Commitment " means:

 

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading "Commitment" in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ); and

 

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ),

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ).

 

" Confidential Information " means all information relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, the Target, the Target Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

(a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  - 4 -  

 

 

(b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

(i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 35 ( Confidentiality ); or

 

(ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; or

 

(iv) is a Reference Bank Quotation.

 

" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 9 ( LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking ) or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

" Consolidated EBITDA " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Consolidated Interest Expense " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Consolidated Net Debt " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Cross Acceleration " means any Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is cancelled, or declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

"Cross Payment Default " means any event of default (howsoever described) arising from a failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay any Debt when due or within any originally applicable grace period.

 

" CTA " means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

 

  - 5 -  

 

 

" Debt " means (without duplication), with respect to any person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such person and whether or not contingent:

 

(a) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such person for money borrowed;

 

(b) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses;

 

(c) every reimbursement obligation of such person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such person (but only to the extent such obligations are not reimbursed within 30 days following receipt by such person of a demand for reimbursement);

 

(d) every obligation of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (including securities repurchase agreements but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business and excluding purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the applicable seller and, in connection with the purchase by any member of the Group of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing statement of financial position or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing) where the deferred payment is arranged primarily as a means of raising finance, which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

(e) every Capital Lease Obligation of such person;

 

(f) all Redeemable Stock issued by such person;

 

(g) the net obligation of such person under Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements of such person; and

 

(h) every obligation of the type referred to in paragraphs (a) through (g) of another person and all dividends of another person the payment of which, in either case, such person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise.

 

The " amount " or " principal amount " of Debt at any time of determination as used herein represented by (A) any Debt issued at a price that is less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS, (B) any Redeemable Stock, shall be the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price in respect thereof and (C) any Debt that has been cash-collateralised, to the extent so cash collateralised, shall be excluded from any calculation of Debt. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, for all purposes under this Agreement, the amount of Debt incurred, repaid, redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by a member of the Group shall equal the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS and reflected on the Company's consolidated statement of financial position.

 

  - 6 -  

 

 

The term " Debt " shall not include:

 

(i) obligations described in paragraphs (a), (b) or (h) of the first paragraph of this definition of Debt that are incurred by a member of the Group (the " Proceeds Recipient ") and owed to a bank or other lending institution (the " On-Lend Bank ") to facilitate the substantially concurrent on-lending of proceeds (the " Proceeds On-Loan ") from Debt incurred by the Company or any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) as permitted by paragraph (a) ( Net Leverage Ratio ) of Clause 20.2 ( Financial condition ) (the " Initial Debt ") to the extent (A) the principal obligations in respect of the Proceeds On-Loan are secured by security over cash granted in favour of the On-Lend Bank or any of its Affiliates in an amount not less than the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan, (B) the Proceeds On-Loan is put in place substantially concurrently with a loan by any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) to the On-Lend Bank (the " On-Lend Bank Borrowing ") pursuant to which the Proceeds Recipient is entitled to reduce the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan by an amount equal to the principal amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing if a default or acceleration occurs with respect to such On-Lend Bank Borrowing, or (C) the substantial risks and rewards of the Proceeds On-Loan are transferred, using a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement, from the On-Lend Bank to any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) in exchange for an amount not less than (x) the amount of cash granted in favour of the On-Lend Bank or any of its Affiliates, or (y) the outstanding amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing, as applicable, in each case as at the effective date of such transfer;

 

(ii) any liability of the Company or any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) attributable to a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement described in paragraph (i)(C) above to the extent such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS and recorded as a current liability on the Company's consolidated statement of financial position;

 

(iii) any Restricted MFS Cash;

 

(iv) any liability of the Company attributable to a put option or similar instrument, arrangement or agreement entered into after the date of this Agreement granted by the Company relating to an interest in any other entity, in each case to the extent such option has not been exercised or such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS, and recorded as a current liability on the Company's consolidated statement of financial position;

 

  - 7 -  

 

 

(v) any standby letter of credit, performance bond or surety bond provided by a member of the Group that is customary in the Permitted Business to the extent such letters of credit or bonds are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, are honored in accordance with their terms; and

 

(vi) any intercompany debt or other liability from the Company to Subsidiaries or from Subsidiaries to the Company.

 

" Default " means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 22 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

" Defaulting Lender " means any Lender:

 

(a) which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation );

 

(b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document;

 

(c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(d) an Affiliate of which is a Defaulting Lender,

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A) administrative or technical error; or

 

(B) a Disruption Event, and

 

payment is made within 5 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

" Disclosed Investigation " means any investigation by the International Commission against Impunity in Guatemala (" CICIG "), or by any governmental, regulatory or law enforcement entities, of certain payments that were or may have been made by or on behalf of the Company's joint venture in Guatemala and the investigation into alleged illegal campaign financing announced by CICIG on July 14, 2017, and any facts and circumstances relating thereto

 

" Disruption Event " means either or both of:

 

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  - 8 -  

 

 

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

" Engagement Letter " means the letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arranger (or their Affiliates), the Company and others.

 

" Environmental Claim " means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 

" Environmental Law " means any applicable law in any jurisdiction in which any member of the Group conducts business which relates to the pollution or protection of the environment or harm to or the protection of human health or the health of animals or plants.

 

" Environmental Permits " means any permit, licence, consent, approval and other authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by the relevant member of the Group.

 

" Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 22 ( Events of Default ).

 

" Extension Fee " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 11.5 ( Extension fee ).

 

" Facility " means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).

 

" Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

" Fair Market Value " means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm's length free market transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Company's Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or responsible accounting or financial officer.

 

  - 9 -  

 

 

" FATCA " means:

 

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

(b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

" FATCA Application Date " means:

 

(a) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

(b) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or

 

(c) in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

" Fee Letter " means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arrangers and the Company (or the Agent and the Company) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

" Finance Document " means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter and any other document designated as a "Finance Document" by the Agent and the Company.

 

" Finance Party " means the Agent, the Arrangers or a Lender.

 

" Financial Quarter " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

  - 10 -  

 

 

" Financial Year " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Government Securities " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Group " means the Company and its Subsidiaries (including, from the Acquisition Closing Date, the Target and each of its Subsidiaries) for the time being.

 

" Holding Company " means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

" IFRS " means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

" Impaired Agent " means the Agent at any time when:

 

(a) it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

(b) the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

(c) (if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of "Defaulting Lender"; or

 

(d) an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent;

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A) administrative or technical error; or

 

(B) a Disruption Event; and

 

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii) the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

" Increase Confirmation " means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 11 ( Form of Increase Confirmation ).

 

" Increase Lender " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

 

" Insolvency Event " in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

(a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

(b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  - 11 -  

 

 

(c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(d) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

(e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

(i) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

(ii) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

(f) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

(g) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

(h) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

(i) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or

 

(j) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

" Intellectual Property " means:

 

(a) any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, knowhow and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and

 

  - 12 -  

 

 

(b) the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist).

 

" Interest Cover " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Interest Period " means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

 

" Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement " of any person means any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financial agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices or indices (excluding contracts for the purchase or sale of goods in the ordinary course of business).

 

" Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to LIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

 

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan.

 

" Investment " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" ITA " means the Income Tax Act 2007.

 

" Joint Venture " means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other entity.

 

" Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Lender " means:

 

(a) any Original Lender; and

 

(b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2. ( Increase ) or Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  - 13 -  

 

 

" LIBOR " means, in relation to any Loan:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

 

(c) if:

 

(i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Loan; or

 

(ii) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

 

the Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

" Lien " means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, encumbrance, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

" LMA " means the Loan Market Association.

 

" Loan " means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

" Major Default " means, with respect to the Company and any Obligor only, any circumstances constituting:

 

(a) an Event of Default under Clause 22.1 ( Non-Payment ), insofar as it relates to non-payment of principal and interest or fees due and payable pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) provided that for the purposes of this definition and Clause 4.3 ( Certain Funds Period ), such payments shall be irrevocably deemed made when received by the Agent;

 

(b) a Default under paragraph (a) of Clause 22.3 ( Other obligations ) in so far as it relates to a breach of:

 

(i) Clause 21.3 ( Negative pledge );

 

(ii) Clause 21.4 ( Disposals );

 

(iii) Clause 21.6 ( Pari passu ranking ); or

 

(iv) Clause 21.20 ( Dividends );

 

  - 14 -  

 

 

(c) a Default under paragraph (b) of Clause 22.3 ( Other obligations ) in so far as it relates to a breach of:

 

(i) Clause 21.7 ( Change of business );

 

(ii) Clause 21.13 ( Anti-corruption law ); or

 

(iii) Clause 21.14 ( Sanctions );

 

(d) a Default under Clause 22.4 ( Misrepresentation ) insofar as it relates to a breach of any Major Representation (unless the breach of the Major Representation is capable of remedy and is remedied within 21 days of the earlier of: (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company; and (B) the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply);

 

(e) an Event of Default under Clause 22.6 ( Insolvency );

 

(f) an Event of Default under Clause 22.7 ( Insolvency Proceedings );

 

(g) an Event of Default under Clause 22.11 ( Unlawfulness ); and

 

(h) an Event of Default under Clause 22.12 ( Repudiation ),

 

provided that any reference to the Group made (directly or by cross reference to other Clauses) in the paragraphs above will exclude in any event members of the Target Group.

 

" Major Representation " means, with respect to the Company and any Obligor only (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt the Target and any member of the Target Group), a representation or warranty under any of the following Clauses (exclusively):

 

(a) Clause 18.1 ( Status );

 

(b) Clause 18.2 ( Binding Obligations );

 

(c) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of Clause 18.3 ( Non-Conflict with Other Obligations );

 

(d) Clause 18.4 ( Power and Authority );

 

(e) Clause 18.5 ( Validity and Admissibility in Evidence );

 

(f) Clause 18.6 ( Governing law and enforcement );

 

(g) Clause 18.7 ( Insolvency );

 

(h) Clause 18.13 ( Pari passu ranking );

 

(i) Clause 18.17 ( Anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws and regulations );

 

(j) Clause 18.18 ( Sanctions ); and

 

(k) Clause 18.20 ( Acquisition arrangements ).

 

  - 15 -  

 

 

" Major Target Default " means, with respect to the Target only, any circumstances constituting:

 

(a) an Event of Default under Clause 22.6 ( Insolvency ); and

 

(b) an Event of Default under Clause 22.7 ( Insolvency Proceedings ).

 

" Majority Lenders " means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).

 

" Mandatory Prepayment Event " means any event of default, howsoever described, (other than a Cross Payment Default), taking into account any originally applicable grace periods, which occurs under any agreement relating to any Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

" Margin " means:

 

Period from the date of this
Agreement

 

Margin

% p.a.

 
0 to 3 Months     1.50  
4 to 6 Months     2.00  
7 to 9 Months     2.50  
10 to 12 Months     3.00  
12 to 15 Months     3.50  
15 to 18 Months     4.00  

 

" Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, operations, assets, or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole;

 

(b) the ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under the Finance Documents in any material respect; or

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

" Material Company " means:

 

(a) an Obligor;

 

(b) a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

  - 16 -  

 

 

(c) any other Subsidiaries which are not Significant Subsidiaries but where taken together, account for more than 10 per cent. of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group or consolidated revenues of the Group, or whose assets, taken together, represent more than 10 per cent. of the assets of the Group.

 

" Merger " means:

 

(a) an amalgamation, merger, consolidation of the Company with another person; or

 

(b) the direct or indirect conveyance, transfer, sale, leasing or otherwise disposal by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets to any other person,

 

other than pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation.

 

" Minority Shareholder Loan " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Month " means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

" Net Leverage Ratio " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Net Proceeds " means cash proceeds actually received by a member of the Group, net of all related fees, costs commissions, expenses and Taxes in each case incurred by a member of the Group with respect to the transaction giving rise to the relevant Net Proceeds.

 

" New Lender " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ).

 

" Obligor " means a Borrower or the Guarantor.

 

" Original Financial Statements " means in relation to the Company, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the Financial Year ended 31 December 2017.

 

  - 17 -  

 

 

" Original Obligor " means an Original Borrower or the Guarantor.

 

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

 

" Permitted Business " means:

 

(a) any business, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any member of the Group on the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) any business, services and activities that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing, or are extensions or developments thereof, including, without limitation, broadband internet, network-related services, cable television, broadcast content, network neutral services, electronic transactional, financial and commercial services related to provision of telephony or internet services.

 

" Permitted Discontinuance of Property Maintenance " means the discontinuance of the operation or maintenance of the properties of any member of the Group if such discontinuance is, in the Company's judgment, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of such member of the Group, and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

" Permitted Disposal " means:

 

(a) any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal:

 

(i) of any asset for which an agreement to effect such sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal was entered into prior to the date of this Agreement and disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) of damaged, worn-out, obsolete or redundant assets for fair value;

 

(iii) of any asset by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading;

 

(iv) of any asset by a member of the Group to another member of the Group;

 

(v) of any asset in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality;

 

(vi) of Cash Equivalents for cash or in exchange for other Cash Equivalents;

 

(vii) of any asset constituted by a licence of intellectual property rights permitted by Clause 21.18 ( Intellectual Property );

 

(viii) of any asset to a Joint Venture, to the extent permitted by Clause 21.9 ( Joint Ventures ); or

 

(ix) arising as a result of any Permitted Lien;

 

  - 18 -  

 

 

(x) of assets which are seized, expropriated or acquired by compulsory purchase by or by the order of any central or local government authority;

 

(b) any Specified Subsidiary Sale;

 

(c) the disposal of Capital Stock of the Company held by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(d) the disposal of any asset at Fair Market Value, provided that the proceeds of such disposal are:

 

(i) reinvested in assets to be used for the business of the Group as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within six months of receipt; and

 

(ii) certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company as having been so reinvested in the next Compliance Certificate delivered to the Agent following the expiry of the relevant six month period.

 

(e) any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal of assets for cash where the higher of the book value and net consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the book value and net consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal) does not exceed US$ 150,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in total during the term of this Agreement and does not exceed US$ 75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in any Financial Year of the Company; and

 

(f) the disposal of up to 25 per cent. of the outstanding ordinary shares or other Capital Stock of any of the Subsidiaries of the Company organised or operating in Tanzania in a public offering and listing on the Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange or any other exchange approved by the Company;

 

(g) any disposal made with the prior written consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

" Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement " means any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions in the ordinary course of business that is designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates and which shall have a notional amount no greater than the payments due with respect to the Debt being hedged thereby, or in the case of currency or commodity protection agreements against currency exchange or commodity price fluctuations in the ordinary course of business relating to then existing financial obligations and not for purposes of speculation.

 

" Permitted Joint Venture " means any Joint Venture where:

 

(a) the Joint Venture is incorporated, or established, and carries on its principle business in a jurisdiction and territory that is not a Sanctioned Country;

 

  - 19 -  

 

 

(b) the Joint Venture is engaged in a business substantially the same as that carried on by the Group; and

 

(c) in any Financial Year of the Company, the aggregate of:

 

(i) the contingent liabilities of any member of the Group under any guarantee given in respect of the liabilities of any Joint Venture; and

 

(ii) the net book value of any assets transferred by any member of the Group to any Joint Venture,

 

does not exceed US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

" Permitted Lien " means:

 

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges, or levies on the property of any member of the Group if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceeds promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made therefor;

 

(b) Liens imposed by law, such as statutory Liens of landlords', carriers', materialmen's, repairmen's, construction, warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of any member of the Group arising in the ordinary course of trading or Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law business relating to attorneys' liens or bankers' liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution;

 

(c) Liens on the property of any member of the Group incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance bids, trade contracts, letters of credit, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice, in each case which are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the business of the Group taken as a whole;

 

(d) Liens on property at the time a member of the Group acquired such property and Liens incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction pursuant to which such property was acquired by a member of the Group, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the relevant member of the Group;

 

  - 20 -  

 

 

(e) Liens on the property or the Capital Stock of a person at the time such person becomes a member of the Group; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property or Capital Stock of any member of the Group that is not a direct, or, prior to such time, indirect Subsidiary of such person; provided further, however, that any such Lien was not incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such person became a member of the Group;

 

(f) pledges or deposits by any member of the Group under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which any member of the Group is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of a member of the Group or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(h) any provision for the retention of title to any property by the vendor or transferor of such property which property is acquired by a member of the Group in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the relevant member of the Group and for which kind of transaction it is customary market practice for such retention of title provision to be included;

 

(i) Liens arising by means of any judgment, decree or order of any court, to the extent not otherwise resulting in a Default, so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order have not been fully terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceeding in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j) any Lien securing Debt incurred under any Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement;

 

(k) any Lien securing Acquired Debt;

 

(l) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which a member of the Group has easement rights or on any real property leased by any member of the Group or similar agreements relating thereto, and any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings or compulsory purchase order affecting real property;

 

(m) Liens existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

(n) Liens in favour of the Company;

 

(o) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings in respect of the Group;

 

  - 21 -  

 

 

(p) Liens arising from financing statement filings (or other similar filings in any applicable jurisdiction) regarding operating leases entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q) Liens on goods (and the proceeds thereof) and documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Debt in respect of commercial letters of credit issued to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(r) Liens on the property of a member of the Group to replace in whole or in part, any Lien described in the foregoing paragraphs (a) through (q); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Debt being refinanced or in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

(s) Liens on any escrow account used in connection with pre-funding a refinancing of Debt otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

(t) Liens on any member of the Group's deposits in favor of financial institutions arising from any netting or set-off arrangement substantially consistent with its current practice for the purpose of netting debt and credit balances substantially consistent with the Group's existing cash pooling arrangements;

 

(u) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of any member of the Group with respect to obligations that do not exceed the greater of US$ 150,000,000 or 3% of the consolidated net assets of the Company (being the total assets shown on the consolidated financial statements of the Company most recently delivered to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement, less all goodwill, patents, trade names, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, experimental expenses, organization expenses and any other amounts classified as intangible assets in accordance with IFRS) at any one time outstanding and that do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Company, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Group;

 

(v) Liens over cash or other assets that secure collateralised obligations described in paragraph (a) of the third paragraph of the definition of Debt; provided that the amount of cash collateral does not exceed the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan;

 

(w) any Lien securing debt incurred by one or more Subsidiaries of the Company organised or incorporated in Tanzania or Zanzibar in a principal amount of up to $300,000,000 to finance the operations of any member of the Group in Tanzania, provided that such debt is not guaranteed or secured by a member of the Group other than (i) a member of the Group organised or incorporated in Tanzania or Zanzibar; or (ii) in respect of share security only, the immediate Holding Company of the relevant member of the Group organised or incorporated in Tanzania or Zanzibar;

 

  - 22 -  

 

 

(x) Liens over cash or other assets that secure letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities; and

 

(y) Liens on Restricted MFS Cash in favour of the customers or dealers of, or third parties in relation to, one or more member of the Group engaged in the provision of mobile financial services, in each case who provided such Restricted MFS Cash to the relevant member of the Group.

 

" Permitted Loan " means:

 

(a) any loan made by any member of the Group with the prior written consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders;

 

(b) any loan or credit existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement, or any replacement loan or credit between the same parties and on substantially the same terms and for an amount not exceeding the original loan or credit;

 

(c) any loan made by an Obligor to a member of the Group to distribute the proceeds of Debt incurred pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(d) any loan made by an Obligor to another Obligor or made by a member of the Group which is not an Obligor to another member of the Group;

 

(e) any loan made by an Obligor to a member of the Group which is not an Obligor so long as the aggregate amount of the Debt under any such loans does not exceed US$ 200,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time;

 

(f) any loan made to another member of the Group pursuant to any cash pooling arrangement;

 

(g) any loan or credit constituted by a member of the Group deferring purchase consideration due to it on the disposal of an asset, provided that the relevant disposal is a Permitted Disposal;

 

(h) any loan, credit or trade credit extended by any member of the Group to its customers on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its trading activities;

 

(i) any advance payment made in relation to capital expenditure in the ordinary course of day to day business;

 

(j) any loan made for the purposes of enabling an Obligor to meet its payment obligations under the Finance Documents, provided the relevant Obligor does not (or does not reasonably expect to) otherwise have sufficient cash available to meet such payment obligations;

 

(k) any loan made by a member of the Group to an employee or director of any member of the Group if the amount of that loan, when aggregated with the amount of all loans to employees and directors by members of the Group, does not exceed US$ 25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time;

 

  - 23 -  

 

 

(l) any loan to a Permitted Joint Venture which is not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement if the principal amount of that loan, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other such loans to Permitted Joint Ventures, does not exceed US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time;

 

(m) any credit balance held in the ordinary course of day to day business with a bank or financial institution;

 

(n) any loan made by an Obligor to a member of the Target Group for the purposes of refinancing Debt of any member of the Target Group provided the aggregate principal amount of Debt under all such loans to the Target Group does not exceed US$ 300,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time;

 

(o) any loan or extension of credit described in the third paragraph of the definition of Debt; and

 

(p) any other loan or extension of credit not permitted under paragraphs (a) to (o) above provided the aggregate principal amount of Debt under all such loans does not exceed US$ 25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time.

 

" Permitted Reorganisation " means an amalgamation, merger, consolidation, corporate reconstruction, or reorganisation involving the Company where the entity formed by or surviving such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, corporate reconstruction, or reorganisation is the Company.

 

" Permitted Tax Non-Payment " means a non-payment or non-discharge in respect of any tax, assessment or charge which, on the date of determination, is not delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty or whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves (if required in accordance with IFRS) have been established.

 

" Proceeds On-Loan " has the meaning given to that term in the definition of "Debt".

 

" Quarter Date " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Quarterly Report " means a report containing the following information:

 

(a) the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position of the Company as at the end of the most recent Financial Quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the most recent Financial Quarter and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position date and the comparable prior period (as determined by the IFRS standard on preparation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements); and

 

  - 24 -  

 

 

(b) a copy of the related operating and financial review included in the quarterly earnings release of the Company for the applicable Financial Quarter.

 

" Quotation Day " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

" Redeemable Stock " of any person means any Capital Stock of such person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or otherwise (including upon the occurrence of an event) matures or is required to be redeemed (pursuant to any sinking fund obligation or otherwise) or is convertible into or exchangeable for Debt or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the Termination Date or the Extended Termination Date (as applicable).

 

" Reference Bank Quotation " means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank.

 

" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in dollars and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in dollars and for that period.

 

" Reference Banks " means such banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company (provided that any such bank has consented to be a Reference Bank for the purposes of this Agreement).

 

" Regulation " means the Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings (recast).

 

" Related Fund " in relation to a fund (the " first fund "), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

" Related Parties " means:

 

(a) any controlling stockholder, partner or member of Kinnevik AB ;

 

(b) any Subsidiary of Kinnevik AB ; and

 

(c) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity in respect of which Kinnevik AB and/or the persons described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above are the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or persons beneficially owning a majority or a controlling interest.

 

  - 25 -  

 

 

" Relevant Interbank Market " means the London interbank market.

 

" Relevant Period " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Repeating Representations " means each of the representations set out in Clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.7 ( Insolvency ), Clause 18.10 ( No default ), paragraph (c) of Clause 18.12 ( Financial statements ), 18.17 ( Anti-corruption law ), 18.18 ( Sanctions ) and 18.20 ( Acquisition arrangements ).

 

" Representative " means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

" Resignation Letter " means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Resignation Letter ).

 

" Restricted Cash " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

" Restricted MFS Cash " means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to any cash paid in or deposited by or held on behalf of any customer or dealer of, or any other third party in relation to, one or more member of the Group engaged in the provision of mobile financial services and designated as "restricted cash" on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Company, together with any interest thereon.

 

" Revolving Credit Facility " means the $600,000,000 facility agreement dated 27 January 2017 between, amongst others, the Company as the company, original borrower and guarantor, The Bank of Nova Scotia, BNP Paribas, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, DNB Markets, a part of DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, J.P. Morgan Limited, Nordea Bank AB (Publ) and Standard Chartered Bank as arrangers, and DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch as agent, as amended, supplemented, varied or novated from time to time.

 

" Sanctioned Country " means a country or territory which is subject to general, country wide trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes imposed, administered or enforced by:

 

(a) the United States of America (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and the U.S. Department of State);

 

(b) the United Nations;

 

(c) the European Union;

 

(d) Her Majesty's Treasury, and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office of the United Kingdom;

 

(e) the Canadian Ministry for Foreign Affairs; or

 

(f) any other relevant authority having jurisdiction over a Finance Party or a member of the Group.

 

  - 26 -  

 

 

" Sanctions " means any economic or financial sanctions, trade embargoes, laws, regulations or restrictive measures imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by:

 

(a) the United States of America (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and the U.S. Department of State);

 

(b) the United Nations;

 

(c) the European Union;

 

(d) Her Majesty's Treasury, and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office of the United Kingdom;

 

(e) the Canadian Ministry for Foreign Affairs; or

 

(f) any other relevant authority.

 

" Sanctions List " means any of the lists of specific designated nations, sectoral sanctions or designated persons or entities (or equivalent) held by:

 

(a) the United States of America (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and the U.S. Department of State);

 

(b) the United Nations;

 

(c) the European Union;

 

(d) Her Majesty's Treasury, and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office of the United Kingdom;

 

(e) the Canadian Ministry for Foreign Affairs; or

 

(f) any other relevant authority having jurisdiction over a Finance Party or a member of the Group;

 

each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.

 

" Screen Rate " means the dollar London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page LIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

 

" Securities Act " means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

  - 27 -  

 

 

" Security " means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

" Selection Notice " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3Part II of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

" Significant Subsidiary " means a Subsidiary of the Company:

 

(a) which accounts for more than 10 per cent. of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group or consolidated revenues of the Group; or

 

(b) whose assets represent more than 10 per cent. of the assets of the Group.

 

" Specified Subsidiary Sale " means the sale, transfer or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock, or all of the assets or properties of, (a) any entity, the primary purpose of which is to own Tower Equipment located in any market in which any member of the Group operates; (b) any person which operates any member of the Group's mobile financial services business; (c) Latin America Internet Holding GmbH; or (d) Africa Internet Holding GmbH.

 

" Specified Time " means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 10 ( Timetables ).

 

" Subsidiary " means in respect of any person:

 

(a) any corporation in which it or one or more of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly owns more than 50 per cent. of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock; or

 

(b) any other entity in which it or one or more of its Subsidiaries:

 

(i) directly or indirectly has majority ownership, but only to the extent such majority ownership results in an entitlement to the majority of the profits generated by that entity; or

 

(ii) has the power to direct the policies, management and affairs thereof.

 

" Target " means Cable Onda, S.A.

 

" Target Group " means the Target and its Subsidiaries from time to time.

 

" Target Shares " means the shares of the Target (constituting 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Target) to be acquired pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

 

" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

" Tax Deduction " has the meaning given to that term in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

  - 28 -  

 

 

" Termination Date " means, subject to Clause 6.2 ( Extension Option ), the date falling 12 months from the date of this Agreement.

 

" Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Commitments, being US$ 1,000,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

" Tower Equipment " means passive infrastructure related to telecommunications services, excluding telecommunications equipment, but including, without limitation, towers (including tower lights and lightning rods), power breakers, deep cycle batteries, generators, voltage regulators, main AC power, rooftop masts, cable ladders, grounding, walls and fences, access roads, shelters, air conditioners and BTS batteries owned by any member of the Group.

 

" Transfer Certificate " means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company.

 

" Transfer Date " means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b) the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

" Unpaid Sum " means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

" US Tax Obligor " means:

 

(a) a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or

 

(b) an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes.

 

" Utilisation " means a utilisation of the Facility.

 

" Utilisation Date " means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

 

" Utilisation Request " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part I Schedule 3 ( Requests ).

 

" VAT " means:

 

(a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

  - 29 -  

 

 

1.2 Construction

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears any reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i) the " Agent ", the " Arranger ", any " Finance Party ", any " Lender ", any " Obligor " or any " Party " shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

(ii) " assets " includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iii) a " Finance Document " or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended, replaced or restated;

 

(iv) " indebtedness " includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(v) a " person " includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(vi) a " regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(vii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

(viii) a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

(b) The determination of the extent to which a rate is " for a period equal in length " to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

(d) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(e) A Default (other than an Event of Default) is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

  - 30 -  

 

 

1.3 Currency Symbols and Definitions

 

(a) " $ " and " dollars " denote the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.4 Third party rights

 

(a) A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 34.2 ( Exceptions ) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

  - 31 -  

 

 

SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

 

2. The Facility

 

2.1 The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

 

2.2 Increase

 

(a) The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling five Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

(i) the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 7.11 ( Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender ); or

 

(ii) the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with:

 

(A) Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ); or

 

(B) paragraph (a) of Clause 7.10 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ),

 

request that the Commitments relating to the Facility be increased (and the Commitments relating to the Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments relating to the Facility so cancelled as follows:

 

(iii) the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an " Increase Lender ") selected by the Company (each of which shall not be a member of the Group) and each of which confirms in writing (whether in the relevant Increase Confirmation or otherwise) its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

(iv) each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

(v) each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  - 32 -  

 

 

(vi) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

(vii) any increase in the Commitments relating to the Facility shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

(b) An increase in the Commitments relating to the Facility will only be effective on:

 

(i) the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and

 

(ii) in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the Agent being satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Increase Lender upon being so satisfied.

 

(c) Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

(d) The Company shall, promptly on demand, pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.2, in each case up to the limit of an amount agreed by the Company and the Agent ( provided that the Agent shall not be obliged to take any action pursuant to this Clause 2.2 in the absence of any such agreement).

 

(e) The Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 23.3 ( Assignment or transfer fee ) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

 

(f) The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Company and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this paragraph.

 

  - 33 -  

 

 

(g) Clause 23.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

(i) an " Existing Lender " were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

(ii) the " New Lender " were references to that " Increase Lender "; and

 

(iii) a " re-transfer " and " re-assignment " were references to respectively a " transfer " and " assignment ".

 

2.3 Finance Parties' rights and obligations

 

(a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by the relevant Obligor.

 

(c) A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

3. Purpose

 

3.1 Purpose

 

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility towards:

 

(a) financing the purchase price payable for the Target Shares under the Acquisition Documents;

 

(b) refinancing Debt of any member of the Target Group;

 

(c) financing Acquisition Costs and amounts payable in respect of interest, fees, costs and expenses in relation to the Facility or the Acquisition.

 

  - 34 -  

 

 

3.2 Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4. Conditions of Utilisation

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

 

(a) No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

(b) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date (in relation to a Utilisation other than one to which Clause 4.3 ( Certain Funds Period ) applies):

 

(a) there is no breach of Clause 21.16 ( Financial indebtedness );

 

(b) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

 

(c) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

 

4.3 Certain Funds Period

 

(a) Except as set out in paragraph (b) below, but notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents, during the Certain Funds Period, none of the Finance Parties shall be entitled to:

 

(i) refuse to participate in or make available its participation in any Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

(ii) cancel any of its Commitments to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

(iii) rescind, terminate or cancel this Agreement or the Facility or exercise any similar right or remedy or make or enforce any claim under the Finance Documents it may have to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  - 35 -  

 

 

(iv) exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of a Utilisation to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making a Certain Funds Utilisation; or

 

(v) cancel, accelerate or cause repayment or prepayment of any amounts owing under this Agreement or under any other Finance Document to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of a Certain Funds Utilisation,

 

provided that immediately upon the expiry of the Certain Funds Period all such rights, remedies and entitlements shall be available to the Finance Parties notwithstanding that they may not have been used or been available for use during the Certain Funds Period.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply in respect of a Finance Party if, and to the extent that, the entitlement of that Finance Party arises because:

 

(i) in the case of sub-paragraph (a)(i) above, Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) has not been complied with;

 

(ii) a Major Default is continuing or, in the case of sub-paragraph (a)(i) above, a Major Default would result from the proposed Utilisation;

 

(iii) in the case of a Certain Funds Utilisation following the Acquisition Closing Date only, a Major Target Default is continuing or, in the case of sub-paragraph (a)(i) above, a Major Target Default would result from the proposed Utilisation;

 

(iv) in the case of sub-paragraph (a)(i) above, a Major Default under paragraph (d) of the definition thereof is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation (and, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph only, disregarding any applicable grace period);

 

(v) a Major Representation is not true in all material respects;

 

(vi) Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) applies in respect of that Finance Party; or

 

(vii) Clause 7.2 ( Merger ), Clause 7.3 ( Change of control ) or Clause 7.6 ( Mandatory Prepayment Event ) applies.

 

4.4 Maximum number of Loans

 

(a) A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation the aggregate number of Loans outstanding under the Facility would exceed 4.

 

(b) A Borrower may not request that a Loan be divided if, as a result of the proposed division, 4 or more Loans would be outstanding.

 

  - 36 -  

 

 

SECTION 3

UTILISATION

 

5. Utilisation - Loans

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

A Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a) Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(ii) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

(iii) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

(b) Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

(a) The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

(b) The amount of the proposed Loan must be a minimum of US$ 10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility.

 

5.4 Lenders' participation

 

(a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b) The amount of each Lender's participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

5.5 Lender Affiliates and Facility Office

 

(a) In respect of a Loan or Loans to a particular Borrower (" Designated Loans ") a Lender (a " Designating Lender ") may at any time and from time to time designate (by written notice to the Agent and the Company):

 

(i) a substitute Facility Office from which it will make Designated Loans (a " Substitute Facility Office "); or

 

(ii) nominate an Affiliate to act as the Lender of Designated Loans (a " Substitute Affiliate Lender ").

 

  - 37 -  

 

 

(b) A notice to nominate a Substitute Affiliate Lender must be in the form set out in Schedule 12 ( Form of Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice ) and be countersigned by the relevant Substitute Affiliate Lender confirming it will be bound as a Lender under this Agreement in respect of the Designated Loans in respect of which it acts as Lender.

 

(c) The Designating Lender will act as the representative of any Substitute Affiliate Lender it nominates for all administrative purposes under this Agreement. The Obligors, the Agent and the other Finance Parties will be entitled to deal only with the Designating Lender, except that payments will be made in respect of Designated Loans to the Facility Office of the Substitute Affiliate Lender. In particular the Commitments of the Designating Lender will not be treated as reduced by the introduction of the Substitute Affiliate Lender for voting purposes under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents.

 

(d) Save as mentioned in paragraph (c) above, a Substitute Affiliate Lender will be treated as a Lender for all purposes under the Finance Documents and having a Commitment equal to the principal amount of all Designated Loans in which it is participating if and for so long as it continues to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender under this Agreement.

 

(e) A Designating Lender may revoke its designation of an Affiliate as a Substitute Affiliate Lender by notice in writing to the Agent and the Company provided that such notice may only take effect when there are no Designated Loans outstanding to the Substitute Affiliate Lender. Upon such Substitute Affiliate Lender ceasing to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender the Designating Lender will automatically assume (and be deemed to assume without further action by any Party) all rights and obligations previously vested in the Substitute Affiliate Lender.

 

(f) If, as a result of the designation of a Substitute Facility Office or a Substitute Affiliate Lender, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the Designating Lender acting through its Substitute Facility Office or the Substitute Affiliate Lender under Clause ‎12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause ‎13 ( Increased costs ), then the Designating Lender acting through its Substitute Facility Office or the Substitute Affiliate Lender (as applicable) is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Designating Lender would have been if such designation had not occurred.

 

5.6 Cancellation of Commitment

 

The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

 

  - 38 -  

 

 

SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6. Repayment

 

6.1 Repayment of Loans

 

(a) Each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the Termination Date.

 

(b) The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

 

6.2 Extension Option

 

(a) Following the expiry of the Certain Funds Period, the Company may in it is sole discretion at any time not more than ninety (90) days and not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the original Termination Date request by written notice to the Agent that the Termination Date be extended once, in relation to all or any part of any Loan which is outstanding, by up to six (6) Months from the original Termination Date.

 

(b) The request pursuant to paragraph (a) above (the " Extension Option Notice ") shall be irrevocable and shall specify:

 

(i) the amount of each Loan to which the extension relates, provided that if a Loan is to be extended in part, the amount of the Loan extended shall be apportioned to the Lenders at that time pro rata to their Commitments in that Loan; and

 

(ii) the date to which the Termination Date of each Loan shall be extended (which shall, subject to paragraph (c) below, not fall more than six (6) Months after the original Termination Date) (the " Extended Termination Date ").

 

(c) The Extended Termination Date specified in the Extension Option Notice must fall on a date that is either one (1), two (2), three (3), four (4), five (5) or six (6) Months following the original Termination Date.

 

(d) The Agent shall forward a copy of the Extension Option Notice to each Lender as soon as practicable after receipt of it.

 

(e) The Company may not deliver more than one (1) Extension Option Notice.

 

(f) If on the Termination Date:

 

(i) the extension option has been exercised in accordance with this Clause 6.2;

 

(ii) there is no Event of Default continuing; and

 

(iii) the Extension Fee has been paid in accordance with Clause 11.5 ( Extension fee ),

 

  - 39 -  

 

 

the Termination Date shall be extended in accordance with this Clause 6.2 in relation to the amount of the Loan specified in the Extension Option Notice until the Extended Termination Date.

 

7. Prepayment and Cancellation

 

7.1 Illegality

 

If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

(a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(b) upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(c) each Borrower shall repay that Lender's participation in the Loans made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

 

7.2 Merger

 

(a) Prior to any Merger, the Company shall promptly, and in any event no later than 30 days prior to the completion of that Merger, notify the Agent of the proposed Merger.

 

(b) If a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 20 days of the Company notifying the Agent of the Merger in accordance with paragraph (a) above, the Agent shall, by not less than 3 days' notice to the Company, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans of that Lender or Affiliate of that Lender, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, due and payable within 5 Business Days or, if earlier, the Business Day preceding the date on which the Merger is completed, at which time the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become due and payable prior to the completion of the Merger.

 

7.3 Change of Control

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control:

 

(a) the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(b) a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation; and

 

  - 40 -  

 

 

(c) the Commitment of each Lender shall be immediately cancelled, and if a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 20 days of the Company notifying the Agent of the event, the Agent shall declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans of that Lender or Affiliate of that Lender, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, to be due and payable not less than 20 days following the delivery of such notice by the Lender.

 

7.4 Refinancings

 

(a) At any time until the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero and all Loans have been prepaid in full, the Company shall procure that an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of:

 

(i) any debt securities or bonds (convertible or otherwise); or

 

(ii) any loans, other than:

 

(A) any intra-Group loan of the proceeds of debt securities or bonds (convertible or otherwise) referred to in paragraph (a)(i) above; and

 

(B) any loan borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility,

 

in each case issued, incurred, or borrowed by an Obligor and following the Acquisition Closing Date by (or in respect of) the Target or any member of the Target Group after date of this Agreement and on or prior to the Termination Date or the Extended Termination Date (as applicable) (each a " Financing "), are applied in the prepayment of Loans or the cancellation of Available Commitments at the times and in the order of application contemplated by Clause 7.6 ( Application of mandatory prepayments and cancellations ) provided that the Net Proceeds received from any Financing up to an amount equal to US$300,000,000 issued, incurred or borrowed by the Target Group, the sole purpose of which is to refinance any Debt of the Target Group owed to the Sellers (where such Debt owed to the Sellers has been issued, incurred or borrowed by the Target Group prior to the Acquisition Closing Date or otherwise in conjunction with the Acquisition) shall be disregarded for the purposes of this Clause 7.4.

 

(b) The Company shall notify the Agent immediately on receipt of any Net Proceeds related to a Financing received by an Obligor, the Target or any member of the Target Group.

 

7.5 Group disposals

 

(a) The Company must procure that an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of any disposal of all or a material part of the Target Shares or any disposal of all or a material part of the assets of the Target Group (the " Disposal Proceeds "), other than disposals:

 

(i) made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

  - 41 -  

 

 

(ii) of assets in exchange for other assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents or shares) comparable or superior as to type, value and quality;

 

(iii) of cash for purposes not otherwise prohibited by the Finance Documents;

 

(iv) comprising any dividend or distribution not otherwise prohibited by the Finance Documents;

 

(v) which constitutes Security or Quasi-Security and is not prohibited under Clause 21.3 ( Negative pledge );

 

(vi) of obsolete or redundant assets or waste, on arm's length terms;

 

(vii) in respect of the Target Shares, to any member of the Group;

 

(viii) effected pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of "Permitted Disposal";

 

(ix) in respect of any assets other than the Target Shares, to any member of the Group;

 

(x) made with the prior written consent of Majority Lenders;

 

(xi) where the Disposal Proceeds are applied or committed to be applied towards any capital expenditure not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement provided that the Disposal Proceeds are so applied within 6 Months of receipt; or

 

(xii) made pursuant to one or more sale and leaseback transactions and provided further that such disposal is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,

 

are applied in full (after deduction of the portion of such Net Proceeds required to be applied to the repayment of other existing Debt of the Company or a Borrower) in the prepayment of Loans or the cancellation of Available Commitments at the times and in the order of application contemplated by Clause 7.6 ( Application of mandatory prepayments and cancellations ).

 

(b) The Company shall notify the Agent immediately on receipt of any Disposal Proceeds received by any member of the Group.

 

7.6 Application of mandatory prepayments and cancellations

 

(a) A prepayment of Loans or cancellation of Available Commitments under Clause 7.4 ( Refinancings ) or Clause 7.5 ( Group disposals ) above shall be applied in the order of application contemplated by the following order:

 

(i) first in prepayment of any outstanding Loans (with such amount being applied against such Loans as may be selected by the Company (or in the absence of such selection, pro rata against the outstanding Loans)); and

 

  - 42 -  

 

 

(ii) secondly, in cancellation of the Available Commitments (and the Available Commitments of the Lenders under the Facility will be cancelled rateably).

 

Any excess Net Proceeds related to a Financing or any excess Disposal Proceeds thereafter may be retained by the relevant member of the Group.

 

(b) The Company shall apply (or shall procure that the Borrowers shall apply) an amount equal to such Net Proceeds from each Financing in prepayment and/or cancellation of the Loans and/or Available Facilities immediately upon receipt of such Net Proceeds by any member of the Group.

 

(c) The Company shall apply (or shall procure that the Borrowers shall apply) an amount equal to the Disposal Proceeds in prepayment and/or cancellation of the Loans and/or Available Facility on the earlier of: (i) the last day of the first Interest Period to end after receipt by any member of the Group of the Disposal Proceeds of such disposal; and (ii) the date falling one month after receipt of such Disposal Proceeds and, in the case of any cancellation, immediately on the day of notification of the receipt of such Disposal Proceeds.

 

7.7 Mandatory Prepayment Event

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Prepayment Event, the Facility will immediately be cancelled and all outstanding Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, shall become immediately due and payable, and the Borrower shall prepay all outstanding amounts within three Business Days of that date.

 

(b) No cancellation shall occur and no prepayment shall be required to be made under paragraph (a) above, if:

 

(i) the aggregate amount of the Debt that is the subject of a Mandatory Prepayment Event, when aggregated with Debt that is the subject of a Cross Payment Default and/or Cross Acceleration (without double counting), is less than US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies); or

 

(ii) the Mandatory Prepayment Event is waived by the Majority Lenders.

 

7.8 Voluntary cancellation

 

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of US$ 10,000,000) of an Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.8 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility.

 

  - 43 -  

 

 

7.9 Voluntary prepayment of Loans

 

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of US$ 10,000,000).

 

7.10 Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

(a) If:

 

(i) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

(ii) any Lender claims indemnification from the Company under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs );

 

the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender's participation in the Loans or give the Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) below.

 

(b) On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c) On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender's participation in that Loan.

 

(d) The Company may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 15 Business Days' prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement )), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

(e) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent in its capacity as agent of the Finance Parties;

 

  - 44 -  

 

 

(ii) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

(iii) in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (d) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

(f) A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (e)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (d) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

7.11 Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

 

(a) If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent at least 10 Business Days' notice of cancellation of the Available Commitment of that Lender.

 

(b) On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c) The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

7.12 Restrictions

 

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

(b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty provided that no Break Costs shall payable in respect of any amounts prepaid pursuant to Clause 7.4 ( Refinancings ) or Clause 7.5 ( Group disposals ).

 

(c) No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

(d) The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  - 45 -  

 

 

(e) Subject to Clause 2.2 ( Increase ), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

(f) If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

(g) If all or part of any Lender's participation in a Loan is repaid or prepaid an amount of that Lender's Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

 

  - 46 -  

 

 

SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

8. Interest

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

(a) Margin; and

 

(b) LIBOR.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

 

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

8.3 Default interest

 

(a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one per cent per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

(b) If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

(c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

8.4 Notification of rates of interest

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

  - 47 -  

 

 

9. Interest Periods

 

9.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

(a) A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

 

(b) Each Selection Notice for a Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) to which that Loan was made not later than the Specified Time.

 

(c) If a Borrower (or the Company) fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will be one Month.

 

(d) Subject to this Clause 9, a Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period of one, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan).

 

(e) An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

(f) Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

 

9.2 Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

9.3 Consolidation and division of Loans

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, if two or more Interest Periods:

 

(i) relate to Loans made to the same Borrower; and

 

(ii) end on the same date,

 

those Loans will, unless that Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) specifies to the contrary in the Selection Notice for the next Interest Period, be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Loan on the last day of the Interest Period.

 

(b) Subject to Clause 4.4 ( Maximum number of Loans ) and Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ), if a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) requests in a Selection Notice that a Loan be divided into two or more Loans, that Loan will, on the last day of its Interest Period, be so divided into the amounts specified in that Selection Notice, being an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the Loan immediately before its division.

 

  - 48 -  

 

 

10. Changes to the Calculation of Interest

 

10.1 Absence of quotations

 

Subject to Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

10.2 Market disruption

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender's share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b) In this Agreement " Market Disruption Event " means:

 

(i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for the relevant currency and the relevant Interest Period; or

 

(ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

10.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(b) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

 

10.4 Break Costs

 

(a) Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  - 49 -  

 

 

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11. Fees

 

11.1 Commitment fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a commitment fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.2 Duration fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a participation fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.3 Funding fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a utilisation fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.4 Agency fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.5 Extension fee

 

(a) If the Company has delivered an Extension Option Notice under and in accordance with Clause 6.2 ( Extension option ), the Company shall, on or prior to the Original Termination Date, pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender), an extension fee in an amount equal to 0.50 per cent. of the Total Commitments as at the original Termination Date (the " Extension Fee ").

 

(b) The Agent shall submit an invoice to the Company no less than five Business Days prior to the Original Termination Date for payment of the Extension Fee.

 

  - 50 -  

 

 

SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12. Tax Gross Up and Indemnities

 

12.1 Definitions

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

" Protected Party " means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 a reference to "determines" or "determined" means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b) The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

 

(c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required

 

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(e) Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  - 51 -  

 

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

(a) The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

(B) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(c) A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

 

(d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3, notify the Agent.

 

12.4 Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

  - 52 -  

 

 

(b) that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

12.5 Stamp taxes

 

The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

12.6 VAT

 

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party) or, where applicable, directly account for such VAT at the appropriate rate under the reverse charge procedure provided for by the Council Directive 2006/112/EC on the common system of value added tax, as amended, and any relevant VAT provision of the jurisdiction in which the Party receives such supply.

 

(b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Finance Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

  - 53 -  

 

 

(c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d) Any reference in this Clause 12.6 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term "representative member" to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

12.7 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable "passthru payment percentage" or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

  - 54 -  

 

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then:

 

(i) if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) if that Party failed to confirm its applicable "passthru payment percentage" then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable "passthru payment percentage" is 100%,

 

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

(e) If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor, or where the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

 

(i) where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is a New Lender, the relevant Transfer Date;

 

(iii) the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

 

(iv) where the Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent,

 

supply to the Agent:

 

(v) a withholding certificate on Form W-8 or Form W-9 (or any successor form) (as applicable); or

 

(vi) any withholding statement and other documentation, authorisations and waivers as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA.

 

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers it receives from a Lender pursuant to this paragraph (e) to the Borrower and shall be entitled to rely on any such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers provided without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with this paragraph (e).

 

(f) Each Lender agrees that if any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers provided to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, it shall promptly update such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers or promptly notify the Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers to the Borrower. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with this paragraph (f).

 

  - 55 -  

 

 

12.8 FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

13. Increased Costs

 

13.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ) the Company shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV, to the extent such Increased Costs were not capable of being calculated with sufficient accuracy prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) In this Agreement:

 

(i) " Increased Costs " means:

 

(A) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;

 

  - 56 -  

 

 

(B) an additional or increased cost; or

 

(C) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) " Basel III " means:

 

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III"; and

 

(iii) " CRD IV " means:

 

(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and

 

(B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

 

13.2 Increased cost claims

 

(a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

  - 57 -  

 

 

13.3 Exceptions

 

(a) Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(i) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(ii) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(iii) compensated for by Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied); or

 

(iv) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

(b) In this Clause 13.3, a reference to a " Tax Deduction " has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

14. Other Indemnities

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a " Sum "), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the " First Currency ") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the " Second Currency ") for the purpose of:

 

(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;

 

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

  - 58 -  

 

 

14.2 Other indemnities

 

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 27 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

(c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

(d) a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company.

 

14.3 Indemnity to the Agent

 

The Company shall promptly indemnify the Agent against:

 

(a) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(i) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default, provided that the Agent shall provide the Company with prior written notice thereof; or

 

(ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

14.4 Acquisition indemnity

 

The Company shall within three Business Days of demand indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party or its Affiliate (or officer or employee of that Finance Party or Affiliate) solely in its capacity as a Finance Party, an Affiliate of that Finance Party or any of their respective employees or officers in connection with or arising out of the Acquisition or the funding of the Acquisition (including but not limited to those incurred in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry concerning the Acquisition), unless such loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Finance Party or its Affiliate (or employee or officer of that Finance Party or Affiliate), provided that the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to any cost, loss or liability incurred by a Finance Party, an Affiliate of a Finance Party or any of their respective employees or officers arising from or relating to the involvement of that Finance Party, any of its Affiliates or their respective employees or officers in the Acquisition or the funding of the Acquisition in any other capacity, including without limitation as a financial or other advisor to any party to the Acquisition and any of their respective Affiliates. Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate may rely on this Clause 14.4 subject to Clause 1.4 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

  - 59 -  

 

 

15. Mitigation by the Lenders

 

15.1 Mitigation

 

(a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ), or Clause 13 ( Increased costs ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

(a) The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

(b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16. Costs and Expenses

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Company shall promptly, and in any event within 30 Business Days of, written demand pay the Agent and the Arranger the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees, up to the limit of an agreed amount) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

 

(i) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

(ii) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) Cost and expenses other than legal fees, incurred by the Agent and the Arranger, in an amount in excess of:

 

(i) US$ 15,000, individually; or

 

  - 60 -  

 

 

(ii) US$ 30,000 in the aggregate (or its equivalent in any currency or currencies);

 

shall be reimbursed by the Company in accordance with paragraph (a) above, only if such costs and expenses were incurred with the prior consent of the Company.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

 

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 28.10 ( Change of currency ), the Company shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees), in each case up to the limit of an agreed amount ( provided that the Agent shall not be obliged to take any action pursuant to this Clause 16.2 in the absence of any such agreement), reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3 Enforcement costs

 

The Company shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

  - 61 -  

 

 

SECTION 7

GUARANTEE

 

17. Guarantee and Indemnity

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantor under this Clause 17 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 17 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

  - 62 -  

 

 

(b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension or restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of, or any increase in, any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

 

The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor's liability under this Clause 17.

 

17.7 Deferral of Guarantor's rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17:

 

  - 63 -  

 

 

(a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 28 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

17.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

  - 64 -  

 

 

SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18. Representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

18.1 Status

 

(a) It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

18.2 Binding obligations

 

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) or Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ), (the " Legal Reservations "), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

18.3 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b) its or any of its Subsidiaries' constitutional documents; or

 

(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries' assets which has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.4 Power and authority

 

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

18.5 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b) to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation,

 

  - 65 -  

 

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

18.6 Governing law and enforcement

 

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

18.7 Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 22.7( Insolvency proceedings ); or

 

(b) creditors' process described in Clause 22.8 ( Creditors' process ),

 

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in relation to a Material Company, and none of the circumstances described in Clause 22.6 ( Insolvency ) applies to a Material Company.

 

18.8 Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

18.9 No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

18.10 No default

 

(a) No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

 

(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or on any Significant Subsidiary, or to which its (or any Significant Subsidiary's) assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.11 No misleading information

 

(a) All material information provided to the Arrangers in writing by the Company relating to the Acquisition (excluding the confidential information memorandum prepared by the Sellers for the purposes of the Acquisition and any information provided to an Arranger in any capacity other than as an Arranger or a Lender in relation to the Facility, including without limitation as a financial or other advisor to the Company, any other member of the Group or any member of the Target Group) is accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect.

 

  - 66 -  

 

 

(b) Any factual information contained in the Annual Report was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

(c) Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Annual Report and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information contained in the Annual Report being untrue or misleading in any material respect, in each case as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

18.12 Financial statements

 

(a) Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied.

 

(b) Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the Company) during the relevant Financial Year.

 

(c) There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Company) since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) .

 

18.13 Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

18.14 No proceedings

 

Save as disclosed in the Original Financial Statements or relating to a Disclosed Investigation, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

18.15 Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor and Significant Subsidiary has performed and observed in all material respects all Environmental Law, Environmental Permits and all other material covenants, conditions, restrictions or agreements directly or indirectly concerned with any contamination, pollution or waste or the release or discharge of any toxic or hazardous substance in connection with any real property which is or was at any time owned, leased or occupied by any Obligor or Significant Subsidiary or on which any Obligor or Significant Subsidiary has conducted any activity where failure to do so might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  - 67 -  

 

 

18.16 Taxation

 

(a) Except for any Permitted Tax Non-Payments, it has duly and punctually paid and discharged all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed.

 

(b) It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns.

 

(c) No claims are being or are reasonably likely to be asserted against it with respect to Taxes that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17 Anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws and regulations

 

Save for any Disclosed Investigation, no Obligor, and no Subsidiary, director or officer of any Obligor and, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no Affiliate, has engaged in any activity or conducted its businesses in any way which would violate any applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery or anti-money laundering laws or regulations and each Obligor has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

18.18 Sanctions

 

Each Obligor represents in respect of itself and in respect of its Subsidiaries, directors and officers that:

 

(a) it is not the subject of any Sanctions; and

 

(b) it is not violating any Sanctions,

 

in either case applicable to it, provided that , this representation and warranty shall not be deemed to be made to or for the benefit of any Finance Party or any director, officer or employee thereof to the extent that this provision would expose that Finance Party or any director, officer or employee thereof to any liability under any applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute.

 

18.19 Intellectual Property

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries:

 

(a) is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted;

 

(b) does not (nor does any of its Subsidiaries), in carrying on its businesses, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third party; and

 

  - 68 -  

 

 

(c) has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain any material Intellectual Property owned by it,

 

save, in each case, where failure to be so or to do so or to have done or does not and is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.20 Acquisition arrangements

 

Each Obligor represents in respect of itself and the Purchaser that:

 

(a) it has complied in all material respects with applicable laws and regulations in relation to the Acquisition.

 

(b) the performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Acquisition Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

(i) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(ii) its constitutional documents; or

 

(iii) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets.

 

(c) the obligations expressed to be assumed by the Purchaser in each Acquisition Document are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

(d) the Purchaser has the power to perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its performance of, the Acquisition Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Acquisition Documents.

 

(e) the Acquisition Documents contain all the terms of the Acquisition.

 

18.21 Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of the Regulation, its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Luxembourg and it has no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

18.22 Repetition

 

(a) The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on:

 

(i) the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and

 

(ii) in the case of an Additional Borrower, the day on which it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) an Additional Borrower.

 

(b) Clause 18.20 ( Acquisition arrangements ) is deemed to be made on the date of each Utilisation Request and on the date of each Utilisation.

 

  - 69 -  

 

 

19. Information Undertakings

 

The undertakings in this Clause 19 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

19.1 Financial statements

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent:

 

(a) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its Financial Years:

 

(i) its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year; and

 

(ii) its audited unconsolidated financial statements for that Financial Year;

 

(b) as soon as it is available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each Financial Quarter of each of its Financial Years (other than the Financial Quarter ending at the end of a Financial Year), its Quarterly Report for that Financial Quarter;

 

(c) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each Financial Quarter of each of its Financial Years (other than the Financial Quarter ending at the end of a Financial Year), if required to be prepared under IFRS, an unaudited pro forma interim condensed consolidated income statement and a statement of financial position of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed Financial Year as to which such quarterly report relates; provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense, in which case the Company will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, the financial statements of the acquired company to the extent available without unreasonable expense; and

 

(d) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each Financial Quarter of each of its Financial Years:

 

(i) the details of sums being upstreamed by way of dividend or loan on a Subsidiary by Subsidiary basis; and

 

(ii) the unaudited unconsolidated quarterly, semi-annual and annual financial statements in respect of:

 

(A) each Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Guatemala and Paraguay for so long as such unconsolidated financial statements are prepared in respect of such Significant Subsidiaries; and

 

  - 70 -  

 

 

(B) any other Significant Subsidiary to the extent such unconsolidated financial statements are prepared in respect of those Significant Subsidiaries.

 

19.2 Compliance Certificate

 

(a) The Company shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a)(i) and (b) of Clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company in the form agreed by the Company and the Majority Lenders.

 

19.3 Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by the Company pursuant to Clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b)

 

(i) The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using IFRS. If there is a change to IFRS that might result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms of this Agreement (a " Material IFRS Change "), the Company shall notify the Agent and, if the Agent so requests, deliver to the Agent sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 22 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with notwithstanding such Material IFRS Change.

 

(ii) If the Company notifies the Agent of a Material IFRS Change in accordance with paragraph (i) above, then the Company and Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing any amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the Material IFRS Change does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the terms of this Agreement, and if any amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

 

19.4 Information: miscellaneous

 

(a) The Company shall keep the Agent reasonably updated as to the status and progress of (or otherwise in respect of) the Acquisition (subject to the requirements of applicable law).

 

  - 71 -  

 

 

(b) The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

(i) all documents despatched by the Company to the shareholders of its publicly listed shares (or any class of them) or its creditors generally (or any class of them) at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(ii) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect, provided that this requirement and the notification requirement under Clause 21.12 ( Environmental Claims ) shall be deemed satisfied where such details are contained in the Quarterly Report or the annual financial statements of the Company;

 

(iii) promptly after the occurrence of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring of the Group, or any changes to the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer at the Company, or any other material event that the Company announces publicly, a press release or report containing a description of such event; and

 

(iv) promptly, such further information (which is not of a confidential nature) regarding the financial condition, assets and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.

 

19.5 Notification of default

 

(a) Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

19.6 Use of websites

 

(a) The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to:

 

(i) the Original Lenders; and

 

(ii) those Lenders who accept this method of communication,

 

(together with the Original Lenders, the " Website Lenders "), by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the " Designated Website ") if:

 

  - 72 -  

 

 

(A) the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(B) both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(C) the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

If any Lender (a " Paper Form Lender ") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Company shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b) The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

 

(c) The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

(i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v) the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

(d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Company shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

  - 73 -  

 

 

19.7 "Know your customer" checks

 

(a) If:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) any change in:

 

(A) the status of an Obligor; or

 

(B) the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor (other than the Company),

 

after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(c) The Company shall, by not less than ten Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower pursuant to Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

(d) Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Borrower obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Borrower.

 

  - 74 -  

 

 

20. Financial Covenants

 

20.1 Financial definitions

 

In this Clause 20:

 

" Acquired Debt " means Debt of any person (i) incurred and outstanding at the time it becomes a member of the Group or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with or into a member of the Group including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities or (ii) incurred to provide all or part of the funds utilised to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such person became a member of the Group or was otherwise acquired by a member of the Group; provided that, after giving pro forma effect to the transaction or transactions by which such person becomes a member of the Group or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with or into a member of the Group, either (i) the Company is in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of Clause 20.2 ( Financial Condition ) or (ii) the Net Leverage Ratio would not be more than such ratio before giving effect to such transaction or transactions.

 

" Cash Equivalents " means, with respect to any person:

 

(a) Government Securities;

 

(b) deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits and money market deposits, bankers' acceptances and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by or with (i) any of the Original Lenders; (ii) a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Canada, Australia or any member state of the European Union, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) and has outstanding debt which is rated "A" (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act), or (iii) any money market fund sponsored by a U.S. registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;

 

(c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraph (b)(i) and paragraph (b)(ii) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (b)(ii) above;

 

  - 75 -  

 

 

(d) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Fitch Ratings Ltd or Moody's Investor Services Limited and in each case maturing within 365 days after the date of acquisition;

 

(e) money market funds mutual funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the types described in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this definition; and

 

(f) with respect to any person organised under the laws of, or having its principal business operations in, a jurisdiction outside the United States, those investments that are of the same type as investments in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of this definition except that the obligor thereon is organised under the laws of the country (or any political subdivision thereof) in which such person is organised or conducting business.

 

" Consolidated EBITDA " means, for any period, operating profit, as such amount is determined in the Company's consolidated income statement in accordance with IFRS, plus the sum of the following amounts, in each case, without double counting. Losses shall be added (as a positive number) and gains shall be deducted, in each case, to the extent such amounts were included in calculating operating profit:

 

(a) depreciation and amortization expenses, as indicated in the Company's consolidated statement of cash flows;

 

(b) the net loss or gain on the disposal and impairment of assets, as indicated in the Company's consolidated statement of cash flows;

 

(c) share-based compensation expenses, as indicated in the Company's consolidated statement of cash flows;

 

(d) in accordance with IFRS accounting practice other non-cash charges reducing operating profit (provided that if any such non-cash charge represents an accrual of or reserve for potential cash charges in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce operating profit to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period) less other non-cash items of income increasing operating income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents (x) a receipt of cash payments in any future period, (y) the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced operating income in any prior period and (z) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase operating income in such prior period);

 

(e) any material extraordinary, one-off, non-recurring, exceptional or unusual gain, loss, expense or charge, including any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, relocation, refinancing, integration or severance or other post-employment arrangements, signing, retention or completion bonuses, transaction costs, acquisition costs, disposition costs, business optimization, information technology implementation or development costs, costs related to governmental investigations and curtailments or modifications to pension or postretirement benefits schemes, litigation or any asset impairment charges or the financial impacts of natural disasters (including fire, flood and storm and related events);

 

  - 76 -  

 

 

(f) the effects of adjustments in its consolidated financial statements pursuant to IFRS (including inventory, property, equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items) attributable to the application of recapitalization accounting or acquisition accounting, as the case may be, in relation to any consummated acquisition or joint venture investment or the amortization or write-off or writedown of amounts thereof, net of taxes;

 

(g) any reasonable expenses, charges or other costs related to any sale of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Company or a Holding Company of the Company, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of any Debt, in each case, as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company;

 

(h) any gains or losses on associates;

 

(i) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of equity Investments;

 

(j) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements;

 

(k) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of put options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(l) any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of call options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(m) any net foreign exchange gains or losses;

 

(n) in accordance with IFRS accounting practice, any adjustments to reduce the impact of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

(o) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the closing date of any acquisition that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with IFRS;

 

(p) any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company or a Subsidiary has received confirmation that such amount will be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period);

 

  - 77 -  

 

 

(q) the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets; and

 

(r) any net gain (or loss) realized upon any sale/leaseback transaction that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company.

 

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period, as of such date of determination:

 

(i) if, since the beginning of such period the Company or any Subsidiary has made any disposal of assets not in the ordinary course of business or disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a " Sale "), including any Sale occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

 

(ii) if, since the beginning of such period the Company or any Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Subsidiary, or otherwise acquires any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a " Purchase "), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(iii) if, since the beginning of such period any Person (that became a Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above if made by the Company or a Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period, including anticipated synergies and cost savings as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

(iv) whenever pro forma effect is applied, the pro forma calculations will be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including in respect of anticipated synergies and cost savings) as though the full effect of such synergies and cost savings were realized on the first day of the relevant period and shall also include the reasonably anticipated full run rate cost savings effect (as calculated in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company) of cost savings programs that have been initiated by the Company or its Subsidiaries as though such cost savings programs had been fully implemented on the first day of the relevant period, provided that if the aggregate amount of such anticipated synergies and cost savings exceeds 5% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated without reference to the applicable Purchase or Sale), such amounts are confirmed by a reputable, independent third party advisor.

 

  - 78 -  

 

 

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company, any Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA shall be added to the amount determined in accordance with the foregoing.

 

" Consolidated Interest Expense " means for any Relevant Period, the consolidated interest expense included in the consolidated income statement (without deduction of interest income) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such Relevant Period prepared in accordance with IFRS, excluding the interest component of any Capital Lease Obligation, and calculated without double counting any obligations described in paragraphs (a), (b) or (h) of the first paragraph of the definition of Debt that are incurred by any member of the Group and any obligations described in paragraph (a) of the definition of Debt.

 

" Consolidated Net Debt " means, with respect to the Company as of any date of determination, the sum without duplication of:

 

(a) the total amount of Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would be stated on the statement of financial position of the Company as of such date in accordance with IFRS, minus

 

(b) the sum without duplication of:

 

(i)

 

(A) all Debt outstanding under Minority Shareholder Loans, plus

 

(B) any Debt which is a contingent obligation of the Company or its Subsidiaries on the date of the most recent financial statements, plus

 

(C) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than cash or Cash Equivalents received from the incurrence of Debt by any member of the Group to the extent such cash or Cash Equivalents has not been subsequently applied or used for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement) of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would be stated on the statement of financial position of the Company as of such date in accordance with IFRS, plus

 

  - 79 -  

 

 

(D) deposits pledged to secure Debt, as such amount is recorded under the line item "pledged deposits" under non-current assets on the Company's statement of financial position, plus

 

(E) Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease,

 

less

 

(ii) Restricted Cash.

 

" Financial Quarter " means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.

 

" Financial Year " means the annual accounting period of the Company ending on or about 31 December in each year.

 

" Government Securities " means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligations or guarantee the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which have a remaining weighted average life to maturity of not more than one year from the date of Investment therein.

 

" Interest Cover " means the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense in respect of any Relevant Period.

 

" Investment " by any person means any direct or indirect loan, advance or other extension of credit or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other property to others or payments for property or services for the account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other person, including any payment on a guarantee of any obligation of such other person, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a statement of financial position (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS, but shall not include:

 

(a) trade accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business on credit terms made generally available to the customers of such person; or

 

(b) commission, travel, payroll, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees and profit sharing and other employee benefit plan contributions made in the ordinary course of business.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to a subsequent change in value and, to the extent applicable, shall be determined based on the equity value of such Investment.

 

" Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA " means an amount equal to the product of (i) the Consolidated EBITDA of any joint venture (determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company on the same basis as provided for in the definition of "Consolidated EBITDA" (with the exception of clause (i) and the last sentence thereof) as if each reference to the "Company" in such definition was to such joint venture) whose financial results are not consolidated with those of the Company in accordance with IFRS and (ii) a percentage equal to the direct equity ownership percentage of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries in the Capital Stock of such joint venture and its Subsidiaries.

 

  - 80 -  

 

 

" Minority Shareholder Loan " means Debt of a Subsidiary of the Company that is issued to and held by an equity owner of such Subsidiary, other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

 

" Net Leverage Ratio " means, with respect to the Company, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Net Debt (excluding Debt consisting of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements) to (b) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the four most recent Financial Quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which consolidated financial statements are available, determined on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt had been incurred, or such other Debt had been repaid, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, at the beginning of such four Financial Quarter period. For the avoidance of doubt, in determining Net Leverage Ratio, no cash or Cash Equivalents shall be included that are the proceeds of Debt in respect of which the pro forma calculation is to be made.

 

" Quarter Date " means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

 

" Relevant Period " means each period of twelve months ending on or about the last day of the Financial Year and each period of twelve months ending on or about the last day of each Financial Quarter.

 

" Restricted Cash " means the sum of (a) Restricted MFS Cash, and (b) without duplication, the amount of cash that would be stated as "restricted cash" on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Company as of such date in accordance with IFRS.

 

20.2 Financial condition

 

The Company shall ensure that:

 

(a) Net Leverage Ratio : Net Leverage Ratio in respect of any Relevant Period shall be less than 3.00:1 at all times.

 

(b) Interest Cover: Interest Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 4.00:1 at any time.

 

20.3 Financial testing

 

The financial covenants set out in Clause 20.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be tested quarterly by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a)(i) and (b) of Clause 19.1 ( Financial Statements ) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Compliance Certificate ).

 

  - 81 -  

 

 

21. General Undertakings

 

The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

21.1 Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

(a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b) supply certified copies to the Agent of,

 

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and/or the Acquisition Documents and to ensure, subject to the Legal Reservations, the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document and/or any Acquisition Document.

 

21.2 Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under either the Finance Documents or the Acquisition Documents.

 

21.3 Negative pledge

 

In this Clause 21.3, " Quasi-Security " means an arrangement or transaction described in paragraph (b) below.

 

(a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Lien over any of its assets.

 

(b) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

  - 82 -  

 

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Debt or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Lien or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security which is a Permitted Lien.

 

21.4 Disposals

 

(a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will), enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is a Permitted Disposal.

 

21.5 Arm's length basis

 

(a) Except as permitted by paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) enter into any transaction with any person except on arm's length terms and for full market value.

 

(b) The following transactions shall not be a breach of this Clause  21.5:

 

(i) intra-Group loans permitted under Clause 21.16 ( Loans or credit ); and

 

(ii) any Permitted Reorganisation to the extent that it only involves members of the Group; or

 

(iii) fees, costs and expenses payable under the Finance Documents in the amounts set out in the Finance Documents delivered to the Agent under Clause  4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or agreed by the Agent.

 

21.6 Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

21.7 Change of business

 

(a) Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, the Company shall ensure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Acquisition shall not constitute such a substantial change).

 

  - 83 -  

 

 

(b) Paragraph (a) shall not prevent the Company from engaging in any Permitted Business.

 

21.8 Preservation of properties

 

Subject to Permitted Discontinuance of Property Maintenance, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each other member of the Group will) maintain in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its material properties necessary or desirable in the conduct of its business, all in accordance with the judgment of the Company (acting reasonably).

 

21.9 Joint Ventures

 

(a) Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

(i) enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any Joint Venture; or

 

(ii) transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give Security for the obligations of a Joint Venture or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any acquisition of (or agreement to acquire) any interest in a Joint Venture or transfer of assets (or agreement to transfer assets) to a Joint Venture or loan made to or guarantee given in respect of the obligations of a Joint Venture if such transaction is a Permitted Joint Venture.

 

21.10 Insurance

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) maintain insurances on and in relation to its properties with reputable underwriters or insurance companies against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business.

 

21.11 Environmental Compliance

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply in all material respects with all Environmental Law and obtain and maintain any Environmental Permits where failure to do so has or is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.12 Environmental Claims

 

Subject to paragraph 19.4(b)(ii) of Clause 19.4 ( Information: miscellaneous ), the Company shall inform the Agent in writing as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of:

 

(a) any Environmental Claim that has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Group; or

 

  - 84 -  

 

 

(b) any facts or circumstances which will or are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

 

where the claim would be reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.13 Anti-corruption law

 

(a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facility for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions to which the relevant member of the Group or any Finance Party is subject.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):

 

(i) conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

 

(ii) maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

21.14 Sanctions

 

(a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) contribute or otherwise use the proceeds or make available the proceeds of the Facility, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity listed on any Sanctions List or located in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent such contribution or provision of proceeds would be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any Finance Party to be in breach of applicable Sanctions (at the time the proceeds were made available or contributed).

 

(b) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) fund all or part of any payment under the Facility out of proceeds derived from transactions which are prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any Finance Party to be in breach of applicable Sanctions (at the time the proceeds were made available or contributed).

 

(c) This covenant shall not be deemed to be made to or for the benefit of any Finance Party or any director, officer or employee thereof to the extent that this provision would expose that Finance Party or any director, officer or employee thereof to any liability under any applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute.

 

21.15 Taxation

 

(a) Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) duly and punctually pay and discharge all material Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties.

 

  - 85 -  

 

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above, shall not apply to any payment which is a Permitted Tax Non-Payments.

 

21.16 Financial indebtedness

 

The Company shall ensure that none of its Subsidiaries will incur or allow to remain outstanding any Debt, if and to the extent that such Debt would cause or result in a Net Leverage Ratio of 2.75:1 or more, excluding in this calculation all Debt that only has recourse against the Company and any Consolidated EBITDA generated by the Company.

 

21.17 Loans and credit

 

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) make any loans or grant any credit to or for the benefit of any person, other than a Permitted Loan.

 

21.18 Intellectual Property

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each other member of the Group will):

 

(a) preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property necessary for the business of the relevant Group member (" Material Intellectual Property ");

 

(b) use reasonable endeavours to prevent any infringement in any material respect of the Material Intellectual Property;

 

(c) make registrations and pay all registration fees and taxes necessary to maintain the Material Intellectual Property in full force and effect and record its interest in that Material Intellectual Property;

 

(d) not use or permit the Material Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Material Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of the Material Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any member of the Group to use such property; and

 

(e) not discontinue the use of the Material Intellectual Property,

 

where failure to do so, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, or, in the case of paragraphs (d) and (e) above, such use, permission to use, omission or discontinuation, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.19 Treasury transactions

 

No Obligor shall (and the Company will procure that no other member of the Group will) enter into any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement, other than a Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement.

 

  - 86 -  

 

 

21.20 Dividends

 

The Company shall not pay, make or declare any dividend or other distribution to all or any of its shareholders whilst and for so long as (i) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) any Utilisation is outstanding under the Facility.

 

21.21 Centre of main interests and establishment

 

For the purposes of the Regulation, the Company shall ensure that its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in either Luxembourg, Sweden, United Kingdom or the United States of America and that it shall have no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

21.22 Acquisition undertakings

 

(a) In respect of any payment of a dividend or distribution of share premium reserve following the occurrence of the Acquisition Closing Date by any member of the Target Group that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary of its Holding Company, the Company shall procure that the payment made by the relevant member of the Target Group to its minority shareholders shall be no greater than proportionate to their shareholding.

 

(b) The Company will procure that the Purchaser (or other relevant member of the Group) will promptly pay all amounts payable to the Sellers under the Acquisition Documents as and when they become due (except to the extent that any such amounts are being contested in good faith by a member of the Group and where adequate reserves are set aside for any such payment).

 

(c) The Company will procure that the Purchaser (or other relevant member of the Group) shall take all reasonable and practicable steps to preserve and enforce its rights (or the rights of any other member of the Group) and pursue any claims and remedies arising under any Acquisition Documents to the extent it would be commercially reasonable to do so in its reasonable opinion.

 

22. Events of Default

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 22 is an Event of Default, save for Clause 22.16 ( Acceleration ).

 

22.1 Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(a) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(i) administrative or technical error; or

 

(ii) a Disruption Event; and

 

  - 87 -  

 

 

(b) payment is made within five Business Days of its due date.

 

22.2 Financial covenants

 

Any requirement of Clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) is not satisfied.

 

22.3 Other obligations

 

(a)

 

(i) An Obligor does not comply with the provision of Clauses 21.3 ( Negative Pledge ), 21.4 ( Disposals ), 21.6 ( Pari passu ranking ), 21.9 ( Joint Ventures ), 21.13 ( Anti-corruption law ), 21.14 ( Sanctions ), 21.17 ( Loans and credit ), 21.20 ( Dividends ) or 21.21 ( Centre of main interests and establishment ).

 

(ii) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 20 days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company, and (B) a member of the executive committee or the treasury department of the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

(b)

 

(i) An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents, other than those referred to in Clauses 22.1 ( Non-payment ), 20 ( Financial covenants ), paragraph (a) of 22.3 ( Other obligations ) and 21.16 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

(ii) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 30 days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) a member of the executive committee or the treasury department of the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

22.4 Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made, and, the circumstance or event giving rise to such misrepresentation, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 21 days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to the Company and the Company becoming aware of the relevant misrepresentation.

 

22.5 Cross Payment Default and Cross Acceleration

 

(a) The occurrence of a Cross Payment Default.

 

(b) The occurrence of a Cross Acceleration.

 

  - 88 -  

 

 

(c) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 22.5 if the aggregate amount of Debt which is the subject of the events referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is less than US$ 50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) without double counting.

 

22.6 Insolvency

 

(a) A Material Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b) The value of the assets of any Material Company is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

(c) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Material Company.

 

22.7 Insolvency proceedings

 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Material Company;

 

(b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Material Company;

 

(c) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Material Company or any of its assets; or

 

(d) enforcement of any Lien over any assets of any Material Company,

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

This Clause 22.7 shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement.

 

22.8 Creditors' process

 

Any attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of a Material Company having an aggregate value of US$50,000,000 and is not discharged within 30 days or, where the Company reasonably believes such action is frivolous, vexatious or without merit, and is challenging such action in good faith, it is not discharged within 180 days.

 

  - 89 -  

 

 

22.9 Ownership of the Obligors

 

An Obligor (other than the Company) is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

22.10 Cessation of business

 

Any member of the Group suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business, except as a result of a Permitted Reorganisation or a Permitted Disposal.

 

22.11 Unlawfulness

 

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

22.12 Repudiation

 

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate either a Finance Document.

 

22.13 Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any member of the Group or any of its assets, where such action has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.14 Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened, against any member of the Group or its assets which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders (having taken into account appropriate local legal advice):

 

(a) is likely to be adversely determined; and

 

(b) if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.15 Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which in the opinion of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  - 90 -  

 

 

22.16 Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

 

(a) cancel the Total Commitments, at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(c) declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders

 

22.17 Clean-Up Period

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document:

 

(a) any breach of a Clean-Up Undertaking; or

 

(b) any Event of Default constituting a Clean-Up Default,

 

will be deemed not to be a breach of covenant or an Event of Default (as the case may be) if:

 

(i) it is notified by the Company or a Borrower to the Agent as soon as reasonably practicable;

 

(ii) it is capable of remedy and reasonable steps are being taken to remedy it;

 

(iii) it is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(iv) it was not procured or approved by the Company or a Borrower or, following the Acquisition Closing Date, any member of the relevant Target Group.

 

If the relevant circumstances are continuing after the date falling 90 days after the Acquisition Closing Date, there shall be a breach of breach of covenant or Event of Default, as the case may be notwithstanding the above (and without prejudice to the rights and remedies of the Finance Parties).

 

  - 91 -  

 

 

SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

23. Changes to the Lenders

 

23.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 23, a Lender (the " Existing Lender ") may:

 

(a) assign any of its rights; or

 

(b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

to (i) another bank or financial institution or (ii) a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a " Fund ") (the " New Lender ").

 

23.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a) The consent of the Company is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender unless the assignment or transfer is:

 

(i) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (provided such Lender or its Affiliate is not a Fund); or

 

(ii) made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing; and

 

(b) The consent of the Company to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed ( provided that a refusal to consent if the proposed assignee or transferee is a Fund, shall not be deemed unreasonable). The Company will be deemed to have given its consent 10 Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it ( provided that the request for consent is transmitted to two individuals at the Company whose details have been provided to the Agent in connection with Clause 30 ( Notices )) unless consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time.

 

(c) An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i) receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender; and

 

(ii) performance by the Agent of all necessary " know your customer " or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(d) An assignment or transfer shall be in a minimum amount of US$ 5,000,000.

 

  - 92 -  

 

 

(e) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

 

(f) If:

 

(i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause 13 ( Increased costs ),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (f) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

 

(g) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

23.3 Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$ 3,500.

 

23.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

(ii) the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

(iii) the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

  - 93 -  

 

 

(b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

(i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

(c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 23; or

 

(ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

23.5 Procedure for transfer

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

(b) The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 23.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the " Discharged Rights and Obligations ");

 

  - 94 -  

 

 

(ii) each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii) the Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".

 

23.6 Procedure for assignment

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

(b) The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 23.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii) the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the " Relevant Obligations ") and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; and

 

(iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 23.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

 

  - 95 -  

 

 

23.7 Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company

 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or an Increase Confirmation send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

23.8 Security over Lenders' rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 23.8, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

(b) in the case of any Lender which is a Fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as Security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

23.9 Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a " pro rata basis" to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 23.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(a) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (" Accrued Amounts ") and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

  - 96 -  

 

 

(b) the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 23.8, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

(c) In this Clause 23.9 references to "Interest Period" shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

 

24. Changes to the Obligors

 

24.1 Assignments and transfers by Obligors

 

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

24.2 Additional Borrowers

 

(a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 19.7 ( "Know your customer" checks ), the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower if:

 

(i) all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

 

(ii) the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter;

 

(iii) the Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

 

(iv) the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(b) The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ).

 

(c) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

  - 97 -  

 

 

24.3 Resignation of a Borrower

 

(a) The Company may request that a Borrower (other than the Company) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

(b) The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

(i) no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has confirmed this is the case); and

 

(ii) the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents,

 

at which time that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

24.4 Repetition of Representations

 

Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

  - 98 -  

 

 

SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

25. Role of the Agent and the Arranger

 

25.1 Appointment of the Agent

 

(a) Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

25.2 Duties of the Agent

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(b) Without prejudice to Clause 23.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company ), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or to any Assignment Agreement.

 

(c) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d) If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance Parties.

 

(e) If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Arranger) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f) The Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

25.3 Role of the Arranger

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.4 No fiduciary duties

 

(a) Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

  - 99 -  

 

 

(b) Neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

25.5 Business with the Group

 

The Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

25.6 Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

(a) The Agent may rely on:

 

(i) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

(ii) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

(b) The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 22.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

(c) The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

(d) The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

(e) The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

25.7 Majority Lenders' instructions

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

  - 100 -  

 

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

(c) The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

(d) In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

(e) The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

25.8 Responsibility for documentation

 

Neither the Agent nor the Arranger:

 

(a) is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(b) is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(c) is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

25.9 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 28.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc .)), the Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b) No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.4 ( Third Party Rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

  - 101 -  

 

 

(c) The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.

 

25.10 Lenders' indemnity to the Agent

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 28.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

25.11 Resignation of the Agent

 

(a) The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom, Sweden or Norway as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company.

 

(b) Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

(d) The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  - 102 -  

 

 

(e) The Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 25. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(g) After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(h) The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i) the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii) the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii) the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

 

and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

25.12 Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

  - 103 -  

 

 

25.13 Relationship with the Lenders

 

(a) Subject to Clause 23.9 ( Pro rata Interest Settlement ), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

(i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 30.6 ( Electronic communication )) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) and paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 30.6 ( Electronic communication ) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

25.14 Credit appraisal by the Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(c) whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  - 104 -  

 

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Annual Report and any other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.15 Reference Banks

 

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

25.16 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

25.17 Role of Reference Banks

 

(a) No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

 

(b) No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document in its capacity as a Reference Bank, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(c) No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.4 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

25.18 Third party Reference Banks

 

Any Reference Bank may rely on Clause 25.17 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 35 ( Confidentiality ) and paragraph (b) of Clause 34.2 ( Exceptions ) subject to Clause 1.4 ( Third Party Rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

26. Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  - 105 -  

 

 

(b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

27. Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

27.1 Payments to Finance Parties

 

(a) If a Finance Party (a " Recovering Finance Party ") receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 28 ( Payment mechanics ) (a " Recovered Amount ") and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

(i) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

 

(ii) the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 28 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(iii) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the " Sharing Payment ") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 28.6 ( Partial payments ).

 

27.2 Redistribution of payments

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the " Sharing Finance Parties ") in accordance with Clause 28.6 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

27.3 Recovering Finance Party's rights

 

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 27.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

  - 106 -  

 

 

27.4 Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the " Redistributed Amount "); and

 

(b) as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

27.5 Exceptions

 

(a) This Clause 27 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

(b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

  - 107 -  

 

 

SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

 

28. Payment Mechanics

 

28.1 Payments to the Agent

 

(a) On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency and with such bank as the Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

28.2 Distributions by the Agent

 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 28.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ), Clause 28.4 ( Clawback and pre-funding ) and Clause 25.16 ( Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

 

28.3 Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 29 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

28.4 Clawback and pre-funding

 

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b) Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

  - 108 -  

 

 

(c) If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of a Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to a Borrower:

 

(i) the Agent shall notify the Company of that Lender's identity and the Borrower to whom that sum was made available shall on demand refund it to the Agent; and

 

(ii) the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower to whom that sum was made available, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

28.5 Impaired Agent

 

(a) If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 28.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) may instead either:

 

(i) pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or

 

(ii) if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the relevant Borrower or the Lender making the payment (the " Paying Party ") and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the " Recipient Party " or " Recipient Parties "). In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

(c) A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 28.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

(d) A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party, give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

  - 109 -  

 

 

28.6 Partial payments

 

(a) If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid amount owing to the Agent and the Arranger under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(iii) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

(iv) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

28.7 No set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

28.8 Business Days

 

(a) Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

28.9 Currency of account

 

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, the dollar is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

  - 110 -  

 

 

(c) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

28.10 Change of currency

 

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

 

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

28.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a) the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b) the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c) the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d) any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 34 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(e) the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 28.11; and

 

  - 111 -  

 

 

(f) the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

29. Set-off

 

(a) A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

30. Notices

 

30.1 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

30.2 Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

(a) in the case of the Company, that identified with its name below;

 

(b) in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

(c) in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,

 

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

 

30.3 Delivery

 

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

  - 112 -  

 

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 30.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent's signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c) All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

(d) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

(e) Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

30.4 Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

30.5 Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

 

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

30.6 Electronic communication

 

(a) Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties:

 

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

 

  - 113 -  

 

 

(b) Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

(c) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

30.7 English language

 

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i) in English; or

 

(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

31. Calculations and Certificates

 

31.1 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

31.2 Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

31.3 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

32. Partial Invalidity

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

  - 114 -  

 

 

33. Remedies and Waivers

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

34. Amendments and Waivers

 

34.1 Required consents

 

(a) Subject to Clause 34.2 ( Exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b) The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.

 

34.2 Exceptions

 

(a) An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(i) the definition of "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

(ii) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents other than an extension made pursuant to Clause 6.2 ( Extension Option );

 

(iii) an increase or reduction in the Margin or an increase or reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(iv) a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(v) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the relevant Facility;

 

(vi) a change to the Borrowers other than in accordance with Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ) or the Guarantor;

 

(vii) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(viii) Clause 2.3 ( Finance Parties' rights and obligations ), Clause 7 ( Prepayment and cancellation ), Clause 12 ( Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities ) (but only to the extent it relates to FATCA), Clause 18.18 ( Sanctions ), Clause 21.14 ( Sanctions ), Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ), this Clause 34, Clause 38 ( Governing law ) or Clause 39.1 ( Jurisdiction );

 

  - 115 -  

 

 

(ix) the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

 

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

(b) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arranger or a Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Arranger or that Reference Bank as the case may be.

 

34.3 Replacement of Lenders

 

(a) If:

 

(i) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (d) below); or

 

(ii) an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 7.1( Illegality ) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 13 ( Increased costs ), Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or Clause 12.3 ( Tax Indemnity ) to any Lender;

 

then the Company may, on at least 10 Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a " Replacement Lender ") selected by the Company, and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement )), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 34.3 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent in its capacity as agent of the Finance Parties;

 

(ii) neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  - 116 -  

 

 

(iii) in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 30 Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;

 

(iv) in no event shall the Lender replaced under Clause 34.3 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

(v) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

(c) A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

(d) In the event that:

 

(i) the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

(iii) Lenders whose Commitments aggregate in the case of a consent, waiver or amendment requiring the approval of all the Lenders, more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a " Non-Consenting Lender ".

 

34.4 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

(a) For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining:

 

(i) the Majority Lenders; or

 

(ii) whether:

 

(A) any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the Facility; or

 

(B) the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

 

  - 117 -  

 

 

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender's Commitment under the relevant Facility will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitment under the relevant Facility and to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender's Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.

 

(b) For the purposes of this Clause 34.3, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

(i) any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

(ii) any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of " Defaulting Lender " has occurred,

 

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

34.5 Excluded Commitments

 

If any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within 10 Business Days (unless the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made:

 

(a) its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

(b) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

34.6 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

(a) The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving at least 10 Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

(i) replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  - 118 -  

 

 

(ii) require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender,

 

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a " Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender ") selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

(A) in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement )), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

(B) in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender and the Company and which does not exceed the amount described in paragraph (A) above.

 

(b) Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent in its capacity as agent of the Finance Parties;

 

(ii) neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender;

 

(iii) the transfer must take place no later than 10 Business Days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above unless any failure to effect the transfer within that period is due to the Defaulting Lender's failure to complete the checks referred to in paragraph (b)(iv) below;

 

(iv) in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

(v) the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender.

 

(c) The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

  - 119 -  

 

 

35. Confidentiality

 

35.1 Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 35.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 35.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

35.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

(a) to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

(b) to any person:

 

(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(iii) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 25.13 ( Relationship with the Lenders ));

 

(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above;

 

(v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  - 120 -  

 

 

(vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 23.8 ( Security over Lenders' rights );

 

(viii) who is a Party; or

 

(ix) with the consent of the Company;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(A) in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(B) in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(C) in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and

 

(D) in relation to paragraphs (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the Company is informed of any such disclosure;

 

(c) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party;

 

  - 121 -  

 

 

(d) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information,

 

provided that in all cases the prior consent of the Company shall be required for disclosure of Confidential Information by a Finance Party to a Fund or to any commercial competitor of any member of the Group.

 

35.3 Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

(i) names of Obligors;

 

(ii) country of domicile of Obligors;

 

(iii) place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

(iv) date of this Agreement;

 

(v) the names of the Agent and the Arranger;

 

(vi) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(vii) amount of Total Commitments;

 

(viii) currencies of the Facility;

 

(ix) type of Facility;

 

(x) ranking of Facility;

 

(xi) Termination Date and the Extended Termination Date (if applicable);

 

(xii) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xi) above; and

 

(xiii) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

 

  - 122 -  

 

 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

(b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c) The Company represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (a)(i) to (a)(xiii) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

(d) The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

 

(i) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

(ii) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

35.4 Entire agreement

 

This Clause 35 ( Confidentiality ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

35.5 Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

35.6 Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

 

(a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 35.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 35 ( Confidentiality ).

 

  - 123 -  

 

 

35.7 Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 35 ( Confidentiality ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

(a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

36. Confidentiality of Reference Bank Rates

 

36.1 Confidentiality and disclosure

 

(a) The Agent agrees to keep each Reference Bank Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

(b) The Agent may disclose any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(c) The Agent may disclose any Reference Bank Quotation to:

 

(i) any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

(ii) any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  - 124 -  

 

 

(iii) any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

(iv) any person with the consent of the relevant Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(d) The Agent's obligations in this Clause 36 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

36.2 Other obligations

 

(a) The Agent acknowledges that each Reference Bank Quotation is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent undertakes not to use any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

(b) The Agent agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

(i) of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 36.1 ( Confidentiality and disclosure ) above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(ii) upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 36.

 

37. Counterparts

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

  - 125 -  

 

 

SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

38. Governing Law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

39. Enforcement

 

39.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a " Dispute ").

 

(b) The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 39.1 ( Jurisdiction ) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, and notwithstanding paragraph (a) of Clause 39.1, any Finance Party may take proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

39.2 Service of process

 

Each Obligor agrees that the documents which start any proceedings in relation to any Finance Document, and any other documents required to be served in connection with those proceedings, may be served on it by being delivered to the Company at 5 th Floor, 610 Chiswick High Road, London, W4 5RU, United Kingdom or to such other address in England and Wales as each such Obligor may specify by notice in writing to the Agent. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the right of any Finance Party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. This Clause applies to proceedings in England and proceedings elsewhere.

 

39.3 Waiver of Immunity

 

Each Obligor waives generally all immunity it or its assets or revenues may otherwise have in any jurisdiction, including immunity in respect of:

 

(a) the giving of any relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or for the recovery of assets or revenues; and

 

(b) the issue of any process against its assets or revenues for the enforcement of a judgment or, in an action in rem , for the arrest, detention or sale of any of its assets and revenues.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

  - 126 -  

 

 

Schedule 1

The Original Parties

 

Part I

The Original Obligors

 

Name of Original Borrower

 

Registration number (or

equivalent, if any)

     

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

   
     
Name of Guarantor  

Registration number (or

equivalent, if any)

     
Millicom International Cellular S.A.    

 

  - 127 -  

 

 

Part II

The Original Lenders

 

Name of Original Lender   Commitment (USD)  
BNP Paribas Fortis SA/NV     250,000,000.00  
Goldman Sachs Bank USA     250,000,000.00  
J.P. Morgan Securities plc     250,000,000.00  
The Bank of Nova Scotia     250,000,000.00  
TOTAL     1,000,000,000.00  

 

  - 128 -  

 

 

Schedule 2

Conditions Precedent

 

Part I

Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation

 

1. Original Obligors

 

(a) A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

 

(b) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor:

 

(i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii) approving the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition;

 

(iii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

(iv) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request and Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

(c) A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

(d) A certificate of the Company (signed by an authorised signatory) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

(e) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

2. Legal opinions

 

(a) A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

(b) A legal opinion of Hogan Lovells (Luxembourg) LLP, legal advisers to the Company in Luxembourg, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

(c) If an Original Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, or Luxembourg, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  - 129 -  

 

 

3. Other documents and evidence

 

(a) This Agreement, the Fee Letters and the Engagement Letter each duly executed by the Obligors party to it.

 

(b) The 2017 Annual Report.

 

(c) A Group structure chart which shows the Group as at the date of this Agreement.

 

(d) A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent reasonably considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Company accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

(e) The Original Financial Statements of each Original Obligor.

 

(f) Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date ( provided that invoices in respect of any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) have been received by the Company at least three Business Days prior to the first Utilisation Date).

 

(g) Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each Lender has carried out and is satisfied with the results of all " know your customer " or other similar checks required in respect of the Original Obligors.

 

(h) A copy of the Acquisition Agreement for information purposes only and without a right of approval for the Agent or any of the other Finance Parties.

 

(i) A certificate of the Company (signed by an authorised signatory) certifying that (i) no material terms and conditions of the Acquisition Agreement have been amended or waived without the consent of the Arrangers (who shall act reasonably in giving consent) except to the extent it does not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Lenders as a whole under the Finance Documents; and (ii) the amounts to be drawn under the Facility together with any other amounts available to the Group are sufficient to pay the purchase price under the Acquisition Agreement.

 

  - 130 -  

 

Part II

Conditions Precedent required to be delivered

by an Additional Borrower

 

1. An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Borrower and the Company.

 

2. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Borrower.

 

3. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Borrower:

 

(a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Accession Letter;

 

(b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter on its behalf; and

 

(c) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

4. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

5. A certificate of the Additional Borrower (signed by an authorised signatory) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

6. A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Borrower certifying that each copy document listed in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter.

 

7. A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

8. If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Borrower.

 

9. A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

10. If the Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Borrower is incorporated (or by legal advisers to the Company if it is standard market practice in that jurisdiction for the Company's legal advisers to provide such opinions).

 

11. If the Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 39.2 ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment in relation to the Additional Borrower.

 

12. Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each Lender has carried out and is satisfied with the results of all " know your customer " or other similar checks required in respect of the Additional Obligor.

 

  - 131 -  

 

 

Schedule 3

Requests

 

Part I

Utilisation Request

 

From: [ name of relevant Borrower ]

 

To: The Bank of Nova Scotia as Agent

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 1,000,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2. We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date: [•] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
   
Facility to be utilised: The Facility
   
Currency of Loan: [•]
   
Amount: [•] or, if less, the Available Facility
   
Interest Period: [•]
   
Net Leverage Ratio 1  

 

3. We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) [or, to the extent applicable, Clause 4.3 ( Certain Funds Period )] of the Agreement is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4. The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [ account ].

 

5. This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

_________________________________

authorised signatory for and on behalf of

[ name of relevant Borrower ]

 

 

1 Based on most recently delivered financial statements/Compliance Certificate.

 

  - 132 -  

 

 

Part II

Selection Notice

 

From: [ name of relevant Borrower ]

 

To: The Bank of Nova Scotia as Agent

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 1,000,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2. We refer to the following Loan[s] with an Interest Period ending on [                                    ] *.

 

3. [We request that the above Loan[s] be divided into [             ] Loans with the following amounts and Interest Periods:] **

 

or

 

[We request that the next Interest Period for the above Loan[s] is [                    ]]. ***

 

4. This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

_________________________________

authorised signatory for

[the Company on behalf of]

[ name of relevant Borrower ]

 

 

 

* Insert details of all Loans which have an Interest Period ending on the same date.

 

** Use this option if division of Loans is requested.

 

*** Use this option if sub-division is not required.

 

  - 133 -  

 

 

Schedule 4

Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To: The Bank of Nova Scotia as Agent

 

From: [ The Existing Lender ] (the " Existing Lender ") and [ The New Lender ] (the " New Lender ")

 

Dated:

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 1,000,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2. We refer to Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

(a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation, and in accordance with Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), all of the Existing Lender's rights and obligations under the Agreement and other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b) The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

 

(c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

3. The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 23.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

 

[5/6]. This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

[6/7]. This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[7/8]. This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

  - 134 -  

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments, ]

 

For and on behalf of   For and on behalf of
[Existing Lender]   [New Lender]
     
By:   By:

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

 

For and on behalf of    
[●]    
     
By:    

 

  - 135 -  

 

 

Schedule 5

Form of Assignment Agreement

 

To: The Bank of Nova Scotia as Agent and Millicom International Cellular S.A. as Company, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From: [the Existing Lender ] (the " Existing Lender ") and [the New Lender ] (the " New Lender ")

 

Dated:

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 1,000,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2. We refer to Clause 23.6 ( Procedure for assignment ):

 

(a) The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b) The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

(c) The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above. 2

 

3. The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

 

4. On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5. The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

6. The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 23.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

 

[8/9]. This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 23.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company ), to the Company (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

 

2 If the Assignment Agreement is used in place of a Transfer Certificate in order to avoid a novation of rights/obligations for reasons relevant to a civil jurisdiction, local law advice should be sought to check the suitability of the Assignment Agreement due to the assumption of obligations contained in paragraph 2(c).

 

  - 136 -  

 

 

[9/10]. This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

[10/11]. This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[11/12]. This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

  - 137 -  

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Rights to be assigned and obligations to be released and undertaken

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

For and on behalf of   For and on behalf of
[Existing Lender]   [New Lender]
     
By:   By:

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

For and on behalf of    
[●]    
     
By:    

 

  - 138 -  

 

 

Schedule 6

Form of Accession Letter

 

To: The Bank of Nova Scotia as Agent

 

From: [ Subsidiary ] and Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 1,000,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession Letter.

 

2. [ Subsidiary ] agrees to become an Additional Borrower and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional Borrower pursuant to Clause 24.2 ( Additional Borrowers ) of the Agreement. [ Subsidiary ] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [ name of relevant jurisdiction ].

 

3. [The Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of [ Subsidiary ] becoming an Additional Borrower.] 3

 

4. [ Subsidiary's ] administrative details are as follows:

 

Address:

 

Fax No:

 

Attention:

 

5. This Accession Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[This Accession Letter is entered into by deed.]

 

For and on behalf of   For and on behalf of
Millicom International Cellular S.A.   [Subsidiary]
     
By:   By:

 

 

3 Include in the case of an Additional Borrower.

 

  - 139 -  

 

 

Schedule 7

Form of Resignation Letter

 

To: The Bank of Nova Scotia as Agent

 

From: [ resigning Borrower ] and Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 1,000,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

 

2. Pursuant to Clause 24.3 ( Resignation of a Borrower ), we request that [ resigning Borrower ] be released from its obligations as a Borrower under the Agreement.

 

3. We confirm that:

 

(a) no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and

 

(b) [•]*

 

4. This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

For and on behalf of   For and on behalf of
Millicom International Cellular S.A.   [Subsidiary]
     
By:   By:

 

NOTES:

 

* Insert any other conditions required by the Facility Agreement.

 

  - 140 -  

 

 

Schedule 8

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To: The Bank of Nova Scotia as Agent

 

From: Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 1,000,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [●] 2018 (the " Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2. We confirm that:

 

(a) in respect of the Relevant Period ending on [•], Consolidated Net Debt for such Relevant Period was [•] and Consolidated EBITDA was [•]. Therefore Net Leverage Ratio was [•] and the covenant contained in paragraph (a) of Clause 20.2 ( Financial Condition ) [has/has not] been complied with; and

 

(b) in respect of the Relevant Period ending on [•], Consolidated EBITDA for such Relevant Period was [•] and Consolidated Interest Expense was [•]. Therefore Interest Cover was [•] and the covenant contained in paragraph (b) of Clause 20.2 ( Financial Condition )) [has/has not] been complied with.

 

3. [We confirm that no Default is continuing.]*

 

Signed:      
  Director   Director
  of   of
  Company   Company

 

NOTES:

 

* If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

 

  - 141 -  

 

 

Schedule 9

LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking

 

THIS MASTER CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING is dated [•] and made between:

 

(1) [•]; and

 

(2) [•].

 

Either party (in this capacity the " Purchaser ") may from time to time consider acquiring an interest from the other party (in this capacity the " Seller ") in certain Agreements which, subject to the Agreements, may be by way of novation, assignment, the entering into, whether directly or indirectly, of a sub-participation or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to one or more relevant Finance Documents and/or one or more relevant Obligors or by way of investing in or otherwise financing, directly or indirectly, any such novation, assignment, sub-participation or other transaction (each an " Acquisition "). In consideration of the Seller agreeing to make available to the Purchaser certain information in relation to each Acquisition it is agreed as follows:

 

1. CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING

 

The Purchaser undertakes in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it (a) to keep all Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraph 2 below and to ensure that all Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to the Purchaser's own confidential information and (b) until that Acquisition is completed, to use the Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition only for the Permitted Purpose.

 

2. PERMITTED DISCLOSURE

 

The Purchaser may disclose in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it:

 

2.1 to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers and auditors such Confidential Information as the Purchaser shall consider appropriate if any person to whom such Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph 2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to such Confidential Information;

 

2.2 subject to the requirements of the relevant Agreement, to any person:

 

(a) to (or through) whom the Purchaser assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations which it may acquire under that Agreement such Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition as the Purchaser shall consider appropriate if the person to whom such Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (a) of paragraph 2.2 has delivered a letter to the Purchaser in equivalent form to this undertaking;

 

  - 142 -  

 

 

(b) with (or through) whom the Purchaser enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to that Agreement or any relevant Obligor such Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition as the Purchaser shall consider appropriate if the person to whom such Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph 2.2 has delivered a letter to the Purchaser in equivalent form to this undertaking;

 

(c) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation such Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition as the Purchaser shall consider appropriate; and

 

2.3 notwithstanding paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 above, Confidential Information to such persons to whom, and on the same terms as, a Finance Party is permitted to disclose such Confidential Information under the Agreement to which that Acquisition relates, as if such permissions were set out in full in this undertaking for the purposes of that Acquisition and as if references in those permissions to Finance Party were references to the Purchaser for the purposes of that Acquisition.

 

3. NOTIFICATION OF DISCLOSURE

 

The Purchaser agrees in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Seller:

 

3.1 of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) of paragraph 2.2 above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

3.2 upon becoming aware that Confidential Information relating to that Acquisition has been disclosed in breach of this undertaking.

 

4. RETURN OF COPIES

 

If the Purchaser does not enter into an Acquisition and the Seller so requests in writing, the Purchaser shall return or destroy all Confidential Information supplied to the Purchaser by the Seller in relation to that Acquisition and destroy or permanently erase (to the extent technically practicable) all copies of such Confidential Information made by the Purchaser and use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that anyone to whom the Purchaser has supplied any such Confidential Information destroys or permanently erases (to the extent technically practicable) such Confidential Information and any copies made by them, in each case save to the extent that the Purchaser or the recipients are required to retain any such Confidential Information by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body or in accordance with internal policy, or where the Confidential Information has been disclosed under sub- paragraph (c) of paragraph 2.2 above.

 

  - 143 -  

 

 

5. CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

 

The obligations in this undertaking are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on the Purchaser in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it until (a) if the Purchaser becomes a party to the Agreement to which that Acquisition relates as a lender of record, the date on which the Purchaser becomes such a party to such Agreement; (b) if the Purchaser enters into that Acquisition but it does not result in the Purchaser becoming a party to the Agreement to which that Acquisition relates as a lender of record, the date falling twelve months after the date on which all of the Purchaser's rights and obligations contained in the documentation entered into to implement that Acquisition have terminated; or (c) in any other case the date falling twelve months after the date of the Purchaser's final receipt (in whatever manner) of any Confidential Information in relation to that Acquisition.

 

6. NO REPRESENTATION; CONSEQUENCES OF BREACH, ETC.

 

The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it:

 

6.1 neither the Seller, nor any member of the relevant Group nor any of the Seller's or the relevant Group's respective officers, employees or advisers (each a " Relevant Person ") (i) make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to, or assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the Confidential Information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or any other information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or the assumptions on which it is based or (ii) shall be under any obligation to update or correct any inaccuracy in the Confidential Information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or any other information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or be otherwise liable to the Purchaser or any other person in respect of the Confidential Information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or any such information; and

 

6.2 the Seller or members of the relevant Group may be irreparably harmed by the breach of the terms of this undertaking and damages may not be an adequate remedy; each Relevant Person may be granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened or actual breach of the provisions of this undertaking by the Purchaser.

 

7. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: NO WAIVER; AMENDMENTS, ETC.

 

7.1 This undertaking constitutes the entire agreement between the Seller and the Purchaser in relation to the Purchaser's obligations regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

  - 144 -  

 

 

7.2 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising any right or remedy under this undertaking will operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm this letter. No election to affirm this letter will be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy will prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy under this undertaking.

 

7.3 The terms of this undertaking and the Purchaser's obligations under this undertaking may only be amended or modified by written agreement between the parties.

 

8. INSIDE INFORMATION

 

The Purchaser acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Purchaser undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

9. NATURE OF UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings given by the Purchaser in this undertaking are given to the Seller and are also given for the benefit of the relevant Company and each other member of the relevant Group.

 

10. THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

10.1 Subject to this paragraph 10 and to paragraphs 6 and 9, a person who is not a party to this undertaking has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this undertaking.

 

10.2 The Relevant Persons may enjoy the benefit of the terms of paragraphs 6 and 9 subject to and in accordance with this paragraph 10 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

10.3 Notwithstanding any provisions of this undertaking, the parties to this undertaking do not require the consent of any Relevant Person to rescind or vary this undertaking at any time.

 

11. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

11.1 This undertaking and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it (including any non-contractual obligations arising out of the negotiation of any Acquisition) are governed by English law.

 

11.2 The courts of England have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this undertaking (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with either this undertaking or the negotiation of any Acquisition).

 

  - 145 -  

 

 

12. DEFINITIONS

 

In this undertaking terms defined in the relevant Agreement (as defined below) shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning and:

 

" Agreement " means the USD 1,000,000,000 facility agreement dated [•] 2018 between, amongst others, Millicom International Cellular S.A. as the company, [•] as agent and certain financial institutions named therein as lenders.

 

" Company " means Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

" Confidential Information " means, in relation to each Acquisition, all information relating to the relevant Company, any relevant Obligor, the relevant Group, the relevant Finance Documents, [the/a] relevant Facility and/or that Acquisition which is received by the Purchaser in relation to the relevant Finance Documents or [the/a] relevant Facility from the Seller or any of its affiliates or advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

(a) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by the Purchaser of this undertaking; or

 

(b) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by the Seller or its advisers; or

 

(c) is known by the Purchaser before the date the information is disclosed to the Purchaser by the Seller or any of its affiliates or advisers or is lawfully obtained by the Purchaser after that date, from a source which is, as far as the Purchaser is aware, unconnected with the relevant Group and which, in either case, as far as the Purchaser is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

" Group " means, in relation to each Acquisition, the relevant Company and its subsidiaries for the time being (as such term is defined in the Companies Act 2006).

 

" Permitted Purpose " means, in relation to each Acquisition, considering and evaluating whether to enter into that Acquisition.

 

This undertaking has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this undertaking

 

  - 146 -  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

[•]    
     
By:    
     
     
     
[•]    
     
By:    

 

  - 147 -  

 

 

Schedule 10

Timetables

 

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request ))  

U-3

9.30am

     
Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation )  

U-3

3.00pm

     
LIBOR is fixed   Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m. London time

 

"U" = date of utilisation

 

"U - X" = Business Days prior to date of utilisation

 

  - 148 -  

 

 

Schedule 11

Form of Increase Confirmation

 

To: The Bank of Nova Scotia as Agent, and Millicom International Cellular S.A. as Company, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From: [the Increase Lender ] (the " Increase Lender ")

 

Dated:

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 1,000,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Increase Confirmation.

 

2. We refer to Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) of the Agreement.

 

3. The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the " Relevant Commitment ") as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement.

 

4. The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the " Increase Date ") is [•].

 

5. On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

6. The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

7. The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders' obligations referred to in paragraph (g) of Clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

 

[10/11.] This Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Increase Confirmation.

 

[11/12.] This Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[12/13]. This Increase Confirmation has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Increase Confirmation.

 

  - 149 -  

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

[ Increase Lender ]

 

By:

 

This Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [•].

 

Agent

 

By:

 

  - 150 -  

 

 

Schedule 12

Form of Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice

 

To: The Bank of Nova Scotia as Agent

 

Cc: Millicom International Cellular S.A. as the Company

 

From: [Designating Lender] (the " Designating Lender ")

 

Dated: [•]

 

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. – US$ 1,000,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [●] 2018 (the " Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Facility Agreement. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Designation Notice.

 

2. We hereby designate our Affiliate details of which are given below as a Substitute Affiliate Lender in respect of any Loans required to be advanced to [ specify name of borrower or refer to all borrowers in a particular jurisdiction etc ] (" Designated Loans ").

 

3. The details of the Substitute Affiliate Lender are as follows:

 

Name:

 

Facility Office:

 

Fax Number:

 

Attention:

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation:

 

4. By countersigning this notice below the Substitute Affiliate Lender agrees to become a Designated Affiliate Lender in respect of Designated Loans as indicated above and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Facility Agreement accordingly.

 

5. This Designation Notice and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

  - 151 -  

 

 

     
For and on behalf of    
[Designating Lender]    
     
     
     
We acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above.    
     
     
For and on behalf of    
[Substitute Affiliate Lender]    
     
     
     
We acknowledge the terms of the above.    
     
     
For and on behalf of    
The Agent    
     
     
     
Dated: [•]    

 

  - 152 -  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

THE COMPANY    
       
For and on behalf of    
MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.    
       
By: /s/ Timothy Lincoln Pennington   /s/ Justine Dimovic
  Senior EVP & Chief Financial Officer   Group Treasurer
       
Address: 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
       
Fax: +35227759932      

 

THE ORIGINAL BORROWER    
       
For and on behalf of    
MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.    
       
By: /s/ Salvador Escalón   /s/ Justine Dimovic
  Executive Vice President and   Group Treasurer
  General Counsel    
       
Address: 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
       
Fax: +35227759932    

 

THE GUARANTOR    
     
For and on behalf of    
MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.    
       
By: /s/ Bruno Nieuwland   /s/ Justine Dimovic
  Chief Administrative Officer   Group Treasurer
  Head of International Finance Projects    
       
Address: 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
       
Fax: +35227759932        

 

Company signature page to Facility Agreement

 

 

 

 

THE ARRANGERS    
       
For and on behalf of    

BNP PARIBAS FORTIS SA/NV

 

   
       
By: /s/ Jean-Philippe Rouane   /s/ Dominique de Narbonne
  Managing Director   Managing Director
  Corporate Debt Platform   EMEA Corporate Debt Platform
       
Address: 

Montagne du Parc 3,

1000 Bruxelles, Belgium

   
       
Fax: +33 14 29 80 979    
       
For and on behalf of    

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

 

   
By: /s/ Alisdair Fraser    
  Authorised Signatory    
       
Address: 200 West Street, New York NY 10232-2198    
       
Fax: +44 20 7552 7070    
       
For and on behalf of    

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC

 

   
By: /s/ Zev Garell    
       
Address: 25 Bank St London E145JP UK    
       
Fax:      
       
For and on behalf of    

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA 

   
     
By: /s/ Enrique Lopez   /s/ Jorden Davis
  VP, ICBB   Director, ICCB
       
Address: 28 th Floor, 40 King St West,    
  Toronto, ON, MH5 1H1    
       
Fax: +1 416 933 2295    

 

Arranger signature page to Facility Agreement

 

 

 

 

THE AGENT    
     
For and on behalf of    
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA    
       
By: /s/ Enrique Lopez   /s/ Jorden A. Davis
       
Address: 44 King Street West, Toronto, ON, MH5 1H1    
       
Fax: +1 416 866 3329    

 

Agent's contact details for funding, repayment or interest issues:

 

Global Wholesale Services - Loan Administration

720 King Street West, 4th Floor

Toronto, Ontario

Canada M5V 2T3

Attention: Tyrone Nicholson

Email: tyrone.nicholson@scotiabank.com / GWSLoanOps.Intl@scotiabank.com

 

Agent's contact details for all other issues:

 

Global Loan Syndications – Agency Services

40 King Street West, 55th floor

Toronto, Ontario

Canada M5H 1H1

Attention: Director & Head of Agency Services

Email: agency.services@scotiabank.com

 

Agent signature page to Facility Agreement

 

 

 

 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS    
       
For and on behalf of    

BNP PARIBAS FORTIS SA/NV

   
       
By: /s/ Jean-Philippe Rouane   /s/ Dominique de Narbonne
  Managing Director   Managing Director
  Corporate Debt Platform   EMEA Corporate Debt Platform
       
Address: 

Montagne du Parc 3,

1000 Bruxelles, Belgium

   
       
Fax: +33 14 29 80 979    
       
For and on behalf of    

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

   
       
By: /s/ Alisdair Fraser    
  Authorised Signatory    
       
Address: 200 West Street, New York NY 10232-2198    
       
Fax: +44 20 7552 7070    
       
For and on behalf of    

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC

   
     
By: /s/ Richard Johansson    
  Executive Director    
       
Address: 25 Bank Street London E14 5JP    
       
Fax: +44 207 777 4821    
       
For and on behalf of    

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

   
       
By: /s/ Enrique Lopez   /s/ Jorden Davis
  VP, ICBB   Director, ICCB
       
Address: 28 th Floor, 40 King St West,    
  Toronto, ON, MH5 1H1    
       
Fax: +1 416 933 2295    

 

Lender signature page to Facility Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.6

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

as the Issuer

 

$500,000,000 6.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2026

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of October 16, 2018

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS EUROPE AG

as Registrar

  

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Article 1 Definitions and Incorporation by Reference 1
     
Section 1.01 Definitions 1
Section 1.02 Other Definitions 28
Section 1.03 [Reserved] 29
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction 29
     
Article 2 The Notes 30
     
Section 2.01 Form and Dating 30
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication 31
Section 2.03 Paying Agent, Registrars and Transfer Agents 31
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money 32
Section 2.05 Holder Lists 32
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange 32
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes 39
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes 40
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes 40
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes 40
Section 2.11 Cancellation 40
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest 41
Section 2.13 Further Issues 41
Section 2.14 CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Number 41
Section 2.15 Deposit of Moneys 41
Section 2.16 Agents 42
     
Article 3 Redemption and Prepayment 42
     
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee 42
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased 42
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption 43
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption 44
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price 44
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part 44
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption 45
Section 3.08 Redemption upon changes in withholding taxes 46
Section 3.09 Escrow of Proceeds; Special Mandatory Redemption 47
Section 3.10 Sinking fund 48
Section 3.11 [Reserved] 48
Section 3.12 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds 48
Section 3.13 Post-Tender Redemption 50
     
Article 4 Covenants 50
     
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes 50
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency 51
Section 4.03 Provision of financial information 51
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate 53
Section 4.05 [Reserved] 53
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws 53
Section 4.07 [Reserved] 53

 

- i  -

 

 

Section 4.08 [Reserved] 53
Section 4.09 Limitation on Debt 53
Section 4.10 Limitation on Asset Dispositions 56
Section 4.11 [Reserved] 58
Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens securing Debt 58
Section 4.13 Limitation on lines of business 59
Section 4.14 [Reserved] 59
Section 4.15 Change of Control 59
Section 4.16 Limitation on Guarantees of the Issuer’s Debt by Subsidiaries 59
Section 4.17 [Reserved] 60
Section 4.18 Payments for consent 60
Section 4.19 [Reserved] 60
Section 4.20 Maintenance of listing 61
Section 4.21 Financial Calculations for Limited Condition Transactions 61
Section 4.22 Additional Amounts 62
Section 4.23 Suspension of certain covenants when Notes rated investment grade 64
Section 4.24 Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries 64
Section 4.25 FATCA 66
     
Article 5 Successors 67
     
Section 5.01 Merger, consolidations and certain sales of assets of the Issuer 67
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted 67
     
Article 6 Defaults and Remedies 68
     
Section 6.01 Events of Default 68
Section 6.02 Acceleration 69
Section 6.03 Other Remedies 69
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults 70
Section 6.05 Control by Majority 70
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits 70
Section 6.07 Right of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment 71
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee 71
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 71
Section 6.10 Priorities 72
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs 72
Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies 72
Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative 72
Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver 72
     
Article 7 Trustee 73
     
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee 73
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee 74
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee 76
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer 76
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults 76
Section 7.06 [Reserved] 76
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity 77
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee 78
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 79
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification 79
Section 7.11 Agents 79

 

- ii  -

 

 

Article 8 Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance 79
     
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 79
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge 79
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance 80
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance 80
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions 81
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer 82
Section 8.07 Reinstatement 82
     
Article 9 Amendment, Supplement and Waiver 82
     
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders 82
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders 83
Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents 85
Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes 85
Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 85
     
Article 10 [Reserved] 85
   
Article 11 [Reserved] 85
   
Article 12 [Reserved] 85
   
Article 13 Satisfaction and Discharge 85
     
Section 13.01 Satisfaction and Discharge 85
Section 13.02 Application of Trust Money 86
     
Article 14 Miscellaneous 86
     
Section 14.01 Notices 86
Section 14.02 [Reserved] 88
Section 14.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent 88
Section 14.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion 88
Section 14.05 Rules by Trustee and Agents 89
Section 14.06 Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities 89
Section 14.07 No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders 89
Section 14.08 Governing Law 89
Section 14.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements 89
Section 14.10 Successors 90
Section 14.11 Severability 90
Section 14.12 Counterpart Originals 90
Section 14.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 90
Section 14.14 Judgment Currency 90
Section 14.15 Prescription 90
Section 14.16 Contractual Recognition of Bail-In Powers 91

 

- iii  -

 

  

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

- iv  -

 

 

INDENTURE (this “ Indenture ”), dated as of October 16, 2018, among Millicom International Cellular S.A. (the “ Issuer ”), a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under the number B 40630 and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG as Registrar.

 

The Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2026 in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000 (the “ Initial Notes ”) and the Holders of any Additional Notes (as defined below and, together with the Initial Notes, the “ Notes ”):

 

Article 1

Definitions and Incorporation

by Reference

 

Section 1.01          Definitions.

 

Acquired Debt ” means Debt of a Person or its Subsidiary:

 

(a)          Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person (i) was acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with (including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)          Incurred to provide all or part of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, after giving pro forma effect to the transactions by which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary, (i) the Issuer would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof; or (ii) the Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than such ratio before giving effect to such transactions.

 

Acquisition ” means the acquisition of an 80% stake of Cable Onda by Millicom LIH S.A., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for Book-Entry Interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

  1  

 

  

Applicable Redemption Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

 

(a)          1% of the principal amount of such Note at such time; and

 

(b)          the excess of:

 

(i)          the present value at such redemption date of: (x) the redemption price of such Note at October 15, 2021 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(e)); plus (y) all required interest payments that would otherwise be due to be paid on such Note during the period between the redemption date and October 15, 2021 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(ii)         the outstanding principal amount of such Note.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Applicable Redemption Premium shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent or the Paying Agent and shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Holders no less than two (2) Business Days prior to any redemption date.

 

Asset Disposition ” means any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including a consolidation or merger or other sale of any such Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to another Person in a transaction in which such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, but excluding a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which is an 80% or more owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of (i) shares of Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares to be held by third parties to satisfy applicable legal requirements) or other ownership interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, (ii) substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries representing a division or line of business or (iii) other assets or rights of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary course of business; provided that the term “Asset Disposition” shall not include:

 

(a)          any dispositions of assets in a single transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value in any calendar year of not more than the greater of (x) $25 million and (y) 1% of Total Assets (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next succeeding year subject to a maximum of the greater of $25 million and 1% of Total Assets of carried over amounts for any calendar year);

 

(b)          any disposition of Tower Equipment, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with such disposition or Sale/Leaseback Transaction must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10.

 

(c)          a transfer of assets between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d)          the issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(e)          any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

  2  

 

  

(f)          the sale, lease or other transfer of products, services, accounts receivable, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, surplus, worn-out or obsolete assets;

 

(g)         dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

 

(h)         disposals of assets, rights or revenue not constituting part of the Related Business and other disposals of non-core assets acquired in connection with any acquisition permitted under this Indenture;

 

(i)          licenses and sublicenses of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j)          any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)          the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

 

(l)          the granting of Liens not prohibited by Section 4.12 hereof;

 

(m)         a transfer or disposition of assets that is governed by the provisions of this Indenture described under Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(n)          the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(o)          the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

 

(p)          sales of accounts receivable and related assets or an interest therein of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to a Receivables Entity, and Investments in a Receivables Entity consisting of cash or Securitization Obligations;

 

(q)         any disposition or expropriation of assets or Capital Stock which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is required by, or made in response to concerns raised by, a regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(r)          any disposition of Capital Stock, Debt or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(s)         disposal of non-core assets acquired in connection with any acquisition permitted under this Indenture;

 

(t)          any disposition of assets to a Person who is providing services related to such assets, the provision of which have been or are to be outsourced by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Person;

 

(u)         any disposition of investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding agreements; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in such disposition is applied in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.10;

 

(v)         any sale or disposition with respect to property built, repaired, improved, owned or otherwise acquired by the Issuer or any Subsidiary pursuant to customary sale and leaseback transactions, asset securitizations and other similar financings permitted by this Indenture; and

 

  3  

 

 

(w)         any dispositions constituting the surrender of tax losses by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (i) to Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) in order to eliminate, satisfy or discharge any tax liability of any Person that was formerly a Subsidiary of the Issuer which has been disposed of pursuant to a disposal permitted by the terms of this Indenture, to the extent that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary would have a liability (in the form of an indemnification obligation or otherwise) to one or more Persons in relation to such tax liability if not so eliminated, satisfied or discharged; and

 

(x)          any other disposal of assets not described in clauses (a) to (w) above comprising in aggregate percentage value 10% or less of Total Assets.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” means (a) Title 11 of the U.S. Code (as may be amended from time to time) or (b) any other law of the United States (or any political subdivision thereof), the British Virgin Islands (or any political subdivision thereof), Curasao (or any political subdivision thereof), the Netherlands (or any political subdivision thereof), Luxembourg (or any political subdivision thereof), England (or any political subdivision thereof), Chad (or any political subdivision thereof), Ghana (or any political subdivision thereof), Tanzania (or any political subdivision thereof), DRC (or any political subdivision thereof), Senegal (or any political subdivision thereof) or the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

 

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “ Beneficially Owns ” and “ Beneficially Owned ” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(a)          with respect to any corporation, the board of directors or managers of the corporation (which, in the case of any corporation having both a supervisory board and an executive or management board, shall be the executive or management board) or any duly authorized committee thereof;

 

(b)          with respect to any partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof;

 

(c)          with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(d)          with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee thereof or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Book-Entry Interest ” means a beneficial interest in a Global Note held by or through a Participant.

 

Business Day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, London or Luxembourg, are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Cable Onda ” means Cable Onda S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Panama.

 

  4  

 

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” of any Person means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of real or personal property of such Person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the face of a statement of financial position of such Person in accordance with IFRS. The Stated Maturity of such obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. The principal amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on the face of a statement of financial position of such Person in accordance with IFRS.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock or other equity participation, including partnership interests, whether general or limited, of such Person.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(a)          (i) Government Securities and (ii) any direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, a member of the European Union for the payment of which obligations or guarantee the full faith and credit of such member of the European Union is pledged and which have a remaining weighted average life to maturity of not more than one year from the date of Investment therein;

 

(b)          term deposit accounts (excluding current and demand deposit accounts), certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits and money market deposits and bankers’ acceptances, in each case, issued by or with (i) Banco Itaú BBA, BBVA, Barclays Bank, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Agricole CIB, DNB, Goldman Sachs, J.P. Morgan, ICBC, Bank of China, Nordea Standard Bank, Standard Chartered Bank, Scotiabank, and their respective Affiliates, (ii) a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Canada, Australia or any member state of the European Union, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $100 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A3/A-” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act), or (iii) any money market fund sponsored by a U.S. registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;

 

(c)          repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b)(i) and (ii) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b)(ii) above;

 

(d)          commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Fitch or Moody’s and in each case maturing within 365 days after the date of acquisition;

 

(e)          money market funds mutual funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the types described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition; and

 

(f)          with respect to any Person organized under the laws of, or having its principal business operations in, a jurisdiction outside the United States, the United Kingdom or the European Union, those investments that are of the same type as investments in clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) of this definition except that the obligor thereon is organized under the laws of the country (or any political subdivision thereof) in which such Person is organized or conducting business.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)          any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

  5  

 

 

(b)          the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its respective subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) occurs; or

 

(c)          a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer is adopted.

 

Change of Control Triggering Event ” will be deemed to have occurred if a Change of Control has occurred and a Rating Decline occurs.

 

“Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme and its successors.

 

Completion Date ” means the date on which the Acquisition is consummated and the proceeds from the offering of the Initial Notes are released from the Escrow Account.

 

Common Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, a depositary common to Euroclear and Clearstream, including any and all successors thereto appointed as Common Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision(s) of this Indenture.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, operating profit of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as such amount is determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS, plus the sum of the following amounts, in each case, without duplication. Losses shall be added (as a positive number) and gains shall be deducted, in each case, to the extent such amounts were included in calculating operating profit:

 

(a)          depreciation and amortization expenses;

 

(b)          the net loss or gain on the disposal and impairment of assets;

 

(c)          share-based compensation expenses;

 

(d)          at the Issuer’s option, other non-cash charges reducing operating profit ( provided that if any such non-cash charge represents an accrual of or reserve for potential cash charges in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce operating profit to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period) less other non-cash items of income increasing operating income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents (x) a receipt of cash payments in any future period, (y) the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced operating income in any prior period and (z) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase operating income in such prior period);

 

(e)          any material extraordinary, one-off, non-recurring, exceptional or unusual gain, loss, expense or charge, including any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, relocation, refinancing, integration or severance or other post-employment arrangements, signing, retention or completion bonuses, transaction costs, acquisition costs, disposition costs, business optimization, information technology implementation or development costs, costs related to governmental investigations and curtailments or modifications to pension or postretirement benefits schemes, litigation or any asset impairment charges or the financial impacts of natural disasters (including fire, flood and storm and related events);

 

(f)          at the Issuer’s option, the effects of adjustments in its consolidated financial statements pursuant to IFRS (including inventory, property, equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items) attributable to the application of recapitalization accounting or acquisition accounting, as the case may be, in relation to any consummated acquisition or joint venture investment or the amortization or write-off or write-down of amounts thereof, net of taxes;

 

  6  

 

 

(g)          any reasonable expenses, charges or other costs related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence, waiver or amendment of any Debt (or the refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or consummated), in each case, as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer;

 

(h)          any gains or losses on associates;

 

(i)           any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of equity Investments;

 

(j)           any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements;

 

(k)          any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of put options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(l)           any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of call options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(m)         any net foreign exchange gains or losses;

 

(n)          at the Issuer’s option, any adjustments to reduce the impact of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

(o)          accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the closing date of any acquisition that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of such acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition in accordance with IFRS;

 

(p)          any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period);

 

(q)          the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets;

 

(r)          any net gain (or loss) realized upon any Sale/Leaseback Transaction that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer;

 

(s)          the amount of loss on the sale or transfer of any assets in connection with an asset securitization program, receivables factoring transaction or other receivables transaction (including, without limitation, a Qualified Receivables Transaction); and

 

(t)          Specified Legal Expenses.

 

  7  

 

 

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period, as of such date of determination:

 

(i)          if, since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has made any Asset Disposition or disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “ Sale ”), including any Sale occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

 

(ii)         if, since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquires any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “ Purchase ”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(iii)        if, since the beginning of such period any Person (that became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period, including anticipated synergies and cost savings as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(iv)        whenever pro forma effect is applied, the pro forma calculations will be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (including in respect of anticipated synergies and cost savings) as though the full effect of synergies and cost savings were realized on the first day of the relevant period and shall also include the reasonably anticipated full run rate cost savings effect (as calculated in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Issuer) of cost savings programs that have been initiated by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries as though such cost savings programs had been fully implemented on the first day of the relevant period; and

 

(v)         for the purposes of determining the amount of Consolidated EBITDA under this definition denominated in a foreign currency, the Issuer may, at its option, calculate the U.S. Dollar equivalent amount of such Consolidated EBITDA based on either (i) the weighted average exchange rates for the relevant period used in the consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for such relevant period or (ii) the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date.

 

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer, any Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA shall be added to the amount determined in accordance with the foregoing.

 

  8  

 

 

Consolidated Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum without duplication of (1) the total amount of Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, minus (2) the sum without duplication of (i) all Debt outstanding under Minority Shareholder Loans, (ii) any Debt which is a contingent obligation of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, (iii) all Debt permitted by clause (3) of Section 4.09(b), (iv) all Debt permitted by clause (17) of Section 4.09(b) and (v) all Debt outstanding under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease; minus (3) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than cash or Cash Equivalents received from the Incurrence of Debt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such cash or Cash Equivalents has not been subsequently applied or used for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would be stated on the statement of financial position of the Issuer as of such date in accordance with IFRS, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Restricted Cash.

 

Credit Facility ” means, a debt facility, arrangement, instrument, trust deed, note purchase agreement, indenture, purchase money financing, commercial paper facility or overdraft facility with banks or other institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Debt, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended, in whole or in part from time to time, and in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including, but not limited to, any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (i) changing the maturity of any Debt Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Debt Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

Custodian ” means Citibank N.A., London Branch, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

Debt ” means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent:

 

(a)          the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such Person for money borrowed;

 

(b)          the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(c)          every reimbursement obligation of such person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person (but only to the extent such obligations are not reimbursed within 30 days following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement); and

 

(d)          the principal component of every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (c) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has Guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise to the extent not otherwise included in the Debt of such Person.

 

The “amount” or “principal amount” of Debt at any time of determination as used herein represented by (x) any Debt issued at a price that is less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS, (y) any Redeemable Stock, shall be the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price in respect thereof; and (z) any amount of Debt that has been cash-collateralized, to the extent so cash-collateralized, shall be excluded from any calculation of Debt. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, for all purposes under this Indenture, the amount of Debt Incurred, repaid, redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer shall equal the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS and reflected on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position.

 

  9  

 

 

The term “Debt” shall not include:

 

(i)          obligations described in clauses (a) or (b) of the first paragraph of this definition of Debt that are Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (the “ Proceeds Recipient ”) and owed to a bank or other lending institution (the “ On-Lend Bank ”) to facilitate the substantially concurrent on-lending of proceeds (the “ Proceeds On-Loan ”) from Debt Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) as permitted by Section 4.09 hereof (the “ Initial Debt ”) to the extent (i) the principal obligations in respect of the Proceeds On-Loan are secured by security over cash granted in favor of the On-Lend Bank or any of its affiliates in an amount not less than the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan or (ii) the Proceeds On-Loan is put in place substantially concurrently with a loan by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) to the On-Lend Bank (the “ On-Lend Bank Borrowing ”) pursuant to which the Proceeds Recipient is entitled to reduce the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan by an amount equal to the principal amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing if a default or acceleration occurs with respect to such On-Lend Bank Borrowing or (iii) the substantial risks and rewards of the Proceeds On-Loan are transferred, using a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement, from the On-Lend Bank to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) in exchange for an amount not less than (x) the amount of cash granted in favor of the On-Lend Bank or any of its Affiliates or (y) the outstanding amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing, as applicable, in each case as at the effective date of such transfer;

 

(ii)         any liability of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) attributable to a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement described in paragraph (a)(iii) above to the extent such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS and recorded as a current liability on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position;

 

(iii)        any Restricted MFS Cash;

 

(iv)        any liability of the Issuer attributable to a put option or similar instrument, arrangement or agreement entered into after the Issue Date granted by the Issuer relating to an interest in any other entity, in each case to the extent such option has not been exercised or such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS, and recorded as a current liability on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position;

 

(v)         any standby letter of credit, performance bond or surety bond provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that are customary in the Related Business to the extent such letters of credit or bonds are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, are honored in accordance with their terms;

 

(vi)        any deposits or prepayments received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from a customer or subscriber for its service and any other deferred or prepaid revenue;

 

(vii)       any obligations to make payments in relation to earn outs;

 

(viii)      Debt which is in the nature of equity (other than redeemable shares) or equity derivatives;

 

  10  

 

 

(ix)         Capital Lease Obligations or operating leases;

 

(x)          receivables sold or discounted, whether recourse or non-recourse, including for the avoidance of doubt any debt in respect of Qualified Receivables Transactions, including without limitation guarantees by a Receivables Entity of the obligations of another Receivables Entity;

 

(xi)         pension obligations or any obligation under employee plans or employment agreements;

 

(xii)        any “parallel debt” obligations to the extent that such obligations mirror other Debt;

 

(xiii)       any payments or liability for assets acquired or services supplied deferred (including Trade Payables) in accordance with the terms pursuant to which the relevant assets were or are to be acquired or services were or are to be supplied;

 

(xiv)      the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (including, in each case, any accrued dividends); and

 

(xv)       the net obligations of such Person under any Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement.

 

Default ” means an event that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Definitive Registered Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Sections 2.06, 2.07 and 2.09 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and bearing the Private Placement Legend, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, any of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, including any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision(s) of this Indenture.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

(a)          matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

(b)          is convertible or exchangeable for Debt or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

 

(c)          is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

 

  11  

 

 

in each case on or prior to the earlier of the date (a) of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) on which there are no Notes Outstanding, provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Issuer with the Sections 4.15 and 4.10 hereof.

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company and its successors.

 

Equity Investor ” means Investment Kinnevik AB.

 

Equity Offering ” means a sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer or a Holding Company of the Issuer pursuant to which the net cash proceeds are contributed to the Issuer in the form of a subscription for, or a capital contribution in respect of, Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer.

 

Escrow Account ” means the segregated trust account opened in the name of the Issuer, but controlled by the Escrow Agent and into which the net proceeds from the offering of the Initial Notes will be deposited on the Issue Date in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Agent ” means, initially, J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A., in its capacity as Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement, and any and all successors thereto.

 

Escrow Agreement ” means the escrow agreement entered into on the Issue Date among the Escrow Agent, the Issuer and the Trustee, governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

Escrow Longstop Date ” means May 1, 2019.

 

Escrowed Property ” means the initial funds deposited in the Escrow Account, and all other funds, securities, interest, dividends, distributions and other property and payments credited to the Escrow Account (less any property or funds paid in accordance with the Escrow Agreement).

 

Euro MTF Market ” means the Euro MTF Market, the alternative market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, SA/NV and its successors.

 

European Union ” means the European Union as of January 1, 2004, including the countries of Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom, but not including any country which became or becomes a member of the European Union after January 1, 2004.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s length free market transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Issuer’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or responsible accounting or financial officer.

 

“Fitch ” means Fitch Rating, Ltd. and its successors.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

  12  

 

 

Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligations or Guarantee the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged and which have a remaining Weighted-Average Life to Maturity of not more than one year from the date of Investment therein.

 

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the global notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Private Placement Legend and the Global Note Legend, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 2.06 hereof.

 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Gradation ” means a gradation within a Rating Category or a change to another Rating Category, which shall include: (i) “+” and “-” in the case of Fitch’s current Rating Categories ( e.g. , a decline from BB+ to BB would constitute a decrease of one gradation), (ii) 1, 2 and 3 in the case of Moody’s current Rating Categories (e.g., a decline from Ba1 to Ba2 would constitute a decrease of one gradation), or (iii) the equivalent in respect of successor Rating Categories of Fitch or Moody’s or Rating Categories used by Rating Agencies other than Fitch and Moody’s.

 

Guarantee ” by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guaranteeing, any Debt of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person:

 

(a)          to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Debt;

 

(b)          to purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Debt of the payment of such Debt; or

 

(c)          to maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt (and “ Guaranteed ” and “ Guaranteeing ” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided , however , that the Guarantee by any Person shall not include endorsements by such Person for collection or deposit, in either case, in the ordinary course of business.

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is recorded on the Registrar’s books.

 

Holding Company ” means any Person (other than a natural person) which legally and Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the Voting Stock and/or Capital Stock of another Person, either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.

 

IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor board or agency (and, at the irrevocable option of the Issuer, as adopted by the European Union), as in effect on the Issue Date; provided that the Issuer may, at any time, irrevocably elect by written notice to the Trustee to use IFRS as in effect from time to time, and, upon such notice, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS as in effect from time to time. The Issuer also may, at any time, irrevocably elect by written notice to the Trustee to use GAAP as in effect from time to time in lieu of IFRS and, upon such notice, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean GAAP as in effect from time to time; provided that upon first reporting its fiscal year results under GAAP, the Issuer shall restate the financial statements required to be delivered under Section 4.03, on the basis of GAAP for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the first fiscal year for which financial statements have been prepared on the basis of GAAP.

 

  13  

 

 

Incur ” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation, including by acquisition of Subsidiaries (the Debt of any other Person becoming a Subsidiary of such Person being deemed for this purpose to have been incurred at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary), or the recording, as required pursuant to IFRS or otherwise, of any such Debt or other obligation on the statement of financial position of such Person (and “Incurrence,” “Incurred,” “Incurrable” and “Incurring” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided , however , that a change in IFRS that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt. If any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary on any date after the date of this Indenture (including by Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary), the Debt of such Person outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by such Person on such date for purposes of Section 4.09.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement ” of any Person means any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financial agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices or indices (excluding contracts for the purchase or sale of goods in the ordinary course of business).

 

Investment ” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance or other extension of credit or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other property to others or payments for property or services for the account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other Person, including any payment on a Guarantee of any obligation of such other Person, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a statement of financial position (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS, but shall not include (a) trade accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business on credit terms made generally available to the customers of such Person, or (b) commission, travel, payroll, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees and profit sharing and other employee benefit plan contributions made in the ordinary course of business. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to a subsequent change in value and, to the extent applicable, shall be determined based on the equity value of such Investment.

 

Investment Grade ” means (i) BBB- or above in the case of Fitch (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Fitch), (ii) Baa3 or above, in the case of Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Moody’s), and (iii) the equivalent in respect of the Rating Categories of any Rating Agencies.

 

Issue Date ” means October 16, 2018.

 

Issuer ” means Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA ” means an amount equal to the product of (i) the Consolidated EBITDA of any joint venture (determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer on the same basis as provided for in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” (with the exception of clause (i) and the last sentence thereof) as if each reference to the “Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries” in such definition was to such joint venture) whose financial results are not consolidated with those of the Issuer in accordance with IFRS and (ii) a percentage equal to the direct or indirect equity ownership percentage of the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Capital Stock of such joint venture and its Subsidiaries.

 

  14  

 

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, encumbrance, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

Limited Condition Transaction ” means (i) any Investment or acquisition, including by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation, in each case, by one or more of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing and (ii) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Debt requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment.

 

Luxembourg ” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

“Minority Shareholder Loan” means Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is issued to and held by an equity owner of such Restricted Subsidiary, other than the Issuer or a subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

Net Available Proceeds ” from any Asset Disposition means cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of sale or discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but excluding any assets described in clauses (4) and (5) of Section 4.10(b) hereof and other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquirer of Debt or other obligations relating to such properties or assets) therefrom by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of:

 

(a)          all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, including, without limitation, legal, consultant, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, discounts and brokerage costs, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

(b)          all payments made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on any Debt which is secured by such assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such assets or which must by the terms of such Debt or Lien, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

(c)          all distributions and other payments made to other equity holders in the Issuer’s Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

 

(d)          appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as a reserve in accordance with IFRS, against any liabilities associated with such assets and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, after such Asset Disposition, including, without limitation, liabilities under any indemnification obligations, relocation costs and severance and other employee termination costs associated with such Asset Disposition, in each case as determined by the Issuer’s Board of Directors, in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

  15  

 

 

Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) the Consolidated Net Debt outstanding on such date to (2) the Consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which consolidated financial statements are available, determined, in each case, on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt had been Incurred, or such other Debt had been repaid, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, at the beginning of such four fiscal quarter period; provided, however, that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to (i) any Debt Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.09(b) hereof (other than Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (6) of Section 4.09(b) hereof), or (ii) the discharge on such determination date of any Debt to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b) hereof (other than the discharge of Debt using proceeds of Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (6) of Section 4.09(b) hereof). For the avoidance of doubt, in determining Net Leverage Ratio, no cash or Cash Equivalents shall be included that are the proceeds of Debt in respect of which the pro forma calculation is to be made.

 

Offer to Purchase ” means a written offer (the “ Offer ”) sent by the Issuer by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address appearing on the Registrar’s books on the date of the Offer offering to purchase up to the principal amount of Notes specified in such Offer at the purchase price specified in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date (the “ Expiration Date ”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 10 days or more than 60 days after the date of such Offer and a settlement date (the “ Purchase Date ”) for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee at least 15 Business Days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:

 

(a)          the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;

 

(b)          the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

 

(c)          the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes offered to be purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such has been determined pursuant to the Section of this Indenture requiring the Offer to Purchase) (the “ Purchase Amount ”);

 

(d)          the purchase price to be paid by the Issuer for each $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “ Purchase Price ”);

 

(e)          that each Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in minimum amounts of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(f)           the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

 

(g)          that interest on any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue;

 

(h)          that on the Purchase Date the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Note being accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase and that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after the Purchase Date;

 

(i)          that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note at the place or places specified in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);

 

  16  

 

 

(j)          that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Issuer (or their paying agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of the Note such Holder tendered, the certificate number of such Note and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;

 

(k)          that (a) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased and provided that Notes of $200,000 or less may only be purchased in whole and not in part); and

 

(l)          that in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the Note so tendered.

 

Any Offer to Purchase shall be governed by and effected in accordance with the Offer for such Offer to Purchase.

 

For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market, and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post notices relating to the Offer to Purchase on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ).

 

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum dated October 11, 2018 relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

 

Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer or a responsible accounting, financial officer or any authorized signatory of the Issuer.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, any Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, any Director or Manager as the case may be, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive or Senior Vice President, or the Secretary of the Board of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee and, where applicable, the paying agent.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, where such opinion is addressed to, or is for the benefit of the Trustee) that meets the requirements of Section 14.04 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Outstanding ,” when used with respect to the Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except :

 

(a)          Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

  17  

 

 

(b)          Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee in trust or any paying agent (other than the Issuer) or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as its own paying agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

 

(c)          Notes which have been paid or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the Issuer; provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

Pari Passu Debt ” means any Debt of the Issuer that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of related business assets or a combination of related business assets, cash and Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

 

Permitted Holders” means the Equity Investor and its Related Parties.

 

Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement ” of any Person means any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions in the ordinary course of business that is designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates or with respect to Debt Incurred and which shall have a notional amount no greater than the payments due with respect to the Debt being hedged thereby, or in the case of currency or commodity protection agreements against currency exchange or commodity price fluctuations in the ordinary course of business relating to then existing financial obligations and not for purposes of speculation.

 

Permitted Investments ” means (1) loans or advances to employees and officers (or loans to any direct or indirect parent, the proceeds of which are used to make loans or advances to employees or officers, or Guarantees of third-party loans to employees or officers) in the ordinary course of business; and (2) customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements; and (3) the granting of Liens pursuant to clause (ll) of the definition of Permitted Liens.

 

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

(a)          Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceeds promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made therefor;

 

  18  

 

 

(b)          Liens imposed by law, such as statutory Liens of landlords’, carriers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business or Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to attorney’s liens or bankers’ liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution;

 

(c)          Liens on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance bids, trade contracts, letters of credit, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(d)          Liens on property at the time the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired such property and Liens Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such property was acquired by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(e)          Liens on the property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (including Liens created, incurred or assumed in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition or transaction); provided , however , that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person (other than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such Lien at the time of acquisition on property of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such acquisition);

 

(f)           pledges or deposits by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)          utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(h)          any provision for the retention of title to any property by the vendor or transferor of such property which property is acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and for which kind of transaction it is customary market practice for such retention of title provision to be included;

 

(i)          Liens arising by means of any judgment, decree or order of any court, to the extent not otherwise resulting in a Default hereunder so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order have not been fully terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceeding in the ordinary course of business;

 

  19  

 

 

(j)          Liens securing any Credit Facility or any Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement;

 

(k)          [Reserved];

 

(l)           mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has easement rights or on any real property leased by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or similar agreements relating thereto and any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings or compulsory purchase order affecting real property;

 

(m)         Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

(n)          Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(o)          Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings in respect of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(p)          Liens arising from financing statement filings (or other similar filings in any applicable jurisdiction) regarding operating leases entered into by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q)          Liens on goods (and the proceeds thereof) and documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Debt in respect of commercial letters of credit issued to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(r)           Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to secure Debt Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(s)          Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of Capital Lease Obligations or payments Incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Liens do not encumber any other assets or property of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

(t)          Liens on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to replace in whole or in part, any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (s); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Debt being refinanced or in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

(u)          any interest or title of a lessor under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease;

 

(v)          Liens on any escrow account used in connection with an acquisition of property or Capital Stock of any Person or pre-funding a refinancing of Debt otherwise permissible by this Indenture;

 

(w)         Liens on the Issuer’s and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ deposits in favor of financial institutions arising from any netting or set-off arrangement substantially consistent with its current practice for the purpose of netting debt and credit balances substantially consistent with the Issuer’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ existing cash pooling arrangements;

 

  20  

 

 

(x)          Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that do not exceed the greater of $250 million or 4% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding and that do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Issuer, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(y)          Liens over cash or other assets that secure collateralized obligations Incurred as Permitted Debt; provided that the amount of cash collateral does not exceed the principal amount of the Permitted Debt;

 

(z)          Liens on Restricted MFS Cash in favor of the customers or dealers of, or third parties in relation to, one or more of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries engaged in the provision of mobile financial services, in each case who provided such Restricted MFS Cash to the relevant Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(aa)        Liens on Receivables and related assets of the type described in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, and Liens on Investments in Receivables Entities;

 

(bb)        Liens consisting of any right of set-off granted to any financial institution acting as a lockbox bank in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(cc)         Liens for the purpose of perfecting the ownership interests of a purchaser of Receivables and related assets pursuant to any Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(dd)        [Reserved];

 

(ee)         Liens arising in connection with other sales of Receivables permitted hereunder without recourse to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(ff)         Liens on Receivables and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” pursuant to any Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(gg)        Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capital Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations or other payments Incurred to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business (including Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business), provided that such Liens do not encumber any other assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

(hh)        Liens securing Debt or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(ii)         Liens in respect of the ownership interests in, or assets owned by, any joint ventures or similar arrangements, other than joint ventures and similar arrangements that are Restricted Subsidiaries, securing obligations of such joint ventures or similar agreements;

 

(jj)         any encumbrance or restriction (including, but not limited to, put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 

(kk)        Liens over rights under loan agreements relating to, or over notes or similar instruments evidencing, the on-loan of proceeds received by a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of Debt, which Liens are created to secure payment of such Debt; and

 

  21  

 

 

(ll)         Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Permitted Refinancing Debt ” means any renewals, extensions, substitutions, defeasances, discharges, refinancings or replacements (each, for purposes of this definition and clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, a “ refinancing ”) of any Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or pursuant to this definition, including any successive refinancings, as long as:

 

(a)          such Permitted Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of: (i) the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value plus all accrued interest) then outstanding of the Debt being refinanced; and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, related to such refinancing;

 

(b)          such Permitted Refinancing Debt has (i) a Stated Maturity that is either (X) no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Debt being refinanced or (Y) after the Stated Maturity of the Notes and (ii) a Weighted-Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted-Average Life to Maturity of the Debt being refinanced; and

 

(c)          if the Debt being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Debt is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Debt being refinanced; and

 

(d)          if the Issuer was the obligor on the Debt being refinanced, such Permitted Refinancing Debt is Incurred by the Issuer.

 

Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Debt may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of all or any part of such Credit Facility or other Debt. Permitted Refinancing Debt shall not include any Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

 

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing the deferred purchase price of Receivables (and related assets) and/or a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction with a Receivables Entity, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which is (a) repayable from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated Receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

 

  22  

 

 

Purchase Money Obligations ” means any Debt Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

 

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of such Person other than Redeemable Stock.

 

Qualified Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a Lien in, any Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, the proceeds of such Receivables and other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which Liens are customarily granted, in connection with asset securitization involving Receivables and any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement entered into by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Receivables.

 

Rating Agency ” means each of (i) Fitch, Moody’s and S&P or (ii) if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P are not making ratings of the Notes publicly available, an internationally recognized rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer, which will be substituted for any of Fitch, Moody’s, S&P, as the case may be.

 

Rating Category ” means (i) with respect to Fitch, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “-”): AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C, R, SD and D (or equivalent successor categories); (ii) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “1,” “2” or “3”): Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, and C (or equivalent successor categories), and (iii) the equivalent of any such categories of Fitch or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable.

 

Rating Date ” means the date which is the earlier of (i) 120 days prior to the occurrence of an event specified in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of the definition of Change of Control and (ii) the date of the first public announcement of the possibility of such event.

 

Rating Decline ” means the occurrence of, at any time within the earlier of (i) 90 days after the date of public notice of a Change of Control, or of the Issuer’s intention or the intention of any Person to effect a Change of Control and (ii) the occurrence of the Change in Control (which period shall in either event be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by a Rating Agency), a Rating Agency withdrawal of its rating of the Notes or a decrease in the rating of the Notes by a Rating Agency as follows:

 

(a)          if the Notes are not rated Investment Grade by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, by one or more Gradations; or

 

(b)          if the Notes are rated Investment Grade by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, either (i) by two or more Gradations or (ii) such that the Notes are no longer rated Investment Grade, provided that, when announcing the relevant decision(s) to withdraw or decrease the rating, each such Rating Agency announces publicly or confirms in writing that such decision(s) resulted, in whole or in part, from the occurrence (or expected occurrence) of the Change of Control or the Issuer’s announcement of the intention to effect a Change of Control.

 

  23  

 

 

Receivable ” means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any “supporting obligations” as so defined.

 

Receivables Entity ” means a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment or to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers Receivables and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity:

 

(a)          no portion of the Debt or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

 

(i)          is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Debt) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

 

(ii)         is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

 

(iii)        subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, except, in each such case, Permitted Liens as defined in clauses (aa) through (ff) of the definition thereof;

 

(b)          with which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing Receivables; and

 

(c)          to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than those related to or incidental to the relevant Qualified Receivables Transaction).

 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors or senior management of Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Issuer giving effect to such designation or an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

Receivables Fees ” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Receivables Entity in connection with, any Qualified Receivables Transaction.

 

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Receivables in a Qualified Receivables Transaction to repurchase Receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

  24  

 

 

Redeemable Stock ” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or otherwise (including upon the occurrence of an event) matures or is required to be redeemed (pursuant to any sinking fund obligation or otherwise) or is convertible into or exchangeable for Debt or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with the Common Depositary and registered in the name of Citivic Nominees Limited, as nominee for the Common Depositary, that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes initially resold in reliance on Regulation S.

 

Related Business ” means (i) any business, services or activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and (ii) any business, services and activities that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing, or are extensions or developments thereof, including, without limitation, broadband internet, network-related services, cable television, broadcast content, network neutral services, electronic transactional, financial and commercial services related to provision of telephony or internet services.

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(a)          any controlling stockholder, partner or member, or any 50% (or more) owned Subsidiary, of the Equity Investor; and

 

(b)          any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Person Beneficially Owning a majority or a controlling interest of which consists of the Equity Investor and/or such other Persons referred to in clause (a).

 

Responsible Officer, ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor of the Trustee) including any managing director, director, vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Restricted Cash ” means the sum of (i) Restricted MFS Cash and (ii) without duplication, the amount of cash that would be stated as “restricted cash” on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer as of such date in accordance with IFRS.

 

Restricted MFS Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to any cash paid in or deposited by or held on behalf of any customer or dealer of, or any other third party in relation to, one or more of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries engaged in the provision of mobile financial services and designated as “restricted cash” on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer, together with any interest thereon.

 

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

  25  

 

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with a Custodian and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes initially resold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

 

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries leases it from such Person.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Senior Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, any Debt of (a) the Issuer that is secured by a security interest in any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (5) (to the extent such Guarantee is in respect of Debt otherwise permitted to be secured by a security interest in any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, as applicable), (9), (10), (11), (12) and (13) of Section 4.09(b) hereof.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means, at the date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that (1) for the most recent fiscal year, accounted for more than 10% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) as of the end of the most recent fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Specified Legal Expenses ” means, to the extent not constituting an extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual loss, charge or expense, all attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs, liabilities (including all damages, penalties, fines and indemnification and settlement payments) and expenses paid or payable in connection with any threatened, pending, completed or future claim, demand, action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation (whether civil, criminal, administrative, governmental or investigative).

 

Specified Subsidiary Sale ” means the sale, transfer or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock, or all of the assets or properties of, (a) any Person, the primary purpose of which is to own Tower Equipment located in any market in which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries operate; (b) any Person which operates the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer’s mobile financial services business; (c) Latin America Internet Holding GmbH (or any successor in interest thereto); or (d) Africa Internet Holding GmbH (or any successor in interest thereto).

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary in a securitization of Receivables transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Entity, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

 

  26  

 

 

Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any security or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the principal of such security or such installment of interest is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

 

Stock Purchase Agreement ” means the share purchase agreement entered into on October 7, 2018 between Millicom LIH S.A., wholly owned subsidiary of MIC S.A., MIC S.A. (solely for the purposes of Section 9.18 of the Stock Purchase Agreement) and the sellers pursuant to which, among other things, Millicom LIH S.A. will complete the Acquisition on the Completion Date.

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) a corporation more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof or (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority ownership and power to direct the policies, management and affairs thereof.

 

Total Assets ” means the consolidated total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as shown on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated statement of financial position prepared on the basis of IFRS prior to the relevant date of determination calculated to give pro forma effect to any acquisitions (including through mergers or consolidations) and dispositions that have occurred subsequent to such period, including any such acquisitions to be made with the proceeds of Debt giving rise to the need to calculate Total Assets.

 

Tower Equipment ” means passive infrastructure related to telecommunications services, excluding telecommunications equipment, but including, without limitation, towers (including tower lights and lightning rods), power breakers, deep cycle batteries, generators, voltage regulators, main AC power, rooftop masts, cable ladders, grounding, walls and fences, access roads, shelters, air conditioners and BTS batteries owned by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as at any redemption date, the yield to maturity as at such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as complied and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to October 15, 2021; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to October 15, 2021 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trustee ” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer Designated as such pursuant to Section 4.24.

 

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, at any time of determination thereof, the amount of U.S. Dollars obtained by translating such other currency involved in such computation into U.S. Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. Dollars with the applicable other currency as published in the Financial Times on the date that is two Business Days prior to such determination.

 

U.S. Dollars ” or “ $ ” means and/or refers to the lawful currency of the United States.

 

  27  

 

 

U.S. Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

U.S. Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

 

U.S. Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock ” of any person means Capital Stock of such Person which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

 

Weighted-Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Debt or Preferred Stock at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding principal amount of such Debt or liquidation preference of such Preferred Stock, as the case may be, into (b) the total of the product obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal or upon mandatory redemption, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (y) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means (1) in respect of any Person, a Person, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law, regulation or to ensure limited liability and (b) in the case of a Receivables Entity, shares held by a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of permitting such Person (or such Person’s designee) to vote with respect to customary major events with respect to such Receivables Entity, including without limitation the institution of bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceedings, any merger or dissolution, and any change in charter documents or other customary events) is owned by that Person directly or (2) indirectly by a Person that satisfies the requirements of clause (1).

 

Section 1.02          Other Definitions.

 

Additional Amounts Section 4.22(a)
Authenticating Agent Section 2.02
Authentication Order Section 2.02
Authorized Agent Section 14.06
Change in Tax Law Section 3.08(a)
Change of Control Offer Section 4.15(a)
Covenant Defeasance Section 8.03
Designation Section 4.24(a)
Excess Proceeds Section 4.10(d)
Excess Proceeds Offer Section 4.10(e)
Indenture Preamble
Initial Notes Preamble
Issuer Preamble
Judgment Currency Section 14.14
LCT Election Section 4.21(b)(2)
LCT Test Date Section 4.21(b)(2)
Legal Defeasance Section 8.02

 

  28  

 

  

Liability Section 14.16(b)(1)
Notes Preamble
Offer Amount Section 3.12(b)
Offer Period Section 3.12(b)
Paying Agent Section 2.03
Permitted Debt Section 4.09(b)
Purchase Date Section 3.12(b)
Redesignation Section 4.24(c)
Register Section 2.03
Registrar Section 2.03
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction Section 4.22(a)
Required Currency Section 14.14
Resolution Authority Section 14.16(b)(1)
Suspension Period Section 4.23(a)(2)
Taxes Section 4.22(a)
Transfer Agent Section 2.03
Trustee Section 8.05
Write-down and Conversion Powers Section 14.16(b)(1)

 

Section 1.03          [Reserved].

 

Section 1.04          Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)          a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)          an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS;

 

(c)          “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)          words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(e)          “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(f)           provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(g)          references to sections of or rules under the U.S. Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(h)          all references to the principal, premium, interest or any other amount payable pursuant to this Indenture shall be deemed also to refer to any Additional Amounts which may be payable hereunder in respect of payments of principal, premium, interest and any other amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture or any undertakings given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor pursuant to this Indenture and express reference to the payment of Additional Amounts in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express reference is not made;

 

(i)           except as otherwise provided, whenever an amount is denominated in euro, it shall be deemed to include the Euro Equivalent amounts denominated in other currencies, and, whenever an amount is denominated in dollars, it shall be deemed to include the Dollar Equivalent amounts denominated in other currencies;

 

  29  

 

 

(j)          any reference herein to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a division of or by a limited liability company, limited partnership or trust, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company, limited partnership or trust (or the unwinding of such a division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person; any division of a limited liability company, limited partnership or trust shall constitute a separate Person hereunder (and each division of any limited liability company, limited partnership or trust that is a Subsidiary, Restricted Subsidiary, Unrestricted Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity); and

 

(k)          unsecured or unguaranteed Debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Debt or guaranteed Debt merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured or unguaranteed Debt.

 

Article 2

The Notes

 

Section 2.01          Form and Dating.

 

(a)           General . The Notes and the Trustee’s or Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage and as provided herein. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement thereon. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)           Global Notes . Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the Outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and purchases and cancellations. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Common Depositary or the Custodian or the Paying Agent at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)           144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes. Notes sold within the United States to QIBs pursuant to Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act shall be issued initially in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note, which shall be deposited with a Custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided.

 

  30  

 

 

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited with the Common Depositary and registered in the name of Citivic Nominees Limited, as the nominee for the Common Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided.

 

(d)           Definitive Registered Notes. Definitive Registered Notes issued upon transfer of a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, or in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, shall be issued in accordance with this Indenture. Notes issued in definitive registered form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (excluding the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).

 

(e)           Book-Entry Provisions. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

(f)           Denomination. The Notes shall be in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 above $200,000.

 

Section 2.02          Execution and Authentication.

 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof.

 

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by an authorized representative (an “ Authentication Order” ), authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate the Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuer pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

 

The Trustee may appoint one or more authentication agents (each, an “ Authenticating Agent ”) acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Such an agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. The Trustee hereby appoints Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Authenticating Agent with respect to the Notes. Citibank, N.A., London Branch hereby accepts such appointment and the Issuer hereby confirms that such appointment is acceptable to it.

 

Section 2.03          Paying Agent, Registrars and Transfer Agents.

 

The Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents (each, a “ Paying Agent ”) for the Notes. The Issuer will also maintain one or more transfer agents (each, a “ Transfer Agent ”). The initial Paying Agent and initial Transfer Agent will be Citibank, N.A., London Branch, who hereby accepts such appointment.

 

  31  

 

 

The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “ Registrar ”) for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market. The Issuer hereby appoints Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG as initial Registrar, who hereby accepts such appointment. The Registrar will maintain a register (the “ Register ”) reflecting ownership of Definitive Registered Notes Outstanding from time to time and facilitate transfers of Definitive Registered Notes on behalf of the Issuer and will send a copy of the Register to the Issuer on the Issue Date and after any change to the Register made by the Registrar.

 

Upon written notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change the Paying Agents, the Registrars or the Transfer Agents without prior notice to the Holders. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post a notice of any change of Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ) in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof.

 

Section 2.04          Paying Agent to Hold Money.

 

The Issuer will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee and the initial Paying Agent to agree in writing that each Paying Agent will hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) will have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer (including, without limitation, its bankruptcy, voluntary or judicial liquidation, composition with creditors, reprieve from payment, controlled management, fraudulent conveyance, general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally), the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer shall provide funds to the Paying Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day prior to the day on which the Paying Agent is to make payment. A Paying Agent shall not be obliged to pay the Holders of the Notes (or make any other payment) unless and until such time as it has confirmed receipt of cleared funds sufficient to make the relevant payment.

 

Section 2.05          Holder Lists.

 

The applicable Registrar will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee and the Paying Agent at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may request in writing, a list of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in such form and as of such date as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may reasonably require.

 

Section 2.06          Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)           Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Rule 144A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by a Depositary to a Custodian or a nominee of such Custodian, by a Custodian or a nominee of such Custodian to such Depositary or to another nominee or Custodian of such Depositary, or by such Custodian or Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or Custodian or a nominee thereof. A Regulation S Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by a Depositary to a Common Depositary or a nominee of such Common Depositary, by a Common Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or to another nominee or Common Depositary of such Depositary, or by such Common Depositary or Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or Common Depositary or a nominee thereof.

 

  32  

 

 

All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Registered Notes:

 

(1)         if DTC or Euroclear or Clearstream, notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days;

 

(2)         in whole, but not in part, if the Issuer so requests; or

 

(3)         if the owner of a Book-Entry Interest requests such exchange in writing delivered through DTC or through Euroclear or Clearstream following a Default by the Issuer under this Indenture.

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1) through (3) above, the Issuer shall issue or cause to be issued Definitive Registered Notes in such names as the relevant Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.

 

Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a). Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

 

(b)           General Provisions Applicable to Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes .

 

The transfer and exchange of Book-Entry Interests shall be effected through the relevant Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests (other than transfers of Book-Entry Interests in connection with which the transferor takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the same Global Note), the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited or debited with such increase or decrease, if applicable.

 

In connection with a transfer or exchange of a Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the relevant Depositary to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant directing the Registrar to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to above.

 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes, the Holder of such Notes shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, in connection with a transfer or exchange of a Definitive Registered Note for a Book-Entry Interest, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee) must receive a written order directing the Depositary to credit the account of the transferee in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

  33  

 

 

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee or the Registrar), as specified in this Section 2.06, shall endorse the relevant Global Note(s) with any increase or decrease and instruct the Depositary to reflect such increase or decrease in its systems.

 

Transfers of Book-Entry Interests shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the U.S. Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests for Book-Entry Interests also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) below, as applicable, as well as subparagraph (b)(3) below, if applicable:

 

(1)          Transfer of Book-Entry Interests in the Same Global Note . Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, Book-Entry Interests in the Regulation S Global Notes will be limited to persons that have accounts with DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or persons who hold interests through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, and any sale or transfer of such interest to U.S. persons shall not be permitted during the Restricted Period unless such resale or transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144A. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Trustee to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

 

(2)          All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes . A holder may transfer or exchange a Book-Entry Interest in Global Notes in a transaction not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above only if the Trustee and the applicable Registrar or the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee) receives either:

 

(A)         both:

 

(i)          a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (ii) instructions given by the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant’s account to be credited with such increase; or

 

(B)         both:

 

(i)          a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the relevant Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii)         instructions given by the relevant Depositary to the Registrar containing information specifying the identity of the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above, the principal amount of such securities and the CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or other similar number identifying the Notes,

  34  

 

 

provided that any such transfer or exchange is made in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend.

 

(3)          Transfer of Book-Entry Interests to Another Global Note. A Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Transfer Agent and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)         if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B)         if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(c)           Transfer or Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Registered Notes. If any holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note or to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(1)         in the case of a transfer on or before the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in either item (1) or item (2) thereof;

 

(2)         in the case of an exchange by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in items (1) thereof;

 

(3)         in the case of a transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the transfer complies with Section 2.06(b);

 

(4)         in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note to a QIB in reliance on Rule 144A, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(5)         in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in reliance on Regulation S, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(6)         in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in reliance on Rule 144, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof,

 

  35  

 

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such Book-Entry Interest shall instruct the applicable Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall deliver such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(d)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes. If any Holder of a Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or to transfer such Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the relevant Transfer Agent and the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(1)         if the Holder of such Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(2)         if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(3)         if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred in reliance on Regulation S or Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) or (3) thereof, as applicable;

 

(4)         if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof;

 

and the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Registered Note, and the Trustee will increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (1) above, the appropriate Global Note, in the case of clause (2) above, the appropriate Rule 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (3) above, the appropriate Global Note, and in the case of clause (4) above, the appropriate Global Note.

 

(e)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered Notes.

 

Definitive Registered Notes may be transferred or exchanged in whole or in part, in minimum denominations of $200,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, to persons who take delivery thereof in the form of Definitive Registered Notes in accordance with this Section 2.06(e). Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Registered Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Transfer Agent or the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes of which registration the Issuer will be informed by the Transfer Agent or the Registrar (as the case may be) upon request. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or the Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed and accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Transfer Agent or the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized to execute the same in writing. In the event that the Holder of such Definitive Registered Notes does not transfer the entire principal amount of Notes represented by any such Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar will cancel or cause to be cancelled such Definitive Registered Note and the Issuer (who has been informed of such cancellation) shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the requesting Holder and any transferee Definitive Registered Notes in the appropriate principal amounts. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

  36  

 

  

Any Definitive Registered Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)         if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(2)         if the transfer will be made in reliance on Regulation S,, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(f)           Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(1)          Private Placement Legend . Each Global Note and each Definitive Registered Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (III) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

  37  

 

 

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE (OR AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY) EACH ACQUIRER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN (1) EITHER (A) IT IS NOT, AND IT IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IT WILL NOT BE, AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE UNITED STATES EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)), SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF PART 4 OF SUBTITLE B OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, (“CODE”), APPLIES, OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA, OR OTHERWISE) BY REASON OF SUCH AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S AND/OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY (EACH, A “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR”), OR A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), AND NO PART OF THE ASSETS USED BY IT TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF ANY BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR OR SUCH A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN, OR (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN SUBJECT TO SIMILAR LAW, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR OTHERWISE RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAWS; AND NEITHER ISSUER NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES IS A “FIDUCIARY” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF ANY DEFINITION OF “FIDUCIARY” UNDER SIMILAR LAWS) WITH RESPECT TO THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF THE NOTES, OR AS A RESULT OF ANY EXERCISE BY THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OF ANY RIGHTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE NOTES, AND NO ADVICE PROVIDED BY THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES HAS FORMED A PRIMARY BASIS FOR ANY INVESTMENT DECISION BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE NOTES AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTES; AND (2) IT WILL NOT SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN OTHERWISE THAN TO A PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE THAT IS DEEMED TO MAKE THESE SAME REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE.”

 

(2)          Global Note Legend . Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED OR EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.”

 

(g)           Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all Book-Entry Interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Registered Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or the Common Depositary or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction; and if the Book-Entry Interests is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interests in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Common Depositary or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

  38  

 

 

(h)           General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(1)         To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(2)         No service charge will be made by the Issuer or the Registrar to a Holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a Holder of a Global Note or a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, stamp duty reserve, documentary or other similar tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof).

 

(3)         No Transfer Agent or Registrar will be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(4)         All Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(5)         [Reserved].

 

(6)         The Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(7)         All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Transfer Agent or the applicable Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted initially by facsimile with originals to be delivered promptly thereafter to the Trustee.

 

Section 2.07          Replacement Notes.

 

(a)          If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar, the Trustee or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for its expenses in replacing a Note, including but not limited to reasonable fees and expenses of counsel.

 

(b)          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

  39  

 

 

Section 2.08          Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09          Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer, will be considered as though not Outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.10          Temporary Notes.

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11          Cancellation.

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, each Paying Agent and any Transfer Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, in accordance with its customary procedures, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else will cancel (subject to the Trustee’s retention policy) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the U.S. Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Issuer following a written request from the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Issuer undertakes to promptly inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (as long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) of any such cancellation.

 

  40  

 

  

Section 2.12          Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer will notify the Trustee as soon as practicable in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than ten (10) days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least fifteen (15) days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will mail or cause to be mailed to the Holders in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Issuer undertakes to promptly inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (as long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) of any such special record date.

 

Section 2.13          Further Issues.

 

(a)          Subject to compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, the Issuer may from time to time issue Additional Notes, which shall have identical terms and conditions as the Initial Notes (save for payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such Additional Notes or for the first payment of interest following the issue date of such Additional Notes). The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, with respect to waivers, amendments, redemptions, and offers to purchase except as otherwise specified with respect to each series of Notes, provided, however, that any such Additional Notes that are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be issued under a different CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number.

 

(b)          Whenever it is proposed to create and issue any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall give to the Trustee not less than three Business Days’ notice in writing of its intention to do so, stating the amount of Additional Notes proposed to be created and issued.

 

Section 2.14          CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Number.

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or “Common Code” number and, if so, such CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number.

 

Section 2.15          Deposit of Moneys.

 

No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time), on the Business Day prior to each Interest Payment Date, the maturity date of the Notes and each payment date relating to an Excess Proceeds Offer or a Change of Control Offer, and on the Business Day immediately following any acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent, in immediately available same-day freely transferrable funds, money in U.S. Dollars sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such day or date, as the case may be. Subject to actual receipt of such funds as provided by this Section 2.15 by the designated Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall remit such payment in a timely manner to the Holders on such day or date, as the case may be, to the Persons and in the manner set forth in paragraph 2 of the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of its failure to so act.

 

  41  

 

 

Section 2.16          Agents.

 

(a)          The rights, powers, duties and obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are several and not joint or joint and several.

 

(b)          The Issuer and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the event of a Default or Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee.

 

(c)          The Issuer shall provide the Agents with a certified list of authorized signatories.

 

(d)          The Agents shall hold all funds as banker subject to the terms of this Indenture and as a result, such money shall not be held in accordance with the rules established by the Financial Conduct Authority in the Financial Conduct Authority’s Handbook of rules and guidance from time to time in relation to client money. Each Agent shall not be liable to account for any interest on money paid to it. Money held by the Agent need not be segregated except as required by law.

 

Article 3

Redemption and Prepayment

 

Section 3.01          Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 and 3.08 hereof, it shall deliver to the Trustee in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

 

(a)          the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

 

(b)          the redemption date and the record date;

 

(c)          the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

 

(d)          the redemption price; and

 

(e)          the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers of the Notes, as applicable.

 

Section 3.02          Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Paying Agent or Registrar will select the Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of any Global Notes, based on a method in accordance with the procedures of Euroclear, Clearstream and/or the DTC, as applicable, in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount and integral multiples thereof) unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depository requirements. The Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar will not be liable for selections made by the Paying Agent or the Registrar in accordance with this Section 3.02.

 

Notices of purchase or redemption will be given to each Holder pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 14.01 hereof.

 

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

  42  

 

 

In relation to Definitive Registered Notes, a new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On or after any purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof tendered for purchase or called for redemption.

 

Section 3.03          Notice of Redemption.

 

(a)          At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer will mail by first class mail (or deliver by means of publication through Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC) a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its address as it appears on the register of the relevant Registrar, except that redemption notices may be mailed, or delivered, more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 13 hereof. So long as any Notes are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, any such notice to the Holders of the relevant Notes shall , to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, be posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ) and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuer will forthwith notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of any change in the principal amount of Notes Outstanding.

 

(b)          The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and corresponding CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers, as applicable, and will state:

 

(1)         the redemption date and the record date;

 

(2)         the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid;

 

(3)         if any Global Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Global Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Global Note, the principal amount thereof will be decreased by the portion thereof redeemed pursuant thereto;

 

(4)         if any Definitive Registered Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed, and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Definitive Registered Note or Definitive Registered Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Definitive Registered Note;

 

(5)         the name and address of the Paying Agent(s) to which the Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;

 

(6)         that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the relevant Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

(7)         that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

  43  

 

 

(8)         the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(9)         that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

(c)          At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee (or the Paying Agent) will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof; provided, however , that the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee, at least ten days prior to the date the notice is required to be delivered pursuant to clause (a) above, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04          Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

A notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. On and after a redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes or portion of them called for redemption.

 

Section 3.05          Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

 

(a)          No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money in U.S. Dollars sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Amounts (if any) on, all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Notes to be purchased or redeemed.

 

(b)          If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a) hereof, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a record date for the payment of interest but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the Section 3.05(a) hereof, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06          Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Definitive Registered Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate for (and in the name of) the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that any Definitive Registered Note shall be in a principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 above $200,000.

 

  44  

 

 

Section 3.07          Optional Redemption.

 

Except pursuant to this Section 3.07 and Section 3.08 hereof, the Notes are not redeemable at the Issuer’s option. The Issuer is not, however, prohibited from acquiring the Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer may make any redemption or redemption notice subject to the satisfaction of conditions precedent. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (but no more than 60 days after the date of the notice of redemption) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed, or such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Issuer’s discretion if in the good faith judgement of the Issuer any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied or waived. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

If a redemption date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such redemption date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption.

 

(a)          At any time prior to October 15, 2021, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Trustee and the Holders, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 106.625% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings or any sale of Qualified Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)         at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued under this Indenture would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)         the redemption occurs within 180 days after the closing of such Equity Offering or sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

 

Any notice for such a redemption may be given prior to completing the Equity Offering or sale of Qualified Capital Stock and be conditioned upon its completion.

 

(b)          At any time prior to October 15, 2021, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Trustee and the Holders, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 106.625% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the Net Available Proceeds from one or more Specified Subsidiary Sales. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)         at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)         the redemption occurs within 365 days from the later of the date of such Specified Subsidiary Sale or the receipt of such Net Available Proceeds.

 

  45  

 

 

(c)          During each 12 month period commencing on the Issue Date and ending on October 15, 2021, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Trustee and the Holders, the Issuer may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(d)          At any time prior to October 15, 2021, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Trustee and the Holders, the Issuer may also redeem all or part of the Notes (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Redemption Premium and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(e)          At any time on or after October 15, 2021 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Trustee and the Holders, the Issuer may redeem all or part of the Notes. These redemptions will be in amounts of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of their principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12- month period commencing on October 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Year  

Redemption

Price

 
2021     104.969 %
2022     103.313 %
2023     101.656 %
2024 and thereafter     100.00 %

 

Section 3.08          Redemption upon changes in withholding taxes.

 

The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its option, at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and any Additional Amounts (as defined under Section 4.22(a) hereof) payable with respect thereto, if:

 

(a)          as a result of (i) any change in, or amendment to, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined under Section 4.22(a) hereof) affecting taxation which is publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture or (ii) any change in, or amendment to, the existing official published position (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of the introduction of an official position) regarding the application, administration or interpretation of the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice), which change or amendment is publicly announced and, where applicable, becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture (either, a “ Change in Tax Law ”), the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts; and

 

(b)          such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it; provided , however , that for this purpose reasonable measures shall not include any change in the Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization or the location of its principal executive office, or the incurrence of material out of pocket costs by it. No such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due.

 

  46  

 

 

Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes as described below, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and (ii) an opinion of legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts due to a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on this certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, upon which it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

 

Section 3.09          Escrow of Proceeds; Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

(a)          In order for the Issuer to cause the Escrow Agent to release the Escrowed Property to the Issuer (the “ Release ”), the Escrow Agent and the Trustee shall have received from the Issuer, on or before the Escrow Longstop Date, an Officer’s Certificate, upon which both the Escrow Agent and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely absolutely without further investigation, to the effect that:

 

(1)         (i) the Acquisition will be consummated promptly upon release of the Escrowed Property and (ii) since the Issue Date, no material term or condition of the Stock Purchase Agreement has been amended or waived in a manner or to an extent that would be materially prejudicial to the interests of Holders, other than any amendment or waiver made with the consent of Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Notes;

 

(2)         promptly after consummation of the Acquisition, the Issuer will own, directly or indirectly, 80% of the outstanding shares of Cable Onda; and

 

(3)         as at the date of such Officer’s Certificate, there is no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Issuer under clauses (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof.

 

The Release will occur promptly upon the receipt of such Officer’s Certificate. Upon the Release, the Escrowed Property will be paid out in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and the Escrow Account will be reduced to zero.

 

(b)          In the event that (i) the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the paragraph (a) of this Section 3.09 does not take place on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date, (ii) in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, the Acquisition will not be consummated on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date, (iii) the Stock Purchase Agreement terminates at any time on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date or (iv) there is a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Issuer under clauses (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being the “ Special Termination Date ”), the Issuer will redeem the entire aggregate principal amount of the Notes (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption ”) at a price (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption Price ”) equal to the aggregate issue price of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date, or if applicable, from the most recent date to which interest on the Notes was paid or provided for, to, but not including, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(c)          Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered by the Issuer, no later than one Business Day following the Special Termination Date, to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Escrow Agent, and will provide that the Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is not less than two Business Days prior and not later than the fifth Business Day after such notice is given by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption Date ”).

 

(d)          No later than 5:00 p.m. London time on the Business Day prior to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Escrow Agent shall pay to the Paying Agent for payment to each Holder the Special Mandatory Redemption Price for such Holder’s Notes and, concurrently with the payment to such Holders, deliver any excess Escrowed Property (if any) to the Issuer.

 

  47  

 

 

(e)          In the event that the Special Mandatory Redemption Price payable upon such Special Mandatory Redemption exceeds the amount of the Escrowed Property, the Issuer will pay the accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, and any other amounts owing to the Holders of the Notes.

 

(f)          If at the time of such Special Mandatory Redemption, the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market, and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange that the Special Mandatory Redemption has occurred and any relevant details relating to such Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

(g)          No provisions of the Escrow Agreement and, to the extent such provisions relate to the Issuer’s obligation to redeem the Notes in a Special Mandatory Redemption, this Indenture, may be amended, waived or modified in any manner materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes without the consent of Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Notes. By accepting a Note, each Holder will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Escrow Agreement and have irrevocably authorized the Trustee to take all the actions set forth in the Escrow Agreement without the need for further direction from them under this Indenture.

 

Section 3.10          Sinking fund.

 

Except as set forth under Section 3.09 of this Indenture, the Issuer will not be required to make any other mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 3.11          [Reserved].

 

Section 3.12          Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

 

(a)          In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase the Notes (an “ Excess Proceeds Offer ”), it will follow the procedures specified in this Section 3.12.

 

(b)          Each Excess Proceeds Offer will be made to all Holders and, to the extent applicable, to all holders of other Debt that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. Each Excess Proceeds Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days and not more than 60 Business Days, following its commencement except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer will apply all Excess Proceeds, in the case of an Excess Proceeds Offer (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of the Notes and, if applicable, such other Pari Passu Debt (on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and such other Pari Passu Debt surrendered, if applicable or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and, if applicable, other Debt tendered in response to the Excess Proceeds Offer). Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

(c)          If the Purchase Date is on or after a record date for the payment of interest and on or before the related payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer.

 

(d)          Upon the commencement of an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Issuer will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Excess Proceeds Offer, will state:

 

  48  

 

 

(1)         that the Excess Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.12 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Excess Proceeds Offer will remain open;

 

(2)         the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

(3)         that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)         that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

(5)         that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in whole or in part in a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(6)         that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Excess Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer through the facilities of the Depositary, to the account of the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(7)         that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(8)         that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Debt surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuer will select the Notes and other Pari Passu Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Debt surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer such that Notes will be purchased in whole or in part in a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof); and

 

(9)         that Holders whose Definitive Registered Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Definitive Registered Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

 

(e)          On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.12. The Issuer or its Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder in the manner specified in the Notes an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase. In connection with any purchase of Global Notes pursuant hereto, the Trustee will endorse such Global Notes to reflect the decrease in principal amount of such Global Note resulting from such purchase. In connection with any partial purchase of Definitive Registered Notes, the Issuer will promptly issue a new Definitive Registered Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, will procure the authentication of and mail or deliver such new Definitive Registered Note to the tendering Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Definitive Registered Note surrendered. Any Note tendered but not accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce and inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (for as long as the Notes (if any) are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) of the results of the Excess Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date.

 

  49  

 

 

(f)          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.12, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.12 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof (it being understood that any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.12 shall not be subject to conditions precedent).

 

Section 3.13          Post-Tender Redemption.

 

In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the Notes, (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Change of Control Offer or Excess Proceeds Offer (each as defined herein)), if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Trustee and the Holders, given not more than 30 days following such tender offer expiration date, to redeem all Notes, that remain Outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder (excluding any early tender or incentive fee) in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the date of such redemption.

 

Article 4

Covenants

 

Section 4.01          Payment of Notes.

 

The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee or the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer, holds as of 10:00 a.m. (London time) one Business Day prior to the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available same-day freely transferrable funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, then due. If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be considered paid on the due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with Section 2.04 hereof.

 

Principal of, interest, premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be payable at the specified office or agency of the Paying Agent. All payments on the Global Notes will be made by transfer of immediately available funds to an account of the Holder of the Global Notes in accordance with instructions given by that Holder.

 

Principal of, interest, premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Definitive Registered Notes will be payable at the specified office or agency of any Paying Agent in any location required to be maintained for such purposes pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof. In addition, interest on Definitive Registered Notes may be paid by check mailed to the person entitled thereto as shown on the Register for such Definitive Registered Notes.

 

The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful.

 

  50  

 

 

The Paying Agent shall be entitled to make payments net of any taxes or other sums required by applicable law to be withheld or deducted.

 

Section 4.02          Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Issuer will maintain the offices and agencies specified in Section 2.03 hereof. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the trust office of the Trustee (the address of which is specified in Section 14.01 hereof).

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however , that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the city of London for such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuer hereby designates the trust office of the Trustee (the address of which is specified in Section 14.01 hereof) as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03          Provision of financial information.

 

(a)          The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)         within 120 days after the end of the Issuer’s fiscal year, as applicable, beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, annual reports containing: (i) a discussion of the Issuer’s financial results including information similar to that in the section in this Offering Memorandum entitled “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ”; (ii) the audited consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer as at the end of the most recent two fiscal years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of Issuer for the most recent three fiscal years, including notes to such financial statements, for and as at the end of such fiscal years and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements; and (iii) if required under IFRS, a pro forma income statement and a statement of financial position information of the Issuer, together with explanatory footnotes, for any acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such annual report relates (unless such pro forma information has been provided in a previous report pursuant to clause (b) or (c) below); provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense, in which case the Issuer will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financials to the extent available without unreasonable expense;

 

  51  

 

 

(2)         within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Issuer’s fiscal year, as applicable, beginning with the quarter ended March 31, 2019, quarterly reports containing the following information: (i) the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position of the Issuer as at the end of such quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of each of the Issuer for the most recent quarter and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position date and the comparable prior period (as determined by the IFRS standard on preparation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements) and (ii) a copy of the related operating and financial review included in the quarterly earnings release of the Issuer for the applicable fiscal quarter; and within 90 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each of the Issuer’s fiscal year, as applicable, if required under IFRS, a pro forma interim condensed consolidated income statement and a statement of financial position of the Issuer, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such quarterly report relates; provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense, in which case the Issuer will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financial statements to the extent available without unreasonable expense, provided that for so long as the Issuer maintains a listing on the Nasdaq Stockholm Exchange, the quarterly reports filed by the Issuer as required by the rules of the Nasdaq Stockholm Exchange shall be deemed to fulfill the requirements of this clause (2); and

 

(3)         promptly after the occurrence of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or any changes of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer at the Issuer, or a change in the auditors of the Issuer, or any other material event that the Issuer announces publicly, a press release or report containing a description of such event.

 

(b)          At any time that any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, constitutes a “significant subsidiary” of the Issuer, as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the U.S. Securities Act, then the annual and quarterly financial information required by clauses (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this Section 4.03 shall include either (i) a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, or (ii) stand-alone audited or unaudited financial statements, as the case may be, of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiaries (as a group or otherwise) together with an unaudited reconciliation to the financial information of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, which reconciliation shall include the following items: Revenue, Gross profit, Consolidated EBITDA, Net profit (loss), Cash and cash equivalents, Total assets, Total liabilities, Total equity and interest expense.

 

(c)          In addition, so long as the Notes remain Outstanding and during any period during which the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act nor exempt therefrom pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b), the Issuer will furnish to Holders, holders of beneficial owners and prospective purchasers of the Notes upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(d)          The Issuer will also make available copies of all reports furnished to the Trustee (i) on the Issuer’s website, and (ii) for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and to the extent that the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, copies of such reports will be available during normal business hours at the offices of the Paying Agent.

 

  52  

 

 

Section 4.04          Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)          The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(b)          So long as any of the Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith but not later than 30 days upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05          [Reserved].

 

Section 4.06          Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07          [Reserved].

 

Section 4.08          [Reserved].

 

Section 4.09          Limitation on Debt.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Debt; provided that the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Debt if at the time of such Incurrence and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds thereof, on a pro forma basis, the Net Leverage Ratio is less than 3.0 to 1.0.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the limitation in Section 4.09(a), the following Debt (“ Permitted Debt ”) may be Incurred:

 

(1)         the Incurrence by the Issuer of Debt pursuant to the Notes (other than Additional Notes);

 

(2)         any Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds of the Notes;

 

(3)         Pari Passu Debt of the Issuer and Debt of its Restricted Subsidiaries under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding that does not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $500 million and (y) 8% of Total Assets; and any Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof, plus, (A) any accrual or accretion of interest that increases the principal amount of Debt under Credit Facilities and (B) in the case of any refinancing of Debt permitted under this clause (iii) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

 

  53  

 

 

(4)         Debt owed by the Issuer to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Debt owed by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided , however , that (A) if the Issuer is the obligor on such Debt and the payee is not the Issuer, such Debt must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations then due with respect to the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, and (B) either (x) the transfer or other disposition by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of any Debt so permitted to a Person (other than to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or (y) such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, will at the time of such transfer or other disposition, in each case, be deemed to be an Incurrence of such Debt not permitted by this clause (4);

 

(5)         the Guarantee by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt of any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the Guaranteed Debt was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

(6)         Acquired Debt;

 

(7)         Minority Shareholder Loans;

 

(8)         the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, replace or refinance, Debt Incurred by it pursuant to Section 4.09(a) and clauses (1), (2), (6) and (8) of this Section 4.09(b), as the case may be;

 

(9)         Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by letters of credit in order to provide security for workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar requirements of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)        customary indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred in connection with the disposition of any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and earn-out provisions or contingent payments in respect of purchase price or adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations in acquisition agreements other than Guarantees of Debt incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such assets for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of each such Incurrence of such Debt will at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the related disposition;

 

(11)        obligations in respect of (i) customs, VAT or other tax guarantees, (ii) bid, performance, completion, guarantee, surety and similar bonds, including guarantees or obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations, (iii) customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements, and (iv) the financing of insurance premiums, in each case in the ordinary course of business and not related to Debt for borrowed money;

 

(12)        Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument including, but not limited to, electronic transfers, wire transfers, netting services and commercial card payments, drawn against insufficient funds; provided that such Debt is extinguished within 30 days of Incurrence; and

 

  54  

 

 

(13)        Debt consisting of (a) mortgage financings, Purchase Money Obligations or other financings, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business or (b) Debt otherwise Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, rental or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in the ordinary course of business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, and any Debt that refinances, replaces or refunds such Debt, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount that, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii) and then outstanding, will not exceed at any time the greater of $250 million and 3% of Total Assets;

 

(14)        Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt or any other obligation or liability of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than of any Debt Incurred in violation of this covenant); provided , however , that if the Debt being Guaranteed is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, then such Guarantee shall be subordinated substantially to the same extent as the relevant Debt Guaranteed;

 

(15)        Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause (15) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the cash proceeds (net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements)) received by the Issuer from the issuance or sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Subordinated Shareholder Loans or Capital Stock or otherwise contributed to the equity of the Issuer, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date (and in each case, other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock);

 

(16)        Debt arising under borrowing facilities provided by a special purpose vehicle to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the issuance of notes or other similar debt securities intended to be supported primarily by the payment obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any vendor financing platform; and

 

(17)        the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt not otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clauses (1) through (16) above, which, together with any other outstanding Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause (17), has an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the greater of $300 million and 4% of Total Assets, and any Permitted Refinancing Debt of any debt which on the date it was Incurred was permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this clause (17), plus, in the case of any refinancing of Debt permitted under this clause (17) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing.

 

(c)          The Issuer will not incur any Debt (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the Issuer unless such Debt is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on substantially identical terms; provided , however , that no Debt will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the Issuer solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured with different collateral or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis or by virtue of the application of waterfall or other payment ordering provisions affecting different tranches of Debt.

 

  55  

 

 

(d)          For the purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.09, the Issuer in its sole discretion may classify and from time to time reclassify such item of Debt or any portion thereof and only be required to include the amount of such Debt as one of such types.

 

(e)          For the purposes of determining compliance with any covenant in this Indenture or whether an Event of Default has occurred, in each case, where Debt is denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the amount of such Debt will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of such Incurrence and any covenant in this Indenture shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values; provided , however , that if any such Debt that is denominated in a different currency is subject to an Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement with respect to U.S. Dollars covering principal and premium, if any, payable on such Debt, the amount of such Debt expressed in U.S. Dollars will be adjusted to take into account the effect of such an agreement.

 

Section 4.10          Limitation on Asset Dispositions.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition in one or more related transactions unless:

 

(1)         the consideration the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives for such Asset Disposition is not less than the Fair Market Value of the assets sold (as determined by the Issuer’s senior management or Board of Directors); and

 

(2)         unless the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives in respect of such Asset Disposition consists of:

 

(A)         cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(B)         the assumption of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Debt or other liabilities (other than contingent liabilities or Debt or liabilities that are subordinated to the Notes) or Debt or other liabilities of such Restricted Subsidiary relating to such assets and, in each case, the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, is released from all liability on the Debt assumed;

 

(C)         any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (b)(4) or (5) of this Section 4.10;

 

(D)         a combination of the consideration specified in clauses (A) through (C) of this clause (2); and

 

(b)          within 365 days of such Asset Disposition, the Net Available Proceeds are applied (at the Issuer or applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s option):

 

(1)         to repay, redeem, retire or cancel outstanding Senior Secured Debt:

 

(2)         first, to redeem Notes or purchase Notes pursuant to an offer to all Holders at a purchase price equal to at least 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and second, to the extent any Net Available Proceeds from such Asset Disposition remain, to any other use as determined by the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary that is not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

  56  

 

 

(3)         to repurchase, prepay, redeem or repay Pari Passu Debt; provided that the Issuer makes an offer to all Holders on a pro rata basis to purchase their Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth below for an Excess Proceeds Offer;

 

(4)         to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Related Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Related Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(5)         to make a capital expenditure or acquire other assets (other than Capital Stock and cash or Cash Equivalents), rights (contractual or otherwise) and properties, whether tangible or intangible (including ownership interests) that are used or intended for use in connection with a Related Business;

 

(6)         to the extent permitted, to redeem Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof;

 

(7)         enter into a binding commitment to apply the Net Available Proceeds pursuant to clauses (4) or (5) of this clause (b); provided that such binding commitment (or any subsequent binding commitment replacing the initial binding commitment that is entered into within 180 days following the aforementioned 365-day period) shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the earlier of (X) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated and (Y) the 180 th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period; or

 

(8)         any combination of the foregoing clauses (1) through (7) of this clause (b).

 

(c)          For purposes of Section 4.10(b), any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are promptly converted by the recipient thereof into cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities (to the extent of the cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities received in that conversion), shall be deemed cash.

 

(d)          The amount of such Net Available Proceeds not so used as set forth in Section 4.10(b) constitutes “ Excess Proceeds .” Pending the final application of any such Net Available Proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise use such Net Available Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture.

 

(e)          When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $75 million, the Issuer will, within 15 Business Days of the end of the applicable period in clause (b) of this Section 4.10, make an offer to purchase (an “ Excess Proceeds Offer ”) from all Holders and from the holders of any Pari Passu Debt, to the extent required by the terms thereof, on a pro rata basis, in accordance with Section 3.12 hereof or the agreements governing any such Pari Passu Debt, the maximum principal amount (expressed as a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt that may be purchased with the amount of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price as to each Note and any such Pari Passu Debt will be payable in cash in an amount equal to (solely in the case of the Notes) 100% of the principal amount of such Note and (solely in the case of Pari Passu Debt) no greater than 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such Pari Passu Debt, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

 

  57  

 

 

(f)          To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt tendered pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer is less than the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use the amount of such Excess Proceeds not used to purchase Notes and Pari Passu Debt for purposes that are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt validly tendered and not withdrawn by holders thereof exceeds the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt to be purchased will be selected by the Registrar or the Paying Agent on a pro rata basis (based upon the principal amount of Notes and the principal amount or accreted value of such Pari Passu Debt tendered by each holder as provided or calculated by the Issuer). Upon completion of each such Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.

 

If the Issuer is obliged to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Issuer will purchase the Notes and Pari Passu Debt, at the option of the holders thereof, in whole or in part in a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof on a date that is not later than 60 days from the date the notice of the Excess Proceeds Offer is given to such holders, or such later date as may be required under the Exchange Act.

 

(g)          If the Issuer is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Issuer will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations, including the requirements of any applicable securities exchange on which Notes are then listed. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10 and Section 3.12 hereof, the Issuer will comply with such securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Section 4.10 or Section 3.12 hereof by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.11          [Reserved].

 

Section 4.12          Limitation on Liens securing Debt.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur, suffer to exist or become effective any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) to secure any Debt on or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured by such Lien; provided that, if the Debt secured by such Lien is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes, then the Lien securing such Debt shall be subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Lien securing the Notes.

 

(b)          Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 will provide by its terms that such Lien will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the initial Lien to which it relates other than as a consequence of an enforcement action with respect to the assets subject to such initial Lien.

 

(c)          For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.12, (x) a Lien need not be Incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens but may be Incurred under any combination of such categories (including in part under one such category and in part under any other such category) and (y) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of such categories of Permitted Liens the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, divide, classify or may subsequently reclassify at any time such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.12 and the definition of “Permitted Liens”.

 

(d)          With respect to any Lien securing Debt that was permitted to secure such Debt at the time of the Incurrence of such Debt, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Debt. The “Increased Amount” of any Debt shall mean any increase in the amount of such Debt in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Debt with the same terms or in the form of common stock, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference, any fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith and increases in the amount of Debt outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Debt.

 

  58  

 

 

Section 4.13          Limitation on lines of business.

 

The Issuer, together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, will not primarily engage in any business other than in a Related Business.

 

Section 4.14          [Reserved].

 

Section 4.15          Change of Control.

 

(a)          Within 60 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will be required to make an Offer to Purchase all Outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued interest and any Additional Amounts thereon to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) (a “ Change of Control Offer ”).

 

(b)          [Reserved].

 

(c)          The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if (x) another party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (y) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

 

Section 4.16          Limitation on Guarantees of the Issuer’s Debt by Subsidiaries.

 

(a)          The Issuer will not permit any Significant Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, provide a Guarantee of any of the Issuer’s Debt for which such Significant Subsidiary’s maximum exposure in respect of such Guarantee exceeds $50 million unless such Significant Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for its payment Guarantee of the Notes; provided

 

(1)         if the Issuer’s Debt is pari passu in right of payment to the Notes, such Significant Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt shall rank pari passu in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Notes;

 

(2)         if the Issuer’s Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Significant Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Notes substantially to the same extent as the Issuer’s Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes;

 

(3)         a Significant Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Notes may be limited in amount to the extent required by fraudulent conveyance, thin capitalization, corporate benefit, financial assistance or other similar laws (but, in such a case, the Guarantee of the Notes shall be given on an equal and ratable basis with its Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt to the extent permitted by applicable law); and

 

  59  

 

 

(4)         for so long as it is not permissible under applicable law for such Significant Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee of the Notes, such Significant Subsidiary need not provide such a Guarantee of the Notes (but, in such a case, the Issuer shall procure that such Significant Subsidiary will use its reasonable best efforts to undertake all whitewash or similar procedures legally available to it to eliminate the relevant legal prohibition, and shall give a Guarantee of the Notes at such time (and to the extent) that it thereafter becomes permissible).

 

(b)          Clause (a) of this Section 4.16 shall not apply to (1) the granting by such Significant Subsidiary of a Permitted Lien under circumstances which do not otherwise constitute the Guarantee of the Issuer’s Debt, (2) the Guarantee by any Significant Subsidiary of any Permitted Refinancing Debt that refinances Debt of the Issuer which benefitted from a Guarantee by any Significant Subsidiary Incurred in compliance with this covenant immediately prior to such refinancing, or (c) any Guarantee by a Significant Subsidiary existing as of the Issue Date.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantee of the Notes created pursuant to the provisions described above shall provide by its terms that such Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon: (x) such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Significant Subsidiary (including as a result of any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person, of all of the Issuer’s Capital Stock in such Significant Subsidiary) in compliance with this Indenture; or (y) the release by the holders or lenders of the Issuer’s Debt described in the preceding paragraph of their Guarantee by such Significant Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt (but not under the relevant Guarantee)), at a time when (I) no other Debt of the Issuer has been Guaranteed by such Significant Subsidiary or (II) the holders of all such other Debt which is Guaranteed by such Significant Subsidiary also release their Guarantee by such Significant Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt (but not under the relevant Guarantee)).

 

Section 4.17          [Reserved].

 

Section 4.18          Payments for consent.

 

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder or beneficial holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders and beneficial holders of Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries shall be permitted, in any offer or payment of consideration for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, to exclude Holders and beneficial holders of Notes in any jurisdiction where (i) the solicitation of such consent, waiver or amendment, including in connection with an offer to purchase for cash, or (ii) the payment of the consideration therefor would require the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to file a registration statement, prospectus or similar document under any applicable securities laws (including, but not limited to, the United States federal securities laws and the laws of the European Union or its member states), which the Issuer in its sole discretion determines (acting in good faith) (A) would be materially burdensome (it being understood that it would not be materially burdensome to file the consent document(s) used in other jurisdictions, any substantially similar documents or any summary thereof with the securities or financial services authorities in such jurisdiction); or (B) such solicitation would otherwise not be permitted under applicable law in such jurisdiction.

 

Section 4.19          [Reserved].

 

  60  

 

 

Section 4.20          Maintenance of listing.

 

The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain the listing of the Notes on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for so long as any Notes remain Outstanding; provided that if the Issuer is unable to obtain admission to listing of the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such listing, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain a listing of the Notes on another recognized stock exchange.

 

Section 4.21          Financial Calculations for Limited Condition Transactions.

 

(a)          In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Indenture which requires that no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Issuer, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreement (or other relevant definitive documentation) for such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has exercised its option under the first sentence of this paragraph, and any Default or Event of Default occurs following the date such definitive agreement for a Limited Condition Transaction is entered into and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder.

 

(b)          In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction for purposes of:

 

(1)         determining compliance with any provision of this Indenture which requires the calculation of any financial ratio or test, including the Net Leverage Ratio; or

 

(2)         testing baskets set forth in this Indenture (including baskets measured as a percentage of Total Assets);

 

in each case, at the option of the Issuer (the Issuer’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “ LCT Election ”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreement (or other relevant definitive documentation) for such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into (the “ LCT Test Date ”); provided , however , that the Issuer shall be entitled to subsequently elect, in its sole discretion, the date of consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction instead of the LCT Test Date as the applicable date of determination, and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Debt and the use of proceeds thereof), as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Net Leverage Ratio”, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, test or basket, such ratio, test or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with.

 

(c)          If the Issuer has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets, of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Issuer has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio, test or basket availability under this Indenture (including with respect to the Incurrence of Debt or Liens, or the making of Asset Dispositions, acquisitions, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the Designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, test or basket shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Debt and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

 

  61  

 

 

Section 4.22          Additional Amounts.

 

(a)          The Issuer with respect to payments under the Notes agrees that, if any deduction or withholding of any present or future taxes, levies, imposts or charges whatsoever imposed by or for the account of any jurisdiction in which the Issuer is organized, engaged in business or resident for tax purposes, or from or through which payment on the Notes is made by or on behalf of the Issuer (including the jurisdiction of any paying agent) or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each, a “ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ”) and any interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto (collectively, “ Taxes ”) shall be required to be made, the Issuer will (subject to the limitations described below) pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received pursuant to the Notes after such deduction or withholding (including any withholding or deduction from such Additional Amounts) shall equal the respective amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest specified in the Notes that would have been received if such Taxes had not been required to be withheld or deducted; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to make any payment of Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

(1)         any Taxes imposed by or for the account of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction which would not be payable but for the fact that the holder or beneficial owner of a Note (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner of, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, the relevant holder, if the relevant holder is an estate, trust, nominee, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) is a citizen, domiciliary, national or resident of, incorporated in, or engaging in business or maintaining a permanent establishment or being physically present in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or otherwise having some present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction other than the holding or ownership of such Note or the receipt of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Note or the exercise of rights under or the enforcement of such Note or this Indenture;

 

(2)         any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the presentation of a Note (where presentation is required) for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that the holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts on presenting the same for payment on any day (including the last day) within such 30-day period;

 

(3)         [Reserved];

 

(4)         any Tax that would not have been imposed but for a failure by the relevant holder or beneficial owner of the Note to comply with any applicable certification, information, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice, of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, if such compliance is legally required as a precondition to relief or exemption from such Tax (including without limitation a certification that such holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction); provided , however , that this clause (4) shall not apply if the Issuer shall not have provided the holder of the Note with written notice of the applicable requirement at least 60 days prior to the date that the holder or beneficial owner of the Note is required to comply with such applicable requirement;

 

  62  

 

 

(5)         any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar taxes;

 

(6)         [Reserved];

 

(7)         any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes;

 

(8)         any Taxes imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the holder or beneficial owner of the Note to comply with the requirements of Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as of the date hereof (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder or any official interpretation thereof, any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto or any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471 of the Code; or

 

(9)         any combination of clauses (1) through (8) above.

 

(b)          In addition, the Issuer shall not have any obligation to pay Additional Amounts to a holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or an entity that is not the sole beneficial owner of the payment of the principal or interest on a Note to the extent that the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction require the payment to be included in the income of a beneficiary or settlor for tax purposes with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had it been the holder of such Note.

 

(c)          If the Issuer becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay any Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under the Notes, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent on a date that is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless that obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent promptly thereafter) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The Officer’s Certificate must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

 

(d)          The Issuer will also make or cause to be made such withholding or deduction of Taxes required by law and will remit the full amount of Taxes so deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with all applicable laws. The Issuer will use its reasonable efforts to obtain tax receipts from each such tax authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. The Issuer will, upon request, make available to the Trustee and the paying agent, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date on which the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is due pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Issuer or if, notwithstanding the Issuer’s efforts to obtain such receipts, the same are not obtainable, other evidence reasonably available to the Issuer and reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the paying agent of such payment by the Issuer. If reasonably requested by the Trustee or the paying agent, the Issuer will provide to the Trustee and the paying agent such information as may be in the possession of the Issuer (and not otherwise in the possession of the Trustee and paying agent) to enable the Trustee and paying agent to determine the amount of withholding taxes attributable to any particular Holder, provided however that in no event shall the Issuer be required to disclose any information that it reasonably deems confidential or is otherwise not legally entitled to disclose.

 

(e)          In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer will pay, any present or future stamp, issue, registration, transfer, documentation, court, excise or property taxes imposed in connection with the execution, issue, delivery, registration or enforcement of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

  63  

 

 

(f)          The foregoing provisions will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is organized, engaged in business or resident for tax purposes or from or through which payment on the Notes is made by or on behalf of such successor Person (including the jurisdiction of any paying agent) or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein having the power to tax.

 

(g)          Whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under any Note, such mention will be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

Section 4.23          Suspension of certain covenants when Notes rated investment grade.

 

(a)          If on any date following the Issue Date (the “ Suspension Date ”):

 

(1)         the Notes are rated Investment Grade by two of three Rating Agencies; and

 

(2)         no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date, then, the Issuer will notify the Trustee (provided that no such notification shall be a condition for the suspension of the covenants set forth below) and beginning on such Suspension Date and continuing until such time, if any, at which the Notes cease to be rated Investment Grade by either Rating Agency (such period, the “ Suspension Period ”), the covenants specifically listed under the following sections hereof will no longer be applicable to the Notes and any related default provisions of this Indenture will cease to be effective and will not be applicable to the Issuer:

 

(A)         Section 4.10;

 

(B)         Section 4.09; and

 

(C)         clause (3) of Section 5.01(a).

 

(b)          Such covenants will not, however, be of any effect with regard to the actions of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries properly taken during the continuance of the Suspension Period; provided that all Debt Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2). Upon the occurrence of a Suspension Period, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

Section 4.24          Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)          The Issuer may designate, after the Issue Date, any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly created or acquired Subsidiary) as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” (a “ Designation ”) only if, at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation:

 

(1)         no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(2)         the Issuer could Incur US$1.00 of Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a); and

 

(3)         the aggregate Investments (other than Permitted Investments) by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in all Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed the greater of (x) $950 million or (y) 10% of Total Assets at any time outstanding.

 

  64  

 

 

(b)          Neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary will at any time:

 

(1)         provide credit support for, subject any of its property or assets (other than Liens over the Capital Stock, Debt and other securities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary securing Debt of that Unrestricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) to the satisfaction of, or Guarantee, any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Debt);

 

(2)         be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)         be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt which provides that the holder thereof may (upon notice, lapse of time or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(4)         make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent such Investment, together with the aggregate Investments in all Unrestricted Subsidiaries then outstanding, exceeds the amount set out in Section 4.24(a)(3).

 

(c)          The Issuer may redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (a “ Redesignation ”) only if all Liens and Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Redesignation if Incurred at such time would have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of this Indenture.

 

(d)          For purposes of this Section 4.24:

 

(1)         “Investments” shall equal the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be Designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of the Designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)         The aggregate Investments (other than Permitted Investments) by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in all Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be reduced upon the Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Issuer’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such Redesignation, and (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such Redesignation;

 

(3)         any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, as determined in good faith by the Issuer; and

 

(4)         the amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

(e)          The Designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to include the Designation of all Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(f)          All Designations and Redesignations shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with this Section 4.24.

 

  65  

 

 

Section 4.25          FATCA

 

(a)           Mutual Undertaking Regarding Information Reporting and Collection Obligations . Each party shall, within ten (10) business days of a written request by another party, supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to it, its operations, or the Notes as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party’s compliance with Applicable Law and shall notify the relevant other party reasonably promptly in the event that it becomes aware that any of the forms, documentation or other information provided by such party is (or becomes) inaccurate in any material respect; provided, however, that no party shall be required to provide any forms, documentation or other information pursuant to this paragraph to the extent that: (i) any such form, documentation or other information (or the information required to be provided on such form or documentation) is not reasonably available to such party and cannot be obtained by such party using reasonable efforts; or (ii) doing so would or might in the reasonable opinion of such party constitute a breach of any: (a) Applicable Law; (b) fiduciary duty; or (c) duty of confidentiality.

 

(b)           Notice of Possible Withholding Under FATCA. The Issuer shall notify the Paying Agent in the event that it determines that any payment to be made by the Paying Agent under the Notes is a payment which could be subject to FATCA Withholding if such payment were made to a recipient that is generally unable to receive payments free from FATCA Withholding, and the extent to which the relevant payment is so treated, provided, however, that the Issuer’s obligation under this paragraph shall apply only to the extent that such payments are so treated by virtue of characteristics of the Issuer, the Notes, or both.

 

(c)           Paying Agent’s Right to Withhold. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Paying Agent shall be entitled to make a deduction or withholding from any payment which it makes under the Notes for or on account of any Tax, if and only to the extent so required by Applicable Law. If such a deduction or withholding is required, neither the Paying Agent nor the Trustee will be obligated to pay any Additional Amount to the recipient unless such an Additional Amount is received by the Paying Agent or the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture.

 

(d)          For the purposes of this Section 4.25, defined terms used herein shall have the following meanings:

 

(1)         “ Applicable Law ” means any law or regulation including, but not limited to: (i) any statute or regulation; (ii) any rule or practice of any Authority by which any party is bound or with which it is accustomed to comply; (iii) any agreement between any Authorities; and (iv) any customary agreement between any Authority and any party;

 

(2)         “ Authority ” means any competent regulatory, prosecuting, Tax or governmental authority in any jurisdiction;

 

(3)         “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

(4)         “ FATCA Withholding ” means any withholding or deduction required pursuant to an agreement described in section 1471(b) of the Code, or otherwise imposed pursuant to sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, any regulations or agreements thereunder, any official interpretations thereof, or any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto;

 

(5)         “ Tax ” means any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or on behalf of any Authority having power to tax.

 

  66  

 

 

Article 5

Successors

 

Section 5.01          Merger, consolidations and certain sales of assets of the Issuer.

 

(a)          The Issuer may not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (i) consolidate with or merge into any other Person, or (ii) directly or indirectly, convey, transfer, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the its assets to any other Person, unless:

 

(1)         Either (i) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made,

 

(A)         shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and,

 

(B)         is organized under the laws of any member state of the European Union, Norway, Switzerland, Canada, Jersey, Guernsey, Mauritius, Cayman Islands, British Virgin Islands, any state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia;

 

(2)         immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(3)         with respect to a consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposal of the Issuer, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any Debt which becomes the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ obligation, as applicable, or that of the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred at the time of the transaction, (x) the Issuer (including any successor Person) could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof or (y) the Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than such ratio immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; provided , however , that this clause (3) will not apply if, in the good faith determination of the Issuer’s Board of Directors the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the Issuer’s jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

(4)         the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Section 5.01.

 

Section 5.02          Successor Corporation Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger in which the Issuer is not the continuing corporation or any transfer (excluding any lease) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as such; provided , however , that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any and interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Issuer’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

 

  67  

 

 

Article 6

Defaults and Remedies

 

Section 6.01          Events of Default.

 

The following will be “ Events of Default ” under this Indenture:

 

(1)         failure to pay principal of, or premium, if any, on, any Note when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise);

 

(2)         failure to pay any interest (including Additional Amounts) on any Note when due, which failure continues for 30 days;

 

(3)         default in the payment of principal and interest on Notes required to be purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase under Sections 4.15 and 4.10 hereof when due and payable;

 

(4)         failure to perform or comply with the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(5)         failure of the Issuer to perform any other of its covenants or agreements under this Indenture or the Notes, which failure continues for 60 days after written notice to the Issuer by the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes;

 

(6)         default under the terms of any instrument evidencing or securing Debt for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if that default:

 

(A)         results in the acceleration of the payment of such Debt prior to its Stated Maturity; or

 

(B)         is caused by the failure to pay such Debt at its Stated Maturity after giving effect to the expiration of any applicable grace periods (and other than by regularly scheduled required prepayment) and such failure to make any payment has not been waived or the Stated Maturity of such Debt has not been extended,

 

and, in each case, the outstanding principal amount of any such Debt under which there has been a failure to pay at Stated Maturity thereof or the payment of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100 million or more;

 

(7)         failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $100 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments shall not have been discharged or waived and there shall have been a period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of an appeal, waiver or otherwise, shall not have been in effect;

 

(8)         the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)         commences a voluntary case;

 

(B)         consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

  68  

 

 

(C)         consents to the appointment of a custodian or administrator of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

(D)         makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(E)         admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or

 

(9)         a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)         is for relief against the Issuer, or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(B)         appoints a custodian or administrator of the Issuer, or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(C)         orders the liquidation of the Issuer, or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02          Acceleration.

 

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof shall occur, the maturity of all Outstanding Notes shall automatically be accelerated and the principal amount of the Notes, together with any premium, accrued interest or Additional Amounts thereon, shall be immediately due and payable. If any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may, by written notice to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), declare the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued interest thereon, immediately due and payable. The right of the Holders to give such acceleration notice shall terminate if the event giving rise to such right shall have been cured before such right is exercised. Any such declaration may be annulled and rescinded by written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding to the Issuer if all amounts then due with respect to the Notes are paid (other than amount due solely because of such declaration) and all other defaults with respect to the Notes are cured.

 

Section 6.03          Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

  69  

 

 

Section 6.04          Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Subject to certain rights of the Trustee, as provided in this Indenture, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of the Notes, may waive any past default under this Indenture, except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest or a default arising from failure to purchase any Note tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; provided that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05          Control by Majority.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders not joining in the giving of such direction or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except in a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Notes, to the extent such action does not conflict with the provisions of this Indenture or applicable law.

 

Section 6.06          Limitation on Suits.

 

Subject to Section 7.01 hereof, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, to the extent such action does not conflict with the provisions of this Indenture or applicable law.

 

No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

(1)         such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(2)         the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have made a written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee;

 

(3)         such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense arising in connection with such proceeding;

 

(4)         the Trustee for 60 days after receipt of such notice has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(5)         no direction inconsistent with such request shall have been given to the Trustee during such 60 day-period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. However, such limitations do not apply to a suit individually instituted by a Holder of a Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of, or interest on, such Note on or after respective due dates expressed in such Note.

 

  70  

 

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. The Trustee shall have no obligation to ascertain whether the Holder’s actions are unduly prejudicial to other Holders.

 

Section 6.07          Right of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien.

 

Section 6.08          Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

Subject to mandatory provisions of Luxembourg insolvency laws, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or Section 6.01(2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, Additional Amounts, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09          Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, their creditors or property and shall be entitled and empowered, subject to mandatory provisions of Luxembourg insolvency laws, to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

  71  

 

  

Section 6.10          Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

First : to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection and then the Agents for any amounts due;

 

Second : to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

Third : to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11          Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes.

 

Section 6.12          Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined in a final judgment adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 6.13          Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.14          Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

  72  

 

 

Article 7

Trustee

 

Section 7.01          Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)          If an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)          Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge:

 

(1)         the duties of the Trustee and the Agents will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee and the Agents need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Agents; and

 

(2)         in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)          The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)         this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 

(2)         the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)         the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)          Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e)          No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)          The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held by the Paying Agent and in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

  73  

 

 

(g)          The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Responsible Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s corporate trust department has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee (attention: Trust & Securities Services) and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer and this Indenture.

 

Section 7.02          Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)          The Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)          Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, as the case may be. The Trustee may consult with counsel or other professional advisors and the written advice of such counsel, professional advisor or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)          The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.

 

(d)          The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or bad faith.

 

(e)          Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

 

(f)          The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)          The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer and/or its Subsidiaries. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(1) or Section 6.01(2) (provided it is acting as Paying Agent); and (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.03 hereof is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

(h)          The Trustee shall not have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Notes, but may at its sole discretion choose to do so.

 

  74  

 

 

(i)          The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified and/or secured under this Indenture, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and by each agent (including the Agents), custodian and other person employed to act hereunder. Absent willful misconduct or negligence, each Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party and no Agent shall be under any fiduciary duty or other obligation towards or have any relationship of agency and trust for or with any person other than the Issuer.

 

(j)          In the event the Trustee or any Agent receives conflicting, unclear or equivocal instructions, the Trustee or Agent shall be entitled to not take any action until such instructions have been resolved or clarified to its satisfaction and the Trustee or Agent shall not become liable in any way to any person for any failure to comply with any such conflicting, unclear or equivocal instruction.

 

(k)          In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall not incur any liability for its failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in its reasonable opinion, resolved.

 

(l)          In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by acts of war or terrorism involving the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Monetary Union or any other national or international calamity or emergency (including natural disasters or acts of God), it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

(m)          The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance or its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(n)          The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

 

(o)          The Trustee will not be liable to any person if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.

 

(p)          The Trustee shall not under any circumstances be liable for any indirect loss, punitive or special damages or consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Issuer or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto), even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable.

 

(q)          The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer personally or by agent or attorney.

 

(r)          The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

  75  

 

 

(s)          No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to do anything which, in its opinion, may be illegal or contrary to applicable law or regulation.

 

(t)          The Trustee may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such action in that jurisdiction would, in its opinion (based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction), be contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, the State of New York.

 

(u)          The Trustee may retain professional advisors to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture. The Trustee may consult with such professional advisors or with counsel, and the advice or opinion of such professional advisors or counsel with respect to legal or other matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(v)         The Trustee may assume without inquiry in the absence of actual knowledge that the Issuer is duly complying with its obligations contained in this Indenture required to be performed and observed by it, and that no Default or Event of Default or other event which would require repayment of the Notes has occurred.

 

Section 7.03          Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee (or its Affiliates) in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04          Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05          Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and for so long as it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of Holders.

 

Section 7.06          [Reserved].

 

  76  

 

 

Section 7.07          Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)          The Issuer will pay to the Trustee and the Agents from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as shall be agreed from time to time between them. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all disbursements, advances and expenses properly incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the properly incurred compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

(b)          The Issuer will indemnify the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all documented claims, losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be liable for any indirect loss, punitive or special damages or consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Trustee or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto), even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable. The Trustee will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. In case any such claim shall be brought against the Trustee, the Trustee may elect to defend the claim and shall promptly notify the Issuer of its intent to do so, provided that the Trustee and its counsel shall proceed with diligence and good faith with respect thereto, and the Issuer shall be entitled to participate therein. In the event of any disagreement between the Trustee and the Issuer in relation to the conduct of the claim, other than disagreements concerning the Trustee’s failure to promptly assume the defense and employ counsel, the Trustee’s decision shall be final. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel. If the Trustee does not assume the defense of such claim, the Issuer may defend the claim, the Trustee shall cooperate in such defense and the Issuer shall not be liable to the Trustee for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by the Trustee, in connection with the defense thereof unless the immediately following sentence applies. If the interests of the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Trustee, on the other hand, may be adverse, the Trustee may have a single separate counsel and the Issuer will pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)          The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(d)          To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(e)          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

(f)          The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits to the Trustee in this Article 7, including, without limitation, its rights to be compensated, reimbursed for expenses and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, each Agent.

 

(g)          The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the discharge or termination of this Indenture and shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee or an Agent notwithstanding its resignation or retirement.

 

  77  

 

 

Section 7.08          Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)          A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

 

(b)          The Trustee may resign in writing at any time without giving reason and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)         the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(2)         the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3)         a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)         the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

(c)          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

(d)          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee, the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or (ii) the retiring Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee takes office, provided that such appointment shall be with the consent of the Issuer (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(e)          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)          A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

(g)          For the purposes of this Section 7.08, the Issuer hereby expressly accepts and confirms, for the purposes of Articles 1278 and 1281 of the Luxembourg Civil Code that, notwithstanding any assignment, transfer and/or novation permitted under, and made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture or any agreement referred to herein to which the Issuer is a party, any security created or guarantee given under this Indenture shall be preserved for the benefit of the successor trustee (for itself and the secured parties) and, for the avoidance of doubt, for the benefit of each of the secured parties.

 

  78  

 

 

Section 7.09          Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10          Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of England and Wales or the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by any England and Wales authority or any federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

Section 7.11          Agents.

 

Resignation of Agents . Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and Issuer. The Trustee or Issuer may remove any Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to any Agent. Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by the Issuer, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee. Such successor Agent shall become the Agent hereunder upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice. If the Issuer is unable to replace the resigning Agent within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, deliver any funds then held hereunder in its possession to the Trustee or may appoint a replacement agent on behalf of the Issuer, provided that such appointment shall be with the consent of the Issuer (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief. The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Issuer. Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent. Upon its resignation and delivery any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture, but shall continue to enjoy the benefit of Section 7.07 hereof.

 

Article 8

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 8.01          Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuer may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02          Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all Outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the Outstanding Notes, which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

  79  

 

 

(1)         the rights of Holders of Outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, interest (including Additional Amounts) or premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

(2)         the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

 

(3)         the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)         the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Article 8.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03          Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof with respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed Outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Section 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04          Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

 

(1)         the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee (or such other entity designated or appointed (as agent) by it for such purpose), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. Dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. Dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in each case, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest (including Additional Amounts and premium, if any) on the Outstanding Notes on their Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

 

  80  

 

 

(2)         in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an opinion of U.S. counsel in terms reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

 

(A)         the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

 

(B)         since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)         in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an opinion of U.S. counsel in terms reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)         the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

(5)         the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, subject to customary assumptions and qualifications, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05          Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all cash in U.S. Dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the Outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or the non-callable U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Notes.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any cash in U.S. Dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

  81  

 

 

Section 8.06          Repayment to Issuer.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer in trust, for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided , however , that in the event the Notes are in the form of Definitive Registered Notes, the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be made available to the newswire service of Bloomberg or, if Bloomberg does not operate, any similar agency and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ) or mail to each Holder entitled to such money at such Holder’s address (as set forth in the Register) notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

Section 8.07          Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of (and premium or Additional Amounts, if any) or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

Article 9

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

 

Section 9.01          Without Consent of Holders.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, the Issuer and the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Escrow Agreement, this Indenture or the Notes:

 

(1)         to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)         to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets pursuant to Article 5 hereof;

 

  82  

 

 

(3)         to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder in any material respect;

 

(4)         to conform the text of this Indenture, or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(5)         to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date;

 

(6)         to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 169(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

 

(7)         to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee under this Indenture; or

 

(8)         to allow the provision of Guarantees with respect to the Notes.

 

In formulating its opinion on such matters, the Trustee shall be entitled to request and rely absolutely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 14.03 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuer in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02          With Consent of Holders.

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation Section 3.12, Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 hereof), the Escrow Agreement or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect one series of the Notes, only the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes of such series shall be required.

 

  83  

 

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

 

It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer will mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of Notes, may waive compliance by the Issuer with certain restrictive provisions of this Indenture. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of the Notes, may waive any past default under this Indenture, except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest or a default arising from failure to purchase any Note tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. Modifications and amendments of this Indenture may be made by the Issuer, the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes; provided , however , that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holders of 90% of the aggregate principal amount of then Outstanding Notes affected thereby:

 

(1)         change the Stated Maturity or the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note;

 

(2)         reduce the principal amount of, (or premium) or interest on (or rate thereof), any Note;

 

(3)         change the place or currency of payment of principal of (or premium), or interest on, any Note;

 

(4)         impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any Note;

 

(5)         reduce the above stated percentage of Outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend this Indenture;

 

(6)         reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults; or

 

(7)         following the mailing of any Offer to Purchase, modify any Offer to Purchase for the Notes required under Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof in a manner adverse to the Holders thereof.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (included) of the Luxembourg Law dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time, shall not apply in respect of the Notes.

 

  84  

 

 

Section 9.03          Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.04          Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate the new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.05          Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Issuer approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

Article 10

[Reserved]

 

Article 11

[Reserved]

 

Article 12

[Reserved]

 

Article 13

Satisfaction and Discharge

 

Section 13.01          Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

(a)          This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:

 

(1)         either:

 

(A)         all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

  85  

 

 

(B)         all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. Dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in each case, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(2)         the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

(3)         the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 13.01(a)).

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01(a)(1)(B), the provisions of Sections Section 13.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 13.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 13.02          Application of Trust Money.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 13.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

Article 14

Miscellaneous

 

Section 14.01          Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Issuer or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

  86  

 

 

If to the Issuer:

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.

2, rue du Fort Bourbon

L-1249, Luxembourg Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Facsimile No.: +352 27 759 901

Attention: Office of the General Counsel

 

With a copy to:

 

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue, New York

NY 10017, United States of America

Facsimile No.: +1-212-701-5077

Attention: John B. Meade

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

Attn: Trustee-Agency & Trust

Facsimile: +44 207 500 5877

 

If to the Trustee to Citibank, N.A., London Branch at the address above.

 

If to Registrar:

 

Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG

5th Floor, Reuterweg 16

60323 Frankfurt

Germany

Attn: Citi-Registrar-Agency & Trust

Facsimile: +49 692222 9586

 

If to Paying Agent or Transfer Agent:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

Attn: Paying Agent-Agency & Trust

Facsimile: +353 1 622 2210/ +353 1 622 2212

 

Attn: Transfer Agent-Agency & Trust

Facsimile: +353 1 247 6348

 

The Issuer or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; upon receipt if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

  87  

 

 

For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market, and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, notices of the Issuer will be published on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ). In addition, for so long as any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes, all notices to Holders will be delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream. Such notices may also be published in a leading newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg or if, in the opinion of the Issuer such publication is not practicable, in an English language newspaper having general circulation in Europe.

 

Notices delivered to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream will be deemed given on the date when delivered. If a notice or communication is published in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders or delivers a notice or communication to holders of Book-Entry Interests, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 14.02          [Reserved].

 

Section 14.03          Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)         an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(2)         an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 14.04          Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)         a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)         a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)         a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(4)         a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

  88  

 

 

Section 14.05          Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 14.06          Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

 

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of, related to, or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby, and any action arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws, may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan; irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding; and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. The Issuer has appointed CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13 th Floor, New York, New York 10011, United States of America, as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding which may be instituted in any federal or state court located in the State of New York, Borough of Manhattan arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and any action brought under U.S. federal or state securities laws (the “ Authorized Agent ”). The Issuer expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto and waives any right to trial by jury. Such appointment shall be irrevocable unless and until replaced by an agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The Issuer represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Issuer agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Issuer shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuer.

 

Section 14.07          No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders.

 

None of the directors, officers, employees, incorporators, members or stockholders, as such, of the Issuer, as such, will have any liability for any of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under applicable securities laws.

 

Section 14.08          Governing Law.

 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (included) of the Luxembourg Law dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time, are excluded.

 

Section 14.09          No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

  89  

 

 

Section 14.10         Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.

 

Section 14.11         Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 14.12         Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 14.13         Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 14.14         Judgment Currency.

 

Any payment on account of an amount that is payable in U.S. Dollars (the “ Required Currency ”) which is made to or for the account of any Holder or the Trustee in lawful currency of any other jurisdiction (the “ Judgment Currency ”), whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the liquidation of the Issuer, shall constitute a discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, only to the extent of the amount of the Required Currency with such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, could purchase in the London foreign exchange markets with the amount of the Judgment Currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the first Business Day following receipt of the payment in the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Required Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Required Currency originally due to such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, the Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, from and against all loss or damage arising out of, or as a result of, such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Indenture or the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder or the Trustee from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

 

Section 14.15         Prescription.

 

Claims against the Issuer for the payment of principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed ten years after the applicable due date for payment thereof. Claims against the Issuer for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed five years after the applicable due date for payment of interest.

 

  90  

 

 

Section 14.16         Contractual Recognition of Bail-In Powers.

 

(a)          The Issuer acknowledges and accepts that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties:

 

(1)         any Liability may be subject to the exercise of Write-down and Conversion Powers by the Resolution Authority;

 

(2)         The Issuer will be bound by the effect of any application of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability and in particular (but without limitation) by:

 

(A)         any reduction in the principal amount, in full or in part, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) due in respect of any Liability; and

 

(B)         any conversion of all or part of any Liability into ordinary shares or other instruments of ownership of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG or any other person; that may result from any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability;

 

(3)         the terms of this Indenture and the rights of the Issuer hereunder may be varied, to the extent necessary, to give effect to any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability and the Issuer will be bound by any such variation; and

 

(4)         ordinary shares or other instruments of ownership of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG or any other person may be issued to or conferred on the Issuer as a result of any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability.

 

(b)          Defined terms used in this Section 14.16 have the following meanings:

 

(1)         “ Liability ” means any liability of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG to the Issuer arising under or in connection with this Indenture;

 

(2)         “ Resolution Authority ” means the German Federal Agency for Financial Markets Stabilization ( Bundesanstalt fur Finanzmarktstabilisierung ), or any other body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers;

 

(3)         “ Write-down and Conversion Powers ” means any write-down, conversion, transfer, modification or suspension power existing from time to time under, and exercised in compliance with, any laws, regulations, rules or requirements in effect in Germany, relating to the transposition of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms as amended from time to time, including but not limited to the German Recovery and Resolution Act ( Sanierungs- und Abwicklungsgesetz ) as amended from time to time, and the instruments, rules and standards created thereunder, pursuant to which:

 

(A)         any obligation of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG (or other affiliate of such entity) can be reduced, cancelled, modified or converted into shares, other securities or other obligations of such entity or any other person (or suspended for a temporary period); and

 

(B)         any right in a contract governing an obligation Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG may be deemed to have been exercised.

 

  91  

 

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

  92  

 

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., as the Issuer
   
  By:   /s/ Patrick Gill
    Name:  Patrick Gill
    Title:    Company Secretary

 

  By:   /s/ Justine Dimovic
    Name:  Justine Dimovic
    Title:    Group Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to 2026 Indenture]

 

 

 

 

  CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as Trustee, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent
     
  By: Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

  By:   /s/ Stuart Sullivan
    Name:  Stuart Sullivan
    Title:    Vice President

 

[Signature Page to 2026 Indenture]

 

 

 

 

  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS EUROPE AG, as Registrar
   
  By: Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG

 

  By:   /s/ Evdokia Petrakopoulou
    Name:  Evdokia Petrakopoulou
    Title:

 

  By:   /s/ Ilona Kuhn
    Name:  Ilona Kuhn
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to 2026 Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

[Face of Note]

 

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

6.625% Senior Notes due 2026

 

No. _____ CUSIP:

 

  ISIN:
   
  COMMON CODE:
   
  $ __________
   
  Issue Date: __________

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, promises to pay to ______________________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of _____________________________ DOLLARS or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note on October 15, 2026

 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

 

Record Dates: Holders of record on each Note in respect of the principal amount thereof outstanding on the Business Day immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date.

 

Dated: __________

 

  A- 1  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

  MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL
  CELLULAR S.A.

 

  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

  A- 2  

 

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch, not in its individual capacity, but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent with respect to the Notes appointed by the Trustee, CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

  CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

  By:  

  Authorized Signatory:

  

  A- 3  

 

 

[Back of Note]

 

 

 

6.625% Senior Notes due 2026

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

  A- 4  

 

 

(1)           INTEREST . MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under the number B 40630 (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.625% per annum from _______________________ until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be _______________. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the rate then in effect to the extent lawful. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Each interest period shall end (but not include) the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

(2)           METHOD OF PAYMENT . The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes on the Business Day immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agents as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. In addition, interest on the Definitive Registered Notes may be paid by check mailed to the person entitled thereto as shown on the Register for the Definitive Registered Notes. The Issuer will make all payments in immediately available same-day freely transferable funds and in U.S. Dollars.

 

(3)           PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT . Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch will act as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG will act as Registrar. The Issuer shall maintain a Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

(4)           INDENTURE . The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 16, 2018 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG, as Registrar. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

  A- 5  

 

 

(5)           OPTIONAL REDEMPTION .

 

(a)          Except as detailed below, the Notes are not redeemable at the Issuer’s option. The Issuer is not, however, prohibited from acquiring the Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture. The Issuer may make any redemption or redemption notice subject to the satisfaction of conditions precedent. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (but no more than 60 days after the date of the notice of redemption) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed, or such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Issuer’s discretion if in the good faith judgement of the Issuer any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied or waived. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

(b)          If a redemption date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such redemption date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption.

 

(c)          At any time prior to October 15, 2021, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Trustee and the Holders, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 106.625% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings or any sale of Qualified Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)         at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued under the Indenture would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)         the redemption occurs within 180 days after the closing of such Equity Offering or sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

 

Any notice for such a redemption may be given prior to completing the Equity Offering or sale of Qualified Capital Stock and be conditioned upon its completion.

 

(d)          At any time prior to October 15, 2021, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Trustee and the Holders, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 106.625% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the Net Available Proceeds from one or more Specified Subsidiary Sales. The Issuer may only do this, however, if:

 

(1)         at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes that were initially issued would remain outstanding immediately after the proposed redemption; and

 

(2)         the redemption occurs within 365 days from the later of the date of such Specified Subsidiary Sale or the receipt of such Net Available Proceeds.

 

(e)          During each 12 month period commencing on the Issue Date and ending on October 15, 2021, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Trustee and the Holders, the Issuer may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

  A- 6  

 

 

(f)          At any time prior to October 15, 2021, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Trustee and the Holders, the Issuer may also redeem all or part of the Notes (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Redemption Premium and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(g)          At any time on or after October 15, 2021, and prior to maturity, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Trustee and the Holders, the Issuer may redeem all or part of the Notes. These redemptions will be in amounts of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of their principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on October 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Year   Redemption
Price
 
2021     104.969 %
2022     103.313 %
2023     101.656 %
2024 and thereafter     100.00 %

 

(6)           REDEMPTION UPON CHANGES IN WITHHOLDING TAXES .

 

The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its option, at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and any Additional Amounts (as defined under Section 4.22(a) of the Indenture) payable with respect thereto, if:

 

(a)          as a result of (i) any change in, or amendment to, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined under Section 4.22(a) of the Indenture) affecting taxation which is publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the date of the Indenture or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the date of the Indenture, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the Indenture or (ii) any change in, or amendment to, the existing official published position (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of the introduction of an official position) regarding the application, administration or interpretation of the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including any such change or amendment occurring as a result of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice), which change or amendment is publicly announced and, where applicable, becomes effective on or after the date of the Indenture or, if such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the date of the Indenture, on or after the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the Indenture (either, a “ Change in Tax Law ”), the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts; and

 

(b)          such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it; provided , however , that for this purpose reasonable measures shall not include any change in the Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization or the location of its principal executive office, or the incurrence of material out of pocket costs by it. No such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due.

 

  A- 7  

 

 

Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes as described below, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and (ii) an opinion of legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts due to a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on this certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, upon which it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

 

(7)           SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION .

 

(a)          In order for the Issuer to cause the Escrow Agent to release the Escrowed Property to the Issuer (the “ Release ”), the Escrow Agent and the Trustee shall have received from the Issuer, on or before the Escrow Longstop Date, an Officer’s Certificate, upon which both the Escrow Agent and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely absolutely without further investigation, to the effect that:

 

(1)         (i) the Acquisition will be consummated promptly upon release of the Escrowed Property and (ii) since the Issue Date, no material term or condition of the Stock Purchase Agreement has been amended or waived in a manner or to an extent that would be materially prejudicial to the interests of Holders, other than any amendment or waiver made with the consent of Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Notes;

 

(2)         promptly after consummation of the Acquisition, the Issuer will own, directly or indirectly, 80% of the outstanding shares of Cable Onda; and

 

(3)         as at the date of such Officer’s Certificate, there is no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Issuer under clauses (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture.

 

The Release will occur promptly upon the receipt of such Officer’s Certificate. Upon the Release, the Escrowed Property will be paid out in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and the Escrow Account will be reduced to zero.

 

(b)          In the event that (i) the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the paragraph (a) above does not take place on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date, (ii) in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, the Acquisition will not be consummated on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date, (iii) the Stock Purchase Agreement terminates at any time on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date or (iv) there is a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Issuer under clauses (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being the “ Special Termination Date ”), the Issuer will redeem the entire aggregate principal amount of the Notes (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption ”) at a price (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption Price ”) equal to the aggregate issue price of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date, or if applicable, from the most recent date to which interest on the Notes was paid or provided for, to, but not including, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(c)          Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered by the Issuer, no later than one Business Day following the Special Termination Date, to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Escrow Agent, and will provide that the Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is not less than two Business Days prior and not later than the fifth Business Day after such notice is given by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption Date ”).

 

(d)          No later than 5:00 p.m. London time on the Business Day prior to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Escrow Agent shall pay to the Paying Agent for payment to each Holder the Special Mandatory Redemption Price for such Holder’s Notes and, concurrently with the payment to such Holders, deliver any excess Escrowed Property (if any) to the Issuer.

 

  A- 8  

 

 

(e)          In the event that the Special Mandatory Redemption Price payable upon such Special Mandatory Redemption exceeds the amount of the Escrowed Property, the Issuer will pay the accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, and any other amounts owing to the Holders of the Notes.

 

(f)          If at the time of such Special Mandatory Redemption, the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market, and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange that the Special Mandatory Redemption has occurred and any relevant details relating to such Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

(g)          No provisions of the Escrow Agreement and, to the extent such provisions relate to the Issuer’s obligation to redeem the Notes in a Special Mandatory Redemption, the Indenture, may be amended, waived or modified in any manner materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes without the consent of Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Notes. By accepting a Note, each Holder will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Escrow Agreement and have irrevocably authorized the Trustee to take all the actions set forth in the Escrow Agreement without the need for further direction from them under the Indenture.

 

(8)           SINKING FUND. Except as set forth under Section 3.09 of the Indenture, the Issuer will not be required to make any other mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

(9)           REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER .

 

(a)          Within 60 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will be required to make an Offer to Purchase all Outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued interest and any Additional Amounts thereon to the date of purchase.

 

(b)          When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $75 million, the Issuer will, within 15 Business Days of the end of the applicable period in Section 4.10(b), make an Excess Proceeds Offer to all Holders and from the holders of any Pari Passu Debt, to the extent required by the terms thereof, on a pro rata basis, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.12 of the Indenture or the agreements governing any such Pari Passu Debt, the maximum principal amount (expressed as a minimum amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt that may be purchased with the amount of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price as to each Note and any such Pari Passu Debt will be payable in cash in an amount equal to (solely in the case of the Notes) 100% of the principal amount of such Note and (solely in the case of Pari Passu Debt) no greater than 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such Pari Passu Debt, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

 

(10)         NOTICE OF REDEMPTION . At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer will deliver, pursuant to Section 14.01 of the Indenture, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture.

 

  A- 9  

 

 

(11)         DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE .

 

[The Global Notes are in registered form without coupons attached. The Global Notes will represent the aggregate principal amount of all the Notes issued and not yet cancelled other than Definitive Registered Notes.] 1 [The Definitive Registered Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 above $200,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer shall not be required to register the transfer of any Definitive Registered Notes (A) for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of the Notes; (B) for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of Notes to be redeemed in part; (C) for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date; or (D) which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Excess Proceeds Offer.] 2

 

 

1 Include in any Global Note.

 

2 Include in any Definitive Registered Note

  

  A- 10  

 

 

(12)         PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS . The registered Holder may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

(13)         AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.12, Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 thereof), the Escrow Agreement and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect one series of the Notes, only the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes of such series shall be required. In certain circumstances, the Escrow Agreement, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented without the consent of any Holder, including to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.

 

(14)         DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may, by written notice to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

 

(15)         AUTHENTICATION . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

(16)         ABBREVIATIONS . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(17)         CUSIP AND ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. The Issuer has caused Common Code numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. In addition, the Issuer has caused ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of any such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

  A- 11  

 

 

(18)         GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (included) of the Luxembourg Law dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time, shall not apply to the Notes.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture or the form of Note. Requests may be made to:

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

2, rue du Fort Bourbon

L-1249 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Facsimile No.: +352 27 759 901

Attention: Office of the General Counsel

 

  A- 12  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:   
  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint    

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date: _______________

 

  Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the
  face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:      

 

* Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  A- 13  

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE*

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below

 

¨ Section 4.10          ¨ Section 4.15

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof):

 

$ ____________

 

Date: ___________

 

  Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name
appears on the face of this Note)
     
  Tax Identification No.:    

 

Signature Guarantee*:      

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

* Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  A- 14  

 

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

 
Date of Exchange
  Amount of decrease 
in Principal 
Amount of 
this Global Note
  Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of 
this Global Note
  Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease 
(or increase)

Signature of
authorized officer of 
Paying Agent,
Trustee, Custodian
or Common
Depositary

                 
                 
                 

 

  A- 15  

 

 

Exhibit B

 

[Issuer address block]

 

[Trustee/Transfer Agent/Registrar address block]

 

Re:          $500,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2026 of MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2018 (the “Indenture”), between, among others, Millicom International Cellular S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under the number B 40630 (the “Issuer”), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and. Paying Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG, as Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

____________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $____________________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ____________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.            Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ U.S. Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

2.            Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the U.S. Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, (ii) such Transferor does not know that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (iii) no directed selling efforts have been made in connection with the Transfer in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, (iv) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and (v) if the proposed transfer is being effected prior to the expiration of a Restricted Period, the transferee is not a U.S. Person, as such term is defined pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act, and will take delivery only as a Book-Entry Interest so transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

  B- 1  

 

 

3.            Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to any provision of the U.S. Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

   
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  Dated:  

 

  B- 2  

 

 

Annex A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a) a Book-Entry Interest in the:

 

(i) 144A Global Note ([CUSIP][ISIN] _________), or

 

(ii) Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] _________).

 

2.          After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a) a Book-Entry Interest in the:

 

(i) 144A Global Note ([CUSIP][ISIN]_________), or

 

(ii) Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] _________).

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

  B- 3  

 

 

Exhibit C

 

[ Issuer address block ]

 

[ Trustee/Transfer Agent/Registrar address block ]

 

  Re: $500,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2026 of MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

(CUSIP ______ ; ISIN ________ ; Common Code ____ )

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2018 (the “Indenture”), between, among others, Millicom International Cellular S.A., a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under the number B 40630 (the “Issuer”), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG, as Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                       , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $__________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.           ¨ Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Definitive Registered Notes are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Definitive Registered Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange will bear the Private Placement Legend and will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

2.           ¨ Check if Exchange is from Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Definitive Registered Notes for Book- Entry Interest in a Global Note in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Book- Entry Interests transferred in exchange will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

  

   
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  Dated:  

 

  C- 1  

 

 

Annex A TO CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

1. The Owner owns and proposes to exchange the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a) ¨ a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account

 

No. ________ in the:

 

(i) ¨ D144A Global Note ([CUSIP] [ISIN] _____), or

 

(ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] ___), or

 

(b) ¨ a Definitive Registered Note.

 

2. After the Exchange the Owner will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a) ¨ a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account

 

No. ________ in the:

 

(i) ¨ D144A Global Note ([CUSIP] [ISIN] ____), or

 

(ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] ____), or

 

(b) ¨ a Definitive Registered Note.

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

  C- 2  

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

Subsidiaries of Millicom International Cellular S.A.  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

or Organization

Latin America:    
Telemovil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.   El Salvador
Navega.com SA, Sucursal El Salvador   El Salvador
Millicom Cable Costa Rica, S.A.   Costa Rica
Newcom Nicaragua S.A.   Nicaragua
Telefónica Celular de Bolivia S.A.   Bolivia
Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.   Paraguay
Colombia Móvil S.A. E.S.P.   Colombia
UNE EPM Telecomunicaciones S.A.   Colombia
Edatel S.A. E.S.P   Colombia
Africa:    
MIC Tanzania Public Limited Company   Tanzania
Millicom Tchad S.A.   Chad
Zanzibar Telecom Limited   Tanzania
Unallocated:    
Millicom International Operations S.A   Luxembourg
Millicom International Operations B.V   Netherlands
MIC Latin America B.V   Netherlands
Millicom Africa B.V   Netherlands
Millicom Holding B.V   Netherlands
Millicom Spain S.L.   Spain

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 15.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Auditors” and "Statement by Experts" and to the use of our report dated August 15, 2018, in the Registration Statement (Form 20-F) of Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young
Société anonyme
Cabinet de révision agréé

 

Luxembourg
December 13, 2018

 

 

 

  

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.

 

Financial statements

As at December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years then ended

 

With independent auditors’ report

 

 

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.

 

Financial statements

 

As at December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years then ended

 

Content

 

Independent auditors’ report 1
   
Audited financial statements:  
   
Statements of financial position 2
Statements of comprehensive income 3
Statements of changes in equity 4
Statements of cash flows 5
Notes to financial statements 6-42

 

 

 

 

Independent auditors’ report

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.

 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A., which comprise the statements of financial position as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards; this includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditor’s Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A. at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young, S.A.

 

Ernst & Young, S.A.

Guatemala City

August 15, 2018

A-243-2018

 

  1  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Statements of financial position
As at December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

    Notes   2017     2016  
Assets                
Current assets                    
Cash   6   Q 1,800,361     Q 1,726,467  
Accounts receivable   7     465,086       406,408  
Accounts receivable from related parties   8     2,167,923       3,019,842  
Inventories   10     5,980       3,237  
Other assets   9     25,962       29,994  
Other financial assets   4.17     129,475       64,053  
          4,594,787       5,250,001  
Non-current assets                    
Property, plant and equipment   11     3,397,295       3,919,547  
Intangible assets   12     577,526       545,713  
Accounts receivable from related parties   8     2,596,909       1,509,914  
Deferred income tax assets   19     11,838       9,674  
Other non-current financial assets         1,588       1,525  
Total assets       Q 11,179,943     Q 11,236,374  
                     
Liabilities and equity                    
Current liabilities                    
Accounts payable   14   Q 542,650     Q 748,872  
Accounts payable to related parties   8     318,137       310,010  
Income tax payable   19     54,211       45,265  
Deferred revenue   16     248,110       212,132  
Accrued interest         162,705       166,636  
Other accounts payable   15     55,307       29,047  
          1,381,120       1,511,962  
Non-current liabilities                    
Loans   13     5,947,545       6,070,051  
Provisions   17     258,900       235,698  
Total liabilities         7,587,565       7,817,711  
                     
Equity                    
Issued capital   18     25,000       25,000  
Retained earnings         2,063,598       2,005,115  
Legal reserve   18     1,478,066       1,366,008  
Other components of equity   18     25,714       22,540  
Total equity         3,592,378       3,418,663  
Total liabilities and equity       Q 11,179,943     Q 11,236,374  

 

The accompanying notes are integral part of the financial statements.

 

  2  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Statements of comprehensive income
For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

    Notes   2017     2016  
Air time       Q 6,728,654     Q 6,685,673  
Handsets and accessories         213,925       187,432  
Subscriptions         4,070       65,303  
Other income         154,796       226,745  
Revenue         7,101,445       7,165,153  
                     
Cost of sales   20     (698,244 )     (821,450 )
Gross profit         6,403,201       6,343,703  
                     
Operating expenses   21     (3,304,263 )     (3,339,986 )
Other expenses   22     (55,226 )     (5,210 )
Operating profit         3,043,712       2,998,507  
                     
Financial income   23.1     283,465       128,961  
Financial expenses   23.2     (542,602 )     (549,158 )
Profit before income tax         2,784,575       2,578,310  
                     
Income tax expense   19     (484,931 )     (486,307 )
Net profit for the year         2,299,644       2,092,003  
                     
Other comprehensive income         -       -  
Profit for the year       Q 2,299,644     Q 2,092,003  

 

The accompanying notes are integral part of the financial statements.

 

  3  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Statements of changes in equity
For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016`

 

(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

    Notes  

Issued

capital

    Retained earnings    

Legal

reserve

   

Other

components

of equity

   

Total

equity

 
As at January 1, 2016       Q 25,000     Q 2,370,725     Q 1,243,127     Q 19,187     Q 3,658,039  
Transfer to legal reserve         -       (122,881 )     122,881       -       -  
Share-based incentive plan   18     -       -       -       3,353       3,353  
Dividends   18     -       (2,334,732 )     -       -       (2,334,732 )
Profit for the period         -       2,092,003       -       -       2,092,003  
As at December 31, 2016         25,000       2,005,115       1,366,008       22,540       3,418,663  
Transfer to legal reserve         -       (112,058 )     112,058       -       -  
Share-based incentive plan   18     -       -       -       3,174       3,174  
Dividends   18     -       (2,129,103 )     -       -       (2,129,103 )
Profit for the period         -       2,299,644       -       -       2,299,644  
As at December 31, 2017       Q 25,000     Q 2,063,598     Q 1,478,066     Q 25,714     Q 3,592,378  

 

The accompanying notes are integral part of the financial statements.

  

  4  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Statements of cash flows
For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

    Notes   2017     2016  
Operating activities                    
Profit before income tax       Q 2,784,575     Q 2,578,310  
Adjustments to reconcile profit before income tax to net cash flows:                    
Loss from disposal of property, plant and equipment   22     54,922       4,852  
Depreciation and amortization   21     1,077,378       1,049,366  
Net unrealized exchange differences   23.1     (144,577 )     (106,126 )
Impairment of property, plant, equipment and intangibles   21     75,862       138,313  
Allowance for doubtful accounts   20     68,673       232,862  
Share-based incentive plans   21     3,174       3,353  
Deferred revenue   16     (3,566,458 )     (3,546,760 )
Interest   23.2     432,988       451,652  
                     
Net changes assets and liabilities                    
(Increase) decrease in:                    
Accounts receivable         (127,356 )     (163,588 )
Accounts receivable from related parties         (92,508 )     16  
Inventories         (2,743 )     (3,237 )
Other assets         (64 )     (1,082 )
Other financial assets         (60,791 )     (23,187 )
(Decrease) increase in:                    
Accounts payable         (193,580 )     (276,008 )
Accounts payable to related parties         8,315       54,698  
Other accounts payable         23,858       (106,962 )
Deferred revenue   16     3,602,436       3,537,675  
Income tax paid   19     (478,149 )     (488,171 )
Net cash flows from operating activities         3,465,955       3,335,976  
                     
Investing activities                    
Loans granted to related parties   8     (2,220,977 )     (3,532,418 )
Loan repayment from related parties   8     131,173       2,590,432  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   11     (525,213 )     (701,107 )
Purchase of intangible assets   12     (172,173 )     (269,396 )
Net cash flows used in investing activities         (2,787,190 )     (1,912,489 )
                     
Financing activities                    
Income tax withheld on dividends paid   18.3     (106,455 )     (116,737 )
Payment of dividends   18.3     (80,088 )     -  
Loan repayments to related parties   8     (2,110 )     (43,239 )
Loans granted from related parties   8     1,938       42,245  
Interest paid         (418,156 )     (430,749 )
Net cash flows used in financing activities         (604,871 )     (548,480 )
Net increase in cash         73,894       875,007  
Cash as at January 1         1,726,467       851,460  
Cash as at December 31   6   Q 1,800,361     Q 1,726,467  
                     
Transactions not requiring cash                    
Capitalization of asset retirement obligation cost   11   Q 20,337     Q 50,126  
Capitalization of property, plant and equipment under the financial lease mode         -       7,478  
Dividends offset with accounts receivable from related parties   18.3     1,942,560       2,217,995  
        Q 1,962,897     Q 2,275,599  

 

The accompanying notes are integral part of the financial statements.

 

  5  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

1. Corporate information

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A. (the “Company” or “Comcel”) was incorporated under the laws of Guatemala on November 9, 1989, for an indefinite period in accordance with deed No. 72. The Company’s main business is the provision of telecommunication services, purchase, sale and distribution of cellular devices and airtime under the brand Tigo.

 

The Company’s offices are located in Km. 9.5 Carretera a El Salvador, building Plaza Tigo, Santa Catarina Pinula, Guatemala.

 

The Company is jointly controlled by Millicom International II NV, entity located in Luxembourg, and Miffin Associates Corp., entity located in Panama.

 

The financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2017, were authorized for issue by Management on August 14, 2018. These financial statements will be submitted for final approval to the Company’s shareholders board. Management expects them to be approved without amendments.

 

2. Basis of preparation

 

2.1 Statement of compliance

The financial statements of Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A. at December 31, 2017 and 2016, have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

2.2 Basis of preparation and presentation currency

At as December 31, 2017 and 2016, the financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis.

 

The financial statements are presented in thousands of Quetzals and all values are rounded to the nearest thousands, except when otherwise noted.

 

3. Changes in accounting policies

 

The accounting policies adopted by the Company for the preparation of its financial statements as of December 31, 2017 are consistent to those used for the preparation of its financial statements at December 31, 2016.

 

The amendments to the International Financial Reporting Standards and new Interpretations that came into effect before or on January 1, 2017 have not caused any important effect in the financial statements of the Company.

 

  6  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

4. Summary of significant accounting policies

 

The following are the most significant accounting policies adopted by the Company in the preparation of its financial statements:

 

4.1 Functional currency and transactions in foreign currency

 

4.1.1 Foreign currency

The functional currency of the Company is the Quetzal. The Company records its transactions in foreign currency, any currency other than the functional currency, at the current exchange rate at the date of each transaction. When determining the financial position and the results of its operations, the Company values and adjusts its monetary assets and liabilities stated in foreign currency at the current exchange rate at the date of the statement of financial position. The exchange differences resulting from the application of these procedures are recognized in the results of the year in which they occur.

 

4.1.2 Current versus non-current classification

The Company presents the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

 

An asset is classified as current when the Company expects to realize the asset, or has the intention of selling or consuming such asset, during its normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; expects to realize the asset within twelve months after the reporting date; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent, except if it is restricted and it cannot be used to cancel a liability during the following twelve months after the reporting date. The Company classifies the rest of its assets as non-current assets.

 

A liability is classified as current when the Company expects to settle the liability in its normal operating cycle; it is maintained for the purposes of trading; it must be settled within twelve months after the reporting date; or when the Company has not an unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting date. The Company classifies the rest of its liabilities as non-current liabilities.

 

Assets and liabilities related to deferred income taxes are classified by the Company as non-current assets and liabilities, in all cases.

 

4.2 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are represented by cash and highly liquid short-term investments, with maturity of three months or less from their acquisition date. For the purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash and equivalents of cash is presented by the Company net of bank overdrafts, if any.

 

4.3 Financial instruments

The valuation of the financial instruments of the Company is determined through the amortized cost or fair value, as defined below:

 

Fair value - The fair value of a financial instrument that is negotiated in an organized financial market is determined by reference to prices quoted in this financial market for negotiations completed at the date of the statement of financial position. For those financial instruments for which there is no active financial market, the fair value is determined using valuation techniques. Such techniques may include the use of recent market transactions between interested, fully informed parties who act independently; references to the fair values of another substantially similar financial instrument; and discounted cash flows and other valuation models.

 

Amortized cost - The amortized cost is calculated using the effective interest rate method less any impairment allowance. The calculation takes in consideration any award or discount in the acquisition and includes transaction costs and fees that are integral part of the effective interest rate.

 

  7  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

4.4 Financial assets

 

4.4.1 Recognition and initial measurement of financial assets

The financial assets under the scope of IAS 39 are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments, available-for-sale financial assets, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate. The Company determines the classification of the financial assets at the moment of the initial recognition.

 

The Company recognizes all of its financial assets initially at fair value plus the costs directly attributable to the transactions, except for financial assets valued at fair value through changes in profit or loss, for which these costs are not considered. The Company recognizes the purchase or sale of financial assets on the date of each transaction, which is the date on which the Company commits to buy or sell a financial asset.

 

The Company’s financial assets include cash, accounts receivable, accounts receivable from related parties and other financial assets.

 

4.4.2 Subsequent measurement of the financial assets

The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on its classification as described below:

 

Accounts receivable, accounts receivable from related parties and other financial assets

These financial assets are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determined payments that are not quoted in an active market. After their initial recognition, these financial assets are measured by the Company at their amortized cost using the effective interest rate method less an impairment allowance. Profits or losses are recognized in the results when the accounts receivable are derecognized or impaired, as well as through the process of amortization.

 

The recovery of these financial assets is regularly analyzed and an impairment allowance is recorded for those accounts receivable classified as doubtful, with the corresponding charge to the results of the year. The accounts declared uncollectible are written off and removed from the impairment provision.

 

4.4 . 3 Impairment of financial assets

At each reporting period, the Company assesses if there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset, or a group of financial assets, is considered to be impaired, if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events (“loss event”) that have occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, the loss event has an impact over the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset, or group of financial assets, and such impact can be reliably estimated. The evidence of an impairment may include indications that the debtors, or a group of debtors, is experiencing significant financial difficulties, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter into bankruptcy or other form of financial reorganization and where observable data indicate that there is a measurable decrease in cash flows due to defaults.

 

Impairment of financial assets carried at amortized cost

When the Company determines that it has incurred an impairment loss in the value of its financial assets carried at amortized cost, it estimates the loss amount as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate; it deducts the loss from the asset’s carrying value and recognizes such loss in the results of the year in which it occurs.

 

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the loss due to impairment decreases and may be objectively related to a subsequent event to the recognition of impairment, the loss due to impairment is reversed. Once the reversal is recorded, the carrying amount of the financial asset does not exceed the original amortized amount. The amount of the reversal is recognized in the results of the year in which it occurs.

 

  8  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

4.4.4 Derecognition of financial assets

Financial assets are derecognized by the Company when the rights to receive the cash flows of the financial assets expire; or, when the financial asset is transferred along with the inherent risks and benefits of the financial asset and contractual rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets; or, when retaining the contractual rights to receive the cash flows, the Company has assumed the obligation to pay them to one or more parties.

 

4.5 Financial liabilities

 

4.5.1 Recognition and initial measurement of financial liabilities

The financial liabilities included in the scope of the IAS 39, are classified as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate. The Company determines the classification of its financial liabilities at the date of its initial recognition.

 

The Company recognizes all its financial liabilities initially at the fair value at the date of the acceptance or contracting of the liability, reduced for, in the case of loans and borrowings, directly attributable transaction costs.

 

The financial liabilities of the Company include accounts payable, accounts payable to related parties, accrued interest and loans.

 

4.5.2 Subsequent measurement of financial liabilities

The subsequent measurement of the financial liabilities depends on its classification as described below:

 

Accounts payable, accounts payable to related parties, accrued interest and loans

After the initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. The Company recognizes gains or losses in the income statement when the financial liability is derecognized as well as through the amortization process.

 

4.5.3 Derecognition of financial liabilities

The financial liabilities are derecognized by the Company when the obligation has been paid, cancelled or expired. When a financial liability is replaced by another financial liability, the Company derecognized the original and recognizes a new financial liability. The differences that may result from these financial liabilities replacements are recognized in the results of the year in which they occur.

 

4.6 Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated cost of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Cost of inventories includes all cost derived from their acquisition, as well as other costs incurred to give them their status and current location. Inventories in transit are recorded at the invoice cost.

 

4.7. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated initially at its purchase cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Such cost includes the cost of replacing parts of plant and equipment when this cost is incurred, if it meets the requirement for recognition. Depreciation and disbursements for repair and maintenance which do not meet the conditions for recognition as asset, are expensed in the year in which they are incurred.

 

  9  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

Depreciation is calculated under the straight-line method over the useful life estimated for each type of asset. The residual value of the depreciable assets, the estimated useful life and depreciation methods are annually reviewed by Management and adjusted when necessary, at the end of each financial year, and adjusted prospectively, if required.

 

A detail of estimated useful lives is presented below:

 

  Estimated useful life
   
Generators 4 years
Core network Between 4 and 7 years
Towers and civil works Between 10 and 15 years
Equipment installed on clients 2 years
Other network equipment Between 5 and 15 years
Buildings Between 5 and 40 years
Other properties and equipment Between 1 and 5 years

 

Construction and installation costs are charged to temporary accounts and subsequently transferred to the corresponding asset accounts, once the works are completed. These works in process include all disbursements directly related to the design, development and construction of towers or others assets, plus the financial costs attributable to the works.

 

Improvements to leased properties under operating lease agreements are depreciated under the straight-line method calculated over the term of the corresponding lease agreements.

 

The estimated costs of Company’s obligations for dismantling and future disposal of non-financial assets installed on leased property, are capitalized to the corresponding assets and amortized during the term of lease of the property. The amount of the depreciation of these estimated costs is recognized in profit and loss. The amount of the corresponding provision will be reduced as the future cash disbursements are performed.

 

A component of property, plant and equipment is derecognized when it is disposed or the Company does not expect future economic benefits from its use. Any loss or gain originated from the disposal of the asset, calculated as the difference between its net carrying value and the sales proceeds, is recognized in the results of the year in which the transaction occurs.

 

4.8 Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured at initial recognition at cost. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, as appropriate. Internally generated intangibles, excluding capitalized development costs, are not capitalized and the related expenditure is recognized in profit or loss in the period in which the expenditure is incurred.

 

The useful lives of intangible assets are defined as finite or indefinite. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized under the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are assessed by the Company on a yearly basis. The amortization expense for intangible assets is recognized in the income statement of the year in which they are incurred. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized and on a yearly basis, or when facts or circumstances indicate that the recorded values may not be recovered, the Company test them for impairment. If such indication exists, and the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount, the Company values the assets or the cash generating unit at its recoverable amount.

 

Gains or losses arising from disposal of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in the statement of profit or loss when incurred.

 

  10  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

4.8.1 Frequencies, licenses and patents

Radio frequency licenses were granted to the Company by government entities for an initial term of between 12 and 15 years. During 2012, an extension of such licenses for an additional term of 20 years was obtained, upon which the licenses will totally expire in 2032 and 2033. Licenses are assessed as having finite useful lives, thus their costs are amortized under the straight line method based on the useful life of each license.

 

4.8.2 Indefeasible right of use

The main types of indefeasible rights of use (IRU) and capacity agreements are:

· Purchase of specified infrastructure;
· Purchase of lit fiber capacity;
· Exchange of network infrastructure or lit fiber capacity.

 

These are either accounted for as leases (finance or operating), service contracts, or partly as leases and partly as service contracts. Finance leases are treated as CAPEX (capital expenditures), while operating leases and service contracts are classified as OPEX (operating expenditures). Classification depends on an assessment of the characteristics of the arrangements.

 

A network capacity contract should be accounted for as a lease if, and when:

· The purchaser has an exclusive right to the capacity for a specified period and has the ability to resell (or sub-let) the capacity; and
· The capacity is physically limited and defined; and
· The purchaser bears all costs related to the capacity (directly or not) including costs of operation, administration and maintenance; and
· The purchaser bears the risk of obsolescence during the contract term.

 

If all of these criteria are not met, the IRU is treated as a service contract.

 

If the arrangement is, or contains a lease, the lease is classified as either an operating lease or a finance lease. A finance lease of an IRU of network infrastructure is accounted for as a tangible asset. A finance lease of a capacity IRU is accounted for as an intangible asset.

 

Estimated useful lives of finance leases of capacity IRUs are between 12 and 15 years, or shorter if the estimated useful life of the underlying cable is shorter.

 

4.9 Impairment of non-financial assets

Management performs a review at each reporting date over the carrying values of its non-financial assets, with the purpose of identifying decreases in the value when facts or circumstances indicate that the recorded values could not be recoverable.

 

If such indication exists and the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount, the Company reduces the assets or cash-generating units to their recoverable value, defined as the highest amount between its fair value and its value in use. The adjustments generated by this concept are recorded in the results of the year in which they are determined.

 

The Company assesses at the end of each reporting period if there is any indication that a loss for impairment of the value previously recognized for a non-financial asset other than goodwill, has been reduced or no longer exists. If there is such indication exists, the Company reassess the recoverable value of the asset and, if applicable, reverses the loss increasing the asset up to its new recoverable value, which will not exceed the net carrying value of the assets before the recognition of the original impairment loss recognizing the credit in the results of the year.

 

  11  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

4.10 Provisions

A provision is recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. The amount of the recorded provisions is periodically evaluated and required adjustments are recorded in the results of the year.

 

If the financial effect from the discounting the provisions is material, these provisions are discounted to the present value of the disbursements needed to settle the corresponding obligations, using a discount pre-tax rate that fairly reflects, when appropriate, the time value of money and the risk specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, increases in the provision due to the passage of time are recognized as interest expense.

 

4.11 Operating leases

 

4.11.1 Company as a lessee

Operating leases are those in which the lessor substantially retains the risks and rewards over the ownership of the asset. Payments over these leases, upon the tariffs established in the corresponding contracts, are recognized as expenses over the straight-line method throughout the term of the lease.

 

4.12 Revenue recognition

Revenues from ordinary activities comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sales of goods and services, net of value added tax, rebates and discounts. Recurring revenues are recognized on an accrual basis, e.g. as the related services are rendered.

 

The Company’s most significant revenues streams are:

 

4.12.1 Revenues from the sale of airtime

Revenues from the sale of airtime are recognized upon consumption by the final user, the amount of revenues can be measured with reliability, it is likely that the Company receives the economic benefits associated with the transaction and the costs incurred related with the transaction can be reliably measured. Revenues from the sale of air time are presented in the income statement of net of discounts and taxes over sales.

 

4.12.2 Revenues from the sale of cellular devices and accessories

Revenues from sale of cellular devices and accessories are recognized at the moment such goods are transferred to the distributor or the final client, moment in which the risks and benefits derived from the ownership of the same are transferred to the buyer, the amount of the revenue can be measured with reliability, it is likely that the Company will receive the economic benefits associated with the transaction and the costs incurred regarding the transaction can be measured with reliability.

 

4.12.3 Revenues from subscriptions

Accrued income or airtime usage and subscription fees resulted from the services provided from the billing cycle date to the month end are estimated and recorded.

 

4.12.4 Revenues from the use of network and platform

Revenues for the use of network and platform are recognized considering the air time or sales used by the related entities.

 

4.12.5 Deferred revenue

Prepaid cards may be sold directly to the end user or through an intermediary dealer. The dealer pays to the Company a certain amount for the prepaid calling card less a selling commission. The commission retained by the dealer is expensed as marketing expenses. Revenue is recognized as air-time revenue based on usage, as calls are made by the customer, and not on sale of the card.

 

  12  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

4.13 Borrowing costs

The Company capitalizes as part of the cost of an asset, the borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction, production or installation of an asset that necessarily requires a term to be able for using or selling. Borrowing costs include interests, exchange differences and other financial costs. Borrowing costs that do not meet the criteria for capitalization are recorded in income in the year in which they are incurred.

 

4.14 Taxes

 

4.14.1 Current income tax

The Company calculates income tax by applying adjustments from certain items, affected by, or subject to income tax, in conformity with current tax regulations.

 

The current income tax, corresponding to the present and prior periods, is recognized by the Company as a liability as long as it is not settled. If the amount already paid, which corresponds to present and prior periods, exceeds the amount payable for those periods, the excess is recognized as an asset.

 

The Company recognizes the income tax associated with other elements of comprehensive income outside the income statement, in the statement comprehensive income.

 

In Guatemala a Company may elect between two tax regimes in order to determine their current income tax. The Company adopted the optional simplified tax regime based on gross revenues (Régimen Opcional Simplificado sobre ingresos de actividades lucrativas) for determining their current income tax expense, which is based on a 5% rate on the gross monthly revenues up to Q30,000 and 7% for gross revenues in excess of said amount. Additionally, computed capital income and capital gains are taxed at the rate of 10%.

 

4.14.2 Deferred income tax

Deferred income taxes are determined using the liability method for all temporary differences that exist between the tax basis of the assets, liabilities and net equity and the amounts recorded for financial purposes at the date of the statement of financial position. The deferred income tax is calculated considering the income tax expected to apply to the period in which the asset is estimated will be realized or the liability will be settled. Assets for deferred revenues are recognized only when there is reasonable probability of its realization.

 

The carrying value of an asset for deferred taxes is subjected for review at the date of each statement of financial position. The Company reduces the amount of the deferred tax asset, to the extent that it estimates that it will not have sufficient tax earnings in the future to allow it to realize all or part of the benefits from the deferred tax asset. Likewise, at the financial period close, the Company reconsiders deferred tax assets that it had not previously recognized.

 

The Company recognizes income tax and deferred income tax in relation to other components in comprehensive income.

 

The Company offsets its current and deferred tax assets with current and deferred tax liabilities, respectively, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off the amounts recognized before the same taxation authority and when it has the intention to liquidate them for the net amount or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

  13  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

4.14.3 Value added tax

Revenues from sales are recorded by the Company net of value added tax and a liability is recognized in the statement of financial position for the related value added tax. Expenses and assets acquired are recorded by the Company net of sales tax if the tax authorities credit these taxes to the Company, recognizing the accumulated amount receivable in the statement of financial position. When the sales tax incurred is not recoverable the Company includes it within the expense or asset, as applicable.

 

4.15 Judgments, estimates and significant accounting assumptions

The preparation of financial statements of the Company requires Management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities and the accompanying disclosures, as well as the disclosure of contingent liabilities. However, the uncertainty about such judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in situations that require adjustments of relative importance over the recorded values of the assets and liabilities on future years.

 

5. Future changes in accounting policies

 

International Financial Reporting Standards or their interpretations issued but not yet effective as of the date of issue of the Company’s financial statements are listed below. The standards or interpretations listed are those which Management believes may have a significant effect on the disclosures, position or financial performance of the Company when applied on a future date. The Company intends to adopt these standards or interpretations when they will be effective.

 

IFRS 2 Classification and Measurement of Transactions of Shares-based Payment Transactions – Amendments to IFRS 2

The IASB issued amendments to the IFRS 2 Share-based Payment, that address three main areas: the effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of a cash-settled share-based payment transaction; the classification of a share-based payment transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification from cash settled to equity settled. Management is in process of determining the potential impact that the adoption of this amendment might have in its financial statements.

 

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

IFRS 9 addresses the classification, measurement, recognition and impairment of financial assets and financial liabilities, as well as the accounting of coverage. Replaces the parts of the IAS 39, which is related with the classification and measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 requires the financial assets to be classified in two measurement categories: measured to fair value and measured at amortized cost. The determination is made at initial recognition. The classification depends on the business model of the entity for managing its financial instruments and the contractual cash flows characteristics of the instrument. For financial liabilities, the standard retains the majority of the requirements of IAS 39. The main change is that, in the cases in which the option of fair value is taken for financial liabilities, the part of the fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is recorded in other comprehensive income, rather than the income statement, unless this generates an accounting mismatch. On November 2013 a final standard on hedging was issued (excluding macro-hedging) which aligns the hedging accounting more closely with the management of risks and allows the hedging accounting to continue in accordance with IAS 39. IFRS 9 also clarifies the accounting of certain modifications and exchanges of financial liabilities measured at the amortized cost.

 

  14  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

The application of the IAS 9 will not have impact for the Company in the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities in comparison with the current rules but will have a limited impact on impairment of accounts receivable and contract assets (IFRS 15) as well as over the amounts due from or to related-parties, with the application of the model of credit loss expected instead of the current incurred loss model. Similarly, to the adoption of the IFRS 15, the Company will adopt the standard using the cumulative catch-up transition method, and will therefore not restate comparative periods. Hence, the cumulative effect of initially applying the Standard will be recognized as an adjustment to the retained earnings at January 1, 2018. The Company expects a reduction of approximately Q30,444 in the retained earnings at January 1, 2018. Finally, the clarification introduced by the IAS 9 over the accounting of certain modifications and exchanges of financial liabilities measured at the amortized cost will not impact the Company.

 

IFRS 15 Revenues Originated from Contracts with Clients

IFRS 15 was issued in May 2014, and amended in April 2016, and establishes a five-step model to account for revenue recognition from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer.

 

The new revenue standard will supersede all current revenue recognition requirements under IFRS. Either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach is required for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

 

The Company plans to adopt the new standard on the required effective date using the cumulative catch-up transition method. The Company has made a preliminary assessment of the impacts of adopting the new standard. IFRS 15 will affect primarily the moment of recognition of revenues as it introduces more differences between invoicing and recognizing of revenues. However, it will not affect cash flows generated by the Company.

 

As a consequence of the IFRS 15 adoption, the Company has assessed the following impacts:

 

1. Some revenues will be recognized earlier, as a larger portion of the total consideration received in a bundled contract will be attributable to the component delivered at contract inception (it is to say, typically a subsidized handset). Therefore, this will produce a shift from service revenue (which will decrease) to the benefit of telephone and equipment revenue. This will result in the recognition of contract asset in the statement of financial position as more revenue is recognized upfront, whilst the cash will be received throughout the subscription term (which is usually between 12 to 36 months). Contract assets (and liabilities) will be reported in a separate line within the current assets, even if their realization period is longer than 12 months. This is because they will be realized (or settled) as part of the normal operation cycle of the Company’s principal activity;

 

2. The cost incurred in obtaining a contract (mainly commissions) will be capitalized in the statement of financial position and will be amortized during the average customer retention period or the term of the contract, depending on the circumstances. This will result in the recognition of the costs of the contract capitalized in the statement of financial position;

 

3. There will be no material changes for the purpose of determining if the Company acts as principal or agent in the sale of products.

 

Management identified some other adjustments that are less significant to the adjustments previously explained and therefore are not disclosed.

 

  15  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

The Company will adopt the standard using the cumulative catch-up transition method. Therefore, the cumulative effect of the initial application will be recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of the retained earnings at January 1 st , 2018 and the comparatives will not be restated. The Company expects an increase of approximately Q286,170 on retained earnings at January 1, 2018.

 

Additionally, the Company has decided to take some of the practical expedients included in the standard, such as:

 

· The Company will not adjust the price of the transaction for the means of a financial component whenever the period between the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer and the associated payment is one year or less; when the period is more than one year the significant financing component will be adjusted, if material;

 

· The Company will disclose in the financial statements the price of the transaction assigned to unsatisfied performance obligations only for contracts that have an original expected duration of more than a year (for example, unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts with an original term of a year or less will be disclosed);

 

· The Company will apply the practical expedient not to disclose the assigned price to the unsatisfied performance obligations, if the consideration from a customer directly corresponds to the value to the customer of the entity’s performance to date (i.e. if billing = accounting revenue);

 

· The Company will apply the practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.

 

IFRS 16 Leases

The application of the standard will affect primarily the accounting of the Company’s operating leases. As at the reporting date, the Company has non-cancellable operating lease commitments of Q 2,211,019, see note 24. However, the Company has not yet determined to what extent these commitments will result in the recognition of an asset and a liability for future payments and how this will affect the Company results and classification of cash flows. This said, the application of this standard will affect net debt and leverage ratios of the Company. Some of the commitments may be covered by the exemption for short-term and low-value leases and some commitments may relate to arrangements that will not qualify as leases under IFRS 16. The new standard is effective 1 January, 2019.

 

IFRIC 22 Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration

This IFRIC addresses foreign currency transactions or parts of transactions where there is consideration that is denominated or priced in a foreign currency. The interpretation provides guidance for when a single payment/receipt is made as well as for situations where multiple payments/receipts are made. The guidance aims to reduce diversity in practice. The Company does not expect this amendment to have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over income tax treatments

IFRIC 23 clarifies how the recognition and measurement requirements of IAS 12 Income taxes, are applied where there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. Earlier application is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this interpretation but does not expect any significant effect of applying it.

 

  16  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

Annual improvements 2014–2016

These amendments impact three standards: IFRS 1, “First-time adoption of IFRS”, regarding the deletion of short term exemptions for first-time adopters regarding IFRS 7, IAS 19, and IFRS 10, effective 1 January 2018. IFRS 12, “Disclosure of interests in other entities” regarding clarification of the scope of the standard. These amendments should be applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2017. IAS 28, “Investments in associates and joint ventures” regarding measuring an associate or joint venture at fair value effective 1 January 2018. The Company does not expect these improvements to have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

Annual improvements 2015–2017

These amendments impact four standards: IFRS 3, Business Combinations and IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements regarding previously held interest in a joint operation. IAS 12, Income Taxes regarding income tax consequences of payments on financial instruments classified as equity. And finally, IAS 23, Borrowing Costs regarding eligibility for capitalization. Again, the Company does not expect these improvements to have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

There are no other IFRS’s or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that are expected to have a material impact on the Company.

 

6. Cash

 

A summary of the cash is presented below as of December 31:

 

    2017     2016  
Cash in banks:                
In Quetzals   Q 277,713     Q 304,184  
In Dollars of the United States of America (“Dollars” or “US$”)     1,522,648       1,422,283  
    Q 1,800,361     Q 1,726,467  

 

Cash deposited in banking accounts earns interest based on daily rates determined by the corresponding banks.

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016 no restrictions of use of the balances in cash on banking accounts existed.

 

7. Accounts receivable

 

The balance of accounts receivable is presented below as of December 31:

 

    2017     2016  
Accounts receivable   Q 698,090     Q 612,868  
Accounts receivable – services rendered not billed     178,806       194,499  
Less: impairment allowance     (411,810 )     (400,959 )
    Q 465,086     Q 406,408  

 

Accounts receivable are non-interest bearing, their average term of collection generally extends up to 90 days from the date of the issuance of the invoice, are not subject to any discount for early payment and are recoverable in the functional currency of the financial statements, except for the amount of Q69,514 in 2017, which is recoverable in US$ (2016: Q102,421).

 

  17  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

A detail of the movement of the impairment allowance is presented below: 

 

    December 31  
    2017     2016  
Balance at beginning of year   Q 400,959     Q 211,347  
Allowance for the year (note 20)     68,673       232,862  
Bad debts written-off     (57,822 )     (43,250 )
Balance at the end of year   Q 411,810     Q 400,959  

 

An analysis of the ageing of the non-impaired accounts receivable is as follows as of December 31:

 

    Total     Current     < 30 days     31-60 days     61-90 days  
2017   Q 465,086     Q 353,499     Q 45,385     Q 32,976     Q 33,226  
2016   Q 406,408     Q 365,630     Q 18,415     Q 9,129     Q 13,234  

 

8. Balances and transactions with related parties

 

A summary of the balances and transactions with related parties is provided below as of December 31:

 

    Country   Relation   2017     2016  
Accounts receivable                        
Millicom International II N.V.   Luxemburg   Joint control   Q 2,000,539     Q 1,886,082  
Miffin Associates Corp.   Panama   Joint control     1,637,292       1,542,846  
Navega.com, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     665,627       779,616  
Servicios Innovadores de Comunicación y Entretenimiento, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     330,089       271,160  
Servicios Especializados en Telecomunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     78,028       3,701  
Nexcel, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     36,624       33,350  
Distribuidora de Comunicaciones de Occidente, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     6,800       -  
Cloud2Nube, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     4,583       8,183  
Comunicaciones Corporativas, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     2,550       3,400  
Telefónica Celular, S.A. de C.V.   El Salvador   Associate     1,228       702  
Telemóvil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.   El Salvador   Associate     1,042       305  
Millicom International Cellular, S.A.   Luxemburg   Associate     420       221  
Distribuidora de Comunicaciones de Oriente, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     10       10  
Asistencia Global de Guatemala, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     -       180  
Total             4,764,832       4,529,756  
Less: long-term portion             2,596,909       1,509,914  
Short-term portion           Q 2,167,923     Q 3,019,842  

 

  18  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

 

    Country   Relation   2017     2016  
Accounts payable                        
Servicios Especializados en Telecomunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate   Q 117,408     Q 133,446  
Servicios Innovadores de Comunicación y Entretenimiento, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     72,891       59,021  
Distribuidora Internacional de Comunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     46,131       46,131  
Millicom International Cellular, S.A.   Luxemburg   Associate     21,814       3,139  
Distribuidora de Comunicaciones de Oriente, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     16,838       16,739  
Newcom Limited Bermuda   Bermuda   Associate     12,829       13,138  
Las Azaleas, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     12,723       -  
Navega.com, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     6,838       -  
Millicom Spain, S.L.   Spain   Associate     3,569       24,224  
Distribuidora de Comunicaciones de Occidente, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     2,687       2,586  
Telefónica Celular, S.A. de C.V.   Paraguay   Associate     1,337       962  
Telemóvil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.   El Salvador   Associate     1,115       787  
Inmobiliaria y Desarrolladora Empresarial de America, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     671       -  
Nexcel, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     276       -  
Empresa Eléctrica de Guatemala, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     266       -  
Cloud2Nube, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     207       -  
Distribuidora Central de Comunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     187       1,276  
Manta, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     116       -  
Megaprint, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     69       -  
Industrias Masscardy, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     44       8,430  
Porada, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     38       -  
Innovaprint, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     36       -  
Molvis, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     24       -  
Innovacel, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     20       -  
Maquinaria de Occidente, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     3       -  
Megaprint, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     -       74  
Bassett   Sweden   Associate     -       56  
Telefónica Celular de Bolivia, S.A.   Bolivia   Associate     -       1  
            Q 318,137     Q 310,010  

 

A summary of the significant transactions with related parties is presented as follows for the year ended December 31:

 

    Country   Relation   2017     2016  
Revenues for use of network and platform                        
Servicios Especializados en Telecomunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate   Q 53,380     Q 31,805  
Navega.com, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     8,378       8,011  
Servicios Innovadores de Comunicación y Entretenimiento, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     -       7,324  
            Q 61,758     Q 47,140  

 

  19  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

    Country   Relation   2017     2016  
Selling of airtime                    
Nexcel, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate   Q 1,430,727     Q 1,414,891  
Asistencia Global de Guatemala, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     -       1,391  
            Q 1,430,727     Q 1,416,282  
Interconnection services                        
Telemóvil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.   El Salvador   Associate   Q 2,560     Q 3,370  
Telefónica Celular, S.A. de C.V.   Honduras   Associate     2,483       2,909  
            Q 5,043     Q 6,279  
Lease of websites                        
Navega.com, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate   Q 985     Q 993  
                         
Income for links, data and fixed line                        
Navega.com, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate   Q 1,801     Q 1,699  
Servicios Innovadores de Comunicación y Entretenimiento, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     20       22  
            Q 1,821     Q 1,721  
Other revenues                        
Millicom International II N.V.   Luxembourg   Joint control   Q 39,913     Q 1,182  
Miffin Asociates Corp.   Panama   Joint control     33,147       -  
Empresa Eléctrica de Guatemala, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     1,595       -  
Industrias Masscardy, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     449       -  
Megaprint, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     367       -  
Garda, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     133       -  
Anacapri, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     71       -  
Olomega   Guatemala   Associate     47       -  
Parinacota, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     47       -  
Las Azaleas, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     32       -  
Innovaprint, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     24       -  
Almacenaje y Manejo de Materiales Eléctricos S. A.   Guatemala    Associate     6       -  
Energica, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     1       -  
Millicom International Cellular, S.A.   Luxembourg   Associate     -       38  
            Q 75,832     Q 1,220  

 

  20  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

    Country   Relation   2017     2016  
Expenses                    
Services of payroll administration                        
Servicios Innovadores de Comunicación y Entretenimiento, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate   Q 345,100     Q -  
Servicios Especializados en Telecomunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     -       370,000  
            Q 345,100     Q 370,000  
                         
Transmission of data and links                        
Millicom Spain, S.L.   Spain   Associate   Q 13,113     Q 16,121  
                         
Services of interconnection                        
Telefónica Celular, S.A. de C.V.   Honduras   Associate   Q 5,191     Q 5,736  
Telemóvil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.   El Salvador   Associate     3,757       4,795  
Telefónica Celular de Bolivia, S.A.   Bolivia   Associate     5       7  
            Q 8,953     Q 10,538  
                         
Telecommunications services                    
Navega.com, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate   Q 6,105     Q -  
                         
Building lease                        
Distribuidora de Comunicaciones de Occidente, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate   Q 27,786     Q 27,748  
                         
Call center services                        
Asistencia Global de Guatemala, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate   Q -     Q 29,630  
                         
Purchase of inventory of cell phones and cards                        
Servicios Especializados en Telecomunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate   Q 641,946     Q 607,961  
                         
Network maintenance and lease of sites                        
Las Azaleas, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate   Q 206,543     Q 206,440  
Industrias Masscardy, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     90,751       85,675  
Molvis, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     33,950       32,297  
Equiman, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     10,936       10,611  
Inmobiliaria y Desarrolladora Empresarial de America, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     5,581       -  
Innovacel, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     2,900       2,895  
Maquinaria de Occidente, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     575       526  
Transportista Eléctrica Centroamericana, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     344       -  
Parinacota, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     211       -  
            Q 351,791     Q 338,444  

 

  21  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

    Country   Relation   2017     2016  
Other services                        
Servicios Innovadores de Comunicación y Entretenimiento, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate   Q 45,276     Q 64,432  
Empresa Eléctrica de Guatemala, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     38,343       -  
Supervisora de Occidente, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     31,650       31,118  
Servicios Especializados en Telecomunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     31,534       -  
Comercializadora Eléctrica de Guatemala, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     12,308       -  
Megaprint, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     5,550       4,323  
Nexcel, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     3,882       5,085  
Navega.com, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     3,441       3,441  
Cloud2Nube, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     2,400       1,500  
Distribuidora Central de Comunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     2,000       2,000  
Distribuidora de Comunicaciones de Oriente, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     1,150       2,200  
Manta, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     841       1,095  
Porada, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     464       426  
Innovaprint, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     381       506  
Parinacota, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     211       -  
Firma de Auditoria y Asesoría Financiera, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     186       182  
Bassett   Guatemala   Associate     -       925  
Promociones Acertadas, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     -       6  
            Q 179,617     Q 117,239  
                         
Loans granted to related parties                    
Millicom International II N.V.   Luxembourg   Joint control   Q 1,148,246     Q 1,775,048  
Miffin Associates Corp.   Panama   Joint control     939,506       1,540,177  
Servicios Innovadores de Comunicación y Entretenimiento, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     64,056       192,769  
Servicios Especializados en Telecomunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     57,369       21,314  
Distribuidora de Comunicaciones de Occidente, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     11,800       3,000  
Distribuidora Central de Comunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     -       100  
Distribuidora de Comunicaciones de Oriente, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     -       10  
            Q 2,220,977     Q 3,532,418  

 

  22  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

  Country   Relation   2017     2016  
Loan repayment from related parties                    
Millicom International II N.V.   Luxembourg   Joint control   Q 1,049,220     Q 1,336,435  
Miffin Associates Corp.   Panama   Joint control     862,790       1,086,194  
Navega.com, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     114,600       39,980  
Servicios Innovadores de Comunicación y Entretenimiento, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     5,127       3,779  
Distribuidora de Comunicaciones de Occidente, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     5,000       3,000  
Cloud2Nube, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     3,600       2,669  
Servicios Especializados en Telecomunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     1,996       115,675  
Comunicaciones Corporativas, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     850       2,600  
Distribuidora Central de Comunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     -       100  
            Q 2,043,183     Q 2,590,432  

 

Loans granted from related parties                    
Servicios Innovadores de Comunicación y Entretenimiento, S.A.   Guatemala     Associate   Q 792     Q -  
Cloud2Nube, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     452       -  
Distribuidora Central de Comunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     403       7,531  
Servicios Especializados en Telecomunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     291       33,801  
Navega.com, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     -       913  
            Q 1,938     Q 42,245  
Loan repayments                        
Servicios Innovadores de Comunicación y Entretenimiento, S.A.   Guatemala     Associate   Q 793     Q -  
Distribuidora Central de Comunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     574       8,525  
Cloud2Nube, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     452       -  
Servicios Especializados en Telecomunicaciones, S.A.   Guatemala    Associate     291       33,801  
Navega.com, S.A.   Guatemala   Associate     -       913  
            Q 2,110     Q 43,239  

 

Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties

The sales and purchases of goods and services between related parties are carried out at the prices and terms previously agreed between the parties. The accounts receivable and payable from and to related parties are unsecured and do not generate interests, except for the loans granted to Millicom International II N.V. and Miffin Associates Corp, which accrue interest at market rates as mentioned below. The maturity terms for accounts receivable and accounts payable from or to related parties extend up to 60 days from the corresponding invoices’ issue date, are not subject to any discount for early payment and are recoverable or payable in the functional currency of the financial statements, except for the balances indicated on note 25, risk of exchange rate section. During the years that ended on December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has not recorded any impairment over the accounts receivable from related parties.

 

  23  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

The loans received from or granted to related parties without interest or with interest at a different market rate are initially registered at their fair value, considering an interest rate of market for similar loans at the moment of the start of the loan, as stated by IAS 39, GA64. The difference between the amount of the loan and its fair value is recognized in equity, as another component of the equity. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, loans received from (and granted to) related parties are payable at demand and classified as current assets or liabilities, except those granted to Millicom International II N.V. and Miffin Associates Corp., which generate annual interests of 2.88% (0.52% in 2016), as detailed below:

 

Interests over granted loans   Country   Relation   2017     2016  
Millicom International II N.V.   Luxemburg   Joint control   Q 39,913     Q 1,182  
Miffin Associates Corp.   Panama   Joint control     33,147       1,009  
            Q 73,060     Q 2,191  

 

 

9. Other assets

 

    2017     2016  
Prepayment   Q 24,211     Q 26,542  
Prepayments to vendors     1,751       3,452  
    Q 25,962     Q 29,994  

 

 

10. Inventories

 

    2017     2016  
At cost:                
Cell phones and equipment   Q 5,980     Q 3,237  

 

No adjustments were made during the years ended on December 31, 2017 and 2016 regarding to the valuation of inventories at net realizable value.

 

  24  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

11. Property, plant and equipment

 

A summary of the property, plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation for the year ended December 31, 2017 is presented below:

 

   

Balance at

12-31-2016

    Additions (a)     Retirements     Transfers     Reclassification
between
accounts
   

 

Balance at
12-31-2017

 
Cost:                                    
Generators   Q 242,502     Q 17,136     Q (18,478 )   Q -     Q -     Q 241,160  
Primary network     1,304,591       52,656       (406,616 )     85,990       -       1,036,621  
Towers and civil works     2,904,908       95,602       (33,885 )     14,681       -       2,981,306  
Customer premise equipment     23,368       7,786       (702 )     (53 )     -       30,399  
Other network equipment     5,029,856       262,740       (542,574 )     100,727       -       4,850,749  
Buildings     244,200       10,243       (5,326 )     (279 )     -       248,838  
Other assets     716,693       99,376       (27,908 )     23,073       -       811,234  
Work in process     421,827       -       (387 )     (233,867 )     -       187,573  
Parts     3,014       11       -       8,757       -       11,782  
Financial lease – other network equipment     7,478       -       -       -       -       7,478  
      10,898,437       545,550       (1,035,876 )     (971 )     -       10,407,140  
                                                 
Accumulated depreciation                                                
Generators     220,040       12,760       (17,498 )     -       -       215,302  
Primary network     967,272       108,985       (387,091 )     -       4,367       693,533  
Towers and civil works     1,537,362       239,221       (12,009 )     -       2,475       1,767,049  
Customer premise equipment     18,954       6,853       (703 )     -       -       25,104  
Other network equipment     3,472,047       439,226       (531,504 )     -       (7,487 )     3,372,282  
Financial lease – other network equipment     364       623       -       -       -       987  
Buildings     139,803       27,006       (4,300 )     -       -       162,509  
Other assets     485,171       101,356       (27,849 )     -       673       559,351  
    Q 6,841,013     Q 936,030     Q (980,954 )   Q -     Q 28     Q 6,796,117  

 

(a) Q20,337 correspond to the capitalization of asset retirement obligation costs.

 

  25  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

   

Balance at
12-31-2016

    Additions (a)     Transfers    

Balance at
12-31-2017

 
Estimated impairment                                
Generators   Q 1,014     Q (13 )   Q -     Q 1,001  
Primary network     12,721       4,373       -       17,094  
Towers and civil works     118       397       -       515  
Customer Premise Equipment     692       (692 )     -       -  
Financial lease – Other network equipment     85,969       71,156       -       157,125  
Buildings     6,942       229       -       7,171  
Other assets     30,421       401       -       30,822  
      137,877     Q 75,851     Q -       213,728  
Net book value   Q 3,919,547                     Q 3,397,295  

 

(a) During December 2017, a fixed asset impairment analysis was performed in connection to the assets related to the five-year contract agreement with the Government of Guatemala and management concluded to recognize an additional impairment of Q75,851 (note 21). At December 31, 2017, fixed assets related with this contract have been completely impaired.

 

  26  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

A summary of property, plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation for the year ended December 31, 2016 is presented as follows:

 

   

Balance at
12-31-2015

    Additions (a)     Retirements     Transfers    

Balance at
12-31-2016

 
Cost:                              
Generators   Q 231,713     Q 10,401     Q -     Q 388     Q 242,502  
Primary network     1,226,253       41,920       (370 )     36,788       1,304,591  
Towers and civil works     2,730,870       177,662       (1,824 )     (1,800 )     2,904,908  
Customer Premise Equipment     16,848       6,479       (4 )     45       23,368  
Other network equipment     4,606,546       306,917       (72,196 )     188,589       5,029,856  
Buildings     203,545       28,424       -       12,231       244,200  
Other assets     599,177       66,659       (9,299 )     60,156       716,693  
Work in process     609,480       111,792       (796 )     (298,649 )     421,827  
Parts     762       -       -       2,252       3,014  
Financial lease – other network equipment     -       7,478       -       -       7,478  
      10,225,194       757,732       (84,489 )     -       10,898,437  
                                         
Accumulated depreciation                                        
Generators     206,577       13,463       -       -       220,040  
Primary network     856,319       111,016       (314 )     251       967,272  
Towers and civil work     1,310,348       227,861       (596 )     (251 )     1,537,362  
Equipment installed on clients     14,737       4,221       (4 )     -       18,954  
Another network equipment     3,085,571       455,903       (69,621 )     194       3,472,047  
Financial lease – other network equipment     -       364       -       -       364  
Other network equipment                                        
Buildings     110,740       28,812       -       251       139,803  
Other assets     395,773       98,945       (9,102 )     (445 )     485,171  
    Q 5,980,065     Q 940,585     Q (79,637 )   Q -     Q 6,841,013  

 

(a) Q50,126 correspond to the capitalization of asset retirement obligation cost.

 

  27  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

   

Balance at

12-31-2015

    Additions (a)     Transfers    

Balance at

12-31-2016

 
Estimated impairment                                
Generators   Q -     Q 1,014     Q -     Q 1,014  
Primary network     -       12,721       -       12,721  
Towers and civil works     -       118       -       118  
Customer Premise Equipment     -       692       -       692  
Financial lease – Other network equipment     -       85,969       -       85,969  
Generators     -       6,942       -       6,942  
Primary network     -       30,421       -       30,421  
      -     Q 137,877     Q -       137,877  
Net book value   Q 4,245,129                     Q 3,919,547  

 

(a) During December 2016, a fixed asset impairment analysis was performed in connection with the five-year contract agreement with the Government of Guatemala and management concluded that an impairment amounting to Q137,877 (note 21) was required. At December 31, 2016, the net carrying value considered recoverable, after the impairment, amounted to Q114 million. The recoverable amount of the fixed assets associated with this project has been determined through the calculation of the value in use, using cash flow forecasts based on budgets approved by management, which covered the term of five years. The expectation of income for the projected years was based on surveillance services for private customers, municipalities and the expansion in the small and medium entities customer base. The discount rates after taxes applied to the cash flow forecast was of 14.9%.

 

  28  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

12. Intangible assets

 

A summary of intangible assets and their accumulated depreciation for the year ended on December 31, 2017, is presented as follows:

 

   

Balance at
12-31-2016

    Additions (a)     Withdrawals     Transfers     Reclassification
between
accounts
   

Balance at
12-31-2017

 
Cost:                                    
Network programs   Q 1,070,820     Q 144,164     Q (10 )   Q 971     Q -     Q 1,215,945  
Licenses     449,548       -       -       -       -       449,548  
Other intangible assets     700       4       -       -       -       704  
Irrevocable right of use – IRU     79,978       28,005       -       -       -       107,983  
      1,601,046       172,173       (10 )     971       -       1,774,180  
Accumulated amortization                                                
Network programs                                                
Licenses     748,334       124,531       (10 )     -       (25 )     872,830  
Other intangible assets     270,699       11,139       -       -       (3 )     281,835  
Irrevocable rights of use – IRU     47       142       -       -       -       189  
      35,817       5,536       -       -       -       41,353  
Estimated Impairment     1,054,897       141,348       (10 )     -       (28 )     1,196,207  
                                                 
Network programs     436       11       -       -       -       447  
      436     Q 11     Q -     Q -     Q -       447  
Net book value   Q 545,713                                     Q 577,526  

 

(a) During December 2017, an intangible asset impairment analysis was performed for the five-year contract agreement with the Government of Guatemala and management concluded that an impairment of Q11 (note 21) must be recognized. Intangible assets related with this contract are completely impaired.

 

  29  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

A summary of intangible assets and their accumulated depreciation for the year ended on December 31, 2016 is presented as follows:

 

   

Balance at

12-31-2015

    Additions     Transfers    

Balance at

12-31-2016

 
Cost:                        
Network programs   Q 846,972     Q 223,836     Q 12     Q 1,070,820  
Licenses     415,211       34,349       (12 )     449,548  
Other intangible assets     -       700       -       700  
Irrevocable right of use – IRU     69,467       10,511       -       79,978  
      1,331,650       269,396       -       1,601,046  
                                 
Accumulated amortization                                
Network programs     653,646       94,688       -       748,334  
Licenses     260,239       10,460       -       270,699  
Other intangible assets     -       47       -       47  
Irrevocable Right of Use – IRU     32,231       3,586       -       35,817  
      946,116       108,781       -       1,054,897  
Estimated impairment                                
Network programs     -       436       -       436  
      -     Q 436     Q -       436  
Net book value   Q 385,534                     Q 545,713  

 

(a) On December 2016, an intangible asset impairment analysis was performed for the five-year contract agreement with the Government of Guatemala and management concluded that an impairment of Q436 (note 21) must be recognized.

 

  30  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

13. Loans

 

The loan balance is as follows as of December 31:

 

    2017     2016  
In US$                
Credit Suisse AG (a)   Q 5,773,225     Q 5,895,731  
In Quetzals                
Banco Industrial, S.A. (b)     174,320       174,320  
Long-term loans payable   Q 5,947,545     Q 6,070,051  

 

(a) On January 2014, the Company obtained a loan with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Island Branch. Loan proceeds were funded by a bond issuance by Comcel Trust. The bonds were guaranteed by Comcel and listed in the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

 

The maturity of this debt is 10 years at 6.875% fixed annual interest. Interests are payable bi-annually and the principal is payable upon maturity. The debt was used to pay off loans in effect at December 31, 2014, to continue with the capital investments, and for working capital. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the total debt includes the discount granted when contracted, which is being amortized over the term of the loan.

 

The loan agreement contains various covenants requiring compliance by the Company. These covenants include certain quantitative limits on future borrowings, periodic financial statement reporting requirement, and other general terms and conditions.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and the Company was in compliance with the all of the restrictive covenants contained within such agreement.

 

(b) Loan contracted in Quetzals on May 4, 2015, for Q174,320 for a term of 120 months. This loan accrues an annual interest rate of 7.20%, which is payable monthly to Banco Industrial, S.A., a banking institution of Guatemala. The principal is due at maturity.

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company complied with every debt commitments.

 

The bank loan movement is as follows as of December 31:

 

    2017     2016  
Beginning balance   Q 6,070,051     Q 6,147,461  
Exchange difference     (122,506 )     (77,410 )
    Q 5,947,545     Q 6,070,051  

 

A summary of the maturity of the long-term loans payable is as follows:

 

    2017  
At December 31, 2024   Q 5,773,225  
At May 4, 2025     174,320  
    Q 5,947,545  

 

 

14. Accounts payable

 

    As of December 31  
    2017     2016  
Local suppliers   Q 318,381     Q 377,256  
Foreign suppliers     224,269       371,616  
    Q 542,650     Q 748,872  

 

  31  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

The maturity terms for accounts payable extend up to 60 days from the corresponding documents or invoices’ issue dates, are not subject to any discount for early payment and do not generate interest; local suppliers are payable in the functional currency of the financial statements and foreign suppliers, in US$.

 

15. Other accounts payable

 

    As of December 31  
    2017     2016  
Value added tax   Q 22,892     Q 7,890  
Withholding payable     5,643       10,191  
Other liabilities     26,772       10,966  
    Q 55,307     Q 29,047  

 

The other accounts payable do not generate interests, are not subject to any discount for early payment, do not generate interest, have a normal maturity term of 60 days after the date of the financial position statement and are payable in the functional currency of the financial statements.

 

16. Deferred revenue

 

    As of December 31  
    2017     2016  
Balances at the beginning of the year   Q 212,132     Q 221,217  
Deferred revenue during year     3,602,436       3,537,675  
Recognized in profit and loss     (3,566,458 )     (3,546,760 )
Balance at year end   Q 248,110     Q 212,132  

 

 

17. Provisions

 

The provisions for long-term retirement of assets is integrated as of December 31 follows:

 

    2017     2016  
Balance at beginning of year   Q 235,698     Q 183,390  
Addition on new sites     20,337       50,126  
Sites write-off     (2,548 )     (286 )
Interests     5,413       2,468  
Balance at end of year   Q 258,900     Q 235,698  

 

The provision for asset retirement is created when the Company signs a lease contract of a property where the cell site will be installed, if the contract specifies that the property has to be returned as it was delivered to the Company.

 

In determining the fair value of the provision, assumptions and estimates are made in relation to discount rates, the expected cost to dismantle and remove the plant from the site and the expected timing of those costs. The Company estimates that the costs would be realized in 15 years’ time upon the expiration of the lease and calculates the provision using the discounted free cash flows method using a discount rate of 8.43%. If the estimated pre-tax discount rate used in the calculation had been 1% higher than management’s estimate, the carrying amount of the provision would have been Q13,914 lower.

 

  32  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

18. Equity

 

18.1 Issue capital

The capital at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was comprised of 500 common shares with a nominal value of Q50 each, equivalent to Q25,000. These shares are fully subscribed and paid.

 

18.2 Legal reserve

Upon articles 36 and 37 of the Commerce Code of Guatemala, every corporation must annually separate five per cent (5%) of the net income of each year to conform the legal reserve. This reserve cannot be distributed in any way among the shareholders, until the liquidation of the corporation. However, it can be capitalized when exceeds the fifteen percent (15%) of the capital at the closing of the immediate prior year, without prejudice of continue reserving the annual five per cent (5%) previously mentioned.

 

18.3 Dividends declared

During the years ended on December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company declared dividends amounting to Q2,129,103 (including Q 106,455 that were withheld from the shareholders as income tax) and Q2,334,732 (including Q116,737 that were withheld from shareholders as income tax), equivalent to Q4,258 and Q4,669 per share, respectively. From the declared dividends in 2017, Q1,942,560 were compensated with accounts receivable from related parties and Q80,088 paid in cash (in 2016, the total dividends were compensated with accounts receivable from related parties).

 

18.4 Other components of the equity

 

18.4.1 Shared-based incentive plan

There are two types of plans applicable to Comcel, sponsored by Millicom International Cellular, S.A., a Deferred Share Plan and a future Performance Share Plan.

 

These long-term incentives awards consist of a three-year deferred award and a performance share awards plan. All issued shares are shares of Millicom International Cellular S.A. (or MIC SA - one of the final shareholders of the Company), and not of the Company itself, the cost of which is registered as an employee benefit in profit and losses with a credit to an equity reserve.

 

The fair value of equity-settled shares granted is estimated at the date of the grant using the market prices of MIC shares on that date.

 

For the deferred share plan, participants are granted shares based on past performance with 16.5% of the shares vesting on January 1 of each year 1 and 2, and the remaining 67% on January 1, of the third year. The vesting is conditional to the participant remaining employed by Comcel at each vesting date.

 

Under the performance share plan, shares granted vest at the end of the term of three years, subject to performance conditions, 62.5% based on the absolute total shareholder return (TSR) and 37.5% based on actual versus budgeted EBITDA – CAPEX – Changes on the working capital (“Free cash flow”). As the TSR measures a market condition, the fair value of the shares in the performance plan requires adjustments for future market based conditions.

 

For that, a specific valuation has been made at grant date on the probability of TSR being met (and to which extent) and the expected pay-out based upon leaving conditions.

 

The free cash flow (FCF) condition is a non-market measure, which has been considered jointly with the estimation of exit and is initially based in a compliance expectation of 100%. The reference share price for 2017 Performance Share Plan is the same price per share as Deferred Share Plan.

 

  33  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

According to IFRS 2 requirements, during the year ended on December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized in profit and loss Q3,174 and Q3,353 respectively, related with the compensation to employees based on shares, with a credit to the account “other equity components” as of such dates.

 

19. Income tax

 

The Company is subject to income tax and, thus, annually prepares and submits its corresponding income tax return to the tax authorities. For the fiscal years ended on December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company adopted the optional simplified tax regime based on gross revenues (Régimen Opcional Simplificado sobre ingresos de actividades lucrativas) for determining their current income tax expense, which is based on a 5% rate on the gross monthly revenues up to Q.30,000 and 7% for gross revenues in excess of said amount. Additionally, computed capital income and capital gains are taxed at the rate of 10%.

 

The principal components of expense for income tax for the years completed on December 31, 2017 and 2016, are the following:

 

    December 31  
    2017     2016  
Current tax                
Income tax   Q 487,095     Q 486,461  
Deferred income tax                
Recognition and reversion of temporary differences     (2,164 )     (154 )
Income tax reported in the statement of comprehensive income   Q 484,931     Q 486,307  

 

The calculation of current income tax at December 31, 2017 and 2016, calculated using the optional simplified tax regime based on gross revenues, is presented below:

 

    2017     2016  
Revenues   Q 7,101,445     Q 7,165,153  
Adjustments to reconcile accounting revenue to tax based revenue:                
Sales commissions     (284,890 )     (278,843 )
Taxable exchange gains     118,893       45,800  
All other, net     (7,865 )     15,132  
Deferred revenue     37,407       (9,472 )
Accrued income     (6,495 )     11,669  
Tax profit of the year     6,958,495       6,949,439  
Income tax rate     7 %     7 %
Current income tax   Q 487,095     Q 486,461  

 

The annual movement of the current income tax liability is presented below:

 

    2017     2016  
Income tax payable at beginning of year   Q 45,265     Q 46,975  
Current income tax expense     487,095       486,461  
Less income tax paid during year     (478,149 )     (488,171 )
Income tax payable at end of year   Q 54,211     Q 45,265  

 

  34  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

Income tax returns for the fiscal years ended on December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 might be reviewed by tax authorities. According the Tax Code, the right of the fiscal authorities to revise the income tax returns expires after 4 years counted from the date in which the return was submitted.

 

The determination of the effective rate was as follows:

 

    2017     2016  
Revenues   Q 7,101,445     Q 7,165,153  
Current income tax rate     7 %     7 %
Subtotal     497,101       501,561  
Sales commissions     (19,942 )     (19,519 )
Taxable exchange gains     8,323       3,206  
All other, net     (551 )     1,059  
Income tax for the year   Q 484,931     Q 486,307  

 

The components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are shown below:

 

    Statement of financial position     Income statement  
    December 31     Year ended on December 31  
    2017     2016     2017     2016  
Deferred income tax assets:                                
Deferred revenue   Q 17,508     Q 14,890     Q (2,618 )   Q 663  
Total deferred income tax assets     17,508       14,890       (2,618 )     663  
                                 
Deferred income tax liability:                                
Laptops revenue     34       77       43       105  
Accrued income     5,636       5,139       (497 )     712  
Total liabilities for deferred income tax     5,670       5,216       (454 )     817  
                                 
Income tax loss (gain)                   Q (2,164 )   Q (154 )
Deferred income tax, net   Q 11,838     Q 9,674                  

 

The annual movement of the asset for deferred income tax, net is presented below:

 

    2017     2016  
Net deferred income tax asset at the beginning of the year   Q 9,674     Q 9,520  
Tax income (expense) recognized in the statement of comprehensive income     2,164       154  
Net deferred income tax asset at year end   Q 11,838     Q 9,674  

 

The Company offsets tax assets and liabilities if and only if it has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets and current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority.

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has no temporary deductible differences, tax losses or credits for which has not recognized a deferred income tax asset in its statement of financial position.

 

There is no potential consequence for the Company related with the income tax that could affect the declaration or payment of dividends to its shareholders at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

  35  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

20. Cost of sales

 

The costs at December 31, are presented below:

 

    2017     2016  
Air time   Q 425,846     Q 420,321  
Telephones and accessories     190,846       156,404  
Accounts receivable written-off (note 7)     68,673       232,862  
Other costs     12,879       11,863  
    Q 698,244     Q 821,450  

 

In 2014, the Company subscribed a five-year contract with the Government of Guatemala to provide surveillance video services to the National Police Department. The services included the lease of cameras, connectivity, image storage, monitoring center and analysis. Beginning 1 July, 2016 the Company has ceased to recognize revenue related from this contract, as no collections from this contract has been received. The outstanding receivable with the Government was fully impaired (2016: Q182 million and 2015: Q139 million), and the services were discontinued.

 

21. Operating expenses

 

A summary of the operating expenses is presented below for the year ended December 31:

 

    2017     2016  
Depreciation and amortization (note 11 and 12)   Q 1,077,378     Q 1,049,366  
Expenses related to network sites     594,377       604,427  
Subsidies     437,237       429,137  
Employee benefit expenses (note 21.1)     381,954       407,042  
Commissions     357,355       349,044  
General expenses     193,018       198,753  
External services     139,377       119,743  
Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible (note 11 and 12)     75,862       138,313  
Marketing expenses     28,146       23,701  
Rental and leasing     16,385       17,107  
Share-based incentive plans (note 18.4.1)     3,174       3,353  
    Q 3,304,263     Q 3,339,986  

 

21.1 Employee benefit expenses

A summary of the employee benefit expenses is presented below for the year ended December 31:

 

    2017     2016  
Operation:            
Wages and salaries   Q 150,872     Q 160,782  
Bonus decree 37-2001     60,349       64,313  
Labor benefits     90,523       96,468  
      301,744       321,563  
Administration:                
Wages and salaries     40,105       42,740  
Bonus decree 37-2001     16,042       17,096  
Employee benefits     24,063       25,643  
      80,210       85,479  
    Q 381,954     Q 407,042  

 

  36  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

22. Other expenses

 

A summary of other expenses is presented below for the year ended December 31:

 

    2017     2016  
Loss on disposal on property, plant and equipment   Q 54,922     Q 4,852  
Other expenses     304       358  
    Q 55,226     Q 5,210  

 

 

23. Financial income and expenses

 

23.1 Financial incomes

A summary of the financial income is presented below for the year ended December 31:

 

    2017     2016  
Unrealized exchange difference   Q 179,208     Q 106,126  
Interest income     92,851       14,533  
Realized exchange difference     11,406       8,302  
    Q 283,465     Q 128,961  

 

23.2 Financial expenses

A summary of the financial expenses is presented below for the year ended December 31:

 

    2017     2016  
Interest expense   Q 432,988     Q 451,652  
Realized exchange difference     37,090       68,628  
Unrealized exchange difference     34,631       -  
Other financial expenses     37,893       28,878  
    Q 542,602     Q 549,158  

 

Commitments, contingencies and litigations

 

24 Commitments

 

24.1 Operating leases – The Company as lessee

The Company has subscribed several operating lease contracts as lessee over certain installations used as warehouses, offices and websites. The terms of lease are extended up to five years with renewal at their expiration dates, prior agreement between the interested parties. These contracts do not impose any restriction of use to the Company.

 

The total of minimum future payments under the concept of leases, derived from the non-voidable operating lease contracts subscribed at December 31, 2017 and 2016 will be satisfied on the following terms:

 

    2017     2016  
One year   Q 263,662     Q 353,561  
More than one year and less than five years     1,090,144       1,447,512  
More than five years     857,213       321,474  
    Q 2,211,021     Q 2,122,547  

 

  37  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

24.2 Contingencies and litigations

At the date of issuance of these financial statements, Management has become aware of the following contingencies and litigations:

 

· For the tax periods of 2005 and 2006, the Superintendence of Fiscal Administration initiated a process against Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A. for the omission of the withholding of the income tax to non-domiciled for a total of Q13,093 plus fines and charges. The likelihood of loss according to legal specialists is remote.

 

· During the tax period of 2007, the Superintendence of Fiscal Administration initiated a process against Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A., for the omission of the withholding of the income tax to non-domiciled for a total of Q11,930 plus fines and interests. The likelihood of loss according to legal specialists is remote.

 

· The Superintendence of Fiscal Administration has considered adjustments to the tax of Fiscal Stamps and Special Sealed Paper for Protocols for the payment of dividends through coupons for Q46,971 plus fines and interests. The likelihood of loss according to legal specialists is remote.

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has not created a reserve to cover any potential disbursement derived from these litigations, given that it considers that it has enough foundations to obtain a positive result on these procedures and no cash disbursements will be required.

 

On October 21, 2015, Millicom reported to the law enforcement authorities in the United States and Sweden potential improper payments on behalf the companies of Tigo Guatemala (including Comcel). This matter is being supervised by a Special Committee of the Board of Directors of Millicom (as disclosed on October 21, 2015, Millicom press release), instead of the Company.

 

On May 4, 2016, Millicom received notification from the Swedish prosecutor that his preliminary investigation was discontinued under jurisdictional grounds. On Tuesday, April 24, 2018, Millicom received a notification from the Department of Justice informing the decision to close this investigation (see note 28).

 

On July 14, 2017, the International Commission against Impunity in Guatemala (CICIG) offered a press conference to inform that an investigation was being performed over alleged illegal campaign financing, which included a competitor of Comcel. Additionally, CICIG indicated that, in view of the declaration made by the competitor, which contained allegations about administrative proceedings initiated by Comcel against such competitor several years ago, the investigation would include Comcel.

 

On November 23, 2017, the CICIG, together with the Public Prosecutor of Guatemala, executed a search warrant at Comcel’s offices, located at KM 9.5 Carretera a El Salvador Plaza Tigo, in connection with the investigations above mentioned. The authorities requested the disbursements made by Tigo Companies in Guatemala (including Comcel) during the periods beginning in 2012 through 2017. The Company has complied with the requirement and, at the date of the issuance of these financial statements, no additional requests or notifications have been received by the Company from the aforementioned authorities. These proceedings are in an early state of the investigation and the authorities could request further information to the administration. The case has been declared under reservation by the authorities, therefore Management can only be aware of the updates until the authorities make a new requirement or communication, if any.

 

  38  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

24. Financial instruments risk management and objectives

 

The principal financial liabilities of the Company include accounts payable, accounts payable to related parties, accrued interest and loans. The primary purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the operations of the Company. The Company’s principal financial assets include, cash, accounts receivable, accounts receivable from related parties and other financial assets.

 

The principal risks that could have an effect of relative importance over these financial instruments are the market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The Company with management support and the Board of Directors, controls and manages these risks.

 

The Board of Directors revises and agrees the policies for the management of these risks, which are summarized below:

 

· Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate as consequence of changes of the market prices. The risk of market includes: the risk of interest rate risk, the foreign currency risk and other price risks such as equity price and commodity risk.

 

Management considers that the Company is exposed to the interest rate risk and the foreign currency risk.

 

· Interest rate risk

The interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future flows of cash of a financial instrument will fluctuate as consequence of the changes of the rates in the market interest. The exposure of the Company to such risk basically refers to the long-term obligations with variable tax rate.

 

The Company eliminated the exposure of this market risk when contracting loans at a fixed rate of 6.875% and 7.20%.

 

· Exchange rate risk

The exchange rate risk represents the risk that the fair value of the future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate as a consequence of changes in the exchange rates of foreign currency. The exposure of the Company to the risk of changes in the foreign exchange rate is related mainly with its operating activities, i.e., when its revenues or expenses are reported in a different currency than the Company’s local currency.

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the foreign reference exchange rates are established by the Central Bank of Guatemala, based on the market offer and demand. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the reference exchange rates were of Q 7.34477 and Q 7.52213 per US$1.00, respectively. At August, 14 2018, date in which the management of the Company approved the financial statements, the exchange rate was for Q 7.48051 per US$1.00.

 

The risk of exchange rate depends on the net financial position in foreign currency at the date of the financial statements. On the next page is a summary of the financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency in US$.

 

  39  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

    December 31  
    2017     2016  
Financial assets in foreign currency:                
Cash (note 6)   US$ 207,311     US$ 189,080  
Accounts receivable (note 7)     9,464       13,616  
Accounts receivable to related parties (note 8)     495,662       456,009  
      712,437       658,705  
Financial liabilities in foreign currency:                
Loans (note 13)     (779,000 )     (779,000 )
Accounts payable (note 14)     (30,535 )     (49,403 )
Accounts payable to related parties (note 8)     (5,536 )     (5,624 )
      (815,071 )     (834,027 )
Excess of liabilities over financial assets   US$ (102,634 )   US$ (175,322 )

 

Sensitivity analysis

The effect of a fair change in the exchange rates of + 0.5% / - 0.5% in 2017 (+ 0.5% / - 0.5% in 2016) over assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency at December 31, 2017 and 2016, assuming the remaining variations are kept constant, would implicate the recognition of a foreign exchange rate profit or loss of Q 2,420 in 2017 (Q 2,532 in 2016).

 

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk arises from the possibility that when completing a credit operation, the counterparty is unable to comply with this obligation, which results in a financial loss for the Company. The Company is exposed to the risk of credit of the operating activities (mainly, accounts receivable, accounts receivable from related parties and other financial instruments) and financial activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions.

 

Company’s management does not believe there are significant risks of non-performance by these counterparties. The Company’s management has taken steps to diversify the banks with whom the Company operates and is managing the allocation of deposits across banks so that the Company’s counterparty risk with a given bank stays within limits which have been set based on each bank credit rating to avoid any significant exposure to a specific party.

 

A large portion of revenues comprises prepaid airtime. For customers for whom telecom services are not prepaid, each entity follows risk control procedures to assess the credit quality of the customer, considering its financial position, past experience and other factors.

 

Accounts receivable are mainly derived from balances due from other telecom operators or commercial customers. Credit checks are being performed for commercial customers. The Company maintains an allowance for impairment of accounts receivable based upon expected collectability of all accounts receivable.

 

As the Company has a number of dispersed customers, there is no significant concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable.

 

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the date of the report is the carrying value for each class of financial asset.

 

  40  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

Liquidity risk

The liquidity risk is the risk in which an entity finds difficulty to comply with the obligations associated with financial liabilities to be liquidated through the delivery of cash or another financial asset. The Company provides daily follow-up to its liquidity position, maintaining liquid assets higher than liquid liabilities, considering the expiration of its financial assets and completes periodical projections of cash flows with the purpose of opportunely detecting the missing potentials or excesses of cash to support its operations.

 

The following chart summarizes the maturity of the financial liabilities of the Company:

 

    Current    

From 3 to 12
months

   

To 7
years

    Total  
At December 31, 2017:                        
Current liability                                
Accounts payable   Q 251,595     Q 291,055     Q -     Q 542,650  
Accounts payable to related parties     -       318,137       -       318,137  
Income tax payable     -       54,211       -       54,211  
Accrued interests     -       162,707       -       162,707  
Other accounts payable     22,892       32,415       -       55,307  
Non-current liabilities                                
Loans     -       -       5,947,545       5,947,545  
    Q 274,487     Q 858,525     Q 5,947,545     Q 7,080,557  

 

    Current     From 3 to 12
months
    To 8
years
    Total  
At December 31, 2016:                                
Current liabilities                                
Accounts payable   Q 418,752     Q 330,120     Q -     Q 748,872  
Accounts payable to related parties     -       310,010       -       310,010  
Income tax payable     -       45,265       -       45,265  
Provision for interests     -       166,636       -       166,636  
Other accounts payable     7,890       21,157       -       29,047  
Non-current liabilities                                
Loans     -       -       6,070,051       6,070,051  
    Q 426,642     Q 873,188     Q 6,070,051     Q 7,369,881  

 

26. Capital management

 

The primary objective of the Company’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit ratio and healthy capital ratios to support its business and maximize profits.

 

The Company manages its capital structure and timely requests shareholders for any adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may request shareholders to adjust previously agreed dividends, capital returns, or increase capital contributions if necessary.

 

27. Financial instruments – information about fair values

 

The primary financial instruments of the Company consist of cash and accounts receivable, accounts receivable form related parties, other financial assets, accounts payable, accounts payable from related parties, accrued interest and loans.

 

  41  

 

 

Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A.
Notes to financial statements
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(Expressed in thousands of Quetzals)

 

The fair value of all financial assets and all financial liabilities except debt and financing approximate their carrying value largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair values of other debt and financing have been estimated by the Company’s management based on discounted future cash flows at market interest rates (level 2).

 

Below is a comparison, by class, of the carrying amount and the fair value the Company’s financial instruments, other than those with a carrying amount that are reasonable approximations of fair values as of December 31:

 

    Carrying value     Fair value  
    2017     2016     2017     2016  
Loans   Q 5,947,545     Q 6,070,051     Q 5,906,449     Q 5,641,698  

 

Fair value estimates are made on the date of the financial statements, based on relevant market information and on information related to the financial instruments. These estimates do not reflect any award or discount that could result from maintaining financial instruments as available-for-sale, since none of them are held for that purpose.

 

The nature of these estimates is subjective and involves uncertain aspects and Management’s judgment, therefore these amounts are not determined with absolute precision. Consequently, should there be changes in the assumptions on which these estimates are based they could differ from the final results.

 

Fair value hierarchy

The Company uses the following hierarchy to determine and disclose the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (or adjusted) in active markets for identical financial assets and liabilities.

 

Level 2: Techniques that use different inputs to the quoted prices included in the same, observable for the assets or liabilities, whether directly or indirectly.

 

Level 3: Techniques that use inputs with significant effect over the reasonable value not based on data of observable market.

 

28. Events after the date of the financial position statement

 

On April 24, 2018, Millicom received notification from the Department of Justice of the United States of America informing the decision to close the investigation related with the potential improper payments on behalf of the Company (see note 24.2).

 

Except as noted in the preceding paragraph, Management is not aware of any other subsequent events since 31 December 2017 and up to the date these financial statements were available to be issued that might have an impact or might require additional disclosures in the financial statements.

 

  42